jumbo commit; implement sqlstate error codes.

Bundle sqlite3

97 files changed, 102316 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/Makefile.in b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3136476bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,586 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This makefile is suppose to be configured automatically using the
+# autoconf.  But if that does not work for you, you can configure
+# the makefile manually.  Just set the parameters below to values that
+# work well for your system.
+#
+# If the configure script does not work out-of-the-box, you might
+# be able to get it to work by giving it some hints.  See the comment
+# at the beginning of configure.in for additional information.
+#
+
+# The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = @srcdir@
+
+# C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = @BUILD_CC@ @BUILD_CFLAGS@
+
+# C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+# will run on the target platform.  (BCC and TCC are usually the
+# same unless your are cross-compiling.)
+#
+TCC = @TARGET_CC@ @TARGET_CFLAGS@ -I. -I${TOP}/src -DNDEBUG
+
+# Some standard variables and programs
+#
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+LIBTOOL = ./libtool
+RELEASE = @ALLOWRELEASE@
+
+# libtool compile/link/install
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(TCC)
+LTLINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(TCC)
+LTINSTALL = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+TCL_FLAGS = @TARGET_TCL_INC@
+
+# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
+#
+LIBTCL = @TARGET_TCL_LIBS@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@ @TARGET_READLINE_INC@
+
+# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE = @TARGET_READLINE_LIBS@
+
+# Should the database engine be compiled threadsafe
+#
+THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=@THREADSAFE@
+
+# The pthreads library if needed
+#
+LIBPTHREAD=@TARGET_THREAD_LIB@
+
+# Flags controlling use of the in memory btree implementation
+#
+# TEMP_STORE is 0 to force temporary tables to be in a file, 1 to
+# default to file, 2 to default to memory, and 3 to force temporary
+# tables to always be in memory.
+#
+TEMP_STORE = -DTEMP_STORE=@TEMP_STORE@
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ = attach.lo auth.lo btree.lo build.lo date.lo delete.lo \
+         expr.lo func.lo hash.lo insert.lo \
+         main.lo opcodes.lo os_mac.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo \
+         pager.lo parse.lo pragma.lo printf.lo random.lo \
+         select.lo table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo update.lo util.lo vacuum.lo \
+         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbemem.lo \
+         where.lo utf.lo legacy.lo
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_mac.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_mac.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/md5.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   config.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_mac.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_unix.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_win.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.la sqlite3@TARGET_EXEEXT@
+
+Makefile: $(TOP)/Makefile.in
+	./config.status
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort +4 | tail -1 \
+          | awk '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.la:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(LTLINK) -o libsqlite3.la $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		${RELEASE} -rpath $(libdir) -version-info "8:6:8"
+
+libtclsqlite3.la:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o libtclsqlite3.la tclsqlite.lo \
+		libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL) $(LIBPTHREAD) -rpath $(libdir)/sqlite \
+		-version-info "8:6:8"
+
+sqlite3@TARGET_EXEEXT@:	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
+	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		-o sqlite3 $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la $(LIBREADLINE)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) 
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir -p tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c tsrc
+	cp $(TOP)/sqlite3.def tsrc
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon@BUILD_EXEEXT@:	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+attach.lo:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.lo:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btree.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.lo:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+# The config.h file will contain a single #define that tells us how
+# many bytes are in a pointer.  This only works if a pointer is the
+# same size on the host as it is on the target.  If you are cross-compiling
+# to a target with a different pointer size, you'll need to manually
+# configure the config.h file.
+#
+config.h:	
+	echo '#include <stdio.h>' >temp.c
+	echo 'int main(){printf(' >>temp.c
+	echo '"#define SQLITE_PTR_SZ %d",sizeof(char*));' >>temp.c
+	echo 'exit(0);}' >>temp.c
+	$(BCC) -o temp temp.c
+	./temp >config.h
+	echo >>config.h
+	rm -f temp.c temp
+
+date.lo:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.lo:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+func.lo:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.lo:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.lo:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+legacy.lo:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+main.lo:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+pager.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.lo:	opcodes.c
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n +2 opcodes.h | awk -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | awk -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os_mac.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_mac.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(THREADSAFE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_mac.c
+
+os_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(THREADSAFE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(THREADSAFE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+parse.lo:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon@BUILD_EXEEXT@
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon parse.y
+
+pragma.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+printf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.lo:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.lo:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION`/ \
+                 $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in >sqlite3.h
+
+table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.lo:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbemem.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+where.lo:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+tclsqlite-sh.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite3:	tclsqlite-sh.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) $(TCL_FLAGS) -o tclsqlite3 tclsqlite-sh.lo \
+		 libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+testfixture@TARGET_EXEEXT@:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libtclsqlite3.la libsqlite3.la $(TESTSRC)
+	$(LTLINK) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1\
+                $(THREADSAFE) $(TEMP_STORE)\
+                -o testfixture $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libtclsqlite3.la libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+crashtest@TARGET_EXEEXT@:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.la $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/os_test.c
+	$(LTLINK) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DOS_TEST=1 -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 \
+		-o crashtest \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/os_test.c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+
+
+fulltest:	testfixture@TARGET_EXEEXT@ sqlite3@TARGET_EXEEXT@ crashtest@TARGET_EXEEXT@
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture@TARGET_EXEEXT@ sqlite3@TARGET_EXEEXT@
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+
+# Rules used to build documentation
+#
+arch.html:	$(TOP)/www/arch.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/arch.tcl >arch.html
+
+arch2.gif:	$(TOP)/www/arch2.gif
+	cp $(TOP)/www/arch2.gif .
+
+c_interface.html:	$(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl >c_interface.html
+
+capi3.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl >capi3.html
+
+capi3ref.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl >capi3ref.html
+
+changes.html:	$(TOP)/www/changes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/changes.tcl >changes.html
+
+copyright.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl >copyright.html
+
+copyright-release.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html .
+
+copyright-release.pdf:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf .
+
+common.tcl:	$(TOP)/www/common.tcl
+	cp $(TOP)/www/common.tcl .
+
+conflict.html:	$(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl >conflict.html
+
+datatypes.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl >datatypes.html
+
+datatype3.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl >datatype3.html
+
+docs.html:	$(TOP)/www/docs.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/docs.tcl >docs.html
+
+download.html:	$(TOP)/www/download.tcl
+	mkdir -p doc
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/download.tcl >download.html
+
+faq.html:	$(TOP)/www/faq.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/faq.tcl >faq.html
+
+fileformat.html:	$(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl >fileformat.html
+
+formatchng.html:	$(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl >formatchng.html
+
+index.html:	$(TOP)/www/index.tcl last_change
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/index.tcl >index.html
+
+lang.html:	$(TOP)/www/lang.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lang.tcl >lang.html
+
+lockingv3.html:	$(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl >lockingv3.html
+
+oldnews.html:	$(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl >oldnews.html
+
+omitted.html:	$(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl >omitted.html
+
+opcode.html:	$(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c >opcode.html
+
+mingw.html:	$(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl >mingw.html
+
+nulls.html:	$(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl >nulls.html
+
+quickstart.html:	$(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl >quickstart.html
+
+speed.html:	$(TOP)/www/speed.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/speed.tcl >speed.html
+
+sqlite.gif:	$(TOP)/art/SQLite.gif
+	cp $(TOP)/art/SQLite.gif sqlite.gif
+
+sqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl >sqlite.html
+
+support.html:	$(TOP)/www/support.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/support.tcl >support.html
+
+tclsqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl >tclsqlite.html
+
+vdbe.html:	$(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl >vdbe.html
+
+version3.html:	$(TOP)/www/version3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/version3.tcl >version3.html
+
+
+# Files to be published on the website.
+#
+DOC = \
+  arch.html \
+  arch2.gif \
+  c_interface.html \
+  capi3.html \
+  capi3ref.html \
+  changes.html \
+  copyright.html \
+  copyright-release.html \
+  copyright-release.pdf \
+  conflict.html \
+  datatypes.html \
+  datatype3.html \
+  docs.html \
+  download.html \
+  faq.html \
+  fileformat.html \
+  formatchng.html \
+  index.html \
+  lang.html \
+  lockingv3.html \
+  mingw.html \
+  nulls.html \
+  oldnews.html \
+  omitted.html \
+  opcode.html \
+  quickstart.html \
+  speed.html \
+  sqlite.gif \
+  sqlite.html \
+  support.html \
+  tclsqlite.html \
+  vdbe.html \
+  version3.html
+
+doc:	common.tcl $(DOC)
+	mkdir -p doc
+	mv $(DOC) doc
+
+install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(LTINSTALL) sqlite3 $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.pc $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3@TARGET_EXEEXT@ libsqlite3.la
+	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -rf .libs .deps 
+	rm -f lemon@BUILD_EXEEXT@ lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -f testfixture@TARGET_EXEEXT@ test.db
+	rm -rf doc
+	rm -f common.tcl
+	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib
+
+#
+# Windows section; all this funky .dll stuff ;-)
+#
+dll: sqlite3.dll
+
+REAL_LIBOBJ = $(LIBOBJ:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+sqlite3.dll: $(LIBOBJ) $(TOP)/sqlite3.def
+	dllwrap --dllname sqlite3.dll --def $(TOP)/sqlite3.def $(REAL_LIBOBJ)
+	strip sqlite3.dll
+
+#target for dll import libraries
+implib: sqlite3.lib 
+
+#make Borland C++ and/or Microsoft VC import library for the dll
+#   ignore any errors (usually due to missing programs)
+sqlite3.lib: sqlite3.dll
+	-implib -a sqlite3.lib sqlite3.dll
+	-lib /machine:i386 /def:$(TOP)/sqlite3.def 
+
+distclean:	clean
+	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile config.h
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/Makefile.linux-gcc b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/Makefile.linux-gcc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa5ced6ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/Makefile.linux-gcc
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This is a template makefile for SQLite.  Most people prefer to
+# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the
+# makefile automatically.  But that does not work for everybody
+# and in every situation.  If you are having problems with the
+# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an
+# alternative.  Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters
+# below and type "make".
+#
+
+#### The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+#    that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = ../sqlite
+
+#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#    will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = gcc -g -O2
+#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
+
+#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#    call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+#USLEEP = 
+USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
+
+#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#    multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#    appropriately:
+#
+#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1
+THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
+
+#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#    thread safe
+#
+#THREADLIB = -lpthread
+THREADLIB = 
+
+#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#    to check for memory leaks.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
+#    malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
+#    
+#    SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
+#    You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
+#    with -DNDEBUG=1
+#
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#OPTS = 
+OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1
+
+#### The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows.
+#    Nothing for unix.
+#
+#EXE = .exe
+EXE =
+
+#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+TCC = gcc -O6
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
+#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
+#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
+
+#### Tools used to build a static library.
+#
+AR = ar cr
+#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
+RANLIB = ranlib
+#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
+
+#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+#TCL_FLAGS =
+#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
+
+#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
+LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
+
+#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+#READLINE_FLAGS =
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
+
+#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+#LIBREADLINE =
+LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+#### Should the database engine assume text is coded as UTF-8 or iso8859?
+#
+# ENCODING  = UTF8
+ENCODING = ISO8859
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+include $(TOP)/main.mk
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/README b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be1fa31568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/README
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+This directory contains source code to 
+
+    SQLite: An Embeddable SQL Database Engine
+
+To compile the project, first create a directory in which to place
+the build products.  It is recommended, but not required, that the
+build directory be separate from the source directory.  Cd into the
+build directory and then from the build directory run the configure
+script found at the root of the source tree.  Then run "make".
+
+For example:
+
+    tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz    ;#  Unpack the source tree into "sqlite"
+    mkdir bld                ;#  Build will occur in a sibling directory
+    cd bld                   ;#  Change to the build directory
+    ../sqlite/configure      ;#  Run the configure script
+    make                     ;#  Run the makefile.
+
+The configure script uses autoconf 2.50 and libtool.  If the configure
+script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named
+"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you
+can copy and edit to suite your needs.  Comments on the generic makefile
+show what changes are needed.
+
+The linux binaries on the website are created using the generic makefile,
+not the configure script.  The configure script is unmaintained.  (You
+can volunteer to take over maintenance of the configure script, if you want!)
+The windows binaries on the website are created using MinGW32 configured
+as a cross-compiler running under Linux.  For details, see the ./publish.sh
+script at the top-level of the source tree.
+
+Contacts:
+
+   http://www.sqlite.org/
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/VERSION b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/VERSION
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67786e246e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/VERSION
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.0.8
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/aclocal.m4 b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..852eb3134b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,5913 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.8.2 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
+
+# serial 47 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+# Debian $Rev: 192 $
+
+
+# AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE(MACRO-NAME, IF-PROVIDED, IF-NOT-PROVIDED)
+# -----------------------------------------------------------
+# If this macro is not defined by Autoconf, define it here.
+m4_ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE],
+         [],
+         [m4_define([AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE],
+	         [m4_ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_$1],
+		           [$2], [$3])])])
+
+
+# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])dnl
+dnl If AC_PROG_CXX has already been expanded, run AC_LIBTOOL_CXX
+dnl immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of AC_PROG_CXX.
+  AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+    [AC_LIBTOOL_CXX],
+    [define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX
+  ])])
+dnl And a similar setup for Fortran 77 support
+  AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77],
+    [AC_LIBTOOL_F77],
+    [define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[AC_LIBTOOL_F77
+])])
+
+dnl Quote A][M_PROG_GCJ so that aclocal doesn't bring it in needlessly.
+dnl If either AC_PROG_GCJ or A][M_PROG_GCJ have already been expanded, run
+dnl AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ immediately, otherwise, hook it in at the end of both.
+  AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
+    [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
+    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+      [AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
+      [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
+	[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
+      [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
+	     [define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])])
+       ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
+	     [define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])])
+       ifdef([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
+	     [define([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
+		defn([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ])[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])])])])
+])])# AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+
+
+# _AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+# ----------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_CXX])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_F77])dnl
+AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ])dnl
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
+
+# Prevent multiple expansion
+define([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
+])# _AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP
+# ----------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],
+[AC_PREREQ(2.50)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl
+
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])dnl
+# Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers!
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_EXEEXT])dnl
+dnl
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE
+AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR
+
+AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl
+_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
+  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+    COLLECT_NAMES=
+    export COLLECT_NAMES
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed='sed -e s/^X//'
+[sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g']
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+[double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g']
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
+# double_quote_subst'ed string.
+delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
+no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
+
+# Constants:
+rm="rm -f"
+
+# Global variables:
+default_ofile=libtool
+can_build_shared=yes
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+ofile="$default_ofile"
+with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
+
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar, false)
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
+AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
+
+old_CC="$CC"
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+
+# Set sane defaults for various variables
+test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
+test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
+test -z "$AS" && AS=as
+test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
+test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
+test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
+test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
+test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
+test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
+
+# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
+old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+old_postuninstall_cmds=
+
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  openbsd*)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib~$old_postinstall_cmds"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="\$RANLIB \$oldlib~$old_postinstall_cmds"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
+fi
+
+# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
+case $deplibs_check_method in
+file_magic*)
+  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
+    AC_PATH_MAGIC
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], enable_dlopen=yes, enable_dlopen=no)
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+enable_win32_dll=yes, enable_win32_dll=no)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
+	[avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-pic],
+	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
+    [pic_mode="$withval"],
+    [pic_mode=default])
+test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default
+
+# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
+tagname=
+AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG
+_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP
+
+
+# _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+# -------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+])# _LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+
+
+# _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX
+# ----------------------
+# Links a minimal program and checks the executable
+# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases,
+# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used
+# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too.
+# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according
+# to the aix ld manual.
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],
+[AC_LINK_IFELSE(AC_LANG_PROGRAM,[
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi],[])
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+])# _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX
+
+
+# _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT(ARG)
+# ----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],
+[ifdef([AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE],
+	     [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)],
+	 [AC_DIVERT_PUSH(NOTICE)])
+$1
+AC_DIVERT_POP
+])# _LT_AC_SHELL_INIT
+
+
+# _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+# --------------------------
+# Add some code to the start of the generated configure script which
+# will find an echo command which doesn't interpret backslashes.
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],
+[_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([
+# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+case X$ECHO in
+X*--fallback-echo)
+  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
+  ECHO=`echo "$ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\[$]\\[$]0,'[$]0','`
+  ;;
+esac
+
+echo=${ECHO-echo}
+if test "X[$]1" = X--no-reexec; then
+  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+  shift
+elif test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
+  :
+elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
+  # Yippee, $echo works!
+  :
+else
+  # Restart under the correct shell.
+  exec $SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
+fi
+
+if test "X[$]1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # used as fallback echo
+  shift
+  cat <<EOF
+[$]*
+EOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+if test "X${CDPATH+set}" = Xset; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
+
+if test -z "$ECHO"; then
+if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
+# find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
+  for cmd in 'sed 50q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'echo test'; do
+    # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
+    if (echo_test_string="`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null &&
+       echo_test_string="`eval $cmd`" &&
+       (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null
+    then
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+
+if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+   echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+  :
+else
+  # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
+  # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
+  #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
+  #
+  # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
+
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
+       test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+       echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+       test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+      echo="$dir/echo"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+
+  if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then
+    # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
+    if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+       echo_testing_string=`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+       test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+      # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
+      echo='print -r'
+    elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) &&
+	 test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
+      # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
+      ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+      export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+      CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
+      export CONFIG_SHELL
+      exec $CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --no-reexec ${1+"[$]@"}
+    else
+      # Try using printf.
+      echo='printf %s\n'
+      if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+	 echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	 test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	# Cool, printf works
+	:
+      elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	   echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+	export CONFIG_SHELL
+	SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
+	export SHELL
+	echo="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
+      elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	   echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "[$]0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	echo="$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"
+      else
+	# maybe with a smaller string...
+	prev=:
+
+	for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "[$]0"' 'sed 10q "[$]0"' 'sed 20q "[$]0"' 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; do
+	  if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null
+	  then
+	    break
+	  fi
+	  prev="$cmd"
+	done
+
+	if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "[$]0"'; then
+	  echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
+	  export echo_test_string
+	  exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "[$]0" ${1+"[$]@"}
+	else
+	  # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
+	  echo=echo
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+
+# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
+# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
+ECHO=$echo
+if test "X$ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo"; then
+   ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\[$]0 --fallback-echo"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(ECHO)
+])])# _LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
+
+
+# _LT_AC_LOCK
+# -----------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
+	[avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case $host in
+ia64-*-hpux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+    *ELF-32*)
+      HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
+      ;;
+    *ELF-64*)
+      HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+   if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+    *32-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
+      ;;
+    *N32*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
+      ;;
+    esac
+   else
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+    *32-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+      ;;
+    *N32*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+      ;;
+    esac
+   fi
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*|s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
+    *32-bit*)
+      case $host in
+        x86_64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+          ;;
+        ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
+          ;;
+        s390x-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
+          ;;
+        sparc64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      case $host in
+        x86_64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+          ;;
+        ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
+          ;;
+        s390*-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
+          ;;
+        sparc*-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
+    [AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+     AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
+     AC_LANG_POP])
+  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+  fi
+  ;;
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+[*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32*)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+  ;;
+  ])
+esac
+
+need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
+
+])# _LT_AC_LOCK
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
+#		[OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether the given compiler option works
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
+  [$2=no
+  ifelse([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4])
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$3"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       $2=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+])
+
+if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
+    ifelse([$5], , :, [$5])
+else
+    ifelse([$6], , :, [$6])
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
+#                          [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
+# ------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether the given compiler option works
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
+  [$2=no
+   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3"
+   printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+     else
+       $2=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+])
+
+if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
+    ifelse([$4], , :, [$4])
+else
+    ifelse([$5], , :, [$5])
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN
+# --------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN],
+[# find the maximum length of command line arguments
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments])
+AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl
+  i=0
+  testring="ABCD"
+
+  case $build_os in
+  msdosdjgpp*)
+    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
+    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
+    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
+    # check would be larger than it should be.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
+    ;;
+
+  gnu*)
+    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
+    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
+    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw*)
+    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
+    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
+    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
+    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
+    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
+    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
+    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  amigaos*)
+    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
+    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+ *)
+    # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
+    # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
+    # we can't tell.
+    while (test "X"`$CONFIG_SHELL [$]0 --fallback-echo "X$testring" 2>/dev/null` \
+	       = "XX$testring") >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+	    new_result=`expr "X$testring" : ".*" 2>&1` &&
+	    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=$new_result &&
+	    test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
+    do
+      i=`expr $i + 1`
+      testring=$testring$testring
+    done
+    testring=
+    # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive
+    # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker.
+    # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
+    ;;
+  esac
+])
+if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(none)
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN
+
+
+# _LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN
+# --------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],
+[AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dlfcn.h)dnl
+])# _LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN
+
+
+# _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE,
+#                           ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])dnl
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  [$4]
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+[#line __oline__ "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}]
+EOF
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) $3 ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    $3
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+])# _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF
+# -------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])dnl
+if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
+		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ])
+   ;;
+
+  *)
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
+	  [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"],
+      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
+	    [lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"],
+	[AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen],
+	      [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"],
+	  [AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
+		[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],
+	    [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
+		  [lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"],
+	      [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
+		    [lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"])
+	      ])
+	    ])
+	  ])
+	])
+      ])
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+    eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself],
+	  lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl
+	  _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes,
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross)
+    ])
+
+    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag"
+      AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself],
+    	  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl
+	  _LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes,
+	    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no,  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross)
+      ])
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------------
+# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext],
+  [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)],
+  [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no
+   $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:__oline__: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   echo "$as_me:__oline__: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.err; then
+       _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w .
+   $rm conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $rm out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   rmdir conftest
+   $rm conftest*
+])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS([TAGNAME])
+# -----------------------------------------
+# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LOCK])dnl
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links])
+  hard_links=yes
+  $rm conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links])
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe])
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR
+# -----------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir],
+[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .libs; then
+  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
+else
+  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
+  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
+fi
+rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null])
+objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------------------------
+# Check hardcoding attributes.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs])
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=
+if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" || \
+   test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(runpath_var $1)" || \
+   test "X$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)"="Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existant directories.
+  if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no &&
+     test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)])
+
+if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP
+# ------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],
+[striplib=
+old_striplib=
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible])
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+   darwin*)
+       if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+         striplib="$STRIP -x"
+         AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+       else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+       ;;
+   *)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
+# -----------------------------
+# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics])
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+  # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+  finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $rm \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext='$(test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib)'
+  # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same.
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib'
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+freebsd*)
+  objformat=`test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout`
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.[01]* | freebsdelf3.[01]*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 3.2 on
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+   hppa*64*)
+     shrext='.sl'
+     hardcode_into_libs=yes
+     dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+     shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+     shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+     library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+     soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+     sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+     sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+     ;;
+   *)
+    shrext='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    ld_extra=`$SED -e 's/[:,\t]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g' /etc/ld.so.conf`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+knetbsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=yes
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker])
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
+
+
+# _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG
+# ----------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],
+[AC_ARG_WITH([tags],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tags@<:@=TAGS@:>@],
+        [include additional configurations @<:@automatic@:>@])],
+    [tagnames="$withval"])
+
+if test -f "$ltmain" && test -n "$tagnames"; then
+  if test ! -f "${ofile}"; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN([output file `$ofile' does not exist])
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$LTCC"; then
+    eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCC='`"
+    if test -z "$LTCC"; then
+      AC_MSG_WARN([output file `$ofile' does not look like a libtool script])
+    else
+      AC_MSG_WARN([using `LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from `$ofile'])
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  # Extract list of available tagged configurations in $ofile.
+  # Note that this assumes the entire list is on one line.
+  available_tags=`grep "^available_tags=" "${ofile}" | $SED -e 's/available_tags=\(.*$\)/\1/' -e 's/\"//g'`
+
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+  for tagname in $tagnames; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters
+    case `$echo "X$tagname" | $Xsed -e 's:[[-_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz1234567890,/]]::g'` in
+    "") ;;
+    *)  AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid tag name: $tagname])
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "${ofile}" > /dev/null
+    then
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([tag name \"$tagname\" already exists])
+    fi
+
+    # Update the list of available tags.
+    if test -n "$tagname"; then
+      echo appending configuration tag \"$tagname\" to $ofile
+
+      case $tagname in
+      CXX)
+	if test -n "$CXX" && test "X$CXX" != "Xno"; then
+	  AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
+	else
+	  tagname=""
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      F77)
+	if test -n "$F77" && test "X$F77" != "Xno"; then
+	  AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG
+	else
+	  tagname=""
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      GCJ)
+	if test -n "$GCJ" && test "X$GCJ" != "Xno"; then
+	  AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
+	else
+	  tagname=""
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      RC)
+	AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	AC_MSG_ERROR([Unsupported tag name: $tagname])
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Append the new tag name to the list of available tags.
+      if test -n "$tagname" ; then
+      available_tags="$available_tags $tagname"
+    fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+
+  # Now substitute the updated list of available tags.
+  if eval "sed -e 's/^available_tags=.*\$/available_tags=\"$available_tags\"/' \"$ofile\" > \"${ofile}T\""; then
+    mv "${ofile}T" "$ofile"
+    chmod +x "$ofile"
+  else
+    rm -f "${ofile}T"
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to update list of available tagged configurations.])
+  fi
+fi
+])# _LT_AC_TAGCONFIG
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN
+# -----------------
+# enable checks for dlopen support
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
+ [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL
+# --------------------
+# declare package support for building win32 dll's
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL
+
+
+# AC_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
+# ---------------------------
+# implement the --enable-shared flag
+# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
+[define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_shared=]AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
+])# AC_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+
+# AC_DISABLE_SHARED
+# -----------------
+#- set the default shared flag to --disable-shared
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no)
+])# AC_DISABLE_SHARED
+
+
+# AC_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
+# ---------------------------
+# implement the --enable-static flag
+# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
+[define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+	[build static libraries @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+    no) enable_static=no ;;
+    *)
+     enable_static=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_static=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_static=]AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
+])# AC_ENABLE_STATIC
+
+
+# AC_DISABLE_STATIC
+# -----------------
+# set the default static flag to --disable-static
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)
+])# AC_DISABLE_STATIC
+
+
+# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
+# ---------------------------------
+# implement the --enable-fast-install flag
+# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
+    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
+    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_fast_install=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_fast_install=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac],
+    [enable_fast_install=]AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
+])# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
+
+
+# AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL
+# -----------------------
+# set the default to --disable-fast-install
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no)
+])# AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE([MODE])
+# --------------------------
+# implement the --with-pic flag
+# MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+pic_mode=ifelse($#,1,$1,default)
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE
+
+
+# AC_PROG_EGREP
+# -------------
+# This is predefined starting with Autoconf 2.54, so this conditional
+# definition can be removed once we require Autoconf 2.54 or later.
+m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for egrep], [ac_cv_prog_egrep],
+   [if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
+    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
+    fi])
+ EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
+ AC_SUBST([EGREP])
+])])
+
+
+# AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
+# -------------------
+# find a file program which can recognise shared library
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
+[case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*])
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
+dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
+dnl not every word.  This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
+  ac_dummy="ifelse([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex="`expr \"$deplibs_check_method\" : \"file_magic \(.*\)\"`"
+	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
+  ;;
+esac])
+MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+])# AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
+
+
+# AC_PATH_MAGIC
+# -------------
+# find a file program which can recognise a shared library
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC],
+[AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
+if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
+  else
+    MAGIC_CMD=:
+  fi
+fi
+])# AC_PATH_MAGIC
+
+
+# AC_PROG_LD
+# ----------
+# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD],
+[AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
+    [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
+	[assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])],
+    [test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes],
+    [with_gnu_ld=no])
+AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_SED])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
+      re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+	;;
+      *)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+else
+  lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$lt_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_PROG_LD_GNU
+])# AC_PROG_LD
+
+
+# AC_PROG_LD_GNU
+# --------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+  ;;
+esac])
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])# AC_PROG_LD_GNU
+
+
+# AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG
+# ----------------------
+# find reload flag for linker
+#   -- PORTME Some linkers may need a different reload flag.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $LD option to reload object files],
+  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag,
+  [lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'])
+reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
+case $reload_flag in
+"" | " "*) ;;
+*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
+esac
+reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+])# AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG
+
+
+# AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD
+# -----------------------
+# how to check for library dependencies
+#  -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics
+AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to recognise dependent libraries],
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method,
+[lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
+lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
+# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
+# interlibrary dependencies.
+# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
+# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
+# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
+# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
+# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
+# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
+# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
+# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
+
+case $host_os in
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
+  ;;
+
+cygwin*)
+  # win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='win32_libid'
+  ;;
+
+mingw* | pw32*)
+  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
+  # win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump'.
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    case $host_cpu in
+    i*86 )
+      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
+      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
+      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
+      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    [lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]']
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]].[[0-9]]) shared library'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $LD in
+  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
+  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
+  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
+  *) libmagic=never-match;;
+  esac
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+newos6*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=unknown
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB shared object'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic OpenBSD.* shared library'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  case $host_vendor in
+  motorola)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
+    ;;
+  ncr)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  sequent)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
+    ;;
+  sni)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib"
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
+    ;;
+  siemens)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[[78]]* | unixware7* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
+test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
+])# AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD
+
+
+# AC_PROG_NM
+# ----------
+# find the pathname to a BSD-compatible name lister
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD-compatible nm], lt_cv_path_NM,
+[if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
+else
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    tmp_nm="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
+    if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
+      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+      # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
+      case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+      */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
+	lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
+	break
+        ;;
+      *)
+	case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	*/dev/null*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
+	  break
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	  continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm
+fi])
+NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
+])# AC_PROG_NM
+
+
+# AC_CHECK_LIBM
+# -------------
+# check for math library
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+LIBM=
+case $host in
+*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*)
+  # These system don't have libm, or don't need it
+  ;;
+*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
+  ;;
+*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm")
+  ;;
+esac
+])# AC_CHECK_LIBM
+
+
+# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE([DIRECTORY])
+# -----------------------------------
+# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl convenience library and
+# LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds
+# --enable-ltdl-convenience to the configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL
+# and LTDLINCL are not AC_SUBSTed, nor is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If
+# DIRECTORY is not provided, it is assumed to be `libltdl'.  LIBLTDL will
+# be prefixed with '${top_builddir}/' and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with
+# '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!).  If your package is not
+# flat and you're not using automake, define top_builddir and
+# top_srcdir appropriately in the Makefiles.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+  case $enable_ltdl_convenience in
+  no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;;
+  "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;;
+  esac
+  LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdlc.la
+  LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])
+  # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility...
+  INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL"
+])# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE
+
+
+# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE([DIRECTORY])
+# -----------------------------------
+# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl installable library and
+# LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds
+# --enable-ltdl-install to the configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL
+# and LTDLINCL are not AC_SUBSTed, nor is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If
+# DIRECTORY is not provided and an installed libltdl is not found, it is
+# assumed to be `libltdl'.  LIBLTDL will be prefixed with '${top_builddir}/'
+# and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single
+# quotes!).  If your package is not flat and you're not using automake,
+# define top_builddir and top_srcdir appropriately in the Makefiles.
+# In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE],
+[AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, lt_dlinit,
+  [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no],
+  [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then
+     AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled])
+   else
+     enable_ltdl_install=yes
+   fi
+  ])
+  if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then
+    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install"
+    LIBLTDL='${top_builddir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])/libltdl.la
+    LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}/'ifelse($#,1,[$1],['libltdl'])
+  else
+    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no"
+    LIBLTDL="-lltdl"
+    LTDLINCL=
+  fi
+  # For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility...
+  INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL"
+])# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CXX
+# --------------
+# enable support for C++ libraries
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_CXX
+
+
+# _LT_AC_LANG_CXX
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXXCPP])
+_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}CXX])
+])# _LT_AC_LANG_CXX
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_F77
+# --------------
+# enable support for Fortran 77 libraries
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_F77
+
+
+# _LT_AC_LANG_F77
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_F77])
+_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}F77])
+])# _LT_AC_LANG_F77
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ
+# --------------
+# enable support for GCJ libraries
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ
+
+
+# _LT_AC_LANG_GCJ
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],[],
+  [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[],
+    [AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],[],
+      [ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_GCJ])],
+	 [ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],[AC_REQUIRE([A][M_PROG_GCJ])],
+	   [AC_REQUIRE([A][C_PROG_GCJ_OR_A][M_PROG_GCJ])])])])])])
+_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}GCJ])
+])# _LT_AC_LANG_GCJ
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_RC
+# --------------
+# enable support for Windows resource files
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC],
+[AC_REQUIRE([LT_AC_PROG_RC])
+_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT([tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}RC])
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_RC
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are
+# suitably defined.  Those variables are subsequently used by
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],
+[lt_save_CC="$CC"
+AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
+
+# Source file extension for C test sources.
+ac_ext=c
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}\n'
+
+_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+
+#
+# Check for any special shared library compilation flags.
+#
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_cc_shlib, $1)=
+if test "$GCC" = no; then
+  case $host_os in
+  sco3.2v5*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_cc_shlib, $1)='-belf'
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_cc_shlib, $1)"; then
+  AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' requires `$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_cc_shlib, $1)' to build shared libraries])
+  if echo "$old_CC $old_CFLAGS " | grep "[[ 	]]$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_cc_shlib, $1)[[ 	]]" >/dev/null; then :
+  else
+    AC_MSG_WARN([add `$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_cc_shlib, $1)' to the CC or CFLAGS env variable and reconfigure])
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_cc_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
+#
+AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1) works],
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static_works, $1),
+  $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1),
+  [],
+  [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=])
+
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP
+AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF($1)
+
+# Report which librarie types wil actually be built
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+# are all built from PIC.
+case "$host_os" in
+aix3*)
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+    archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+    postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+aix4*)
+  if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
+    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  fi
+  ;;
+  darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+    case "$host_os" in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-undefined suppress'
+      ;;
+    *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[[012]])
+            _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+    # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-all_load $convenience'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+  else
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+  fi
+    ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1)
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are
+# suitably defined.  Those variables are subsequently used by
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG(CXX)])
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],
+[AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXXCPP])
+
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=
+
+# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
+ac_ext=cc
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[]) { return(0); }\n'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+lt_save_LD=$LD
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=$GXX
+lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
+lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
+if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
+else
+  unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+fi
+if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
+  lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
+else
+  unset lt_cv_path_LD
+fi
+test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
+CC=${CXX-"c++"}
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+cc_basename=`$echo X"$compiler" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+# We don't want -fno-exception wen compiling C++ code, so set the
+# no_builtin_flag separately
+if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
+else
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
+fi
+
+if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+  # Set up default GNU C++ configuration
+
+  AC_PROG_LD
+
+  # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
+  # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
+    #     investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+    if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | \
+	grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+    fi
+  else
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    wlarc=
+
+    # A generic and very simple default shared library creation
+    # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
+    # linker, instead of GNU ld.  If possible, this setting should
+    # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
+    # the platform it is being used on.
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
+  fi
+
+  # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+  # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+  # linking a shared library.
+  output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"'
+
+else
+  GXX=no
+  with_gnu_ld=no
+  wlarc=
+fi
+
+# PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  aix4* | aix5*)
+    if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+      # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+      # have to do anything special.
+      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+      exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+      no_entry_flag=""
+    else
+      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+      # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+      # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+      # need to do runtime linking.
+      case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix5*)
+	for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	  case $ld_flag in
+	  *-brtl*)
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    break
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+      esac
+
+      exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+      no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+    fi
+
+    # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+    # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+    # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+    # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+    # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+
+    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+      case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+      # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+      # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	then
+	  # We have reworked collect2
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	else
+	  # We have old collect2
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+	fi
+      esac
+      shared_flag='-shared'
+    else
+      # not using gcc
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	shared_flag='-G'
+      else
+	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	  shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	else
+	  shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+    # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+      # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
+      # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+      _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+     else
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+      else
+	# Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+	_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	# Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
+	# -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+	# Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	# This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+      fi
+    fi
+    ;;
+  chorus*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
+    # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+      # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+      # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+      else
+	echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+      fi~
+      $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    fi
+  ;;
+
+  darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+    case "$host_os" in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-undefined suppress'
+      ;;
+    *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[[012]])
+            _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | grep 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then
+      lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+    fi
+    if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    fi
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC ${wl}-bind_at_load $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+
+    # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+    if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    fi
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-all_load $convenience'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+  else
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+  fi
+    ;;
+
+  dgux*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      ec++)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      ghcx)
+	# Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  freebsd[12]*)
+    # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before switch to ELF
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  freebsd-elf*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+    # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
+    # conventions
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+    ;;
+  gnu*)
+    ;;
+  hpux9*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+				# but as the default
+				# location of the library.
+
+    case $cc_basename in
+    CC)
+      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    aCC)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+      # linking a shared library.
+      #
+      # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+      # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+      # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+      # dependencies.
+      output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | egrep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  hpux10*|hpux11*)
+    if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+        ;;
+      ia64*)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+        ;;
+      *)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+        ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    case "$host_cpu" in
+    hppa*64*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    ia64*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+					      # but as the default
+					      # location of the library.
+      ;;
+    *)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+					      # but as the default
+					      # location of the library.
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      aCC)
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+	  if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
+	    case "$host_cpu" in
+	    ia64*|hppa*64*)
+	      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs'
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  irix5* | irix6*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# SGI C++
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler.  This is
+	# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	# in the archive.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+	  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	  else
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` -o $lib'
+	  fi
+	fi
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+	;;
+    esac
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+    ;;
+  linux*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      KCC)
+	# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      icpc)
+	# Intel C++
+	with_gnu_ld=yes
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	;;
+      cxx)
+	# Compaq C++
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname  -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
+
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  lynxos*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  m88k*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  mvs*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      cxx)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable  -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+    fi
+    # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
+    output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
+    ;;
+  osf3*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      KCC)
+	# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+
+	;;
+      RCC)
+	# Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      cxx)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	  # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	  # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	  # linking a shared library.
+	  output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"'
+
+	else
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  osf4* | osf5*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      KCC)
+	# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# the KAI C++ compiler.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      RCC)
+	# Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      cxx)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
+	  echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname -Wl,-input -Wl,$lib.exp  `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version	$verstring` -update_registry $objdir/so_locations -o $lib~
+	  $rm $lib.exp'
+
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+
+	  # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	  # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	  # linking a shared library.
+	  output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"'
+
+	else
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  psos*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  sco*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  sunos4*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# Sun C++ 4.x
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      lcc)
+	# Lucid
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  solaris*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -nolib -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -nolib ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	case $host_os in
+	  solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    # The C++ compiler is used as linker so we must use $wl
+	    # flag to pass the commands to the underlying system
+	    # linker.
+	    # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-[[LR]]"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
+	# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	# in the archive.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      gcx)
+	# Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+	# The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      *)
+	# GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
+	if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
+	  if $CC --version | grep -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+		$CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\""
+	  else
+	    # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this
+	    # platform.
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+		$CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\""
+	  fi
+
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[[78]]* | unixware7*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  tandem*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      NCC)
+	# NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  vxworks*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
+test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX"
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP
+AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF($1)
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1)
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+LDCXX=$LD
+LD=$lt_save_LD
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+with_gnu_ldcxx=$with_gnu_ld
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
+lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
+lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP([TAGNAME])
+# ------------------------
+# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose
+# compiler output when linking a shared library.
+# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+# objects, libraries and library flags.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],[
+dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here,
+dnl because it contains code intended for an executable,
+dnl not a library.  It's possible we should let each
+dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable,
+dnl but it's only used here...
+ifelse([$1],[],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+int a;
+void foo (void) { a = 0; }
+EOF
+],[$1],[CXX],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+class Foo
+{
+public:
+  Foo (void) { a = 0; }
+private:
+  int a;
+};
+EOF
+],[$1],[F77],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+      subroutine foo
+      implicit none
+      integer*4 a
+      a=0
+      return
+      end
+EOF
+],[$1],[GCJ],[cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+public class foo {
+  private int a;
+  public void bar (void) {
+    a = 0;
+  }
+};
+EOF
+])
+dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+dnl objects, libraries and library flags.
+if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+  # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+  # objects, libraries and library flags.
+
+  # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
+  # the conftest object file.
+  pre_test_object_deps_done=no
+
+  # The `*' in the case matches for architectures that use `case' in
+  # $output_verbose_cmd can trigger glob expansion during the loop
+  # eval without this substitution.
+  output_verbose_link_cmd="`$echo \"X$output_verbose_link_cmd\" | $Xsed -e \"$no_glob_subst\"`"
+
+  for p in `eval $output_verbose_link_cmd`; do
+    case $p in
+
+    -L* | -R* | -l*)
+       # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
+       # Remove the space.
+       if test $p = "-L" \
+	  || test $p = "-R"; then
+	 prev=$p
+	 continue
+       else
+	 prev=
+       fi
+
+       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
+	 case $p in
+	 -L* | -R*)
+	   # Internal compiler library paths should come after those
+	   # provided the user.  The postdeps already come after the
+	   # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
+	   if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then
+	     _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}"
+	   else
+	     _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
+	   fi
+	   ;;
+	 # The "-l" case would never come before the object being
+	 # linked, so don't bother handling this case.
+	 esac
+       else
+	 if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}"
+	 else
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *.$objext)
+       # This assumes that the test object file only shows up
+       # once in the compiler output.
+       if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
+	 pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
+	 continue
+       fi
+
+       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
+	 if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p"
+	 else
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p"
+	 fi
+       else
+	 if test -z "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p"
+	 else
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *) ;; # Ignore the rest.
+
+    esac
+  done
+
+  # Clean up.
+  rm -f a.out a.exe
+else
+  echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program"
+fi
+
+$rm -f confest.$objext
+
+case " $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in
+*" -lc "*) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;;
+esac
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are
+# suitably defined.  Those variables are subsequently used by
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG(F77)])
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_F77])
+AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77)
+
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+
+# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
+ac_ext=f
+
+# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="      subroutine t\n      return\n      end\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code="      program t\n      end\n"
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+CC=${F77-"f77"}
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+cc_basename=`$echo X"$compiler" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
+test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+# are all built from PIC.
+case "$host_os" in
+aix3*)
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+    archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+    postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+  fi
+  ;;
+aix4*)
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  ;;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
+# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
+
+test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77"
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP
+
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1)
+
+AC_LANG_POP
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration vars for the C compiler are
+# suitably defined.  Those variables are subsequently used by
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG(GCJ)])
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],
+[AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for Java test sources.
+ac_ext=java
+
+# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[] argv) {}; }\n'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+
+# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
+AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP
+AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF($1)
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1)
+
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG
+# --------------------------
+# Ensure that the configuration vars for the Windows resource compiler are
+# suitably defined.  Those variables are subsequently used by
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG(RC)])
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],
+[AC_LANG_SAVE
+
+# Source file extension for RC test sources.
+ac_ext=rc
+
+# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
+objext=o
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }\n'
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code"
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+CC=${RC-"windres"}
+compiler=$CC
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
+
+AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG($1)
+
+AC_LANG_RESTORE
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG([TAGNAME])
+# ----------------------------
+# If TAGNAME is not passed, then create an initial libtool script
+# with a default configuration from the untagged config vars.  Otherwise
+# add code to config.status for appending the configuration named by
+# TAGNAME from the matching tagged config vars.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],
+[# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the
+# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh
+# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are
+# no rules to generate ltmain.sh.
+if test -f "$ltmain"; then
+  # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through
+  # without removal of \ escapes.
+  if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+    setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+  fi
+  # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being
+  # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values.  We take copies of the
+  # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script.
+  for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC NM \
+    SED SHELL STRIP \
+    libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \
+    old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \
+    deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \
+    old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(CC, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postinstall_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(postuninstall_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1) \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1); do
+
+    case $var in
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1) | \
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1) | \
+    extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \
+    postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \
+    old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec)
+      # Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  case $lt_echo in
+  *'\[$]0 --fallback-echo"')
+    lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\[$]0 --fallback-echo"[$]/[$]0 --fallback-echo"/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+ifelse([$1], [],
+  [cfgfile="${ofile}T"
+  trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
+  $rm -f "$cfgfile"
+  AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])],
+  [cfgfile="$ofile"])
+
+  cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile"
+ifelse([$1], [],
+[#! $SHELL
+
+# `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP)
+# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is part of GNU Libtool:
+# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# A sed program that does not truncate output.
+SED=$lt_SED
+
+# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n.
+Xsed="$SED -e s/^X//"
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+if test "X\${CDPATH+set}" = Xset; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
+
+# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script.
+available_tags=
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG],
+[# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname])
+
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+echo=$lt_echo
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_LTCC
+
+# A language-specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler?
+with_gcc=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(LD, $1)
+
+# Whether we need hard or soft links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# A BSD-compatible nm program.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# A symbol stripping program
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file"
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL"
+
+# Used on cygwin: object dumper.
+OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP"
+
+# Used on cygwin: assembler.
+AS="$AS"
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext="$ac_objext"
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext='$shrext'
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext="$exeext"
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation ?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Do we need the lib prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)
+
+# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects.
+thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME.
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)
+
+# Commands used to build and install a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty)
+module_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predep_objects=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdep_objects=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predeps=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdeps=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)
+
+# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+# a shared library.
+compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic.
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
+
+# Flag that forces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# This is the shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# This is the shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into
+# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does
+# not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)
+
+# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into
+# the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)
+
+# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library
+# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at relink time.
+variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink"
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(fix_srcfile_path, $1)"
+
+# Set to yes if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_[]_LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)
+
+ifelse([$1],[],
+[# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG],
+[# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname])
+
+__EOF__
+
+ifelse([$1],[], [
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    cat <<\EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+# vanish in a puff of smoke.
+if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+  COLLECT_NAMES=
+  export COLLECT_NAMES
+fi
+EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
+  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
+  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
+  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
+  sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || \
+    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
+  chmod +x "$ofile"
+])
+else
+  # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute
+  # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the
+  # libtool script then.
+  ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'`
+  if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then
+    test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain"
+  fi
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME])
+# -------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI],
+[AC_REQUIRE([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])dnl
+
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
+
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
+
+  AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions],
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions,
+    [-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [],
+    [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"])
+fi
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE
+# ---------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_OBJEXT])
+# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object])
+AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe],
+[
+# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
+# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
+
+# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
+symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
+
+# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
+sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)'
+
+# Transform the above into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
+symxfrm='\1 \2\3 \3'
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1;/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'"
+
+# Define system-specific variables.
+case $host_os in
+aix*)
+  symcode='[[BCDT]]'
+  ;;
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]'
+  ;;
+hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]'
+  fi
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'"
+  ;;
+irix* | nonstopux*)
+  symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
+  ;;
+osf*)
+  symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]'
+  ;;
+solaris* | sysv5*)
+  symcode='[[BDRT]]'
+  ;;
+sysv4)
+  symcode='[[DFNSTU]]'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
+opt_cr=
+case $build_os in
+mingw*)
+  opt_cr=`echo 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
+case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;;
+esac
+
+# Try without a prefix undercore, then with it.
+for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
+
+  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ 	]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ 	]][[ 	]]*\($ac_symprfx\)$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
+
+  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
+  pipe_works=no
+
+  rm -f conftest*
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+char nm_test_var;
+void nm_test_func(){}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
+EOF
+
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    # Now try to grab the symbols.
+    nlist=conftest.nm
+    if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then
+      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
+	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+      else
+	rm -f "$nlist"T
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
+      if grep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	if grep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	  cat <<EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+EOF
+	  # Now generate the symbol file.
+	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
+
+	  cat <<EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# define lt_ptr_t void *
+#else
+# define lt_ptr_t char *
+# define const
+#endif
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
+const struct {
+  const char *name;
+  lt_ptr_t address;
+}
+lt_preloaded_symbols[[]] =
+{
+EOF
+	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
+	  cat <<\EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+  {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0}
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+EOF
+	  # Now try linking the two files.
+	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
+	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)"
+	  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+	    pipe_works=yes
+	  fi
+	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
+	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
+	else
+	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+	fi
+      else
+	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+      fi
+    else
+      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+    fi
+  else
+    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest* conftst*
+
+  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
+  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
+    break
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
+  fi
+done
+])
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
+fi
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(failed)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
+fi
+]) # AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC],
+[_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $compiler option to produce PIC])
+ ifelse([$1],[CXX],[
+  # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+    amigaos*)
+      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+      # like `-m68040'.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+      ;;
+    beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+    mingw* | os2* | pw32*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+    *djgpp*)
+      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4* | aix5*)
+	# All AIX code is PIC.
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	else
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+	fi
+	;;
+      chorus*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	cxch68)
+	  # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	  # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      dgux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  ec++)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  ghcx)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
+	;;
+      hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-a ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}archive"
+	    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  aCC)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-a ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}archive"
+	    case "$host_cpu" in
+	    hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	      # +Z the default
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      linux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC)
+	    # KAI C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  icpc)
+	    # Intel C++
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx)
+	    # Compaq C++
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      lynxos*)
+	;;
+      m88k*)
+	;;
+      mvs*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  cxx)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+	;;
+      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
+	    ;;
+	  RCC)
+	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx)
+	    # Digital/Compaq C++
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      psos*)
+	;;
+      sco*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      solaris*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+	    ;;
+	  gcx)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      sunos4*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.x
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	  lcc)
+	    # Lucid
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      tandem*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  NCC)
+	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      unixware*)
+	;;
+      vxworks*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+],
+[
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+      # like `-m68040'.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    linux*)
+      case $CC in
+      icc* | ecc*)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kpic'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-dn'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
+  AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works],
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1),
+    [$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)ifelse([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [],
+    [case $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;;
+     esac],
+    [_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+     _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no])
+fi
+case "$host_os" in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)ifelse([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[ifelse([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])"
+    ;;
+esac
+])
+
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS([TAGNAME])
+# ------------------------------------
+# See if the linker supports building shared libraries.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
+ifelse([$1],[CXX],[
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  case $host_os in
+  aix4* | aix5*)
+    # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+    # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+    if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  pw32*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds"
+  ;;
+  cygwin* | mingw*)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGS]] /s/.* \([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  ;;
+  *)
+    _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  ;;
+  esac
+],[
+  runpath_var=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
+*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+
+      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
+      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use
+      # them.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGS]] /s/.* \([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	else
+	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	fi~
+	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000  ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris* | sysv5*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+  linux*)
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        tmp_archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      supports_anon_versioning=no
+      case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in
+        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+        *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+        *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+        *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+        *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+      esac
+      if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+$echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+        $CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+      else
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      fi
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = yes; then
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+ 	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+      else
+  	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix4* | aix5*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=""
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\[$]2 == "T") || (\[$]2 == "D") || (\[$]2 == "B")) && ([substr](\[$]3,1,1) != ".")) { print \[$]3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# need to do runtime linking.
+	case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix5*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+  	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+  	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+  	    break
+  	  fi
+	  done
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+  	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+  	  # We have reworked collect2
+  	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  else
+  	  # We have old collect2
+  	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
+  	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+  	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+  	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+  	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+  	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+  	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
+	  fi
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+  	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+  	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+  	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+  	fi
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
+       # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+       _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX
+       _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+       else
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+	 _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX
+	 _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
+	  # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
+	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi4*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+      libext=lib
+      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+      shrext=".dll"
+      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='true'
+      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+    if test "$GXX" = yes ; then
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+      case "$host_os" in
+      rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-undefined suppress'
+	;;
+      *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[[012]])
+            _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    	lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+    	output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    	if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | grep 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then
+    	  lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+    	fi
+    	if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+    	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    	else
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)='$CC ${wl}-bind_at_load $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+      # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+        if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+          _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        else
+          _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        fi
+          _LT_AC_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-all_load $convenience'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+    else
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+    fi
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    freebsd1*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='+b $libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
+      else
+       case $host_os in
+	 openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*)
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+	   ;;
+	 *)
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	   _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	   ;;
+       esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(old_archive_From_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  	$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
+      *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;;
+      esac
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.2uw2*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+
+   sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* |  sysv5uw[[78]]* | unixware7*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z text'
+      # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
+      # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      _LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
+test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in])
+      $rm conftest*
+      printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
+        if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1)
+        then
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
+        else
+	  _LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
+        fi
+        _LT_AC_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $rm conftest*
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)])
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+])# AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS
+
+
+# _LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C
+# -------------------
+# Be careful that the start marker always follows a newline.
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [
+# /* ltdll.c starts here */
+# #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# #include <windows.h>
+# #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# #include <stdio.h>
+#
+# #ifndef __CYGWIN__
+# #  ifdef __CYGWIN32__
+# #    define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__
+# #  endif
+# #endif
+#
+# #ifdef __cplusplus
+# extern "C" {
+# #endif
+# BOOL APIENTRY DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved);
+# #ifdef __cplusplus
+# }
+# #endif
+#
+# #ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# #include <cygwin/cygwin_dll.h>
+# DECLARE_CYGWIN_DLL( DllMain );
+# #endif
+# HINSTANCE __hDllInstance_base;
+#
+# BOOL APIENTRY
+# DllMain (HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, LPVOID reserved)
+# {
+#   __hDllInstance_base = hInst;
+#   return TRUE;
+# }
+# /* ltdll.c ends here */
+])# _LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C
+
+
+# _LT_AC_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME])
+# ---------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [ifelse([$2], [], [$1], [$1_$2])])
+
+
+# old names
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL],   [AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED],  [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC],  [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LD],        [AC_PROG_LD])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM],        [AC_PROG_NM])
+
+# This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used
+ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
+
+AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj, no)
+  test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC],
+[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres, no)
+])
+
+# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into   #
+#  GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED.  When it is available in   #
+#  a released version of Autoconf we should remove this    #
+#  macro and use it instead.                               #
+# LT_AC_PROG_SED
+# --------------
+# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates
+# as few characters as possible.  Prefer GNU sed if found.
+AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED,
+[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
+# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+        lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+done
+lt_ac_max=0
+lt_ac_count=0
+# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
+# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
+for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
+  test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && break
+  cat /dev/null > conftest.in
+  lt_ac_count=0
+  echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
+  # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
+  if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    break
+  fi
+  while true; do
+    cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+    mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+    cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+    echo >>conftest.nl
+    $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
+    cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
+    # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break
+    lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
+    if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then
+      lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
+      lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    fi
+  done
+done
+SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED])
+])
+
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/config.guess b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/config.guess
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8c6fc0c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1432 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2004-01-05'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+	  fi ;
+	done ;
+	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+	fi
+	;;
+ ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+	# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
+	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+	# object file format.  This provides both forward
+	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+	# object file format.
+	#
+	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
+	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+	esac
+	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+			| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+		then
+		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
+		    os=netbsd
+		else
+		    os=netbsdelf
+		fi
+		;;
+	    *)
+	        os=netbsd
+		;;
+	esac
+	# The OS release
+	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+	    Debian*)
+		release='-gnu'
+		;;
+	    *)
+		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+	exit 0 ;;
+    amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    macppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    pegasos:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+	fi
+	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
+	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
+	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+	    "EV4 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+	    "EV5 (21164)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+	    "EV6 (21264)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+	    "EV7 (21364)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+	esac
+	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
+	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Alpha*:OpenVMS:*:*)
+	echo alpha-hp-vms
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+	# of the specific Alpha model?
+	echo alpha-pc-interix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+	exit 0;;
+    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:OS/390:*:*)
+	echo i370-ibm-openedition
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:OS400:*:*)
+        echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+	exit 0 ;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0;;
+    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+	exit 0;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+	else
+		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+	echo sparc-icl-nx6
+	exit 0 ;;
+    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*)
+	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;;
+	esac ;;
+    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+	case "`/bin/arch`" in
+	    sun3)
+		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	    sun4)
+		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		;;
+	esac
+	exit 0 ;;
+    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
+    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
+    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+    # be no problem.
+    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    powerpc:machten:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h>  /* for printf() prototype */
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	  exit (-1);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \
+	  && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
+	  && exit 0
+	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+	then
+	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+	    then
+		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    else
+		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    fi
+	else
+	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+ 	exit 0 ;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	echo romp-ibm-aix      # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit 0 ;;              # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i*86:AIX:*:*)
+	echo i386-ibm-aix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ia64:AIX:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:*:[45])
+	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
+	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
+	exit 0 ;;                           # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+	exit 0 ;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+                    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+                    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+                      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+                      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+                      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+                        case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+                          32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+                          64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
+                        esac ;;
+                    esac
+		fi
+		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+		    eval $set_cc_for_build
+		    sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+              #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+              #include <stdlib.h>
+              #include <unistd.h>
+
+              int main ()
+              {
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+              #endif
+                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+                  switch (cpu)
+              	{
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+              	    switch (bits)
+              		{
+              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              		} break;
+              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              #endif
+              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	}
+                  exit (0);
+              }
+EOF
+		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+		fi ;;
+	esac
+	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+	then
+	    # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build
+	    test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build
+	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+	    then
+		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+	    else
+		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include <unistd.h>
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	exit 0 ;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	exit 0 ;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+        exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+	echo nv1-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+        exit 0 ;;
+    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+        echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	# Determine whether the default compiler uses glibc.
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include <features.h>
+	#if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#else
+	LIBC=
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+	# GNU/KFreeBSD systems have a "k" prefix to indicate we are using
+	# FreeBSD's kernel, but not the complete OS.
+	case ${LIBC} in gnu) kernel_only='k' ;; esac
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-${kernel_only}freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`${LIBC:+-$LIBC}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:MINGW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:PW*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    x86:Interix*:[34]*)
+	echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//'
+	exit 0 ;;
+    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+	echo i586-pc-interix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:UWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+	exit 0 ;;
+    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+	exit 0 ;;
+    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	# the GNU system
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:GNU/*:*:*)
+	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:Minix:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    arm*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    cris:Linux:*:*)
+	echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ia64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    m68*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mips:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips
+	#undef mipsel
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=mipsel
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=mips
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+	;;
+    mips64:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips64
+	#undef mips64el
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=mips64el
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=mips64
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+	;;
+    ppc:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    alpha:Linux:*:*)
+	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+        esac
+	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+	# Look for CPU level
+	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	esac
+	exit 0 ;;
+    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sh*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:Linux:*:*)
+	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+	# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+	# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+	ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+			 | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+				    s/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g
+				    s/.*supported targets: *//
+				    s/ .*//
+				    p'`
+        case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+	  elf32-i386)
+		TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+		;;
+	  a.out-i386-linux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit 0 ;;
+	  coff-i386)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+		exit 0 ;;
+	  "")
+		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+		# one that does not give us useful --help.
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+		exit 0 ;;
+	esac
+	# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#include <features.h>
+	#ifdef __ELF__
+	# ifdef __GLIBC__
+	#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#  else
+	LIBC=gnulibc1
+	#  endif
+	# else
+	LIBC=gnulibc1
+	# endif
+	#else
+	#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#else
+	LIBC=gnuaout
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	#ifdef __dietlibc__
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+	test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0
+	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
+	;;
+    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+	# sysname and nodename.
+	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+        # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+        # number series starting with 2...
+        # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
+        # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+	# is probably installed.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:atheos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+	exit 0 ;;
+	i*86:syllable:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:*:5:[78]*)
+	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    pc:*:*:*)
+	# Left here for compatibility:
+        # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+        # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
+	echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
+        exit 0 ;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-mach3
+	exit 0 ;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	echo i860-intel-osf1
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+	echo m68k-diab-dnix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
+    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0)
+	OS_REL=''
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	  && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+                      # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+        exit 0 ;;
+    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:*:*:FTX*)
+	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+	echo mips-sony-newsos6
+	exit 0 ;;
+    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	else
+	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
+        exit 0 ;;
+    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-be-beos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-apple-beos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-beos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:Darwin:*:*)
+	case `uname -p` in
+	    *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;;
+	    powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+	esac
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:QNX:*:4*)
+	echo i386-pc-qnx
+	exit 0 ;;
+    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+	exit 0 ;;
+    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+	exit 0 ;;
+    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:Plan9:*:*)
+	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+	# operating systems.
+	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+	else
+	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+	fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:TENEX:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+	exit 0 ;;
+    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+	exit 0 ;;
+    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:ITS:*:*)
+	echo pdp10-unknown-its
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+        echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:DRAGONFLY:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+     I don't know....  */
+  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+          "4"
+#else
+	  ""
+#endif
+         ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+  int version;
+  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+  if (version < 4)
+    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  else
+    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+    struct utsname un;
+
+    uname(&un);
+
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+    }
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+#  if defined (BSD)
+#   if BSD == 43
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+#   else
+#    if BSD == 199006
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+#    else
+      printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  else
+    printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#  endif
+# else
+    printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+  exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+    c1*)
+	echo c1-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c2*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c34*)
+	echo c34-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c38*)
+	echo c38-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    c4*)
+	echo c4-convex-bsd
+	exit 0 ;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/config.sub b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/config.sub
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..463186dbfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1537 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2004-01-05'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+       exit 1 ;;
+
+    *local*)
+       # First pass through any local machine types.
+       echo $1
+       exit 0;;
+
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \
+  kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple | -axis)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)
+		;;
+	-wrs)
+		os=-vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusos*)
+		os=-chorusos
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+ 	-chorusrdb)
+ 		os=-chorusrdb
+		basic_machine=$1
+ 		;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=-sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco*)
+		os=-sco3.2v2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-udk*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-isc)
+		os=-isc2.2
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-clix*)
+		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+		;;
+	-isc*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-lynx*)
+		os=-lynxos
+		;;
+	-ptx*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+		;;
+	-windowsnt*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+		;;
+	-psos*)
+		os=-psos
+		;;
+	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+	1750a | 580 \
+	| a29k \
+	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+	| am33_2.0 \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+	| c4x | clipper \
+	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+	| fr30 | frv \
+	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+	| ip2k | iq2000 \
+	| m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \
+	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+	| mips16 \
+	| mips64 | mips64el \
+	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| msp430 \
+	| ns16k | ns32k \
+	| openrisc | or32 \
+	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+	| pyramid \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh64 | sh64le \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
+	| strongarm \
+	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+	| v850 | v850e \
+	| we32k \
+	| x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+		;;
+
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i*86 | x86_64)
+	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+	  ;;
+	# Object if more than one company name word.
+	*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+	580-* \
+	| a29k-* \
+	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+	| avr-* \
+	| bs2000-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+	| clipper-* | cydra-* \
+	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+	| elxsi-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
+	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+	| m32r-* \
+	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \
+	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+	| mips16-* \
+	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| msp430-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| orion-* \
+	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+	| pyramid-* \
+	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+	| tron-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+	| we32k-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \
+	| xtensa-* \
+	| ymp-* \
+	| z8k-*)
+		;;
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	386bsd)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		basic_machine=m68000-att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	a29khif)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	adobe68k)
+		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+		os=-scout
+		;;
+	alliant | fx80)
+		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+		;;
+	altos | altos3068)
+		basic_machine=m68k-altos
+		;;
+	am29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-none
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	amd64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		;;
+	amd64-*)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	amdahl)
+		basic_machine=580-amdahl
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	amiga | amiga-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		;;
+	amigaos | amigados)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	amigaunix | amix)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	apollo68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	apollo68bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	aux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		os=-aux
+		;;
+	balance)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	c90)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	convex-c1)
+		basic_machine=c1-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c2)
+		basic_machine=c2-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c32)
+		basic_machine=c32-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c34)
+		basic_machine=c34-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	convex-c38)
+		basic_machine=c38-convex
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	cray | j90)
+		basic_machine=j90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	crds | unos)
+		basic_machine=m68k-crds
+		;;
+	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+		basic_machine=cris-axis
+		;;
+	da30 | da30-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-da30
+		;;
+	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+		basic_machine=mips-dec
+		;;
+	decsystem10* | dec10*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops10
+		;;
+	decsystem20* | dec20*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+		;;
+	delta88)
+		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+		os=-bosx
+		;;
+	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	ebmon29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-ebmon
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+		;;
+	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		basic_machine=i860-alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+		;;
+	gmicro)
+		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	go32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-go32
+		;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	h8300hms)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	h8300xray)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-xray
+		;;
+	h8500hms)
+		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	harris)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	hp300-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp300bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	hp300hpux)
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68000-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=m68k-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hppa-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	hppaosf)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	hppro)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
+	i*86v32)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv32
+		;;
+	i*86v4*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	i*86v)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	i*86sol2)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	i386mach)
+		basic_machine=i386-mach
+		os=-mach
+		;;
+	i386-vsta | vsta)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-vsta
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		basic_machine=mips-sgi
+		case $os in
+		    -irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	isi68 | isi)
+		basic_machine=m68k-isi
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		basic_machine=m88k-omron
+		;;
+	magnum | m3230)
+		basic_machine=mips-mips
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	merlin)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	mingw32)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+		;;
+	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+		;;
+	mips3*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+		;;
+	mmix*)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
+	monitor)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	morphos)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		os=-morphos
+		;;
+	msdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-msdos
+		;;
+	mvs)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	ncr3000)
+		basic_machine=i486-ncr
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	netbsd386)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-netbsd
+		;;
+	netwinder)
+		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news1000)
+		basic_machine=m68030-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		basic_machine=mips-sony
+		os=-newsos
+		;;
+	necv70)
+		basic_machine=v70-nec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	next | m*-next )
+		basic_machine=m68k-next
+		case $os in
+		    -nextstep* )
+			;;
+		    -ns2*)
+		      os=-nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      os=-nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	nh3000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nh[45]000)
+		basic_machine=m88k-harris
+		os=-cxux
+		;;
+	nindy960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-nindy
+		;;
+	mon960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-mon960
+		;;
+	nonstopux)
+		basic_machine=mips-compaq
+		os=-nonstopux
+		;;
+	np1)
+		basic_machine=np1-gould
+		;;
+	nv1)
+		basic_machine=nv1-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
+		;;
+	nsr-tandem)
+		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+		;;
+	op50n-* | op60c-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	or32 | or32-*)
+		basic_machine=or32-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	os400)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	OSE68000 | ose68000)
+		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	os68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-none
+		os=-os68k
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	paragon)
+		basic_machine=i860-intel
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		basic_machine=sparc-tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tti
+		;;
+	pc532 | pc532-*)
+		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+		;;
+	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		;;
+	pentium4)
+		basic_machine=i786-pc
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium4-*)
+		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pn)
+		basic_machine=pn-gould
+		;;
+	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
+		;;
+	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+		;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		basic_machine=i386-ibm
+		;;
+	pw32)
+		basic_machine=i586-unknown
+		os=-pw32
+		;;
+	rom68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		basic_machine=mips-siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	s390 | s390-*)
+		basic_machine=s390-ibm
+		;;
+	s390x | s390x-*)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		;;
+	sa29200)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	sb1)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+		;;
+	sb1el)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+		;;
+	sei)
+		basic_machine=mips-sei
+		os=-seiux
+		;;
+	sequent)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		;;
+	sh)
+		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	sps7)
+		basic_machine=m68k-bull
+		os=-sysv2
+		;;
+	spur)
+		basic_machine=spur-unknown
+		;;
+	st2000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+		;;
+	stratus)
+		basic_machine=i860-stratus
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	sun2)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		;;
+	sun2os3)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun2os4)
+		basic_machine=m68000-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun3os3)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun3os4)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4os3)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos3
+		;;
+	sun4os4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	sun4sol2)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	sun3 | sun3-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-sun
+		;;
+	sun4)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+		basic_machine=i386-sun
+		;;
+	sv1)
+		basic_machine=sv1-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	symmetry)
+		basic_machine=i386-sequent
+		os=-dynix
+		;;
+	t3e)
+		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	t90)
+		basic_machine=t90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	tic54x | c54x*)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic55x | c55x*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x | c6x*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tx39)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+		;;
+	tx39el)
+		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+		;;
+	toad1)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+		;;
+	tpf)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	udi29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	ultra3)
+		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+		os=-sym1
+		;;
+	v810 | necv810)
+		basic_machine=v810-nec
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	vaxv)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	vms)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		os=-vms
+		;;
+	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+		;;
+	vxworks960)
+		basic_machine=i960-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks68)
+		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	vxworks29k)
+		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
+	w65*)
+		basic_machine=w65-wdc
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	w89k-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	xps | xps100)
+		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+		;;
+	ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	z8k-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
+	none)
+		basic_machine=none-none
+		os=-none
+		;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	op60c)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	romp)
+		basic_machine=romp-ibm
+		;;
+	rs6000)
+		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+		;;
+	vax)
+		basic_machine=vax-dec
+		;;
+	pdp10)
+		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+		;;
+	pdp11)
+		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+		;;
+	we32k)
+		basic_machine=we32k-att
+		;;
+	sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+		basic_machine=sh-unknown
+		;;
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+		basic_machine=sparc-sun
+		;;
+	cydra)
+		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+		;;
+	orion)
+		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+		;;
+	*-unknown)
+		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-digital*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+		;;
+	*-commodore*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+        # First match some system type aliases
+        # that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	-solaris)
+		os=-solaris2
+		;;
+	-svr4*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-unixware*)
+		os=-sysv4.2uw
+		;;
+	-gnu/linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	# First accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+	      | -aos* \
+	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
+	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
+	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*)
+	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+		;;
+	-qnx*)
+		case $basic_machine in
+		    x86-* | i*86-*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=-nto$os
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	-nto-qnx*)
+		;;
+	-nto*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+		;;
+	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+		;;
+	-mac*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
+	-linux-dietlibc)
+		os=-linux-dietlibc
+		;;
+	-linux*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos5*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	-sunos6*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	-opened*)
+		os=-openedition
+		;;
+        -os400*)
+		os=-os400
+		;;
+	-wince*)
+		os=-wince
+		;;
+	-osfrose*)
+		os=-osfrose
+		;;
+	-osf*)
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	-utek*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-dynix*)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-acis*)
+		os=-aos
+		;;
+	-atheos*)
+		os=-atheos
+		;;
+	-syllable*)
+		os=-syllable
+		;;
+	-386bsd)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	-ctix* | -uts*)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	-nova*)
+		os=-rtmk-nova
+		;;
+	-ns2 )
+		os=-nextstep2
+		;;
+	-nsk*)
+		os=-nsk
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	-sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	-sinix*)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+        -tpf*)
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
+	-triton*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-oss*)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-svr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	-svr3)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	-sysvr4)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	# This must come after -sysvr4.
+	-sysv*)
+		;;
+	-ose*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-es1800*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-xenix)
+		os=-xenix
+		;;
+	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	-aros*)
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	-kaos*)
+		os=-kaos
+		;;
+	-none)
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-acorn)
+		os=-riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-rebel)
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+    c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        os=-coff
+        ;;
+	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
+	pdp10-*)
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
+	pdp11-*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=-ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=-domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=-sunos3
+		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+		# default.
+		# os=-sunos4
+		;;
+	m68*-cisco)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	or32-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=-sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	*-be)
+		os=-beos
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=-aix
+		;;
+	*-wec)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=-hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=-hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=-amigaos
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=-dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=-sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=-luna
+		;;
+	*-next )
+		os=-nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=-ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=-unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=-genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=-nextstep3
+		;;
+	*-gould)
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
+	*-highlevel)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
+	*-sgi)
+		os=-irix
+		;;
+	*-siemens)
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=-rtu
+		;;
+	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+		os=-uxpv
+		;;
+	*-rom68k)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)
+		os=-macos
+		;;
+	*-atari*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=-none
+		;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+	*-unknown)
+		case $os in
+			-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-beos*)
+				vendor=be
+				;;
+			-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-mpeix*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			-mvs* | -opened*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-hms*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-mpw* | -macos*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+				vendor=atari
+				;;
+			-vos*)
+				vendor=stratus
+				;;
+		esac
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/configure b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..183977d168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,21639 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+
+# Check that we are running under the correct shell.
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+case X$ECHO in
+X*--fallback-echo)
+  # Remove one level of quotation (which was required for Make).
+  ECHO=`echo "$ECHO" | sed 's,\\\\\$\\$0,'$0','`
+  ;;
+esac
+
+echo=${ECHO-echo}
+if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
+  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+  shift
+elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
+  :
+elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' ; then
+  # Yippee, $echo works!
+  :
+else
+  # Restart under the correct shell.
+  exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # used as fallback echo
+  shift
+  cat <<EOF
+$*
+EOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+if test "X${CDPATH+set}" = Xset; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
+
+if test -z "$ECHO"; then
+if test "X${echo_test_string+set}" != Xset; then
+# find a string as large as possible, as long as the shell can cope with it
+  for cmd in 'sed 50q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'echo test'; do
+    # expected sizes: less than 2Kb, 1Kb, 512 bytes, 16 bytes, ...
+    if (echo_test_string="`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null &&
+       echo_test_string="`eval $cmd`" &&
+       (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null
+    then
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+
+if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+   echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+  :
+else
+  # The Solaris, AIX, and Digital Unix default echo programs unquote
+  # backslashes.  This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using
+  #   echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g'
+  #
+  # So, first we look for a working echo in the user's PATH.
+
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    if (test -f $dir/echo || test -f $dir/echo$ac_exeext) &&
+       test "X`($dir/echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+       echo_testing_string=`($dir/echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+       test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+      echo="$dir/echo"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+
+  if test "X$echo" = Xecho; then
+    # We didn't find a better echo, so look for alternatives.
+    if test "X`(print -r '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+       echo_testing_string=`(print -r "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+       test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+      # This shell has a builtin print -r that does the trick.
+      echo='print -r'
+    elif (test -f /bin/ksh || test -f /bin/ksh$ac_exeext) &&
+	 test "X$CONFIG_SHELL" != X/bin/ksh; then
+      # If we have ksh, try running configure again with it.
+      ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+      export ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+      CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/ksh
+      export CONFIG_SHELL
+      exec $CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+    else
+      # Try using printf.
+      echo='printf %s\n'
+      if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t' &&
+	 echo_testing_string=`($echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	 test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	# Cool, printf works
+	:
+      elif echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	   echo_testing_string=`($ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	CONFIG_SHELL=$ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL
+	export CONFIG_SHELL
+	SHELL="$CONFIG_SHELL"
+	export SHELL
+	echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
+      elif echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo '\t') 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = 'X\t' &&
+	   echo_testing_string=`($CONFIG_SHELL "$0" --fallback-echo "$echo_test_string") 2>/dev/null` &&
+	   test "X$echo_testing_string" = "X$echo_test_string"; then
+	echo="$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"
+      else
+	# maybe with a smaller string...
+	prev=:
+
+	for cmd in 'echo test' 'sed 2q "$0"' 'sed 10q "$0"' 'sed 20q "$0"' 'sed 50q "$0"'; do
+	  if (test "X$echo_test_string" = "X`eval $cmd`") 2>/dev/null
+	  then
+	    break
+	  fi
+	  prev="$cmd"
+	done
+
+	if test "$prev" != 'sed 50q "$0"'; then
+	  echo_test_string=`eval $prev`
+	  export echo_test_string
+	  exec ${ORIGINAL_CONFIG_SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}} "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	else
+	  # Oops.  We lost completely, so just stick with echo.
+	  echo=echo
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+
+# Copy echo and quote the copy suitably for passing to libtool from
+# the Makefile, instead of quoting the original, which is used later.
+ECHO=$echo
+if test "X$ECHO" = "X$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
+   ECHO="$CONFIG_SHELL \\\$\$0 --fallback-echo"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}CXX
+
+tagnames=${tagnames+${tagnames},}F77
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
+# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
+: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME=
+PACKAGE_TARNAME=
+PACKAGE_VERSION=
+PACKAGE_STRING=
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
+
+ac_unique_file="src/sqlite.h.in"
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS build build_cpu build_vendor build_os host host_cpu host_vendor host_os CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT EGREP LN_S ECHO AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB STRIP ac_ct_STRIP CPP CXX CXXFLAGS ac_ct_CXX CXXCPP F77 FFLAGS ac_ct_F77 LIBTOOL INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA program_prefix VERSION BUILD_CC BUILD_CFLAGS BUILD_LIBS TARGET_CC TARGET_CFLAGS TARGET_LINK TARGET_LFLAGS TARGET_RANLIB TARGET_AR THREADSAFE TARGET_THREAD_LIB ALLOWRELEASE TEMP_STORE BUILD_EXEEXT OS_UNIX OS_WIN TARGET_EXEEXT TARGET_LIBS TARGET_TCL_LIBS TARGET_TCL_INC TARGET_READLINE_LIBS TARGET_READLINE_INC TARGET_HAVE_READLINE LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
+ac_subst_files=''
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case $ac_option in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  --config-cache | -C)
+    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+    ac_init_help=long ;;
+  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+    ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+    ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case $ac_option in
+      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ;;
+
+  *=*)
+    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
+    export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+  *)
+    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
+	      localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
+do
+  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+  case $ac_val in
+    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+    cross_compiling=maybe
+    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+    cross_compiling=yes
+  fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$0" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  else
+    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+fi
+(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
+  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
+ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_env_CXX_set=${CXX+set}
+ac_env_CXX_value=$CXX
+ac_cv_env_CXX_set=${CXX+set}
+ac_cv_env_CXX_value=$CXX
+ac_env_CXXFLAGS_set=${CXXFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CXXFLAGS_value=$CXXFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CXXFLAGS_set=${CXXFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CXXFLAGS_value=$CXXFLAGS
+ac_env_CXXCPP_set=${CXXCPP+set}
+ac_env_CXXCPP_value=$CXXCPP
+ac_cv_env_CXXCPP_set=${CXXCPP+set}
+ac_cv_env_CXXCPP_value=$CXXCPP
+ac_env_F77_set=${F77+set}
+ac_env_F77_value=$F77
+ac_cv_env_F77_set=${F77+set}
+ac_cv_env_F77_value=$F77
+ac_env_FFLAGS_set=${FFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_FFLAGS_value=$FFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_FFLAGS_set=${FFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_FFLAGS_value=$FFLAGS
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+  -h, --help              display this help and exit
+      --help=short        display options specific to this package
+      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
+  -V, --version           display version information and exit
+  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
+      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
+      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<_ACEOF
+Installation directories:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+			  [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+			  [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+System types:
+  --build=BUILD     configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+  --host=HOST       cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --enable-shared[=PKGS]
+                          build shared libraries [default=yes]
+  --enable-static[=PKGS]
+                          build static libraries [default=yes]
+  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]
+                          optimize for fast installation [default=yes]
+  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)
+  --enable-threadsafe           Support threadsafe operation
+  --enable-releasemode           Support libtool link to release mode
+  --enable-tempstore     Use an in-ram database for temporary tables (never,no,yes,always)
+
+Optional Packages:
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]
+  --with-pic              try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects [default=use
+                          both]
+  --with-tags[=TAGS]
+                          include additional configurations [automatic]
+  --with-hints=FILE       Read configuration options from FILE
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+  CC          C compiler command
+  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
+  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+              nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+  CPPFLAGS    C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
+              headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+  CPP         C preprocessor
+  CXX         C++ compiler command
+  CXXFLAGS    C++ compiler flags
+  CXXCPP      C++ preprocessor
+  F77         Fortran 77 compiler command
+  FFLAGS      Fortran 77 compiler flags
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+  ac_popdir=`pwd`
+  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+    test -d $ac_dir || continue
+    ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+    cd $ac_dir
+    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
+    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
+      echo
+      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
+    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
+	   test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
+      echo
+      $ac_configure --help
+    else
+      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+    fi
+    cd $ac_popdir
+  done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
+if $ac_init_version; then
+  cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+exec 5>config.log
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_sep=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+  for ac_arg
+  do
+    case $ac_arg in
+    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+      continue ;;
+    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    esac
+    case $ac_pass in
+    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    2)
+      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+	ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+      else
+	case $ac_arg in
+	  *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+	  | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+	  | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+	  | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+	    case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+	      "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
+      # Get rid of the leading space.
+      ac_sep=" "
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
+# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+  {
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      sed -n \
+	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+}
+    echo
+
+    cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+    echo
+    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+    do
+      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+    done | sort
+    echo
+
+    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------- ##
+## Output files. ##
+## ------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+      do
+	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+	echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+      done | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+
+    if test -s confdefs.h; then
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+      echo
+      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
+      echo
+    fi
+    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+  } >&5
+  rm -f core *.core &&
+  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+    exit $exit_status
+     ' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo >confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+    case $cache_file in
+      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
+      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
+    esac
+  fi
+else
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+  >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
+	       sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
+  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
+  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+    set,)
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,set)
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+    ,);;
+    *)
+      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
+	{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
+	ac_cache_corrupted=:
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+    case $ac_new_val in
+    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+    esac
+    case " $ac_configure_args " in
+      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# The following RCS revision string applies to configure.in
+# $Revision$
+
+#########
+# Programs needed
+#
+# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
+if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_shared"
+  p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_shared=yes
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --enable-static or --disable-static was given.
+if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_static"
+  p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+    no) enable_static=no ;;
+    *)
+     enable_static=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_static=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_static=yes
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --enable-fast-install or --disable-fast-install was given.
+if test "${enable_fast_install+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_fast_install"
+  p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_fast_install=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_fast_install=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+      ;;
+    esac
+else
+  enable_fast_install=yes
+fi;
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/shtool; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking build system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_build_alias=$build_alias
+test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" &&
+  ac_cv_build_alias=`$ac_config_guess`
+test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" &&
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ac_cv_build=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias` ||
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_build" >&6
+build=$ac_cv_build
+build_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking host system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_host_alias=$host_alias
+test -z "$ac_cv_host_alias" &&
+  ac_cv_host_alias=$ac_cv_build_alias
+ac_cv_host=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias` ||
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_host" >&6
+host=$ac_cv_host
+host_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
+     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # Find the output, starting from the most likely.  This scheme is
+# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
+# resort.
+
+# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
+# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
+ac_cv_exeext=
+# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
+for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
+do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
+	;;
+    conftest.$ac_ext )
+	# This is the source file.
+	;;
+    [ab].out )
+	# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+	# certainly right.
+	break;;
+    *.* )
+	ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
+	# but it would be cool to find out if it's true.  Does anybody
+	# maintain Libtool? --akim.
+	export ac_cv_exeext
+	break;;
+    * )
+	break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
+
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+  if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+    cross_compiling=no
+  else
+    if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+	cross_compiling=yes
+    else
+	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+
+rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run.  If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'.  For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+  test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+    *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+	  export ac_cv_exeext
+	  break;;
+    * ) break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
+  case $ac_file in
+    *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
+    *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+       break;;
+  esac
+done
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std1.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
+# breaks some systems' header files.
+# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
+# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
+# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
+# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
+for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
+break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
+  x|xno)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
+esac
+
+# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
+# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
+# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
+# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  choke me
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  for ac_declaration in \
+   '' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+   'void exit (int);'
+do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+rm -f conftest*
+if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
+  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
+  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
+fi
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_path_SED+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
+# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
+    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+      if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+        lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+done
+lt_ac_max=0
+lt_ac_count=0
+# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
+# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
+for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
+  test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && break
+  cat /dev/null > conftest.in
+  lt_ac_count=0
+  echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
+  # Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
+  if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    break
+  fi
+  while true; do
+    cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+    mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+    cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+    echo >>conftest.nl
+    $lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
+    cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
+    # 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
+    test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break
+    lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
+    if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then
+      lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
+      lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
+    fi
+  done
+done
+SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $SED" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$SED" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
+    else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
+    fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
+ EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
+
+
+
+# Check whether --with-gnu-ld or --without-gnu-ld was given.
+if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_gnu_ld"
+  test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+  with_gnu_ld=no
+fi;
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ld used by $CC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for non-GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+	;;
+      *)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+else
+  lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi
+fi
+
+LD="$lt_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LD" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$LD" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $LD option to reload object files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $LD option to reload object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_ld_reload_flag+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_ld_reload_flag='-r'
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag" >&6
+reload_flag=$lt_cv_ld_reload_flag
+case $reload_flag in
+"" | " "*) ;;
+*) reload_flag=" $reload_flag" ;;
+esac
+reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs'
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for BSD-compatible nm" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for BSD-compatible nm... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_path_NM+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
+else
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    tmp_nm="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
+    if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
+      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+      # Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
+      case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+      */dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
+	lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
+	break
+        ;;
+      *)
+	case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
+	*/dev/null*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
+	  break
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	  continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$lt_cv_path_NM" && lt_cv_path_NM=nm
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_path_NM" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_path_NM" >&6
+NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ln -s works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ln -s works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+LN_S=$as_ln_s
+if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no, using $LN_S" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no, using $LN_S" >&6
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to recognise dependent libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to recognise dependent libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_deplibs_check_method+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$MAGIC_CMD'
+lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=
+lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='unknown'
+# Need to set the preceding variable on all platforms that support
+# interlibrary dependencies.
+# 'none' -- dependencies not supported.
+# `unknown' -- same as none, but documents that we really don't know.
+# 'pass_all' -- all dependencies passed with no checks.
+# 'test_compile' -- check by making test program.
+# 'file_magic [[regex]]' -- check by looking for files in library path
+# which responds to the $file_magic_cmd with a given extended regex.
+# If you have `file' or equivalent on your system and you're not sure
+# whether `pass_all' will *always* work, you probably want this one.
+
+case $host_os in
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/usr/bin/file -L'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/shlib/libc.so
+  ;;
+
+cygwin*)
+  # win32_libid is a shell function defined in ltmain.sh
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='win32_libid'
+  ;;
+
+mingw* | pw32*)
+  # Base MSYS/MinGW do not provide the 'file' command needed by
+  # win32_libid shell function, so use a weaker test based on 'objdump'.
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    case $host_cpu in
+    i*86 )
+      # Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
+      # Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
+      lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD)/i[3-9]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
+      lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+      lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - IA64'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
+    ;;
+  hppa*64*)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF-[0-9][0-9]) shared object file - PA-RISC [0-9].[0-9]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|PA-RISC[0-9].[0-9]) shared library'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $LD in
+  *-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
+  *-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
+  *-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
+  *) libmagic=never-match;;
+  esac
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+|_pic\.a)$'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[^/]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+newos6*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=unknown
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
+  lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB shared object'
+  else
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic OpenBSD.* shared library'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  case $host_vendor in
+  motorola)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [ML]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[0-9][0-9]* Version [0-9]'
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
+    ;;
+  ncr)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  sequent)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
+    ;;
+  sni)
+    lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [0-9][0-9]*-bit [LM]SB dynamic lib"
+    lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
+    ;;
+  siemens)
+    lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7* | sysv4*uw2*)
+  lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
+  ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method" >&6
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
+test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
+
+
+
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock or --disable-libtool-lock was given.
+if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_libtool_lock"
+
+fi;
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case $host in
+ia64-*-hpux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+    *ELF-32*)
+      HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
+      ;;
+    *ELF-64*)
+      HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo '#line 3055 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+   if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+    *32-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
+      ;;
+    *N32*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
+      ;;
+    esac
+   else
+    case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
+    *32-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+      ;;
+    *N32*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+      ;;
+    esac
+   fi
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*|s390*-*linux*|sparc*-*linux*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
+    *32-bit*)
+      case $host in
+        x86_64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+          ;;
+        ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
+          ;;
+        s390x-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
+          ;;
+        sparc64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      case $host in
+        x86_64-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
+          ;;
+        ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
+          ;;
+        s390*-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
+          ;;
+        sparc*-*linux*)
+          LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler needs -belf" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler needs -belf... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_cc_needs_belf+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+     cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+     ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" >&6
+  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+esac
+
+need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+    for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+  CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  :
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+		   (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+		     || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+		     || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+    if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+	|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+      exit(2);
+  exit (0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+		  inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+for ac_header in dlfcn.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+ac_ext=cc
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in $CCC g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CXX+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CXX"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CXX="$CXX" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CXX=$ac_cv_prog_CXX
+if test -n "$CXX"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CXX" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$CXX" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CXX"; then
+  ac_ct_CXX=$CXX
+  for ac_prog in $CCC g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_ct_CXX" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CXX=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CXX" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CXX" && break
+done
+test -n "$ac_ct_CXX" || ac_ct_CXX="g++"
+
+  CXX=$ac_ct_CXX
+fi
+
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
+     "checking for C++ compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GXX=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CXXFLAGS=${CXXFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS
+CXXFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CXX accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CXX accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then
+  CXXFLAGS=$ac_save_CXXFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    CXXFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CXXFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    CXXFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CXXFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_declaration in \
+   '' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+   'void exit (int);'
+do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+rm -f conftest*
+if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
+  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
+  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
+fi
+
+ac_ext=cc
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu
+
+ac_ext=cc
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then
+  if test "${ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+      # Double quotes because CXXCPP needs to be expanded
+    for CXXCPP in "$CXX -E" "/lib/cpp"
+    do
+      ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_cxx_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_cxx_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  break
+fi
+
+    done
+    ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP
+
+fi
+  CXXCPP=$ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CXXCPP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CXXCPP" >&6
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+  # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+  # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+  # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+  # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+		     Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_cxx_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+  # OK, works on sane cases.  Now check whether non-existent headers
+  # can be detected and how.
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_cxx_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+  :
+else
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=cc
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu
+
+
+ac_ext=f
+ac_compile='$F77 -c $FFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$F77 -o conftest$ac_exeext $FFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in g77 f77 xlf frt pgf77 fort77 fl32 af77 f90 xlf90 pgf90 epcf90 f95 fort xlf95 ifc efc pgf95 lf95 gfortran
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_F77+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$F77"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_F77="$F77" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_F77="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+F77=$ac_cv_prog_F77
+if test -n "$F77"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$F77" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$F77" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$F77"; then
+  ac_ct_F77=$F77
+  for ac_prog in g77 f77 xlf frt pgf77 fort77 fl32 af77 f90 xlf90 pgf90 epcf90 f95 fort xlf95 ifc efc pgf95 lf95 gfortran
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_F77"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77="$ac_ct_F77" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77="$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_F77=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_F77
+if test -n "$ac_ct_F77"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_F77" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_F77" && break
+done
+
+  F77=$ac_ct_F77
+fi
+
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:4518:" \
+     "checking for Fortran 77 compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+rm -f a.out
+
+# If we don't use `.F' as extension, the preprocessor is not run on the
+# input file.  (Note that this only needs to work for GNU compilers.)
+ac_save_ext=$ac_ext
+ac_ext=F
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU Fortran 77 compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU Fortran 77 compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+      program main
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+      end
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" >&6
+ac_ext=$ac_save_ext
+ac_test_FFLAGS=${FFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_FFLAGS=$FFLAGS
+FFLAGS=
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $F77 accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $F77 accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_f77_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  FFLAGS=-g
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+      program main
+
+      end
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_f77_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_f77_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_f77_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_f77_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_FFLAGS" = set; then
+  FFLAGS=$ac_save_FFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_f77_g = yes; then
+  if test "x$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" = xyes; then
+    FFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    FFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "x$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu" = xyes; then
+    FFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    FFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+
+G77=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+# Autoconf 2.13's AC_OBJEXT and AC_EXEEXT macros only works for C compilers!
+
+# find the maximum length of command line arguments
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the maximum length of command line arguments" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking the maximum length of command line arguments... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+    i=0
+  testring="ABCD"
+
+  case $build_os in
+  msdosdjgpp*)
+    # On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
+    # (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
+    # during glob expansion).  Even if it were fixed, the result of this
+    # check would be larger than it should be.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288;    # 12K is about right
+    ;;
+
+  gnu*)
+    # Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
+    # no limit to the length of command line arguments.
+    # Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw*)
+    # On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
+    # about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
+    # Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
+    # you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
+    # the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
+    # Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
+    # all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+  amigaos*)
+    # On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
+    # So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
+    ;;
+
+ *)
+    # If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
+    # maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
+    # we can't tell.
+    while (test "X"`$CONFIG_SHELL $0 --fallback-echo "X$testring" 2>/dev/null` \
+	       = "XX$testring") >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+	    new_result=`expr "X$testring" : ".*" 2>&1` &&
+	    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=$new_result &&
+	    test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
+    do
+      i=`expr $i + 1`
+      testring=$testring$testring
+    done
+    testring=
+    # Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on massive
+    # amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the linker.
+    # It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
+    lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+fi
+
+if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none" >&6
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking command to parse $NM output from $compiler object... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
+# [They come from Ultrix.  What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
+
+# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
+symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
+
+# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
+sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)'
+
+# Transform the above into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
+symxfrm='\1 \2\3 \3'
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^. .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1;/p'"
+
+# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
+lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'"
+
+# Define system-specific variables.
+case $host_os in
+aix*)
+  symcode='[BCDT]'
+  ;;
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  symcode='[ABCDGISTW]'
+  ;;
+hpux*) # Its linker distinguishes data from code symbols
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    symcode='[ABCDEGRST]'
+  fi
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([^ ]*\) $/  {\\\"\1\\\", (lt_ptr) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([^ ]*\) \([^ ]*\)$/  {\"\2\", (lt_ptr) \&\2},/p'"
+  ;;
+irix* | nonstopux*)
+  symcode='[BCDEGRST]'
+  ;;
+osf*)
+  symcode='[BCDEGQRST]'
+  ;;
+solaris* | sysv5*)
+  symcode='[BDRT]'
+  ;;
+sysv4)
+  symcode='[DFNSTU]'
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
+opt_cr=
+case $build_os in
+mingw*)
+  opt_cr=`echo 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
+case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  symcode='[ABCDGIRSTW]' ;;
+esac
+
+# Try without a prefix undercore, then with it.
+for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
+
+  # Write the raw and C identifiers.
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[ 	]\($symcode$symcode*\)[ 	][ 	]*\($ac_symprfx\)$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
+
+  # Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
+  pipe_works=no
+
+  rm -f conftest*
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+char nm_test_var;
+void nm_test_func(){}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
+EOF
+
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+    # Now try to grab the symbols.
+    nlist=conftest.nm
+    if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist\"") >&5
+  (eval $NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $nlist) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s "$nlist"; then
+      # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+      if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
+	mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+      else
+	rm -f "$nlist"T
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
+      if grep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	if grep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
+	  cat <<EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+EOF
+	  # Now generate the symbol file.
+	  eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
+
+	  cat <<EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# define lt_ptr_t void *
+#else
+# define lt_ptr_t char *
+# define const
+#endif
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
+const struct {
+  const char *name;
+  lt_ptr_t address;
+}
+lt_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{
+EOF
+	  $SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/  {\"\2\", (lt_ptr_t) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | grep -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
+	  cat <<\EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
+  {0, (lt_ptr_t) 0}
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+EOF
+	  # Now try linking the two files.
+	  mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
+	  lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+	  lt_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+	  LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
+	  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag"
+	  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
+	    pipe_works=yes
+	  fi
+	  LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
+	  CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
+	else
+	  echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5
+	fi
+      else
+	echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5
+      fi
+    else
+      echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&5
+    fi
+  else
+    echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5
+    cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  fi
+  rm -f conftest* conftst*
+
+  # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
+  if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
+    break
+  else
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
+  fi
+done
+
+fi
+
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
+  lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
+fi
+if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: failed" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}failed" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ok" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}ok" >&6
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for objdir" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for objdir... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_objdir+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .libs; then
+  lt_cv_objdir=.libs
+else
+  # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
+  lt_cv_objdir=_libs
+fi
+rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_objdir" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_objdir" >&6
+objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
+
+
+
+
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+  # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+  # vanish in a puff of smoke.
+  if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+    COLLECT_NAMES=
+    export COLLECT_NAMES
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed='sed -e s/^X//'
+sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
+# double_quote_subst'ed string.
+delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
+
+# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
+no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
+
+# Constants:
+rm="rm -f"
+
+# Global variables:
+default_ofile=libtool
+can_build_shared=yes
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+ofile="$default_ofile"
+with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
+if test -n "$AR"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
+  ac_ct_AR=$AR
+  # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="false"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
+if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  AR=$ac_ct_AR
+else
+  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$STRIP" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+  ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+  # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+else
+  STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+
+old_CC="$CC"
+old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+
+# Set sane defaults for various variables
+test -z "$AR" && AR=ar
+test -z "$AR_FLAGS" && AR_FLAGS=cru
+test -z "$AS" && AS=as
+test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
+test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
+test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
+test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
+test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
+test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
+
+# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
+old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
+old_postuninstall_cmds=
+
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  case $host_os in
+  openbsd*)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="\$RANLIB -t \$oldlib~$old_postinstall_cmds"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    old_postinstall_cmds="\$RANLIB \$oldlib~$old_postinstall_cmds"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$oldlib"
+fi
+
+# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
+case $deplibs_check_method in
+file_magic*)
+  if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ${ac_tool_prefix}file... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/${ac_tool_prefix}file"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex="`expr \"$deplibs_check_method\" : \"file_magic \(.*\)\"`"
+	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$MAGIC_CMD" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for file" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for file... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  case $MAGIC_CMD in
+[\\/*] |  ?:[\\/]*)
+  lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  ac_dummy="/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/file; then
+      lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/file"
+      if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	"file_magic "*)
+	  file_magic_regex="`expr \"$deplibs_check_method\" : \"file_magic \(.*\)\"`"
+	  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+	  if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
+	    $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
+*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
+*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
+*** as such.  This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
+*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
+*** libraries will work regardless of this problem.  Nevertheless, you
+*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
+*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
+
+EOF
+	  fi ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+  MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
+if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MAGIC_CMD" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$MAGIC_CMD" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  else
+    MAGIC_CMD=:
+  fi
+fi
+
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+enable_dlopen=no
+enable_win32_dll=no
+
+# Check whether --enable-libtool-lock or --disable-libtool-lock was given.
+if test "${enable_libtool_lock+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_libtool_lock"
+
+fi;
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
+
+
+# Check whether --with-pic or --without-pic was given.
+if test "${with_pic+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_pic"
+  pic_mode="$withval"
+else
+  pic_mode=default
+fi;
+test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=default
+
+# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
+tagname=
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+# Source file extension for C test sources.
+ac_ext=c
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
+objext=o
+objext=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}\n'
+
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+#
+# Check for any special shared library compilation flags.
+#
+lt_prog_cc_shlib=
+if test "$GCC" = no; then
+  case $host_os in
+  sco3.2v5*)
+    lt_prog_cc_shlib='-belf'
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+if test -n "$lt_prog_cc_shlib"; then
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' requires \`$lt_prog_cc_shlib' to build shared libraries" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' requires \`$lt_prog_cc_shlib' to build shared libraries" >&2;}
+  if echo "$old_CC $old_CFLAGS " | grep "[ 	]$lt_prog_cc_shlib[ 	]" >/dev/null; then :
+  else
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: add \`$lt_prog_cc_shlib' to the CC or CFLAGS env variable and reconfigure" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: add \`$lt_prog_cc_shlib' to the CC or CFLAGS env variable and reconfigure" >&2;}
+    lt_cv_prog_cc_can_build_shared=no
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler static flag $lt_prog_compiler_static works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler static flag $lt_prog_compiler_static works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_prog_compiler_static_works+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_prog_compiler_static_works=no
+   save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+   LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static"
+   printf "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test -s conftest.err; then
+       # Append any errors to the config.log.
+       cat conftest.err 1>&5
+     else
+       lt_prog_compiler_static_works=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+   LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_static_works" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_static_works" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_static_works" = xyes; then
+    :
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_static=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=
+
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin'
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no
+  ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5552: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:5556: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+else
+    :
+fi
+
+fi
+
+lt_prog_compiler_wl=
+lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+lt_prog_compiler_static=
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+    lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+      # like `-m68040'.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    linux*)
+      case $CC in
+      icc* | ecc*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-static'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kpic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-dn'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Qoption ld '
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-PIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic='-Kconform_pic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic='-pic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic" >&6
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic"; then
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_prog_compiler_pic_works=no
+  ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5785: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:5789: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       lt_prog_compiler_pic_works=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works" = xyes; then
+    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic" ;;
+     esac
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared=no
+fi
+
+fi
+case "$host_os" in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic="$lt_prog_compiler_pic -DPIC"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=no
+   $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5845: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:5849: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.err; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w .
+   $rm conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $rm out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   rmdir conftest
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" >&6
+
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can lock with hard links... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  hard_links=yes
+  $rm conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hard_links" >&6
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  runpath_var=
+  allow_undefined_flag=
+  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=no
+  archive_cmds=
+  archive_expsym_cmds=
+  old_archive_From_new_cmds=
+  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=
+  export_dynamic_flag_spec=
+  whole_archive_flag_spec=
+  thread_safe_flag_spec=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=
+  hardcode_libdir_separator=
+  hardcode_direct=no
+  hardcode_minus_L=no
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+  link_all_deplibs=unknown
+  hardcode_automatic=no
+  module_cmds=
+  module_expsym_cmds=
+  always_export_symbols=no
+  export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  include_expsyms=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
+  exclude_expsyms="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ld_shlibs=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
+*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+
+      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
+      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use
+      # them.
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	archive_cmds='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, ) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols=no
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      export_symbols_cmds='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+	archive_expsym_cmds='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	else
+	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	fi~
+	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000  ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris* | sysv5*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	ld_shlibs=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+  linux*)
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        tmp_archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_cmds="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      supports_anon_versioning=no
+      case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in
+        *\ 01.* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+        *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+        *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+        *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+        *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+      esac
+      if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then
+        archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+$echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+        $CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+      else
+        archive_expsym_cmds="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      fi
+    else
+      ld_shlibs=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+ 	whole_archive_flag_spec="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+      else
+  	whole_archive_flag_spec=
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols=yes
+      archive_expsym_cmds='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	hardcode_direct=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix4* | aix5*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=""
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  export_symbols_cmds='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# need to do runtime linking.
+	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+  	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+  	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+  	    break
+  	  fi
+	  done
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      archive_cmds=''
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.012|aix4.012.*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+  	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+  	  # We have reworked collect2
+  	  hardcode_direct=yes
+	  else
+  	  # We have old collect2
+  	  hardcode_direct=unsupported
+  	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+  	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+  	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+  	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+  	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+  	  hardcode_libdir_separator=
+	  fi
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+  	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+  	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+  	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+  	fi
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      always_export_symbols=yes
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	allow_undefined_flag='-berok'
+       # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+       cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+       else
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  allow_undefined_flag="-z nodefs"
+	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  no_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	  allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-berok'
+	  # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
+	  always_export_symbols=yes
+	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec=' '
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
+	  archive_expsym_cmds="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi4*)
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+      libext=lib
+      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+      shrext=".dll"
+      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+      archive_cmds='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds='true'
+      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+      old_archive_cmds='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes=yes
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+    if test "$GXX" = yes ; then
+      archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+      case "$host_os" in
+      rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+	allow_undefined_flag='-undefined suppress'
+	;;
+      *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	allow_undefined_flag='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[012])
+            allow_undefined_flag='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            allow_undefined_flag='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    	lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+    	output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    	if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | grep 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then
+    	  lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+    	fi
+    	if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+    	  archive_cmds='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    	else
+        archive_cmds='$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+      fi
+      module_cmds='$CC ${wl}-bind_at_load $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+      # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+        if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+          archive_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        else
+          archive_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        fi
+          module_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      hardcode_automatic=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+      whole_archive_flag_spec='-all_load $convenience'
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+    else
+      ld_shlibs=no
+    fi
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    freebsd1*)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+      archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='+b $libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+	  hardcode_direct=yes
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd*)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E'
+      else
+       case $host_os in
+	 openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+	   archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	   hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+	   ;;
+	 *)
+	   archive_cmds='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	   hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	   ;;
+       esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      allow_undefined_flag=unsupported
+      archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Bexport'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      no_undefined_flag=' -z text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  	$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
+      *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	whole_archive_flag_spec='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;;
+      esac
+      link_all_deplibs=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  reload_cmds='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  hardcode_direct=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	ld_shlibs=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.2uw2*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+
+   sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* |  sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
+      no_undefined_flag='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5*)
+      no_undefined_flag=' -z text'
+      # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
+      # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      archive_expsym_cmds='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ld_shlibs" >&6
+test "$ld_shlibs" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $archive_cmds in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... $ECHO_C" >&6
+      $rm conftest*
+      printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag
+        allow_undefined_flag=
+        if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5
+  (eval $archive_cmds 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+        then
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+        else
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc=yes
+        fi
+        allow_undefined_flag=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $rm conftest*
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$archive_cmds_need_lc" >&6
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dynamic linker characteristics... $ECHO_C" >&6
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+  # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+  finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $rm \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/./-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext='$(test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib)'
+  # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same.
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib'
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+freebsd*)
+  objformat=`test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout`
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.01* | freebsdelf3.01*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 3.2 on
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+   hppa*64*)
+     shrext='.sl'
+     hardcode_into_libs=yes
+     dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+     shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+     shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+     library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+     soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+     sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+     sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+     ;;
+   *)
+    shrext='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    ld_extra=`$SED -e 's/:,\t/ /g;s/=^=*$//;s/=^= * / /g' /etc/ld.so.conf`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+knetbsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=yes
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$dynamic_linker" >&6
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... $ECHO_C" >&6
+hardcode_action=
+if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || \
+   test -n "$runpath_var " || \
+   test "X$hardcode_automatic"="Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existant directories.
+  if test "$hardcode_direct" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, )" != no &&
+     test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    hardcode_action=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    hardcode_action=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  hardcode_action=unsupported
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hardcode_action" >&6
+
+if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+   darwin*)
+       if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+         striplib="$STRIP -x"
+         echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+       else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+       ;;
+   *)
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+
+fi
+
+   ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares shl_load.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char shl_load (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef shl_load
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_shl_load) || defined (__stub___shl_load)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = shl_load;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != shl_load;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_shl_load = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares dlopen.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char dlopen (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef dlopen
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_dlopen) || defined (__stub___dlopen)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = dlopen;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != dlopen;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dld_link in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dld_link ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dld_link ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+    eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 8029 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}
+EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6
+
+    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag"
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 8127 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}
+EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+# Report which librarie types wil actually be built
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$can_build_shared" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to build shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+# are all built from PIC.
+case "$host_os" in
+aix3*)
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+    archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+    postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+aix4*)
+  if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
+    test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  fi
+  ;;
+  darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    archive_cmds_need_lc=no
+    case "$host_os" in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+      allow_undefined_flag='-undefined suppress'
+      ;;
+    *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	allow_undefined_flag='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[012])
+            allow_undefined_flag='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            allow_undefined_flag='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    archive_cmds='$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    module_cmds='$CC $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+    # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+    archive_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    module_expsym_cmds='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    hardcode_direct=no
+    hardcode_automatic=yes
+    hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported
+    whole_archive_flag_spec='-all_load $convenience'
+    link_all_deplibs=yes
+  else
+    ld_shlibs=no
+  fi
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_shared" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to build static libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_static" >&6
+
+# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the
+# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh
+# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are
+# no rules to generate ltmain.sh.
+if test -f "$ltmain"; then
+  # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through
+  # without removal of \ escapes.
+  if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+    setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+  fi
+  # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being
+  # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values.  We take copies of the
+  # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script.
+  for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC NM \
+    SED SHELL STRIP \
+    libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \
+    old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \
+    deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \
+    old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \
+    compiler \
+    CC \
+    LD \
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl \
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic \
+    lt_prog_compiler_static \
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag \
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec \
+    thread_safe_flag_spec \
+    whole_archive_flag_spec \
+    enable_shared_with_static_runtimes \
+    old_archive_cmds \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds \
+    predep_objects \
+    postdep_objects \
+    predeps \
+    postdeps \
+    compiler_lib_search_path \
+    archive_cmds \
+    archive_expsym_cmds \
+    postinstall_cmds \
+    postuninstall_cmds \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds \
+    allow_undefined_flag \
+    no_undefined_flag \
+    export_symbols_cmds \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld \
+    hardcode_libdir_separator \
+    hardcode_automatic \
+    module_cmds \
+    module_expsym_cmds \
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o \
+    exclude_expsyms \
+    include_expsyms; do
+
+    case $var in
+    old_archive_cmds | \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds | \
+    archive_cmds | \
+    archive_expsym_cmds | \
+    module_cmds | \
+    module_expsym_cmds | \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds | \
+    export_symbols_cmds | \
+    extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \
+    postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \
+    old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec)
+      # Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  case $lt_echo in
+  *'\$0 --fallback-echo"')
+    lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+cfgfile="${ofile}T"
+  trap "$rm \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
+  $rm -f "$cfgfile"
+  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ofile" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ofile" >&6;}
+
+  cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile"
+#! $SHELL
+
+# `$echo "$cfgfile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Generated automatically by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP)
+# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is part of GNU Libtool:
+# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# A sed program that does not truncate output.
+SED=$lt_SED
+
+# Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n.
+Xsed="$SED -e s/^X//"
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+if test "X\${CDPATH+set}" = Xset; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
+
+# The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script.
+available_tags=
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+echo=$lt_echo
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_LTCC
+
+# A language-specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD
+
+# Whether we need hard or soft links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# A BSD-compatible nm program.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# A symbol stripping program
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file"
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL"
+
+# Used on cygwin: object dumper.
+OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP"
+
+# Used on cygwin: assembler.
+AS="$AS"
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext="$ac_objext"
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext='$shrext'
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext="$exeext"
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation ?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Do we need the lib prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec
+
+# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects.
+thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME.
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build and install a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty)
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predeps=$lt_predeps
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdeps=$lt_postdeps
+
+# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+# a shared library.
+compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic.
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag
+
+# Flag that forces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# This is the shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# This is the shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into
+# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does
+# not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L
+
+# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into
+# the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var
+
+# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library
+# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at relink time.
+variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink"
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path"
+
+# Set to yes if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
+
+__EOF__
+
+
+  case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    cat <<\EOF >> "$cfgfile"
+
+# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program.  For some
+# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
+# vanish in a puff of smoke.
+if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
+  COLLECT_NAMES=
+  export COLLECT_NAMES
+fi
+EOF
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  # We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
+  # if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines.  Since sed operates in
+  # text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF.  This bash problem
+  # is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
+  sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" || (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
+
+  mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" || \
+    (rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
+  chmod +x "$ofile"
+
+else
+  # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute
+  # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the
+  # libtool script then.
+  ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'`
+  if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then
+    test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain"
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+
+
+# Check whether --with-tags or --without-tags was given.
+if test "${with_tags+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_tags"
+  tagnames="$withval"
+fi;
+
+if test -f "$ltmain" && test -n "$tagnames"; then
+  if test ! -f "${ofile}"; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not exist" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not exist" >&2;}
+  fi
+
+  if test -z "$LTCC"; then
+    eval "`$SHELL ${ofile} --config | grep '^LTCC='`"
+    if test -z "$LTCC"; then
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not look like a libtool script" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: output file \`$ofile' does not look like a libtool script" >&2;}
+    else
+      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: using \`LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from \`$ofile'" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: using \`LTCC=$LTCC', extracted from \`$ofile'" >&2;}
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  # Extract list of available tagged configurations in $ofile.
+  # Note that this assumes the entire list is on one line.
+  available_tags=`grep "^available_tags=" "${ofile}" | $SED -e 's/available_tags=\(.*$\)/\1/' -e 's/\"//g'`
+
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
+  for tagname in $tagnames; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters
+    case `$echo "X$tagname" | $Xsed -e 's:[-_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz1234567890,/]::g'` in
+    "") ;;
+    *)  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid tag name: $tagname" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid tag name: $tagname" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "${ofile}" > /dev/null
+    then
+      { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: tag name \"$tagname\" already exists" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: tag name \"$tagname\" already exists" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    fi
+
+    # Update the list of available tags.
+    if test -n "$tagname"; then
+      echo appending configuration tag \"$tagname\" to $ofile
+
+      case $tagname in
+      CXX)
+	if test -n "$CXX" && test "X$CXX" != "Xno"; then
+	  ac_ext=cc
+ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+allow_undefined_flag_CXX=
+always_export_symbols_CXX=no
+archive_expsym_cmds_CXX=
+export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX=
+hardcode_direct_CXX=no
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX=
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX=
+hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=
+hardcode_minus_L_CXX=no
+hardcode_automatic_CXX=no
+module_cmds_CXX=
+module_expsym_cmds_CXX=
+link_all_deplibs_CXX=unknown
+old_archive_cmds_CXX=$old_archive_cmds
+no_undefined_flag_CXX=
+whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX=
+enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX=no
+
+# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
+predep_objects_CXX=
+postdep_objects_CXX=
+predeps_CXX=
+postdeps_CXX=
+compiler_lib_search_path_CXX=
+
+# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
+ac_ext=cc
+
+# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
+objext=o
+objext_CXX=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *) { return(0); }\n'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC=$CC
+lt_save_LD=$LD
+lt_save_GCC=$GCC
+GCC=$GXX
+lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
+lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
+if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
+else
+  unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+fi
+if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
+  lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
+else
+  unset lt_cv_path_LD
+fi
+test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
+CC=${CXX-"c++"}
+compiler=$CC
+compiler_CXX=$CC
+cc_basename=`$echo X"$compiler" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+# We don't want -fno-exception wen compiling C++ code, so set the
+# no_builtin_flag separately
+if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX=' -fno-builtin'
+else
+  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX=
+fi
+
+if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+  # Set up default GNU C++ configuration
+
+
+# Check whether --with-gnu-ld or --without-gnu-ld was given.
+if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_gnu_ld"
+  test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+  with_gnu_ld=no
+fi;
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by $CC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ld used by $CC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  case $host in
+  *-*-mingw*)
+    # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+  *)
+    ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+  esac
+  case $ac_prog in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+    [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
+      # Canonicalize the pathname of ld
+      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for non-GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+if test "${lt_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -z "$LD"; then
+  lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+      *GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+	;;
+      *)
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+else
+  lt_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi
+fi
+
+LD="$lt_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LD" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$LD" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
+*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+  ;;
+*)
+  lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+
+
+  # Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
+  # archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+    archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    # XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
+    #     investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+    if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" | \
+	grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+      whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+    else
+      whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX=
+    fi
+  else
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    wlarc=
+
+    # A generic and very simple default shared library creation
+    # command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
+    # linker, instead of GNU ld.  If possible, this setting should
+    # overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
+    # the platform it is being used on.
+    archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
+  fi
+
+  # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+  # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+  # linking a shared library.
+  output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"'
+
+else
+  GXX=no
+  with_gnu_ld=no
+  wlarc=
+fi
+
+# PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ld_shlibs_CXX=yes
+case $host_os in
+  aix3*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  aix4* | aix5*)
+    if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+      # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+      # have to do anything special.
+      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+      exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+      no_entry_flag=""
+    else
+      aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+      # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+      # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+      # need to do runtime linking.
+      case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+	for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+	  case $ld_flag in
+	  *-brtl*)
+	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+	    break
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+      esac
+
+      exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+      no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+    fi
+
+    # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+    # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+    # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+    # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+    # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+    archive_cmds_CXX=''
+    hardcode_direct_CXX=yes
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=':'
+    link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes
+
+    if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+      case $host_os in aix4.012|aix4.012.*)
+      # We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+      # below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	then
+	  # We have reworked collect2
+	  hardcode_direct_CXX=yes
+	else
+	  # We have old collect2
+	  hardcode_direct_CXX=unsupported
+	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+	  hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=
+	fi
+      esac
+      shared_flag='-shared'
+    else
+      # not using gcc
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	shared_flag='-G'
+      else
+	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	  shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	else
+	  shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+	fi
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+    # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+    always_export_symbols_CXX=yes
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+      # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+      allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-berok'
+      # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+      cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+
+      archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+     else
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	allow_undefined_flag_CXX="-z nodefs"
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+      else
+	# Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+	cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	# Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	no_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-berok'
+	# -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
+	always_export_symbols_CXX=yes
+	# Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX=' '
+	archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes
+	# This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+      fi
+    fi
+    ;;
+  chorus*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, CXX) is actually meaningless,
+    # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir'
+    allow_undefined_flag_CXX=unsupported
+    always_export_symbols_CXX=no
+    enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX=yes
+
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+      archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+      # If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+      # is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+      archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+      else
+	echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+      fi~
+      $CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+    else
+      ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    fi
+  ;;
+
+  darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+    case "$host_os" in
+    rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+      allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-undefined suppress'
+      ;;
+    *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[012])
+            allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            allow_undefined_flag_CXX='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+    output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | grep 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then
+      lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+    fi
+    if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+      archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    else
+      archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    fi
+    module_cmds_CXX='$CC ${wl}-bind_at_load $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+
+    # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+    if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+      archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    else
+      archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    fi
+    module_expsym_cmds_CXX='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+    hardcode_direct_CXX=no
+    hardcode_automatic_CXX=yes
+    hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=unsupported
+    whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='-all_load $convenience'
+    link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes
+  else
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+  fi
+    ;;
+
+  dgux*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      ec++)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      ghcx)
+	# Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  freebsd12*)
+    # C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before switch to ELF
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  freebsd-elf*)
+    archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+    # FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
+    # conventions
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=yes
+    ;;
+  gnu*)
+    ;;
+  hpux9*)
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E'
+    hardcode_direct_CXX=yes
+    hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+				# but as the default
+				# location of the library.
+
+    case $cc_basename in
+    CC)
+      # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+      ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+      ;;
+    aCC)
+      archive_cmds_CXX='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+      # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+      # linking a shared library.
+      #
+      # There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+      # explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+      # from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+      # dependencies.
+      output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | egrep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+        archive_cmds_CXX='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+        # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+        ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  hpux10*|hpux11*)
+    if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*)
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX='+b $libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+        ;;
+      ia64*)
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-L$libdir'
+        ;;
+      *)
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-E'
+        ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    case "$host_cpu" in
+    hppa*64*)
+      hardcode_direct_CXX=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no
+      ;;
+    ia64*)
+      hardcode_direct_CXX=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no
+      hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+					      # but as the default
+					      # location of the library.
+      ;;
+    *)
+      hardcode_direct_CXX=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_CXX=yes # Not in the search PATH,
+					      # but as the default
+					      # location of the library.
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      aCC)
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds_CXX='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | grep "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+	  if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
+	    case "$host_cpu" in
+	    ia64*|hppa*64*)
+	      archive_cmds_CXX='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs'
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  irix5* | irix6*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# SGI C++
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler.  This is
+	# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	# in the archive.
+	old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+	  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	    archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	  else
+	    archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` -o $lib'
+	  fi
+	fi
+	link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes
+	;;
+    esac
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+    ;;
+  linux*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      KCC)
+	# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--rpath,$libdir'
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
+	old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      icpc)
+	# Intel C++
+	with_gnu_ld=yes
+	archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+	whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
+	;;
+      cxx)
+	# Compaq C++
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname  -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
+
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-rpath $libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  lynxos*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  m88k*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  mvs*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      cxx)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+    if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+      archive_cmds_CXX='$LD -Bshareable  -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_CXX=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no
+    fi
+    # Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
+    output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
+    ;;
+  osf3*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      KCC)
+	# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
+	old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+
+	;;
+      RCC)
+	# Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      cxx)
+	allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	  allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	  archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	  # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	  # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	  # linking a shared library.
+	  output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"'
+
+	else
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  osf4* | osf5*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      KCC)
+	# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
+
+	# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
+	# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
+	# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
+	archive_cmds_CXX='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([^()0-9A-Za-z{}]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# the KAI C++ compiler.
+	old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      RCC)
+	# Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      cxx)
+	allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
+	  echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname -Wl,-input -Wl,$lib.exp  `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version	$verstring` -update_registry $objdir/so_locations -o $lib~
+	  $rm $lib.exp'
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-rpath $libdir'
+	hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "ld" | grep -v "ld:"`; templist=`echo $templist | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	  allow_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	 archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX=:
+
+	  # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	  # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	  # linking a shared library.
+	  output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-L"'
+
+	else
+	  # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	  ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  psos*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  sco*)
+    archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  sunos4*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# Sun C++ 4.x
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      lcc)
+	# Lucid
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  solaris*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      CC)
+	# Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+	no_undefined_flag_CXX=' -zdefs'
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -nolib -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -nolib ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='-R$libdir'
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX=no
+	case $host_os in
+	  solaris2.0-5 | solaris2.0-5.*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    # The C++ compiler is used as linker so we must use $wl
+	    # flag to pass the commands to the underlying system
+	    # linker.
+	    # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	    whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	link_all_deplibs_CXX=yes
+
+	# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	# linking a shared library.
+	#
+	# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
+	# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
+	# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
+	# dependencies.
+	output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep "\-[LR]"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; echo $list'
+
+	# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
+	# "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler.  This is
+	# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
+	# in the archive.
+	old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      gcx)
+	# Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+
+	# The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
+	old_archive_cmds_CXX='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
+	;;
+      *)
+	# GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
+	if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	  no_undefined_flag_CXX=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
+	  if $CC --version | grep -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
+	    archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -shared -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+		$CC -shared -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\""
+	  else
+	    # g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this
+	    # platform.
+	    archive_cmds_CXX='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	    archive_expsym_cmds_CXX='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+		$CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	    # Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
+	    # what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
+	    # linking a shared library.
+	    output_verbose_link_cmd="$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | grep \"\-L\""
+	  fi
+
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
+	fi
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
+    archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  tandem*)
+    case $cc_basename in
+      NCC)
+	# NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+	ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  vxworks*)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
+    ld_shlibs_CXX=no
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ld_shlibs_CXX" >&6
+test "$ld_shlibs_CXX" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+GCC_CXX="$GXX"
+LD_CXX="$LD"
+
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+class Foo
+{
+public:
+  Foo (void) { a = 0; }
+private:
+  int a;
+};
+EOF
+
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; then
+  # Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
+  # objects, libraries and library flags.
+
+  # Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
+  # the conftest object file.
+  pre_test_object_deps_done=no
+
+  # The `*' in the case matches for architectures that use `case' in
+  # $output_verbose_cmd can trigger glob expansion during the loop
+  # eval without this substitution.
+  output_verbose_link_cmd="`$echo \"X$output_verbose_link_cmd\" | $Xsed -e \"$no_glob_subst\"`"
+
+  for p in `eval $output_verbose_link_cmd`; do
+    case $p in
+
+    -L* | -R* | -l*)
+       # Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
+       # Remove the space.
+       if test $p = "-L" \
+	  || test $p = "-R"; then
+	 prev=$p
+	 continue
+       else
+	 prev=
+       fi
+
+       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
+	 case $p in
+	 -L* | -R*)
+	   # Internal compiler library paths should come after those
+	   # provided the user.  The postdeps already come after the
+	   # user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
+	   if test -z "$compiler_lib_search_path_CXX"; then
+	     compiler_lib_search_path_CXX="${prev}${p}"
+	   else
+	     compiler_lib_search_path_CXX="${compiler_lib_search_path_CXX} ${prev}${p}"
+	   fi
+	   ;;
+	 # The "-l" case would never come before the object being
+	 # linked, so don't bother handling this case.
+	 esac
+       else
+	 if test -z "$postdeps_CXX"; then
+	   postdeps_CXX="${prev}${p}"
+	 else
+	   postdeps_CXX="${postdeps_CXX} ${prev}${p}"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *.$objext)
+       # This assumes that the test object file only shows up
+       # once in the compiler output.
+       if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
+	 pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
+	 continue
+       fi
+
+       if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
+	 if test -z "$predep_objects_CXX"; then
+	   predep_objects_CXX="$p"
+	 else
+	   predep_objects_CXX="$predep_objects_CXX $p"
+	 fi
+       else
+	 if test -z "$postdep_objects_CXX"; then
+	   postdep_objects_CXX="$p"
+	 else
+	   postdep_objects_CXX="$postdep_objects_CXX $p"
+	 fi
+       fi
+       ;;
+
+    *) ;; # Ignore the rest.
+
+    esac
+  done
+
+  # Clean up.
+  rm -f a.out a.exe
+else
+  echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling CXX test program"
+fi
+
+$rm -f confest.$objext
+
+case " $postdeps_CXX " in
+*" -lc "*) archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no ;;
+esac
+
+lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX=
+lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=
+lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX=
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  # C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
+  if test "$GXX" = yes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,'
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+    amigaos*)
+      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+      # like `-m68040'.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+      ;;
+    beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+    mingw* | os2* | pw32*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+    *djgpp*)
+      # DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4* | aix5*)
+	# All AIX code is PIC.
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  # AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic'
+	else
+	  lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+	fi
+	;;
+      chorus*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	cxch68)
+	  # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	  # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, CXX)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      dgux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  ec++)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  ghcx)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+	# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
+	;;
+      hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX="${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-a ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}archive"
+	    if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='+Z'
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  aCC)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX="${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}-a ${ac_cv_prog_cc_wl}archive"
+	    case "$host_cpu" in
+	    hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	      # +Z the default
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='+Z'
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared'
+	    # CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      linux*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC)
+	    # KAI C++ Compiler
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='--backend -Wl,'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  icpc)
+	    # Intel C++
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-static'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx)
+	    # Compaq C++
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      lynxos*)
+	;;
+      m88k*)
+	;;
+      mvs*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  cxx)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-W c,exportall'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+	;;
+      osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  KCC)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='--backend -Wl,'
+	    ;;
+	  RCC)
+	    # Rational C++ 2.4.1
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  cxx)
+	    # Digital/Compaq C++
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Wl,'
+	    # Make sure the PIC flag is empty.  It appears that all Alpha
+	    # Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-non_shared'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      psos*)
+	;;
+      sco*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-fPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      solaris*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX='-Qoption ld '
+	    ;;
+	  gcx)
+	    # Green Hills C++ Compiler
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-PIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      sunos4*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  CC)
+	    # Sun C++ 4.x
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic'
+	    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX='-Bstatic'
+	    ;;
+	  lcc)
+	    # Lucid
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-pic'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      tandem*)
+	case $cc_basename in
+	  NCC)
+	    # NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
+	    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX='-KPIC'
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      unixware*)
+	;;
+      vxworks*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_CXX=no
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" >&6
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX"; then
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX=no
+  ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -DPIC"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10306: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:10310: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_CXX" = xyes; then
+    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX" ;;
+     esac
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=
+     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_CXX=no
+fi
+
+fi
+case "$host_os" in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX -DPIC"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX=no
+   $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:10366: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:10370: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.err; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w .
+   $rm conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $rm out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   rmdir conftest
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" >&6
+
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can lock with hard links... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  hard_links=yes
+  $rm conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hard_links" >&6
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  case $host_os in
+  aix4* | aix5*)
+    # If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+    # -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+    if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+      export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    else
+      export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+    fi
+    ;;
+  pw32*)
+    export_symbols_cmds_CXX="$ltdll_cmds"
+  ;;
+  cygwin* | mingw*)
+    export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  ;;
+  *)
+    export_symbols_cmds_CXX='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  ;;
+  esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ld_shlibs_CXX" >&6
+test "$ld_shlibs_CXX" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $archive_cmds_CXX in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... $ECHO_C" >&6
+      $rm conftest*
+      printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_CXX
+        allow_undefined_flag_CXX=
+        if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds_CXX 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5
+  (eval $archive_cmds_CXX 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+        then
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=no
+        else
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX=yes
+        fi
+        allow_undefined_flag_CXX=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $rm conftest*
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX" >&6
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dynamic linker characteristics... $ECHO_C" >&6
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+  # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+  finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $rm \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/./-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext='$(test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib)'
+  # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same.
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib'
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+freebsd*)
+  objformat=`test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout`
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.01* | freebsdelf3.01*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 3.2 on
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+   hppa*64*)
+     shrext='.sl'
+     hardcode_into_libs=yes
+     dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+     shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+     shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+     library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+     soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+     sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+     sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+     ;;
+   *)
+    shrext='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    ld_extra=`$SED -e 's/:,\t/ /g;s/=^=*$//;s/=^= * / /g' /etc/ld.so.conf`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+knetbsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=yes
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$dynamic_linker" >&6
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... $ECHO_C" >&6
+hardcode_action_CXX=
+if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX" || \
+   test -n "$runpath_var CXX" || \
+   test "X$hardcode_automatic_CXX"="Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existant directories.
+  if test "$hardcode_direct_CXX" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, CXX)" != no &&
+     test "$hardcode_minus_L_CXX" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    hardcode_action_CXX=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    hardcode_action_CXX=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  hardcode_action_CXX=unsupported
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action_CXX" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hardcode_action_CXX" >&6
+
+if test "$hardcode_action_CXX" = relink; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+   darwin*)
+       if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+         striplib="$STRIP -x"
+         echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+       else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+       ;;
+   *)
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+
+fi
+
+   ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares shl_load.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char shl_load (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef shl_load
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_shl_load) || defined (__stub___shl_load)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = shl_load;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != shl_load;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_shl_load = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares dlopen.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char dlopen (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef dlopen
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_dlopen) || defined (__stub___dlopen)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = dlopen;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != dlopen;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dld_link in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dld_link ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dld_link ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+    eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 11727 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}
+EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6
+
+    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag"
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 11825 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}
+EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the
+# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh
+# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are
+# no rules to generate ltmain.sh.
+if test -f "$ltmain"; then
+  # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through
+  # without removal of \ escapes.
+  if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+    setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+  fi
+  # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being
+  # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values.  We take copies of the
+  # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script.
+  for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC NM \
+    SED SHELL STRIP \
+    libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \
+    old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \
+    deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \
+    old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \
+    compiler_CXX \
+    CC_CXX \
+    LD_CXX \
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX \
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX \
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX \
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX \
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX \
+    thread_safe_flag_spec_CXX \
+    whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX \
+    enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX \
+    old_archive_cmds_CXX \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX \
+    predep_objects_CXX \
+    postdep_objects_CXX \
+    predeps_CXX \
+    postdeps_CXX \
+    compiler_lib_search_path_CXX \
+    archive_cmds_CXX \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_CXX \
+    postinstall_cmds_CXX \
+    postuninstall_cmds_CXX \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX \
+    allow_undefined_flag_CXX \
+    no_undefined_flag_CXX \
+    export_symbols_cmds_CXX \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX \
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX \
+    hardcode_automatic_CXX \
+    module_cmds_CXX \
+    module_expsym_cmds_CXX \
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX \
+    exclude_expsyms_CXX \
+    include_expsyms_CXX; do
+
+    case $var in
+    old_archive_cmds_CXX | \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX | \
+    archive_cmds_CXX | \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_CXX | \
+    module_cmds_CXX | \
+    module_expsym_cmds_CXX | \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX | \
+    export_symbols_cmds_CXX | \
+    extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \
+    postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \
+    old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec)
+      # Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  case $lt_echo in
+  *'\$0 --fallback-echo"')
+    lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+cfgfile="$ofile"
+
+  cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile"
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_CXX
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_CXX
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+echo=$lt_echo
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_LTCC
+
+# A language-specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler_CXX
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC_CXX
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD_CXX
+
+# Whether we need hard or soft links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# A BSD-compatible nm program.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# A symbol stripping program
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file"
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL"
+
+# Used on cygwin: object dumper.
+OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP"
+
+# Used on cygwin: assembler.
+AS="$AS"
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_CXX
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext="$ac_objext"
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext='$shrext'
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext="$exeext"
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_CXX
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_CXX
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation ?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Do we need the lib prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_CXX
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_CXX
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_CXX
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_CXX
+
+# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects.
+thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_CXX
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME.
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_CXX
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_CXX
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_CXX
+
+# Commands used to build and install a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_CXX
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_CXX
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty)
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_CXX
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_CXX
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_CXX
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_CXX
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predeps=$lt_predeps_CXX
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdeps=$lt_postdeps_CXX
+
+# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+# a shared library.
+compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_CXX
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic.
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_CXX
+
+# Flag that forces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_CXX
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# This is the shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# This is the shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_CXX
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_CXX
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into
+# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does
+# not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_CXX
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_CXX
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_CXX
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_CXX
+
+# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into
+# the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_CXX
+
+# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library
+# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_CXX
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at relink time.
+variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink"
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_CXX
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_CXX"
+
+# Set to yes if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_CXX
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_CXX
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_CXX
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_CXX
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+__EOF__
+
+
+else
+  # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute
+  # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the
+  # libtool script then.
+  ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'`
+  if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then
+    test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain"
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC=$lt_save_CC
+LDCXX=$LD
+LD=$lt_save_LD
+GCC=$lt_save_GCC
+with_gnu_ldcxx=$with_gnu_ld
+with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
+lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
+lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
+
+	else
+	  tagname=""
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      F77)
+	if test -n "$F77" && test "X$F77" != "Xno"; then
+
+ac_ext=f
+ac_compile='$F77 -c $FFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$F77 -o conftest$ac_exeext $FFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_f77_compiler_gnu
+
+
+archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no
+allow_undefined_flag_F77=
+always_export_symbols_F77=no
+archive_expsym_cmds_F77=
+export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77=
+hardcode_direct_F77=no
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77=
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77=
+hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=
+hardcode_minus_L_F77=no
+hardcode_automatic_F77=no
+module_cmds_F77=
+module_expsym_cmds_F77=
+link_all_deplibs_F77=unknown
+old_archive_cmds_F77=$old_archive_cmds
+no_undefined_flag_F77=
+whole_archive_flag_spec_F77=
+enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=no
+
+# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
+ac_ext=f
+
+# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
+objext=o
+objext_F77=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="      subroutine t\n      return\n      end\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code="      program t\n      end\n"
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+CC=${F77-"f77"}
+compiler=$CC
+compiler_F77=$CC
+cc_basename=`$echo X"$compiler" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if libtool supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $can_build_shared" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$can_build_shared" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to build shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
+
+# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
+# are all built from PIC.
+case "$host_os" in
+aix3*)
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+    archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
+    postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
+  fi
+  ;;
+aix4*)
+  test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
+  ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_shared" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_shared" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to build static libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to build static libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
+test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $enable_static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$enable_static" >&6
+
+test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+GCC_F77="$G77"
+LD_F77="$LD"
+
+lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77=
+lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=
+lt_prog_compiler_static_F77=
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+      # like `-m68040'.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    linux*)
+      case $CC in
+      icc* | ecc*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-static'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-Kpic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-dn'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Qoption ld '
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-PIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-Kconform_pic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77='-pic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_F77='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" >&6
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77"; then
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77=no
+  ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:12652: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:12656: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_F77" = xyes; then
+    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77" ;;
+     esac
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=
+     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_F77=no
+fi
+
+fi
+case "$host_os" in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77=no
+   $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:12712: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:12716: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.err; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w .
+   $rm conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $rm out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   rmdir conftest
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" >&6
+
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can lock with hard links... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  hard_links=yes
+  $rm conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hard_links" >&6
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  runpath_var=
+  allow_undefined_flag_F77=
+  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=no
+  archive_cmds_F77=
+  archive_expsym_cmds_F77=
+  old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77=
+  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77=
+  export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77=
+  whole_archive_flag_spec_F77=
+  thread_safe_flag_spec_F77=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77=
+  hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=
+  hardcode_direct_F77=no
+  hardcode_minus_L_F77=no
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=unsupported
+  link_all_deplibs_F77=unknown
+  hardcode_automatic_F77=no
+  module_cmds_F77=
+  module_expsym_cmds_F77=
+  always_export_symbols_F77=no
+  export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  include_expsyms_F77=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
+  exclude_expsyms_F77="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ld_shlibs_F77=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	ld_shlibs_F77=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
+*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+
+      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
+      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use
+      # them.
+      ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, F77) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols_F77=no
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=yes
+      export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	else
+	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	fi~
+	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000  ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris* | sysv5*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	ld_shlibs_F77=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+  linux*)
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        tmp_archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_cmds_F77="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      supports_anon_versioning=no
+      case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in
+        *\ 01.* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+        *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+        *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+        *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+        *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+      esac
+      if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then
+        archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+$echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+        $CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+      else
+        archive_expsym_cmds_F77="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      fi
+    else
+      ld_shlibs_F77=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = yes; then
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+ 	whole_archive_flag_spec_F77="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+      else
+  	whole_archive_flag_spec_F77=
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols_F77=yes
+      archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	hardcode_direct_F77=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix4* | aix5*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=""
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  export_symbols_cmds_F77='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# need to do runtime linking.
+	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+  	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+  	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+  	    break
+  	  fi
+	  done
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      archive_cmds_F77=''
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=':'
+      link_all_deplibs_F77=yes
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.012|aix4.012.*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+  	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+  	  # We have reworked collect2
+  	  hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+	  else
+  	  # We have old collect2
+  	  hardcode_direct_F77=unsupported
+  	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+  	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+  	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+  	  hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+  	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+  	  hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=
+	  fi
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+  	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+  	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+  	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+  	fi
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      always_export_symbols_F77=yes
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77='-berok'
+       # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+       cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+      program main
+
+      end
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+       else
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  allow_undefined_flag_F77="-z nodefs"
+	  archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+      program main
+
+      end
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_f77_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  no_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	  allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-berok'
+	  # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
+	  always_export_symbols_F77=yes
+	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec_F77=' '
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes
+	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
+	  archive_expsym_cmds_F77="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+      ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi4*)
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77=' '
+      allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported
+      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+      libext=lib
+      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+      shrext=".dll"
+      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+      archive_cmds_F77='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77='true'
+      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+      old_archive_cmds_F77='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77=yes
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+    if test "$GXX" = yes ; then
+      archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no
+      case "$host_os" in
+      rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77='-undefined suppress'
+	;;
+      *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	allow_undefined_flag_F77='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[012])
+            allow_undefined_flag_F77='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            allow_undefined_flag_F77='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    	lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+    	output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    	if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | grep 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then
+    	  lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+    	fi
+    	if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+    	  archive_cmds_F77='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    	else
+        archive_cmds_F77='$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+      fi
+      module_cmds_F77='$CC ${wl}-bind_at_load $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+      # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+        if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+          archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        else
+          archive_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        fi
+          module_expsym_cmds_F77='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=no
+      hardcode_automatic_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=unsupported
+      whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='-all_load $convenience'
+      link_all_deplibs_F77=yes
+    else
+      ld_shlibs_F77=no
+    fi
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    freebsd1*)
+      ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77='+b $libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+	  hardcode_direct_F77=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+	  hardcode_direct_F77=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+	  hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+      link_all_deplibs_F77=yes
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd*)
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-E'
+      else
+       case $host_os in
+	 openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+	   archive_cmds_F77='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	   hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir'
+	   ;;
+	 *)
+	   archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	   hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	   ;;
+       esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+      allow_undefined_flag_F77=unsupported
+      archive_cmds_F77='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds_F77='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag_F77=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_F77=:
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='${wl}-Bexport'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      no_undefined_flag_F77=' -z text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  	$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
+      *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	whole_archive_flag_spec_F77='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;;
+      esac
+      link_all_deplibs_F77=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct_F77=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  reload_cmds_F77='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  hardcode_direct_F77=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct_F77=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	ld_shlibs_F77=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.2uw2*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct_F77=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_F77=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+
+   sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* |  sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
+      no_undefined_flag_F77='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_F77='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5*)
+      no_undefined_flag_F77=' -z text'
+      # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
+      # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      archive_expsym_cmds_F77='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77=
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      archive_cmds_F77='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs_F77=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ld_shlibs_F77" >&6
+test "$ld_shlibs_F77" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $archive_cmds_F77 in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... $ECHO_C" >&6
+      $rm conftest*
+      printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_F77
+        allow_undefined_flag_F77=
+        if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds_F77 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5
+  (eval $archive_cmds_F77 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+        then
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=no
+        else
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_F77=yes
+        fi
+        allow_undefined_flag_F77=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $rm conftest*
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77" >&6
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dynamic linker characteristics... $ECHO_C" >&6
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+  # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+  finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $rm \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/./-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext='$(test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib)'
+  # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same.
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib'
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+freebsd*)
+  objformat=`test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout`
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.01* | freebsdelf3.01*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 3.2 on
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+   hppa*64*)
+     shrext='.sl'
+     hardcode_into_libs=yes
+     dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+     shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+     shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+     library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+     soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+     sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+     sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+     ;;
+   *)
+    shrext='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    ld_extra=`$SED -e 's/:,\t/ /g;s/=^=*$//;s/=^= * / /g' /etc/ld.so.conf`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+knetbsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=yes
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$dynamic_linker" >&6
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... $ECHO_C" >&6
+hardcode_action_F77=
+if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77" || \
+   test -n "$runpath_var F77" || \
+   test "X$hardcode_automatic_F77"="Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existant directories.
+  if test "$hardcode_direct_F77" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, F77)" != no &&
+     test "$hardcode_minus_L_F77" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    hardcode_action_F77=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    hardcode_action_F77=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  hardcode_action_F77=unsupported
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action_F77" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hardcode_action_F77" >&6
+
+if test "$hardcode_action_F77" = relink; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+   darwin*)
+       if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+         striplib="$STRIP -x"
+         echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+       else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+       ;;
+   *)
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+
+# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the
+# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh
+# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are
+# no rules to generate ltmain.sh.
+if test -f "$ltmain"; then
+  # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through
+  # without removal of \ escapes.
+  if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+    setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+  fi
+  # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being
+  # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values.  We take copies of the
+  # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script.
+  for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC NM \
+    SED SHELL STRIP \
+    libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \
+    old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \
+    deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \
+    old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \
+    compiler_F77 \
+    CC_F77 \
+    LD_F77 \
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77 \
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77 \
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_F77 \
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_F77 \
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77 \
+    thread_safe_flag_spec_F77 \
+    whole_archive_flag_spec_F77 \
+    enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77 \
+    old_archive_cmds_F77 \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 \
+    predep_objects_F77 \
+    postdep_objects_F77 \
+    predeps_F77 \
+    postdeps_F77 \
+    compiler_lib_search_path_F77 \
+    archive_cmds_F77 \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_F77 \
+    postinstall_cmds_F77 \
+    postuninstall_cmds_F77 \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 \
+    allow_undefined_flag_F77 \
+    no_undefined_flag_F77 \
+    export_symbols_cmds_F77 \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77 \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77 \
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_F77 \
+    hardcode_automatic_F77 \
+    module_cmds_F77 \
+    module_expsym_cmds_F77 \
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77 \
+    exclude_expsyms_F77 \
+    include_expsyms_F77; do
+
+    case $var in
+    old_archive_cmds_F77 | \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77 | \
+    archive_cmds_F77 | \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_F77 | \
+    module_cmds_F77 | \
+    module_expsym_cmds_F77 | \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77 | \
+    export_symbols_cmds_F77 | \
+    extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \
+    postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \
+    old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec)
+      # Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  case $lt_echo in
+  *'\$0 --fallback-echo"')
+    lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+cfgfile="$ofile"
+
+  cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile"
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_F77
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_F77
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+echo=$lt_echo
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_LTCC
+
+# A language-specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler_F77
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC_F77
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD_F77
+
+# Whether we need hard or soft links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# A BSD-compatible nm program.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# A symbol stripping program
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file"
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL"
+
+# Used on cygwin: object dumper.
+OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP"
+
+# Used on cygwin: assembler.
+AS="$AS"
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_F77
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext="$ac_objext"
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext='$shrext'
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext="$exeext"
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_F77
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_F77
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation ?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Do we need the lib prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_F77
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_F77
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_F77
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_F77
+
+# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects.
+thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_F77
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME.
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_F77
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_F77
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_F77
+
+# Commands used to build and install a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_F77
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_F77
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty)
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_F77
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_F77
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_F77
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_F77
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predeps=$lt_predeps_F77
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdeps=$lt_postdeps_F77
+
+# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+# a shared library.
+compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_F77
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic.
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_F77
+
+# Flag that forces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_F77
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# This is the shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# This is the shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_F77
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_F77
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into
+# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does
+# not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_F77
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_F77
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_F77
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_F77
+
+# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into
+# the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_F77
+
+# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library
+# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_F77
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at relink time.
+variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink"
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_F77
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_F77"
+
+# Set to yes if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_F77
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_F77
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_F77
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_F77
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+__EOF__
+
+
+else
+  # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute
+  # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the
+  # libtool script then.
+  ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'`
+  if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then
+    test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain"
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+
+	else
+	  tagname=""
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      GCJ)
+	if test -n "$GCJ" && test "X$GCJ" != "Xno"; then
+
+
+
+# Source file extension for Java test sources.
+ac_ext=java
+
+# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
+objext=o
+objext_GCJ=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}\n"
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String argv) {}; }\n'
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
+compiler=$CC
+compiler_GCJ=$CC
+
+# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
+archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no
+
+
+lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ=
+
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ=' -fno-builtin'
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=no
+  ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:14746: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:14750: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions" = xyes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ="$lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"
+else
+    :
+fi
+
+fi
+
+lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ=
+lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=
+lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ=
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $compiler option to produce PIC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-static'
+
+    case $host_os in
+      aix*)
+      # All AIX code is PIC.
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
+      # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
+      # like `-m68040'.
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
+      ;;
+
+    beos* | cygwin* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      # PIC is the default for these OSes.
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      # PIC is the default on this platform
+      # Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fno-common'
+      ;;
+
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+      # Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
+      # on systems that don't support them.
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no
+      enable_shared=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=-Kconform_pic
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    hpux*)
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fPIC'
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-fPIC'
+      ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    # PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      else
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      # This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
+      # built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-DDLL_EXPORT'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+      # PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
+      # not for PA HP-UX.
+      case "$host_cpu" in
+      hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	# +Z the default
+	;;
+      *)
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='+Z'
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+      # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    linux*)
+      case $CC in
+      icc* | ecc*)
+	lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-static'
+        ;;
+      ccc*)
+        lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+        # All Alpha code is PIC.
+        lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared'
+        ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+      # All OSF/1 code is PIC.
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-non_shared'
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-Kpic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-dn'
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Qoption ld '
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-PIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ='-Wl,'
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-KPIC'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+	lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-Kconform_pic'
+	lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ='-pic'
+      lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ='-Bstatic'
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" >&6
+
+#
+# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
+#
+if test -n "$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ"; then
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler PIC flag $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ=no
+  ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+   lt_compiler_flag="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   # The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:14979: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:14983: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s conftest.err; then
+       lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" >&6
+
+if test x"$lt_prog_compiler_pic_works_GCJ" = xyes; then
+    case $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ in
+     "" | " "*) ;;
+     *) lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=" $lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ" ;;
+     esac
+else
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=
+     lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared_GCJ=no
+fi
+
+fi
+case "$host_os" in
+  # For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
+  *djgpp*)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ="$lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ=no
+   $rm -r conftest 2>/dev/null
+   mkdir conftest
+   cd conftest
+   mkdir out
+   printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+   lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
+   # Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
+   # (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
+   # Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
+   # with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
+   lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
+   -e 's:.*FLAGS}? :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
+   -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
+   -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
+   (eval echo "\"\$as_me:15039: $lt_compile\"" >&5)
+   (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
+   ac_status=$?
+   cat out/conftest.err >&5
+   echo "$as_me:15043: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+   if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
+   then
+     # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
+     # So say no if there are warnings
+     if test ! -s out/conftest.err; then
+       lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ=yes
+     fi
+   fi
+   chmod u+w .
+   $rm conftest*
+   # SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
+   # template instantiation
+   test -d out/ii_files && $rm out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
+   $rm out/* && rmdir out
+   cd ..
+   rmdir conftest
+   $rm conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" >&6
+
+
+hard_links="nottested"
+if test "$lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
+  # do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if we can lock with hard links" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if we can lock with hard links... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  hard_links=yes
+  $rm conftest*
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  touch conftest.a
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
+  ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hard_links" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hard_links" >&6
+  if test "$hard_links" = no; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`$CC' does not support \`-c -o', so \`make -j' may be unsafe" >&2;}
+    need_locks=warn
+  fi
+else
+  need_locks=no
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
+
+  runpath_var=
+  allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=
+  enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=no
+  archive_cmds_GCJ=
+  archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ=
+  old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ=
+  old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ=
+  export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ=
+  whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ=
+  thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ=
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ=
+  hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=
+  hardcode_direct_GCJ=no
+  hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=no
+  hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=unsupported
+  link_all_deplibs_GCJ=unknown
+  hardcode_automatic_GCJ=no
+  module_cmds_GCJ=
+  module_expsym_cmds_GCJ=
+  always_export_symbols_GCJ=no
+  export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+  # include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
+  # included in the symbol list
+  include_expsyms_GCJ=
+  # exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
+  # it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
+  # end of line.  Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
+  # as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
+  exclude_expsyms_GCJ="_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_"
+  # Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
+  # platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
+  # the symbol is explicitly referenced.  Since portable code cannot
+  # rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
+  # preloaded symbol tables.
+  extract_expsyms_cmds=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  ld_shlibs_GCJ=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    # If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
+    wlarc='${wl}'
+
+    # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+	ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.9.1, is reported
+*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
+*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support.  If you
+*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to modify your PATH
+*** so that a non-GNU linker is found, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+
+      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
+      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can't use
+      # them.
+      ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported
+	# Joseph Beckenbach <jrb3@best.com> says some releases of gcc
+	# support --undefined.  This deserves some investigation.  FIXME
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # _LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, GCJ) is actually meaningless,
+      # as there is no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols_GCJ=no
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=yes
+      export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[BCDGS] /s/.* \([^ ]*\)/\1 DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[AITW] /s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
+
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000 ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+	# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
+	# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
+	  cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	else
+	  echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	  cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
+	fi~
+	$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--image-base=0x10000000  ${wl}--out-implib,$lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
+	wlarc=
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    solaris* | sysv5*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+	ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+	cat <<EOF 1>&2
+
+*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
+*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems.  Therefore, libtool
+*** is disabling shared libraries support.  We urge you to upgrade GNU
+*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer.  Another option is to modify
+*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
+*** used, and then restart.
+
+EOF
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      wlarc=
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+  linux*)
+    if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        tmp_archive_cmds='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_cmds_GCJ="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      supports_anon_versioning=no
+      case `$LD -v 2>/dev/null` in
+        *\ 01.* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
+        *\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
+        *\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
+        *\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
+        *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
+      esac
+      if test $supports_anon_versioning = yes; then
+        archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+$echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
+        $CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
+      else
+        archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="$tmp_archive_cmds"
+      fi
+    else
+      ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
+      else
+	ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if test "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" = yes; then
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}--export-dynamic'
+      # ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
+ 	whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
+      else
+  	whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ=
+      fi
+    fi
+  else
+    # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
+    case $host_os in
+    aix3*)
+      allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported
+      always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes
+      archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+	# broken collect2.
+	hardcode_direct_GCJ=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    aix4* | aix5*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+	# have to do anything special.
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+	exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
+	no_entry_flag=""
+      else
+	# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
+	# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
+	if $NM -V 2>&1 | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
+	  export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	else
+	  export_symbols_cmds_GCJ='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$2 == "T") || (\$2 == "D") || (\$2 == "B")) && (substr(\$3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
+	fi
+	aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+
+	# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+	# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+	# need to do runtime linking.
+	case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+	  for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+  	  if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+  	    aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+  	    break
+  	  fi
+	  done
+	esac
+
+	exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
+	no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
+      fi
+
+      # When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
+      # have problems creating the table of contents.  If linking a library
+      # or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
+      # CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc.  In the cases where that is not
+      # enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
+
+      archive_cmds_GCJ=''
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=':'
+      link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes
+
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	case $host_os in aix4.012|aix4.012.*)
+	# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
+	# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
+	  collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+	  if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+  	   strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+	  then
+  	  # We have reworked collect2
+  	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+	  else
+  	  # We have old collect2
+  	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=unsupported
+  	  # It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
+  	  # path is not listed in the libpath.  Setting hardcode_minus_L
+  	  # to unsupported forces relinking
+  	  hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+  	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+  	  hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=
+	  fi
+	esac
+	shared_flag='-shared'
+      else
+	# not using gcc
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+  	# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
+  	# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
+	  shared_flag='-G'
+	else
+  	if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-G'
+	  else
+	    shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
+  	fi
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
+      # underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
+      always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+	# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
+	# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-berok'
+       # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+       cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+       hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then echo "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
+       else
+	if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+	  allow_undefined_flag_GCJ="-z nodefs"
+	  archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag \${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
+	else
+	 # Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty executable.
+	 cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+
+aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`; fi
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"; fi
+
+	 hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+	  # Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
+	  # -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
+	  no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-bernotok'
+	  allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-berok'
+	  # -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with underscore (_)
+	  always_export_symbols_GCJ=yes
+	  # Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
+	  whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ=' '
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes
+	  # This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds it's shared libraries.
+	  archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols ${wl}-bnoentry${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    amigaos*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+      ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    bsdi4*)
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ=-rdynamic
+      ;;
+
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ=' '
+      allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported
+      # Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
+      libext=lib
+      # Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
+      shrext=".dll"
+      # FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `echo "$deplibs" | $SED -e '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
+      # The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ='true'
+      # FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
+      old_archive_cmds_GCJ='lib /OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
+      fix_srcfile_path='`cygpath -w "$srcfile"`'
+      enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ=yes
+      ;;
+
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+    if test "$GXX" = yes ; then
+      archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no
+      case "$host_os" in
+      rhapsody* | darwin1.[012])
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-undefined suppress'
+	;;
+      *) # Darwin 1.3 on
+      if test -z ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} ; then
+      	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+      else
+        case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET} in
+          10.[012])
+            allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-flat_namespace -undefined suppress'
+            ;;
+          10.*)
+            allow_undefined_flag_GCJ='-undefined dynamic_lookup'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    	lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=no
+    	output_verbose_link_cmd='echo'
+    	if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | grep 'single_module' >/dev/null ; then
+    	  lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
+    	fi
+    	if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+    	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+    	else
+        archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring'
+      fi
+      module_cmds_GCJ='$CC ${wl}-bind_at_load $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags'
+      # Don't fix this by using the ld -exported_symbols_list flag, it doesn't exist in older darwin ld's
+        if test "X$lt_int_apple_cc_single_mod" = Xyes ; then
+          archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -dynamiclib -single_module $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        else
+          archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC -r ${wl}-bind_at_load -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o ${lib}-master.o $libobjs~$CC -dynamiclib $allow_undefined_flag -o $lib ${lib}-master.o $deplibs $compiler_flags -install_name $rpath/$soname $verstring~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+        fi
+          module_expsym_cmds_GCJ='sed -e "s,#.*,," -e "s,^[    ]*,," -e "s,^\(..*\),_&," < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym~$CC $allow_undefined_flag  -o $lib -bundle $libobjs $deplibs$compiler_flags~nmedit -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=no
+      hardcode_automatic_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=unsupported
+      whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='-all_load $convenience'
+      link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes
+    else
+      ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+    fi
+      ;;
+
+    dgux*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    freebsd1*)
+      ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
+    # support.  Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
+    # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
+    # extra space).
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
+    freebsd2*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    # FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
+    freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    hpux9*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$rm $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E'
+      ;;
+
+    hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes -a "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*|ia64*)
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -b +h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+	case "$host_cpu" in
+	hppa*64*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ='+b $libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+	  ;;
+	ia64*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=no
+	  hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+	  hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+	  export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E'
+
+	  # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+	  # but as the default location of the library.
+	  hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+      link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes
+      ;;
+
+    netbsd* | knetbsd*-gnu)
+      if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'  # a.out
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'      # ELF
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    newsos6)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    openbsd*)
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-E'
+      else
+       case $host_os in
+	 openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+	   archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	   hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir'
+	   ;;
+	 *)
+	   archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	   hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+	   ;;
+       esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+      allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=unsupported
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      old_archive_From_new_cmds_GCJ='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
+      ;;
+
+    osf3*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+      ;;
+
+    osf4* | osf5*)	# as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo ${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+	allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -expect_unresolved \*'
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
+	$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -input $lib.exp $linker_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && echo -set_version $verstring` -update_registry ${objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$rm $lib.exp'
+
+	# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+	hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ=:
+      ;;
+
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='${wl}-Bexport'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      ;;
+
+    solaris*)
+      no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -z text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+	  $CC -shared ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  	$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      case $host_os in
+      solaris2.[0-5] | solaris2.[0-5].*) ;;
+      *) # Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
+	whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract' ;;
+      esac
+      link_all_deplibs_GCJ=yes
+      ;;
+
+    sunos4*)
+      if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
+	# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
+	# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+	sni)
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes # is this really true???
+	;;
+	siemens)
+	  ## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
+	  ## CC just makes a GrossModule.
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  reload_cmds_GCJ='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
+	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=no
+        ;;
+	motorola)
+	  archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	  hardcode_direct_GCJ=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+	;;
+      esac
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.3*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ='-Bexport'
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+	hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+	runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+	hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+	ld_shlibs_GCJ=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    sysv4.2uw2*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_direct_GCJ=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L_GCJ=no
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      hardcode_runpath_var=yes
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+
+   sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* |  sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
+      no_undefined_flag_GCJ='${wl}-z ${wl}text'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -shared ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      else
+	archive_cmds_GCJ='$CC -G ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
+      fi
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    sysv5*)
+      no_undefined_flag_GCJ=' -z text'
+      # $CC -shared without GNU ld will not create a library from C++
+      # object files and a static libstdc++, better avoid it by now
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ='$echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~$echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
+  		$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$rm $lib.exp'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ=
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
+      ;;
+
+    uts4*)
+      archive_cmds_GCJ='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs_GCJ=no
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ld_shlibs_GCJ" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ld_shlibs_GCJ" >&6
+test "$ld_shlibs_GCJ" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
+fi
+
+#
+# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
+#
+case "x$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" in
+x|xyes)
+  # Assume -lc should be added
+  archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes
+
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    case $archive_cmds_GCJ in
+    *'~'*)
+      # FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
+      ;;
+    '$CC '*)
+      # Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
+      # systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
+      # to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... $ECHO_C" >&6
+      $rm conftest*
+      printf "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
+
+      if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } 2>conftest.err; then
+        soname=conftest
+        lib=conftest
+        libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
+        deplibs=
+        wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ
+        compiler_flags=-v
+        linker_flags=-v
+        verstring=
+        output_objdir=.
+        libname=conftest
+        lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$allow_undefined_flag_GCJ
+        allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=
+        if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$archive_cmds_GCJ 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1\"") >&5
+  (eval $archive_cmds_GCJ 2\>\&1 \| grep \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+        then
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=no
+        else
+	  archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ=yes
+        fi
+        allow_undefined_flag_GCJ=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
+      else
+        cat conftest.err 1>&5
+      fi
+      $rm conftest*
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ" >&6
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dynamic linker characteristics" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dynamic linker characteristics... $ECHO_C" >&6
+library_names_spec=
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+soname_spec=
+shrext=".so"
+postinstall_cmds=
+postuninstall_cmds=
+finish_cmds=
+finish_eval=
+shlibpath_var=
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
+version_type=none
+dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+  if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';' >/dev/null ; then
+    # if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
+    # otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
+    # assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
+    # okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+  fi
+else
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+fi
+need_lib_prefix=unknown
+hardcode_into_libs=no
+
+# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
+# flags to be left without arguments
+need_version=unknown
+
+case $host_os in
+aix3*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+
+  # AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  ;;
+
+aix4* | aix5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+    # AIX 5 supports IA64
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  else
+    # With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
+    # for dependence libraries.  The import file would start with
+    # the line `#! .'.  This would cause the generated library to
+    # depend on `.', always an invalid library.  This was fixed in
+    # development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
+    case $host_os in
+      aix4 | aix4.[01] | aix4.[01].*)
+      if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
+	   echo ' yes '
+	   echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | grep yes > /dev/null; then
+	:
+      else
+	can_build_shared=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+    # AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
+    # soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
+    # collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
+    if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+      # If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib<name>.so
+      # instead of lib<name>.a to let people know that these are not
+      # typical AIX shared libraries.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    else
+      # We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
+      # and later when we are not doing run time linking.
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
+      soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    fi
+    shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+amigaos*)
+  library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
+  # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
+  finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
+  ;;
+
+beos*)
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
+  shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+bsdi4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+  # the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
+  # /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
+  # libtool to hard-code these into programs
+  ;;
+
+cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+  version_type=windows
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_version=no
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+
+  case $GCC,$host_os in
+  yes,cygwin* | yes,mingw* | yes,pw32*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
+    # DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
+    postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
+      dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i;echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
+      test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
+      $install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
+    postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
+      dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
+       $rm \$dlpath'
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin*)
+      # Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib /lib/w32api /lib /usr/local/lib"
+      ;;
+    mingw*)
+      # MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
+      soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g"`
+      if echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | grep ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null; then
+        # It is most probably a Windows format PATH printed by
+        # mingw gcc, but we are running on Cygwin. Gcc prints its search
+        # path with ; separators, and with drive letters. We can handle the
+        # drive letters (cygwin fileutils understands them), so leave them,
+        # especially as we might pass files found there to a mingw objdump,
+        # which wouldn't understand a cygwinified path. Ahh.
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
+      else
+        sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED  -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
+      fi
+      ;;
+    pw32*)
+      # pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
+      library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/./-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[.]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
+  # FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
+  shlibpath_var=PATH
+  ;;
+
+darwin* | rhapsody*)
+  dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
+  version_type=darwin
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${versuffix}$shared_ext ${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shrext='$(test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib)'
+  # Apple's gcc prints 'gcc -print-search-dirs' doesn't operate the same.
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | tr "\n" "$PATH_SEPARATOR" | sed -e 's/libraries:/@libraries:/' | tr "@" "\n" | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s,=/,/,g" -e "s,$PATH_SEPARATOR, ,g" -e "s,.*,& /lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib,g"`
+  else
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib'
+  fi
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
+  ;;
+
+dgux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+freebsd1*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+kfreebsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+freebsd*)
+  objformat=`test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout`
+  version_type=freebsd-$objformat
+  case $version_type in
+    freebsd-elf*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+      need_version=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd-*)
+      library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+      need_version=yes
+      ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_os in
+  freebsd2*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    ;;
+  freebsd3.01* | freebsdelf3.01*)
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  *) # from 3.2 on
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+gnu*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+  # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
+  # link against other versions.
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  case "$host_cpu" in
+  ia64*)
+    shrext='.so'
+    hardcode_into_libs=yes
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
+    else
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
+    fi
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+    ;;
+   hppa*64*)
+     shrext='.sl'
+     hardcode_into_libs=yes
+     dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+     shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
+     shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
+     library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+     soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+     sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
+     sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
+     ;;
+   *)
+    shrext='.sl'
+    dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
+    shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    ;;
+  esac
+  # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555.
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
+  ;;
+
+irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+  case $host_os in
+    nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
+    *)
+	if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+		version_type=linux
+	else
+		version_type=irix
+	fi ;;
+  esac
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
+  case $host_os in
+  irix5* | nonstopux*)
+    libsuff= shlibsuff=
+    ;;
+  *)
+    case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
+    *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
+      libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
+    *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
+      libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
+    *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
+      libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
+    *) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
+linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+
+# This must be Linux ELF.
+linux*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  # This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
+  # Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
+  # before this can be enabled.
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+
+  # Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
+  if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+    ld_extra=`$SED -e 's/:,\t/ /g;s/=^=*$//;s/=^= * / /g' /etc/ld.so.conf`
+    sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $ld_extra"
+  fi
+
+  # We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
+  # powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
+  # GNU dynamic linker.  Since this was broken with cross compilers,
+  # most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
+  # people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
+  # assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
+  dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+knetbsd*-gnu)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so'
+  ;;
+
+netbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+    finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
+  else
+    library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+    dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
+  fi
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  ;;
+
+newsos6)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+nto-qnx*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  ;;
+
+openbsd*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=yes
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+    case $host_os in
+      openbsd2.[89] | openbsd2.[89].*)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+	;;
+      *)
+	shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+	;;
+      esac
+  else
+    shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+os2*)
+  libname_spec='$name'
+  shrext=".dll"
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
+  dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
+  shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
+  ;;
+
+osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+  sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+  ;;
+
+sco3.2v5*)
+  version_type=osf
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+solaris*)
+  version_type=linux
+  need_lib_prefix=no
+  need_version=no
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  hardcode_into_libs=yes
+  # ldd complains unless libraries are executable
+  postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
+  ;;
+
+sunos4*)
+  version_type=sunos
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
+  finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
+  if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+    need_lib_prefix=no
+  fi
+  need_version=yes
+  ;;
+
+sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  case $host_vendor in
+    sni)
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
+      runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
+      ;;
+    siemens)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      ;;
+    motorola)
+      need_lib_prefix=no
+      need_version=no
+      shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
+      sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+      ;;
+  esac
+  ;;
+
+sysv4*MP*)
+  if test -d /usr/nec ;then
+    version_type=linux
+    library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+    soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
+    shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+uts4*)
+  version_type=linux
+  library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
+  soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
+  shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  dynamic_linker=no
+  ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $dynamic_linker" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$dynamic_linker" >&6
+test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to hardcode library paths into programs" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... $ECHO_C" >&6
+hardcode_action_GCJ=
+if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ" || \
+   test -n "$runpath_var GCJ" || \
+   test "X$hardcode_automatic_GCJ"="Xyes" ; then
+
+  # We can hardcode non-existant directories.
+  if test "$hardcode_direct_GCJ" != no &&
+     # If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
+     # have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
+     # when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
+     ## test "$_LT_AC_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, GCJ)" != no &&
+     test "$hardcode_minus_L_GCJ" != no; then
+    # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
+    hardcode_action_GCJ=relink
+  else
+    # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
+    hardcode_action_GCJ=immediate
+  fi
+else
+  # We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
+  # directories.
+  hardcode_action_GCJ=unsupported
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $hardcode_action_GCJ" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$hardcode_action_GCJ" >&6
+
+if test "$hardcode_action_GCJ" = relink; then
+  # Fast installation is not supported
+  enable_fast_install=no
+elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
+     test "$enable_shared" = no; then
+  # Fast installation is not necessary
+  enable_fast_install=needless
+fi
+
+striplib=
+old_striplib=
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether stripping libraries is possible" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether stripping libraries is possible... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | grep "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
+  test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
+  test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
+  case $host_os in
+   darwin*)
+       if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
+         striplib="$STRIP -x"
+         echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+       else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+       ;;
+   *)
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
+  enable_dlopen=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self=unknown
+  enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
+else
+  lt_cv_dlopen=no
+  lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+
+  case $host_os in
+  beos*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+    ;;
+
+  mingw* | pw32*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  cygwin*)
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+   ;;
+
+  darwin*)
+  # if libdl is installed we need to link against it
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+
+    lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
+    lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
+
+fi
+
+   ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define shl_load to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares shl_load.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define shl_load innocuous_shl_load
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char shl_load (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef shl_load
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_shl_load) || defined (__stub___shl_load)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = shl_load;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != shl_load;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_shl_load = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shl_load in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char shl_load ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+shl_load ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define dlopen to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares dlopen.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define dlopen innocuous_dlopen
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char dlopen (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef dlopen
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_dlopen) || defined (__stub___dlopen)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = dlopen;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != dlopen;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -lsvld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -lsvld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsvld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_svld_dlopen = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dld_link in -ldld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dld_link in -ldld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dld_link ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dld_link ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dld_dld_link = yes; then
+  lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-dld"
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+
+fi
+
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
+    enable_dlopen=yes
+  else
+    enable_dlopen=no
+  fi
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen in
+  dlopen)
+    save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+    test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
+
+    save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
+    eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
+
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a program can dlopen itself" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether a program can dlopen itself... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 17223 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}
+EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_dlopen_self" >&6
+
+    if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
+      LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag"
+      echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${lt_cv_dlopen_self_static+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  	  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
+  lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross
+else
+  lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
+  lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 17321 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#  define LT_DLGLOBAL		RTLD_GLOBAL
+#else
+#  ifdef DL_GLOBAL
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		DL_GLOBAL
+#  else
+#    define LT_DLGLOBAL		0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
+   find out it does not work in some platform. */
+#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
+#  ifdef RTLD_LAZY
+#    define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		RTLD_LAZY
+#  else
+#    ifdef DL_LAZY
+#      define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW		DL_LAZY
+#    else
+#      ifdef RTLD_NOW
+#        define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	RTLD_NOW
+#      else
+#        ifdef DL_NOW
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	DL_NOW
+#        else
+#          define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW	0
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void exit (int);
+#endif
+
+void fnord() { int i=42;}
+int main ()
+{
+  void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
+  int status = $lt_dlunknown;
+
+  if (self)
+    {
+      if (dlsym (self,"fnord"))       status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
+      else if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
+      /* dlclose (self); */
+    }
+
+    exit (status);
+}
+EOF
+  if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
+    (./conftest; exit; ) 2>/dev/null
+    lt_status=$?
+    case x$lt_status in
+      x$lt_dlno_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_dlneed_uscore) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes ;;
+      x$lt_unknown|x*) lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no ;;
+    esac
+  else :
+    # compilation failed
+    lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no
+  fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static" >&6
+    fi
+
+    CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
+  yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
+  *) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+
+# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the
+# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh
+# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are
+# no rules to generate ltmain.sh.
+if test -f "$ltmain"; then
+  # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through
+  # without removal of \ escapes.
+  if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+    setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+  fi
+  # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being
+  # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values.  We take copies of the
+  # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script.
+  for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC NM \
+    SED SHELL STRIP \
+    libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \
+    old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \
+    deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \
+    old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \
+    compiler_GCJ \
+    CC_GCJ \
+    LD_GCJ \
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ \
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ \
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ \
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ \
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ \
+    thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ \
+    whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ \
+    enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ \
+    old_archive_cmds_GCJ \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ \
+    predep_objects_GCJ \
+    postdep_objects_GCJ \
+    predeps_GCJ \
+    postdeps_GCJ \
+    compiler_lib_search_path_GCJ \
+    archive_cmds_GCJ \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ \
+    postinstall_cmds_GCJ \
+    postuninstall_cmds_GCJ \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ \
+    allow_undefined_flag_GCJ \
+    no_undefined_flag_GCJ \
+    export_symbols_cmds_GCJ \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ \
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ \
+    hardcode_automatic_GCJ \
+    module_cmds_GCJ \
+    module_expsym_cmds_GCJ \
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ \
+    exclude_expsyms_GCJ \
+    include_expsyms_GCJ; do
+
+    case $var in
+    old_archive_cmds_GCJ | \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ | \
+    archive_cmds_GCJ | \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ | \
+    module_cmds_GCJ | \
+    module_expsym_cmds_GCJ | \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ | \
+    export_symbols_cmds_GCJ | \
+    extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \
+    postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \
+    old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec)
+      # Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  case $lt_echo in
+  *'\$0 --fallback-echo"')
+    lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+cfgfile="$ofile"
+
+  cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile"
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_GCJ
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_GCJ
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+echo=$lt_echo
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_LTCC
+
+# A language-specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler_GCJ
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC_GCJ
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD_GCJ
+
+# Whether we need hard or soft links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# A BSD-compatible nm program.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# A symbol stripping program
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file"
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL"
+
+# Used on cygwin: object dumper.
+OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP"
+
+# Used on cygwin: assembler.
+AS="$AS"
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_GCJ
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext="$ac_objext"
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext='$shrext'
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext="$exeext"
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_GCJ
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_GCJ
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation ?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Do we need the lib prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_GCJ
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_GCJ
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_GCJ
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_GCJ
+
+# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects.
+thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_GCJ
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME.
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_GCJ
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_GCJ
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_GCJ
+
+# Commands used to build and install a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_GCJ
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_GCJ
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty)
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_GCJ
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_GCJ
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_GCJ
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_GCJ
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predeps=$lt_predeps_GCJ
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdeps=$lt_postdeps_GCJ
+
+# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+# a shared library.
+compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_GCJ
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic.
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_GCJ
+
+# Flag that forces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_GCJ
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# This is the shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# This is the shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_GCJ
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_GCJ
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into
+# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does
+# not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_GCJ
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_GCJ
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_GCJ
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_GCJ
+
+# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into
+# the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_GCJ
+
+# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library
+# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_GCJ
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at relink time.
+variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink"
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_GCJ
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_GCJ"
+
+# Set to yes if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_GCJ
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_GCJ
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_GCJ
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_GCJ
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+__EOF__
+
+
+else
+  # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute
+  # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the
+  # libtool script then.
+  ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'`
+  if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then
+    test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain"
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+
+	else
+	  tagname=""
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      RC)
+
+
+
+# Source file extension for RC test sources.
+ac_ext=rc
+
+# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
+objext=o
+objext_RC=$objext
+
+# Code to be used in simple compile tests
+lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }\n'
+
+# Code to be used in simple link tests
+lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code"
+
+# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
+
+# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
+LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+compiler=$CC
+
+
+# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
+lt_save_CC="$CC"
+CC=${RC-"windres"}
+compiler=$CC
+compiler_RC=$CC
+lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC=yes
+
+# The else clause should only fire when bootstrapping the
+# libtool distribution, otherwise you forgot to ship ltmain.sh
+# with your package, and you will get complaints that there are
+# no rules to generate ltmain.sh.
+if test -f "$ltmain"; then
+  # See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our commands through
+  # without removal of \ escapes.
+  if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
+    setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+  fi
+  # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters while being
+  # careful not to overquote the AC_SUBSTed values.  We take copies of the
+  # variables and quote the copies for generation of the libtool script.
+  for var in echo old_CC old_CFLAGS AR AR_FLAGS EGREP RANLIB LN_S LTCC NM \
+    SED SHELL STRIP \
+    libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec extract_expsyms_cmds \
+    old_striplib striplib file_magic_cmd finish_cmds finish_eval \
+    deplibs_check_method reload_flag reload_cmds need_locks \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl \
+    lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec \
+    old_postinstall_cmds old_postuninstall_cmds \
+    compiler_RC \
+    CC_RC \
+    LD_RC \
+    lt_prog_compiler_wl_RC \
+    lt_prog_compiler_pic_RC \
+    lt_prog_compiler_static_RC \
+    lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_RC \
+    export_dynamic_flag_spec_RC \
+    thread_safe_flag_spec_RC \
+    whole_archive_flag_spec_RC \
+    enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_RC \
+    old_archive_cmds_RC \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC \
+    predep_objects_RC \
+    postdep_objects_RC \
+    predeps_RC \
+    postdeps_RC \
+    compiler_lib_search_path_RC \
+    archive_cmds_RC \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_RC \
+    postinstall_cmds_RC \
+    postuninstall_cmds_RC \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC \
+    allow_undefined_flag_RC \
+    no_undefined_flag_RC \
+    export_symbols_cmds_RC \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_RC \
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_RC \
+    hardcode_libdir_separator_RC \
+    hardcode_automatic_RC \
+    module_cmds_RC \
+    module_expsym_cmds_RC \
+    lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC \
+    exclude_expsyms_RC \
+    include_expsyms_RC; do
+
+    case $var in
+    old_archive_cmds_RC | \
+    old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC | \
+    archive_cmds_RC | \
+    archive_expsym_cmds_RC | \
+    module_cmds_RC | \
+    module_expsym_cmds_RC | \
+    old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC | \
+    export_symbols_cmds_RC | \
+    extract_expsyms_cmds | reload_cmds | finish_cmds | \
+    postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | \
+    old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | \
+    sys_lib_search_path_spec | sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec)
+      # Double-quote double-evaled strings.
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\" -e \"\$delay_variable_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "lt_$var=\\\"\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`\\\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  case $lt_echo in
+  *'\$0 --fallback-echo"')
+    lt_echo=`$echo "X$lt_echo" | $Xsed -e 's/\\\\\\\$0 --fallback-echo"$/$0 --fallback-echo"/'`
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+cfgfile="$ofile"
+
+  cat <<__EOF__ >> "$cfgfile"
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+
+# Shell to use when invoking shell scripts.
+SHELL=$lt_SHELL
+
+# Whether or not to build shared libraries.
+build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared
+
+# Whether or not to build static libraries.
+build_old_libs=$enable_static
+
+# Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries.
+build_libtool_need_lc=$archive_cmds_need_lc_RC
+
+# Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static
+allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes=$enable_shared_with_static_runtimes_RC
+
+# Whether or not to optimize for fast installation.
+fast_install=$enable_fast_install
+
+# The host system.
+host_alias=$host_alias
+host=$host
+
+# An echo program that does not interpret backslashes.
+echo=$lt_echo
+
+# The archiver.
+AR=$lt_AR
+AR_FLAGS=$lt_AR_FLAGS
+
+# A C compiler.
+LTCC=$lt_LTCC
+
+# A language-specific compiler.
+CC=$lt_compiler_RC
+
+# Is the compiler the GNU C compiler?
+with_gcc=$GCC_RC
+
+# An ERE matcher.
+EGREP=$lt_EGREP
+
+# The linker used to build libraries.
+LD=$lt_LD_RC
+
+# Whether we need hard or soft links.
+LN_S=$lt_LN_S
+
+# A BSD-compatible nm program.
+NM=$lt_NM
+
+# A symbol stripping program
+STRIP=$lt_STRIP
+
+# Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins "file"
+MAGIC_CMD=$MAGIC_CMD
+
+# Used on cygwin: DLL creation program.
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL"
+
+# Used on cygwin: object dumper.
+OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP"
+
+# Used on cygwin: assembler.
+AS="$AS"
+
+# The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files.
+objdir=$objdir
+
+# How to create reloadable object files.
+reload_flag=$lt_reload_flag
+reload_cmds=$lt_reload_cmds
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_wl_RC
+
+# Object file suffix (normally "o").
+objext="$ac_objext"
+
+# Old archive suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally ".so").
+shrext='$shrext'
+
+# Executable file suffix (normally "").
+exeext="$exeext"
+
+# Additional compiler flags for building library objects.
+pic_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_pic_RC
+pic_mode=$pic_mode
+
+# What is the maximum length of a command?
+max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
+
+# Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?
+compiler_c_o=$lt_lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o_RC
+
+# Must we lock files when doing compilation ?
+need_locks=$lt_need_locks
+
+# Do we need the lib prefix for modules?
+need_lib_prefix=$need_lib_prefix
+
+# Do we need a version for libraries?
+need_version=$need_version
+
+# Whether dlopen is supported.
+dlopen_support=$enable_dlopen
+
+# Whether dlopen of programs is supported.
+dlopen_self=$enable_dlopen_self
+
+# Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported.
+dlopen_self_static=$enable_dlopen_self_static
+
+# Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking.
+link_static_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_static_RC
+
+# Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions.
+no_builtin_flag=$lt_lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag_RC
+
+# Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens.
+export_dynamic_flag_spec=$lt_export_dynamic_flag_spec_RC
+
+# Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives.
+whole_archive_flag_spec=$lt_whole_archive_flag_spec_RC
+
+# Compiler flag to generate thread-safe objects.
+thread_safe_flag_spec=$lt_thread_safe_flag_spec_RC
+
+# Library versioning type.
+version_type=$version_type
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec=$lt_libname_spec
+
+# List of archive names.  First name is the real one, the rest are links.
+# The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME.
+library_names_spec=$lt_library_names_spec
+
+# The coded name of the library, if different from the real name.
+soname_spec=$lt_soname_spec
+
+# Commands used to build and install an old-style archive.
+RANLIB=$lt_RANLIB
+old_archive_cmds=$lt_old_archive_cmds_RC
+old_postinstall_cmds=$lt_old_postinstall_cmds
+old_postuninstall_cmds=$lt_old_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Create an old-style archive from a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_new_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_new_cmds_RC
+
+# Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive.
+old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds=$lt_old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds_RC
+
+# Commands used to build and install a shared archive.
+archive_cmds=$lt_archive_cmds_RC
+archive_expsym_cmds=$lt_archive_expsym_cmds_RC
+postinstall_cmds=$lt_postinstall_cmds
+postuninstall_cmds=$lt_postuninstall_cmds
+
+# Commands used to build a loadable module (assumed same as above if empty)
+module_cmds=$lt_module_cmds_RC
+module_expsym_cmds=$lt_module_expsym_cmds_RC
+
+# Commands to strip libraries.
+old_striplib=$lt_old_striplib
+striplib=$lt_striplib
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predep_objects=$lt_predep_objects_RC
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdep_objects=$lt_postdep_objects_RC
+
+# Dependencies to place before the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+predeps=$lt_predeps_RC
+
+# Dependencies to place after the objects being linked to create a
+# shared library.
+postdeps=$lt_postdeps_RC
+
+# The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
+# a shared library.
+compiler_lib_search_path=$lt_compiler_lib_search_path_RC
+
+# Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects.
+deplibs_check_method=$lt_deplibs_check_method
+
+# Command to use when deplibs_check_method == file_magic.
+file_magic_cmd=$lt_file_magic_cmd
+
+# Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built.
+allow_undefined_flag=$lt_allow_undefined_flag_RC
+
+# Flag that forces no undefined symbols.
+no_undefined_flag=$lt_no_undefined_flag_RC
+
+# Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory.
+finish_cmds=$lt_finish_cmds
+
+# Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown.
+finish_eval=$lt_finish_eval
+
+# Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names.
+global_symbol_pipe=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration
+global_symbol_to_cdecl=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl
+
+# Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair
+global_symbol_to_c_name_address=$lt_lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address
+
+# This is the shared library runtime path variable.
+runpath_var=$runpath_var
+
+# This is the shared library path variable.
+shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
+
+# Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?
+shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$shlibpath_overrides_runpath
+
+# How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable.
+hardcode_action=$hardcode_action_RC
+
+# Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries.
+hardcode_into_libs=$hardcode_into_libs
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_RC
+
+# If ld is used when linking, flag to hardcode \$libdir into
+# a binary during linking. This must work even if \$libdir does
+# not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld=$lt_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld_RC
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator=$lt_hardcode_libdir_separator_RC
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct_RC
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L_RC
+
+# Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into
+# the resulting binary.
+hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var_RC
+
+# Set to yes if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR into the library
+# and all subsequent libraries and executables linked against it.
+hardcode_automatic=$hardcode_automatic_RC
+
+# Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
+# restored at relink time.
+variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink"
+
+# Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries.
+link_all_deplibs=$link_all_deplibs_RC
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_search_path_spec
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$lt_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec
+
+# Fix the shell variable \$srcfile for the compiler.
+fix_srcfile_path="$fix_srcfile_path_RC"
+
+# Set to yes if exported symbols are required.
+always_export_symbols=$always_export_symbols_RC
+
+# The commands to list exported symbols.
+export_symbols_cmds=$lt_export_symbols_cmds_RC
+
+# The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive.
+extract_expsyms_cmds=$lt_extract_expsyms_cmds
+
+# Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols.
+exclude_expsyms=$lt_exclude_expsyms_RC
+
+# Symbols that must always be exported.
+include_expsyms=$lt_include_expsyms_RC
+
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname
+
+__EOF__
+
+
+else
+  # If there is no Makefile yet, we rely on a make rule to execute
+  # `config.status --recheck' to rerun these tests and create the
+  # libtool script then.
+  ltmain_in=`echo $ltmain | sed -e 's/\.sh$/.in/'`
+  if test -f "$ltmain_in"; then
+    test -f Makefile && make "$ltmain"
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+CC="$lt_save_CC"
+
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Unsupported tag name: $tagname" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: Unsupported tag name: $tagname" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Append the new tag name to the list of available tags.
+      if test -n "$tagname" ; then
+      available_tags="$available_tags $tagname"
+    fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
+
+  # Now substitute the updated list of available tags.
+  if eval "sed -e 's/^available_tags=.*\$/available_tags=\"$available_tags\"/' \"$ofile\" > \"${ofile}T\""; then
+    mv "${ofile}T" "$ofile"
+    chmod +x "$ofile"
+  else
+    rm -f "${ofile}T"
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unable to update list of available tagged configurations." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unable to update list of available tagged configurations." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+fi
+
+
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+
+# Prevent multiple expansion
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+  ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+  /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+  ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
+  /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+  *)
+    # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+    # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+    # by default.
+    for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+      for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+	if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+	    grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+	    break 3
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+    done
+    ;;
+esac
+done
+
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+#########
+# Set up an appropriate program prefix
+#
+if test "$program_prefix" = "NONE"; then
+  program_prefix=""
+fi
+
+
+if test -f VERSION; then
+  VERSION=`cat VERSION`
+  echo "Version set to $VERSION"
+fi
+
+
+#########
+# Check to see if the --with-hints=FILE option is used.  If there is none,
+# then check for a files named "$host.hints" and ../$hosts.hints where
+# $host is the hostname of the build system.  If still no hints are
+# found, try looking in $system.hints and ../$system.hints where
+# $system is the result of uname -s.
+#
+
+# Check whether --with-hints or --without-hints was given.
+if test "${with_hints+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_hints"
+  hints=$withval
+fi;
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  host=`hostname | sed 's/\..*//'`
+  if test -r $host.hints; then
+    hints=$host.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$host.hints; then
+       hints=../$host.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  sys=`uname -s`
+  if test -r $sys.hints; then
+    hints=$sys.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$sys.hints; then
+       hints=../$sys.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" != ""; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: reading hints from $hints" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}reading hints from $hints" >&6
+  . $hints
+fi
+
+#########
+# Locate a compiler for the build machine.  This compiler should
+# generate command-line programs that run on the build machine.
+#
+default_build_cflags="-g"
+if test "$config_BUILD_CC" = ""; then
+  ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+  CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+       ac_prog_rejected=yes
+       continue
+     fi
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# != 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  for ac_prog in cl
+  do
+    # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+    test -n "$CC" && break
+  done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  ac_ct_CC=$CC
+  for ac_prog in cl
+do
+  # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+  CC=$ac_ct_CC
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
+     "checking for C compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+       choke me
+#endif
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+  CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-g"
+  fi
+else
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS=
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+     char **p;
+     int i;
+{
+  return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+  char *s;
+  va_list v;
+  va_start (v,p);
+  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+  va_end (v);
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default.  It has
+   function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+   These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+   as 'x'.  The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
+   proper ANSI mode.  Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+   array size at least.  It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+   that's true only with -std1.  */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
+# breaks some systems' header files.
+# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
+# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
+# HP-UX 10.20 and later	-Ae
+# HP-UX older versions	-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
+for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+  rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
+break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
+  x|xno)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
+  *)
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
+    CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
+esac
+
+# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C.  Since we use `exit',
+# in C++ we need to declare it.  In case someone uses the same compiler
+# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
+# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+  choke me
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  for ac_declaration in \
+   '' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+   'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+   'void exit (int);'
+do
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+rm -f conftest*
+if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
+  echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+  echo $ac_declaration      >>confdefs.h
+  echo '#endif'             >>confdefs.h
+fi
+
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = "yes"; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unable to find a compiler for building build tools" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unable to find a compiler for building build tools" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  BUILD_CC=$CC
+  default_build_cflags=$CFLAGS
+else
+  BUILD_CC=$config_BUILD_CC
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking host compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+  CC=$BUILD_CC
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CC" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking switches for the host compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking switches for the host compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$config_BUILD_CFLAGS" != ""; then
+  CFLAGS=$config_BUILD_CFLAGS
+  BUILD_CFLAGS=$config_BUILD_CFLAGS
+else
+  BUILD_CFLAGS=$default_build_cflags
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_CFLAGS" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_CFLAGS" >&6
+if test "$config_BUILD_LIBS" != ""; then
+  BUILD_LIBS=$config_BUILD_LIBS
+fi
+
+
+
+
+##########
+# Locate a compiler that converts C code into *.o files that run on
+# the target machine.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking target compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking target compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$config_TARGET_CC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_CC=$config_TARGET_CC
+else
+  TARGET_CC=$BUILD_CC
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TARGET_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TARGET_CC" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking switches on the target compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking switches on the target compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$config_TARGET_CFLAGS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_CFLAGS=$config_TARGET_CFLAGS
+else
+  TARGET_CFLAGS=$BUILD_CFLAGS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TARGET_CFLAGS" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TARGET_CFLAGS" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking target linker" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking target linker... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$config_TARGET_LINK" = ""; then
+  TARGET_LINK=$TARGET_CC
+else
+  TARGET_LINK=$config_TARGET_LINK
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TARGET_LINK" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TARGET_LINK" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking switches on the target compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking switches on the target compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$config_TARGET_TFLAGS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TFLAGS=$config_TARGET_TFLAGS
+else
+  TARGET_TFLAGS=$BUILD_CFLAGS
+fi
+if test "$config_TARGET_RANLIB" != ""; then
+  TARGET_RANLIB=$config_TARGET_RANLIB
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+  # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+    ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+    break 2
+  fi
+done
+done
+
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+  RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+else
+  RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+  TARGET_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+fi
+if test "$config_TARGET_AR" != ""; then
+  TARGET_AR=$config_TARGET_AR
+else
+  TARGET_AR='ar cr'
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TARGET_TFLAGS" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TARGET_TFLAGS" >&6
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+# Set the $cross variable if we are cross-compiling.  Make
+# it 0 if we are not.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if host and target compilers are the same" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if host and target compilers are the same... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$BUILD_CC" = "$TARGET_CC"; then
+  cross=0
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+  cross=1
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support multithreaded use of sqlite
+#
+# Check whether --enable-threadsafe or --disable-threadsafe was given.
+if test "${enable_threadsafe+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_threadsafe"
+
+else
+  enable_threadsafe=no
+fi;
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to support threadsafe operation" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to support threadsafe operation... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$enable_threadsafe" = "no"; then
+  THREADSAFE=0
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+else
+  THREADSAFE=1
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+fi
+
+
+if test "$THREADSAFE" = "1"; then
+  LIBS=""
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pthread_create in -lpthread" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for pthread_create in -lpthread... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char pthread_create ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+pthread_create ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_create = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBPTHREAD 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB="$LIBS"
+  LIBS=""
+else
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB=""
+fi
+
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support release
+#
+# Check whether --enable-releasemode or --disable-releasemode was given.
+if test "${enable_releasemode+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_releasemode"
+
+else
+  enable_releasemode=no
+fi;
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to support shared library linked as release mode or not" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to support shared library linked as release mode or not... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$enable_releasemode" = "no"; then
+  ALLOWRELEASE=""
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+else
+  ALLOWRELEASE="-release `cat VERSION`"
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+fi
+
+
+##########
+# Do we want temporary databases in memory
+#
+# Check whether --enable-tempstore or --disable-tempstore was given.
+if test "${enable_tempstore+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_tempstore"
+
+else
+  enable_tempstore=yes
+fi;
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to use an in-ram database for temporary tables" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to use an in-ram database for temporary tables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+case "$enable_tempstore" in
+  never )
+    TEMP_STORE=0
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: never" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}never" >&6
+  ;;
+  no )
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  ;;
+  always )
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: always" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}always" >&6
+  ;;
+  * )
+    TEMP_STORE=2
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+  ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+###########
+# Lots of things are different if we are compiling for Windows using
+# the CYGWIN environment.  So check for that special case and handle
+# things accordingly.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if executables have the .exe suffix" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if executables have the .exe suffix... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "$config_BUILD_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  CYGWIN=yes
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: unknown" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}unknown" >&6
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" != "yes"; then
+
+case $host_os in
+  *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
+	 * ) CYGWIN=no;;
+esac
+
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" = "yes"; then
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=.exe
+else
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=$EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$cross" = "0"; then
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$BUILD_EXEEXT
+else
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$config_TARGET_EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$TARGET_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  OS_UNIX=0
+  OS_WIN=1
+  tclsubdir=win
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_WIN=1"
+else
+  OS_UNIX=1
+  OS_WIN=0
+  tclsubdir=unix
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_UNIX=1"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+##########
+# Extract generic linker options from the environment.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_LIBS=$config_TARGET_LIBS
+else
+  TARGET_LIBS=""
+fi
+
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile Tcl programs.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_TCL_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TCL_LIBS="$config_TARGET_TCL_LIBS"
+else
+  if test "$with_tcl" != ""; then
+    extra=`echo $with_tcl/$tclsubdir/libtcl8*.a`
+  fi
+  CC=$TARGET_CC
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for sin" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for sin... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_sin+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define sin to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares sin.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define sin innocuous_sin
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char sin (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef sin
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char sin ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_sin) || defined (__stub___sin)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = sin;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != sin;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_sin=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_sin=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_sin" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_sin" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_sin = yes; then
+  LIBS=""
+else
+  LIBS="-lm"
+fi
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for dlopen in -ldl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char dlopen ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+dlopen ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_dl_dlopen = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBDL 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  LIBS="-ldl $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  otherlibs=$LIBS
+  if test "$extra" != ""; then
+    LIBS=$extra
+  else
+    LIBS=""
+    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing Tcl_Init" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing Tcl_Init... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char Tcl_Init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+Tcl_Init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init="none required"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test "$ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init" = no; then
+  for ac_lib in         tcl8.4 tcl8.3 tcl84 tcl83 tcl; do
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib $otherlibs $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char Tcl_Init ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+Tcl_Init ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init="-l$ac_lib"
+break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+  done
+fi
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init" >&6
+if test "$ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init" != no; then
+  test "$ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_cv_search_Tcl_Init $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  fi
+  TARGET_TCL_LIBS="$LIBS $otherlibs"
+fi
+
+
+##########
+# Figure out where to get the TCL header files.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking TCL header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking TCL header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+found=no
+if test "$config_TARGET_TCL_INC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TCL_INC=$config_TARGET_TCL_INC
+  found=yes
+else
+  if test "$with_tcl" != ""; then
+    TARGET_TCL_INC="-I$with_tcl/generic -I$with_tcl/$tclsubdir"
+    found=yes
+  else
+    TARGET_TCL_INC=""
+    found=no
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TARGET_TCL_INC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TARGET_TCL_INC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not specified: still searching..." >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}not specified: still searching..." >&6
+  if test "${ac_cv_header_tcl_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tcl.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for tcl.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_tcl_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_tcl_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_tcl_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking tcl.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking tcl.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <tcl.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking tcl.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking tcl.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <tcl.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: tcl.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: tcl.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tcl.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for tcl.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_tcl_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_tcl_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_tcl_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_tcl_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_tcl_h = yes; then
+  found=yes
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  for dir in /usr/local /usr/X11 /usr/X11R6 /usr/pkg /usr/contrib /usr; do
+    as_ac_File=`echo "ac_cv_file_$dir/include/tcl.h" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $dir/include/tcl.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $dir/include/tcl.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_File+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  test "$cross_compiling" = yes &&
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot check for file existence when cross compiling" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot check for file existence when cross compiling" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+if test -r "$dir/include/tcl.h"; then
+  eval "$as_ac_File=yes"
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_File=no"
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'` = yes; then
+  found=yes
+fi
+
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_TCL_INC="-I$dir/include"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  TARGET_TCL_INC="-DNO_TCL=1"
+fi
+
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "readline()" library.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_READLINE_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$config_TARGET_READLINE_LIBS"
+else
+  CC=$TARGET_CC
+  LIBS=""
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for library containing tgetent" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for library containing tgetent... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_search_tgetent+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_func_search_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+ac_cv_search_tgetent=no
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char tgetent ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+tgetent ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_search_tgetent="none required"
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+if test "$ac_cv_search_tgetent" = no; then
+  for ac_lib in readline ncurses curses termcap; do
+    LIBS="-l$ac_lib  $ac_func_search_save_LIBS"
+    cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char tgetent ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+tgetent ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_search_tgetent="-l$ac_lib"
+break
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+  done
+fi
+LIBS=$ac_func_search_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_search_tgetent" >&6
+if test "$ac_cv_search_tgetent" != no; then
+  test "$ac_cv_search_tgetent" = "none required" || LIBS="$ac_cv_search_tgetent $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for readline in -lreadline" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for readline in -lreadline... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_readline_readline+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lreadline  $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char readline ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+readline ();
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_lib_readline_readline=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_readline_readline=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_readline_readline" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_readline_readline" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_readline_readline = yes; then
+  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBREADLINE 1
+_ACEOF
+
+  LIBS="-lreadline $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+  TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+fi
+
+
+##########
+# Figure out where to get the READLINE header files.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking readline header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking readline header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+found=no
+if test "$config_TARGET_READLINE_INC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_READLINE_INC=$config_TARGET_READLINE_INC
+  found=yes
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TARGET_READLINE_INC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$TARGET_READLINE_INC" >&6
+else
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: not specified: still searching..." >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}not specified: still searching..." >&6
+  if test "${ac_cv_header_readline_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for readline.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for readline.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_readline_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_readline_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_readline_h" >&6
+else
+  # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking readline.h usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking readline.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <readline.h>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking readline.h presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking readline.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+#include <readline.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+  if test -s conftest.err; then
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+    ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+  else
+    ac_cpp_err=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+  ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+  ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So?  What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+  yes:no: )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+    ac_header_preproc=yes
+    ;;
+  no:yes:* )
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: readline.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: readline.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+    (
+      cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists.  ##
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+    ) |
+      sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING:     /" >&2
+    ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for readline.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for readline.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_readline_h+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  ac_cv_header_readline_h=$ac_header_preproc
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_readline_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_readline_h" >&6
+
+fi
+if test $ac_cv_header_readline_h = yes; then
+  found=yes
+fi
+
+
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  for dir in /usr /usr/local /usr/local/readline /usr/contrib /mingw; do
+    as_ac_File=`echo "ac_cv_file_$dir/include/readline.h" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $dir/include/readline.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $dir/include/readline.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_File+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  test "$cross_compiling" = yes &&
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot check for file existence when cross compiling" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot check for file existence when cross compiling" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+if test -r "$dir/include/readline.h"; then
+  eval "$as_ac_File=yes"
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_File=no"
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'` = yes; then
+  found=yes
+fi
+
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/include"
+      break
+    fi
+    as_ac_File=`echo "ac_cv_file_$dir/include/readline/readline.h" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $dir/include/readline/readline.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $dir/include/readline/readline.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_File+set}\" = set"; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  test "$cross_compiling" = yes &&
+  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot check for file existence when cross compiling" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot check for file existence when cross compiling" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+if test -r "$dir/include/readline/readline.h"; then
+  eval "$as_ac_File=yes"
+else
+  eval "$as_ac_File=no"
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_File'}'` = yes; then
+  found=yes
+fi
+
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/include/readline"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  if test "$TARGET_READLINE_LIBS" = ""; then
+    TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+  else
+    TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=1
+  fi
+else
+  TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+fi
+
+
+
+#########
+# Figure out whether or not we have a "usleep()" function.
+#
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for usleep" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for usleep... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_usleep+set}" = set; then
+  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+  cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h.  */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h.  */
+/* Define usleep to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares usleep.
+   For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday.  */
+#define usleep innocuous_usleep
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char usleep (); below.
+    Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+    <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef usleep
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char usleep ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_usleep) || defined (__stub___usleep)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = usleep;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != usleep;
+  ;
+  return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+  ac_status=$?
+  grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+  rm -f conftest.er1
+  cat conftest.err >&5
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+			 || test ! -s conftest.err'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+	 { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+  { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+  (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+  ac_status=$?
+  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+  (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+  ac_cv_func_usleep=yes
+else
+  echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_usleep=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+      conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_usleep" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_usleep" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_usleep = yes; then
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DHAVE_USLEEP=1"
+fi
+
+
+#########
+# Generate the output files.
+#
+                    ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile sqlite3.pc"
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+{
+  (set) 2>&1 |
+    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+    *ac_space=\ *)
+      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+      sed -n \
+	"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+      sed -n \
+	"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+      ;;
+    esac;
+} |
+  sed '
+     t clear
+     : clear
+     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+     t end
+     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+     : end' >>confcache
+if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache >$cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
+}'
+fi
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+#
+# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
+# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
+# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
+cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
+t clear
+: clear
+s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 (][^	 (]*([^)]*)\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+s,^[	 ]*#[	 ]*define[	 ][	 ]*\([^	 ][^	 ]*\)[	 ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
+t quote
+d
+: quote
+s,[	 `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
+s,\[,\\&,g
+s,\],\\&,g
+s,\$,$$,g
+p
+_ACEOF
+# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
+# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
+# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
+# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
+# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
+# would break.
+ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
+DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
+rm -f confdef2opt.sed
+
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
+	 sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
+  # 2. Add them.
+  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+} >&5
+cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
+
+This file was extended by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_CSEOF
+echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
+echo >&5
+_ACEOF
+
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
+  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
+  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
+  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
+  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
+  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+		   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ac_cs_version="\\
+config.status
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
+  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=$srcdir
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  -*)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+     # arguments.
+     ac_option=$1
+     ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --vers* | -V )
+    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  --debug | --d* | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
+  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case "$ac_config_target" in
+  # Handling of arguments.
+  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+  "sqlite3.pc" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES sqlite3.pc" ;;
+  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
+   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
+s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
+s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
+s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
+s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
+s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
+s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
+s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
+s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
+s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
+s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
+s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
+s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
+s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
+s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
+s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
+s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
+s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
+s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
+s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
+s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
+s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
+s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
+s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
+s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
+s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
+s,@build@,$build,;t t
+s,@build_cpu@,$build_cpu,;t t
+s,@build_vendor@,$build_vendor,;t t
+s,@build_os@,$build_os,;t t
+s,@host@,$host,;t t
+s,@host_cpu@,$host_cpu,;t t
+s,@host_vendor@,$host_vendor,;t t
+s,@host_os@,$host_os,;t t
+s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
+s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
+s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
+s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
+s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
+s,@LN_S@,$LN_S,;t t
+s,@ECHO@,$ECHO,;t t
+s,@AR@,$AR,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
+s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
+s,@STRIP@,$STRIP,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_STRIP@,$ac_ct_STRIP,;t t
+s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
+s,@CXX@,$CXX,;t t
+s,@CXXFLAGS@,$CXXFLAGS,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CXX@,$ac_ct_CXX,;t t
+s,@CXXCPP@,$CXXCPP,;t t
+s,@F77@,$F77,;t t
+s,@FFLAGS@,$FFLAGS,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_F77@,$ac_ct_F77,;t t
+s,@LIBTOOL@,$LIBTOOL,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_PROGRAM,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_SCRIPT@,$INSTALL_SCRIPT,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,;t t
+s,@program_prefix@,$program_prefix,;t t
+s,@VERSION@,$VERSION,;t t
+s,@BUILD_CC@,$BUILD_CC,;t t
+s,@BUILD_CFLAGS@,$BUILD_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@BUILD_LIBS@,$BUILD_LIBS,;t t
+s,@TARGET_CC@,$TARGET_CC,;t t
+s,@TARGET_CFLAGS@,$TARGET_CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@TARGET_LINK@,$TARGET_LINK,;t t
+s,@TARGET_LFLAGS@,$TARGET_LFLAGS,;t t
+s,@TARGET_RANLIB@,$TARGET_RANLIB,;t t
+s,@TARGET_AR@,$TARGET_AR,;t t
+s,@THREADSAFE@,$THREADSAFE,;t t
+s,@TARGET_THREAD_LIB@,$TARGET_THREAD_LIB,;t t
+s,@ALLOWRELEASE@,$ALLOWRELEASE,;t t
+s,@TEMP_STORE@,$TEMP_STORE,;t t
+s,@BUILD_EXEEXT@,$BUILD_EXEEXT,;t t
+s,@OS_UNIX@,$OS_UNIX,;t t
+s,@OS_WIN@,$OS_WIN,;t t
+s,@TARGET_EXEEXT@,$TARGET_EXEEXT,;t t
+s,@TARGET_LIBS@,$TARGET_LIBS,;t t
+s,@TARGET_TCL_LIBS@,$TARGET_TCL_LIBS,;t t
+s,@TARGET_TCL_INC@,$TARGET_TCL_INC,;t t
+s,@TARGET_READLINE_LIBS@,$TARGET_READLINE_LIBS,;t t
+s,@TARGET_READLINE_INC@,$TARGET_READLINE_INC,;t t
+s,@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@,$TARGET_HAVE_READLINE,;t t
+s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
+s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
+CEOF
+
+_ACEOF
+
+  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+  ac_max_sed_lines=48
+  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+  ac_more_lines=:
+  ac_sed_cmds=
+  while $ac_more_lines; do
+    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    else
+      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    fi
+    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+      ac_more_lines=false
+    else
+      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+      (echo ':t
+  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      else
+	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      fi
+      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+      ac_beg=$ac_end
+      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+    fi
+  done
+  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+    ac_sed_cmds=cat
+  fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case $ac_file in
+  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+	cat >$tmp/stdin
+	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+  else
+    as_dir="$ac_dir"
+    as_dirs=
+    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    done
+    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_builddir$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    rm -f "$ac_file"
+  fi
+  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+    configure_input=
+  else
+    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
+  fi
+  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
+				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+  # src tree.
+  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+    for f in $ac_file_in; do
+      case $f in
+      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+      [\\/$]*)
+	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 echo "$f";;
+      *) # Relative
+	 if test -f "$f"; then
+	   # Build tree
+	   echo "$f"
+	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+	   # Source tree
+	   echo "$srcdir/$f"
+	 else
+	   # /dev/null tree
+	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 fi;;
+      esac
+    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+  sed "$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
+s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
+s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/stdin
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+  else
+    cat $tmp/out
+    rm -f $tmp/out
+  fi
+
+done
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+  ac_cs_success=:
+  ac_config_status_args=
+  test "$silent" = yes &&
+    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+  exec 5>/dev/null
+  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+  exec 5>>config.log
+  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/configure.ac b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..20cd5a8ccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
+#
+# This file describes a "configure" script that is used to build
+# makefiles for a particular platform.  Process this file using 
+# Autoconf version 1.13 in order to generate that script.  All 
+# lines of this file up to the AC_INIT macro are ignored.
+#
+# The build process allows for using a cross-compiler.  But the default
+# action is to target the same platform that we are running on.  The
+# configure script needs to discover the following properties of the 
+# build and target systems:
+#
+#    srcdir
+#
+#        The is the name of the directory that contains the
+#        "configure" shell script.  All source files are
+#        located relative to this directory.
+#
+#    bindir
+#
+#        The name of the directory where executables should be
+#        written by the "install" target of the makefile.
+#
+#    program_prefix
+#
+#        Add this prefix to the names of all executables that run
+#        on the target machine.  Default: ""
+#
+#    ENABLE_SHARED
+#
+#        True if shared libraries should be generated.
+#
+#    BUILD_CC
+#
+#        The name of a command that is used to convert C
+#        source files into executables that run on the build
+#        platform.
+#
+#    BUILD_CFLAGS
+#
+#        Switches that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_LIBS
+#
+#        Libraries that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the build
+#        platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for Windows.
+#
+#    TARGET_CC
+#
+#        The name of a command that runs on the build platform
+#        and converts C source files into *.o files for the
+#        target platform.  In other words, the cross-compiler.
+#
+#    TARGET_CFLAGS
+#
+#        Switches that the target compiler needs to turn C source files
+#        into *.o files.  Do not include TARGET_TCL_INC in this list.
+#        Makefiles might add additional switches such as "-I.".
+#
+#    TARGET_TCL_LIBS
+#
+#        This is the library directives passed to the target linker
+#        that cause the executable to link against Tcl.  This might
+#        be a switch like "-ltcl8.0" or pathnames of library file
+#        like "../../src/libtcl8.0.a".
+#
+#    TARGET_TCL_INC
+#
+#        This variables define the directory that contain header
+#        files for Tcl.  If the compiler is able to find <tcl.h>
+#        on its own, then this can be blank.
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_LIBS
+#
+#        This is the library directives passed to the target linker
+#        that cause the executable to link against the readline library.
+#        This might be a switch like "-lreadline" or pathnames of library
+#        file like "../../src/libreadline.a".
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_INC
+#
+#        This variables define the directory that contain header
+#        files for the readline library.  If the compiler is able 
+#        to find <readline.h> on its own, then this can be blank.
+#
+#    TARGET_LINK
+#
+#        The name of the linker that combines *.o files generated
+#        by TARGET_CC into executables for the target platform.
+#
+#    TARGET_LIBS
+#
+#        Additional libraries or other switch that the target linker needs
+#        to build an executable on the target.  Do not include
+#        on this list any libraries in TARGET_TCL_LIBS and
+#        TARGET_READLINE_LIBS, etc.
+#
+#    TARGET_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the
+#        target platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for windows.
+#
+# The generated configure script will make an attempt to guess
+# at all of the above parameters.  You can override any of
+# the guesses by setting the environment variable named
+# "config_AAAA" where "AAAA" is the name of the parameter
+# described above.  (Exception: srcdir cannot be set this way.)
+# If you have a file that sets one or more of these environment
+# variables, you can invoke configure as follows:
+#
+#           configure --with-hints=FILE
+#
+# where FILE is the name of the file that sets the environment
+# variables.  FILE should be an absolute pathname.
+#
+# If you have a Tcl/Tk/BLT source distribution available, then the
+# files in that distribution will be used instead of any other
+# Tcl/Tk/BLT files the script might discover if you tell the configure
+# script about the source tree.  Use commandline options:
+#
+#         --with-tcl=PATH  --with-tk=PATH  --with-blt=PATH
+#
+# Or set environment variables config_WITH_TCL, config_WITH_TK, or
+# config_WITH_BLT.
+#
+# This configure.in file is easy to reuse on other projects.  Just
+# change the argument to AC_INIT().  And disable any features that
+# you don't need (for example BLT) by erasing or commenting out
+# the corresponding code.
+#
+AC_INIT(src/sqlite.h.in)
+
+dnl Put the RCS revision string after AC_INIT so that it will also
+dnl show in in configure.
+# The following RCS revision string applies to configure.in
+# $Revision$
+
+#########
+# Programs needed
+#
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+#########
+# Set up an appropriate program prefix
+#
+if test "$program_prefix" = "NONE"; then
+  program_prefix=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(program_prefix)
+
+if test -f VERSION; then
+  VERSION=`cat VERSION`
+  echo "Version set to $VERSION"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+
+#########
+# Check to see if the --with-hints=FILE option is used.  If there is none,
+# then check for a files named "$host.hints" and ../$hosts.hints where
+# $host is the hostname of the build system.  If still no hints are
+# found, try looking in $system.hints and ../$system.hints where
+# $system is the result of uname -s.
+#
+AC_ARG_WITH(hints,
+  [  --with-hints=FILE       Read configuration options from FILE],
+  hints=$withval)
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  host=`hostname | sed 's/\..*//'`
+  if test -r $host.hints; then
+    hints=$host.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$host.hints; then
+       hints=../$host.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  sys=`uname -s`
+  if test -r $sys.hints; then
+    hints=$sys.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$sys.hints; then
+       hints=../$sys.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" != ""; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(reading hints from $hints)
+  . $hints
+fi
+
+#########
+# Locate a compiler for the build machine.  This compiler should
+# generate command-line programs that run on the build machine.
+#
+default_build_cflags="-g"
+if test "$config_BUILD_CC" = ""; then
+  AC_PROG_CC
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([unable to find a compiler for building build tools])
+  fi
+  BUILD_CC=$CC
+  default_build_cflags=$CFLAGS
+else
+  BUILD_CC=$config_BUILD_CC
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([host compiler])
+  CC=$BUILD_CC
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_CC)
+fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([switches for the host compiler])
+if test "$config_BUILD_CFLAGS" != ""; then
+  CFLAGS=$config_BUILD_CFLAGS
+  BUILD_CFLAGS=$config_BUILD_CFLAGS
+else
+  BUILD_CFLAGS=$default_build_cflags
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_CFLAGS)
+if test "$config_BUILD_LIBS" != ""; then
+  BUILD_LIBS=$config_BUILD_LIBS
+fi
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CC)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_LIBS)
+
+##########
+# Locate a compiler that converts C code into *.o files that run on
+# the target machine.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([target compiler])
+if test "$config_TARGET_CC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_CC=$config_TARGET_CC
+else
+  TARGET_CC=$BUILD_CC
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_CC)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([switches on the target compiler])
+if test "$config_TARGET_CFLAGS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_CFLAGS=$config_TARGET_CFLAGS
+else
+  TARGET_CFLAGS=$BUILD_CFLAGS
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_CFLAGS)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([target linker])
+if test "$config_TARGET_LINK" = ""; then
+  TARGET_LINK=$TARGET_CC
+else
+  TARGET_LINK=$config_TARGET_LINK
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_LINK)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([switches on the target compiler])
+if test "$config_TARGET_TFLAGS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TFLAGS=$config_TARGET_TFLAGS
+else
+  TARGET_TFLAGS=$BUILD_CFLAGS
+fi
+if test "$config_TARGET_RANLIB" != ""; then
+  TARGET_RANLIB=$config_TARGET_RANLIB
+else
+  AC_PROG_RANLIB
+  TARGET_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+fi
+if test "$config_TARGET_AR" != ""; then
+  TARGET_AR=$config_TARGET_AR
+else
+  TARGET_AR='ar cr'
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_TFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_CC)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_LINK)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_LFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_RANLIB)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_AR)
+
+# Set the $cross variable if we are cross-compiling.  Make
+# it 0 if we are not.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if host and target compilers are the same])
+if test "$BUILD_CC" = "$TARGET_CC"; then
+  cross=0
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+  cross=1
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support multithreaded use of sqlite
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, 
+[  --enable-threadsafe           Support threadsafe operation],,enable_threadsafe=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support threadsafe operation])
+if test "$enable_threadsafe" = "no"; then
+  THREADSAFE=0
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  THREADSAFE=1
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(THREADSAFE)
+
+if test "$THREADSAFE" = "1"; then
+  LIBS=""
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create)
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB="$LIBS"
+  LIBS=""
+else
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_THREAD_LIB)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support release
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(releasemode, 
+[  --enable-releasemode           Support libtool link to release mode],,enable_releasemode=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support shared library linked as release mode or not])
+if test "$enable_releasemode" = "no"; then
+  ALLOWRELEASE=""
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  ALLOWRELEASE="-release `cat VERSION`"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(ALLOWRELEASE)
+
+##########
+# Do we want temporary databases in memory
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, 
+[  --enable-tempstore     Use an in-ram database for temporary tables (never,no,yes,always)],,enable_tempstore=yes)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use an in-ram database for temporary tables])
+case "$enable_tempstore" in
+  never ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=0
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([never])
+  ;;
+  no ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+  always ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([always])
+  ;;
+  * ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=2
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+
+###########
+# Lots of things are different if we are compiling for Windows using
+# the CYGWIN environment.  So check for that special case and handle
+# things accordingly.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if executables have the .exe suffix])
+if test "$config_BUILD_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  CYGWIN=yes
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(unknown)
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" != "yes"; then
+  AC_CYGWIN
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" = "yes"; then
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=.exe
+else
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=$EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$cross" = "0"; then
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$BUILD_EXEEXT
+else
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$config_TARGET_EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$TARGET_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  OS_UNIX=0
+  OS_WIN=1
+  tclsubdir=win
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_WIN=1"
+else
+  OS_UNIX=1
+  OS_WIN=0
+  tclsubdir=unix
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_UNIX=1"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_EXEEXT)
+AC_SUBST(OS_UNIX)
+AC_SUBST(OS_WIN)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_EXEEXT)
+
+##########
+# Extract generic linker options from the environment.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_LIBS=$config_TARGET_LIBS
+else
+  TARGET_LIBS=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_LIBS)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile Tcl programs.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_TCL_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TCL_LIBS="$config_TARGET_TCL_LIBS"
+else
+  if test "$with_tcl" != ""; then
+    extra=`echo $with_tcl/$tclsubdir/libtcl8*.a`
+  fi
+  CC=$TARGET_CC
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, LIBS="", LIBS="-lm")
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen)
+  otherlibs=$LIBS
+  if test "$extra" != ""; then
+    LIBS=$extra
+  else 
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(Tcl_Init, dnl
+        tcl8.4 tcl8.3 tcl84 tcl83 tcl,,,$otherlibs)
+  fi
+  TARGET_TCL_LIBS="$LIBS $otherlibs"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_TCL_LIBS)
+
+##########
+# Figure out where to get the TCL header files.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([TCL header files])
+found=no
+if test "$config_TARGET_TCL_INC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_TCL_INC=$config_TARGET_TCL_INC
+  found=yes
+else
+  if test "$with_tcl" != ""; then
+    TARGET_TCL_INC="-I$with_tcl/generic -I$with_tcl/$tclsubdir"
+    found=yes
+  else
+    TARGET_TCL_INC=""
+    found=no
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_TCL_INC)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(not specified: still searching...)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(tcl.h, [found=yes])
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  for dir in /usr/local /usr/X11 /usr/X11R6 /usr/pkg /usr/contrib /usr; do
+    AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/include/tcl.h, found=yes)
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_TCL_INC="-I$dir/include"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  TARGET_TCL_INC="-DNO_TCL=1"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_TCL_INC)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "readline()" library.
+#
+if test "$config_TARGET_READLINE_LIBS" != ""; then
+  TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$config_TARGET_READLINE_LIBS"
+else
+  CC=$TARGET_CC
+  LIBS=""
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, [readline ncurses curses termcap])
+  AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [readline])
+  TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_LIBS)
+
+##########
+# Figure out where to get the READLINE header files.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([readline header files])
+found=no
+if test "$config_TARGET_READLINE_INC" != ""; then
+  TARGET_READLINE_INC=$config_TARGET_READLINE_INC
+  found=yes
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($TARGET_READLINE_INC)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(not specified: still searching...)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADER(readline.h, [found=yes])
+fi
+if test "$found" = "no"; then
+  for dir in /usr /usr/local /usr/local/readline /usr/contrib /mingw; do
+    AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/include/readline.h, found=yes)
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/include"
+      break
+    fi
+    AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/include/readline/readline.h, found=yes)
+    if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+      TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/include/readline"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+  if test "$TARGET_READLINE_LIBS" = ""; then
+    TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+  else
+    TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=1
+  fi
+else
+  TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_INC)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_READLINE)
+
+#########
+# Figure out whether or not we have a "usleep()" function.
+#
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(usleep, [TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DHAVE_USLEEP=1"])
+
+#########
+# Generate the output files.
+#
+AC_OUTPUT([
+Makefile
+sqlite3.pc
+])
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/install-sh b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..e9de23842d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/ltmain.sh b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/ltmain.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b9f940539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/ltmain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,6399 @@
+# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun configure.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Check that we have a working $echo.
+if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
+  # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+  shift
+elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
+  :
+elif test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+  # Yippee, $echo works!
+  :
+else
+  # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $echo will work.
+  exec $SHELL "$0" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
+  # used as fallback echo
+  shift
+  cat <<EOF
+$*
+EOF
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+# The name of this program.
+progname=`$echo "$0" | ${SED} 's%^.*/%%'`
+modename="$progname"
+
+# Constants.
+PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION=1.5.2
+TIMESTAMP=" (1.1220.2.60 2004/01/25 12:25:08) Debian$Rev: 192 $"
+
+default_mode=
+help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information."
+magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
+mkdir="mkdir"
+mv="mv -f"
+rm="rm -f"
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
+sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\`\\"$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+# test EBCDIC or ASCII
+case `echo A|tr A '\301'` in
+ A) # EBCDIC based system
+  SP2NL="tr '\100' '\n'"
+  NL2SP="tr '\r\n' '\100\100'"
+  ;;
+ *) # Assume ASCII based system
+  SP2NL="tr '\040' '\012'"
+  NL2SP="tr '\015\012' '\040\040'"
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
+# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
+# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then
+  save_LC_ALL="$LC_ALL"; LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL
+fi
+if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then
+  save_LANG="$LANG"; LANG=C; export LANG
+fi
+
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+: ${IFS=" 	
+"}
+
+if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
+  $echo "$modename: not configured to build any kind of library" 1>&2
+  $echo "Fatal configuration error.  See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Global variables.
+mode=$default_mode
+nonopt=
+prev=
+prevopt=
+run=
+show="$echo"
+show_help=
+execute_dlfiles=
+lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
+o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
+
+#####################################
+# Shell function definitions:
+# This seems to be the best place for them
+
+# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
+# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
+# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
+win32_libid () {
+  win32_libid_type="unknown"
+  win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
+  case $win32_fileres in
+  *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
+    win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
+    ;;
+  *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
+    if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | \
+      grep -E 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then
+      win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | \
+	sed -n -e '1,100{/ I /{x;/import/!{s/^/import/;h;p;};x;};}'`
+      if test "X$win32_nmres" = "Ximport" ; then
+        win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
+      else
+        win32_libid_type="x86 archive static"
+      fi
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *DLL*) 
+    win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+    ;;
+  *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
+    case $win32_fileres in
+    *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
+      win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  $echo $win32_libid_type
+}
+
+# End of Shell function definitions
+#####################################
+
+# Parse our command line options once, thoroughly.
+while test "$#" -gt 0
+do
+  arg="$1"
+  shift
+
+  case $arg in
+  -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$prev"; then
+    case $prev in
+    execute_dlfiles)
+      execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $arg"
+      ;;
+    tag)
+      tagname="$arg"
+      preserve_args="${preserve_args}=$arg"
+
+      # Check whether tagname contains only valid characters
+      case $tagname in
+      *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
+	$echo "$progname: invalid tag name: $tagname" 1>&2
+	exit 1
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      case $tagname in
+      CC)
+	# Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know, it's there, but
+	# not specially marked.
+	;;
+      *)
+	if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$" < "$0" > /dev/null; then
+	  taglist="$taglist $tagname"
+	  # Evaluate the configuration.
+	  eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$tagname'$/p' < $0`"
+	else
+	  $echo "$progname: ignoring unknown tag $tagname" 1>&2
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    *)
+      eval "$prev=\$arg"
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    prev=
+    prevopt=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet?
+  case $arg in
+  --help)
+    show_help=yes
+    ;;
+
+  --version)
+    $echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION$TIMESTAMP"
+    $echo
+    $echo "Copyright (C) 2003  Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+    $echo "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO"
+    $echo "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --config)
+    ${SED} -e '1,/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG/d' -e '/^# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG/,$d' $0
+    # Now print the configurations for the tags.
+    for tagname in $taglist; do
+      ${SED} -n -e "/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname$/p" < "$0"
+    done
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --debug)
+    $echo "$progname: enabling shell trace mode"
+    set -x
+    preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg"
+    ;;
+
+  --dry-run | -n)
+    run=:
+    ;;
+
+  --features)
+    $echo "host: $host"
+    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+      $echo "enable shared libraries"
+    else
+      $echo "disable shared libraries"
+    fi
+    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+      $echo "enable static libraries"
+    else
+      $echo "disable static libraries"
+    fi
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --finish) mode="finish" ;;
+
+  --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;;
+  --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;;
+
+  --preserve-dup-deps) duplicate_deps="yes" ;;
+
+  --quiet | --silent)
+    show=:
+    preserve_args="$preserve_args $arg"
+    ;;
+
+  --tag) prevopt="--tag" prev=tag ;;
+  --tag=*)
+    set tag "$optarg" ${1+"$@"}
+    shift
+    prev=tag
+    preserve_args="$preserve_args --tag"
+    ;;
+
+  -dlopen)
+    prevopt="-dlopen"
+    prev=execute_dlfiles
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2
+    $echo "$help" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    nonopt="$arg"
+    break
+    ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$prevopt"; then
+  $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2
+  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
+# will be execed at the end.  This prevents here-documents from being
+# left over by shells.
+exec_cmd=
+
+if test -z "$show_help"; then
+
+  # Infer the operation mode.
+  if test -z "$mode"; then
+    $echo "*** Warning: inferring the mode of operation is deprecated." 1>&2
+    $echo "*** Future versions of Libtool will require -mode=MODE be specified." 1>&2
+    case $nonopt in
+    *cc | cc* | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc* | g++* | xlc*)
+      mode=link
+      for arg
+      do
+	case $arg in
+	-c)
+	   mode=compile
+	   break
+	   ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      ;;
+    *db | *dbx | *strace | *truss)
+      mode=execute
+      ;;
+    *install*|cp|mv)
+      mode=install
+      ;;
+    *rm)
+      mode=uninstall
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode.
+      test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute
+
+      # Just use the default operation mode.
+      if test -z "$mode"; then
+	if test -n "$nonopt"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
+  if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
+    $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2
+    $echo "$help" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
+  # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
+  generic_help="$help"
+  help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
+
+  # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly.
+  case $mode in
+  # libtool compile mode
+  compile)
+    modename="$modename: compile"
+    # Get the compilation command and the source file.
+    base_compile=
+    srcfile="$nonopt"  #  always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
+    suppress_opt=yes
+    suppress_output=
+    arg_mode=normal
+    libobj=
+    later=
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case "$arg_mode" in
+      arg  )
+	# do not "continue".  Instead, add this to base_compile
+	lastarg="$arg"
+	arg_mode=normal
+	;;
+
+      target )
+	libobj="$arg"
+	arg_mode=normal
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      normal )
+	# Accept any command-line options.
+	case $arg in
+	-o)
+	  if test -n "$libobj" ; then
+	    $echo "$modename: you cannot specify \`-o' more than once" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  arg_mode=target
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
+	  later="$later $arg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-no-suppress)
+	  suppress_opt=no
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-Xcompiler)
+	  arg_mode=arg  #  the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
+	  continue      #  The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
+	  ;;            #  replaced later.  I would guess that would be a bug.
+
+	-Wc,*)
+	  args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^-Wc,//"`
+	  lastarg=
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	  for arg in $args; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	    # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+	    # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+	    # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+	    case $arg in
+	      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	      arg="\"$arg\""
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    lastarg="$lastarg $arg"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
+
+	  # Add the arguments to base_compile.
+	  base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	* )
+	  # Accept the current argument as the source file.
+	  # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
+	  #
+	  lastarg="$srcfile"
+	  srcfile="$arg"
+	  ;;
+	esac  #  case $arg
+	;;
+      esac    #  case $arg_mode
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
+      lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+
+      case $lastarg in
+      # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+      # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	lastarg="\"$lastarg\""
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
+    done # for arg
+
+    case $arg_mode in
+    arg)
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    target)
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify a target with \`-o'" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # Get the name of the library object.
+      [ -z "$libobj" ] && libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Recognize several different file suffixes.
+    # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
+    xform='[cCFSifmso]'
+    case $libobj in
+    *.ada) xform=ada ;;
+    *.adb) xform=adb ;;
+    *.ads) xform=ads ;;
+    *.asm) xform=asm ;;
+    *.c++) xform=c++ ;;
+    *.cc) xform=cc ;;
+    *.ii) xform=ii ;;
+    *.class) xform=class ;;
+    *.cpp) xform=cpp ;;
+    *.cxx) xform=cxx ;;
+    *.f90) xform=f90 ;;
+    *.for) xform=for ;;
+    *.java) xform=java ;;
+    esac
+
+    libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"`
+
+    case $libobj in
+    *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"` ;;
+    *)
+      $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+    # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+    # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
+    # command doesn't match the default compiler.
+    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+      case $base_compile in
+      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$echo $CC` "* | "`$echo $CC` "*) ;;
+      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+      # if we don't check for them as well.
+      *)
+	for z in $available_tags; do
+	  if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$0" > /dev/null; then
+	    # Evaluate the configuration.
+	    eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $0`"
+	    case "$base_compile " in
+	    "$CC "* | " $CC "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " `$echo $CC` "*)
+	      # The compiler in the base compile command matches
+	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
+	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+	      tagname=$z
+	      break
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	done
+	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+	# line option must be used.
+	if test -z "$tagname"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration"
+	  $echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+#        else
+#          $echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+
+    for arg in $later; do
+      case $arg in
+      -static)
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -prefer-pic)
+	pic_mode=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -prefer-non-pic)
+	pic_mode=no
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    objname=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+    xdir=`$echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+    if test "X$xdir" = "X$obj"; then
+      xdir=
+    else
+      xdir=$xdir/
+    fi
+    lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
+
+    if test -z "$base_compile"; then
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    # Delete any leftover library objects.
+    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+      removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    else
+      removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    fi
+
+    $run $rm $removelist
+    trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+    # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      pic_mode=default
+      ;;
+    esac
+    if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+      # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
+      pic_mode=default
+    fi
+
+    # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
+    # not support -o with -c
+    if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
+      output_obj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
+      lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
+      removelist="$removelist $output_obj $lockfile"
+      trap "$run $rm $removelist; exit 1" 1 2 15
+    else
+      output_obj=
+      need_locks=no
+      lockfile=
+    fi
+
+    # Lock this critical section if it is needed
+    # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
+    if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
+      until $run ln "$0" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+	$show "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+	sleep 2
+      done
+    elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
+      if test -f "$lockfile"; then
+	$echo "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$run $rm $removelist
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      $echo $srcfile > "$lockfile"
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
+      eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
+    fi
+
+    $run $rm "$libobj" "${libobj}T"
+
+    # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
+    # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
+    test -z "$run" && cat > ${libobj}T <<EOF
+# $libobj - a libtool object file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# Name of the PIC object.
+EOF
+
+    # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
+    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+      # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
+      fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
+
+      if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
+	command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag"
+      else
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $srcfile"
+      fi
+
+      if test ! -d "${xdir}$objdir"; then
+	$show "$mkdir ${xdir}$objdir"
+	$run $mkdir ${xdir}$objdir
+	status=$?
+	if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "${xdir}$objdir"; then
+	  exit $status
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test -z "$output_obj"; then
+	# Place PIC objects in $objdir
+	command="$command -o $lobj"
+      fi
+
+      $run $rm "$lobj" "$output_obj"
+
+      $show "$command"
+      if $run eval "$command"; then :
+      else
+	test -n "$output_obj" && $run $rm $removelist
+	exit 1
+      fi
+
+      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$echo "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$run $rm $removelist
+	exit 1
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
+	$show "$mv $output_obj $lobj"
+	if $run $mv $output_obj $lobj; then :
+	else
+	  error=$?
+	  $run $rm $removelist
+	  exit $error
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Append the name of the PIC object to the libtool object file.
+      test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
+pic_object='$objdir/$objname'
+
+EOF
+
+      # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
+      if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
+        suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
+      fi
+    else
+      # No PIC object so indicate it doesn't exist in the libtool
+      # object file.
+      test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
+pic_object=none
+
+EOF
+    fi
+
+    # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
+    if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+      if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $srcfile"
+      else
+	command="$base_compile $srcfile $pic_flag"
+      fi
+      if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
+	command="$command -o $obj"
+      fi
+
+      # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
+      command="$command$suppress_output"
+      $run $rm "$obj" "$output_obj"
+      $show "$command"
+      if $run eval "$command"; then :
+      else
+	$run $rm $removelist
+	exit 1
+      fi
+
+      if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$echo "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$run $rm $removelist
+	exit 1
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
+	$show "$mv $output_obj $obj"
+	if $run $mv $output_obj $obj; then :
+	else
+	  error=$?
+	  $run $rm $removelist
+	  exit $error
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file.
+      # Only append if the libtool object file exists.
+      test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
+# Name of the non-PIC object.
+non_pic_object='$objname'
+
+EOF
+    else
+      # Append the name of the non-PIC object the libtool object file.
+      # Only append if the libtool object file exists.
+      test -z "$run" && cat >> ${libobj}T <<EOF
+# Name of the non-PIC object.
+non_pic_object=none
+
+EOF
+    fi
+
+    $run $mv "${libobj}T" "${libobj}"
+
+    # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
+    if test "$need_locks" != no; then
+      $run $rm "$lockfile"
+    fi
+
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  # libtool link mode
+  link | relink)
+    modename="$modename: link"
+    case $host in
+    *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+      # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
+      # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
+      # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
+      # flag for every libtool invocation.
+      # allow_undefined=no
+
+      # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
+      # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
+      # even a static library is built.  For now, we need to specify
+      # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
+      # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+    libtool_args="$nonopt"
+    base_compile="$nonopt $@"
+    compile_command="$nonopt"
+    finalize_command="$nonopt"
+
+    compile_rpath=
+    finalize_rpath=
+    compile_shlibpath=
+    finalize_shlibpath=
+    convenience=
+    old_convenience=
+    deplibs=
+    old_deplibs=
+    compiler_flags=
+    linker_flags=
+    dllsearchpath=
+    lib_search_path=`pwd`
+    inst_prefix_dir=
+
+    avoid_version=no
+    dlfiles=
+    dlprefiles=
+    dlself=no
+    export_dynamic=no
+    export_symbols=
+    export_symbols_regex=
+    generated=
+    libobjs=
+    ltlibs=
+    module=no
+    no_install=no
+    objs=
+    non_pic_objects=
+    precious_files_regex=
+    prefer_static_libs=no
+    preload=no
+    prev=
+    prevarg=
+    release=
+    rpath=
+    xrpath=
+    perm_rpath=
+    temp_rpath=
+    thread_safe=no
+    vinfo=
+    vinfo_number=no
+
+    # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+    # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+    # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base link
+    # command doesn't match the default compiler.
+    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+      case $base_compile in
+      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+      "$CC "* | " $CC "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " `$echo $CC` "*) ;;
+      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+      # if we don't check for them as well.
+      *)
+	for z in $available_tags; do
+	  if grep "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$0" > /dev/null; then
+	    # Evaluate the configuration.
+	    eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $0`"
+	    case $base_compile in
+	    "$CC "* | " $CC "* | "`$echo $CC` "* | " `$echo $CC` "*)
+	      # The compiler in $compile_command matches
+	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
+	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+	      tagname=$z
+	      break
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	done
+	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+	# line option must be used.
+	if test -z "$tagname"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: unable to infer tagged configuration"
+	  $echo "$modename: specify a tag with \`--tag'" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+#       else
+#         $echo "$modename: using $tagname tagged configuration"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+
+    # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -all-static | -static)
+	if test "X$arg" = "X-all-static"; then
+	  if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" 1>&2
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	else
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	fi
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	prefer_static_libs=yes
+	break
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
+    test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
+
+    # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
+    while test "$#" -gt 0; do
+      arg="$1"
+      shift
+      case $arg in
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	qarg=\"`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`\" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+	;;
+      *) qarg=$arg ;;
+      esac
+      libtool_args="$libtool_args $qarg"
+
+      # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+      if test -n "$prev"; then
+	case $prev in
+	output)
+	  compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@"
+	  finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $prev in
+	dlfiles|dlprefiles)
+	  if test "$preload" = no; then
+	    # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
+	    compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@"
+	    finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@"
+	    preload=yes
+	  fi
+	  case $arg in
+	  *.la | *.lo) ;;  # We handle these cases below.
+	  force)
+	    if test "$dlself" = no; then
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  self)
+	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    else
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+	      dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
+	    else
+	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	expsyms)
+	  export_symbols="$arg"
+	  if test ! -f "$arg"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	expsyms_regex)
+	  export_symbols_regex="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	inst_prefix)
+	  inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	precious_regex)
+	  precious_files_regex="$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	release)
+	  release="-$arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	objectlist)
+	  if test -f "$arg"; then
+	    save_arg=$arg
+	    moreargs=
+	    for fil in `cat $save_arg`
+	    do
+#	      moreargs="$moreargs $fil"
+	      arg=$fil
+	      # A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	      # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	      if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		pic_object=
+		non_pic_object=
+
+		# Read the .lo file
+		# If there is no directory component, then add one.
+		case $arg in
+		*/* | *\\*) . $arg ;;
+		*) . ./$arg ;;
+		esac
+
+		if test -z "$pic_object" || \
+		   test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+		   test "$pic_object" = none && \
+		   test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
+		  $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2
+		  exit 1
+		fi
+
+		# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+		if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
+		  xdir=
+		else
+		  xdir="$xdir/"
+		fi
+
+		if test "$pic_object" != none; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
+
+		  if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+		    if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
+		      dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
+		      prev=
+		      continue
+		    else
+		      # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		      prev=dlprefiles
+		    fi
+		  fi
+
+		  # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+		  if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+		    # Preload the old-style object.
+		    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
+		    prev=
+		  fi
+
+		  # A PIC object.
+		  libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
+		  arg="$pic_object"
+		fi
+
+		# Non-PIC object.
+		if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
+
+		  # A standard non-PIC object
+		  non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
+		  if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
+		    arg="$non_pic_object"
+		  fi
+		fi
+	      else
+		# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+		if test -z "$run"; then
+		  $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2
+		  exit 1
+		else
+		  # Dry-run case.
+
+		  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		  xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+		  if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
+		    xdir=
+		  else
+		    xdir="$xdir/"
+		  fi
+
+		  pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+		  non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+		  libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
+		  non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  else
+	    $echo "$modename: link input file \`$save_arg' does not exist"
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  arg=$save_arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	rpath | xrpath)
+	  # We need an absolute path.
+	  case $arg in
+	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test "$prev" = rpath; then
+	    case "$rpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  else
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcompiler)
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  compile_command="$compile_command $qarg"
+	  finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xlinker)
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  compile_command="$compile_command $wl$qarg"
+	  finalize_command="$finalize_command $wl$qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcclinker)
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  compile_command="$compile_command $qarg"
+	  finalize_command="$finalize_command $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi # test -n "$prev"
+
+      prevarg="$arg"
+
+      case $arg in
+      -all-static)
+	if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	  compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag"
+	  finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -allow-undefined)
+	# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
+	$echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -avoid-version)
+	avoid_version=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlopen)
+	prev=dlfiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlpreopen)
+	prev=dlprefiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-dynamic)
+	export_dynamic=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+	if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
+	  prev=expsyms
+	else
+	  prev=expsyms_regex
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -inst-prefix-dir)
+	prev=inst_prefix
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
+      # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
+      -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
+	case $with_gcc/$host in
+	no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
+	  compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
+	  finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -L*)
+	dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	*)
+	  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+	  if test -z "$absdir"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  dir="$absdir"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$deplibs " in
+	*" -L$dir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
+	  lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$dir:"*) ;;
+	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -l*)
+	if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-mingw* | *-*-os2*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
+	    deplibs="$deplibs -framework System"
+	    continue
+	  esac
+	elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
+	 case $host in
+	 *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*)
+	   # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
+	   continue
+	   ;;
+	 esac
+	fi
+	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+     -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe)
+	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -module)
+	module=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # gcc -m* arguments should be passed to the linker via $compiler_flags
+      # in order to pass architecture information to the linker
+      # (e.g. 32 vs 64-bit).  This may also be accomplished via -Wl,-mfoo
+      # but this is not reliable with gcc because gcc may use -mfoo to
+      # select a different linker, different libraries, etc, while
+      # -Wl,-mfoo simply passes -mfoo to the linker.
+      -m*)
+	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+	arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+	case $arg in
+	*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	  arg="\"$arg\""
+	  ;;
+	esac
+        compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
+        finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+        if test "$with_gcc" = "yes" ; then
+          compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+        fi
+        continue
+        ;;
+
+      -shrext)
+	prev=shrext
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-fast-install)
+	fast_install=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-install)
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+	  # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
+	  # in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: \`-no-install' is ignored for $host" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" 1>&2
+	  fast_install=no
+	  ;;
+	*) no_install=yes ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-undefined)
+	allow_undefined=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -objectlist)
+	prev=objectlist
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -o) prev=output ;;
+
+      -precious-files-regex)
+	prev=precious_regex
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -release)
+	prev=release
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -rpath)
+	prev=rpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R)
+	prev=xrpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R*)
+	dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: only absolute run-paths are allowed" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$xrpath " in
+	*" $dir "*) ;;
+	*) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -static)
+	# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
+	# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
+	# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
+	# would be equivalent was wrong.  It would break on at least
+	# Digital Unix and AIX.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -thread-safe)
+	thread_safe=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-info)
+	prev=vinfo
+	continue
+	;;
+      -version-number)
+	prev=vinfo
+	vinfo_number=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Wc,*)
+	args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wc,//'`
+	arg=
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  case $flag in
+	    *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	    flag="\"$flag\""
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  arg="$arg $wl$flag"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $flag"
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
+	;;
+
+      -Wl,*)
+	args=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst" -e 's/^-Wl,//'`
+	arg=
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  case $flag in
+	    *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	    flag="\"$flag\""
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  arg="$arg $wl$flag"
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$flag"
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "s/^ //"`
+	;;
+
+      -Xcompiler)
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Xlinker)
+	prev=xlinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -XCClinker)
+	prev=xcclinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler flag.
+      -* | +*)
+	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+	arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+	case $arg in
+	*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	  arg="\"$arg\""
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+
+      *.$objext)
+	# A standard object.
+	objs="$objs $arg"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	if (${SED} -e '2q' $arg | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  pic_object=
+	  non_pic_object=
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  # If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	  case $arg in
+	  */* | *\\*) . $arg ;;
+	  *) . ./$arg ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  if test -z "$pic_object" || \
+	     test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+	     test "$pic_object" = none && \
+	     test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
+	    $echo "$modename: cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+
+	  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	  xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+	  if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
+	    xdir=
+ 	  else
+	    xdir="$xdir/"
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$pic_object" != none; then
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
+
+	    if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+	      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
+		dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
+		prev=
+		continue
+	      else
+		# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		prev=dlprefiles
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+	    if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+	      # Preload the old-style object.
+	      dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
+	      prev=
+	    fi
+
+	    # A PIC object.
+	    libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
+	    arg="$pic_object"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Non-PIC object.
+	  if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
+
+	    # A standard non-PIC object
+	    non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
+	    if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
+	      arg="$non_pic_object"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+	  if test -z "$run"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  else
+	    # Dry-run case.
+
+	    # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	    xdir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+	    if test "X$xdir" = "X$arg"; then
+	      xdir=
+	    else
+	      xdir="$xdir/"
+	    fi
+
+	    pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${objdir}/${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+	    non_pic_object=`$echo "X${xdir}${arg}" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+	    libobjs="$libobjs $pic_object"
+	    non_pic_objects="$non_pic_objects $non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.$libext)
+	# An archive.
+	deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	# A libtool-controlled library.
+
+	if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
+	  # This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	  dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
+	  prev=
+	elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
+	  # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	  dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler argument.
+      *)
+	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+	arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+	case $arg in
+	*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+	  arg="\"$arg\""
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      esac # arg
+
+      # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
+      if test -n "$arg"; then
+	compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
+	finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+      fi
+    done # argument parsing loop
+
+    if test -n "$prev"; then
+      $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
+      eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+      compile_command="$compile_command $arg"
+      finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg"
+    fi
+
+    oldlibs=
+    # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
+    outputname=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+    libobjs_save="$libobjs"
+
+    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+      # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
+      eval shlib_search_path=\`\$echo \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
+    else
+      shlib_search_path=
+    fi
+    eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
+    eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
+
+    output_objdir=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+    if test "X$output_objdir" = "X$output"; then
+      output_objdir="$objdir"
+    else
+      output_objdir="$output_objdir/$objdir"
+    fi
+    # Create the object directory.
+    if test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then
+      $show "$mkdir $output_objdir"
+      $run $mkdir $output_objdir
+      status=$?
+      if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$output_objdir"; then
+	exit $status
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Determine the type of output
+    case $output in
+    "")
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
+    *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
+    *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
+    *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
+    esac
+
+    case $host in
+    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32*)
+      # don't eliminate duplcations in $postdeps and $predeps
+      duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$duplicate_deps
+      ;;
+    esac
+    specialdeplibs=
+
+    libs=
+    # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
+    # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
+    for deplib in $deplibs; do
+      if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
+	case "$libs " in
+	*" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      libs="$libs $deplib"
+    done
+
+    if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+      libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
+
+      # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
+      # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
+      # not to be eliminated).
+      pre_post_deps=
+      if test "X$duplicate_compiler_generated_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
+	for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
+	  case "$pre_post_deps " in
+	  *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;;
+	  esac
+	  pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep"
+	done
+      fi
+      pre_post_deps=
+    fi
+
+    deplibs=
+    newdependency_libs=
+    newlib_search_path=
+    need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
+    notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
+    notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
+    case $linkmode in
+    lib)
+	passes="conv link"
+	for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
+	  case $file in
+	  *.la) ;;
+	  *)
+	    $echo "$modename: libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	;;
+    prog)
+	compile_deplibs=
+	finalize_deplibs=
+	alldeplibs=no
+	newdlfiles=
+	newdlprefiles=
+	passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
+	;;
+    *)  passes="conv"
+	;;
+    esac
+    for pass in $passes; do
+      if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
+	 test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
+	libs="$deplibs"
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+      if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	case $pass in
+	dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
+	dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
+	link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
+	# Collect dlpreopened libraries
+	save_deplibs="$deplibs"
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+      for deplib in $libs; do
+	lib=
+	found=no
+	case $deplib in
+	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe)
+	  if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-l//'`
+	  for searchdir in $newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+	    for search_ext in .la $shrext .so .a; do
+	      # Search the libtool library
+	      lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
+	      if test -f "$lib"; then
+		if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
+		  found=yes
+		else
+		  found=no
+		fi
+		break 2
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  done
+	  if test "$found" != yes; then
+	    # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
+	    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	  else # deplib is a libtool library
+	    # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
+	    # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
+	    if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+	      case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+	      *" $deplib "*)
+		if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib |
+                    grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		  library_names=
+		  old_library=
+		  case $lib in
+		  */* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
+		  *) . ./$lib ;;
+		  esac
+		  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+		    ll="$l"
+		  done
+		  if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
+		    found=no
+		    ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+		    test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="."
+		    lib=$ladir/$old_library
+		    if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+		      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+		      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+		    else
+		      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+		      test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+		    fi
+		    continue
+		  fi
+		fi
+	        ;;
+	      *) ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  ;; # -l
+	-L*)
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    test "$pass" = conv && continue
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      continue
+	    fi
+	    if test "$pass" = scan; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: \`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" 1>&2
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  continue
+	  ;; # -L
+	-R*)
+	  if test "$pass" = link; then
+	    dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
+	    # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
+	*.$libext)
+	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+	      $echo
+	      $echo "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
+	      $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+	      $echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+	      $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+	      $echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
+	      $echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not used here."
+	    else
+	      $echo
+	      $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
+	      $echo "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test "$pass" != link; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  ;; # *.$libext
+	*.lo | *.$objext)
+	  if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	    if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+	      # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
+	      # we need to preload.
+	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	%DEPLIBS%)
+	  alldeplibs=yes
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac # case $deplib
+	if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: cannot find the library \`$lib'" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	if (${SED} -e '2q' $lib | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	ladir=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+	test "X$ladir" = "X$lib" && ladir="."
+
+	dlname=
+	dlopen=
+	dlpreopen=
+	libdir=
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
+	# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
+	installed=yes
+	shouldnotlink=no
+
+	# Read the .la file
+	case $lib in
+	*/* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
+	*) . ./$lib ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
+	   test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
+	   { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
+	  test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
+	  test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
+	fi
+
+	if test "$pass" = conv; then
+	  # Only check for convenience libraries
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    if test -z "$old_library"; then
+	      $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2
+	      exit 1
+	    fi
+	    # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
+	    convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	    old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	    tmp_libs=
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+              if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
+	        case "$tmp_libs " in
+	        *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	        esac
+              fi
+	      tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+	    done
+	  elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
+	    $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a convenience library" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = conv
+
+    
+	# Get the name of the library we link against.
+	linklib=
+	for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+	  linklib="$l"
+	done
+	if test -z "$linklib"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  if test -z "$dlname" || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+	    # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
+	    # statically, we need to preload.  We also need to preload any
+	    # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
+	    # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
+	    dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs"
+	  else
+	    newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = dlopen
+
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $ladir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
+	*)
+	  abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
+	  if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" 1>&2
+	    $echo "$modename: passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" 1>&2
+	    abs_ladir="$ladir"
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	laname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+	# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
+	if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
+	  if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: library \`$lib' was moved." 1>&2
+	    dir="$ladir"
+	    absdir="$abs_ladir"
+	    libdir="$abs_ladir"
+	  else
+	    dir="$libdir"
+	    absdir="$libdir"
+	  fi
+	else
+	  dir="$ladir/$objdir"
+	  absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
+	  # Remove this search path later
+	  notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
+	fi # $installed = yes
+	name=`$echo "X$laname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'`
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: cannot -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	  # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
+	  # are required to link).
+	  if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
+	  # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
+	  elif test -n "$dlname"; then
+	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
+	  else
+	    newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
+	  fi
+	fi # $pass = dlpreopen
+
+	if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	  # Link the convenience library
+	  if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	  elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+    
+	if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
+	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+
+	  linkalldeplibs=no
+	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
+	     test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
+	    linkalldeplibs=yes
+	  fi
+
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path "`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's/^-L//'`;; ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+	    esac
+	    # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
+	    if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      # Need to hardcode shared library paths
+	      # or/and link against static libraries
+	      newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+	  done # for deplib
+	  continue
+	fi # $linkmode = prog...
+
+	if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+	  if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	     { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	    # We need to hardcode the library path
+	    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	      # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
+	      case "$temp_rpath " in
+	      *" $dir "*) ;;
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $dir" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
+
+	  if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
+	     { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
+	       { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
+		 test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
+	    # We only need to search for static libraries
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
+	if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	   { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	  if test "$installed" = no; then
+	    notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
+	    need_relink=yes
+	  fi
+	  # This is a shared library
+	
+      # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some systems (darwin)
+      if test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link ; then
+	    $echo
+	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	      $echo "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
+	    else
+	      $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
+	    fi
+	    $echo "*** $linklib is not portable!"    
+      fi	  
+	  if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
+	     test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
+	    # figure out the soname
+	    set dummy $library_names
+	    realname="$2"
+	    shift; shift
+	    libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
+	    # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
+	    if test -n "$dlname"; then
+	      soname="$dlname"
+	    elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	      # bleh windows
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | mingw*)
+		major=`expr $current - $age`
+		versuffix="-$major"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	    else
+	      soname="$realname"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
+	    soroot="$soname"
+	    soname=`$echo $soroot | ${SED} -e 's/^.*\///'`
+	    newlib="libimp-`$echo $soname | ${SED} 's/^lib//;s/\.dll$//'`.a"
+
+	    # If the library has no export list, then create one now
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
+	    else
+	      $show "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
+	      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	      cmds=$extract_expsyms_cmds
+	      for cmd in $cmds; do
+		IFS="$save_ifs"
+		eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+		$show "$cmd"
+		$run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	      done
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Create $newlib
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
+	      $show "generating import library for \`$soname'"
+	      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	      cmds=$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds
+	      for cmd in $cmds; do
+		IFS="$save_ifs"
+		eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+		$show "$cmd"
+		$run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	      done
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    fi
+	    # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
+	    dir=$output_objdir
+	    linklib=$newlib
+	  fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
+
+	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    lib_linked=yes
+	    case $hardcode_action in
+	    immediate | unsupported)
+	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
+		add="$dir/$linklib"
+		case $host in
+		  *-*-sco3.2v5* ) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
+		  *-*-darwin* )
+		    # if the lib is a module then we can not link against it, someone
+		    # is ignoring the new warnings I added
+		    if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | grep "bundle" >/dev/null ; then
+		      $echo "** Warning, lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
+		      if test -z "$old_library" ; then
+		        $echo
+		        $echo "** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
+		        $echo "** The link will probably fail, sorry"
+		      else
+		        add="$dir/$old_library"
+		      fi 
+		    fi
+		esac
+	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
+		esac
+		add_dir="-L$dir"
+		add="-l$name"
+	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
+		add_shlibpath="$dir"
+		add="-l$name"
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    relink)
+	      if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+		add="$dir/$linklib"
+	      elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
+		add_dir="-L$dir"
+		# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+		if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		  case "$libdir" in
+		    [\\/]*)
+		      add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		      ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+		add="-l$name"
+	      elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
+		add_shlibpath="$dir"
+		add="-l$name"
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *) lib_linked=no ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
+	      $echo "$modename: configuration error: unsupported hardcode properties"
+	      exit 1
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
+	      case :$compile_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
+	      *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	      if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \
+		 test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \
+		 test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
+		case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+		*":$libdir:"*) ;;
+		*) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
+	    if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+	      add="$libdir/$linklib"
+	    elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
+	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
+	      add="-l$name"
+	    elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
+	      case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	      add="-l$name"
+	    elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
+	        add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
+	      else
+	        add="$libdir/$linklib"
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
+	      add_dir="-L$libdir"
+	      # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		case "$libdir" in
+		  [\\/]*)
+		    add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      add="-l$name"
+	    fi
+
+	    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+	  # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
+	  # is not unsupported.  This is valid on all known static and
+	  # shared platforms.
+	  if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
+	    test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	  fi
+	elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Not a shared library
+	  if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+	    # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
+	    # but the system doesn't support it.
+
+	    # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
+	    # that the program can be linked against the static library.
+	    $echo
+	    $echo "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
+	    $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+	    $echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+	    $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+	    if test "$module" = yes; then
+	      $echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
+	      $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
+	      $echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
+	      if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+		$echo
+		$echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+		$echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+		$echo "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+		$echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	      fi
+	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    convenience="$convenience $dir/$old_library"
+	    old_convenience="$old_convenience $dir/$old_library"
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	    link_static=yes
+	  fi
+	fi # link shared/static library?
+
+	if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
+	  if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
+	     { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
+	       test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
+	    # Extract -R from dependency_libs
+	    temp_deplibs=
+	    for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $libdir in
+	      -R*) temp_xrpath=`$echo "X$libdir" | $Xsed -e 's/^-R//'`
+		   case " $xrpath " in
+		   *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
+		   *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
+		   esac;;
+	      *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
+	  fi
+
+	  newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
+	  # Link against this library
+	  test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
+	  # ... and its dependency_libs
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    if test "X$duplicate_deps" = "Xyes" ; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
+	  done
+
+	  if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
+	    # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $deplib in
+	      -L*) path="$deplib" ;;
+	      *.la)
+		dir=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+		test "X$dir" = "X$deplib" && dir="."
+		# We need an absolute path.
+		case $dir in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
+		*)
+		  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+		  if test -z "$absdir"; then
+		    $echo "$modename: warning: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2
+		    absdir="$dir"
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		if grep "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+		  path="$absdir/$objdir"
+		else
+		  eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+		    $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+		    exit 1
+		  fi
+		  if test "$absdir" != "$libdir"; then
+		    $echo "$modename: warning: \`$deplib' seems to be moved" 1>&2
+		  fi
+		  path="$absdir"
+		fi
+		depdepl=
+		case $host in
+		*-*-darwin*)
+		  # we do not want to link against static libs, but need to link against shared
+		  eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
+		    for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
+		      depdepl=$tmp
+		    done
+		    if test -f "$path/$depdepl" ; then
+		      depdepl="$path/$depdepl"
+		   fi
+		    # do not add paths which are already there
+		    case " $newlib_search_path " in
+		    *" $path "*) ;;
+		    *) newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $path";;
+		    esac
+		  fi
+		  path=""
+		  ;;
+		*)
+		path="-L$path"
+		;;
+		esac 
+		
+		;;
+		  -l*)
+		case $host in
+		*-*-darwin*)
+		 # Again, we only want to link against shared libraries
+		 eval tmp_libs=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "s,^\-l,,"`
+		 for tmp in $newlib_search_path ; do
+		     if test -f "$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib" ; then
+		       eval depdepl="$tmp/lib$tmp_libs.dylib"
+		       break
+		     fi  
+         done
+         path=""
+		  ;;
+		*) continue ;;
+		esac  		  
+		;;
+	      *) continue ;;
+	      esac
+	      case " $deplibs " in
+	      *" $depdepl "*) ;;
+	      *) deplibs="$deplibs $depdepl" ;;
+	      esac	      
+	      case " $deplibs " in
+	      *" $path "*) ;;
+	      *) deplibs="$deplibs $path" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi # link_all_deplibs != no
+	fi # linkmode = lib
+      done # for deplib in $libs
+      dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
+      if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
+	# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
+	for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	done
+      fi
+      if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
+	if test "$pass" != conv; then
+	  # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
+	  lib_search_path=
+	  for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
+	    case "$lib_search_path " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  newlib_search_path=
+	fi
+
+	if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
+	  vars="deplibs"
+	else
+	  vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
+	fi
+	for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
+	  # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
+	  eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
+	  new_libs=
+	  for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
+	    # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
+	    #        that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
+	    #        broken:
+	    #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
+	    # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
+	    # practice:
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	    -R*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
+	      # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
+	      # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
+	      # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
+	      # occurrences thereof are not removed.  Compare this
+	      # with having the same library being listed as a
+	      # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
+	      # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
+	      # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
+	      # last copy.  This is not always right, but it is rare
+	      # enough that we require users that really mean to play
+	      # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
+	      # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
+	      # for duplicate removal.
+	      case " $specialdeplibs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	      *)
+		case " $new_libs " in
+		*" $deplib "*) ;;
+		*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $new_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*)
+	      case " $tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	      *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
+	done # for var
+      fi
+      # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs (they stay in deplibs)
+      tmp_libs=
+      for i in $dependency_libs ; do
+	case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
+	*" $i "*)
+	  i=""
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	if test -n "$i" ; then
+	  tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i"
+	fi
+      done
+      dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
+    done # for pass
+    if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
+      dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+      dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+    fi
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    oldlib)
+      if test -n "$deplibs"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$rpath"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$vinfo"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$release"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      build_libtool_libs=no
+      oldlibs="$output"
+      objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
+      ;;
+
+    lib)
+      # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
+      case $outputname in
+      lib*)
+	name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'`
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext\"
+	eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	;;
+      *)
+	if test "$module" = no; then
+	  $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+	if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
+	  # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
+	  name=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'`
+	  eval shared_ext=\"$shrext\"
+	  eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	else
+	  libname=`$echo "X$outputname" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//'`
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$objs"; then
+	if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
+	  $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" 2>&1
+	  exit 1
+	else
+	  $echo
+	  $echo "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
+	  $echo "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
+	  libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$dlself" != no; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      set dummy $rpath
+      if test "$#" -gt 2; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2
+      fi
+      install_libdir="$2"
+
+      oldlibs=
+      if test -z "$rpath"; then
+	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Building a libtool convenience library.
+	  # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
+	  # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
+	  # archive normally would.
+	  oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
+	  build_libtool_libs=convenience
+	  build_old_libs=yes
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$vinfo"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$release"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" 1>&2
+	fi
+      else
+
+	# Parse the version information argument.
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
+	set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	if test -n "$8"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
+	# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
+	# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
+	
+	case $vinfo_number in
+	yes)
+	  number_major="$2"
+	  number_minor="$3"
+	  number_revision="$4"
+	  #
+	  # There are really only two kinds -- those that
+	  # use the current revision as the major version
+	  # and those that subtract age and use age as
+	  # a minor version.  But, then there is irix
+	  # which has an extra 1 added just for fun
+	  #
+	  case $version_type in
+	  darwin|linux|osf|windows)
+	    current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor`
+	    age="$number_minor"
+	    revision="$number_revision"
+	    ;;
+	  freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos)
+	    current="$number_major"
+	    revision="$number_minor"
+	    age="0"
+	    ;;
+	  irix|nonstopux)
+	    current=`expr $number_major + $number_minor - 1`
+	    age="$number_minor"
+	    revision="$number_minor"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	no)
+	  current="$2"
+	  revision="$3"
+	  age="$4"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
+	case $current in
+	0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $revision in
+	0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $age in
+	0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9] | [1-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	# Calculate the version variables.
+	major=
+	versuffix=
+	verstring=
+	case $version_type in
+	none) ;;
+
+	darwin)
+	  # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
+	  # verstring for coding it into the library header
+	  major=.`expr $current - $age`
+	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
+	  # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
+	  minor_current=`expr $current + 1`
+	  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-aout)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current.$revision";
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-elf)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current";
+	  ;;
+
+	irix | nonstopux)
+	  major=`expr $current - $age + 1`
+
+	  case $version_type in
+	    nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
+	    *)         verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
+	  esac
+	  verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$revision
+	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
+	    iface=`expr $revision - $loop`
+	    loop=`expr $loop - 1`
+	    verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
+	  done
+
+	  # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
+	  major=.$major
+	  versuffix="$major.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	linux)
+	  major=.`expr $current - $age`
+	  versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	osf)
+	  major=.`expr $current - $age`
+	  versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
+	  verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$age
+	  while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
+	    iface=`expr $current - $loop`
+	    loop=`expr $loop - 1`
+	    verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
+	  done
+
+	  # Make executables depend on our current version.
+	  verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
+	  ;;
+
+	sunos)
+	  major=".$current"
+	  versuffix=".$current.$revision"
+	  ;;
+
+	windows)
+	  # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
+	  # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
+	  major=`expr $current - $age`
+	  versuffix="-$major"
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2
+	  $echo "Fatal configuration error.  See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
+	if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
+	  major=
+	  case $version_type in
+	  darwin)
+	    # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
+	    # problems, so we reset it completely
+	    verstring=
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    verstring="0.0"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test "$need_version" = no; then
+	    versuffix=
+	  else
+	    versuffix=".0.0"
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
+	if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
+	  major=
+	  versuffix=
+	  verstring=""
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
+	if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
+	  if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2
+	    build_libtool_libs=no
+	    build_old_libs=yes
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Don't allow undefined symbols.
+	  allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$mode" != relink; then
+	# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
+	# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
+	removelist=
+	tempremovelist=`$echo "$output_objdir/*"`
+	for p in $tempremovelist; do
+	  case $p in
+	    *.$objext)
+	       ;;
+	    $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
+	       if echo $p | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
+	       then
+		 continue
+	       fi
+	       removelist="$removelist $p"
+	       ;;
+	    *) ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	if test -n "$removelist"; then
+	  $show "${rm}r $removelist"
+	  $run ${rm}r $removelist
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
+	oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+
+	# Transform .lo files to .o files.
+	oldobjs="$objs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      # Eliminate all temporary directories.
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	lib_search_path=`$echo "$lib_search_path " | ${SED} -e 's% $path % %g'`
+	deplibs=`$echo "$deplibs " | ${SED} -e 's% -L$path % %g'`
+	dependency_libs=`$echo "$dependency_libs " | ${SED} -e 's% -L$path % %g'`
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	temp_xrpath=
+	for libdir in $xrpath; do
+	  temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+	  dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
+      old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
+      dlfiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
+	case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
+      old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
+      dlprefiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
+	case "$dlprefiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	if test -n "$rpath"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos*)
+	    # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
+	    deplibs="$deplibs -framework System"
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-netbsd*)
+	    # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
+	    ;;
+ 	  *)
+	    # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
+	    if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
+	name_save=$name
+	libname_save=$libname
+	release_save=$release
+	versuffix_save=$versuffix
+	major_save=$major
+	# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly.  I think
+	# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
+	# add it in twice.  Is that correct?
+	release=""
+	versuffix=""
+	major=""
+	newdeplibs=
+	droppeddeps=no
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	pass_all)
+	  # Don't check for shared/static.  Everything works.
+	  # This might be a little naive.  We might want to check
+	  # whether the library exists or not.  But this is on
+	  # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
+	  # implementing what was already the behavior.
+	  newdeplibs=$deplibs
+	  ;;
+	test_compile)
+	  # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
+	  # limits. Maybe even breaks it.  We compile a program, linking it
+	  # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library.  Then we can check
+	  # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
+	  $rm conftest.c
+	  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+	  int main() { return 0; }
+EOF
+	  $rm conftest
+	  $LTCC -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs
+	  if test "$?" -eq 0 ; then
+	    ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+	    for i in $deplibs; do
+	      name="`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'`"
+	      # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
+              if test "$name" != "" && test "$name" -ne "0"; then
+		if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+		  case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		  *" $i "*)
+		    newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+		    i=""
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+	        fi
+		if test -n "$i" ; then
+		  libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
+		  deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"`
+		  set dummy $deplib_matches
+		  deplib_match=$2
+		  if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
+		    newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+		  else
+		    droppeddeps=yes
+		    $echo
+		    $echo "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+		    $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		    $echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		    $echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
+		    $echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
+		    $echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
+		  fi
+		fi
+	      else
+		newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  else
+	    # Error occurred in the first compile.  Let's try to salvage
+	    # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
+	    for i in $deplibs; do
+	      name="`expr $i : '-l\(.*\)'`"
+	      # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
+              if test "$name" != "" && test "$name" != "0"; then
+		$rm conftest
+		$LTCC -o conftest conftest.c $i
+		# Did it work?
+		if test "$?" -eq 0 ; then
+		  ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+		  if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+		    case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		    *" $i "*)
+		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+		      i=""
+		      ;;
+		    esac
+		  fi
+		  if test -n "$i" ; then
+		    libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
+		    deplib_matches=`eval \\$echo \"$library_names_spec\"`
+		    set dummy $deplib_matches
+		    deplib_match=$2
+		    if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
+		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+		    else
+		      droppeddeps=yes
+		      $echo
+		      $echo "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+		      $echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		      $echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		      $echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		      $echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
+		      $echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
+		    fi
+		  fi
+		else
+		  droppeddeps=yes
+		  $echo
+		  $echo "*** Warning!  Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
+		  $echo "***  make it link in!  You will probably need to install it or some"
+		  $echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
+		  $echo "*** functional.  Installing it before continuing would be even better."
+		fi
+	      else
+		newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	file_magic*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`"
+	    # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
+            if test "$name" != "" && test  "$name" != "0"; then
+	      if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=""
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		      # Follow soft links.
+		      if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null \
+			 | grep " -> " >/dev/null; then
+			continue
+		      fi
+		      # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
+		      # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
+		      # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
+		      # loop can be closed while we follow links,
+		      # but so what?
+		      potlib="$potent_lib"
+		      while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
+			potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
+			case $potliblink in
+			[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
+			*) potlib=`$echo "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
+			esac
+		      done
+		      if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null \
+			 | ${SED} 10q \
+			 | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+			newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+			a_deplib=""
+			break 2
+		      fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		$echo
+		$echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		$echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		$echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		$echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		$echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
+		  $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
+		else
+		  $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $echo "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+	    fi
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	match_pattern*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method
+	  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$2 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    name="`expr $a_deplib : '-l\(.*\)'`"
+	    # If $name is empty we are operating on a -L argument.
+	    if test -n "$name" && test "$name" != "0"; then
+	      if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=""
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		libname=`eval \\$echo \"$libname_spec\"`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		    potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
+		    if eval $echo \"$potent_lib\" 2>/dev/null \
+		        | ${SED} 10q \
+		        | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+		      a_deplib=""
+		      break 2
+		    fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		$echo
+		$echo "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		$echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		$echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		$echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		$echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib" ; then
+		  $echo "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
+		else
+		  $echo "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $echo "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
+	    fi
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	none | unknown | *)
+	  newdeplibs=""
+	  tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc$//' \
+	    -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
+	  if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
+	    for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
+	      # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
+	      tmp_deplibs=`$echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | ${SED} -e "1s,^X,," -e "s,$i,,"`
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  if $echo "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ 	]//g' \
+	    | grep . >/dev/null; then
+	    $echo
+	    if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
+	      $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
+	    else
+	      $echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
+	    fi
+	    $echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
+	    droppeddeps=yes
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	versuffix=$versuffix_save
+	major=$major_save
+	release=$release_save
+	libname=$libname_save
+	name=$name_save
+
+	case $host in
+	*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	  # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
+	  newdeplibs=`$echo "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
+	  if test "$module" = yes; then
+	    $echo
+	    $echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
+	    $echo "*** dependencies of module $libname.  Therefore, libtool will create"
+	    $echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
+	    $echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
+	    if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	      $echo
+	      $echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+	      $echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+	      $echo "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+	      $echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	    fi
+	    if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
+	      oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+	      build_libtool_libs=module
+	      build_old_libs=yes
+	    else
+	      build_libtool_libs=no
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    $echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
+	    $echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
+	    $echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
+
+	    if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
+	      $echo
+	      $echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
+	      $echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
+	      $echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
+	      $echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
+	      if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
+		oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	# Done checking deplibs!
+	deplibs=$newdeplibs
+      fi
+
+      # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
+      library_names=
+      old_library=
+      dlname=
+
+      # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+	if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Hardcode the library paths
+	  hardcode_libdirs=
+	  dep_rpath=
+	  rpath="$finalize_rpath"
+	  test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
+	  for libdir in $rpath; do
+	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+		if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+		  hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
+		else
+		  # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+		  case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+		  *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		    ;;
+		  *)
+		    hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+	      else
+		eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+		dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
+	      fi
+	    elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	      case "$perm_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	     test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	    libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
+	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then
+	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\"
+	    else
+	      eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	    # We should set the runpath_var.
+	    rpath=
+	    for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	      rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	    done
+	    eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
+	  fi
+	  test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
+	fi
+
+	shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
+	test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
+	if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
+	  eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
+	fi
+
+	# Get the real and link names of the library.
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext\"
+	eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
+	set dummy $library_names
+	realname="$2"
+	shift; shift
+
+	if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	  eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	else
+	  soname="$realname"
+	fi
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  dlname=$soname
+	fi
+
+	lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
+	for link
+	do
+	  linknames="$linknames $link"
+	done
+
+	# Use standard objects if they are pic
+	test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+
+	# Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	  if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
+	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
+	    $run $rm $export_symbols
+	    cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
+	    save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd in $cmds; do
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	      if len=`expr "X$cmd" : ".*"` &&
+	       test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	        $show "$cmd"
+	        $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	        skipped_export=false
+	      else
+	        # The command line is too long to execute in one step.
+	        $show "using reloadable object file for export list..."
+	        skipped_export=:
+	      fi
+	    done
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	      $show "$EGREP -e \"$export_symbols_regex\" \"$export_symbols\" > \"${export_symbols}T\""
+	      $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      $show "$mv \"${export_symbols}T\" \"$export_symbols\""
+	      $run eval '$mv "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  $run eval '$echo "X$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$export_symbols"'
+	fi
+
+	tmp_deplibs=
+	for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
+		case " $convenience " in
+		*" $test_deplib "*) ;;
+		*) 
+			tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib"
+			;;
+		esac
+	done
+	deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" 
+
+	if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	  else
+	    gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	    $show "${rm}r $gentop"
+	    $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
+	    $show "$mkdir $gentop"
+	    $run $mkdir "$gentop"
+	    status=$?
+	    if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
+	      exit $status
+	    fi
+	    generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	    for xlib in $convenience; do
+	      # Extract the objects.
+	      case $xlib in
+	      [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
+	      *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	      xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
+
+	      $show "${rm}r $xdir"
+	      $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
+	      $show "$mkdir $xdir"
+	      $run $mkdir "$xdir"
+	      status=$?
+	      if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
+		exit $status
+	      fi
+	      # We will extract separately just the conflicting names and we will no
+	      # longer touch any unique names. It is faster to leave these extract
+	      # automatically by $AR in one run.
+	      $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
+	      $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
+	      if ($AR t "$xabs" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+		:
+	      else
+		$echo "$modename: warning: object name conflicts; renaming object files" 1>&2
+		$echo "$modename: warning: to ensure that they will not overwrite" 1>&2
+		$AR t "$xabs" | sort | uniq -cd | while read -r count name
+		do
+		  i=1
+		  while test "$i" -le "$count"
+		  do
+		   # Put our $i before any first dot (extension)
+		   # Never overwrite any file
+		   name_to="$name"
+		   while test "X$name_to" = "X$name" || test -f "$xdir/$name_to"
+		   do
+		     name_to=`$echo "X$name_to" | $Xsed -e "s/\([^.]*\)/\1-$i/"`
+		   done
+		   $show "(cd $xdir && $AR xN $i $xabs '$name' && $mv '$name' '$name_to')"
+		   $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR xN $i \$xabs '$name' && $mv '$name' '$name_to')" || exit $?
+		   i=`expr $i + 1`
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+
+	      libobjs="$libobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
+	    done
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
+	  linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
+	fi
+
+	# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
+	if test "$mode" = relink; then
+	  $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}U && $mv $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
+	fi
+
+	# Do each of the archive commands.
+	if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_cmds
+	  fi
+	else
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	  eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+	  cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	else
+	  eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+	  cmds=$archive_cmds
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*"` &&
+	   test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  :
+	else
+	  # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise.
+	  $echo "creating reloadable object files..."
+
+	  # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
+	  # use them later.  If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
+	  # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
+	  # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
+	  # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
+	  # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
+	  # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
+	  # the spec.
+	  if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	  fi
+	  save_output=$output
+
+	  # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
+	  # initialize k to one.
+	  test_cmds=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  objlist=
+	  delfiles=
+	  last_robj=
+	  k=1
+	  output=$output_objdir/$save_output-${k}.$objext
+	  # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
+	  for obj in $save_libobjs
+	  do
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+	    if test "X$objlist" = X ||
+	       { len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*"` &&
+		 test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; }; then
+	      objlist="$objlist $obj"
+	    else
+	      # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
+	      # command to the queue.
+	      if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
+		# The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
+		eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+	      else
+		# All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
+		# the last one created.
+		eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	      last_robj=$output_objdir/$save_output-${k}.$objext
+	      k=`expr $k + 1`
+	      output=$output_objdir/$save_output-${k}.$objext
+	      objlist=$obj
+	      len=1
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
+	  # reloadable object file.  All subsequent reloadable object
+	  # files will link in the last one created.
+	  test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	  eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
+
+	  if ${skipped_export-false}; then
+	    $show "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
+	    export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
+	    $run $rm $export_symbols
+	    libobjs=$output
+	    # Append the command to create the export file.
+	    eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$export_symbols_cmds\"
+          fi
+
+	  # Set up a command to remove the reloadale object files
+	  # after they are used.
+	  i=0
+	  while test "$i" -lt "$k"
+	  do
+	    i=`expr $i + 1`
+	    delfiles="$delfiles $output_objdir/$save_output-${i}.$objext"
+	  done
+
+	  $echo "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+
+	  # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	  for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	    $show "$cmd"
+	    $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	  libobjs=$output
+	  # Restore the value of output.
+	  output=$save_output
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	  fi
+	  # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
+	  # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
+
+	  # Do each of the archive commands.
+	  if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$module_cmds
+	    fi
+	  else
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    cmds=$archive_cmds
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  # Append the command to remove the reloadable object files
+	  # to the just-reset $cmds.
+	  eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$rm $delfiles\"
+	fi
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	for cmd in $cmds; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	  $show "$cmd"
+	  $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+	# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	if test "$mode" = relink; then
+	  $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm ${realname}T && $mv $realname ${realname}T && $mv "$realname"U $realname)' || exit $?
+	  exit 0
+	fi
+
+	# Create links to the real library.
+	for linkname in $linknames; do
+	  if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
+	    $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
+	    $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $?
+	  fi
+	done
+
+	# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
+	if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
+	  # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
+	  dlname="$soname"
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    obj)
+      if test -n "$deplibs"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$rpath"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-R' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$vinfo"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$release"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for objects" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      case $output in
+      *.lo)
+	if test -n "$objs$old_deplibs"; then
+	  $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+	libobj="$output"
+	obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+	;;
+      *)
+	libobj=
+	obj="$output"
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Delete the old objects.
+      $run $rm $obj $libobj
+
+      # Objects from convenience libraries.  This assumes
+      # single-version convenience libraries.  Whenever we create
+      # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
+      # the extraction.
+      reload_conv_objs=
+      gentop=
+      # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
+      # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec
+      wl=
+
+      if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval reload_conv_objs=\"\$reload_objs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	else
+	  gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
+	  $show "${rm}r $gentop"
+	  $run ${rm}r "$gentop"
+	  $show "$mkdir $gentop"
+	  $run $mkdir "$gentop"
+	  status=$?
+	  if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
+	    exit $status
+	  fi
+	  generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	  for xlib in $convenience; do
+	    # Extract the objects.
+	    case $xlib in
+	    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
+	    *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
+	    esac
+	    xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	    xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
+
+	    $show "${rm}r $xdir"
+	    $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
+	    $show "$mkdir $xdir"
+	    $run $mkdir "$xdir"
+	    status=$?
+	    if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
+	      exit $status
+	    fi
+	    # We will extract separately just the conflicting names and we will no
+	    # longer touch any unique names. It is faster to leave these extract
+	    # automatically by $AR in one run.
+	    $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
+	    $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
+	    if ($AR t "$xabs" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+	      :
+	    else
+	      $echo "$modename: warning: object name conflicts; renaming object files" 1>&2
+	      $echo "$modename: warning: to ensure that they will not overwrite" 1>&2
+	      $AR t "$xabs" | sort | uniq -cd | while read -r count name
+	      do
+		i=1
+		while test "$i" -le "$count"
+		do
+		 # Put our $i before any first dot (extension)
+		 # Never overwrite any file
+		 name_to="$name"
+		 while test "X$name_to" = "X$name" || test -f "$xdir/$name_to"
+		 do
+		   name_to=`$echo "X$name_to" | $Xsed -e "s/\([^.]*\)/\1-$i/"`
+		 done
+		 $show "(cd $xdir && $AR xN $i $xabs '$name' && $mv '$name' '$name_to')"
+		 $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR xN $i \$xabs '$name' && $mv '$name' '$name_to')" || exit $?
+		 i=`expr $i + 1`
+		done
+	      done
+	    fi
+
+	    reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs "`find $xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
+	  done
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Create the old-style object.
+      reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$echo "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+
+      output="$obj"
+      cmds=$reload_cmds
+      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+      for cmd in $cmds; do
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	$show "$cmd"
+	$run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+      done
+      IFS="$save_ifs"
+
+      # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
+      if test -z "$libobj"; then
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  $show "${rm}r $gentop"
+	  $run ${rm}r $gentop
+	fi
+
+	exit 0
+      fi
+
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  $show "${rm}r $gentop"
+	  $run ${rm}r $gentop
+	fi
+
+	# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
+	# accidentally link it into a program.
+	# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
+	# $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
+	exit 0
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
+	# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
+	reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
+	output="$libobj"
+	cmds=$reload_cmds
+	save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	for cmd in $cmds; do
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	  $show "$cmd"
+	  $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	done
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	$show "${rm}r $gentop"
+	$run ${rm}r $gentop
+      fi
+
+      exit 0
+      ;;
+
+    prog)
+      case $host in
+	*cygwin*) output=`$echo $output | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,;s,$,.exe,'` ;;
+      esac
+      if test -n "$vinfo"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored for programs" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$release"; then
+	$echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored for programs" 1>&2
+      fi
+
+      if test "$preload" = yes; then
+	if test "$dlopen_support" = unknown && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown &&
+	   test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown; then
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: \`AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
+	compile_deplibs=`$echo "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$echo "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / -framework System /'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      case $host in
+      *darwin*)
+        # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
+        if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
+        compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
+        finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
+        fi
+        ;;
+      esac
+
+      compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
+      finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
+
+      if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
+	  # This is the magic to use -rpath.
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+      fi
+
+      # Now hardcode the library paths
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2*)
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	  *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      compile_rpath="$rpath"
+
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    rpath="$rpath $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      finalize_rpath="$rpath"
+
+      if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+	# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
+	compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      dlsyms=
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
+	if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	  dlsyms="${outputname}S.c"
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$dlsyms"; then
+	case $dlsyms in
+	"") ;;
+	*.c)
+	  # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
+	  nlist="$output_objdir/${outputname}.nm"
+
+	  $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+	  $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"
+
+	  # Parse the name list into a source file.
+	  $show "creating $output_objdir/$dlsyms"
+
+	  test -z "$run" && $echo > "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
+/* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$outputname' dlsym emulation. */
+/* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern \"C\" {
+#endif
+
+/* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */
+#define lt_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol
+
+/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
+"
+
+	  if test "$dlself" = yes; then
+	    $show "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
+
+	    test -z "$run" && $echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
+
+	    # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
+	    progfiles=`$echo "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	    for arg in $progfiles; do
+	      $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'"
+	      $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	    done
+
+	    if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	      $run eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	      $run eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      $run eval '$mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    fi
+
+	    # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	    if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	      export_symbols="$output_objdir/$output.exp"
+	      $run $rm $export_symbols
+	      $run eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@$/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
+	    else
+	      $run eval "${SED} -e 's/\([][.*^$]\)/\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$output.exp"'
+	      $run eval 'grep -f "$output_objdir/$output.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      $run eval 'mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  for arg in $dlprefiles; do
+	    $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'"
+	    name=`$echo "$arg" | ${SED} -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	    $run eval '$echo ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	    $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	  done
+
+	  if test -z "$run"; then
+	    # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
+	    test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
+
+	    if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	      $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
+	      $mv "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+	    fi
+
+	    # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+	    if grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
+		if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		  sort -k 3
+		else
+		  sort +2
+		fi |
+		uniq > "$nlist"S; then
+	      :
+	    else
+	      grep -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -f "$nlist"S; then
+	      eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"'
+	    else
+	      $echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"
+	    fi
+
+	    $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
+
+#undef lt_preloaded_symbols
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# define lt_ptr void *
+#else
+# define lt_ptr char *
+# define const
+#endif
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
+const struct {
+  const char *name;
+  lt_ptr address;
+}
+lt_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{\
+"
+
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms"
+
+	    $echo >> "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "\
+  {0, (lt_ptr) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif\
+"
+	  fi
+
+	  pic_flag_for_symtable=
+	  case $host in
+	  # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
+	  # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
+	  # linked before any other PIC object.  But we must not use
+	  # pic_flag when linking with -static.  The problem exists in
+	  # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
+	  *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
+	    case "$compile_command " in
+	    *" -static "*) ;;
+	    *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND";;
+	    esac;;
+	  *-*-hpux*)
+	    case "$compile_command " in
+	    *" -static "*) ;;
+	    *) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag";;
+	    esac
+	  esac
+
+	  # Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
+	  $show "(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable \"$dlsyms\")"
+	  $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$dlsyms")' || exit $?
+
+	  # Clean up the generated files.
+	  $show "$rm $output_objdir/$dlsyms $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+	  $run $rm "$output_objdir/$dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"
+
+	  # Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
+	  compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"`
+	  finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}%"`
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      else
+	# We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
+	# lt_preloaded_symbols.  The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
+	# really was required.
+
+	# Nullify the symbol file.
+	compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+	finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+      fi
+
+      if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+
+	# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
+	$show "$link_command"
+	$run eval "$link_command"
+	status=$?
+
+	# Delete the generated files.
+	if test -n "$dlsyms"; then
+	  $show "$rm $output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"
+	  $run $rm "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"
+	fi
+
+	exit $status
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	# We should set the shlibpath_var
+	rpath=
+	for dir in $temp_rpath; do
+	  case $dir in
+	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
+	    # Absolute path.
+	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    # Relative path: add a thisdir entry.
+	    rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	temp_rpath="$rpath"
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
+      fi
+
+      compile_var=
+      finalize_var=
+      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	  done
+	  compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
+	    rpath="$rpath$dir:"
+	  done
+	  finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$no_install" = yes; then
+	# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
+	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	# Delete the old output file.
+	$run $rm $output
+	# Link the executable and exit
+	$show "$link_command"
+	$run eval "$link_command" || exit $?
+	exit 0
+      fi
+
+      if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
+	# Fast installation is not supported
+	link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+	relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
+
+	$echo "$modename: warning: this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" 1>&2
+	$echo "$modename: \`$output' will be relinked during installation" 1>&2
+      else
+	if test "$fast_install" != no; then
+	  link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
+	  if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
+	    relink_command=`$echo "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
+	  else
+	    # fast_install is set to needless
+	    relink_command=
+	  fi
+	else
+	  link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
+	  relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Replace the output file specification.
+      link_command=`$echo "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
+
+      # Delete the old output files.
+      $run $rm $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
+
+      $show "$link_command"
+      $run eval "$link_command" || exit $?
+
+      # Now create the wrapper script.
+      $show "creating $output"
+
+      # Quote the relink command for shipping.
+      if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+	for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	  if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	    relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	  elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	    relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  else
+	    var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+	    relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  fi
+	done
+	relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
+	relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      fi
+
+      # Quote $echo for shipping.
+      if test "X$echo" = "X$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo"; then
+	case $0 in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $0 --fallback-echo";;
+	*) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$0 --fallback-echo";;
+	esac
+	qecho=`$echo "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      else
+	qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      fi
+
+      # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null.
+      if test -z "$run"; then
+	# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
+	# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
+	case $output in
+	  *.exe) output=`$echo $output|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;;
+	esac
+	# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin*)
+	    exeext=.exe
+	    outputname=`$echo $outputname|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'` ;;
+	  *) exeext= ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+	    cwrappersource=`$echo ${objdir}/lt-${output}.c`
+	    cwrapper=`$echo ${output}.exe`
+	    $rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper
+	    trap "$rm $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+	    cat > $cwrappersource <<EOF
+
+/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
+   Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
+
+   The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+   libraries that it depends on are installed.
+   
+   This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
+   If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+   Currently, it simply execs the wrapper *script* "/bin/sh $output",
+   but could eventually absorb all of the scripts functionality and
+   exec $objdir/$outputname directly.
+*/
+EOF
+	    cat >> $cwrappersource<<"EOF"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#if defined(PATH_MAX)
+# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+#define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
+  defined (__OS2__)
+#define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 
+#define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
+        (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
+#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#define XMALLOC(type, num)      ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
+#define XFREE(stale) do { \
+  if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
+} while (0)
+
+const char *program_name = NULL;
+
+void * xmalloc (size_t num);
+char * xstrdup (const char *string);
+char * basename (const char *name);
+char * fnqualify(const char *path);
+char * strendzap(char *str, const char *pat);
+void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...);
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  char **newargz;
+  int i;
+  
+  program_name = (char *) xstrdup ((char *) basename (argv[0]));
+  newargz = XMALLOC(char *, argc+2);
+EOF
+
+	    cat >> $cwrappersource <<EOF
+  newargz[0] = "$SHELL";
+EOF
+
+	    cat >> $cwrappersource <<"EOF"
+  newargz[1] = fnqualify(argv[0]);
+  /* we know the script has the same name, without the .exe */
+  /* so make sure newargz[1] doesn't end in .exe */
+  strendzap(newargz[1],".exe"); 
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    newargz[i+1] = xstrdup(argv[i]);
+  newargz[argc+1] = NULL;
+EOF
+
+	    cat >> $cwrappersource <<EOF
+  execv("$SHELL",newargz);
+EOF
+
+	    cat >> $cwrappersource <<"EOF"
+}
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t num)
+{
+  void * p = (void *) malloc (num);
+  if (!p)
+    lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+char * 
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+  return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string) : NULL
+;
+}
+
+char *
+basename (const char *name)
+{
+  const char *base;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+  /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
+  if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':') 
+    name += 2;
+#endif
+
+  for (base = name; *name; name++)
+    if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
+      base = name + 1;
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+char * 
+fnqualify(const char *path)
+{
+  size_t size;
+  char *p;
+  char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
+
+  assert(path != NULL);
+
+  /* Is it qualified already? */
+#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
+  if (isalpha (path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
+    return xstrdup (path);
+#endif
+  if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (path[0]))
+    return xstrdup (path);
+
+  /* prepend the current directory */
+  /* doesn't handle '~' */
+  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+    lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
+  size = strlen(tmp) + 1 + strlen(path) + 1; /* +2 for '/' and '\0' */
+  p = XMALLOC(char, size);
+  sprintf(p, "%s%c%s", tmp, DIR_SEPARATOR, path);
+  return p;
+}
+
+char *
+strendzap(char *str, const char *pat) 
+{
+  size_t len, patlen;
+
+  assert(str != NULL);
+  assert(pat != NULL);
+
+  len = strlen(str);
+  patlen = strlen(pat);
+
+  if (patlen <= len)
+  {
+    str += len - patlen;
+    if (strcmp(str, pat) == 0)
+      *str = '\0';
+  }
+  return str;
+}
+
+static void
+lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char * mode, 
+          const char * message, va_list ap)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode);
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
+  fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
+
+  if (exit_status >= 0)
+    exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+void
+lt_fatal (const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start (ap, message);
+  lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap);
+  va_end (ap);
+}
+EOF
+	  # we should really use a build-platform specific compiler
+	  # here, but OTOH, the wrappers (shell script and this C one)
+	  # are only useful if you want to execute the "real" binary.
+	  # Since the "real" binary is built for $host, then this
+	  # wrapper might as well be built for $host, too.
+	  $run $LTCC -s -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	$rm $output
+	trap "$rm $output; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+	$echo > $output "\
+#! $SHELL
+
+# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
+# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
+#
+# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+# libraries that it depends on are installed.
+#
+# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
+# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//'
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+if test \"\${CDPATH+set}\" = set; then CDPATH=:; export CDPATH; fi
+
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
+
+# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
+if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
+  # install mode needs the following variable:
+  notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
+else
+  # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set.
+  if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+    echo=\"$qecho\"
+    file=\"\$0\"
+    # Make sure echo works.
+    if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
+      # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
+      shift
+    elif test \"X\`(\$echo '\t') 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
+      # Yippee, \$echo works!
+      :
+    else
+      # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$echo will work.
+      exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
+    fi
+  fi\
+"
+	$echo >> $output "\
+
+  # Find the directory that this script lives in.
+  thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+  test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
+
+  # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
+  file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  while test -n \"\$file\"; do
+    destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
+
+    # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
+    if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
+      case \"\$destdir\" in
+      [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
+      *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+
+    file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
+    file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  done
+
+  # Try to get the absolute directory name.
+  absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
+  test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
+"
+
+	if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+  program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+
+  if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || \\
+     { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
+       test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
+
+    file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
+
+    if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
+      $mkdir \"\$progdir\"
+    else
+      $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+    fi"
+
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+
+    # relink executable if necessary
+    if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
+      if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
+      else
+	$echo \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
+	$rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+	exit 1
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
+    { $rm \"\$progdir/\$program\";
+      $mv \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
+    $rm \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+  fi"
+	else
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+  program='$outputname'
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+"
+	fi
+
+	$echo >> $output "\
+
+  if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
+
+	# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
+	if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+    # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
+    $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
+
+    # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
+    # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
+    $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
+
+    export $shlibpath_var
+"
+	fi
+
+	# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
+	if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+    # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
+    PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
+"
+	fi
+
+	$echo >> $output "\
+    if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+      # Run the actual program with our arguments.
+"
+	case $host in
+	# Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
+	*-*-mingw | *-*-os2*)
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+      exec \$progdir\\\\\$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  $echo >> $output "\
+      exec \$progdir/\$program \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	$echo >> $output "\
+      \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\"
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  else
+    # The program doesn't exist.
+    \$echo \"\$0: error: \$progdir/\$program does not exist\" 1>&2
+    \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
+    $echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi\
+"
+	chmod +x $output
+      fi
+      exit 0
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
+    for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
+
+      if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
+	oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
+	addlibs="$convenience"
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+      else
+	if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
+	  oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
+	  build_libtool_libs=no
+	else
+	  oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+	fi
+	addlibs="$old_convenience"
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$addlibs"; then
+	gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
+	$show "${rm}r $gentop"
+	$run ${rm}r "$gentop"
+	$show "$mkdir $gentop"
+	$run $mkdir "$gentop"
+	status=$?
+	if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$gentop"; then
+	  exit $status
+	fi
+	generated="$generated $gentop"
+
+	# Add in members from convenience archives.
+	for xlib in $addlibs; do
+	  # Extract the objects.
+	  case $xlib in
+	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) xabs="$xlib" ;;
+	  *) xabs=`pwd`"/$xlib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  xlib=`$echo "X$xlib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	  xdir="$gentop/$xlib"
+
+	  $show "${rm}r $xdir"
+	  $run ${rm}r "$xdir"
+	  $show "$mkdir $xdir"
+	  $run $mkdir "$xdir"
+	  status=$?
+	  if test "$status" -ne 0 && test ! -d "$xdir"; then
+	    exit $status
+	  fi
+	  # We will extract separately just the conflicting names and we will no
+	  # longer touch any unique names. It is faster to leave these extract
+	  # automatically by $AR in one run.
+	  $show "(cd $xdir && $AR x $xabs)"
+	  $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR x \$xabs)" || exit $?
+	  if ($AR t "$xabs" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: object name conflicts; renaming object files" 1>&2
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: to ensure that they will not overwrite" 1>&2
+	    $AR t "$xabs" | sort | uniq -cd | while read -r count name
+	    do
+	      i=1
+	      while test "$i" -le "$count"
+	      do
+	       # Put our $i before any first dot (extension)
+	       # Never overwrite any file
+	       name_to="$name"
+	       while test "X$name_to" = "X$name" || test -f "$xdir/$name_to"
+	       do
+		 name_to=`$echo "X$name_to" | $Xsed -e "s/\([^.]*\)/\1-$i/"`
+	       done
+	       $show "(cd $xdir && $AR xN $i $xabs '$name' && $mv '$name' '$name_to')"
+	       $run eval "(cd \$xdir && $AR xN $i \$xabs '$name' && $mv '$name' '$name_to')" || exit $?
+	       i=`expr $i + 1`
+	      done
+	    done
+	  fi
+
+	  oldobjs="$oldobjs "`find $xdir -name \*.${objext} -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
+	done
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the archive commands.
+      if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
+       cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
+      else
+	eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+
+	if len=`expr "X$cmds" : ".*"` &&
+	     test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+	else
+	  # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
+	  $echo "using piecewise archive linking..."
+	  save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+	  RANLIB=:
+	  objlist=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  # GNU ar 2.10+ was changed to match POSIX; thus no paths are
+	  # encoded into archives.  This makes 'ar r' malfunction in
+	  # this piecewise linking case whenever conflicting object
+	  # names appear in distinct ar calls; check, warn and compensate.
+	    if (for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	    do
+	      $echo "X$obj" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'
+	    done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: object name conflicts; overriding AR_FLAGS to 'cq'" 1>&2
+	    $echo "$modename: warning: to ensure that POSIX-compatible ar will work" 1>&2
+	    AR_FLAGS=cq
+	  fi
+	  # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    last_oldobj=$obj
+	  done  
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    oldobjs="$objlist $obj"
+	    objlist="$objlist $obj"
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+	    if len=`expr "X$test_cmds" : ".*"` &&
+	       test "$len" -le "$max_cmd_len"; then
+	      :
+	    else
+	      # the above command should be used before it gets too long
+	      oldobjs=$objlist
+	      if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
+	        RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	      fi  
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
+	      objlist=
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	  oldobjs=$objlist
+	  if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
+	  else
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+      for cmd in $cmds; do
+        eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	$show "$cmd"
+	$run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+      done
+      IFS="$save_ifs"
+    done
+
+    if test -n "$generated"; then
+      $show "${rm}r$generated"
+      $run ${rm}r$generated
+    fi
+
+    # Now create the libtool archive.
+    case $output in
+    *.la)
+      old_library=
+      test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
+      $show "creating $output"
+
+      # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+      for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	  relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	  relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	else
+	  var_value=`$echo "X$var_value" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+	  relink_command="$var=\"$var_value\"; export $var; $relink_command"
+	fi
+      done
+      # Quote the link command for shipping.
+      relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $0 $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
+      relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
+        relink_command=
+      fi  
+      # Only create the output if not a dry run.
+      if test -z "$run"; then
+	for installed in no yes; do
+	  if test "$installed" = yes; then
+	    if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
+	      break
+	    fi
+	    output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
+	    # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
+	    newdependency_libs=
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $deplib in
+	      *.la)
+		name=`$echo "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+		eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		if test -z "$libdir"; then
+		  $echo "$modename: \`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+		  exit 1
+		fi
+		newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
+	    newdlfiles=
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	      eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+	      if test -z "$libdir"; then
+		$echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+		exit 1
+	      fi
+	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
+	    done
+	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      name=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	      eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+	      if test -z "$libdir"; then
+		$echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+		exit 1
+	      fi
+	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+	  else
+	    newdlfiles=
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in 
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in 
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
+	  fi
+	  $rm $output
+	  # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
+	  tdlname=$dlname
+	  case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
+	    *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
+	  esac
+	  $echo > $output "\
+# $outputname - a libtool library file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION$TIMESTAMP
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# The name that we can dlopen(3).
+dlname='$tdlname'
+
+# Names of this library.
+library_names='$library_names'
+
+# The name of the static archive.
+old_library='$old_library'
+
+# Libraries that this one depends upon.
+dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
+
+# Version information for $libname.
+current=$current
+age=$age
+revision=$revision
+
+# Is this an already installed library?
+installed=$installed
+
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=$module
+
+# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
+dlopen='$dlfiles'
+dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
+
+# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
+libdir='$install_libdir'"
+	  if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
+	    $echo >> $output "\
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
+	  fi
+	done
+      fi
+
+      # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
+      # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
+      $show "(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)"
+      $run eval '(cd $output_objdir && $rm $outputname && $LN_S ../$outputname $outputname)' || exit $?
+      ;;
+    esac
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  # libtool install mode
+  install)
+    modename="$modename: install"
+
+    # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
+    # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
+    if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
+       # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
+       $echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed | grep shtool > /dev/null; then
+      # Aesthetically quote it.
+      arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      case $arg in
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*)
+	arg="\"$arg\""
+	;;
+      esac
+      install_prog="$arg "
+      arg="$1"
+      shift
+    else
+      install_prog=
+      arg="$nonopt"
+    fi
+
+    # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
+    # Aesthetically quote it.
+    arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+    case $arg in
+    *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*)
+      arg="\"$arg\""
+      ;;
+    esac
+    install_prog="$install_prog$arg"
+
+    # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
+    dest=
+    files=
+    opts=
+    prev=
+    install_type=
+    isdir=no
+    stripme=
+    for arg
+    do
+      if test -n "$dest"; then
+	files="$files $dest"
+	dest="$arg"
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      case $arg in
+      -d) isdir=yes ;;
+      -f) prev="-f" ;;
+      -g) prev="-g" ;;
+      -m) prev="-m" ;;
+      -o) prev="-o" ;;
+      -s)
+	stripme=" -s"
+	continue
+	;;
+      -*) ;;
+
+      *)
+	# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
+	if test -n "$prev"; then
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  dest="$arg"
+	  continue
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the argument.
+      arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      case $arg in
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*)
+	arg="\"$arg\""
+	;;
+      esac
+      install_prog="$install_prog $arg"
+    done
+
+    if test -z "$install_prog"; then
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$prev"; then
+      $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$files"; then
+      if test -z "$dest"; then
+	$echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2
+      else
+	$echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2
+      fi
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
+    dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'`
+
+    # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
+    test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
+    if test "$isdir" = yes; then
+      destdir="$dest"
+      destname=
+    else
+      destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+      test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=.
+      destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+      # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
+      set dummy $files
+      if test "$#" -gt 2; then
+	$echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2
+	$echo "$help" 1>&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+    fi
+    case $destdir in
+    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+    *)
+      for file in $files; do
+	case $file in
+	*.lo) ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
+
+    staticlibs=
+    future_libdirs=
+    current_libdirs=
+    for file in $files; do
+
+      # Do each installation.
+      case $file in
+      *.$libext)
+	# Do the static libraries later.
+	staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	relink_command=
+	# If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	case $file in
+	*/* | *\\*) . $file ;;
+	*) . ./$file ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
+	if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
+	  case "$current_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	else
+	  # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
+	  case "$future_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/
+	test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir=
+	dir="$dir$objdir"
+
+	if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	  # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
+	  inst_prefix_dir=`$echo "$destdir" | $SED "s%$libdir\$%%"`
+
+	  # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
+	  # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
+	  # are installed to the same prefix.
+	  # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
+	  # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
+	  # but it's something to keep an eye on.
+	  if test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+	    # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
+	    relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
+	  else
+	    relink_command=`$echo "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
+	  fi
+
+	  $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file'" 1>&2
+	  $show "$relink_command"
+	  if $run eval "$relink_command"; then :
+	  else
+	    $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# See the names of the shared library.
+	set dummy $library_names
+	if test -n "$2"; then
+	  realname="$2"
+	  shift
+	  shift
+
+	  srcname="$realname"
+	  test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
+
+	  # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
+	  $show "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname"
+	  $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" || exit $?
+	  if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
+	    $show "$striplib $destdir/$realname"
+	    $run eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" || exit $?
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
+	    for linkname
+	    do
+	      if test "$linkname" != "$realname"; then
+		$show "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
+		$run eval "(cd $destdir && $rm $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname)"
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  fi
+
+	  # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+	  lib="$destdir/$realname"
+	  cmds=$postinstall_cmds
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	  for cmd in $cmds; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	    $show "$cmd"
+	    $run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	fi
+
+	# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
+	name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	instname="$dir/$name"i
+	$show "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name"
+	$run eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" || exit $?
+
+	# Maybe install the static library, too.
+	test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
+
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
+	else
+	  destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
+	fi
+
+	# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
+	case $destfile in
+	*.lo)
+	  staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+	  ;;
+	*.$objext)
+	  staticdest="$destfile"
+	  destfile=
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Install the libtool object if requested.
+	if test -n "$destfile"; then
+	  $show "$install_prog $file $destfile"
+	  $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $?
+	fi
+
+	# Install the old object if enabled.
+	if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
+	  # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
+	  staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$lo2o"`
+
+	  $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest"
+	  $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $?
+	fi
+	exit 0
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destname"
+	else
+	  destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	  destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
+	fi
+
+	# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
+	# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
+	# install
+	stripped_ext=""
+	case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    if test ! -f "$file"; then
+	      file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'`
+	      stripped_ext=".exe"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin*|*mingw*)
+	    wrapper=`$echo $file | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'`
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    wrapper=$file
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	if (${SED} -e '4q' $wrapper | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE")>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  notinst_deplibs=
+	  relink_command=
+
+	  # To insure that "foo" is sourced, and not "foo.exe",
+	  # finese the cygwin/MSYS system by explicitly sourcing "foo."
+	  # which disallows the automatic-append-.exe behavior.
+	  case $build in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw*) wrapperdot=${wrapper}. ;;
+	  *) wrapperdot=${wrapper} ;;
+	  esac
+	  # If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	  case $file in
+	  */* | *\\*) . ${wrapperdot} ;;
+	  *) . ./${wrapperdot} ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  # Check the variables that should have been set.
+	  if test -z "$notinst_deplibs"; then
+	    $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" 1>&2
+	    exit 1
+	  fi
+
+	  finalize=yes
+	  for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
+	    # Check to see that each library is installed.
+	    libdir=
+	    if test -f "$lib"; then
+	      # If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	      case $lib in
+	      */* | *\\*) . $lib ;;
+	      *) . ./$lib ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    libfile="$libdir/"`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
+	    if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
+	      $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2
+	      finalize=no
+	    fi
+	  done
+
+	  relink_command=
+	  # To insure that "foo" is sourced, and not "foo.exe",
+	  # finese the cygwin/MSYS system by explicitly sourcing "foo."
+	  # which disallows the automatic-append-.exe behavior.
+	  case $build in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw*) wrapperdot=${wrapper}. ;;
+	  *) wrapperdot=${wrapper} ;;
+	  esac
+	  # If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	  case $file in
+	  */* | *\\*) . ${wrapperdot} ;;
+	  *) . ./${wrapperdot} ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  outputname=
+	  if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	    if test "$finalize" = yes && test -z "$run"; then
+	      tmpdir="/tmp"
+	      test -n "$TMPDIR" && tmpdir="$TMPDIR"
+	      tmpdir="$tmpdir/libtool-$$"
+	      if $mkdir "$tmpdir" && chmod 700 "$tmpdir"; then :
+	      else
+		$echo "$modename: error: cannot create temporary directory \`$tmpdir'" 1>&2
+		continue
+	      fi
+	      file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+	      outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
+	      # Replace the output file specification.
+	      relink_command=`$echo "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
+
+	      $show "$relink_command"
+	      if $run eval "$relink_command"; then :
+	      else
+		$echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2
+		${rm}r "$tmpdir"
+		continue
+	      fi
+	      file="$outputname"
+	    else
+	      $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file'" 1>&2
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
+	    file=`$echo "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
+	# one anyways
+	case $install_prog,$host in
+	*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
+	  case $file:$destfile in
+	  *.exe:*.exe)
+	    # this is ok
+	    ;;
+	  *.exe:*)
+	    destfile=$destfile.exe
+	    ;;
+	  *:*.exe)
+	    destfile=`$echo $destfile | ${SED} -e 's,.exe$,,'`
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	$show "$install_prog$stripme $file $destfile"
+	$run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" || exit $?
+	test -n "$outputname" && ${rm}r "$tmpdir"
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    for file in $staticlibs; do
+      name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+      # Set up the ranlib parameters.
+      oldlib="$destdir/$name"
+
+      $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib"
+      $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $?
+
+      if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
+	$show "$old_striplib $oldlib"
+	$run eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" || exit $?
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+      cmds=$old_postinstall_cmds
+      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+      for cmd in $cmds; do
+	IFS="$save_ifs"
+	eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	$show "$cmd"
+	$run eval "$cmd" || exit $?
+      done
+      IFS="$save_ifs"
+    done
+
+    if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then
+      $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
+      # Maybe just do a dry run.
+      test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
+      exec_cmd='$SHELL $0 $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
+    else
+      exit 0
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  # libtool finish mode
+  finish)
+    modename="$modename: finish"
+    libdirs="$nonopt"
+    admincmds=
+
+    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+      for dir
+      do
+	libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
+      done
+
+      for libdir in $libdirs; do
+	if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
+	  # Do each command in the finish commands.
+	  cmds=$finish_cmds
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	  for cmd in $cmds; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	    $show "$cmd"
+	    $run eval "$cmd" || admincmds="$admincmds
+       $cmd"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
+	  # Do the single finish_eval.
+	  eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
+	  $run eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
+       $cmds"
+	fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
+    test "$show" = : && exit 0
+
+    $echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+    $echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
+    for libdir in $libdirs; do
+      $echo "   $libdir"
+    done
+    $echo
+    $echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
+    $echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
+    $echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
+    $echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
+    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+      $echo "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
+      $echo "     during execution"
+    fi
+    if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+      $echo "   - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
+      $echo "     during linking"
+    fi
+    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+      libdir=LIBDIR
+      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+
+      $echo "   - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
+    fi
+    if test -n "$admincmds"; then
+      $echo "   - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
+    fi
+    if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+      $echo "   - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
+    fi
+    $echo
+    $echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
+    $echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
+    $echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  # libtool execute mode
+  execute)
+    modename="$modename: execute"
+
+    # The first argument is the command name.
+    cmd="$nonopt"
+    if test -z "$cmd"; then
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help"
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
+    for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
+      if test ! -f "$file"; then
+	$echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2
+	$echo "$help" 1>&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+
+      dir=
+      case $file in
+      *.la)
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2
+	  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+
+	# Read the libtool library.
+	dlname=
+	library_names=
+
+	# If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	case $file in
+	*/* | *\\*) . $file ;;
+	*) . ./$file ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  # Warn if it was a shared library.
+	  test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+	dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+	test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=.
+
+	if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
+	  dir="$dir/$objdir"
+	else
+	  $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2
+	  exit 1
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
+	dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+	test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=.
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	$echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Get the absolute pathname.
+      absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+      test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
+
+      # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
+      if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
+      else
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
+      fi
+    done
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
+    # rather than running their programs.
+    libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
+
+    # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
+    args=
+    for file
+    do
+      case $file in
+      -*) ;;
+      *)
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  # If there is no directory component, then add one.
+	  case $file in
+	  */* | *\\*) . $file ;;
+	  *) . ./$file ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file="$progdir/$program"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
+      file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+      args="$args \"$file\""
+    done
+
+    if test -z "$run"; then
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	# Export the shlibpath_var.
+	eval "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+
+      # Restore saved environment variables
+      if test "${save_LC_ALL+set}" = set; then
+	LC_ALL="$save_LC_ALL"; export LC_ALL
+      fi
+      if test "${save_LANG+set}" = set; then
+	LANG="$save_LANG"; export LANG
+      fi
+
+      # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
+      exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
+    else
+      # Display what would be done.
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
+	$echo "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+      $echo "$cmd$args"
+      exit 0
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  # libtool clean and uninstall mode
+  clean | uninstall)
+    modename="$modename: $mode"
+    rm="$nonopt"
+    files=
+    rmforce=
+    exit_status=0
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic="$magic"
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -f) rm="$rm $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
+      -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;;
+      *) files="$files $arg" ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    if test -z "$rm"; then
+      $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2
+      $echo "$help" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    rmdirs=
+
+    origobjdir="$objdir"
+    for file in $files; do
+      dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "X$dir" = "X$file"; then
+	dir=.
+	objdir="$origobjdir"
+      else
+	objdir="$dir/$origobjdir"
+      fi
+      name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+      test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
+
+      # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
+      if test "$mode" = clean; then
+	case " $rmdirs " in
+	  *" $objdir "*) ;;
+	  *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+
+      # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
+      if (test -L "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+	|| (test -h "$file") >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+	|| test -f "$file"; then
+	:
+      elif test -d "$file"; then
+	exit_status=1
+	continue
+      elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      rmfiles="$file"
+
+      case $name in
+      *.la)
+	# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
+	if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  . $dir/$name
+
+	  # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
+	  for n in $library_names; do
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
+	  done
+	  test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
+	  test "$mode" = clean && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
+
+	  if test "$mode" = uninstall; then
+	    if test -n "$library_names"; then
+	      # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
+	      cmds=$postuninstall_cmds
+	      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	      for cmd in $cmds; do
+		IFS="$save_ifs"
+		eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+		$show "$cmd"
+		$run eval "$cmd"
+		if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then
+		  exit_status=1
+		fi
+	      done
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	      # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
+	      cmds=$old_postuninstall_cmds
+	      save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
+	      for cmd in $cmds; do
+		IFS="$save_ifs"
+		eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+		$show "$cmd"
+		$run eval "$cmd"
+		if test "$?" -ne 0 && test "$rmforce" != yes; then
+		  exit_status=1
+		fi
+	      done
+	      IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    fi
+	    # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
+	if (${SED} -e '2q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  . $dir/$name
+
+	  # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$pic_object" \
+	     && test "$pic_object" != none; then
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$non_pic_object" \
+	     && test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	if test "$mode" = clean ; then
+	  noexename=$name
+	  case $file in
+	  *.exe) 
+	    file=`$echo $file|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'`
+	    noexename=`$echo $name|${SED} 's,.exe$,,'`
+	    # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
+	    # add $file without .exe
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
+	  if (${SED} -e '4q' $file | grep "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE") >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    relink_command=
+	    . $dir/$noexename
+
+	    # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
+	    # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
+	    rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
+	    if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
+	    fi
+	    if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
+	      rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      $show "$rm $rmfiles"
+      $run $rm $rmfiles || exit_status=1
+    done
+    objdir="$origobjdir"
+
+    # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
+    for dir in $rmdirs; do
+      if test -d "$dir"; then
+	$show "rmdir $dir"
+	$run rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1
+      fi
+    done
+
+    exit $exit_status
+    ;;
+
+  "")
+    $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2
+    $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -z "$exec_cmd"; then
+    $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2
+    $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi # test -z "$show_help"
+
+if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
+  eval exec $exec_cmd
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# We need to display help for each of the modes.
+case $mode in
+"") $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
+
+Provide generalized library-building support services.
+
+    --config          show all configuration variables
+    --debug           enable verbose shell tracing
+-n, --dry-run         display commands without modifying any files
+    --features        display basic configuration information and exit
+    --finish          same as \`--mode=finish'
+    --help            display this help message and exit
+    --mode=MODE       use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS]
+    --quiet           same as \`--silent'
+    --silent          don't print informational messages
+    --tag=TAG         use configuration variables from tag TAG
+    --version         print version information
+
+MODE must be one of the following:
+
+      clean           remove files from the build directory
+      compile         compile a source file into a libtool object
+      execute         automatically set library path, then run a program
+      finish          complete the installation of libtool libraries
+      install         install libraries or executables
+      link            create a library or an executable
+      uninstall       remove libraries from an installed directory
+
+MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.  Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for
+a more detailed description of MODE.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>."
+  exit 0
+  ;;
+
+clean)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove files from the build directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
+with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+  ;;
+
+compile)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
+
+Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
+  -prefer-pic       try to building PIC objects only
+  -prefer-non-pic   try to building non-PIC objects only
+  -static           always build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
+
+COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
+from the given SOURCEFILE.
+
+The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
+SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
+library object suffix, \`.lo'."
+  ;;
+
+execute)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
+
+Automatically set library path, then run a program.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -dlopen FILE      add the directory containing FILE to the library path
+
+This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
+flags.
+
+If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
+into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
+directories are added to the library path.
+
+Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
+  ;;
+
+finish)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
+
+Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
+
+Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
+
+The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges.  Use
+the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
+  ;;
+
+install)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
+
+Install executables or libraries.
+
+INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command.  The first component should be
+either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
+
+The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
+BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
+  ;;
+
+link)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
+
+Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
+create an executable program.
+
+LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
+a program from several object files.
+
+The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -all-static       do not do any dynamic linking at all
+  -avoid-version    do not add a version suffix if possible
+  -dlopen FILE      \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
+  -dlpreopen FILE   link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
+  -export-dynamic   allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
+  -export-symbols SYMFILE
+		    try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
+  -export-symbols-regex REGEX
+		    try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
+  -LLIBDIR          search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
+  -lNAME            OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
+  -module           build a library that can dlopened
+  -no-fast-install  disable the fast-install mode
+  -no-install       link a not-installable executable
+  -no-undefined     declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
+  -objectlist FILE  Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
+  -precious-files-regex REGEX
+                    don't remove output files matching REGEX
+  -release RELEASE  specify package release information
+  -rpath LIBDIR     the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
+  -R[ ]LIBDIR       add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
+  -static           do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
+		    specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
+
+All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
+
+Every other argument is treated as a filename.  Files ending in \`.la' are
+treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
+object files.
+
+If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
+only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
+required, except when creating a convenience library.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
+using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
+is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
+  ;;
+
+uninstall)
+  $echo \
+"Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove libraries from an installation directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically \`/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
+Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2
+  $echo "$help" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+$echo
+$echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes."
+
+exit 0
+
+# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
+# in which we disable both kinds of libraries.  Given conflicting
+# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
+# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
+# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
+# them.  This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
+# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
+# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
+# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
+# configuration.  But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+build_libtool_libs=no
+build_old_libs=yes
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) $echo no;; *) $echo yes;; esac`
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:shell-script
+# sh-indentation:2
+# End:
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/main.mk b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/main.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e79e0926ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/main.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+###############################################################################
+# The following macros should be defined before this script is
+# invoked:
+#
+# TOP              The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the
+#                  directory that contains this "Makefile.in" and the
+#                  "configure.in" script.
+#
+# BCC              C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#                  will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+# USLEEP           If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#                  call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+# THREADSAFE       If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#                  multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#                  appropriately:
+#
+# THREADLIB        Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#                  thread safe
+#
+# OPTS             Extra compiler command-line options.
+#
+# EXE              The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows
+#                  and "" for Unix.
+#
+# TCC              C Compiler and options for use in building executables that 
+#                  will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#                  as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+# AR               Tools used to build a static library.
+# RANLIB
+#
+# TCL_FLAGS        Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the
+#                  TCL library.
+#
+# LIBTCL           Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+# READLINE_FLAGS   Compiler options needed for programs that use the
+#                  readline() library.
+#
+# LIBREADLINE      Linker options needed by programs using readline() must
+#                  link against.
+#
+# ENCODING         "UTF8" or "ISO8859"
+#
+# Once the macros above are defined, the rest of this make script will
+# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
+################################################################################
+
+# This is how we compile
+#
+TCCX = $(TCC) $(OPTS) $(THREADSAFE) $(USLEEP) -I. -I$(TOP)/src
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ+= attach.o auth.o btree.o build.o date.o delete.o \
+         expr.o func.o hash.o insert.o \
+         main.o opcodes.o os_mac.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
+         pager.o parse.o pragma.o printf.o random.o \
+         select.o table.o tclsqlite.o tokenize.o trigger.o \
+         update.o util.o vacuum.o \
+         vdbe.o vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbemem.o \
+         where.o utf.o legacy.o
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_mac.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_mac.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/md5.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   config.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_mac.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_unix.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_win.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h config.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort +4 | tail -1 \
+          | awk '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ)
+	$(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a
+
+sqlite3$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
+	$(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE) $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBREADLINE) $(THREADLIB)
+
+objects: $(LIBOBJ_ORIG)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) opcodes.c
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c tsrc
+	cp $(TOP)/sqlite3.def tsrc
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon:	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+attach.o:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.o:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btree.o:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.o:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+# The config.h file will contain a single #define that tells us how
+# many bytes are in a pointer.  This only works if a pointer is the
+# same size on the host as it is on the target.  If you are cross-compiling
+# to a target with a different pointer size, you'll need to manually
+# configure the config.h file.
+#
+config.h:	
+	echo '#include <stdio.h>' >temp.c
+	echo 'int main(){printf(' >>temp.c
+	echo '"#define SQLITE_PTR_SZ %d",sizeof(char*));' >>temp.c
+	echo 'exit(0);}' >>temp.c
+	$(BCC) -o temp temp.c
+	./temp >config.h
+	echo >>config.h
+	rm -f temp.c temp
+
+date.o:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.o:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.o:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+func.o:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.o:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.o:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+legacy.o:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+main.o:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+pager.o:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.o:	opcodes.c
+	$(TCCX) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n +2 opcodes.h | awk -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | awk -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os_mac.o:	$(TOP)/src/os_mac.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os_mac.c
+
+os_unix.o:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.o:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+parse.o:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon parse.y
+
+pragma.o:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+printf.o:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.o:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.o:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION`/ \
+            -e s/--ENCODING--/$(ENCODING)/ \
+                 $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in >sqlite3.h
+
+table.o:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.o:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.o:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+trigger.o:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.o:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.o:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.o:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.o:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbemem.o:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+where.o:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
+#
+tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
+		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+testfixture$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -o testfixture$(EXE) \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+crashtest:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/os_test.c
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DOS_TEST=1 -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 \
+		-o crashtest \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/os_test.c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE) crashtest
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) \
+			$(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -static -o \
+ 		sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+# Rules used to build documentation
+#
+arch.html:	$(TOP)/www/arch.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/arch.tcl >arch.html
+
+arch.png:	$(TOP)/www/arch.png
+	cp $(TOP)/www/arch.png .
+
+c_interface.html:	$(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/c_interface.tcl >c_interface.html
+
+capi3.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3.tcl >capi3.html
+
+capi3ref.html:	$(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/capi3ref.tcl >capi3ref.html
+
+changes.html:	$(TOP)/www/changes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/changes.tcl >changes.html
+
+copyright.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/copyright.tcl >copyright.html
+
+copyright-release.html:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.html .
+
+copyright-release.pdf:	$(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf
+	cp $(TOP)/www/copyright-release.pdf .
+
+common.tcl:	$(TOP)/www/common.tcl
+	cp $(TOP)/www/common.tcl .
+
+conflict.html:	$(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/conflict.tcl >conflict.html
+
+datatypes.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatypes.tcl >datatypes.html
+
+datatype3.html:	$(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/datatype3.tcl >datatype3.html
+
+docs.html:	$(TOP)/www/docs.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/docs.tcl >docs.html
+
+download.html:	$(TOP)/www/download.tcl
+	mkdir -p doc
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/download.tcl >download.html
+
+faq.html:	$(TOP)/www/faq.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/faq.tcl >faq.html
+
+fileformat.html:	$(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/fileformat.tcl >fileformat.html
+
+formatchng.html:	$(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/formatchng.tcl >formatchng.html
+
+index.html:	$(TOP)/www/index.tcl last_change
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/index.tcl >index.html
+
+lang.html:	$(TOP)/www/lang.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lang.tcl >lang.html
+
+lockingv3.html:	$(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/lockingv3.tcl >lockingv3.html
+
+oldnews.html:	$(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/oldnews.tcl >oldnews.html
+
+omitted.html:	$(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/omitted.tcl >omitted.html
+
+opcode.html:	$(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/opcode.tcl $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c >opcode.html
+
+mingw.html:	$(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/mingw.tcl >mingw.html
+
+nulls.html:	$(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/nulls.tcl >nulls.html
+
+quickstart.html:	$(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/quickstart.tcl >quickstart.html
+
+speed.html:	$(TOP)/www/speed.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/speed.tcl >speed.html
+
+sqlite.gif:	$(TOP)/art/SQLite.gif
+	cp $(TOP)/art/SQLite.gif sqlite.gif
+
+sqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/sqlite.tcl >sqlite.html
+
+support.html:	$(TOP)/www/support.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/support.tcl >support.html
+
+tclsqlite.html:	$(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/tclsqlite.tcl >tclsqlite.html
+
+vdbe.html:	$(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/vdbe.tcl >vdbe.html
+
+version3.html:	$(TOP)/www/version3.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/www/version3.tcl >version3.html
+
+
+# Files to be published on the website.
+#
+DOC = \
+  arch.html \
+  arch.png \
+  c_interface.html \
+  capi3.html \
+  capi3ref.html \
+  changes.html \
+  copyright.html \
+  copyright-release.html \
+  copyright-release.pdf \
+  conflict.html \
+  datatypes.html \
+  datatype3.html \
+  docs.html \
+  download.html \
+  faq.html \
+  fileformat.html \
+  formatchng.html \
+  index.html \
+  lang.html \
+  lockingv3.html \
+  mingw.html \
+  nulls.html \
+  oldnews.html \
+  omitted.html \
+  opcode.html \
+  quickstart.html \
+  speed.html \
+  sqlite.gif \
+  sqlite.html \
+  support.html \
+  tclsqlite.html \
+  vdbe.html \
+  version3.html
+
+doc:	common.tcl $(DOC)
+	mkdir -p doc
+	mv $(DOC) doc
+
+# Standard install and cleanup targets
+#
+install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
+	mv sqlite3 /usr/bin
+	mv libsqlite3.a /usr/lib
+	mv sqlite3.h /usr/include
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.o sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -f lemon lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -rf tsrc
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkdll.sh b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkdll.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bad8619f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkdll.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite into a DLL.
+#
+# Two separate DLLs are generated.  "sqlite3.dll" is the core
+# library.  "tclsqlite3.dll" contains the TCL bindings and is the
+# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+PATH=$PATH:/opt/mingw/bin
+TCLDIR=/home/drh/tcltk/846/win/846win
+TCLSTUBLIB=$TCLDIR/libtcl84stub.a
+OPTS='-DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DNDEBUG=1 -DTHREADSAFE=1'
+CC="i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -I. -I$TCLDIR"
+rm shell.c
+for i in *.c; do
+  CMD="$CC -c $i"
+  echo $CMD
+  $CMD
+done
+echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def
+echo 'Tclsqlite3_Init' >>tclsqlite3.def
+echo 'Sqlite3_Init' >>tclsqlite3.def
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def tclsqlite3.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname tclsqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt *.o $TCLSTUBLIB
+i386-mingw32msvc-strip tclsqlite3.dll
+rm tclsqlite.o
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def sqlite3.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname sqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt *.o
+i386-mingw32msvc-strip sqlite3.dll
+cd ..
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkopcodec.awk b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkopcodec.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6119272bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkopcodec.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# This AWK script scans the opcodes.h file (which is itself generated by
+# another awk script) and uses the information gleaned to create the
+# opcodes.c source file.
+#
+# Opcodes.c contains strings which are the symbolic names for the various
+# opcodes used by the VDBE.  These strings are used when disassembling a
+# VDBE program during tracing or as a result of the EXPLAIN keyword.
+#
+BEGIN {
+  print "/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */"
+  print "/* See the mkopcodec.h script for details. */"
+  print "const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { \"?\","
+}
+/^#define OP_/ {
+  sub("OP_","",$2)
+  print "  \"" $2 "\","
+}
+END {
+  print "};"
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkopcodeh.awk b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkopcodeh.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ead07d5ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkopcodeh.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# This AWK script scans a concatenation of the parse.h output file from the
+# parser and the vdbe.c source file in order to generate the opcodes numbers
+# for all opcodes.  
+#
+# The lines of the vdbe.c that we are interested in are of the form:
+#
+#       case OP_aaaa:      /* same as TK_bbbbb */
+#
+# The TK_ comment is optional.  If it is present, then the value assigned to
+# the OP_ is the same as the TK_ value.  If missing, the OP_ value is assigned
+# a small integer that is different from every other OP_ value.
+#
+
+# Remember the TK_ values from the parse.h file
+/^#define TK_/ {
+  tk[$2] = $3
+}
+
+# Scan for "case OP_aaaa:" lines in the vdbe.c file
+/^case OP_/ {
+  name = $2
+  gsub(/:/,"",name)
+  gsub("\r","",name)
+  op[name] = -1
+  for(i=3; i<NF-2; i++){
+    if($i=="same" && $(i+1)=="as"){
+      op[name] = tk[$(i+2)]
+      used[op[name]] = 1
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Assign numbers to all opcodes and output the result.
+END {
+  cnt = 0
+  print "/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */"
+  print "/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */"
+  for(name in op){
+    if( op[name]<0 ){
+      cnt++
+      while( used[cnt] ) cnt++
+      op[name] = cnt
+    }
+    printf "#define %-30s %d\n", name, op[name]
+  }
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkso.sh b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkso.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9da593bfb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/mkso.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite into a shared library on Linux.
+#
+# Two separate shared libraries are generated.  "sqlite3.so" is the core
+# library.  "tclsqlite3.so" contains the TCL bindings and is the
+# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+rm shell.c
+TCLDIR=/home/drh/tcltk/846/linux/846linux
+TCLSTUBLIB=$TCLDIR/libtclstub8.4g.a
+OPTS='-DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DNDEBUG=1'
+for i in *.c; do
+  CMD="cc -fPIC $OPTS -O2 -I. -I$TCLDIR -c $i"
+  echo $CMD
+  $CMD
+done
+echo gcc -shared *.o $TCLSTUBLIB -o tclsqlite3.so
+gcc -shared *.o $TCLSTUBLIB -o tclsqlite3.so
+strip tclsqlite3.so
+rm tclsqlite.c tclsqlite.o
+echo gcc -shared *.o -o sqlite3.so
+gcc -shared *.o -o sqlite3.so
+strip sqlite3.so
+cd ..
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/publish.sh b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/publish.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c45550bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/publish.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite and all its documentation and
+# ship everything up to the SQLite website.  This script will only work
+# on the system "zadok" at the Hwaci offices.  But others might find
+# the script useful as an example.
+#
+
+# Set srcdir to the name of the directory that contains the publish.sh
+# script.
+#
+srcdir=`echo "$0" | sed 's%\(^.*\)/[^/][^/]*$%\1%'`
+
+# Get the makefile.
+#
+cp $srcdir/Makefile.linux-gcc ./Makefile
+chmod +x $srcdir/install-sh
+
+# Get the current version number - needed to help build filenames
+#
+VERS=`cat $srcdir/VERSION`
+VERSW=`sed 's/\./_/g' $srcdir/VERSION`
+
+# Start by building an sqlite shell for linux.
+#
+make clean
+make sqlite3
+strip sqlite3
+mv sqlite3 sqlite3-$VERS.bin
+gzip sqlite3-$VERS.bin
+mv sqlite3-$VERS.bin.gz doc
+
+# Build a source archive useful for windows.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+zip ../doc/sqlite-source-$VERSW.zip *
+cd ..
+
+# Build the sqlite.so and tclsqlite.so shared libraries
+# under Linux
+#
+. $srcdir/mkso.sh
+cd tsrc
+mv tclsqlite3.so tclsqlite-$VERS.so
+gzip tclsqlite-$VERS.so
+mv tclsqlite-$VERS.so.gz ../doc
+mv sqlite3.so sqlite-$VERS.so
+gzip sqlite-$VERS.so
+mv sqlite-$VERS.so.gz ../doc
+cd ..
+
+# Build the tclsqlite3.dll and sqlite3.dll shared libraries.
+#
+. $srcdir/mkdll.sh
+cd tsrc
+echo zip ../doc/tclsqlite-$VERSW.zip tclsqlite3.dll
+zip ../doc/tclsqlite-$VERSW.zip tclsqlite3.dll
+echo zip ../doc/sqlitedll-$VERSW.zip sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def
+zip ../doc/sqlitedll-$VERSW.zip sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def
+cd ..
+
+# Build the sqlite.exe executable for windows.
+#
+make target_source
+cd tsrc
+rm tclsqlite.c
+OPTS='-DSTATIC_BUILD=1 -DNDEBUG=1'
+i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -I. -I$TCLDIR *.c -o sqlite3.exe
+zip ../doc/sqlite-$VERSW.zip sqlite3.exe
+cd ..
+
+# Construct a tarball of the source tree
+#
+ORIGIN=`pwd`
+cd $srcdir
+cd ..
+EXCLUDE=`find sqlite -print | grep CVS | sed 's,^, --exclude ,'`
+tar czf $ORIGIN/doc/sqlite-$VERS.tar.gz $EXCLUDE sqlite
+cd $ORIGIN
+
+#
+# Build RPMS (binary) and Source RPM
+#
+
+# Make sure we are properly setup to build RPMs
+#
+echo "%HOME %{expand:%%(cd; pwd)}" > $HOME/.rpmmacros
+echo "%_topdir %{HOME}/rpm" >> $HOME/.rpmmacros
+mkdir $HOME/rpm
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/BUILD
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/SOURCES
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/RPMS
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/SRPMS
+mkdir $HOME/rpm/SPECS
+
+# create the spec file from the template
+sed s/SQLITE_VERSION/$VERS/g $srcdir/spec.template > $HOME/rpm/SPECS/sqlite.spec
+
+# copy the source tarball to the rpm directory
+cp doc/sqlite-$VERS.tar.gz $HOME/rpm/SOURCES/.
+
+# build all the rpms
+rpm -ba $HOME/rpm/SPECS/sqlite.spec >& rpm-$vers.log
+
+# copy the RPMs into the build directory.
+mv $HOME/rpm/RPMS/i386/sqlite*-$vers*.rpm doc
+mv $HOME/rpm/SRPMS/sqlite-$vers*.rpm doc
+
+# Build the website
+#
+#cp $srcdir/../historical/* doc
+make doc
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/spec.template b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/spec.template
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24c5eaebb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/spec.template
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+%define name sqlite
+%define version SQLITE_VERSION
+%define release 1
+
+Name: %{name}
+Summary: SQLite is a C library that implements an embeddable SQL database engine
+Version: %{version}
+Release: %{release}
+Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
+Group: System/Libraries
+URL: http://www.hwaci.com/sw/sqlite/
+License: Public Domain
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
+
+%description
+SQLite is a C library that implements an embeddable SQL database engine.
+Programs that link with the SQLite library can have SQL database access
+without running a separate RDBMS process. The distribution comes with a
+standalone command-line access program (sqlite) that can be used to
+administer an SQLite database and which serves as an example of how to
+use the SQLite library.
+
+%package -n %{name}-devel
+Summary: Header files and libraries for developing apps which will use sqlite
+Group: Development/C
+Requires: %{name} = %{version}-%{release}
+
+%description -n %{name}-devel
+The sqlite-devel package contains the header files and libraries needed
+to develop programs that use the sqlite database library.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q -n %{name}
+
+%build
+CFLAGS="%optflags -DNDEBUG=1" CXXFLAGS="%optflags -DNDEBUG=1" ./configure --prefix=%{_prefix}
+
+make
+make doc
+
+%install
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/bin
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/include
+install -d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}/lib
+make install prefix=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT/%{_prefix}
+
+%clean
+rm -fr $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%files
+%defattr(-, root, root)
+%{_libdir}/*.so*
+%{_bindir}/*
+
+%files -n %{name}-devel
+%defattr(-, root, root)
+%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/sqlite3.pc
+%{_libdir}/*.a
+%{_libdir}/*.la
+%{_includedir}/*
+%doc doc/*
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite.1 b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e35358ec61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite.1
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+.\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
+.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
+.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
+.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
+.TH SQLITE 1 "Mon Apr 15 23:49:17 2002"
+.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
+.\"
+.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
+.\" .nh        disable hyphenation
+.\" .hy        enable hyphenation
+.\" .ad l      left justify
+.\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
+.\" .nf        disable filling
+.\" .fi        enable filling
+.\" .br        insert line break
+.\" .sp <n>    insert n+1 empty lines
+.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
+.SH NAME
+sqlite \- A command line interface for SQLite
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B sqlite
+.RI [ options ] " filename " [ SQL ]
+.SS SUMMARY
+.PP
+sqlite is a terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library. It enables
+you to type in queries interactively, issue them to SQLite and see the
+results. Alternatively, you can specify SQL code on the command-line. In
+addition it provides a number of meta-commands.
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page documents briefly the
+.B sqlite
+command.
+This manual page was written for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution
+because the original program does not have a manual page.
+.SS GETTING STARTED
+.PP
+To start the sqlite program, just type "sqlite" followed by the name
+the file that holds the SQLite database. If the file does not exist, a
+new one is created automatically. The sqlite program will then prompt
+you to enter SQL. Type in SQL statements (terminated by a semicolon),
+press "Enter" and the SQL will be executed.
+
+For example, to create a new SQLite database named "ex1" with a single
+table named "tbl1", you might do this:
+.sp
+.nf
+$ sqlite ex1
+SQLite version 2.0.0
+Enter ".help" for instructions
+sqlite> create table tbl1(one varchar(10), two smallint);
+sqlite> insert into tbl1 values('hello!',10);
+sqlite> insert into tbl1 values('goodbye', 20);
+sqlite> select * from tbl1;
+hello!|10
+goodbye|20
+sqlite>
+.sp
+.fi
+
+.SS SQLITE META-COMMANDS
+.PP
+Most of the time, sqlite just reads lines of input and passes them on
+to the SQLite library for execution. But if an input line begins with
+a dot ("."), then that line is intercepted and interpreted by the
+sqlite program itself. These "dot commands" are typically used to
+change the output format of queries, or to execute certain prepackaged
+query statements.
+
+For a listing of the available dot commands, you can enter ".help" at
+any time. For example:
+.sp
+.nf
+.cc |
+sqlite> .help
+.dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an text format
+.echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off
+.exit                  Exit this program
+.explain ON|OFF        Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
+                       "off" will revert to the output mode that was
+                       previously in effect
+.header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off
+.help                  Show this message
+.indices TABLE         Show names of all indices on TABLE
+.mode MODE             Set mode to one of "line(s)", "column(s)",
+                       "insert", "list", or "html"
+.mode insert TABLE     Generate SQL insert statements for TABLE
+.nullvalue STRING      Print STRING instead of nothing for NULL data
+.output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME
+.output stdout         Send output to the screen
+.prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
+                       "sqlite > " and "   ...> "
+                       with the strings MAIN and CONTINUE
+                       CONTINUE is optional.
+.quit                  Exit this program
+.read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
+.reindex ?TABLE?       Rebuild indices
+.schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
+.separator STRING      Change separator string for "list" mode
+.show                  Show the current values for the following:
+                       .echo
+                       .explain
+                       .mode
+                       .nullvalue
+                       .output
+                       .separator
+                       .width
+.tables ?PATTERN?      List names of tables matching a pattern
+.timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds
+.width NUM NUM ...     Set column widths for "column" mode
+sqlite>
+|cc .
+.sp
+.fi
+
+.SH OPTIONS
+The program has the following options:
+.TP
+.BI \-init\ file
+Read in and process 'file', which contains "dot commands".
+You can use this file to initialize display settings.
+.TP
+.B \-html
+Set output mode to HTML.
+.TP
+.B \-list
+Set output mode to 'list'.
+.TP
+.B \-line
+Set output mode to 'line'.
+.TP
+.B \-column
+Set output mode to 'column'.
+.TP
+.BI \-separator\  separator
+Specify which output field separator for 'list' mode to use.
+Default is '|'.
+.TP
+.BI \-nullvalue\  string
+When a null is encountered, print 'string'. Default is no string.
+.TP
+.B \-[no]header
+Turn headers on or off. Default is off.
+.TP
+.B \-echo
+Print commands before execution.
+
+
+.SH OUTPUT MODE
+The SQLite program has different output modes, which define the way
+the output (from queries) is formatted.
+
+In 'list' mode, which is the default, one record per line is output,
+each field separated by the separator specified with the
+\fB-separator\fP option or \fB.separator\fP command.
+
+In 'line' mode, each column is output on its own line, records are
+separated by blank lines.
+
+In HTML mode, an XHTML table is generated.
+
+In 'column' mode, one record per line is output, aligned neatly in colums.
+
+.SH INIT FILE
+sqlite can be initialized using resource files. These can be combined with
+command line arguments to set up sqlite exactly the way you want it.
+Initialization proceeds as follows:
+
+o The defaults of
+
+.sp
+.nf
+.cc |
+mode            = LIST
+separator       = "|"
+main prompt     = "sqlite> "
+continue prompt = "   ...> "
+|cc .
+.sp
+.fi
+
+are established.
+
+o If a file .sqliterc can be found in the user's home directory, it is
+read and processed. It should only contain "dot commands".  If the
+file is not found or cannot be read, processing continues without
+notification.
+
+o If a file is specified on the command line with the -init option, it
+is processed in the same manner as .sqliterc
+
+o All other command line options are processed
+
+o The database is opened and you are now ready to begin.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+http://www.hwaci.com/sw/sqlite/
+.br
+The sqlite-doc package
+.SH AUTHOR
+This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
+<rotty@debian.org>, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
+by others).
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite.pc.in b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16ed41c3d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Package Information for pkg-config
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: SQLite
+Description: SQL database engine
+Version: @VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite3.def b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite3.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a4b793113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite3.def
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+EXPORTS
+sqlite3_aggregate_context
+sqlite3_aggregate_count
+sqlite3_bind_blob
+sqlite3_bind_double
+sqlite3_bind_int
+sqlite3_bind_int64
+sqlite3_bind_null
+sqlite3_bind_parameter_count
+sqlite3_bind_parameter_index
+sqlite3_bind_parameter_name
+sqlite3_bind_text
+sqlite3_bind_text16
+sqlite3_busy_handler
+sqlite3_busy_timeout
+sqlite3_changes
+sqlite3_close
+sqlite3_collation_needed
+sqlite3_collation_needed16
+sqlite3_column_blob
+sqlite3_column_bytes
+sqlite3_column_bytes16
+sqlite3_column_count
+sqlite3_column_decltype
+sqlite3_column_decltype16
+sqlite3_column_double
+sqlite3_column_int
+sqlite3_column_int64
+sqlite3_column_name
+sqlite3_column_name16
+sqlite3_column_text
+sqlite3_column_text16
+sqlite3_column_type
+sqlite3_commit_hook
+sqlite3_complete
+sqlite3_complete16
+sqlite3_create_collation
+sqlite3_create_collation16
+sqlite3_create_function
+sqlite3_create_function16
+sqlite3_data_count
+sqlite3_errcode
+sqlite3_errmsg
+sqlite3_errmsg16
+sqlite3_exec
+sqlite3_finalize
+sqlite3_free
+sqlite3_free_table
+sqlite3_get_auxdata
+sqlite3_get_table
+sqlite3_interrupt
+sqlite3_last_insert_rowid
+sqlite3_libversion
+sqlite3_mprintf
+sqlite3_open
+sqlite3_open16
+sqlite3_prepare
+sqlite3_prepare16
+sqlite3_progress_handler
+sqlite3_reset
+sqlite3_result_blob
+sqlite3_result_double
+sqlite3_result_error
+sqlite3_result_error16
+sqlite3_result_int
+sqlite3_result_int64
+sqlite3_result_null
+sqlite3_result_text
+sqlite3_result_text16
+sqlite3_result_text16be
+sqlite3_result_text16le
+sqlite3_result_value
+sqlite3_set_authorizer
+sqlite3_set_auxdata
+sqlite3_snprintf
+sqlite3_step
+sqlite3_total_changes
+sqlite3_trace
+sqlite3_user_data
+sqlite3_value_blob
+sqlite3_value_bytes
+sqlite3_value_bytes16
+sqlite3_value_double
+sqlite3_value_int
+sqlite3_value_int64
+sqlite3_value_text
+sqlite3_value_text16
+sqlite3_value_text16be
+sqlite3_value_text16le
+sqlite3_value_type
+sqlite3_vmprintf
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite3.pc.in b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite3.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13d80a0b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/sqlite3.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Package Information for pkg-config
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: SQLite
+Description: SQL database engine
+Version: @VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite3
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/attach.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/attach.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f0899865c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/attach.c
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to process an ATTACH statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE filename AS dbname
+**
+** The pFilename and pDbname arguments are the tokens that define the
+** filename and dbname in the ATTACH statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3Attach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  Token *pFilename,    /* Name of database file */
+  Token *pDbname,      /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  int keyType,         /* 0: no key.  1: TEXT,  2: BLOB */
+  Token *pKey          /* Text of the key for keytype 1 and 2 */
+){
+  Db *aNew;
+  int rc, i;
+  char *zFile, *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->nDb>=MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+       MAX_ATTACHED);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zFile = sqlite3NameFromToken(pFilename);;
+  if( zFile==0 ) return;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, zFile, 0, 0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(zFile);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbname);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    if( z && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "database %z is already in use", zName);
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqliteFree(zFile);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  aNew->zName = zName;
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, MAX_PAGES, &aNew->pBt);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+  }
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  {
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, void*, int);
+    char *zKey;
+    int nKey;
+    if( keyType==0 ){
+      /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+      extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+      sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    }else if( keyType==1 ){
+      /* Key specified as text */
+      zKey = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
+      nKey = strlen(zKey);
+    }else{
+      /* Key specified as a BLOB */
+      char *zTemp;
+      assert( keyType==2 );
+      pKey->z++;
+      pKey->n--;
+      zTemp = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
+      zKey = sqlite3HexToBlob(zTemp);
+      sqliteFree(zTemp);
+    }
+    sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+    if( keyType ){
+      sqliteFree(zKey);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  sqliteFree(zFile);
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    int i = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( i>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].pBt = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    if( 0==pParse->nErr ){
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to process a DETACH statement:
+**
+**    DETACH DATABASE dbname
+**
+** The pDbname argument is the name of the database in the DETACH statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Token *pDbname){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->zName==0 ) continue;
+    if( strlen(pDb->zName)!=pDbname->n ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pDb->zName, pDbname->z, pDbname->n)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such database: %T", pDbname);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot detach database %T", pDbname);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse,SQLITE_DETACH,db->aDb[i].zName,0,0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+**
+** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
+** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
+      pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb);
+    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/auth.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/auth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b251eacfdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/auth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
+    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
+    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
+  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+  for(iSrc=0; iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
+    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
+  }
+  if( iSrc>=0 && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
+    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
+    ** of a trigger.
+    */
+    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
+    pTab = pStack->pTab;
+  }else{
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( pExpr->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDBase = db->aDb[pExpr->iDb].zName;
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
+                 pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || pExpr->iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
+         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising. */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  if( pParse ){
+    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/btree.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/btree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe8754e01d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/btree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4462 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id$
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N) | Ptr(N+1) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N+1) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N+1) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
+** page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed more
+** than once within the same second.  This counter, together with the
+** modification time of the file, allows other processes to know
+** when the file has changed and thus when they need to flush their
+** cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell area area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N+1) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes.  Such small cells will be
+** exceedingly rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**                                  123456789 123456 */
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = "SQLite format 3";
+
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
+
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 idxShift;         /* True if Cell indices have changed */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
+  u8 zeroData;         /* True if table stores keys only */
+  u8 leafData;         /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */
+  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.maxLocal or Btree.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.minLocal or Btree.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 idxParent;       /* Index in parent of this node */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
+    u8 *pCell;           /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
+    u16 idx;             /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
+  } aOvfl[5];
+  struct Btree *pBt;   /* Pointer back to BTree structure */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer back to the start of the page */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+  MemPage *pParent;    /* The parent of this page.  NULL for root */
+};
+
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+
+/*
+** Everything we need to know about an open database
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 inTrans;           /* True if a transaction is in progress */
+  u8 inStmt;            /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
+  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
+  u8 maxEmbedFrac;      /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 minEmbedFrac;      /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 minLeafFrac;       /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
+  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  int maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  int minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  int maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  int minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+};
+typedef Btree Bt;
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
+  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
+  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry in the BTree.
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBt;               /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */
+  void *pArg;               /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  MemPage *pPage;           /* Page that contains the entry */
+  int idx;                  /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
+  u8 isValid;               /* TRUE if points to a valid entry */
+  u8 status;                /* Set to SQLITE_ABORT if cursors is invalidated */
+};
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+static u32 get2byte(unsigned char *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) | p[1];
+}
+static u32 get4byte(unsigned char *p){
+  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+}
+static void put2byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>8;
+  p[1] = v;
+}
+static void put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>24;
+  p[1] = v>>16;
+  p[2] = v>>8;
+  p[3] = v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.
+*/
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define getVarint32  sqlite3GetVarint32
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  u8 *data = pPage->aData;
+  assert( iCell>=0 );
+  assert( iCell<get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) );
+  return data + get2byte(&data[pPage->cellOffset+2*iCell]);
+}
+
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.  See insert
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int k;
+    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
+    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
+    k = pOvfl->idx;
+    if( k<=iCell ){
+      if( k==iCell ){
+        return pOvfl->pCell;
+      }
+      iCell--;
+    }
+  }
+  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
+** are two versions of this function.  parseCell() takes a cell index
+** as the second argument and parseCellPtr() takes a pointer to the
+** body of the cell as its second argument.
+*/
+static void parseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  int n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload);
+  }else{
+    nPayload = 0;
+  }
+  n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey);
+  pInfo->nHeader = n;
+  pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+  if( !pPage->intKey ){
+    nPayload += pInfo->nKey;
+  }
+  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
+    pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
+    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+    nSize = nPayload + n;
+    if( nSize<4 ){
+      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+    }
+    pInfo->nSize = nSize;
+  }else{
+    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+    **
+    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+    */
+    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+      pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
+    }else{
+      pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
+    }
+    pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
+    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+  }
+}
+static void parseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  CellInfo info;
+  parseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
+  return info.nSize;
+}
+#endif
+static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  CellInfo info;
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  return info.nSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do sanity checking on a page.  Throw an exception if anything is
+** not right.
+**
+** This routine is used for internal error checking only.  It is omitted
+** from most builds.
+*/
+#if defined(BTREE_DEBUG) && !defined(NDEBUG) && 0
+static void _pageIntegrity(MemPage *pPage){
+  int usableSize;
+  u8 *data;
+  int i, j, idx, c, pc, hdr, nFree;
+  int cellOffset;
+  int nCell, cellLimit;
+  u8 *used;
+
+  used = sqliteMallocRaw( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
+  if( used==0 ) return;
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  assert( pPage->aData==&((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pPage->pBt->pageSize] );
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  assert( hdr==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+  c = pPage->aData[hdr];
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf == ((c & PTF_LEAF)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->zeroData == ((c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->leafData == ((c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->intKey == ((c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->hasData ==
+             !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)) );
+    assert( pPage->cellOffset==pPage->hdrOffset+12-4*pPage->leaf );
+    assert( pPage->nCell = get2byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+3]) );
+  }
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  memset(used, 0, usableSize);
+  for(i=0; i<hdr+10-pPage->leaf*4; i++) used[i] = 1;
+  nFree = 0;
+  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  while( pc ){
+    int size;
+    assert( pc>0 && pc<usableSize-4 );
+    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+    assert( pc+size<=usableSize );
+    nFree += size;
+    for(i=pc; i<pc+size; i++){
+      assert( used[i]==0 );
+      used[i] = 1;
+    }
+    pc = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+  }
+  idx = 0;
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  cellLimit = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  assert( pPage->isInit==0 
+         || pPage->nFree==nFree+data[hdr+7]+cellLimit-(cellOffset+2*nCell) );
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    int size;
+    pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+2*i]);
+    assert( pc>0 && pc<usableSize-4 );
+    size = cellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
+    assert( pc+size<=usableSize );
+    for(j=pc; j<pc+size; j++){
+      assert( used[j]==0 );
+      used[j] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=cellOffset+2*nCell; i<cellimit; i++){
+    assert( used[i]==0 );
+    used[i] = 1;
+  }
+  nFree = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+    assert( used[i]<=1 );
+    if( used[i]==0 ) nFree++;
+  }
+  assert( nFree==data[hdr+7] );
+  sqliteFree(used);
+}
+#define pageIntegrity(X) _pageIntegrity(X)
+#else
+# define pageIntegrity(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
+** beginning of the page and all free space is collected 
+** into one big FreeBlk at the end of the page.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
+  int addr;                  /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int brk;                   /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  temp = sqliteMalloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
+  if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
+  brk = usableSize;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
+    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+    assert( pc<pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+    brk -= size;
+    memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
+    put2byte(pAddr, brk);
+  }
+  assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
+  memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
+  sqliteFree(temp);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
+**
+** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
+** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free
+** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request.
+**
+** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
+** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
+** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before 
+** allocating the new chunk.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
+  int addr, pc, hdr;
+  int size;
+  int nFrag;
+  int top;
+  int nCell;
+  int cellOffset;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4;
+  if( pPage->nFree<nByte || pPage->nOverflow>0 ) return 0;
+  pPage->nFree -= nByte;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+
+  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+  if( nFrag<60 ){
+    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
+    ** space request. */
+    addr = hdr+1;
+    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( size>=nByte ){
+        if( size<nByte+4 ){
+          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+          data[hdr+7] = nFrag + size - nByte;
+          return pc;
+        }else{
+          put2byte(&data[pc+2], size-nByte);
+          return pc + size - nByte;
+        }
+      }
+      addr = pc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.
+  */
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
+    if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  }
+  top -= nByte;
+  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  return top;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
+*/
+static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
+  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( size<4 ) size = 4;
+
+  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    addr = pbegin;
+  }
+  assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+  pPage->nFree += size;
+
+  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+  addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+    int pnext, psize;
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+      assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
+      data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
+    }else{
+      addr = pbegin;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+    int top;
+    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+*/
+static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  Btree *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
+  pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0);
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){
+    pPage->leafData = 1;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else{
+    pPage->leafData = 0;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }
+  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
+** is the parent of the page being initialized.  The root of a
+** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int initPage(
+  MemPage *pPage,        /* The page to be initialized */
+  MemPage *pParent       /* The parent.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  int hdr;           /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+  u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+  Btree *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+  int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+  int cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+  int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+  int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  assert( pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == &((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize] );
+  if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
+    /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
+    pPage->pParent = pParent;
+    sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+  }
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]);
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+    /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
+    /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
+  i = 0;
+  while( pc>0 ){
+    int next, size;
+    if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
+      /* Free block is off the page */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    if( i++>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE/4 ){
+      /* The free block list forms an infinite loop */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+    if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
+      /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    nFree += size;
+    pc = next;
+  }
+  pPage->nFree = nFree;
+  if( nFree>=usableSize ){
+    /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  int first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3pager_pagenumber(data)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( &data[pBt->pageSize] == (unsigned char*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+  data[hdr] = flags;
+  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static int getPage(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage **ppPage){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *aData;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, pgno, (void**)&aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pPage = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
+  pPage->aData = aData;
+  pPage->pBt = pBt;
+  pPage->pgno = pgno;
+  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  *ppPage = pPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine
+** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
+** getPage() and initPage().
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  Btree *pBt,          /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Write the page pointer here */
+  MemPage *pParent     /* Parent of the page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  rc = getPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
+    rc = initPage(*ppPage, pParent);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to getPage.
+*/
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ){
+    assert( pPage->aData );
+    assert( pPage->pBt );
+    assert( &pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize]==(unsigned char*)pPage );
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
+** reaches zero.  We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
+** happens.
+*/
+static void pageDestructor(void *pData, int pageSize){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
+  if( pPage->pParent ){
+    MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
+    pPage->pParent = 0;
+    releasePage(pParent);
+  }
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(void *pData, int pageSize){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    initPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
+** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags               /* Options */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  int nReserve;
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
+
+  /*
+  ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+  ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+  ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+  */
+  assert( sizeof(i64)==8 );
+  assert( sizeof(u64)==8 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+  assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(ptr)==sizeof(char*) );
+  assert( sizeof(uptr)==sizeof(ptr) );
+
+  pBt = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pBt) );
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3pager_open(&pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE,
+                        (flags & BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt->pPager ) sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
+    sqliteFree(pBt);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_set_destructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
+  sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
+  pBt->pCursor = 0;
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  pBt->readOnly = sqlite3pager_isreadonly(pBt->pPager);
+  sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(pBt->pPager, sizeof(zDbHeader), zDbHeader);
+  pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
+  if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+    pBt->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64;   /* 25% */
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32;   /* 12.5% */
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = 32;    /* 12.5% */
+    nReserve = 0;
+  }else{
+    nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21];
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22];
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23];
+    pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  }
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+  sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pBt->pageSize);
+  *ppBtree = pBt;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *pBt){
+  while( pBt->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pBt->pCursor);
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
+  sqliteFree(pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the busy handler callback function.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *pBt, BusyHandler *pHandler){
+  sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *pBt, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *pBt, int level){
+  sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(pBt->pPager, level);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *pBt, int pageSize, int nReserve){
+  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+    sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pageSize);
+  }
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pageSize;
+}
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory.  SQLITE_PROTOCOL is returned
+** if there is a locking protocol violation.
+*/
+static int lockBtree(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
+  */
+  rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+  if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    if( page1[18]>1 || page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21];
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22];
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23];
+  }
+
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
+  */
+  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
+  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
+  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
+  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23;
+  if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){
+    goto page1_init_failed;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(Btree *pBt){
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
+      MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
+      pPage->aData = &((char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize];
+      pPage->pBt = pBt;
+      pPage->pgno = 1;
+    }
+    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
+** file.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(Btree *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+  if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(data);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac;
+  data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac;
+  data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgrade to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If wrflag is true, then nMaster specifies the maximum length of
+** a master journal file name supplied later via sqlite3BtreeSync().
+** This is so that appropriate space can be allocated in the journal file
+** when it is created..
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *pBt, int wrflag){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || 
+      (pBt->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+    rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pBt->pPage1->aData, wrflag>1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pBt->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  }else{
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_commit(pBt->pPager);
+  }
+  pBt->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->wrFlag ) r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** Invalidate all cursors
+*/
+static void invalidateCursors(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    if( pPage /* && !pPage->isInit */ ){
+      pageIntegrity(pPage);
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->pPage = 0;
+      pCur->isValid = 0;
+      pCur->status = SQLITE_ABORT;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Print debugging information about all cursors to standard output.
+*/
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    char *zMode = pCur->wrFlag ? "rw" : "ro";
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("CURSOR %p rooted at %4d(%s) currently at %d.%d%s\n",
+       pCur, pCur->pgnoRoot, zMode,
+       pPage ? pPage->pgno : 0, pCur->idx,
+       pCur->isValid ? "" : " eof"
+    );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pBt->pPager);
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call getPage() on page 1 again to make sure pPage1->aData is
+    ** set correctly. */
+    if( getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+    }
+    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+  }
+  pBt->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction.  The subtransaction can
+** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
+** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
+** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
+** commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time.  It is an error to try
+** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( (pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pBt->pPager);
+  pBt->inStmt = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress.  If no
+** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pBt->pPager);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the active statement subtransaction.  If no subtransaction
+** is active this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation.  Any attempt
+** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
+** will result in an error.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inStmt==0 || pBt->readOnly ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(pBt->pPager);
+  assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function
+** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call.
+*/
+static int dfltCompare(
+  void *NotUsed,             /* User data is not used */
+  int n1, const void *p1,    /* First key to compare */
+  int n2, const void *p2     /* Second key to compare */
+){
+  int c;
+  c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = n1 - n2;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable.  The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on 
+** the database file.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2:  No other cursors may be open with wrFlag==0 on the same table
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** Condition 2 warrants further discussion.  If any cursor is opened
+** on a table with wrFlag==0, that prevents all other cursors from
+** writing to that table.  This is a kind of "read-lock".  When a cursor
+** is opened with wrFlag==0 it is guaranteed that the table will not
+** change as long as the cursor is open.  This allows the cursor to
+** do a sequential scan of the table without having to worry about
+** entries being inserted or deleted during the scan.  Cursors should
+** be opened with wrFlag==0 only if this read-lock property is needed.
+** That is to say, cursors should be opened with wrFlag==0 only if they
+** intend to use the sqlite3BtreeNext() system call.  All other cursors
+** should be opened with wrFlag==1 even if they never really intend
+** to write.
+** 
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** The comparison function must be logically the same for every cursor
+** on a particular table.  Changing the comparison function will result
+** in incorrect operations.  If the comparison function is NULL, a
+** default comparison function is used.  The comparison function is
+** always ignored for INTKEY tables.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *pBt,                                 /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key Comparison func */
+  void *pArg,                                 /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor **ppCur                            /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+
+  *ppCur = 0;
+  if( wrFlag ){
+    if( pBt->readOnly ){
+      return SQLITE_READONLY;
+    }
+    if( checkReadLocks(pBt, iTable, 0) ){
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+    rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  pCur = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pCur) );
+  if( pCur==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  if( iTable==1 && sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
+    pCur->pPage = 0;
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->pPage = 0;  /* For exit-handler, in case getAndInitPage() fails. */
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
+  pCur->pArg = pArg;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  memset(&pCur->info, 0, sizeof(pCur->info));
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+  }
+  pCur->pPrev = 0;
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->isValid = 0;
+  pCur->status = SQLITE_OK;
+  *ppCur = pCur;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+create_cursor_exception:
+  if( pCur ){
+    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+    sqliteFree(pCur);
+  }
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if 0  /* Not Used */
+/*
+** Change the value of the comparison function used by a cursor.
+*/
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* The cursor to whose comparison function is changed */
+  int(*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* New comparison func */
+  void *pArg          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+){
+  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
+  pCur->pArg = pArg;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  if( pCur->pPrev ){
+    pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+  }else{
+    pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+  }
+  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  sqliteFree(pCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
+** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
+*/
+static void getTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
+  memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
+  pTempCur->pNext = 0;
+  pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
+  if( pTempCur->pPage ){
+    sqlite3pager_ref(pTempCur->pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
+** function above.
+*/
+static void releaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->pPage ){
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pCur->pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor.info field of the given cursor is valid.
+** If it is not already valid, call parseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to parseCell().
+*/
+static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+    parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
+  }else{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    CellInfo info;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
+    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.  Always return SQLITE_OK.
+** Failure is not possible.  If the cursor is not currently
+** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
+** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read payload information from the entry that the pCur cursor is
+** pointing to.  Begin reading the payload at "offset" and read
+** a total of "amt" bytes.  Put the result in zBuf.
+**
+** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
+** It just reads bytes from the payload area.  Data might appear
+** on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+*/
+static int getPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  int amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int skipKey          /* offset begins at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  Pgno nextPage;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int ovflSize;
+  u32 nKey;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  if( skipKey ){
+    offset += nKey;
+  }
+  if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset], a);
+    if( a==amt ){
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+  }
+  ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+    while( amt>0 && nextPage ){
+      rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, nextPage, (void**)&aPayload);
+      if( rc!=0 ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+      if( offset<ovflSize ){
+        int a = amt;
+        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+          a = ovflSize - offset;
+        }
+        memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset+4], a);
+        offset = 0;
+        amt -= a;
+        pBuf += a;
+      }else{
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }
+      sqlite3pager_unref(aPayload);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+  return getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    return pCur->status ? pCur->status : SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+  return getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
+** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
+** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
+** a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then getPayload() must be used to reassembly
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
+*/
+static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  u32 nKey;
+  int nLocal;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  if( skipKey ){
+    aPayload += nKey;
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
+  }else{
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
+    if( nLocal>nKey ){
+      nLocal = nKey;
+    }
+  }
+  *pAmt = nLocal;
+  return aPayload;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
+}
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pNewPage;
+  MemPage *pOldPage;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pageIntegrity(pNewPage);
+  pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
+  pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
+  releasePage(pOldPage);
+  pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
+**
+** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables.  But
+** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
+** is empty except for the right-pointer.  In such cases the
+** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
+** 1 is pointing to.
+*/
+static int isRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
+  if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
+  if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno oldPgno;
+  MemPage *pParent;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int idxParent;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  assert( !isRootPage(pPage) );
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  assert( pParent!=0 );
+  pageIntegrity(pParent);
+  idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
+  sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+  oldPgno = pPage->pgno;
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  pCur->pPage = pParent;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
+  pCur->idx = idxParent;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to the root page
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    pCur->isValid = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  pageIntegrity(pRoot);
+  pCur->pPage = pRoot;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    assert( subpage>0 );
+    pCur->isValid = 1;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }
+  pCur->isValid = pCur->pPage->nCell>0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey.
+** Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data
+** in nKey.  The comparison function specified when the cursor was
+** created is used to compare keys.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
+** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL.  The meaning of
+** this value is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches pKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than pKey.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor *pCur, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( pCur->pPage );
+  assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    int c = -1;  /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    pageIntegrity(pPage);
+    while( lwr<=upr ){
+      void *pCellKey;
+      i64 nCellKey;
+      pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
+      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+      if( pPage->intKey ){
+        if( nCellKey<nKey ){
+          c = -1;
+        }else if( nCellKey>nKey ){
+          c = +1;
+        }else{
+          c = 0;
+        }
+      }else{
+        int available;
+        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
+        if( available>=nCellKey ){
+          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey);
+        }else{
+          pCellKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nCellKey );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
+          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey);
+          sqliteFree(pCellKey);
+          if( rc ) return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
+          lwr = pCur->idx;
+          upr = lwr - 1;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c<0 ){
+        lwr = pCur->idx+1;
+      }else{
+        upr = pCur->idx-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      chldPg = 0;
+    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    if( chldPg==0 ){
+      assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+      if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pCur->idx = lwr;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  /* NOT REACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+**
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->isValid==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  pCur->idx++;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    do{
+      if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->isValid = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
+    *pRes = 0;
+    if( pPage->leafData ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  Pgno pgno;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->idx==0 ){
+      if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
+        pCur->isValid = 0;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    }
+    pCur->idx--;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    if( pPage->leafData ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the
+** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is
+** enabled.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_TEST
+# define TRACE(X)   if( sqlite3_btree_trace )\
+                        { sqlite3DebugPrintf X; fflush(stdout); }
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+int sqlite3_btree_trace=0;  /* True to enable tracing */
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
+**
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3pager_write()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3pager_unref() on the new page when it is done.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3pager_unref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+*/
+static int allocatePage(Btree *pBt, MemPage **ppPage, Pgno *pPgno, Pgno nearby){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  int n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  int k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    MemPage *pTrunk;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+    rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pTrunk);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    if( k==0 ){
+      /* The trunk has no leaves.  So extract the trunk page itself and
+      ** use it as the newly allocated page */
+      *pPgno = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+      *ppPage = pTrunk;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+    }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }else{
+      /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+      int closest;
+      unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+      if( nearby>0 ){
+        int i, dist;
+        closest = 0;
+        dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
+        if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
+        for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+          int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby;
+          if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2;
+          if( d2<dist ) closest = i;
+        }
+      }else{
+        closest = 0;
+      }
+      *pPgno = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+      if( *pPgno>sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
+        /* Free page off the end of the file */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+      }
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d: %d more free pages\n",
+             *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+      if( closest<k-1 ){
+        memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+      }
+      put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+      rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
+      releasePage(pTrunk);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3pager_dont_rollback((*ppPage)->aData);
+        rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
+    ** end of the file */
+    *pPgno = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
+**
+** sqlite3pager_unref() is NOT called for pPage.
+*/
+static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  int rc, n, k;
+
+  /* Prepare the page for freeing */
+  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  releasePage(pPage->pParent);
+  pPage->pParent = 0;
+
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
+
+  if( n==0 ){
+    /* This is the first free page */
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
+    TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
+  }else{
+    /* Other free pages already exist.  Retrive the first trunk page
+    ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
+    MemPage *pTrunk;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* The trunk is full.  Turn the page being freed into a new
+      ** trunk page with no leaves. */
+      rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+      put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
+              pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
+    }else{
+      /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
+      rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
+      put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
+      sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBt->pPager, pPage->pgno);
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+    }
+    releasePage(pTrunk);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+*/
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  CellInfo info;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+  while( ovflPgno!=0 ){
+    MemPage *pOvfl;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = get4byte(pOvfl->aData);
+    rc = freePage(pOvfl);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl->aData);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
+*/
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
+  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+  CellInfo info;
+
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = 0;
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    nHeader += 4;
+  }
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData);
+  }else{
+    nData = 0;
+  }
+  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+  assert( info.nData==nData );
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  nPayload = nData;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    pSrc = pData;
+    nSrc = nData;
+    nData = 0;
+  }else{
+    nPayload += nKey;
+    pSrc = pKey;
+    nSrc = nKey;
+  }
+  *pnSize = info.nSize;
+  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
+
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+      rc =  allocatePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl);
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+    if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+    memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+    if( nSrc==0 ){
+      nSrc = nData;
+      pSrc = pData;
+    }
+  }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
+** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
+** pointer in the third argument.
+*/
+static void reparentPage(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){
+  MemPage *pThis;
+  unsigned char *aData;
+
+  if( pgno==0 ) return;
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  aData = sqlite3pager_lookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( aData ){
+    pThis = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
+    assert( pThis->aData==aData );
+    if( pThis->isInit ){
+      if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
+        if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3pager_unref(pThis->pParent->aData);
+        pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
+        if( pNewParent ) sqlite3pager_ref(pNewParent->aData);
+      }
+      pThis->idxParent = idx;
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_unref(aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
+** to pPage.
+**
+** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
+** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
+**
+** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
+** another.
+*/
+static void reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  if( pPage->leaf ) return;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(findCell(pPage,i)), pPage, i);
+  }
+  reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), pPage, i);
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
+  int i;          /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
+    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
+    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+  pPage->nFree += 2;
+  pPage->idxShift = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+*/
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp         /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+){
+  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  int top;          /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
+  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+  int hdr;          /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
+  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+    }
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    assert( j<sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
+    pPage->nFree = 0;
+  }else{
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
+    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+    if( end > top - sz ){
+      defragmentPage(pPage);
+      top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+      assert( end + sz <= top );
+    }
+    idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
+    assert( idx>0 );
+    assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    pPage->nFree -= 2;
+    memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
+    for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
+      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
+      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
+    }
+    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+    pPage->idxShift = 1;
+    pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+*/
+static void assemblePage(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
+  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+  int *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+  int i;            /* Loop counter */
+  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
+  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
+  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
+  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
+  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */
+
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  totalSize = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    totalSize += aSize[i];
+  }
+  assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+  cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
+  assert( cellbody>0 );
+  assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
+  pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    put2byte(&data[cellptr], cellbody);
+    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
+    cellptr += 2;
+    cellbody += aSize[i];
+  }
+  assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  pPage->nCell = nCell;
+}
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int balance(MemPage*);
+
+/*
+** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
+** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
+** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
+** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
+** or last child of its parent.  If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
+** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a 
+** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
+** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
+** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is 
+** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
+** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
+** overfull or completely empty.
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
+** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[].  This can happen
+** if the page is overfull.  Part of the job of this routine is to
+** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
+**
+** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
+** might become overfull or underfull.  If that happens, then this routine
+** is called recursively on the parent.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state.  So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+*/
+static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pParent;            /* The parent of pPage */
+  Btree *pBt;                  /* The whole database */
+  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in aCell[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int nNew;                    /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nDiv;                    /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int idx;                     /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc;                      /* The return code */
+  int leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+  int iSpace = 0;              /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */
+  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells in one page */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  Pgno pgnoOld[NB];            /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
+  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2];          /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
+  int idxDiv[NB];              /* Indices of divider cells in pParent */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB];               /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells begin balanced */
+  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+  u8 *aCopy[NB];               /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
+  u8 *aSpace;                  /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */
+
+  /* 
+  ** Find the parent page.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  sqlite3pager_write(pParent->aData);
+  assert( pParent );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
+  apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( 
+       (mxCellPerPage+2)*NB*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int))
+     + sizeof(MemPage)*NB
+     + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB)
+  );
+  if( apCell==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  szCell = (int*)&apCell[(mxCellPerPage+2)*NB];
+  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[(mxCellPerPage+2)*NB];
+  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
+    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+sizeof(MemPage)];
+  }
+  aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+sizeof(MemPage)];
+  
+  /*
+  ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
+  ** to pPage.  The "idx" variable is the index of that cell.  If pPage
+  ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell 
+  */
+  if( pParent->idxShift ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    pgno = pPage->pgno;
+    assert( pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+    for(idx=0; idx<pParent->nCell; idx++){
+      if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( idx<pParent->nCell
+             || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
+  }else{
+    idx = pPage->idxParent;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
+  ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
+  */
+  nOld = nNew = 0;
+  sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+
+  /*
+  ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
+  ** the siblings.  An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
+  ** side of pPage.  More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
+  ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side.  If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+  */
+  nxDiv = idx - NN;
+  if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
+    nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
+  }
+  if( nxDiv<0 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+  }
+  nDiv = 0;
+  for(i=0, k=nxDiv; i<NB; i++, k++){
+    if( k<pParent->nCell ){
+      idxDiv[i] = k;
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
+      nDiv++;
+      assert( !pParent->leaf );
+      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+    }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
+      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
+    apCopy[i] = 0;
+    assert( i==nOld );
+    nOld++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
+  ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+  ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+  ** process of being overwritten.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *p = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aCopy[i][pBt->pageSize];
+    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
+    memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize + sizeof(MemPage));
+    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells
+  ** from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  nCell = 0;
+  leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
+  leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i];
+    int limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+    for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+      apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+      szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+      nCell++;
+    }
+    if( i<nOld-1 ){
+      int sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      if( leafData ){
+        /* With the LEAFDATA flag, pParent cells hold only INTKEYs that
+        ** are duplicates of keys on the child pages.  We need to remove
+        ** the divider cells from pParent, but the dividers cells are not
+        ** added to apCell[] because they are duplicates of child cells.
+        */
+        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
+      }else{
+        u8 *pTemp;
+        szCell[nCell] = sz;
+        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+        memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+        apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
+        szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
+        assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
+        if( !pOld->leaf ){
+          assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+          /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+          ** pointer of the divider cell */
+          memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
+        }else{
+          assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        }
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+      cntNew[k] = i;
+      if( leafData ){ i--; }
+      subtotal = 0;
+      k++;
+    }
+  }
+  szNew[k] = subtotal;
+  cntNew[k] = nCell;
+  k++;
+
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
+  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
+      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+      cntNew[i-1]--;
+      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+      d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    }
+    szNew[i] = szRight;
+    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+  }
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
+  pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew;
+    if( i<nOld ){
+      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = 0;
+      sqlite3pager_write(pNew->aData);
+    }else{
+      rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1]);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+    }
+    nNew++;
+    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  while( i<nOld ){
+    rc = freePage(apOld[i]);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+    apOld[i] = 0;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
+  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
+  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+  ** from the disk more rapidly.
+  **
+  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+  ** not be a problem.
+  **
+  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+    int minV = pgnoNew[i];
+    int minI = i;
+    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+      if( pgnoNew[j]<(unsigned)minV ){
+        minI = j;
+        minV = pgnoNew[j];
+      }
+    }
+    if( minI>i ){
+      int t;
+      MemPage *pT;
+      t = pgnoNew[i];
+      pT = apNew[i];
+      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
+      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+      pgnoNew[minI] = t;
+      apNew[minI] = pT;
+    }
+  }
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+    pgnoOld[0], 
+    nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
+    pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+
+
+  /*
+  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+  */
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+    assert( pNew->pgno==pgnoNew[i] );
+    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+    j = cntNew[i];
+    assert( pNew->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+    if( i<nNew-1 && j<nCell ){
+      u8 *pCell;
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      int sz;
+      pCell = apCell[j];
+      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+      if( !pNew->leaf ){
+        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else if( leafData ){
+        CellInfo info;
+        j--;
+        parseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+        pCell = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, &sz);
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else{
+        pCell -= 4;
+        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+      }
+      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp);
+      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
+      j++;
+      nxDiv++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j==nCell );
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4);
+  }
+  if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
+    /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  }else{
+    /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
+    ** past the right-most divider entry */
+    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Reparent children of all cells.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    reparentChildPages(apNew[i]);
+  }
+  reparentChildPages(pParent);
+
+  /*
+  ** Balance the parent page.  Note that the current page (pPage) might
+  ** have been added to the freelist is it might no longer be initialized.
+  ** But the parent page will always be initialized.
+  */
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  /* assert( pPage->isInit ); // No! pPage might have been added to freelist */
+  /* pageIntegrity(pPage);    // No! pPage might have been added to freelist */ 
+  rc = balance(pParent);
+  
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(apCell);
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    releasePage(apNew[i]);
+  }
+  releasePage(pParent);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
+** page contains no cells.  This is an opportunity to make the tree
+** shallower by one level.
+*/
+static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pChild;             /* The only child page of pPage */
+  Pgno pgnoChild;              /* Page number for pChild */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code from subprocedures */
+  Btree *pBt;                  /* The main BTree structure */
+  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells per page */
+  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells from pages being balanced */
+  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells */
+
+  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
+  apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) );
+  if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    /* The table is completely empty */
+    TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
+  }else{
+    /* The root page is empty but has one child.  Transfer the
+    ** information from that one child into the root page if it 
+    ** will fit.  This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
+    **
+    ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
+    ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
+    ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the 
+    ** information currently contained in the child.  If this is the 
+    ** case, then do not do the transfer.  Leave page 1 empty except
+    ** for the right-pointer to the child page.  The child page becomes
+    ** the virtual root of the tree.
+    */
+    pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    assert( pgnoChild>0 );
+    assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
+    rc = getPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild);
+    if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
+    if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
+      rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
+      if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
+      assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
+      if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
+        /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
+        ** copy */
+        int i;
+        zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
+        for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
+          apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
+          szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
+        }
+        assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
+        freePage(pChild);
+        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+      }else{
+        /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
+        ** The tree is already balanced.  Do nothing. */
+        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+      }
+    }else{
+      memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
+      pPage->isInit = 0;
+      pPage->pParent = 0;
+      rc = initPage(pPage, 0);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      freePage(pChild);
+      TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
+              pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
+    }
+    reparentChildPages(pPage);
+    releasePage(pChild);
+  }
+end_shallow_balance:
+  sqliteFree(apCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The root page is overfull
+**
+** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
+** contents of the root into the child.  Then make the root
+** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
+** child.   Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
+** to cause it to split.
+*/
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
+  int rc;             /* Return value from subprocedures */
+  MemPage *pChild;    /* Pointer to a new child page */
+  Pgno pgnoChild;     /* Page number of the new child page */
+  Btree *pBt;         /* The BTree */
+  int usableSize;     /* Total usable size of a page */
+  u8 *data;           /* Content of the parent page */
+  u8 *cdata;          /* Content of the child page */
+  int hdr;            /* Offset to page header in parent */
+  int brk;            /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
+
+  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pChild->aData) );
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  cdata = pChild->aData;
+  memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
+  memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
+  rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
+  if( pChild->nOverflow ){
+    pChild->nFree = 0;
+  }
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
+  zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+  rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
+  releasePage(pChild);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced.  If balancing is
+** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
+*/
+static int balance(MemPage *pPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
+    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
+      rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
+    }
+    if( pPage->nCell==0 ){
+      rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3 ){
+      rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
+** If any of those cursors other than pExclude were opened with 
+** wrFlag==0 then this routine returns SQLITE_LOCKED.  If all
+** cursors that point to pgnoRoot were opened with wrFlag==1
+** then this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock 
+** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves
+** all cursors other than pExclude so that they are pointing to the 
+** first Cell on root page.  This is necessary because an insert 
+** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete
+** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors 
+** pointing to non-existant pages or cells.
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot || p==pExclude ) continue;
+    if( p->wrFlag==0 ) return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){
+      moveToRoot(p);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
+  const void *pData, int nData   /* The data of the new record */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc;
+  int szNew;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
+
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;  /* A rollback destroyed this cursor */
+  }
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Cursor not open for writing */
+  }
+  if( checkReadLocks(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, &loc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData );
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  newCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  if( loc==0 && pCur->isValid ){
+    int szOld;
+    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+    }
+    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    pCur->idx++;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+  }
+  insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0);
+  rc = balance(pPage);
+  /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */
+  /* fflush(stdout); */
+  moveToRoot(pCur);
+end_insert:
+  sqliteFree(newCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int rc;
+  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;  /* A rollback destroyed this cursor */
+  }
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
+  }
+  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
+  }
+  if( checkReadLocks(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
+  }
+  clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    /*
+    ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
+    ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
+    ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf.  The
+    ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
+    ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
+    */
+    BtCursor leafCur;
+    unsigned char *pNext;
+    int szNext;
+    int notUsed;
+    unsigned char *tempCell;
+    assert( !pPage->leafData );
+    getTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(leafCur.pPage->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
+       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+    pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
+    szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
+    tempCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+    if( tempCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell);
+    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
+    rc = balance(pPage);
+    sqliteFree(tempCell);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
+    rc = balance(leafCur.pPage);
+    releaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
+  }else{
+    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
+       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+    rc = balance(pPage);
+  }
+  moveToRoot(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *pBt, int *piTable, int flags){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction first */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pBt->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pRoot->aData) );
+  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pRoot->aData);
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
+*/
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  Btree *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
+  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page.  NULL for the root */
+  int freePageFlag      /* Deallocate page if true */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    rc = freePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *pBt, int iTable){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      if( pCur->wrFlag==0 ) return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+      moveToRoot(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *pBt, int iTable){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;  /* Cannot drop a table that has a cursor */
+    }
+  }
+  rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pBt, iTable);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( iTable>1 ){
+    rc = freePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;  
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBt, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, 1, (void**)&pP1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pP1);
+
+  /* The current implementation is unable to handle writes to an autovacuumed
+  ** database.  So make such a database readonly. */
+  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *pBt, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pP1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print a disassembly of the given page on standard output.  This routine
+** is used for debugging and testing only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree *pBt, int pgno, int recursive){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, j, c;
+  int nFree;
+  u16 idx;
+  int hdr;
+  int nCell;
+  int isInit;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  char range[20];
+  unsigned char payload[20];
+
+  rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)pgno, &pPage);
+  isInit = pPage->isInit;
+  if( pPage->isInit==0 ){
+    initPage(pPage, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  c = data[hdr];
+  pPage->intKey = (c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
+  pPage->zeroData = (c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leafData = (c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leaf = (c & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
+  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %d:  flags=0x%02x  frag=%d   parent=%d\n", pgno,
+    data[hdr], data[hdr+7], 
+    (pPage->isInit && pPage->pParent) ? pPage->pParent->pgno : 0);
+  assert( hdr == (pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  idx = hdr + 12 - pPage->leaf*4;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    CellInfo info;
+    Pgno child;
+    unsigned char *pCell;
+    int sz;
+    int addr;
+
+    addr = get2byte(&data[idx + 2*i]);
+    pCell = &data[addr];
+    parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nSize;
+    sprintf(range,"%d..%d", addr, addr+sz-1);
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      child = 0;
+    }else{
+      child = get4byte(pCell);
+    }
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+    if( sz>sizeof(payload)-1 ) sz = sizeof(payload)-1;
+    memcpy(payload, &pCell[info.nHeader], sz);
+    for(j=0; j<sz; j++){
+      if( payload[j]<0x20 || payload[j]>0x7f ) payload[j] = '.';
+    }
+    payload[sz] = 0;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+      "cell %2d: i=%-10s chld=%-4d nk=%-4lld nd=%-4d payload=%s\n",
+      i, range, child, info.nKey, info.nData, payload
+    );
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("right_child: %d\n", get4byte(&data[hdr+8]));
+  }
+  nFree = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  idx = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  while( idx>0 && idx<pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    int sz = get2byte(&data[idx+2]);
+    sprintf(range,"%d..%d", idx, idx+sz-1);
+    nFree += sz;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("freeblock %2d: i=%-10s size=%-4d total=%d\n",
+       i, range, sz, nFree);
+    idx = get2byte(&data[idx]);
+    i++;
+  }
+  if( idx!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("ERROR: next freeblock index out of range: %d\n", idx);
+  }
+  if( recursive && !pPage->leaf ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      unsigned char *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+      sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1);
+      idx = get2byte(pCell);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, get4byte(&data[hdr+8]), 1);
+  }
+  pPage->isInit = isInit;
+  sqlite3pager_unref(data);
+  fflush(stdout);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Fill aResult[] with information about the entry and page that the
+** cursor is pointing to.
+** 
+**   aResult[0] =  The page number
+**   aResult[1] =  The entry number
+**   aResult[2] =  Total number of entries on this page
+**   aResult[3] =  Cell size (local payload + header)
+**   aResult[4] =  Number of free bytes on this page
+**   aResult[5] =  Number of free blocks on the page
+**   aResult[6] =  Total payload size (local + overflow)
+**   aResult[7] =  Header size in bytes
+**   aResult[8] =  Local payload size
+**   aResult[9] =  Parent page number
+**
+** This routine is used for testing and debugging only.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor *pCur, int *aResult, int upCnt){
+  int cnt, idx;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  BtCursor tmpCur;
+
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  getTempCursor(pCur, &tmpCur);
+  while( upCnt-- ){
+    moveToParent(&tmpCur);
+  }
+  pPage = tmpCur.pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  aResult[0] = sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData);
+  assert( aResult[0]==pPage->pgno );
+  aResult[1] = tmpCur.idx;
+  aResult[2] = pPage->nCell;
+  if( tmpCur.idx>=0 && tmpCur.idx<pPage->nCell ){
+    getCellInfo(&tmpCur);
+    aResult[3] = tmpCur.info.nSize;
+    aResult[6] = tmpCur.info.nData;
+    aResult[7] = tmpCur.info.nHeader;
+    aResult[8] = tmpCur.info.nLocal;
+  }else{
+    aResult[3] = 0;
+    aResult[6] = 0;
+    aResult[7] = 0;
+    aResult[8] = 0;
+  }
+  aResult[4] = pPage->nFree;
+  cnt = 0;
+  idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+1]);
+  while( idx>0 && idx<pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    cnt++;
+    idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[idx]);
+  }
+  aResult[5] = cnt;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 || isRootPage(pPage) ){
+    aResult[9] = 0;
+  }else{
+    aResult[9] = pPage->pParent->pgno;
+  }
+  releaseTempCursor(&tmpCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  Btree *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  int nPage;     /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int *anRef;    /* Number of times each page is referenced */
+  char *zErrMsg; /* An error message.  NULL of no errors seen. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  char *zMsg1,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zMsg2;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = "";
+  if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){
+    char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg;
+    pCheck->zErrMsg = 0;
+    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+    sqliteFree(zOld);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(zMsg2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+*/
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+*/
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 ){
+    unsigned char *pOvfl;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3pager_get(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, (void**)&pOvfl) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvfl[4]);
+      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+          checkRef(pCheck, get4byte(&pOvfl[8+i*4]), zContext);
+        }
+        N -= n;
+      }
+    }
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvfl);
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
+**
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
+**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+**          the root of the tree.
+*/
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page */
+  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
+  char *zLowerBound,    /* All keys should be greater than this, if not NULL */
+  int nLower,           /* Number of characters in zLowerBound */
+  char *zUpperBound,    /* All keys should be less than this, if not NULL */
+  int nUpper            /* Number of characters in zUpperBound */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+  int hdr, cellStart;
+  int nCell;
+  u8 *data;
+  BtCursor cur;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int maxLocal, usableSize;
+  char zContext[100];
+  char *hit;
+
+  /* Check that the page exists
+  */
+  cur.pBt = pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+  if( (rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  maxLocal = pPage->leafData ? pBt->maxLeaf : pBt->maxLocal;
+  if( (rc = initPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "initPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check out all the cells.
+  */
+  depth = 0;
+  cur.pPage = pPage;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    int sz;
+    CellInfo info;
+
+    /* Check payload overflow pages
+    */
+    sprintf(zContext, "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+    parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+    if( sz>info.nLocal ){
+      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]),nPage,zContext);
+    }
+
+    /* Check sanity of left child page.
+    */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext,0,0,0,0);
+      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
+      }
+      depth = d2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    sprintf(zContext, "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext,0,0,0,0);
+  }
+ 
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  hit = sqliteMalloc( usableSize );
+  if( hit ){
+    memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
+    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+      int size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+      int j;
+      for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+    }
+    for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i<usableSize && cnt<10000; 
+           cnt++){
+      int size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      int j;
+      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+      i = get2byte(&data[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+      if( hit[i]==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+          "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
+          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(hit);
+
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return depth+1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL.  If something is
+** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc()
+** and a pointer to that error message is returned.  The calling function
+** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done.
+*/
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree *pBt, int *aRoot, int nRoot){
+  int i;
+  int nRef;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+
+  nRef = *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager);
+  if( lockBtree(pBt)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return sqliteStrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database");
+  }
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(sCheck.pPager);
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sCheck.anRef = sqliteMallocRaw( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
+  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
+  i = PENDING_BYTE/pBt->pageSize + 1;
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
+    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
+  }
+  sCheck.zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nRoot; i++){
+    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ", 0,0,0,0);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){
+    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
+  */
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  if( nRef != *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
+      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+      nRef, *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager)
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+  sqliteFree(sCheck.anRef);
+  return sCheck.zErrMsg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_filename(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_dirname(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_journalname(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation.
+** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pBtTo, Btree *pBtFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pgno i, nPage, nToPage;
+
+  if( pBtTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBtFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  nToPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
+  nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
+  for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){
+    void *pPage;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_overwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  }
+  for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){
+    void *pPage;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+    sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBtTo->pPager, i);
+  }
+  if( !rc && nPage<nToPage ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_truncate(pBtTo->pPager, nPage);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBtTo);
+  }
+  return rc;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *pBt){
+  return (pBt && (pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  return (pBt && pBt->inStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree *pBt, const char *zMaster){
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return sqlite3pager_sync(pBt->pPager, zMaster);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/btree.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/btree.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48524aefc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/btree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+
+
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags                /* Flags */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the following flags:
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
+  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
+);
+
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *,
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void*
+);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData);
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot);
+struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/build.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/build.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e5e08a541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/build.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2564 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+**     PRAGMA
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed.  Check to see if the schema for the database needs
+** to be read from the SQLITE_MASTER and SQLITE_TEMP_MASTER tables.
+** If it does, then read it.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+  pParse->explain = explainFlag;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
+  */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
+      u32 mask;
+      int iDb;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
+        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
+    }
+
+    /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL
+    ** statement as its P3 argument.  This does not change the functionality
+    ** of the program. 
+    **
+    ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace() functionality.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+  */
+  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
+                         pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
+    pParse->rc = pParse->nErr ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pParse->nTab = 0;
+  pParse->nMem = 0;
+  pParse->nSet = 0;
+  pParse->nAgg = 0;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
+  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+*/
+Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  assert( zName!=0 );
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized) || db->init.busy );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){
+  Table *p;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    if( zDbase ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName);
+    }else if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" is not in database \"%s\"",
+         zName, zDbase);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized) || db->init.busy );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(Index *p){
+  sqliteFree(p->zColAff);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
+** its memory structures.
+**
+** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
+** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
+** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
+*/
+static void sqliteDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+  Index *pOld;
+
+  assert( db!=0 && p->zName!=0 );
+  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[p->iDb].idxHash, p->zName,
+                          strlen(p->zName)+1, 0);
+  if( pOld!=0 && pOld!=p ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[p->iDb].idxHash, pOld->zName,
+                     strlen(pOld->zName)+1, pOld);
+  }
+  freeIndex(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given index from its table, then remove
+** the index from the index hash table and free its memory
+** structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int len;
+
+  len = strlen(zIdxName);
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].idxHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
+      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
+** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
+** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
+** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
+** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
+**
+** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
+** files.  If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
+** single file indicated.
+*/
+void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  int i, j;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  for(i=iDb; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    temp1 = pDb->tblHash;
+    temp2 = pDb->trigHash;
+    sqlite3HashInit(&pDb->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashClear(&pDb->aFKey);
+    sqlite3HashClear(&pDb->idxHash);
+    for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+      Trigger *pTrigger = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+      sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    }
+    sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&pDb->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+    DbClearProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    if( iDb>0 ) return;
+  }
+  assert( iDb==0 );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
+  ** then remove then from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
+  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
+  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
+  ** to any of those tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
+      pDb->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(pDb->zName);
+      pDb->zName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( j<i ){
+      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqliteFree(db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called whenever a rollback occurs.  If there were
+** schema changes during the transaction, then we have to reset the
+** internal hash tables and reload them from disk.
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+*/
+void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the column names from a table or view.
+*/
+static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  for(i=0, pCol=pTable->aCol; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zDflt);
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pTable->aCol);
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
+** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
+**
+** Indices associated with the table are unlinked from the "db"
+** data structure if db!=NULL.  If db==NULL, indices attached to
+** the table are deleted, but it is assumed they have already been
+** unlinked.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
+
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
+  */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->iDb==pTable->iDb || (pTable->iDb==0 && pIndex->iDb==1) );
+    sqliteDeleteIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
+  ** should have already been unlinked from the db->aFKey hash table 
+  */
+  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
+    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    assert( pTable->iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[pTable->iDb].aFKey,
+                           pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
+    sqliteFree(pFKey);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
+  sqliteFree(pTable->zName);
+  sqliteFree(pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect);
+  sqliteFree(pTable);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1, 0);
+  if( p ){
+    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
+      int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
+      pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
+      if( pF2==pF1 ){
+        sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
+      }else{
+        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
+        if( pF2 ){
+          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+**
+** Tokens are really just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqliteStrNDup(pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Vdbe *v, int iDb){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
+}
+
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+int findDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb;
+  for(pDb=db->aDb, i=0; i<db->nDb; i++, pDb++){
+    if( pName->n==strlen(pDb->zName) && 
+        0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pDb->zName, pName->z, pName->n) ){
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
+    assert( !db->init.busy );
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = findDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name.  The
+** pStart token is the CREATE and pName is the table name.  The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pStart,   /* The "CREATE" token */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView       /* True if this is a VIEW */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  char *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+  ** 
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+  **
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+  **
+  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+  ** created in.
+  */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  if( isTemp && iDb>1 ){
+    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+  {
+    int code;
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      sqliteFree(zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      sqliteFree(zName);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) return;
+  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTable ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0))!=0 && 
+      ( iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  pTable = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pIndex = 0;
+  pTable->iDb = iDb;
+  if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    /* Every time a new table is created the file-format
+    ** and encoding meta-values are set in the database, in
+    ** case this is the first table created.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->file_format, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->enc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4);
+
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc( p->aCol, (p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+ 
+  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
+  */
+  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  pCol->pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+  p->nCol++;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/ 
+void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pFirst, Token *pLast){
+  Table *p;
+  int i, j;
+  int n;
+  char *z, **pz;
+  Column *pCol;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i<0 ) return;
+  pCol = &p->aCol[i];
+  pz = &pCol->zType;
+  n = pLast->n + (pLast->z - pFirst->z);
+  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+  z = pCol->zType = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s", n, pFirst->z);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    int c = z[i];
+    if( isspace(c) ) continue;
+    z[j++] = c;
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(z, n);
+}
+
+/*
+** The given token is the default value for the last column added to
+** the table currently under construction.  If "minusFlag" is true, it
+** means the value token was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Token *pVal, int minusFlag){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i<0 ) return;
+  assert( p->aCol[i].zDflt==0 );
+  z = p->aCol[i].zDflt = sqlite3MPrintf("%s%T", minusFlag ? "-" : "", pVal);
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the row id.  (Exception:
+** For backwards compatibility with older databases, do not do this
+** if the file format version number is less than 1.)  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, int onError){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  char *zType = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol<pTab->nCol ) pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+    }
+    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+  }
+  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = onError;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0);
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){
+  Table *p;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType);
+  p->aCol[i].pColl = pColl;
+
+  /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+  ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+  ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+  */
+  for(pIdx = p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
+    if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ) pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[0] = pColl;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq * findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
+** If the collation sequence
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
+    sqliteFree(zExternal);
+  }
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", n, z);
+  }
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl && !pColl->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(pParse->db, pColl->zName, strlen(pColl->zName));
+    if( !pColl->xCmp && synthCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3CheckCollSeq() for all collating sequences in an index,
+** in order to verify that all the necessary collating sequences are
+** loaded.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  if( pIdx ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]) ){
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
+  u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+  u8 initbusy = pParse->db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(pParse->db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(pParse->db, zName, nName);
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(pParse->db, enc, zName, nName, 0);
+    if( pColl && !pColl->xCmp ){
+      /* There may be a version of the collation sequence that requires
+      ** translation between encodings. Search for it with synthCollSeq().
+      */
+      if( synthCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If nothing has been found, write the error message into pParse */
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
+    }
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+*/
+char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zType, int nType){
+  int n, i;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zSub;  /* Keywords substring to search for */
+    char nSub;         /* length of zSub */
+    char affinity;     /* Affinity to return if it matches */
+  } substrings[] = {
+    {"INT",  3, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER},
+    {"CHAR", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"CLOB", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"TEXT", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"BLOB", 4, SQLITE_AFF_NONE},
+  };
+
+  if( nType==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(substrings)/sizeof(substrings[0]); i++){
+    int c1 = substrings[i].zSub[0];
+    int c2 = tolower(c1);
+    int limit = nType - substrings[i].nSub;
+    const char *z = substrings[i].zSub;
+    for(n=0; n<=limit; n++){
+      int c = zType[n];
+      if( (c==c1 || c==c2)
+             && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(&zType[n], z, substrings[i].nSub) ){
+        return substrings[i].affinity;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+*/
+void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie+1, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string.  Add
+** quote characters as needed.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote =  zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
+                  || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName);
+    z = pCol->zType;
+    if( z ){
+      n += (strlen(z) + 1);
+    }
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
+  if( zStmt==0 ) return 0;
+  strcpy(zStmt, p->iDb==1 ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE " : "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = strlen(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    strcpy(&zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
+      zStmt[k++] = ' ';
+      strcpy(&zStmt[k], z);
+      k += strlen(z);
+    }
+  }
+  strcpy(&zStmt[k], zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changes, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+void sqlite3EndTable(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.  The record number
+  ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, p->iDb, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      Table *pSelTab;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, p->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
+        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+        assert( p->aCol==0 );
+        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, p->iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->pSelect==0?"table":"view",P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 3, 0);
+
+    if( pSelect ){
+      char *z = createTableStmt(p);
+      n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, z, n);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+    }else{
+      if( p->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE VIEW ", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE TABLE ", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      assert( pEnd!=0 );
+      n = Addr(pEnd->z) - Addr(pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pParse->sNameToken.z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "tttit", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, p->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, p->iDb, 0,
+        sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    FKey *pFKey; 
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1, p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+      int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
+      pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->nTable++;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp         /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName;
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pBegin, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, p->iDb, "view", pName)
+    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
+  ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy ){
+    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
+  z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
+  while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, &sEnd, 0);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Select *pSel;
+  Table *pSelTab;
+  int nErr = 0;
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
+  ** should always fail.  But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect ); /* If nCol==0, then pTable must be a VIEW */
+  pSel = pTable->pSelect;
+
+  /* Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in this list.  But we will need to restore the list
+  ** back to its original configuration afterwards, so we save a copy of
+  ** the original in pEList.
+  */
+  pEList = pSel->pEList;
+  pSel->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pEList);
+  if( pSel->pEList==0 ){
+    pSel->pEList = pEList;
+    return 1;  /* Malloc failed */
+  }
+  pTable->nCol = -1;
+  pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
+  if( pSelTab ){
+    assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+    pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+    pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+    pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+    pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
+    DbSetProperty(pParse->db, pTable->iDb, DB_UnresetViews);
+  }else{
+    pTable->nCol = 0;
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectUnbind(pSel);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pSel->pEList);
+  pSel->pEList = pEList;
+  return nErr;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int base;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(pTab->iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTable[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(13), 0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_MemStore,   1, 1,        0},
+      { OP_MemLoad,    1, 0,        0}, /* 3 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 2,        0}, /* sqlite_master.tbl_name */
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(12), 0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 2,        0}, /* sqlite_master.type */
+      { OP_Eq,         0, ADDR(12), 0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(13), 0},
+      { OP_Goto,       0, ADDR(3),  0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(3),  0}, /* 12 */
+    };
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Trigger *pTrigger;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, pTab->iDb);
+
+    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+    */
+    pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
+    while( pTrigger ){
+      assert( pTrigger->iDb==pTab->iDb || pTrigger->iDb==1 );
+      sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger, 1);
+      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }
+
+    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
+    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+    ** database.
+    */
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, pTab->iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTable), dropTable);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, pTab->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, pTab->iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  }
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
+** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
+** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
+** until sqlite3EndTable().
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+      nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ) goto fk_end;
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
+  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
+  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int n = strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
+  pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
+  pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqliteFree(pFKey);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pIndex is the name of the index 
+** and pTable is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName,  /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,     /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,   /* The CREATE token that begins a CREATE TABLE statement */
+  Token *pEnd      /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
+){
+  Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;
+  int i, j;
+  Token nullId;    /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
+  DbFixer sFix;    /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int isTemp;      /* True for a temporary index */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  int iDb;          /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1.
+    */
+    pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+    if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->iDb==1 ){
+      iDb = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
+        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
+    ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
+        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( iDb==pTab->iDb );
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    pTab =  pParse->pNewTable;
+    iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  }
+
+  if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  isTemp = pTab->iDb==1;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      Index *pISameName;    /* Another index with the same name */
+      Table *pTSameName;    /* A table with same name as the index */
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
+      if( (pISameName = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName))!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+      if( (pTSameName = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0))!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pName==0 ){
+    char zBuf[30];
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    sprintf(zBuf,"_%d",n);
+    zName = 0;
+    sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( isTemp ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
+    nullId.n = strlen(nullId.z);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, 0, &nullId);
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  pIndex = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Index) + strlen(zName) + 1 +
+                        (sizeof(int) + sizeof(CollSeq*))*pList->nExpr );
+  if( pIndex==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  pIndex->aiColumn = (int*)&pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[pList->nExpr];
+  pIndex->zName = (char*)&pIndex->aiColumn[pList->nExpr];
+  strcpy(pIndex->zName, zName);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex->onError = onError;
+  pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
+  pIndex->iDb = iDb;
+
+  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
+  ** if any column is not found.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+        pTab->zName, pList->a[i].zName);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
+    if( pList->a[i].pExpr ){
+      assert( pList->a[i].pExpr->pColl );
+      pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] = pList->a[i].pExpr->pColl;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+    }
+    assert( pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] );
+    if( !db->init.busy && 
+        sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i]) 
+    ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+  pIndex->keyInfo.nField = pList->nExpr;
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
+      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
+      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
+      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        if( pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[k]!=pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[k] ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[pIndex->iDb].idxHash, 
+                         pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
+  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
+  ** index with the current table contents.
+  **
+  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
+  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
+  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
+  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
+  ** we don't want to recreate it.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
+  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    int lbl1, lbl2;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "index", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0);
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0,
+                     (char*)&pIndex->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    if( pStart && pEnd ){
+      if( onError==OE_None ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "CREATE INDEX ", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "CREATE UNIQUE INDEX ", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      n = Addr(pEnd->z) - Addr(pName->z) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pName->z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "tttit", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, 2, pTab->tnum);
+      /* VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 2, pTab->nCol);
+      lbl2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 2, lbl2);
+      lbl1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxPut, 1, pIndex->onError!=OE_None,
+                      "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 2, lbl1);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
+  ** and INSERT.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ){
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName);
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) return;
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pIndex->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(pIndex->iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( pIndex->iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    static const VdbeOpList dropIndex[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9), 0}, 
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,       0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_MemStore,   1, 1,       0},
+      { OP_MemLoad,    1, 0,       0}, /* 3 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,       0},
+      { OP_Eq,         0, ADDR(8), 0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(3), 0},
+      { OP_Goto,       0, ADDR(9), 0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,       0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+    int base;
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, pIndex->iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropIndex), dropIndex);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pIndex->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pIndex->tnum, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, pIndex->iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 0;
+  }
+  if( pList->nId>=pList->nAlloc ){
+    struct IdList_item *a;
+    pList->nAlloc = pList->nAlloc*2 + 5;
+    a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, pList->nAlloc*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
+    if( a==0 ){
+      sqlite3IdListDelete(pList);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pList->a = a;
+  }
+  memset(&pList->a[pList->nId], 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+  pList->a[pList->nId].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
+  pList->nId++;
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
+**
+** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
+*/
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList *pList, Token *pTable, Token *pDatabase){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+  }
+  if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    pList->nAlloc *= 2;
+    pNew = sqliteRealloc(pList,
+               sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pList = pNew;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
+  memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase && pTable ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDatabase);
+  pItem->iCursor = -1;
+  pList->nSrc++;
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++){
+    if( pList->a[i].iCursor<0 ){
+      pList->a[i].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an alias to the last identifier on the given identifier list.
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(SrcList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  if( pList && pList->nSrc>0 ){
+    pList->a[pList->nSrc-1].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    sqliteFree(pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList->a);
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zAlias);
+    if( pItem->pTab && pItem->pTab->isTransient ){
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pItem->pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on "
+          "the temporary database file");
+        pParse->rc = rc;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
+** a read-transaction for all named database files.
+**
+** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
+** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
+** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
+** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
+** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
+** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
+** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
+** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
+** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
+** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
+** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
+**
+** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
+** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
+** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+*/
+void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int mask;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
+    pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
+  }
+  if( iDb>=0 ){
+    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+    assert( iDb<32 );
+    mask = 1<<iDb;
+    if( (pParse->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
+      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
+      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie;
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+**
+** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
+** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable.   If
+** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable.  If iDb>1 then the
+** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  pParse->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
+  if( setStatement ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0);
+  }
+  if( iDb!=1 && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the transient sqlite3_value object used for encoding conversions
+** during SQL compilation.
+*/
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3GetTransientValue(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( !db->pValue ){
+    db->pValue = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  }
+  return db->pValue;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/date.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/date.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..634e81d5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/date.c
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** NOTES:
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system.
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  double rJD;      /* The julian day number */
+  int Y, M, D;     /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;        /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;          /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;        /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;   /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;   /* True if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;    /* True if rJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;    /* True if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+**       N       number of digits in the integer
+**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
+**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
+**       nextC   first character after the integer
+**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int val;
+  int N;
+  int min;
+  int max;
+  int nextC;
+  int *pVal;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zDate);
+  do{
+    N = va_arg(ap, int);
+    min = va_arg(ap, int);
+    max = va_arg(ap, int);
+    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        return cnt;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      return cnt;
+    }
+    *pVal = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+  }while( nextC );
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
+** the number of digits converted.
+*/
+static int getValue(const char *z, double *pR){
+  const char *zEnd;
+  *pR = sqlite3AtoF(z, &zEnd);
+  return zEnd - z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in *pnMin and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return 0.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  if( *zDate=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( *zDate=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else{
+    return *zDate!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
+  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
+  p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->rJD += p->tz*60/86400.0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    double r;
+    if( sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r)==0 ){
+      p->rJD = r;
+      p->validJD = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    p->rJD = sqlite3AtoF(zDate, 0);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
+    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
+    D = 365.25*C;
+    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
+    X1 = 30.6001*E;
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
+  s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+  p->s = 0.001*s;
+  s = p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
+** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
+*/
+static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  struct tm *pTm;
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = x.s + 0.5;
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  pTm = localtime(&t);
+  y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
+  y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
+  y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
+  y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
+  y.m = pTm->tm_min;
+  y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  return y.rJD - x.rJD;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+  int rc = 1;
+  int n;
+  double r;
+  char *z, zBuf[30];
+  z = zBuf;
+  for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+    z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
+  }
+  z[n] = 0;
+  switch( z[0] ){
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->rJD += localtimeOffset(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+        p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        double c1;
+        computeJD(p);
+        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
+        p->rJD -= c1;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
+                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        int Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = p->rJD + 1.5;
+        Z %= 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->rJD += n - Z;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD(p);
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      n = getValue(z, &r);
+      if( n<=0 ) break;
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        int day;
+        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.rJD -= 0.5;
+        day = (int)tx.rJD;
+        tx.rJD -= day;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+       p->rJD += tx.rJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      z += n;
+      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+      n = strlen(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 0;
+      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r;
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/24.0;
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
+      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        int x, y;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->M += r;
+        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+        p->Y += x;
+        p->M -= x*12;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        y = r;
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
+        }
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->Y += r;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+      }else{
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+*/
+static int isDate(int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){
+  int i;
+  if( argc==0 ) return 1;
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) || 
+      parseDateOrTime(sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), p) ) return 1;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) || 
+        parseModifier(sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]), p) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.rJD);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m,
+           (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** Julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  int n, i, j;
+  char *z;
+  const char *zFmt = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else{
+    z = sqliteMalloc( n );
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          int s = x.s;
+          int ms = (x.s - s)*1000.0;
+          sprintf(&z[j],"%02d.%03d",s,ms);
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int n;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          n = x.rJD - y.rJD;
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
+            sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(n+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sprintf(&z[j],"%03d",n+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J':  sprintf(&z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
+        case 'm':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sprintf(&z[j],"%d",(int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(int)(x.s+0.5)); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break;
+        case 'Y':  sprintf(&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
+        case '%':  z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  if( z!=zBuf ){
+    sqliteFree(z);
+  }
+}
+
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     int nArg;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc   },
+    { "date",      -1, dateFunc        },
+    { "time",      -1, timeFunc        },
+    { "datetime",  -1, datetimeFunc    },
+    { "strftime",  -1, strftimeFunc    },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/delete.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/delete.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..866da61d92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/delete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle DELETE FROM statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
+** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
+** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+    pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(
+  Vdbe *v,        /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  Table *pTab     /* The table to be opened */
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Process a DELETE FROM statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  int isView;            /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0;  /* True if any triggers exist */
+  int before_triggers;         /* True if there are BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;          /* True if there are AFTER triggers */
+  int oldIdx = -1;             /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+                         TK_DELETE, TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, 0);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+                         TK_DELETE, TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, 0);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){ 
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, row_triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, construct that view into
+  ** a temporary table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
+  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
+  */
+  if( pWhere==0 && !row_triggers_exist ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
+      ** entries in the table. */
+      int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int addr;
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
+  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+  */
+  else{
+    /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
+        goto delete_from_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Begin the database scan
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 1, 0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+    /* Remember the key of every item to be deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
+    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
+    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
+    ** row triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, oldIdx, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+
+      sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TK_BEFORE, pTab, -1, 
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+	  addr);
+    }
+
+    if( !isView ){
+      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
+      ** indices.  If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
+      ** OP_ListRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
+      ** before the trigger fires.  If there are no row triggers, the
+      ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
+      */
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+
+      /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
+      ** row triggers */
+      if( !row_triggers_exist ){ 
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
+      }
+
+      /* Delete the row */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 1);
+    }
+
+    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
+    ** the AFTER triggers
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      if( !isView ){
+        for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TK_AFTER, pTab, -1, 
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+	  addr);
+    }
+
+    /* End of the delete loop */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
+    if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
+**       of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
+** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
+** entries that point to that record.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
+){
+  int addr;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
+**       deleted.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  char *aIdxUsed     /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
+** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iCur           /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
+){
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/expr.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2da3645b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1927 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AS ){
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  }
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pExpr->affinity;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no default collation type, return 0.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_AS && !pColl ){
+      return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is the left operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the right operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
+*/
+char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric or
+    ** integer affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( aff1==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }else if( aff1==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    }
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    /* return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;  // Ticket #805 */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }else{
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+*/
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }
+  else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }
+  else if( !aff ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
+*/
+int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  return 
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ||
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC && idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER) ||
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER && idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) ||
+    (aff==idx_affinity);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned
+** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression
+** evaluates to NULL.
+*/
+static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  return (((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))<<8)+(jumpIfNull?1:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
+**
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
+*/
+static CollSeq* binaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+  if( !pColl ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+*/
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  CollSeq *p3 = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node is obtained from sqliteMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3Expr(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    /* When malloc fails, we leak memory from pLeft and pRight */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->op = op;
+  pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
+  pNew->pRight = pRight;
+  if( pToken ){
+    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
+    pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
+  }else if( pLeft && pRight ){
+    sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3Expr(TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
+** text between the two given tokens.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
+  assert( pRight!=0 );
+  assert( pLeft!=0 );
+  if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){
+    assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 );
+    if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){
+      pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
+      pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + Addr(pRight->z) - Addr(pLeft->z);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->span.z = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    /* sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); // Leak pList when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
+  pNew->pList = pList;
+  if( pToken ){
+    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
+    pNew->token = *pToken;
+  }else{
+    pNew->token.z = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->span = pNew->token;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Token *pToken;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  pToken = &pExpr->token;
+  assert( pToken->n>=1 );
+  assert( pToken->z!=0 );
+  assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
+  if( pToken->n==1 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+  }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+    ** use it as the variable number */
+    int i;
+    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi(&pToken->z[1]);
+    if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+          SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+    }
+    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+      pParse->nVar = i;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+    */
+    int i, n;
+    n = pToken->n;
+    for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pE;
+      if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
+          && pE->token.n==n
+          && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
+      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
+        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
+        pParse->apVarExpr = sqliteRealloc(pParse->apVarExpr,
+                       pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) );
+      }
+      if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
+        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->span.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->span.z);
+  if( p->token.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->token.z);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
+**
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+**
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr *p){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
+  if( p->token.z!=0 ){
+    pNew->token.z = sqliteStrDup(p->token.z);
+    pNew->token.dyn = 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
+  }
+  pNew->span.z = 0;
+  pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLeft);
+  pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pRight);
+  pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pList);
+  pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+  return pNew;
+}
+void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
+  if( pTo->dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTo->z);
+  if( pFrom->z ){
+    pTo->n = pFrom->n;
+    pTo->z = sqliteStrNDup(pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
+    pTo->dyn = 1;
+  }else{
+    pTo->z = 0;
+  }
+}
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList *p){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqliteMalloc( p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
+    if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
+      /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
+      ** expression list.  The logic in SELECT processing that determines
+      ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
+    }
+    assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 
+            || pOldExpr->span.z==0 || sqlite3_malloc_failed );
+    pItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList *p){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->pTab = 0;
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pOldItem->pSelect);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldItem->pOn);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(pOldItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqliteMallocRaw( p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
+  Select *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pEList);
+  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(p->pSrc);
+  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pGroupBy);
+  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pHaving);
+  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pOrderBy);
+  pNew->op = p->op;
+  pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pPrior);
+  pNew->nLimit = p->nLimit;
+  pNew->nOffset = p->nOffset;
+  pNew->zSelect = 0;
+  pNew->iLimit = -1;
+  pNew->iOffset = -1;
+  pNew->ppOpenTemp = 0;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+*/
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList *pList, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      /* sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); // Leak memory if malloc fails */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
+  }
+  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
+    pList->nAlloc = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
+    pList->a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, pList->nAlloc*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( pList->a==0 ){
+      /* sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); // Leak memory if malloc fails */
+      pList->nExpr = pList->nAlloc = 0;
+      return pList;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( pExpr || pName ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  }
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
+  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList->a);
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_DOT:
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      return 0;
+    case TK_NULL:
+    case TK_STRING:
+    case TK_BLOB:
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_VARIABLE:
+      return 1;
+    default: {
+      if( p->pLeft && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pLeft) ) return 0;
+      if( p->pRight && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pRight) ) return 0;
+      if( p->pList ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<p->pList->nExpr; i++){
+          if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      return p->pLeft!=0 || p->pRight!=0 || (p->pList && p->pList->nExpr>0);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the given expression codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      if( sqlite3GetInt32(p->token.z, pValue) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      const u8 *z = (u8*)p->token.z;
+      int n = p->token.n;
+      if( n>0 && z[0]=='-' ){ z++; n--; }
+      while( n>0 && *z && isdigit(*z) ){ z++; n--; }
+      if( n==0 && sqlite3GetInt32(p->token.z, pValue) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        *pValue = -v;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
+**
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
+**                         the table.
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL.  If pTableToken is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero.  Return zero on success.
+*/
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pDbToken,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  Token *pTableToken,  /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
+  SrcList *pSrcList,   /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  char *zDb = 0;       /* Name of the database.  The "X" in X.Y.Z */
+  char *zTab = 0;      /* Name of the table.  The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
+  char *zCol = 0;      /* Name of the column.  The "Z" */
+  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;         /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;      /* Number of matching table names */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+
+  assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbToken);
+  zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableToken);
+  zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(pColumnToken);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return 1;  /* Leak memory (zDb and zTab) if malloc fails */
+  }
+  assert( zTab==0 || pEList==0 );
+
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrcList->a[i];
+    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    Column *pCol;
+
+    if( pTab==0 ) continue;
+    assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+    if( zTab ){
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+      }else{
+        char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
+        if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+        if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+    }
+    for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+        pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+        pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+        /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+        pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+        pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+        pExpr->pColl = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+  ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+  */
+  if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
+    TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
+    Table *pTab = 0;
+    if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
+      assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+      pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+    }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab) == 0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
+      assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+      pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+    }
+
+    if( pTab ){ 
+      int j;
+      Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
+      
+      pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+      cntTab++;
+      for(j=0; j < pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++) {
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+          cnt++;
+          pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+          pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+          pExpr->pColl = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+    cnt = 1;
+    pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+    pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+  ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+  ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+  **
+  **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+  **
+  ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+  ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+  ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+  ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && pEList!=0 ){
+    for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+        pExpr->op = TK_AS;
+        pExpr->iColumn = j;
+        pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[j].pExpr);
+        sqliteFree(zCol);
+        assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+        return 0;
+      }
+    } 
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
+    sqliteFree(zCol);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    char *z = 0;
+    char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+    }else{
+      z = sqliteStrDup(zCol);
+    }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z);
+    sqliteFree(z);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqliteFree(zDb);
+  sqliteFree(zTab);
+  sqliteFree(zCol);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+  sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSrcList);
+  return cnt!=1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns.  Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
+** index to the table in the table list and a column offset.  The 
+** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN.  The Expr.iTable
+** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
+** plus the "base" value.  The base value will ultimately become the
+** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
+** table.  The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column 
+** of the referenced table.  The Expr.iColumn value for the special
+** ROWID column is -1.  Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
+** alias for ROWID.
+**
+** We also check for instances of the IN operator.  IN comes in two
+** forms:
+**
+**           expr IN (exprlist)
+** and
+**           expr IN (SELECT ...)
+**
+** The first form is handled by creating a set holding the list
+** of allowed values.  The second form causes the SELECT to generate 
+** a temporary table.
+**
+** This routine also looks for scalar SELECTs that are part of an expression.
+** If it finds any, it generates code to write the value of that select
+** into a memory cell.
+**
+** Unknown columns or tables provoke an error.  The function returns
+** the number of errors seen and leaves an error message on pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprResolveIds(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrcList, /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 || pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+    assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab );
+  }
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
+    ** possible.  Otherwise they remain as strings.  Single-quoted
+    ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
+    */
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
+      /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
+    }
+    /* A lone identifier is the name of a columnd.
+    */
+    case TK_ID: {
+      if( lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break; 
+    }
+  
+    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    */
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      Token *pColumn;
+      Token *pTable;
+      Token *pDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
+
+      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+        pDb = 0;
+        pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+        pColumn = &pRight->token;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+        pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+        pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
+        pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
+      }
+      if( lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pSrcList, 0, pExpr) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_IN: {
+      char affinity;
+      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      KeyInfo keyInfo;
+      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenTemp instruction */
+
+      if( v==0 ) return 1;
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pLeft) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way. A temporary table is 
+      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
+      keyInfo.nField = 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1);
+
+      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        int iParm = pExpr->iTable +  (((int)affinity)<<16);
+        ExprList *pEList;
+        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+        pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
+        if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ 
+          keyInfo.aColl[0] = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+        }
+      }else if( pExpr->pList ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+	** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        int i;
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+        }
+        keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+        for(i=0; i<pExpr->pList->nExpr; i++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr;
+
+          /* Check that the expression is constant and valid. */
+          if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+              "right-hand side of IN operator must be constant");
+            return 1;
+          }
+          if( sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pE2, 0, 0) ){
+            return 1;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
+      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
+      */
+      pExpr->iColumn = pParse->nMem++;
+      if(sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Mem,pExpr->iColumn,0,0,0,0)){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* For all else, just recursively walk the tree */
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft
+      && sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pLeft) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight 
+      && sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pRight) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pList ){
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
+        for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+          Expr *pArg = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+          if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pArg) ){
+            return 1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a node that defines a function of some kind.  It might
+** be a syntactic function like "count(x)" or it might be a function
+** that implements an operator, like "a LIKE b".  
+**
+** This routine makes *pzName point to the name of the function and 
+** *pnName hold the number of characters in the function name.
+*/
+static void getFunctionName(Expr *pExpr, const char **pzName, int *pnName){
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      *pzName = pExpr->token.z;
+      *pnName = pExpr->token.n;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LIKE: {
+      *pzName = "like";
+      *pnName = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_GLOB: {
+      *pzName = "glob";
+      *pnName = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      *pzName = "can't happen";
+      *pnName = 12;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Error check the functions in an expression.  Make sure all
+** function names are recognized and all functions have the correct
+** number of arguments.  Leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg
+** if anything is amiss.  Return the number of errors.
+**
+** if pIsAgg is not null and this expression is an aggregate function
+** (like count(*) or max(value)) then write a 1 into *pIsAgg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int allowAgg, int *pIsAgg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_GLOB:
+    case TK_LIKE:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      int n = pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0;  /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int i;
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      int enc = pParse->db->enc;
+
+      getFunctionName(pExpr, &zId, &nId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+      }
+      if( is_agg && !allowAgg ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ){
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        if( pIsAgg ) *pIsAgg = 1;
+      }
+      for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr,
+                               allowAgg && !is_agg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pRight ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pRight, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pList ){
+        int n = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr;
+          nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pE2, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprResolveIds() followed by sqlite3ExprCheck().
+**
+** This routine is provided as a convenience since it is very common
+** to call ResolveIds() and Check() back to back.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrcList, /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr,       /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+  int allowAgg,      /* True to allow aggregate expressions */
+  int *pIsAgg        /* Set to TRUE if aggregates are found */
+){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse,pSrcList,pEList,pExpr) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] on the stack.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){
+  int i;
+  if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+  }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0, z, n);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression and leave the result on the top of stack.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pParse->useAgg ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggGet, 0, pExpr->iAgg);
+      }else if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( pExpr->span.z && pExpr->span.n>0 && pExpr->span.n<100 ){
+          VdbeComment((v, "# %T", &pExpr->span));
+        }
+#endif
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(v, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real );
+      assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 );
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob );
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, pExpr->token.z+1, pExpr->token.n-1);
+      sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        Token *p = &pLeft->token;
+        char *z = sqliteMalloc( p->n + 2 );
+        sprintf(z, "-%.*s", p->n, p->z);
+        if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1);
+        }else{
+          codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1);
+        }
+        sqliteFree(z);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into TK_NOT */
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int dest;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggGet, 0, pExpr->iAgg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_GLOB:
+    case TK_LIKE:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
+      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      int nId;
+      const char *zId;
+      int p2 = 0;
+      int i;
+      u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      getFunctionName(pExpr, &zId, &nId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
+      assert( pDef!=0 );
+      nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList);
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr && i<32; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          p2 |= (1<<i);
+        }
+        if( pDef->needCollSeq && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, nExpr, p2, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result"));
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int addr;
+      char affinity;
+
+      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+      ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord.
+      */
+      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
+      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4);            /* addr + 0 */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);   /* addr + 4 */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);                  /* addr + 6 */
+
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
+      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      pLItem++;
+      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS:
+    case TK_AS: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CASE: {
+      int expr_end_label;
+      int jumpInst;
+      int addr;
+      int nExpr;
+      int i;
+      ExprList *pEList;
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;
+
+      assert(pExpr->pList);
+      assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
+      assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i].pExpr);
+        if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1);
+          jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr,
+                                 OP_Ne, 0, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+        }else{
+          jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label);
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst, addr);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+	return;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
+         assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
+                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
+                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
+         sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn,
+                        pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+         sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      } else {
+         assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
+         sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+         sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
+         VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)"));
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list onto the stack.
+**
+** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression list to be coded */
+){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, n;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as:
+      **
+      ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3
+      ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO <dest>
+      ** 3 ...
+      */
+      int addr;
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull);
+
+      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as:
+      **
+      ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3
+      ** 2 GOTO <dest>
+      ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO <dest>
+      */
+      int addr;
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
+** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0 ){
+    return pB==0;
+  }else if( pB==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
+  if( pA->pList ){
+    if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pA->pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pB->pList ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
+  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
+  if( pA->token.z ){
+    if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pA->token.z, pB->token.z, pB->token.n)!=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pParse->aAgg[] array and return its index.
+*/
+static int appendAggInfo(Parse *pParse){
+  if( (pParse->nAgg & 0x7)==0 ){
+    int amt = pParse->nAgg + 8;
+    AggExpr *aAgg = sqliteRealloc(pParse->aAgg, amt*sizeof(pParse->aAgg[0]));
+    if( aAgg==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    pParse->aAgg = aAgg;
+  }
+  memset(&pParse->aAgg[pParse->nAgg], 0, sizeof(pParse->aAgg[0]));
+  return pParse->nAgg++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
+** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
+**
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveIds() and sqlite3ExprCheck().
+**
+** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return
+** the number of errors.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  AggExpr *aAgg;
+  int nErr = 0;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      aAgg = pParse->aAgg;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+        if( aAgg[i].isAgg ) continue;
+        if( aAgg[i].pExpr->iTable==pExpr->iTable
+         && aAgg[i].pExpr->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( i>=pParse->nAgg ){
+        i = appendAggInfo(pParse);
+        if( i<0 ) return 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].isAgg = 0;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pExpr = pExpr;
+      }
+      pExpr->iAgg = i;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      aAgg = pParse->aAgg;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+        if( !aAgg[i].isAgg ) continue;
+        if( sqlite3ExprCompare(aAgg[i].pExpr, pExpr) ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( i>=pParse->nAgg ){
+        u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+        i = appendAggInfo(pParse);
+        if( i<0 ) return 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].isAgg = 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pExpr = pExpr;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+             pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
+             pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+      }
+      pExpr->iAgg = i;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pRight ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pList ){
+        int n = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+          nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
+** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
+** any number of arguments will be returned.
+**
+** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
+** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
+** or xStep is non-zero.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestmatch = 0;  
+
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
+
+  pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
+  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
+    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
+    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
+    ** pointed to by pBest:
+    **
+    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
+    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
+    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
+    **    requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
+    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 6: An exact match.
+    **
+    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
+    */
+    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
+      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+        match = 4;
+      }
+      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+        match += 2;
+      }
+      else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
+               (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
+        match += 1;
+      }
+
+      if( match>bestmatch ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestmatch = match;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
+      (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1)) ){
+    pBest->nArg = nArg;
+    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
+    pBest->zName = (char*)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, nName, (void*)pBest);
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/func.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/func.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f61bdae3fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/func.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1018 @@
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  return context->pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  if( argc==0 ) return;
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL:    z = "null";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      for(len=0; *z; z++){ if( (0xc0&*z)!=0x80 ) len++; }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ) iVal = iVal * -1;
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = rVal * -1.0;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i;
+  int p1, p2, len;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+  for(len=0, z2=z; *z2; z2++){ if( (0xc0&*z2)!=0x80 ) len++; }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }
+  if( p1+p2>len ){
+    p2 = len-p1;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p1 && z[i]; i++){
+    if( (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ) p1++;
+  }
+  while( z[i] && (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; p1++; }
+  for(; i<p1+p2 && z[i]; i++){
+    if( (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ) p2++;
+  }
+  while( z[i] && (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; p2++; }
+  if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, &z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  sprintf(zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  strcpy(z, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    z[i] = toupper(z[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(z);
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  strcpy(z, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    z[i] = tolower(z[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
+** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
+** argument.
+*/
+static void ifnullFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int r;
+  sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, r);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int arg, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.  The return value is the
+** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int arg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void total_changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int arg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
+*/
+struct compareInfo {
+  u8 matchAll;
+  u8 matchOne;
+  u8 matchSet;
+  u8 noCase;
+};
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfo = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
+
+/*
+** X is a pointer to the first byte of a UTF-8 character.  Increment
+** X so that it points to the next character.  This only works right
+** if X points to a well-formed UTF-8 string.
+*/
+#define sqliteNextChar(X)  while( (0xc0&*++(X))==0x80 ){}
+#define sqliteCharVal(X)   sqlite3ReadUtf8(X)
+
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
+** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
+** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
+**
+** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
+**
+**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
+*/
+int patternCompare(
+  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
+  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
+  const struct compareInfo *pInfo  /* Information about how to do the compare */
+){
+  register int c;
+  int invert;
+  int seen;
+  int c2;
+  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
+  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
+  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
+
+  while( (c = *zPattern)!=0 ){
+    if( c==matchAll ){
+      while( (c=zPattern[1]) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne ){
+          if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        zPattern++;
+      }
+      if( c==0 ) return 1;
+      if( c==matchSet ){
+        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo)==0 ){
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        return *zString!=0;
+      }else{
+        while( (c2 = *zString)!=0 ){
+          if( noCase ){
+            c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2];
+            c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[*++zString]; }
+          }else{
+            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = *++zString; }
+          }
+          if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+          if( patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo) ) return 1;
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( c==matchOne ){
+      if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+      sqliteNextChar(zString);
+      zPattern++;
+    }else if( c==matchSet ){
+      int prior_c = 0;
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = sqliteCharVal(zString);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = *++zPattern;
+      if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = *++zPattern; }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = *++zPattern;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern))!=0 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[1]!=']' && zPattern[1]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          zPattern++;
+          c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else if( c==c2 ){
+          seen = 1;
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }else{
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        sqliteNextChar(zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
+      sqliteNextChar(zString);
+      zPattern++;
+    }else{
+      if( noCase ){
+        if( sqlite3UpperToLower[c] != sqlite3UpperToLower[*zString] ) return 0;
+      }else{
+        if( c != *zString ) return 0;
+      }
+      zPattern++;
+      zString++;
+    }
+  }
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** If the pointer retrieved by via a call to sqlite3_user_data() is
+** not NULL, then this function uses UTF-16. Otherwise UTF-8.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, &likeInfo));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the glob() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in GLOB operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** string and the second argument is the pattern.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A GLOB B
+**
+** is implemented as glob(A,B).
+*/
+static void globFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int arg, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, &globInfo));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
+** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
+** on this function.
+**
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      static const char hexdigits[] = { 
+        '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+        '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+      };
+      char *zText = 0;
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+
+      zText = (char *)sqliteMalloc((2*nBlob)+4); 
+      if( !zText ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqliteFree(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j,n;
+      const char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      for(i=n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = sqliteMalloc( i+n+3 );
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      z[0] = '\'';
+      for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+        z[j++] = zArg[i];
+        if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+          z[j++] = '\'';
+        }
+      }
+      z[j++] = '\'';
+      z[j] = 0;
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function generates a string of random characters.  Used for
+** generating test data.
+*/
+static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  static const unsigned char zSrc[] = 
+     "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+     "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+     "0123456789"
+     ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> ";
+  int iMin, iMax, n, r, i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[1000];
+  if( argc>=1 ){
+    iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+    if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0;
+    if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
+  }else{
+    iMin = 1;
+  }
+  if( argc>=2 ){
+    iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( iMax<iMin ) iMax = iMin;
+    if( iMax>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
+  }else{
+    iMax = 50;
+  }
+  n = iMin;
+  if( iMax>iMin ){
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+    r &= 0x7fffffff;
+    n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin);
+  }
+  assert( n<sizeof(zBuf) );
+  sqlite3Randomness(n, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zSrc[zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zSrc)-1)];
+  }
+  zBuf[n] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following two SQL functions are used to test returning a text
+** result with a destructor. Function 'test_destructor' takes one argument
+** and returns the same argument interpreted as TEXT. A destructor is
+** passed with the sqlite3_result_text() call.
+**
+** SQL function 'test_destructor_count' returns the number of outstanding 
+** allocations made by 'test_destructor';
+**
+** WARNING: Not threadsafe.
+*/
+static int test_destructor_count_var = 0;
+static void destructor(void *p){
+  char *zVal = (char *)p;
+  assert(zVal);
+  zVal--;
+  sqliteFree(zVal);
+  test_destructor_count_var--;
+}
+static void test_destructor(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char *zVal;
+  int len;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+ 
+  test_destructor_count_var++;
+  assert( nArg==1 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  len = sqlite3ValueBytes(argv[0], db->enc); 
+  zVal = sqliteMalloc(len+3);
+  zVal[len] = 0;
+  zVal[len-1] = 0;
+  assert( zVal );
+  zVal++;
+  memcpy(zVal, sqlite3ValueText(argv[0], db->enc), len);
+  if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }else if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+    sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }
+}
+static void test_destructor_count(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, test_destructor_count_var);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Routines for testing the sqlite3_get_auxdata() and sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** interface.
+**
+** The test_auxdata() SQL function attempts to register each of its arguments
+** as auxiliary data.  If there are no prior registrations of aux data for
+** that argument (meaning the argument is not a constant or this is its first
+** call) then the result for that argument is 0.  If there is a prior
+** registration, the result for that argument is 1.  The overall result
+** is the individual argument results separated by spaces.
+*/
+static void free_test_auxdata(void *p) {sqliteFree(p);}
+static void test_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  char *zRet = sqliteMalloc(nArg*2);
+  if( !zRet ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+    char const *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( z ){
+      char *zAux = sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, i);
+      if( zAux ){
+        zRet[i*2] = '1';
+        if( strcmp(zAux, z) ){
+          sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "Auxilary data corruption", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+      }else{
+        zRet[i*2] = '0';
+        zAux = sqliteStrDup(z);
+        sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, i, zAux, free_test_auxdata);
+      }
+      zRet[i*2+1] = ' ';
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zRet, 2*nArg-1, free_test_auxdata);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double sum;     /* Sum of terms */
+  int cnt;        /* Number of elements summed */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum or average.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    p->sum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+    p->cnt++;
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->sum : 0.0);
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->sum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** variance or standard deviation computation.
+*/
+typedef struct StdDevCtx StdDevCtx;
+struct StdDevCtx {
+  double sum;     /* Sum of terms */
+  double sum2;    /* Sum of the squares of terms */
+  int cnt;        /* Number of terms counted */
+};
+
+#if 0   /* Omit because math library is required */
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the standard deviation as an aggregate.
+*/
+static void stdDevStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, const char **argv){
+  StdDevCtx *p;
+  double x;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && argv[0] ){
+    x = sqlite3AtoF(argv[0], 0);
+    p->sum += x;
+    p->sum2 += x*x;
+    p->cnt++;
+  }
+}
+static void stdDevFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  double rN = sqlite3_aggregate_count(context);
+  StdDevCtx *p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && p->cnt>1 ){
+    double rCnt = cnt;
+    sqlite3_set_result_double(context, 
+       sqrt((p->sum2 - p->sum*p->sum/rCnt)/(rCnt-1.0)));
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  int n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function tracks state information for the min() and max()
+** aggregate functions.
+*/
+typedef struct MinMaxCtx MinMaxCtx;
+struct MinMaxCtx {
+  char *z;         /* The best so far */
+  char zBuf[28];   /* Space that can be used for storage */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = ((sqlite3_user_data(context)==(void *)-1)?1:0);
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( pRes->flags ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     signed char nArg;
+     u8 argType;           /* 0: none.  1: db  2: (-1) */
+     u8 eTextRep;          /* 1: UTF-16.  0: UTF-8 */
+     u8 needCollSeq;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "min",               -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
+    { "min",                0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
+    { "max",               -1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
+    { "max",                0, 2, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
+    { "typeof",             1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, typeofFunc },
+    { "length",             1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lengthFunc },
+    { "substr",             3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, substrFunc },
+    { "substr",             3, 0, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, sqlite3utf16Substr },
+    { "abs",                1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, absFunc    },
+    { "round",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
+    { "round",              2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
+    { "upper",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, upperFunc  },
+    { "lower",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lowerFunc  },
+    { "coalesce",          -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, ifnullFunc },
+    { "coalesce",           0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
+    { "coalesce",           1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
+    { "ifnull",             2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, ifnullFunc },
+    { "random",            -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, randomFunc },
+    { "like",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, likeFunc   },
+    { "glob",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, globFunc   },
+    { "nullif",             2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, nullifFunc },
+    { "sqlite_version",     0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, versionFunc},
+    { "quote",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, quoteFunc  },
+    { "last_insert_rowid",  0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, last_insert_rowid },
+    { "changes",            0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, changes    },
+    { "total_changes",      0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, total_changes },
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    { "soundex",            1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc},
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    { "randstr",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr    },
+    { "test_destructor",       1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor},
+    { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count},
+    { "test_auxdata",         -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata},
+#endif
+  };
+  static const struct {
+    char *zName;
+    signed char nArg;
+    u8 argType;
+    u8 needCollSeq;
+    void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+    void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);
+  } aAggs[] = {
+    { "min",    1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
+    { "max",    1, 2, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
+    { "sum",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      sumFinalize    },
+    { "avg",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      avgFinalize    },
+    { "count",  0, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
+    { "count",  1, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
+#if 0
+    { "stddev", 1, 0, stdDevStep,   stdDevFinalize },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    void *pArg = 0;
+    switch( aFuncs[i].argType ){
+      case 1: pArg = db; break;
+      case 2: pArg = (void *)(-1); break;
+    }
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        aFuncs[i].eTextRep, pArg, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 
+          strlen(aFuncs[i].zName), aFuncs[i].nArg, aFuncs[i].eTextRep, 0);
+      if( pFunc && aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
+        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAggs)/sizeof(aAggs[0]); i++){
+    void *pArg = 0;
+    switch( aAggs[i].argType ){
+      case 1: pArg = db; break;
+      case 2: pArg = (void *)(-1); break;
+    }
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aAggs[i].zName, aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+        pArg, 0, aAggs[i].xStep, aAggs[i].xFinalize);
+    if( aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction( db, aAggs[i].zName,
+          strlen(aAggs[i].zName), aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+      if( pFunc && aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
+        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/hash.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23e2e19748
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
+** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) sqliteFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      sqliteFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return sqlite3HashNoCase((const char*)pKey, nKey); 
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqliteMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) sqliteFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    sqliteFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  sqliteFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqliteMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      sqliteFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/hash.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf004ddc53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is ignored in comparisons.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
+#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/insert.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/insert.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..65cbdc8ff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/insert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1018 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+*/
+void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      return;
+    }
+    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0';
+  }
+ 
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
+** column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+*/
+void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
+  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
+  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
+  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
+  **
+  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
+  */
+  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
+    char *zColAff;
+    int i;
+
+    zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
+
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of three templates.  For a simple
+** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  The template looks like this:
+**
+**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
+**         write the resulting record into <table>
+**         cleanup
+**
+** If the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** And the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time, then
+** the generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           gosub C
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         goto D
+**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         goto A
+**      C: insert the select result into <table>
+**         return
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The third template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           gosub C
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         goto D
+**      C: insert the select result into the intermediate table
+**         return
+**      B: open a cursor to an intermediate table
+**         goto A
+**      D: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         loop over the intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+**         end the loop
+**         cleanup
+*/
+void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
+  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int base = 0;         /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int useTempTable;     /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int iSelectLoop = 0;  /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */
+  int iCleanup = 0;     /* Address of the cleanup code */
+  int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */
+  int iCntMem = 0;      /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int isView;           /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  int before_triggers;        /* True if there are BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;         /* True if there are AFTER triggers */
+  int newIdx = -1;            /* Cursor for the NEW table */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure that:
+  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
+  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+  */
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 
+                                       TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, 0);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, TK_INSERT,
+                                       TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, 0);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || row_triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates
+  ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine
+  ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT
+  ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the
+  ** subroutine is also coded here.  That subroutine stores the SELECT
+  ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.)
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
+    */
+    int rc, iInitCode;
+    iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock, 0,0,0,0);
+    if( rc || pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+    iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup);
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table.  Set to FALSE if each
+    ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table.
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }else{
+      int addr = 0;
+      useTempTable = 0;
+      while( useTempTable==0 ){
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeFindOp(v, addr, OP_OpenRead, pTab->tnum);
+        if( addr==0 ) break;
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr-2);
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Integer && pOp->p1==pTab->iDb ){
+          useTempTable = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of
+      ** the result.  Store the result in a temporary table
+      */
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+
+      /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top
+      ** of the program jumps to it.  Create the temporary table, then jump
+      ** back up and execute the SELECT code above.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iInitCode, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iInitCode, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+    ** clause
+    */
+    SrcList dummy;
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    srcTab = -1;
+    useTempTable = 0;
+    assert( pList );
+    nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+    dummy.nSrc = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse,&dummy,0,pList->a[i].pExpr,0,0) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn!=pTab->nCol ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
+  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            keyColumn = i;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
+          keyColumn = i;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->nErr++;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
+  ** in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 ){
+    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    iCntMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iCntMem, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    base = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
+  }
+
+  /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create
+  ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data.  If the data
+  ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need
+  ** to launch the SELECT statement processing.
+  */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
+    iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( before_triggers ){
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( keyColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
+    }else if( useTempTable ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
+    }else if( pSelect ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn-j-1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TK_BEFORE, pTab, 
+        newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred
+  ** until now.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist && !isView ){
+    base = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
+  }
+
+  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
+  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRecno
+  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
+  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRecno
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, base, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, base, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0,
+                                   0, onError, endOfLoop);
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0,
+                            after_triggers ? newIdx : -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, iCntMem, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+      for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TK_AFTER, pTab, newIdx, -1, 
+          onError, endOfLoop) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
+  }
+
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  if( pList ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  if( pSelect ) sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
+**
+** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top)
+** the following values:
+**
+**    1.  The recno of the row to be updated before the update.  This
+**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
+**        change to the record number.
+**
+**    2.  The recno of the row after the update.
+**
+**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
+**
+**    i.  Data from middle columns...
+**
+**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
+**
+** The old recno shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
+** and recnoChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
+** INSERTs and recnoChng is true if the record number is being changed.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto
+** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record.
+** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on
+** the pTable->pIndex list.  A key is only created for index i if 
+** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                prior changes are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
+**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
+**                                to label ignoreDest.
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+**
+** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
+** cursor number "base".  All indices of pTab must also have open
+** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor.
+** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
+** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0.
+**
+** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is
+** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated.  The isUpdate
+** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor
+** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns.
+** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
+  int recnoChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nCol;
+  int onError;
+  int addr;
+  int extra;
+  int iCur;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int seenReplace = 0;
+  int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2;
+  int contAddr;
+  int hasTwoRecnos = (isUpdate && recnoChng);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].zDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0);
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
+        sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName,
+                        " may not be NULL", (char*)0);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert(0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+  /**** TBD ****/
+
+  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
+  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
+  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
+  */
+  if( recnoChng ){
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1);
+    jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0);
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError,
+                         "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    contAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst2, contAddr);
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst1, contAddr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
+  */
+  extra = -1;
+  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
+    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
+    extra++;
+
+    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1);
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
+    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( seenReplace ){
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
+      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+    jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0);
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        int j, n1, n2;
+        char zErrMsg[200];
+        strcpy(zErrMsg, pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
+        n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<sizeof(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
+          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+          n2 = strlen(zCol);
+          if( j>0 ){
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
+            n1 += 2;
+          }
+          if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], "...");
+            n1 += 3;
+            break;
+          }else{
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], zCol);
+            n1 += n2;
+          }
+        }
+        strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], 
+            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert(0);
+    }
+    contAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    assert( contAddr<(1<<24) );
+#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst1, contAddr | (1<<24));
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst2, contAddr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data
+** and the recno for the new entry.  This routine creates the new
+** entries in all indices and in the main table.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
+  int recnoChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int newIdx          /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nIdx;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int pik_flags;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxPut, base+i+1, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+  if( newIdx>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+  }
+  pik_flags = (OPFLAG_NCHANGE|(isUpdate?0:OPFLAG_LASTROWID));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, base, pik_flags);
+  
+  if( isUpdate && recnoChng ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
+** indices of that table.  The "base" parameter is the cursor number used
+** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int base,        /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
+  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, base, pTab->tnum);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, base, pTab->nCol);
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum,
+                   (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+  }
+  if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){
+    pParse->nTab = base+i;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/legacy.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/legacy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f575f1f0ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/legacy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const char *zLeftover;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char **azCols = 0;
+
+  int nRetry = 0;
+  int nChange = 0;
+  int nCallback;
+
+  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    db->nChange += nChange;
+    nCallback = 0;
+
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    azCols = sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *));
+    if( nCol && !azCols ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto exec_out;
+    }
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( 0==nCallback ){
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+          }
+          nCallback++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        if( db->pVdbe==0 ){
+          nChange = db->nChange;
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+          nRetry = 0;
+          zSql = zLeftover;
+          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqliteFree(azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( azCols ) sqliteFree(azCols);
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = malloc(1+strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db)));
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      strcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/main.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ae7e1b263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1346 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+const int sqlite3one = 1;
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){
+  if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema",
+       zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index.  NULL for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**     argv[3] = "1" for temporary files, "0" for main database, "2" or more
+**               for auxiliary database files.
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==4 );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 || argv[3]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  iDb = atoi(argv[3]);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    char *zErr;
+    int rc;
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curMain;
+  int size;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char const *azArg[5];
+  char zDbNum[30];
+  int meta[10];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName;
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+    zMasterName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+    zMasterName = MASTER_NAME;
+  }
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  sprintf(zDbNum, "%d", iDb);
+  azArg[3] = zDbNum;
+  azArg[4] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 4, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->readOnly = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt==0 ){
+    if( iDb==1 ) DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 3:UTF-16 LE 4:UTF-16 BE
+  **    meta[5]
+  **    meta[6]   
+  **    meta[7]
+  **    meta[8]
+  **    meta[9]
+  **
+  ** Note: The hash defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0]); i++){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+    }
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
+  }
+  db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie = meta[0];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+      /* If opening the main database, set db->enc. */
+      db->enc = (u8)meta[4];
+      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match db->enc */
+      if( meta[4]!=db->enc ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database", (char*)0);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  size = meta[2];
+  if( size==0 ){ size = MAX_PAGES; }
+  db->aDb[iDb].cache_size = size;
+
+  if( iDb==0 ){
+    db->file_format = meta[1];
+    if( db->file_format==0 ){
+      /* This happens if the database was initially empty */
+      db->file_format = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  */
+  if( meta[1]>1 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, db->aDb[iDb].cache_size);
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql, %s FROM '%q'.%s",
+        zDbNum, db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqliteFree(zSql);
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After the database is initialized, the SQLITE_Initialized
+** bit is set in the flags field of the sqlite structure. 
+*/
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  
+  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)==0 );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Initialized;
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)||db->init.busy );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The version of the library
+*/
+const char rcsid3[] = "@(#) \044Id: SQLite version " SQLITE_VERSION " $";
+const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+*/
+static int binaryCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+  if( 0==r ){
+    r = nKey1-nKey2;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;
+  int j;
+
+  if( !db ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) );
+
+  /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database
+  ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in
+  ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the
+  ** "failed to open" state.
+  */
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
+    for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
+      pNext = pFunc->pNext;
+      sqliteFree(pFunc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqliteFree(pColl);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  if( db->pValue ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pValue);
+  }
+  if( db->pErr ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  }
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+  sqliteFree(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all database files.
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  const char *z;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_ROW:
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+    case SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   z = "internal SQLite implementation flaw";   break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   z = "table or record not found";             break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database is full";                      break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   z = "database locking protocol failure";     break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
+    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "too much data for one table row";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "kernel lacks large file support";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind index out of range";               break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
+    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
+*/
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *Timeout,           /* Maximum amount of time to wait */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS==1
+  static const char delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50,  50, 100};
+  static const short int totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228, 287};
+# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
+  ptr timeout = (ptr)Timeout;
+  ptr delay, prior;
+
+  if( count <= NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count-1];
+    prior = totals[count-1];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-NDELAY-1);
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(delay);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  int timeout = (int)Timeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(1000);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    if( nOps>0 ){
+      db->xProgress = xProgress;
+      db->nProgressOps = nOps;
+      db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+    }else{
+      db->xProgress = 0;
+      db->nProgressOps = 0;
+      db->pProgressArg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)(ptr)ms);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows systems should call this routine to free memory that
+** is returned in the in the errmsg parameter of sqlite3_open() when
+** SQLite is a DLL.  For some reason, it does not work to call free()
+** directly.
+**
+** Note that we need to call free() not sqliteFree() here.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free(char *p){ free(p); }
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) ||
+      (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
+        pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  p->xFunc = xFunc;
+  p->xStep = xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char const *zFunc8;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zFunctionName, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE,SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+
+  if( !zFunc8 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, 
+      pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
+**
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
+** If either function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
+** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
+** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
+** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
+** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
+** is for temporary use only and is deleted as soon as the connection
+** is closed.
+**
+** A temporary database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
+** deleted when the file is closed) or a set of red-black trees held in memory,
+** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
+** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
+**
+**       TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**       ----------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**           0               any             file
+**           1                1              file
+**           1                2              memory
+**           1                0              file
+**           2                1              file
+**           2                2              memory
+**           2                0              memory
+**           3               any             memory
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
+  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
+  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
+  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+){
+  int btree_flags = 0;
+  int rc;
+  
+  assert( ppBtree != 0);
+  if( omitJournal ){
+    btree_flags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
+  }
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+#ifndef TEMP_STORE
+# define TEMP_STORE 1
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==0
+    /* Do nothing */
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==1
+    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==2
+    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==3
+    zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, ppBtree, btree_flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler);
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
+  ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a 
+  ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
+  ** &big_endian[1].
+  */
+  static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
+    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
+  };
+  static const char misuseBe [] = {
+    0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
+  };
+
+  const void *z;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
+    return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
+         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine.
+*/
+int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
+*/
+static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curTemp;
+  int cookie;
+  int allOk = 1;
+
+  for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    Btree *pBt;
+    pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie ){
+        allOk = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
+    }
+  }
+  return allOk;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char** pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse sParse;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+  sParse.db = db;
+  sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InTrans;
+    goto prepare_out;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sParse.rc!=SQLITE_OK && sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( pzTail ) *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
+  rc = sParse.rc;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, "addr", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, "opcode", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, "p1", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, "p2", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, "p3", P3_STATIC);
+  } 
+
+prepare_out:
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
+  }else if( sParse.pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char const *zSql8 = 0;
+  char const *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( !zSql8 ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql8, -1, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+ 
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded. The fourth argument, "def_enc" is one of the TEXT_*
+** macros from sqliteInt.h. If we end up creating a new database file
+** (not opening an existing one), the text encoding of the database
+** will be set to this value.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb         /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc, i;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  db->priorNewRowid = 0;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  db->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  /* db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; */
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+  
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+  if( !db->pDfltColl ){
+    rc = db->errCode;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc);
+
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full' for the temp
+  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  */
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg, 0);
+    if( zErrMsg ) sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  }
+
+opendb_out:
+  if( sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+  }
+  *ppDb = db;
+  return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+
+  assert( ppDb );
+  *ppDb = 0;
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){
+      sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pVal ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady((Vdbe*)pStmt, -1, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }
+
+  if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc!=SQLITE_UTF16LE && enc!=SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 
+        "Param 3 to sqlite3_create_collation() must be one of "
+        "SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE"
+    );
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc, zName, strlen(zName), 1);
+  if( 0==pColl ){
+   rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+    pColl->enc = enc;
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  char const *zName8;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zName8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  return sqlite3_create_collation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/md5.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/md5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32fcb6b680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/md5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/*
+** SQLite uses this code for testing only.  It is not a part of
+** the SQLite library.  This file implements two new TCL commands
+** "md5" and "md5file" that compute md5 checksums on arbitrary text
+** and on complete files.  These commands are used by the "testfixture"
+** program to help verify the correct operation of the SQLite library.
+**
+** The original use of these TCL commands was to test the ROLLBACK
+** feature of SQLite.  First compute the MD5-checksum of the database.
+** Then make some changes but rollback the changes rather than commit
+** them.  Compute a second MD5-checksum of the file and verify that the
+** two checksums are the same.  Such is the original use of this code.
+** New uses may have been added since this comment was written.
+*/
+/*
+ * This code implements the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
+ * The algorithm is due to Ron Rivest.  This code was
+ * written by Colin Plumb in 1993, no copyright is claimed.
+ * This code is in the public domain; do with it what you wish.
+ *
+ * Equivalent code is available from RSA Data Security, Inc.
+ * This code has been tested against that, and is equivalent,
+ * except that you don't need to include two pages of legalese
+ * with every copy.
+ *
+ * To compute the message digest of a chunk of bytes, declare an
+ * MD5Context structure, pass it to MD5Init, call MD5Update as
+ * needed on buffers full of bytes, and then call MD5Final, which
+ * will fill a supplied 16-byte array with the digest.
+ */
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+ * If compiled on a machine that doesn't have a 32-bit integer,
+ * you just set "uint32" to the appropriate datatype for an
+ * unsigned 32-bit integer.  For example:
+ *
+ *       cc -Duint32='unsigned long' md5.c
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef uint32
+#  define uint32 unsigned int
+#endif
+
+struct Context {
+  uint32 buf[4];
+  uint32 bits[2];
+  unsigned char in[64];
+};
+typedef char MD5Context[88];
+
+/*
+ * Note: this code is harmless on little-endian machines.
+ */
+static void byteReverse (unsigned char *buf, unsigned longs){
+        uint32 t;
+        do {
+                t = (uint32)((unsigned)buf[3]<<8 | buf[2]) << 16 |
+                            ((unsigned)buf[1]<<8 | buf[0]);
+                *(uint32 *)buf = t;
+                buf += 4;
+        } while (--longs);
+}
+/* The four core functions - F1 is optimized somewhat */
+
+/* #define F1(x, y, z) (x & y | ~x & z) */
+#define F1(x, y, z) (z ^ (x & (y ^ z)))
+#define F2(x, y, z) F1(z, x, y)
+#define F3(x, y, z) (x ^ y ^ z)
+#define F4(x, y, z) (y ^ (x | ~z))
+
+/* This is the central step in the MD5 algorithm. */
+#define MD5STEP(f, w, x, y, z, data, s) \
+        ( w += f(x, y, z) + data,  w = w<<s | w>>(32-s),  w += x )
+
+/*
+ * The core of the MD5 algorithm, this alters an existing MD5 hash to
+ * reflect the addition of 16 longwords of new data.  MD5Update blocks
+ * the data and converts bytes into longwords for this routine.
+ */
+static void MD5Transform(uint32 buf[4], const uint32 in[16]){
+        register uint32 a, b, c, d;
+
+        a = buf[0];
+        b = buf[1];
+        c = buf[2];
+        d = buf[3];
+
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xd76aa478,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 1]+0xe8c7b756, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x242070db, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 3]+0xc1bdceee, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf57c0faf,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 5]+0x4787c62a, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa8304613, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[ 7]+0xfd469501, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x698098d8,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[ 9]+0x8b44f7af, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffff5bb1, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[11]+0x895cd7be, 22);
+        MD5STEP(F1, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x6b901122,  7);
+        MD5STEP(F1, d, a, b, c, in[13]+0xfd987193, 12);
+        MD5STEP(F1, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xa679438e, 17);
+        MD5STEP(F1, b, c, d, a, in[15]+0x49b40821, 22);
+
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xf61e2562,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 6]+0xc040b340,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x265e5a51, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 0]+0xe9b6c7aa, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xd62f105d,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[10]+0x02441453,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0xd8a1e681, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 4]+0xe7d3fbc8, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0x21e1cde6,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[14]+0xc33707d6,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xf4d50d87, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[ 8]+0x455a14ed, 20);
+        MD5STEP(F2, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0xa9e3e905,  5);
+        MD5STEP(F2, d, a, b, c, in[ 2]+0xfcefa3f8,  9);
+        MD5STEP(F2, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0x676f02d9, 14);
+        MD5STEP(F2, b, c, d, a, in[12]+0x8d2a4c8a, 20);
+
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 5]+0xfffa3942,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 8]+0x8771f681, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[11]+0x6d9d6122, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[14]+0xfde5380c, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 1]+0xa4beea44,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 4]+0x4bdecfa9, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 7]+0xf6bb4b60, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[10]+0xbebfbc70, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[13]+0x289b7ec6,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[ 0]+0xeaa127fa, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[ 3]+0xd4ef3085, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 6]+0x04881d05, 23);
+        MD5STEP(F3, a, b, c, d, in[ 9]+0xd9d4d039,  4);
+        MD5STEP(F3, d, a, b, c, in[12]+0xe6db99e5, 11);
+        MD5STEP(F3, c, d, a, b, in[15]+0x1fa27cf8, 16);
+        MD5STEP(F3, b, c, d, a, in[ 2]+0xc4ac5665, 23);
+
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 0]+0xf4292244,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 7]+0x432aff97, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[14]+0xab9423a7, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 5]+0xfc93a039, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[12]+0x655b59c3,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[ 3]+0x8f0ccc92, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[10]+0xffeff47d, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 1]+0x85845dd1, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 8]+0x6fa87e4f,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[15]+0xfe2ce6e0, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 6]+0xa3014314, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[13]+0x4e0811a1, 21);
+        MD5STEP(F4, a, b, c, d, in[ 4]+0xf7537e82,  6);
+        MD5STEP(F4, d, a, b, c, in[11]+0xbd3af235, 10);
+        MD5STEP(F4, c, d, a, b, in[ 2]+0x2ad7d2bb, 15);
+        MD5STEP(F4, b, c, d, a, in[ 9]+0xeb86d391, 21);
+
+        buf[0] += a;
+        buf[1] += b;
+        buf[2] += c;
+        buf[3] += d;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start MD5 accumulation.  Set bit count to 0 and buffer to mysterious
+ * initialization constants.
+ */
+static void MD5Init(MD5Context *pCtx){
+        struct Context *ctx = (struct Context *)pCtx;
+        ctx->buf[0] = 0x67452301;
+        ctx->buf[1] = 0xefcdab89;
+        ctx->buf[2] = 0x98badcfe;
+        ctx->buf[3] = 0x10325476;
+        ctx->bits[0] = 0;
+        ctx->bits[1] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Update context to reflect the concatenation of another buffer full
+ * of bytes.
+ */
+static 
+void MD5Update(MD5Context *pCtx, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len){
+        struct Context *ctx = (struct Context *)pCtx;
+        uint32 t;
+
+        /* Update bitcount */
+
+        t = ctx->bits[0];
+        if ((ctx->bits[0] = t + ((uint32)len << 3)) < t)
+                ctx->bits[1]++; /* Carry from low to high */
+        ctx->bits[1] += len >> 29;
+
+        t = (t >> 3) & 0x3f;    /* Bytes already in shsInfo->data */
+
+        /* Handle any leading odd-sized chunks */
+
+        if ( t ) {
+                unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)ctx->in + t;
+
+                t = 64-t;
+                if (len < t) {
+                        memcpy(p, buf, len);
+                        return;
+                }
+                memcpy(p, buf, t);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+                buf += t;
+                len -= t;
+        }
+
+        /* Process data in 64-byte chunks */
+
+        while (len >= 64) {
+                memcpy(ctx->in, buf, 64);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+                buf += 64;
+                len -= 64;
+        }
+
+        /* Handle any remaining bytes of data. */
+
+        memcpy(ctx->in, buf, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Final wrapup - pad to 64-byte boundary with the bit pattern 
+ * 1 0* (64-bit count of bits processed, MSB-first)
+ */
+static void MD5Final(unsigned char digest[16], MD5Context *pCtx){
+        struct Context *ctx = (struct Context *)pCtx;
+        unsigned count;
+        unsigned char *p;
+
+        /* Compute number of bytes mod 64 */
+        count = (ctx->bits[0] >> 3) & 0x3F;
+
+        /* Set the first char of padding to 0x80.  This is safe since there is
+           always at least one byte free */
+        p = ctx->in + count;
+        *p++ = 0x80;
+
+        /* Bytes of padding needed to make 64 bytes */
+        count = 64 - 1 - count;
+
+        /* Pad out to 56 mod 64 */
+        if (count < 8) {
+                /* Two lots of padding:  Pad the first block to 64 bytes */
+                memset(p, 0, count);
+                byteReverse(ctx->in, 16);
+                MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+
+                /* Now fill the next block with 56 bytes */
+                memset(ctx->in, 0, 56);
+        } else {
+                /* Pad block to 56 bytes */
+                memset(p, 0, count-8);
+        }
+        byteReverse(ctx->in, 14);
+
+        /* Append length in bits and transform */
+        ((uint32 *)ctx->in)[ 14 ] = ctx->bits[0];
+        ((uint32 *)ctx->in)[ 15 ] = ctx->bits[1];
+
+        MD5Transform(ctx->buf, (uint32 *)ctx->in);
+        byteReverse((unsigned char *)ctx->buf, 4);
+        memcpy(digest, ctx->buf, 16);
+        memset(ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));    /* In case it's sensitive */
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a digest into base-16.  digest should be declared as
+** "unsigned char digest[16]" in the calling function.  The MD5
+** digest is stored in the first 16 bytes.  zBuf should
+** be "char zBuf[33]".
+*/
+static void DigestToBase16(unsigned char *digest, char *zBuf){
+  static char const zEncode[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+  int i, j;
+
+  for(j=i=0; i<16; i++){
+    int a = digest[i];
+    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[(a>>4)&0xf];
+    zBuf[j++] = zEncode[a & 0xf];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** A TCL command for md5.  The argument is the text to be hashed.  The
+** Result is the hash in base64.  
+*/
+static int md5_cmd(void*cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv){
+  MD5Context ctx;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+        " TEXT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  MD5Init(&ctx);
+  MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)argv[1], (unsigned)strlen(argv[1]));
+  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
+  DigestToBase16(digest, interp->result);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A TCL command to take the md5 hash of a file.  The argument is the
+** name of the file.
+*/
+static int md5file_cmd(void*cd, Tcl_Interp*interp, int argc, const char **argv){
+  FILE *in;
+  MD5Context ctx;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[10240];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+        " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  in = fopen(argv[1],"rb");
+  if( in==0 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"unable to open file \"", argv[1], 
+         "\" for reading", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  MD5Init(&ctx);
+  for(;;){
+    int n;
+    n = fread(zBuf, 1, sizeof(zBuf), in);
+    if( n<=0 ) break;
+    MD5Update(&ctx, (unsigned char*)zBuf, (unsigned)n);
+  }
+  fclose(in);
+  MD5Final(digest, &ctx);
+  DigestToBase16(digest, interp->result);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the two TCL commands above with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Md5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5_cmd, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "md5file", (Tcl_CmdProc*)md5file_cmd, 0, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** During testing, the special md5sum() aggregate function is available.
+** inside SQLite.  The following routines implement that function.
+*/
+static void md5step(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  MD5Context *p;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( sqlite3_aggregate_count(context)==1 ){
+    MD5Init(p);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    const char *zData = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( zData ){
+      MD5Update(p, zData, strlen(zData));
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void md5finalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  MD5Context *p;
+  unsigned char digest[16];
+  char zBuf[33];
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  MD5Final(digest,p);
+  DigestToBase16(digest, zBuf);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void Md5_Register(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3_create_function(db, "md5sum", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0, 
+      md5step, md5finalize);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/opcodes.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/opcodes.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6f012198d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/opcodes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodec.h script for details. */
+const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?",
+  "ContextPop",
+  "IntegrityCk",
+  "DropTrigger",
+  "DropIndex",
+  "Recno",
+  "KeyAsData",
+  "Delete",
+  "MoveGt",
+  "VerifyCookie",
+  "Push",
+  "Dup",
+  "Blob",
+  "IdxGT",
+  "IdxRecno",
+  "RowKey",
+  "PutStrKey",
+  "IsUnique",
+  "SetNumColumns",
+  "IdxIsNull",
+  "NullRow",
+  "OpenPseudo",
+  "OpenWrite",
+  "OpenRead",
+  "Transaction",
+  "AutoCommit",
+  "Pop",
+  "Halt",
+  "Vacuum",
+  "ListRead",
+  "RowData",
+  "NotExists",
+  "MoveLe",
+  "SetCookie",
+  "Variable",
+  "AggNext",
+  "AggReset",
+  "Sort",
+  "IdxDelete",
+  "ResetCount",
+  "OpenTemp",
+  "IdxColumn",
+  "Integer",
+  "AggSet",
+  "CreateIndex",
+  "IdxPut",
+  "MoveLt",
+  "Return",
+  "MemLoad",
+  "SortNext",
+  "IdxLT",
+  "Rewind",
+  "AddImm",
+  "AggFunc",
+  "AggInit",
+  "MemIncr",
+  "ListReset",
+  "Clear",
+  "Or",
+  "And",
+  "Not",
+  "PutIntKey",
+  "If",
+  "Callback",
+  "IsNull",
+  "NotNull",
+  "Ne",
+  "Eq",
+  "Gt",
+  "Le",
+  "Lt",
+  "Ge",
+  "BitAnd",
+  "BitOr",
+  "ShiftLeft",
+  "ShiftRight",
+  "Add",
+  "Subtract",
+  "Multiply",
+  "Divide",
+  "Remainder",
+  "Concat",
+  "Negative",
+  "SortReset",
+  "BitNot",
+  "String8",
+  "SortPut",
+  "Last",
+  "NotFound",
+  "MakeRecord",
+  "String",
+  "Goto",
+  "AggFocus",
+  "DropTable",
+  "Column",
+  "Noop",
+  "AggGet",
+  "CreateTable",
+  "NewRecno",
+  "Found",
+  "Distinct",
+  "Close",
+  "Statement",
+  "IfNot",
+  "Pull",
+  "MemStore",
+  "Next",
+  "Prev",
+  "MoveGe",
+  "MustBeInt",
+  "ForceInt",
+  "CollSeq",
+  "Gosub",
+  "ContextPush",
+  "ListRewind",
+  "ListWrite",
+  "ParseSchema",
+  "Destroy",
+  "IdxGE",
+  "FullKey",
+  "ReadCookie",
+  "AbsValue",
+  "Real",
+  "HexBlob",
+  "Function",
+};
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/opcodes.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/opcodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b792c5a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/opcodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_ContextPop                  1
+#define OP_IntegrityCk                 2
+#define OP_DropTrigger                 3
+#define OP_DropIndex                   4
+#define OP_Recno                       5
+#define OP_KeyAsData                   6
+#define OP_Delete                      7
+#define OP_MoveGt                      8
+#define OP_VerifyCookie                9
+#define OP_Push                        10
+#define OP_Dup                         11
+#define OP_Blob                        12
+#define OP_IdxGT                       13
+#define OP_IdxRecno                    14
+#define OP_RowKey                      15
+#define OP_PutStrKey                   16
+#define OP_IsUnique                    17
+#define OP_SetNumColumns               18
+#define OP_Eq                          67
+#define OP_IdxIsNull                   19
+#define OP_NullRow                     20
+#define OP_OpenPseudo                  21
+#define OP_OpenWrite                   22
+#define OP_OpenRead                    23
+#define OP_Transaction                 24
+#define OP_AutoCommit                  25
+#define OP_Negative                    82
+#define OP_Pop                         26
+#define OP_Halt                        27
+#define OP_Vacuum                      28
+#define OP_ListRead                    29
+#define OP_RowData                     30
+#define OP_NotExists                   31
+#define OP_MoveLe                      32
+#define OP_SetCookie                   33
+#define OP_Variable                    34
+#define OP_AggNext                     35
+#define OP_AggReset                    36
+#define OP_Sort                        37
+#define OP_IdxDelete                   38
+#define OP_ResetCount                  39
+#define OP_OpenTemp                    40
+#define OP_IdxColumn                   41
+#define OP_NotNull                     65
+#define OP_Ge                          71
+#define OP_Remainder                   80
+#define OP_Divide                      79
+#define OP_Integer                     42
+#define OP_AggSet                      43
+#define OP_CreateIndex                 44
+#define OP_IdxPut                      45
+#define OP_MoveLt                      46
+#define OP_And                         59
+#define OP_ShiftLeft                   74
+#define OP_Real                        122
+#define OP_Return                      47
+#define OP_MemLoad                     48
+#define OP_SortNext                    49
+#define OP_IdxLT                       50
+#define OP_Rewind                      51
+#define OP_Gt                          68
+#define OP_AddImm                      52
+#define OP_Subtract                    77
+#define OP_AggFunc                     53
+#define OP_AggInit                     54
+#define OP_MemIncr                     55
+#define OP_ListReset                   56
+#define OP_Clear                       57
+#define OP_PutIntKey                   61
+#define OP_IsNull                      64
+#define OP_If                          62
+#define OP_Callback                    63
+#define OP_SortReset                   83
+#define OP_SortPut                     86
+#define OP_Last                        87
+#define OP_NotFound                    88
+#define OP_MakeRecord                  89
+#define OP_BitAnd                      72
+#define OP_Add                         76
+#define OP_HexBlob                     123
+#define OP_String                      90
+#define OP_Goto                        91
+#define OP_AggFocus                    92
+#define OP_DropTable                   93
+#define OP_Column                      94
+#define OP_Noop                        95
+#define OP_Not                         60
+#define OP_Le                          69
+#define OP_BitOr                       73
+#define OP_Multiply                    78
+#define OP_String8                     85
+#define OP_AggGet                      96
+#define OP_CreateTable                 97
+#define OP_NewRecno                    98
+#define OP_Found                       99
+#define OP_Distinct                    100
+#define OP_Close                       101
+#define OP_Statement                   102
+#define OP_IfNot                       103
+#define OP_Pull                        104
+#define OP_MemStore                    105
+#define OP_Next                        106
+#define OP_Prev                        107
+#define OP_MoveGe                      108
+#define OP_Lt                          70
+#define OP_Ne                          66
+#define OP_MustBeInt                   109
+#define OP_ForceInt                    110
+#define OP_ShiftRight                  75
+#define OP_CollSeq                     111
+#define OP_Gosub                       112
+#define OP_ContextPush                 113
+#define OP_ListRewind                  114
+#define OP_ListWrite                   115
+#define OP_ParseSchema                 116
+#define OP_Destroy                     117
+#define OP_IdxGE                       118
+#define OP_FullKey                     119
+#define OP_ReadCookie                  120
+#define OP_BitNot                      84
+#define OP_AbsValue                    121
+#define OP_Or                          58
+#define OP_Function                    124
+#define OP_Concat                      81
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc478baa93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows or MacOS.
+**
+** N.B. MacOS means Mac Classic (or Carbon). Treat Darwin (OS X) as Unix.
+**      The MacOS build is designed to use CodeWarrior (tested with v8)
+*/
+#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_TEST)
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  ifndef OS_MAC
+#    if defined(__MACOS__)
+#      define OS_MAC 1
+#      define OS_WIN 0
+#      define OS_UNIX 0
+#    elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#      define OS_MAC 0
+#      define OS_WIN 1
+#      define OS_UNIX 0
+#    else
+#      define OS_MAC 0
+#      define OS_WIN 0
+#      define OS_UNIX 1
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    define OS_WIN 0
+#    define OS_UNIX 0
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define OS_MAC 0
+#  define OS_UNIX 0
+# endif
+#else
+# define OS_MAC 0
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  define OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke the appropriate operating-system specific header file.
+*/
+#if OS_TEST
+# include "os_test.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_UNIX
+# include "os_unix.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_WIN
+# include "os_win.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_MAC
+# include "os_mac.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+*/
+#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "sqlite_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** These #defines are available in os.h so that Unix can use the same
+** byte ranges for locking.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
+/* #define PENDING_BYTE     0x5400   // Page 20 - for testing */
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile*, int*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(const char*, OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile*, double*);
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_common.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94311b9604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int last_page = 0;
+#define SEEK(X)           last_page=(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define SEEK(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+static unsigned long long int g_start;
+static unsigned int elapse;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
+int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+#define SimulateIOError(A)  \
+   if( sqlite3_io_error_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); return A; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;  /* Really just a place to set a breakpoint */
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); return SQLITE_FULL; }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_mac.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_mac.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f84c168d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_mac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific classic mac.  Mac OS X
+** uses the os_unix.c file, not this one.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_MAC               /* This file used on classic mac only */
+
+#include <extras.h>
+#include <path2fss.h>
+#include <TextUtils.h>
+#include <FinderRegistry.h>
+#include <Folders.h>
+#include <Timer.h>
+#include <OSUtils.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <Multiprocessing.h>
+# define SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  unlink(zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  if( __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec) != noErr ){
+    if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+    if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                   fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+      if (FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                   fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      else
+        *pReadonly = 1;
+    } else
+      *pReadonly = 0;
+  } else
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zFilename) ){
+    if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+    if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+      if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      else
+        *pReadonly = 1;
+    } else
+      *pReadonly = 0;
+  } else
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+# endif
+  if( HOpenRF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNumRF)) != noErr){
+    id->refNumRF = -1;
+  }
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = 0;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# endif
+  id->refNumRF = -1;
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = delFlag;
+  if (delFlag)
+    id->pathToDel = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  if( __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# endif
+  if( HOpenRF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNumRF)) != noErr){
+    id->refNumRF = -1;
+  }
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = 0;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  char zdirName[32];
+  CInfoPBRec infoRec;
+  Str31 dirName;
+  memset(&infoRec, 0, sizeof(infoRec));
+  memset(zTempPath, 0, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE);
+  if( FindFolder(kOnSystemDisk, kTemporaryFolderType,  kCreateFolder,
+       &(infoRec.dirInfo.ioVRefNum), &(infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrParID)) == noErr ){
+    infoRec.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = dirName;
+    do{
+      infoRec.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
+      infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
+      if( PBGetCatInfoSync(&infoRec) == noErr ){
+        CopyPascalStringToC(dirName, zdirName);
+        i = strlen(zdirName);
+        memmove(&(zTempPath[i+1]), zTempPath, strlen(zTempPath));
+        strcpy(zTempPath, zdirName);
+        zTempPath[i] = ':';
+      }else{
+        *zTempPath = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    } while( infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID );
+  }
+  if( *zTempPath == 0 )
+    getcwd(zTempPath, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-24);
+  for(;;){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( id->refNumRF!=-1 )
+    FSClose(id->refNumRF);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  FSCloseFork(id->refNum);
+# else
+  FSClose(id->refNum);
+# endif
+  if( id->delOnClose ){
+    unlink(id->pathToDel);
+    sqliteFree(id->pathToDel);
+  }
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int got;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("READ %d\n", last_page);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  FSReadFork(id->refNum, fsAtMark, 0, (ByteCount)amt, pBuf, (ByteCount*)&got);
+# else
+  got = amt;
+  FSRead(id->refNum, &got, pBuf);
+# endif
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  OSErr oserr;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("WRITE %d\n", last_page);
+  while( amt>0 ){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+    oserr = FSWriteFork(id->refNum, fsAtMark, 0,
+                        (ByteCount)amt, pBuf, (ByteCount*)&wrote);
+# else
+    wrote = amt;
+    oserr = FSWrite(id->refNum, &wrote, pBuf);
+# endif
+    if( wrote == 0 || oserr != noErr)
+      break;
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( oserr != noErr || amt>wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, off_t offset){
+  off_t curSize;
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  if( sqlite3OsFileSize(id, &curSize) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( offset >= curSize ){
+    if( sqlite3OsTruncate(id, offset+1) != SQLITE_OK ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSSetForkPosition(id->refNum, fsFromStart, offset) != noErr ){
+# else
+  if( SetFPos(id->refNum, fsFromStart, offset) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSFlushFork(id->refNum) != noErr ){
+# else
+  ParamBlockRec params;
+  memset(&params, 0, sizeof(ParamBlockRec));
+  params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNum;
+  if( PBFlushFileSync(&params) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, off_t nByte){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSSetForkSize(id->refNum, fsFromStart, nByte) != noErr){
+# else
+  if( SetEOF(id->refNum, nByte) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, off_t *pSize){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSGetForkSize(id->refNum, pSize) != noErr){
+# else
+  if( GetEOF(id->refNum, pSize) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows file locking notes:  [similar issues apply to MacOS]
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** (This is a design error on the part of Windows, but there is nothing
+** we can do about that.)  So the region used for locking is at the
+** end of the file where it is unlikely to ever interfere with an
+** actual read attempt.
+**
+** A database read lock is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** A database write lock is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.
+**
+** A lock is obtained on the first byte of the lock range before acquiring
+** either a read lock or a write lock.  This prevents two processes from
+** attempting to get a lock at a same time.  The semantics of 
+** sqlite3OsReadLock() require that if there is already a write lock, that
+** lock is converted into a read lock atomically.  The lock on the first
+** byte allows us to drop the old write lock and get the read lock without
+** another process jumping into the middle and messing us up.  The same
+** argument applies to sqlite3OsWriteLock().
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** Note: On MacOS we use the resource fork for locking.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** N_LOCKBYTE is the number of bytes available for doing the locking.
+** The first byte used to hold the lock while the lock is changing does
+** not count toward this number.  FIRST_LOCKBYTE is the address of
+** the first byte in the range of bytes used for locking.
+*/
+#define N_LOCKBYTE       10239
+#define FIRST_LOCKBYTE   (0x000fffff - N_LOCKBYTE)
+
+/*
+** Change the status of the lock on the file "id" to be a readlock.
+** If the file was write locked, then this reduces the lock to a read.
+** If the file was read locked, then this acquires a new read lock.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_BUSY on failure.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  if( id->locked>0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    OSErr res;
+    int cnt = 5;
+    ParamBlockRec params;
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    lk = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%N_LOCKBYTE + 1;
+    memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+    params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = PBLockRangeSync(&params))!=noErr ){
+      UInt32 finalTicks;
+      Delay(1, &finalTicks); /* 1/60 sec */
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+lk;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      res = PBLockRangeSync(&params);
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      id->locked = lk;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock status to be an exclusive or write lock.  Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_BUSY on a failure.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWriteLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  if( id->locked<0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSErr res;
+    int cnt = 5;
+    ParamBlockRec params;
+    memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+    params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = PBLockRangeSync(&params))!=noErr ){
+      UInt32 finalTicks;
+      Delay(1, &finalTicks); /* 1/60 sec */
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE + id->locked;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      if( id->locked==0 
+            || PBUnlockRangeSync(&params)==noErr ){
+        params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+        params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+        res = PBLockRangeSync(&params);
+      }else{
+        res = afpRangeNotLocked;
+      }
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      id->locked = -1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the given file descriptor.  If the file descriptor was
+** not previously locked, then this routine is a no-op.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  ParamBlockRec params;
+  memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+  params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+  params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+  if( id->locked==0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( id->locked<0 ){
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+    PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    id->locked = 0;
+  }else{
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+id->locked;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    id->locked = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid;
+    Microseconds((UnsignedWide*)zBuf);
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(UnsignedWide)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+  UInt32 finalTicks;
+  UInt32 ticks = (((UInt32)ms+16)*3)/50;  /* 1/60 sec per tick */
+  Delay(ticks, &finalTicks);
+  return (int)((ticks*50)/3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  static MPCriticalRegionID criticalRegion;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  static volatile int notInit = 1;
+  if( notInit ){
+    if( notInit == 2 ) /* as close as you can get to thread safe init */
+      MPYield();
+    else{
+      notInit = 2;
+      MPCreateCriticalRegion(&criticalRegion);
+      notInit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  MPEnterCriticalRegion(criticalRegion, kDurationForever);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  MPExitCriticalRegion(criticalRegion);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( zRelative[0]==':' ){
+    char zBuf[_MAX_PATH+1];
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), &(zRelative[1]),
+                    (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
+    }else{
+    char zBuf[_MAX_PATH+1];
+      sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), zRelative, (char*)0);
+    }
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  *prNow = 0.0;   /**** FIX ME *****/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_MAC */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_mac.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_mac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b60f81837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_mac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defines OS-specific features of classic Mac.
+** OS X uses the os_unix.h file, not this one.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_
+
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <Files.h>
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE _MAX_PATH
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 17
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for class Mac.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  SInt16 refNum;           /* Data fork/file reference number */
+  SInt16 refNumRF;         /* Resource fork reference number (for locking) */
+  int locked;              /* 0: unlocked, <0: write lock, >0: read lock */
+  int delOnClose;          /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
+  char *pathToDel;         /* Name of file to delete on close */
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_test.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_test.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e292bc428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems. It is used
+** for testing SQLite only.
+*/
+#if OS_TEST              /* This file is used for the test backend only */
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"          /* Must be first to enable large file support */
+
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite     sqlite3RealOpenReadWrite
+#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive     sqlite3RealOpenExclusive
+#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly      sqlite3RealOpenReadOnly
+#define sqlite3OsOpenDirectory     sqlite3RealOpenDirectory
+#define sqlite3OsClose             sqlite3RealClose
+#define sqlite3OsRead              sqlite3RealRead
+#define sqlite3OsWrite             sqlite3RealWrite
+#define sqlite3OsSeek              sqlite3RealSeek
+#define sqlite3OsSync              sqlite3RealSync
+#define sqlite3OsTruncate          sqlite3RealTruncate
+#define sqlite3OsFileSize          sqlite3RealFileSize
+#define sqlite3OsLock              sqlite3RealLock
+#define sqlite3OsUnlock            sqlite3RealUnlock
+#define sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock sqlite3RealCheckReservedLock
+
+#define OsFile OsRealFile
+#define OS_UNIX 1
+#include "os_unix.c"
+#undef OS_UNIX
+#undef OsFile
+
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite     
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenExclusive     
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly      
+#undef sqlite3OsOpenDirectory     
+#undef sqlite3OsClose             
+#undef sqlite3OsRead              
+#undef sqlite3OsWrite             
+#undef sqlite3OsSeek              
+#undef sqlite3OsSync              
+#undef sqlite3OsTruncate          
+#undef sqlite3OsFileSize          
+#undef sqlite3OsLock              
+#undef sqlite3OsUnlock            
+#undef sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock 
+
+#define BLOCKSIZE 512
+#define BLOCK_OFFSET(x) ((x) * BLOCKSIZE)
+
+
+/*
+** The following variables control when a simulated crash occurs.
+**
+** If iCrashDelay is non-zero, then zCrashFile contains (full path) name of
+** a file that SQLite will call sqlite3OsSync() on. Each time this happens
+** iCrashDelay is decremented. If iCrashDelay is zero after being
+** decremented, a "crash" occurs during the sync() operation.
+**
+** In other words, a crash occurs the iCrashDelay'th time zCrashFile is
+** synced.
+*/
+static int iCrashDelay = 0;
+char zCrashFile[256];
+
+/*
+** Set the value of the two crash parameters.
+*/
+void sqlite3SetCrashParams(int iDelay, char const *zFile){
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  assert( strlen(zFile)<256 );
+  strcpy(zCrashFile, zFile);
+  iCrashDelay = iDelay;
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** File zPath is being sync()ed. Return non-zero if this should
+** cause a crash.
+*/
+static int crashRequired(char const *zPath){
+  int r;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  n = strlen(zCrashFile);
+  if( zCrashFile[n-1]=='*' ){
+    n--;
+  }else if( strlen(zPath)>n ){
+    n = strlen(zPath);
+  }
+  r = 0;
+  if( iCrashDelay>0 && strncmp(zPath, zCrashFile, n)==0 ){
+    iCrashDelay--;
+    if( iCrashDelay<=0 ){
+      r = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  return r;
+}
+
+
+static OsTestFile *pAllFiles = 0;
+
+/*
+** Initialise the os_test.c specific fields of pFile.
+*/
+static void initFile(OsFile *id, char const *zName){
+  OsTestFile *pFile = (OsTestFile *)
+      sqliteMalloc(sizeof(OsTestFile) + strlen(zName)+1);
+  pFile->nMaxWrite = 0; 
+  pFile->nBlk = 0; 
+  pFile->apBlk = 0; 
+  pFile->zName = (char *)(&pFile[1]);
+  strcpy(pFile->zName, zName);
+  *id = pFile;
+  pFile->pNext = pAllFiles;
+  pAllFiles = pFile;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo the work done by initFile. Delete the OsTestFile structure
+** and unlink the structure from the pAllFiles list.
+*/
+static void closeFile(OsFile *id){
+  OsTestFile *pFile = *id;
+  if( pFile==pAllFiles ){
+    pAllFiles = pFile->pNext;
+  }else{
+    OsTestFile *p;
+    for(p=pAllFiles; p->pNext!=pFile; p=p->pNext ){
+      assert( p );
+    }
+    p->pNext = pFile->pNext;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pFile);
+  *id = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current seek offset from the start of the file. This
+** is unix-only code.
+*/
+static i64 osTell(OsTestFile *pFile){
+  return lseek(pFile->fd.h, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+/*
+** Load block 'blk' into the cache of pFile.
+*/
+static int cacheBlock(OsTestFile *pFile, int blk){
+  if( blk>=pFile->nBlk ){
+    int n = ((pFile->nBlk * 2) + 100 + blk);
+    /* if( pFile->nBlk==0 ){ printf("DIRTY %s\n", pFile->zName); } */
+    pFile->apBlk = (u8 **)sqliteRealloc(pFile->apBlk, n * sizeof(u8*));
+    if( !pFile->apBlk ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memset(&pFile->apBlk[pFile->nBlk], 0, (n - pFile->nBlk)*sizeof(u8*));
+    pFile->nBlk = n;
+  }
+
+  if( !pFile->apBlk[blk] ){
+    i64 filesize;
+    int rc;
+
+    u8 *p = sqliteMalloc(BLOCKSIZE);
+    if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pFile->apBlk[blk] = p;
+
+    rc = sqlite3RealFileSize(&pFile->fd, &filesize);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(blk)<filesize ){
+      int len = BLOCKSIZE;
+      rc = sqlite3RealSeek(&pFile->fd, blk*BLOCKSIZE);
+      if( BLOCK_OFFSET(blk+1)>filesize ){
+        len = filesize - BLOCK_OFFSET(blk);
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      rc = sqlite3RealRead(&pFile->fd, p, len);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* #define TRACE_WRITECACHE */
+
+/*
+** Write the cache of pFile to disk. If crash is non-zero, randomly
+** skip blocks when writing. The cache is deleted before returning.
+*/
+static int writeCache2(OsTestFile *pFile, int crash){
+  int i;
+  int nMax = pFile->nMaxWrite;
+  i64 offset;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  offset = osTell(pFile);
+  for(i=0; i<pFile->nBlk; i++){
+    u8 *p = pFile->apBlk[i];
+    if( p ){
+      int skip = 0;
+      int trash = 0;
+      if( crash ){
+        char random;
+        sqlite3Randomness(1, &random);
+        if( random & 0x01 ){
+          if( random & 0x02 ){
+            trash = 1;
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+printf("Trashing block %d of %s\n", i, pFile->zName); 
+#endif
+          }else{
+            skip = 1;
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+printf("Skiping block %d of %s\n", i, pFile->zName); 
+#endif
+          }
+        }else{
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+printf("Writing block %d of %s\n", i, pFile->zName); 
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3RealSeek(&pFile->fd, BLOCK_OFFSET(i));
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !skip ){
+        int len = BLOCKSIZE;
+        if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1)>nMax ){
+          len = nMax-BLOCK_OFFSET(i);
+        }
+        if( trash ){
+          sqlite3Randomness(len, p);
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3RealWrite(&pFile->fd, p, len);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(p);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pFile->apBlk);
+  pFile->nBlk = 0;
+  pFile->apBlk = 0;
+  pFile->nMaxWrite = 0;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3RealSeek(&pFile->fd, offset);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the cache to disk.
+*/
+static int writeCache(OsTestFile *pFile){
+  if( pFile->apBlk ){
+    int c = crashRequired(pFile->zName);
+    if( c ){
+      OsTestFile *p;
+#ifdef TRACE_WRITECACHE
+      printf("\nCrash during sync of %s\n", pFile->zName);
+#endif
+      for(p=pAllFiles; p; p=p->pNext){
+        writeCache2(p, 1);
+      }
+      exit(-1);
+    }else{
+      return writeCache2(pFile, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( !(*id) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( (*id)->fd.isOpen ){
+    /* printf("CLOSE %s (%d blocks)\n", (*id)->zName, (*id)->nBlk); */
+    writeCache(*id);
+    sqlite3RealClose(&(*id)->fd);
+  }
+  closeFile(id);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  i64 offset;       /* The current offset from the start of the file */
+  i64 end;          /* The byte just past the last byte read */
+  int blk;            /* Block number the read starts on */
+  int i;
+  u8 *zCsr;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  OsTestFile *pFile = *id;
+
+  offset = osTell(pFile);
+  end = offset+amt;
+  blk = (offset/BLOCKSIZE);
+
+  zCsr = (u8 *)pBuf;
+  for(i=blk; i*BLOCKSIZE<end; i++){
+    int off = 0;
+    int len = 0;
+
+
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i) < offset ){
+      off = offset-BLOCK_OFFSET(i);
+    }
+    len = BLOCKSIZE - off;
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1) > end ){
+      len = len - (BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1)-end);
+    }
+
+    if( i<pFile->nBlk && pFile->apBlk[i]){
+      u8 *pBlk = pFile->apBlk[i];
+      memcpy(zCsr, &pBlk[off], len);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3RealSeek(&pFile->fd, BLOCK_OFFSET(i) + off);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      rc = sqlite3RealRead(&pFile->fd, zCsr, len);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+
+    zCsr += len;
+  }
+  assert( zCsr==&((u8 *)pBuf)[amt] );
+
+  rc = sqlite3RealSeek(&pFile->fd, end);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  i64 offset;       /* The current offset from the start of the file */
+  i64 end;          /* The byte just past the last byte written */
+  int blk;            /* Block number the write starts on */
+  int i;
+  const u8 *zCsr;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  OsTestFile *pFile = *id;
+
+  offset = osTell(pFile);
+  end = offset+amt;
+  blk = (offset/BLOCKSIZE);
+
+  zCsr = (u8 *)pBuf;
+  for(i=blk; i*BLOCKSIZE<end; i++){
+    u8 *pBlk;
+    int off = 0;
+    int len = 0;
+
+    /* Make sure the block is in the cache */
+    rc = cacheBlock(pFile, i);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    /* Write into the cache */
+    pBlk = pFile->apBlk[i];
+    assert( pBlk );
+
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i) < offset ){
+      off = offset-BLOCK_OFFSET(i);
+    }
+    len = BLOCKSIZE - off;
+    if( BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1) > end ){
+      len = len - (BLOCK_OFFSET(i+1)-end);
+    }
+    memcpy(&pBlk[off], zCsr, len);
+    zCsr += len;
+  }
+  if( pFile->nMaxWrite<end ){
+    pFile->nMaxWrite = end;
+  }
+  assert( zCsr==&((u8 *)pBuf)[amt] );
+
+  rc = sqlite3RealSeek(&pFile->fd, end);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the file. First flush the write-cache to disk, then call the
+** real sync() function.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  /* printf("SYNC %s (%d blocks)\n", (*id)->zName, (*id)->nBlk); */
+  rc = writeCache(*id);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3RealSync(&(*id)->fd);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file. Set the internal OsFile.nMaxWrite variable to the new
+** file size to ensure that nothing in the write-cache past this point
+** is written to disk.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  (*id)->nMaxWrite = nByte;
+  return sqlite3RealTruncate(&(*id)->fd, nByte);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the file. If the cache contains a write that extended
+** the file, then return this size instead of the on-disk size.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  int rc = sqlite3RealFileSize(&(*id)->fd, pSize);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSize && *pSize<(*id)->nMaxWrite ){
+    *pSize = (*id)->nMaxWrite;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The three functions used to open files. All that is required is to
+** initialise the os_test.c specific fields and then call the corresponding
+** os_unix.c function to really open the file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int *pReadonly){
+  initFile(id, zFilename);
+  return sqlite3RealOpenReadWrite(zFilename, &(*id)->fd, pReadonly);
+}
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  initFile(id, zFilename);
+  return sqlite3RealOpenExclusive(zFilename, &(*id)->fd, delFlag);
+}
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  initFile(id, zFilename);
+  return sqlite3RealOpenReadOnly(zFilename, &(*id)->fd);
+}
+
+/*
+** These six function calls are passed straight through to the os_unix.c
+** backend.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  return sqlite3RealSeek(&(*id)->fd, offset);
+}
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  return sqlite3RealCheckReservedLock(&(*id)->fd);
+}
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  return sqlite3RealLock(&(*id)->fd, locktype);
+}
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  return sqlite3RealUnlock(&(*id)->fd, locktype);
+}
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(const char *zDirname, OsFile *id){
+  return sqlite3RealOpenDirectory(zDirname, &(*id)->fd);
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_TEST */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_test.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_test.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..256eaaf17a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_test.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_TEST_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_TEST_H_
+
+#define OsFile OsRealFile
+#define OS_UNIX 1
+#include "os_unix.h"
+#undef OS_UNIX
+#undef OsFile
+
+/* Include sqliteInt.h now to get the type u8. */
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+typedef struct OsTestFile* OsFile;
+typedef struct OsTestFile OsTestFile;
+struct OsTestFile {
+  u8 **apBlk;       /* Array of blocks that have been written to. */
+  int nBlk;         /* Size of apBlock. */
+  int nMaxWrite;    /* Largest offset written to. */
+  char *zName;      /* File name */
+  OsRealFile fd;
+  OsTestFile *pNext;
+};
+
+void sqlite3SetCrashParams(int iDelay, char const *zFile);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_unix.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_unix.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94fca70199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_unix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1276 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But its DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.  The
+** SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro is defined if we are synchronizing for
+** Posix threads and SQLITE_W32_THREADS is defined if we are
+** synchronizing using Win32 threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <pthread.h>
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+#define getpid pthread_self
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
+** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
+** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** 2004-Jan-11:
+** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
+** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
+** an abomination.)
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains
+** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
+** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single
+** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are
+** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
+** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
+** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
+** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
+** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
+** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
+** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
+** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
+** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
+** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
+** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
+** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
+** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
+** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
+** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
+**
+** 2004-Jun-28:
+** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
+** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
+** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
+** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
+** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
+** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
+** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
+**
+** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
+** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
+** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
+** use.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
+**
+** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
+** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
+** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is also
+** set to zero if we compile without threading support.
+*/
+struct lockKey {
+  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads cannot override each other */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
+** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it.
+*/
+struct lockInfo {
+  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
+  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
+** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+*/
+struct openKey {
+  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
+** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
+** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
+** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
+*/
+struct openCnt {
+  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
+  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
+  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
+  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
+};
+
+/* 
+** These hash table maps inodes and process IDs into lockInfo and openCnt
+** structures.  Access to these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
+*/
+static Hash lockHash = { SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+static Hash openHash = { SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+/*
+** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
+** locks.
+**
+**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
+**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
+**   -1:  We don't know yet.
+*/
+static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = -1;
+
+/*
+** This structure holds information passed into individual test
+** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
+*/
+struct threadTestData {
+  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
+  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
+  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
+};
+
+/*
+** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
+** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
+** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
+** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
+*/
+static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
+  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
+  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
+  return pArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
+** can override each others locks then sets the 
+** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
+*/
+static void testThreadLockingBehavior(fd_orig){
+  int fd;
+  struct threadTestData d[2];
+  pthread_t t[2];
+
+  fd = dup(fd_orig);
+  if( fd<0 ) return;
+  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
+  d[0].fd = fd;
+  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
+  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
+  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  d[1] = d[0];
+  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
+  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
+  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
+  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
+  close(fd);
+  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */
+
+/*
+** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
+  pLock->nRef--;
+  if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
+    sqliteFree(pLock);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
+  pOpen->nRef--;
+  if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
+    sqliteFree(pOpen->aPending);
+    sqliteFree(pOpen);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new ones if necessary.  The
+** return values might be unset if an error occurs.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int findLockInfo(
+  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
+  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
+  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  struct lockKey key1;
+  struct openKey key2;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;
+  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ) return 1;
+  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
+  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
+    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
+  }
+  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
+#endif
+  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
+  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+  pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
+  if( pLock==0 ){
+    struct lockInfo *pOld;
+    pLock = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pLock) );
+    if( pLock==0 ) return 1;
+    pLock->key = key1;
+    pLock->nRef = 1;
+    pLock->cnt = 0;
+    pLock->locktype = 0;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
+    if( pOld!=0 ){
+      assert( pOld==pLock );
+      sqliteFree(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pLock->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppLock = pLock;
+  pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
+  if( pOpen==0 ){
+    struct openCnt *pOld;
+    pOpen = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pOpen) );
+    if( pOpen==0 ){
+      releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pOpen->key = key2;
+    pOpen->nRef = 1;
+    pOpen->nLock = 0;
+    pOpen->nPending = 0;
+    pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
+    if( pOld!=0 ){
+      assert( pOld==pOpen );
+      sqliteFree(pOpen);
+      releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pOpen->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppOpen = pOpen;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  unlink(zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+#ifdef EISDIR
+    if( errno==EISDIR ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+#endif
+    id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+    if( id->h<0 ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  TRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  if( access(zFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename,
+                O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, 0600);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    unlink(zFilename);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  if( delFlag ){
+    unlink(zFilename);
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPEN-EX %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  TRACE3("OPEN-RO %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  if( !id->isOpen ){
+    /* Do not open the directory if the corresponding file is not already
+    ** open. */
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  assert( id->dirfd<0 );
+  id->dirfd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  if( id->dirfd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", id->dirfd, zDirname);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     ".",
+  };
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = ".";
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
+    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
+    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
+    zDir = azDirs[i];
+    break;
+  }
+  do{
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s/"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int got;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TIMER_START;
+  got = read(id->h, pBuf, amt);
+  TIMER_END;
+  TRACE4("READ    %-3d %7d %d\n", id->h, last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  SEEK(0);
+  /* if( got<0 ) got = 0; */
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SimulateDiskfullError;
+  TIMER_START;
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = write(id->h, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  TIMER_END;
+  TRACE4("WRITE   %-3d %7d %d\n", id->h, last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  SEEK(0);
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd){
+  int rc;
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+  rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+#else
+  rc = fsync(fd);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", id->h);
+  if( full_fsync(id->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( id->dirfd>=0 ){
+    TRACE2("DIRSYNC %-3d\n", id->dirfd);
+    full_fsync(id->dirfd);
+    close(id->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
+    id->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  int fd;
+  int r;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  TRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+  }
+  r = fsync(fd);
+  close(fd);
+  return ((r==0)?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_IOERR);
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return ftruncate(id->h, nByte)==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  if( fstat(id->h, &buf)!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
+** return zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  int r = 0;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Needed because id->pLock is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( id->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    r = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+  if( !r ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    fcntl(id->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
+    if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      r = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", id->h, r);
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char * locktypeName(int locktype){
+  switch( locktype ){
+  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  **
+  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock = id->pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int s;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      locktypeName(id->locktype), locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt
+      ,getpid() );
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( id->locktype>=locktype ){
+    TRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( id->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because id->pLock is shared across threads
+  */
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (id->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
+          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( id->locktype==0 );
+    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
+    id->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pLock->cnt++;
+    id->pOpen->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && id->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
+    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      id->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+      id->pOpen->nLock++;
+      pLock->cnt = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=id->locktype );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    switch( locktype ){
+      case RESERVED_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+        break;
+      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    }
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    id->locktype = locktype;
+    pLock->locktype = locktype;
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    id->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  TRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK, this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR instead of SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", id->h, locktype, id->locktype, 
+      id->pLock->locktype, id->pLock->cnt, getpid());
+
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( id->locktype<=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  pLock = id->pLock;
+  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
+  if( id->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->locktype==id->locktype );
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      if( fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
+        /* This should never happen */
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+    struct openCnt *pOpen;
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pLock->cnt--;
+    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    pOpen = id->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nLock--;
+    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
+        close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(pOpen->aPending);
+      pOpen->nPending = 0;
+      pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  id->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( !id->isOpen ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  if( id->pOpen->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+    ** the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    int *aNew;
+    struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nPending++;
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc( pOpen->aPending, pOpen->nPending*sizeof(int) );
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
+    }else{
+      pOpen->aPending = aNew;
+      pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending-1] = id->h;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
+    close(id->h);
+  }
+  releaseLockInfo(id->pLock);
+  releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  id->isOpen = 0;
+  TRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid;
+    time((time_t*)zBuf);
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(ms*1000);
+  return ms;
+#else
+  sleep((ms+999)/1000);
+  return 1000*((ms+999)/1000);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[5000];
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), "/", zRelative,
+                    (char*)0);
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Find the time that the file was last modified.  Write the
+** modification time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the modification
+** time cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile *id, double *prNow){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  if( fstat(id->h, &statbuf)==0 ){
+    *prNow = statbuf.st_mtime/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_unix.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_unix.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..72f818befe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_unix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defined OS-specific features for Unix.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_
+
+/*
+** Helpful hint:  To get this to compile on HP/UX, add -D_INCLUDE_POSIX_SOURCE
+** to the compiler command line.
+*/
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Unix.
+**
+** OsFile.locktype takes one of the values SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  struct Pager *pPager;     /* The pager that owns this OsFile.  Might be 0 */
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  unsigned char isOpen;     /* True if needs to be closed */
+  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of characters in a temporary file name
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
+
+/*
+** Minimum interval supported by sqlite3OsSleep().
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+# define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1000
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_win.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_win.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6e3e3ea83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_win.c
@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
+
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  DeleteFileA(zFilename);
+  TRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return GetFileAttributesA(zFilename) != 0xffffffff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+     FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
+     NULL,
+     OPEN_ALWAYS,
+     FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+       GENERIC_READ,
+       FILE_SHARE_READ,
+       NULL,
+       OPEN_ALWAYS,
+       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+       NULL
+    );
+    if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  HANDLE h;
+  int fileflags;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  if( delFlag ){
+    fileflags = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS 
+                     | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+  }else{
+    fileflags = FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+  }
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+     0,
+     NULL,
+     CREATE_ALWAYS,
+     fileflags,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  HANDLE h;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ,
+     0,
+     NULL,
+     OPEN_EXISTING,
+     FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    strncpy(zTempPath, sqlite3_temp_directory, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
+    zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
+  }else{
+    GetTempPathA(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zTempPath);
+  }
+  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+  zTempPath[i] = 0;
+  for(;;){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
+  }
+  TRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( id->isOpen ){
+    TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", id->h);
+    CloseHandle(id->h);
+    OpenCounter(-1);
+    id->isOpen = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  DWORD got;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  if( !ReadFile(id->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+    got = 0;
+  }
+  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int rc;
+  DWORD wrote;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SimulateDiskfullError;
+  TRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  while( amt>0 && (rc = WriteFile(id->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 && wrote>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  LONG upperBits = offset>>32;
+  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
+  DWORD rc;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(id->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  TRACE3("SEEK %d %lld\n", id->h, offset);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  if( FlushFileBuffers(id->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  LONG upperBits = nByte>>32;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", id->h, nByte);
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SetFilePointer(id->h, nByte, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  SetEndOfFile(id->h);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  lowerBits = GetFileSize(id->h, &upperBits);
+  *pSize = (((i64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K or WinXP.
+** Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+static int isNT(void){
+  static int osType = 0;   /* 0=unknown 1=win95 2=winNT */
+  if( osType==0 ){
+    OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+    GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+    osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+  }
+  return osType==2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win95 or WinNT.
+*/
+static int getReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
+    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
+    res = LockFileEx(id->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE,0,&ovlp);
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    id->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST+id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    res = UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }else{
+    res = UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST + id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The sqlite3OsUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+          id->h, locktype, id->locktype, id->sharedLockByte);
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( id->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( id->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = id->locktype;
+  if( id->locktype==NO_LOCK
+   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && id->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
+      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+      */
+      TRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(id);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = LockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(id);
+    TRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      TRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    TRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", id->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype);
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  id->locktype = newLocktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  if( id->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", id->h, rc);
+  }else{
+    rc = LockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      UnlockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    rc = !rc;
+    TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", id->h, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  TRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", id->h, locktype,
+          id->locktype, id->sharedLockByte);
+  type = id->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(id) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(id);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  id->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+  GetSystemTime((LPSYSTEMTIME)zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+  Sleep(ms);
+  return ms;
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  static CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  static int isInit = 0;
+  while( !isInit ){
+    static long lock = 0;
+    if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
+      InitializeCriticalSection(&cs);
+      isInit = 1;
+    }else{
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+  }
+  EnterCriticalSection(&cs);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&cs);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zNotUsed;
+  char *zFull;
+  int nByte;
+  nByte = GetFullPathNameA(zRelative, 0, 0, &zNotUsed) + 1;
+  zFull = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+  if( zFull==0 ) return 0;
+  GetFullPathNameA(zRelative, nByte, zFull, &zNotUsed);
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  double now;
+  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the time that the file was last modified.  Write the
+** modification time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the modification
+** time cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile *id, double *prMTime){
+  int rc;
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+  ** 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  if( GetFileTime(id->h, 0, 0, &ft) ){
+    double t;
+    t = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+    *prMTime = (t + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_WIN */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_win.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_win.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..baf937b211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/os_win.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defines OS-specific features for Win32
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Win32.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  unsigned char isOpen;   /* True if needs to be closed */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+};
+
+
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_ */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pager.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a374562bc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3205 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+#define TRACE1(X)       sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)     sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)   sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
+#else
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
+** states:
+**
+**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
+**                       writing the database file.  There is no
+**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
+**                       state.
+**
+**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
+**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
+**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
+**                       file at the same time.
+**
+**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
+**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
+**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
+**                       database file has not been modified so other
+**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
+**                       database file.
+**
+**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
+**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
+**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
+**                       process is writing.
+**
+**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
+**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
+**                       database file and the file has been synced to
+**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove the
+**                       journal file and the transaction will be
+**                       committed.
+**
+** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
+** sqlite3pager_get() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
+** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
+** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
+** that sqlite3pager_write() is called, the state transitions to
+** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that sqlite_page_write() can only be
+** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
+** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
+** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs when before any changes
+** are made to the database file.  After an sqlite3pager_rollback()
+** or sqlite_pager_commit(), the state goes back to PAGER_SHARED.
+*/
+#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
+#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_SYNCED      5
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
+** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
+** This is off by default.  To see why, consider the following scenario:
+** 
+** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
+** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock.  If
+** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
+** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
+** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
+** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
+** resolved quickly.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
+# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
+** This header is only visible to this pager module.  The client
+** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
+**
+** Client code should call sqlite3pager_write() on a page prior to making
+** any modifications to that page.  The first time sqlite3pager_write()
+** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
+** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set.  Later, once
+** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
+** is cleared.  The modified page cannot be written back into the original
+** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
+** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
+**
+** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3pager_write() is called and
+** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
+** database file.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+struct PgHdr {
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager to which this page belongs */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* The page number for this page */
+  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
+  PgHdr *pNextFree, *pPrevFree;  /* Freelist of pages where nRef==0 */
+  PgHdr *pNextAll;               /* A list of all pages */
+  PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt;  /* List of pages in the statement journal */
+  u8 inJournal;                  /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
+  u8 inStmt;                     /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
+  u8 dirty;                      /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
+  u8 needSync;                   /* Sync journal before writing this page */
+  u8 alwaysRollback;             /* Disable dont_rollback() for this page */
+  short int nRef;                /* Number of users of this page */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Dirty pages sorted by PgHdr.pgno */
+  /* pPager->pageSize bytes of page data follow this header */
+  /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data follow the page data */
+};
+
+/*
+** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
+** each page so that changes can be rolled back.  (Journal files are not
+** used for in-memory databases.)  The following information is added to
+** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
+**
+** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
+** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
+** even for disk-based databases.  Splitting it out saves 8 bytes.  This
+** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
+struct PgHistory {
+  u8 *pOrig;     /* Original page text.  Restore to this on a full rollback */
+  u8 *pStmt;     /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
+#else
+# define CODEC(P,D,N,X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
+** and back again.
+*/
+#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P)  ((void*)(&(P)[1]))
+#define DATA_TO_PGHDR(D)  (&((PgHdr*)(D))[-1])
+#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((char*)(&(G)[1]))[(P)->pageSize])
+#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR)  \
+            ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->pageSize+(PGR)->nExtra])
+
+/*
+** How big to make the hash table used for locating in-memory pages
+** by page number.
+*/
+#define N_PG_HASH 2048
+
+/*
+** Hash a page number
+*/
+#define pager_hash(PN)  ((PN)&(N_PG_HASH-1))
+
+/*
+** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  char *zDirectory;           /* Directory hold database and journal files */
+  OsFile fd, jfd;             /* File descriptors for database and journal */
+  OsFile stfd;                /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
+  int dbSize;                 /* Number of pages in the file */
+  int origDbSize;             /* dbSize before the current change */
+  int stmtSize;               /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
+  i64 stmtJSize;              /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
+  int nRec;                   /* Number of pages written to the journal */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  int stmtNRec;               /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
+  int nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
+  void (*xReiniter)(void*,int);   /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  int nPage;                  /* Total number of in-memory pages */
+  int nRef;                   /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
+  int mxPage;                 /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
+  int nHit, nMiss, nOvfl;     /* Cache hits, missing, and LRU overflows */
+  void (*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void *pCodecArg;            /* First argument to xCodec() */
+  u8 journalOpen;             /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
+  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 stmtOpen;                /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
+  u8 stmtInUse;               /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
+  u8 stmtAutoopen;            /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
+  u8 errMask;                 /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
+  u8 dirtyCache;              /* True if cached pages have changed */
+  u8 alwaysRollback;          /* Disable dont_rollback() for all pages */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+  u8 *aInJournal;             /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  u8 *aInStmt;                /* One bit for each page in the database */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;  /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
+  PgHdr *pFirst, *pLast;      /* List of free pages */
+  PgHdr *pFirstSynced;        /* First free page with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
+  PgHdr *pAll;                /* List of all pages */
+  PgHdr *pStmt;               /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  i64 stmtHdrOff;             /* First journal header written this statement */
+  i64 stmtCksum;              /* cksumInit when statement was started */
+  int sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+  PgHdr *aHash[N_PG_HASH];    /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are bits that can be set in Pager.errMask.
+*/
+#define PAGER_ERR_FULL     0x01  /* a write() failed */
+#define PAGER_ERR_MEM      0x02  /* malloc() failed */
+#define PAGER_ERR_LOCK     0x04  /* error in the locking protocol */
+#define PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT  0x08  /* database or journal corruption */
+#define PAGER_ERR_DISK     0x10  /* general disk I/O error - bad hard drive? */
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is begin
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
+** by the following macros.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
+** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
+** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+#define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))
+
+/*
+** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here:
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0;
+  static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){
+    static int cnt = 0;
+    if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+       "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%d\n",
+       p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef
+    );
+    cnt++;   /* Something to set a breakpoint on */
+  }
+# define REFINFO(X)  pager_refinfo(X)
+#else
+# define REFINFO(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 *pRes){
+  u32 res;
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, &res, sizeof(res));
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    unsigned char ac[4];
+    memcpy(ac, &res, 4);
+    res = (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
+  }
+  *pRes = res;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 val){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
+  ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
+  ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
+  ac[3] = val & 0xff;
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the 32-bit integer 'val' into the page identified by page header
+** 'p' at offset 'offset'.
+*/
+static void store32bits(u32 val, PgHdr *p, int offset){
+  unsigned char *ac;
+  ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
+  ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
+  ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
+  ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
+  ac[3] = val & 0xff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer at offset 'offset' from the page identified by
+** page header 'p'.
+*/
+static u32 retrieve32bits(PgHdr *p, int offset){
+  unsigned char *ac;
+  ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
+  return (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert the bits in the pPager->errMask into an approprate
+** return code.
+*/
+static int pager_errcode(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_LOCK )    rc = SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_DISK )    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_FULL )    rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_MEM )     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and 
+** written into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). *pzMaster is
+** set to point at the memory and SQLITE_OK returned. The caller must
+** sqliteFree() *pzMaster.
+**
+** If no master journal file name is present *pzMaster is set to 0 and
+** SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(OsFile *pJrnl, char **pzMaster){
+  int rc;
+  u32 len;
+  i64 szJ;
+  u32 cksum;
+  int i;
+  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+
+  *pzMaster = 0;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ 
+  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16-len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  *pzMaster = (char *)sqliteMalloc(len+1);
+  if( !*pzMaster ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, *pzMaster, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
+    *pzMaster = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+    cksum -= (*pzMaster)[i];
+  }
+  if( cksum ){
+    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+    ** master-journal filename.
+    */
+    sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
+    *pzMaster = 0;
+  }
+  (*pzMaster)[len] = '\0';
+   
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
+** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
+** the new seek offset.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+** Input Offset              Output Offset
+** ---------------------------------------
+** 0                         0
+** 512                       512
+** 100                       512
+** 2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static int seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+  pPager->journalOff = offset;
+  return sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+
+  int rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
+    pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalHdr;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+
+  /* FIX ME: 
+  **
+  ** Possibly for a pager not in no-sync mode, the journal magic should not
+  ** be written until nRec is filled in as part of next syncJournal(). 
+  **
+  ** Actually maybe the whole journal header should be delayed until that
+  ** point. Think about this.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The nRec Field. 0xFFFFFFFF for no-sync journals. */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->noSync ? 0xffffffff : 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->cksumInit);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The initial database size */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->sectorSize);
+  }
+
+  /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal
+  ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff-1);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, "\000", 1);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
+** the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager, 
+  i64 journalSize,
+  u32 *pNRec, 
+  u32 *pDbSize
+){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+
+  rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic));
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, pNRec);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, &pPager->cksumInit);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, pDbSize);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+  ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+  ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+  ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+  ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+  */
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
+** + 4 bytes: N
+** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;
+  int len; 
+  int i; 
+  u32 cksum = 0; 
+
+  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+
+  len = strlen(zMaster);
+  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+    cksum += zMaster[i];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (len+20);
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, zMaster, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+  pPager->needSync = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the
+** statement journal.
+**
+** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in
+** the statement journal.  This helps the sqlite3pager_stmt_commit()
+** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many
+** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal.
+*/
+static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPg->inStmt ) return;
+  assert( pPg->pPrevStmt==0 && pPg->pNextStmt==0 );
+  pPg->pPrevStmt = 0;
+  if( pPager->pStmt ){
+    pPager->pStmt->pPrevStmt = pPg;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt;
+  pPager->pStmt = pPg;
+  pPg->inStmt = 1;
+}
+static void page_remove_from_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( !pPg->inStmt ) return;
+  if( pPg->pPrevStmt ){
+    assert( pPg->pPrevStmt->pNextStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pPrevStmt->pNextStmt = pPg->pNextStmt;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPg->pPager->pStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pPager->pStmt = pPg->pNextStmt;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pNextStmt ){
+    assert( pPg->pNextStmt->pPrevStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pNextStmt->pPrevStmt = pPg->pPrevStmt;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+  pPg->pPrevStmt = 0;
+  pPg->inStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number.  Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *p = pPager->aHash[pager_hash(pgno)];
+  while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){
+    p = p->pNextHash;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database and clear the in-memory cache.  This routine
+** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
+** opened.  Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
+** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
+    sqliteFree(pPg);
+  }
+  pPager->pFirst = 0;
+  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
+  pPager->pLast = 0;
+  pPager->pAll = 0;
+  memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash));
+  pPager->nPage = 0;
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  pPager->nRef = 0;
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
+** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database.  This routine releases
+** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place.  The journal
+** file is deleted and closed.
+**
+** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
+** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
+** a file is an expensive operation.
+*/
+static int pager_unwritelock(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc;
+  assert( !pPager->memDb );
+  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd);
+    pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+  }
+  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd);
+    pPager->journalOpen = 0;
+    sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal);
+    sqliteFree( pPager->aInJournal );
+    pPager->aInJournal = 0;
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
+    pPager->nRec = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+  pPager->origDbSize = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum.  It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value and the page number.  We experimented with
+** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
+**
+** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
+** the checksum is stored at the end.  This is important.  If journal
+** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
+** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.  It is
+** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+**
+** FIX ME:  Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
+** checksum.  That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
+** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
+** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, const char *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
+** jfd.  Playback this one page.
+**
+** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums.  Checksums
+** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not
+** need to survive power failures.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(Pager *pPager, OsFile *jfd, int useCksum){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  u8 aData[SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE];  /* Temp storage for a page */
+
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, &aData, pPager->pageSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( useCksum ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pPager->journalOff += 4;
+    if( pager_cksum(pPager, pgno, aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
+  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
+  */
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE || pPg );
+  TRACE3("PLAYBACK %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pgno);
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be rolled back that is in use, except for page
+    ** 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the database
+    ** active.
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 );
+    pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    if( pPager->xDestructor ){  /*** FIX ME:  Should this be xReinit? ***/
+      pPager->xDestructor(pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
+** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
+** children.  If all children are either missing or do not refer to
+** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;
+  int master_open = 0;
+  OsFile master;
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+
+  /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
+  ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
+  */
+  memset(&master, 0, sizeof(master));
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zMaster, &master);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  master_open = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&master, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
+    char *zJournal;
+    char *zMasterPtr = 0;
+
+    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+    ** sqliteMalloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
+    */
+    zMasterJournal = (char *)sqliteMalloc(nMasterJournal);
+    if( !zMasterJournal ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(&master, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+      if( sqlite3OsFileExists(zJournal) ){
+        /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+        ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+        ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+        */
+        OsFile journal;
+
+        memset(&journal, 0, sizeof(journal));
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zJournal, &journal);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+
+        rc = readMasterJournal(&journal, &zMasterPtr);
+        sqlite3OsClose(&journal);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+
+        if( zMasterPtr && !strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster) ){
+          /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+      }
+      zJournal += (strlen(zJournal)+1);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+
+delmaster_out:
+  if( zMasterJournal ){
+    sqliteFree(zMasterJournal);
+  }  
+  if( master_open ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache agree with what is on disk.  In other words,
+** reread the disk to reset the state of the cache.
+**
+** This routine is called after a rollback in which some of the dirty cache
+** pages had never been written out to disk.  We need to roll back the
+** cache content and the easiest way to do that is to reread the old content
+** back from the disk.
+*/
+static int pager_reload_cache(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+    char zBuf[SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE];
+    if( !pPg->dirty ) continue;
+    if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)(pPg->pgno-1));
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize);
+      TRACE3("REFETCH %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      CODEC(pPager, zBuf, pPg->pgno, 2);
+    }else{
+      memset(zBuf, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    if( pPg->nRef==0 || memcmp(zBuf, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize) ){
+      memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), zBuf, pPager->pageSize);
+      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      }else{
+        memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
+      }
+    }
+    pPg->needSync = 0;
+    pPg->dirty = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
+** indicated.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
+  return sqlite3OsTruncate(&pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
+**
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
+**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
+**       journal.)
+**  (6)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
+**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
+**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
+**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
+**  (7)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  */
+  rc = readMasterJournal(&pPager->jfd, &zMaster);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (zMaster && !sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster)) ){
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, 0);
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+
+  /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
+  ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
+  while( 1 ){
+
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+    }
+
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to it's original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 || pPager->origDbSize==mxPg );
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
+
+    /* rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)); */
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_playback;
+  
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nRec; i++){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Pages that have been written to the journal but never synced
+  ** where not restored by the loop above.  We have to restore those
+  ** pages by reading them back from the original database.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  pager_reload_cache(pPager);
+
+end_playback:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+  }
+  if( zMaster ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return true,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. If errors 
+    ** occur during this process, ignore them.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pager_delmaster(zMaster);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+  }
+
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  pPager->sectorSize = PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the statement journal.
+**
+** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
+** a few extra twists.
+**
+**    (1)  The number of pages in the database file at the start of
+**         the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
+**         journal file itself.
+**
+**    (2)  In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
+**         playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
+**         at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the full journal */
+  i64 hdrOff;
+  int nRec;                /* Number of Records */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;
+
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
+  {
+    i64 os_szJ;
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &os_szJ);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    assert( szJ==os_szJ );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set hdrOff to be the offset to the first journal header written
+  ** this statement transaction, or the end of the file if no journal
+  ** header was written.
+  */
+  hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
+  assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
+  if( !hdrOff ){
+    hdrOff = szJ;
+  }
+  
+
+  /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
+  */
+  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
+  pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
+  sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->stfd, 0);
+  nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
+  
+  /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
+  ** database file.  Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
+  ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
+  ** journals.
+  */
+  for(i=nRec-1; i>=0; i--){
+    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->stfd, 0);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
+  ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
+  ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
+  ** database, the memory cache, or both.
+  **
+  ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
+  ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->stmtJSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
+  pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum;
+  assert( JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)<(pPager->pageSize+8) );
+  while( pPager->journalOff <= (hdrOff-(pPager->pageSize+8)) ){
+    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+
+  while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
+    u32 nRec;
+    u32 dummy;
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &dummy);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+      goto end_stmt_playback;
+    }
+    if( nRec==0 ){
+      nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8);
+    }
+    for(i=nRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+  
+end_stmt_playback:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+    /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+**
+** The maximum number is the absolute value of the mxPage parameter.
+** If mxPage is negative, the noSync flag is also set.  noSync bypasses
+** calls to sqlite3OsSync().  The pager runs much faster with noSync on,
+** but if the operating system crashes or there is an abrupt power 
+** failure, the database file might be left in an inconsistent and
+** unrepairable state.  
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>=0 ){
+    pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+    if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; 
+  }else{
+    pPager->noSync = 1;
+    mxPage = -mxPage;
+  }
+  if( mxPage>10 ){
+    pPager->mxPage = mxPage;
+  }else{
+    pPager->mxPage = 10;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
+** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
+** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
+**
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
+**
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager *pPager, int level){
+  pPager->noSync =  level==1 || pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile;
+  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.  Write the name of the file into zName
+** (zName must be at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE bytes long.)  Write
+** the file descriptor into *fd.  Return SQLITE_OK on success or some
+** other error code if we fail.
+**
+** The OS will automatically delete the temporary file when it is
+** closed.
+*/
+static int sqlite3pager_opentemp(char *zFile, OsFile *fd){
+  int cnt = 8;
+  int rc;
+  do{
+    cnt--;
+    sqlite3OsTempFileName(zFile);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zFile, fd, 1);
+  }while( cnt>0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
+** The file to be cached need not exist.  The file is not locked until
+** the first call to sqlite3pager_get() and is only held open until the
+** last page is released using sqlite3pager_unref().
+**
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached.  The file will be deleted
+** automatically when it is closed.
+**
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
+** It is never written to disk.  This can be used to implement an
+** in-memory database.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int useJournal           /* TRUE to use a rollback journal on this file */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char *zFullPathname = 0;
+  int nameLen;
+  OsFile fd;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  int tempFile = 0;
+  int memDb = 0;
+  int readOnly = 0;
+  char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+
+  *ppPager = 0;
+  memset(&fd, 0, sizeof(fd));
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
+      memDb = 1;
+      zFullPathname = sqliteStrDup("");
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+      if( zFullPathname ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(zFullPathname, &fd, &readOnly);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3pager_opentemp(zTemp, &fd);
+    zFilename = zTemp;
+    zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      tempFile = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !zFullPathname ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  nameLen = strlen(zFullPathname);
+  pPager = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pPager) + nameLen*3 + 30 );
+  if( pPager==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", fd.h, zFullPathname);
+  pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPager[1];
+  pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nameLen+1];
+  pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nameLen+1];
+  strcpy(pPager->zFilename, zFullPathname);
+  strcpy(pPager->zDirectory, zFullPathname);
+  for(i=nameLen; i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
+  if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
+  strcpy(pPager->zJournal, zFullPathname);
+  sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+  strcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nameLen], "-journal");
+  pPager->fd = fd;
+#if OS_UNIX
+  pPager->fd.pPager = pPager;
+#endif
+  pPager->journalOpen = 0;
+  pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb;
+  pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+  pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+  pPager->nRef = 0;
+  pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
+  pPager->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+  pPager->stmtSize = 0;
+  pPager->stmtJSize = 0;
+  pPager->nPage = 0;
+  pPager->mxPage = 100;
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  pPager->errMask = 0;
+  pPager->tempFile = tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = readOnly;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal;
+  pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
+  pPager->pFirst = 0;
+  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
+  pPager->pLast = 0;
+  pPager->nExtra = nExtra;
+  pPager->sectorSize = PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  pPager->pBusyHandler = 0;
+  memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash));
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
+  pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the destructor for this pager.  If not NULL, the destructor is called
+** when the reference count on each page reaches zero.  The destructor can
+** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page.
+**
+** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3pager_close().  
+** Destructors are only called by sqlite3pager_unref().
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(void*,int)){
+  pPager->xDestructor = xDesc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the reinitializer for this pager.  If not NULL, the reinitializer
+** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
+** value as a result of a rollback.  The callback gives higher-level code
+** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
+** page data.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(void*,int)){
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the page size.
+**
+** The page size must only be changed when the cache is empty.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager *pPager, int pageSize){
+  assert( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to.  No error checking is done.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  if( pPager->memDb==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, 0);
+    sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, pDest, N);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
+** pPager.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 n;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
+    return pPager->dbSize;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->fd, &n)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_DISK;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n /= pPager->pageSize;
+  if( !pPager->memDb && n==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
+    n++;
+  }
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+    pPager->dbSize = n;
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager*);
+
+
+/*
+** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0)
+** and from its hash collision chain.
+*/
+static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  /* Keep the pFirstSynced pointer pointing at the first synchronized page */
+  if( pPg==pPager->pFirstSynced ){
+    PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
+    while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
+    pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
+  }
+
+  /* Unlink from the freelist */
+  if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+    pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->pFirst==pPg );
+    pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pNextFree ){
+    pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->pLast==pPg );
+    pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextFree = pPg->pPrevFree = 0;
+
+  /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */
+  if( pPg->pNextHash ){
+    pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pPrevHash ){
+    pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash;
+  }else{
+    int h = pager_hash(pPg->pgno);
+    assert( pPager->aHash[h]==pPg );
+    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to truncate an in-memory database.  Delete
+** all pages whose pgno is larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
+** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
+*/
+static void memoryTruncate(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  PgHdr **ppPg;
+  int dbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+
+  ppPg = &pPager->pAll;
+  while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){
+    if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){
+      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+    }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+    }else{
+      *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll;
+      unlinkPage(pPg);
+      sqliteFree(pPg);
+      pPager->nPage--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+    memoryTruncate(pPager);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+  switch( pPager->state ){
+    case PAGER_RESERVED:
+    case PAGER_SYNCED: 
+    case PAGER_EXCLUSIVE: {
+      sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+      if( !pPager->memDb ){
+        sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case PAGER_SHARED: {
+      if( !pPager->memDb ){
+        sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
+      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
+      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
+    }
+#endif
+    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
+    sqliteFree(pPg);
+  }
+  TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->fd);
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+  /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
+  ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
+  **   sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
+  ** }
+  */
+  if( pPager->zFilename!=(char*)&pPager[1] ){
+    assert( 0 );  /* Cannot happen */
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zFilename);
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zJournal);
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zDirectory);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number for the given page data.
+*/
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *p = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  return p->pgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page.
+** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then
+** remove it from the freelist.
+**
+** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref()
+** online of the reference count is zero.  For test systems, page_ref()
+** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it.
+*/
+static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+    /* The page is currently on the freelist.  Remove it. */
+    if( pPg==pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced ){
+      PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
+      while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
+      pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
+    }
+    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
+    }else{
+      pPg->pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
+    }
+    if( pPg->pNextFree ){
+      pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
+    }else{
+      pPg->pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
+    }
+    pPg->pPager->nRef++;
+  }
+  pPg->nRef++;
+  REFINFO(pPg);
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
+    if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+      _page_ref(pPg);
+    }else{
+      pPg->nRef++;
+      REFINFO(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+# define page_ref(P)   ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for a page.  The input pointer is
+** a reference to the page data.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  page_ref(pPg);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal.  In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk.  It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
+** the journal has been synced.  If the original database is modified before
+** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
+** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
+** database changes.  Database corruption would occur.
+** 
+** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
+** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
+** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur.  First the whole journal
+** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
+**
+** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
+** after a power failure, so sync occurs.
+**
+** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
+** memory.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
+  ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
+  */
+  if( pPager->needSync ){
+    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+      /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous
+      ** was turned off after the transaction was started.  Ticket #615 */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      {
+        /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees
+        ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file.
+        */
+        i64 jSz;
+        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &jSz);
+        if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+        assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz );
+      }
+#endif
+      {
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback. 
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync ){
+          TRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->jfd);
+          if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+        }
+        sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+        rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->nRec);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+
+        sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+      }
+      TRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->jfd);
+      if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+      pPager->journalStarted = 1;
+    }
+    pPager->needSync = 0;
+
+    /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
+    */
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst;
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
+  ** flag must also be clear for all pages.  Verify that this
+  ** invariant is true.
+  */
+  else{
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+    }
+    assert( pPager->pFirstSynced==pPager->pFirst );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock on a file.  Invoke the busy callback if the lock
+** is currently not available.  Repeate until the busy callback returns
+** false or until the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;
+  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    int busy = 1;
+    do {
+      rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, locktype);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler->xFunc && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler->xFunc(pPager->pBusyHandler->pArg, busy++)
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->state = locktype;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a list of pages (connected by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer) write
+** every one of those pages out to the database file and mark them all
+** as clean.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager = pList->pPager;
+
+  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
+  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
+  ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
+  **
+  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
+  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
+  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
+  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
+  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
+  **
+  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
+  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
+  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
+  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
+  ** will require a journal playback.
+  */
+  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  while( pList ){
+    assert( pList->dirty );
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+    CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6);
+    TRACE3("STORE %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pList->pgno);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pPager->pageSize);
+    CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pList->dirty = 0;
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and
+** return a pointer to the head of that list.  All pages are
+** collected even if they are still in use.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *p, *pList;
+  pList = 0;
+  for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
+    if( p->dirty ){
+      p->pDirty = pList;
+      pList = p;
+    }
+  }
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page.
+**
+** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. 
+** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
+**
+** A _get works for any page number greater than 0.  If the database
+** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
+** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
+** all zeros.  The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
+** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3pager_lookup().  Both this routine and _lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas _lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since _lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
+  */ 
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  if( pPager->errMask & ~(PAGER_ERR_FULL) ){
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
+  ** on the database file.
+  */
+  if( pPager->nRef==0 && !pPager->memDb ){
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( pPager->useJournal && 
+        sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) &&
+        !sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(&pPager->fd) 
+    ){
+       int rc;
+
+       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it 
+       ** back.
+       ** 
+       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
+       ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
+       ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+       */
+       rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+         pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+         return rc;
+       }
+       pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+
+       /* Open the journal for reading only.  Return SQLITE_BUSY if
+       ** we are unable to open the journal file. 
+       **
+       ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself.  The
+       ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds
+       ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more
+       ** processes opening the journal at the same time.
+       */
+       rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+         pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+         return SQLITE_BUSY;
+       }
+       pPager->journalOpen = 1;
+       pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+       pPager->journalOff = 0;
+       pPager->setMaster = 0;
+       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+
+       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+       ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
+       */
+       rc = pager_playback(pPager);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         return rc;
+       }
+    }
+    pPg = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* Search for page in cache */
+    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+    if( pPager->memDb && pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pPg==0 ){
+    /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */
+    int h;
+    pPager->nMiss++;
+    if( pPager->nPage<pPager->mxPage || pPager->pFirst==0 || pPager->memDb ){
+      /* Create a new page */
+      pPg = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize 
+                              + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
+                              + pPager->memDb*sizeof(PgHistory) );
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        if( !pPager->memDb ){
+          pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+        }
+        pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_MEM;
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg));
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory));
+      }
+      pPg->pPager = pPager;
+      pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll;
+      pPager->pAll = pPg;
+      pPager->nPage++;
+    }else{
+      /* Find a page to recycle.  Try to locate a page that does not
+      ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal.
+      */
+      pPg = pPager->pFirstSynced;
+
+      /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync()
+      ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file.  This is a
+      ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it.  But sometimes
+      ** it can't be helped.
+      */
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        int rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+        if( rc!=0 ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR;
+        }
+        if( pPager->fullSync ){
+          /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the
+	  ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal
+	  ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have
+	  ** already been written to the database (in case the header is
+	  ** trashed when the nRec field is updated).
+          */
+          pPager->nRec = 0;
+          assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 );
+          rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+          if( rc!=0 ){
+            sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+            return SQLITE_IOERR;
+          }
+        }
+        pPg = pPager->pFirst;
+      }
+      assert( pPg->nRef==0 );
+
+      /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty.
+      */
+      if( pPg->dirty ){
+        assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+        pPg->pDirty = 0;
+        rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pPg->dirty==0 );
+
+      /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then
+      ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the
+      ** sqlite_dont_rollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction.
+      ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback
+      ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember
+      ** that is was marked alwaysRollback.  This means that all pages must
+      ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out.
+      */
+      if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){
+        pPager->alwaysRollback = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table
+      */
+      unlinkPage(pPg);
+      pPager->nOvfl++;
+    }
+    pPg->pgno = pgno;
+    if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
+      sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8);
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+      pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }else{
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    if( pPager->aInStmt && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize
+             && (pPager->aInStmt[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0 ){
+      page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }else{
+      page_remove_from_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }
+    pPg->dirty = 0;
+    pPg->nRef = 1;
+    REFINFO(pPg);
+    pPager->nRef++;
+    h = pager_hash(pgno);
+    pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
+    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
+    if( pPg->pNextHash ){
+      assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 );
+      pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+    if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+      sqlite3pager_unref(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg));
+      rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pgno ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      TRACE3("FETCH %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        i64 fileSize;
+        if( sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->fd,&fileSize)!=SQLITE_OK
+               || fileSize>=pgno*pPager->pageSize ){
+          sqlite3pager_unref(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg));
+          return rc;
+        }else{
+          memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
+    pPager->nHit++;
+    page_ref(pPg);
+  }
+  *ppPage = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+**
+** See also sqlite3pager_get().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3pager_get() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  if( pPager->errMask & ~(PAGER_ERR_FULL) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
+  page_ref(pPg);
+  return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  /* Decrement the reference count for this page
+  */
+  pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  pPg->nRef--;
+  REFINFO(pPg);
+
+  /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the
+  ** destructor and add the page to the freelist.
+  */
+  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    pPager = pPg->pPager;
+    pPg->pNextFree = 0;
+    pPg->pPrevFree = pPager->pLast;
+    pPager->pLast = pPg;
+    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg;
+    }else{
+      pPager->pFirst = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPg->needSync==0 && pPager->pFirstSynced==0 ){
+      pPager->pFirstSynced = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPager->xDestructor ){
+      pPager->xDestructor(pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+  
+    /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from
+    ** the database file.
+    */
+    pPager->nRef--;
+    assert( pPager->nRef>=0 );
+    if( pPager->nRef==0 && !pPager->memDb ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a journal file for pPager.  There should already be a RESERVED
+** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything.  Return an error code and release the
+** write lock if anything goes wrong.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !pPager->memDb );
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+  pPager->aInJournal = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
+  if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd,pPager->tempFile);
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(pPager->zDirectory, &pPager->jfd);
+  pPager->journalOpen = 1;
+  pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->alwaysRollback = 0;
+  pPager->nRec = 0;
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+
+  rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+
+  if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+
+failed_to_open_journal:
+  sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal);
+  pPager->aInJournal = 0;
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a write-lock on the database.  The lock is removed when
+** the any of the following happen:
+**
+**   *  sqlite3pager_commit() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_rollback() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_close() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_unref() is called to on every outstanding page.
+**
+** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
+** database file.  Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
+** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
+** already a read-lock on the database.
+**
+** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
+** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
+**
+** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file.  For temporary
+** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
+** actual need to write to the journal.
+**
+** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
+** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache.  The
+** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void *pData, int exFlag){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
+    assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    }else{
+      if( SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK || exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
+        if( exFlag ){
+          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
+      TRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+      if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){
+        rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable.  The page is written into the journal 
+** if it is not there already.  This routine must be called before making
+** changes to a page.
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
+** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database.  If the RESERVED
+** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.  The
+** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
+** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
+** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
+** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there
+** is a call to sqlite3pager_commit() or sqlite3pager_rollback() to
+** reset.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_write(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Check for errors
+  */
+  if( pPager->errMask ){ 
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+  if( pPager->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+  }
+
+  assert( !pPager->setMaster );
+
+  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
+  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+  */
+  pPg->dirty = 1;
+  if( pPg->inJournal && (pPg->inStmt || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){
+    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
+  ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
+  ** or both.
+  **
+  ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
+  ** create it if it does not.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pData, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal );
+  pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
+
+  /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+  ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
+  ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+  */
+  if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || pPager->memDb) ){
+    if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+      int szPg;
+      u32 saved;
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        TRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+        assert( pHist->pOrig==0 );
+        pHist->pOrig = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
+        if( pHist->pOrig ){
+          memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+        }
+      }else{
+        u32 cksum;
+        CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, pPg->pgno, pData);
+        saved = *(u32*)PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager);
+        store32bits(cksum, pPg, pPager->pageSize);
+        szPg = pPager->pageSize+8;
+        store32bits(pPg->pgno, pPg, -4);
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, &((char*)pData)[-4], szPg);
+        pPager->journalOff += szPg;
+        TRACE4("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+                pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
+        CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 0);
+        *(u32*)PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager) = saved;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_FULL;
+          return rc;
+        }
+        pPager->nRec++;
+        assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
+        pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+        pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
+        if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+          pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+          page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync;
+      TRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+              pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
+    }
+    if( pPg->needSync ){
+      pPager->needSync = 1;
+    }
+    pPg->inJournal = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+  ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
+  ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+  ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+  */
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse && !pPg->inStmt && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize ){
+    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( pHist->pStmt==0 );
+      pHist->pStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
+      if( pHist->pStmt ){
+        memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      TRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+    }else{
+      store32bits(pPg->pgno, pPg, -4);
+      CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->stfd, ((char*)pData)-4, pPager->pageSize+4);
+      TRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+        pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_FULL;
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pPager->stmtNRec++;
+      assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
+      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    }
+    page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the database size and return.
+  */
+  if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+    if( !pPager->memDb && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
+      pPager->dbSize++;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3pager_write().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  return pPg->dirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third
+** argument.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      memcpy(pPage, pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page "pgno" back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused.  The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
+** sqlite3pager_dont_rollback() below, more than double the speed
+** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
+**
+** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
+** Subsequent calls to sqlite3pager_dont_rollback() for the same page
+** will thereafter be ignored.  This is necessary to avoid a problem
+** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
+** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
+** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose.  When it
+** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called.  When reused,
+** the dont_rollback() routine is called.  But because the page contains
+** critical data, we still need to be sure it gets rolled back in spite
+** of the dont_rollback() call.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  if( pPager->memDb ) return;
+
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  pPg->alwaysRollback = 1;
+  if( pPg && pPg->dirty ){
+    if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSize<pPager->dbSize ){
+      /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
+      ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
+      ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
+      ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
+      ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
+      ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
+      ** corruption during the next transaction.
+      */
+    }else{
+      TRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
+** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page.  This
+** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
+** rollback journal.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE || pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return;
+  if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || pPager->memDb ) return;
+  if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+    assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
+    pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    pPg->inJournal = 1;
+    if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+      page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }
+    TRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+  }
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse && !pPg->inStmt && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize ){
+    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
+    assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
+    pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Clear a PgHistory block
+*/
+static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){
+  sqliteFree(pHist->pOrig);
+  sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+  pHist->pOrig = 0;
+  pHist->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
+**
+** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
+** and an error code is returned.  If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  if( pPager->errMask==PAGER_ERR_FULL ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  TRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
+    while( pPg ){
+      clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager));
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->inStmt = 0;
+      pPg->pPrevStmt = pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+      pPg = pPg->pDirty;
+    }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
+      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
+      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
+    }
+#endif
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pPager->dirtyCache==0 ){
+    /* Exit early (without doing the time-consuming sqlite3OsSync() calls)
+    ** if there have been no changes to the database file. */
+    assert( pPager->needSync==0 );
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    pPager->dbSize = -1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_sync(pPager, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto commit_abort;
+  }
+  rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump here if anything goes wrong during the commit process.
+  */
+commit_abort:
+  sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all changes.  The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
+** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
+** The journal is deleted.
+**
+** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
+** the correct locking protocol (SQLITE_PROTOCOL) or unless some other
+** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
+** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM).  Appropriate error
+** codes are returned for all these occasions.  Otherwise,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  TRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
+      PgHistory *pHist;
+      assert( !p->alwaysRollback );
+      if( !p->dirty ){
+        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig );
+        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt );
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager);
+      if( pHist->pOrig ){
+        memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize);
+        TRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      }else{
+        TRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      }
+      clearHistory(pHist);
+      p->dirty = 0;
+      p->inJournal = 0;
+      p->inStmt = 0;
+      p->pPrevStmt = p->pNextStmt = 0;
+
+      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      
+    }
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+    pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
+    memoryTruncate(pPager);
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    pPager->dbSize = -1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 && pPager->errMask!=PAGER_ERR_FULL ){
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pager_playback(pPager);
+    }
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    int rc2, rc3;
+    rc = pager_reload_cache(pPager);
+    rc2 = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->origDbSize);
+    rc3 = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+      if( rc3 ) rc = rc3;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_playback(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[9];
+  a[0] = pPager->nRef;
+  a[1] = pPager->nPage;
+  a[2] = pPager->mxPage;
+  a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
+  a[4] = pPager->state;
+  a[5] = pPager->errMask;
+  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
+  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
+  a[8] = pPager->nOvfl;
+  return a;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the statement rollback point.
+**
+** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
+** open.  A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
+** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
+  TRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
+    pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
+    pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  pPager->aInStmt = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
+  if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize);
+  if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
+  assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff );
+#endif
+  pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
+  pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
+  pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
+  pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
+  if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_opentemp(zTemp, &pPager->stfd);
+    if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
+    pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
+    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+ 
+stmt_begin_failed:
+  if( pPager->aInStmt ){
+    sqliteFree(pPager->aInStmt);
+    pPager->aInStmt = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a statement.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+    PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+    TRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+    if( !pPager->memDb ){
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->stfd, 0);
+      /* sqlite3OsTruncate(&pPager->stfd, 0); */
+      sqliteFree( pPager->aInStmt );
+      pPager->aInStmt = 0;
+    }
+    for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+      pNext = pPg->pNextStmt;
+      assert( pPg->inStmt );
+      pPg->inStmt = 0;
+      pPg->pPrevStmt = pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+        pHist->pStmt = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a statement.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+    TRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHdr *pPg;
+      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextStmt){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        if( pHist->pStmt ){
+          memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize);
+          sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+          pHist->pStmt = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
+      memoryTruncate(pPager);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the directory of the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zDirectory;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the codec for this pager
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void (*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void *pCodecArg
+){
+  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
+  pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
+** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager){
+  void *pPage;
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+  u32 change_counter;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, 1, &pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Read the current value at byte 24. */
+  pPgHdr = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pPage);
+  change_counter = retrieve32bits(pPgHdr, 24);
+
+  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+  change_counter++;
+  store32bits(change_counter, pPgHdr, 24);
+
+  /* Release the page reference. */
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
+** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
+** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
+** master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3pager_sync() call.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+  ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !pPager->memDb && pPager->dirtyCache ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+    assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+
+    /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
+    ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
+    ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
+    ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
+    ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
+    */
+    if( !pPager->setMaster ){
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
+    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
+    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+
+    /* Sync the database file. */
+    if( !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->fd);
+    }
+
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
+  }
+
+sync_exit:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the current state of the file lock for the given pager.
+** The return value is one of NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK, or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager *pPager){
+#ifdef OS_TEST
+  return pPager->fd->fd.locktype;
+#else
+  return pPager->fd.locktype;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+    if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", 
+       pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef);
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pager.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0231e27a93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536 (a limit
+** imposed by the 2-byte size of cell array pointers.)  The
+** maximum page size determines the amount of stack space allocated
+** by many of the routines in pager.c and btree.c  On embedded architectures
+** or any machine where memory and especially stack memory is limited,
+** one may wish to chose a smaller value for the maximum page size.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE 1073741823
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef unsigned int Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+
+/*
+** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
+** routines:
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename,
+                     int nExtra, int useJournal);
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager*, int);
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager*, int);
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager);
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage);
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void*);
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_write(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*);
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager*,Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void*, int exFlag);
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager*,const char *zMaster);
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager*, Pgno);
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager*,int);
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_rename(Pager*, const char *zNewName);
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(Pager*,void(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager*);
+int pager3_refinfo_enable;
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35cb266f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3143 @@
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+*/
+/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input file. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#line 33 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  int limit;    /* The LIMIT value.  -1 if there is no limit */
+  int offset;   /* The OFFSET.  0 if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  int opcode;   /* Either TK_GLOB or TK_LIKE */
+  int not;      /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+*/
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+
+#line 48 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 225
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy47;
+  TriggerStep* yy91;
+  Token yy98;
+  Select* yy107;
+  struct TrigEvent yy146;
+  ExprList* yy210;
+  Expr* yy258;
+  SrcList* yy259;
+  IdList* yy272;
+  int yy284;
+  struct AttachKey yy292;
+  struct LikeOp yy342;
+  struct LimitVal yy404;
+  int yy449;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 537
+#define YYNRULE 292
+#define YYERRORSYMBOL 130
+#define YYERRSYMDT yy449
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   257,  325,  255,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,
+ /*    10 */   152,  154,  156,   89,   87,   88,  159,   12,    4,    6,
+ /*    20 */   158,  537,   38,   24,  830,    1,  536,    3,  329,  488,
+ /*    30 */   534,  535,  319,   50,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,
+ /*    40 */   168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,
+ /*    50 */   142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,   26,   73,
+ /*    60 */   384,  256,   39,   58,   64,   66,  299,  330,  612,  611,
+ /*    70 */   351,   30,   92,  332,  326,  159,   13,   14,  353,  158,
+ /*    80 */     5,  355,  361,  366,  499,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*    90 */   156,   12,  369,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,
+ /*   100 */   173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,
+ /*   110 */   144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   120 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   130 */   156,  659,  353,  244,   62,  355,  361,  366,   79,   12,
+ /*   140 */    63,   98,   96,  289,  159,  280,  369,  349,  158,  181,
+ /*   150 */    13,   14,   27,   12,  546,  383,   32,   10,  368,  273,
+ /*   160 */   515,  765,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,
+ /*   170 */   134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,
+ /*   180 */   146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  810,  349,   47,   73,
+ /*   190 */   222,  763,  223,  114,  246,   31,   32,   48,   13,   14,
+ /*   200 */    74,  274,  252,  166,  175,  180,  275,  304,   49,    8,
+ /*   210 */   255,   45,   13,   14,  159,  290,  350,  382,  158,  245,
+ /*   220 */   441,   46,  378,  183,  247,  185,  186,   15,   16,   17,
+ /*   230 */    73,  205,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,
+ /*   240 */   134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,
+ /*   250 */   146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  542,  306,  438,  159,
+ /*   260 */    98,   96,  332,  158,  272,  475,  447,  437,   12,  256,
+ /*   270 */   288,   12,  304,  339,  287,   50,   77,  124,  112,  160,
+ /*   280 */   169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   290 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   300 */   156,  547,   36,  335,   39,   58,   64,   66,  299,  330,
+ /*   310 */    35,  334,  291,  545,  114,  332,  114,  329,   12,  625,
+ /*   320 */   353,  187,  306,  355,  361,  366,  422,   13,   14,  159,
+ /*   330 */    13,   14,  184,  158,  369,  636,  188,  259,  188,  764,
+ /*   340 */    91,   87,   88,  100,   87,   88,  219,  124,  112,  160,
+ /*   350 */   169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   360 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   370 */   156,  297,  282,  114,  292,   51,  237,   13,   14,  150,
+ /*   380 */   152,  154,  156,  114,   12,  225,   53,  225,  159,  166,
+ /*   390 */   175,  180,  158,  380,  303,  111,  433,  658,   69,   92,
+ /*   400 */   379,  183,   92,  185,  186,  111,  124,  112,  160,  169,
+ /*   410 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   420 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   430 */   103,  230,  561,  159,  773,   12,  286,  158,  631,  534,
+ /*   440 */   535,  105,  815,   13,   14,  166,  175,  180,  203,  808,
+ /*   450 */   215,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   460 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   470 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,    2,    3,  183,  159,  185,
+ /*   480 */   186,  813,  158,   43,   44,  569,   33,  633,   41,  348,
+ /*   490 */   340,  413,  415,  414,   13,   14,  124,  112,  160,  169,
+ /*   500 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   510 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   520 */   249,  336,  697,  159,  337,  338,  183,  158,  185,  186,
+ /*   530 */    56,   57,  183,   11,  185,  186,  183,  416,  185,  186,
+ /*   540 */   402,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   550 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   560 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  342,   87,   88,  159,  345,
+ /*   570 */    87,   88,  158,   98,   96,  183,  404,  185,  186,  240,
+ /*   580 */     9,  183,   92,  185,  186,  802,  124,  177,  160,  169,
+ /*   590 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   600 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   610 */   787,  341,  257,  159,  255,  255,  183,  158,  185,  186,
+ /*   620 */    94,   95,  480,  518,   92,  307,  314,  316,   92,  548,
+ /*   630 */   325,  171,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   640 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   650 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  255,   25,  486,  159,  482,
+ /*   660 */   170,  358,  158,   19,  241,  242,  252,  266,  513,  267,
+ /*   670 */   259,  553,   72,  256,  256,  402,   68,  244,  160,  169,
+ /*   680 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   690 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   700 */   207,  255,   72,  326,  780,  260,   68,  267,  514,   47,
+ /*   710 */   189,  428,  388,  385,  256,  325,  259,   21,   48,  162,
+ /*   720 */   395,   12,  114,  161,  516,  517,  195,  193,  294,   49,
+ /*   730 */   207,  484,  209,  312,  191,   70,   71,  387,  246,  113,
+ /*   740 */   189,  164,  165,   73,  198,  114,  363,  396,  114,  391,
+ /*   750 */    73,  277,  529,  313,  436,  182,  195,  193,   72,  467,
+ /*   760 */   256,  623,   68,  245,  191,   70,   71,  188,  163,  113,
+ /*   770 */   188,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  114,  803,  691,   72,
+ /*   780 */    13,   14,   92,   68,   73,   73,  207,   77,  326,   73,
+ /*   790 */   199,  807,   99,  436,  452,  293,  189,  223,  474,  325,
+ /*   800 */   309,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  423,  207,  221,  460,
+ /*   810 */   434,  419,  195,  193,  418,   90,  224,  189,   77,  225,
+ /*   820 */   191,   70,   71,   73,  442,  113,  420,  114,  325,  444,
+ /*   830 */   372,  468,  114,  195,  193,  283,  325,  311,  310,  402,
+ /*   840 */   470,  191,   70,   71,  114,    7,  113,   41,  460,  474,
+ /*   850 */    18,   20,   22,  386,  296,  114,  457,  119,  120,  121,
+ /*   860 */   122,  197,  766,  446,  521,  554,  123,  430,  444,   23,
+ /*   870 */   531,  114,  326,  114,  114,  481,  114,  125,  119,  120,
+ /*   880 */   121,  122,  197,  510,   72,  441,  114,  238,   68,  114,
+ /*   890 */   508,  506,  114,  127,  114,  129,  131,  114,  133,  411,
+ /*   900 */   412,  322,  114,  114,  114,  114,  407,  114,  135,  326,
+ /*   910 */   660,  137,  207,  114,  139,  114,  141,  451,  114,  143,
+ /*   920 */   114,  114,  189,  114,  145,  147,  149,  151,  114,  153,
+ /*   930 */   489,  493,  437,  114,  114,  155,  479,  157,  195,  193,
+ /*   940 */   167,   77,  176,  178,  114,  190,  191,   70,   71,  114,
+ /*   950 */   192,  113,  114,  114,  114,  194,  196,  114,  691,  114,
+ /*   960 */   269,  320,  343,  321,  344,  269,  204,  114,  359,  284,
+ /*   970 */   321,  206,  114,  555,  216,  218,  220,  114,  364,  234,
+ /*   980 */   321,  239,  660,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  373,  271,
+ /*   990 */   321,  281,  114,  114,  367,  227,  227,  269,  431,  408,
+ /*  1000 */   321,  503,  439,   44,  465,  473,  267,  471,  114,   77,
+ /*  1010 */   402,  402,  402,  402,  455,  459,  265,  457,  402,  402,
+ /*  1020 */   823,  417,  504,  507,  556,  471,   28,   29,  560,   37,
+ /*  1030 */   472,   73,   34,   55,   40,   41,   42,   54,   59,   67,
+ /*  1040 */   570,  571,   52,   75,   60,   78,  483,  485,  487,  491,
+ /*  1050 */    61,   65,   76,  464,  495,  501,  101,  527,   77,  238,
+ /*  1060 */   233,  235,   85,   93,   86,   80,   97,  238,  102,   81,
+ /*  1070 */   104,   82,  108,  107,  109,  110,   83,  115,  497,   84,
+ /*  1080 */   117,  116,  156,  172,  637,  217,  638,  118,  202,  226,
+ /*  1090 */   639,  208,  106,  211,  227,  210,  213,  214,  212,  229,
+ /*  1100 */   228,  231,  236,  223,  200,  243,  201,  251,  248,  250,
+ /*  1110 */   254,  253,  232,  258,  261,  270,  264,  263,  262,  268,
+ /*  1120 */   276,  278,  285,  295,  318,  279,  300,  303,  301,  305,
+ /*  1130 */   333,  346,  298,  323,  327,  356,  357,  362,  370,  302,
+ /*  1140 */   371,   53,  374,  394,  399,  354,  331,  375,  401,  409,
+ /*  1150 */   308,  347,  315,  324,  406,  317,  405,  328,  795,  390,
+ /*  1160 */   389,  392,  397,  410,  421,  800,  360,  381,  365,  393,
+ /*  1170 */   398,  352,  376,  403,  801,  377,  400,  425,  426,  424,
+ /*  1180 */   427,  429,  771,  432,  772,  435,  440,  698,  443,  794,
+ /*  1190 */   445,  438,  809,  449,  699,  450,  453,  448,  454,  456,
+ /*  1200 */   811,  458,  461,  462,  463,  469,  812,  814,  476,  630,
+ /*  1210 */   478,  632,  779,  821,  490,  477,  690,  492,  494,  496,
+ /*  1220 */   498,  693,  500,  505,  696,  509,  781,  511,  782,  783,
+ /*  1230 */   466,  784,  785,  502,  512,  786,  520,  822,  519,  530,
+ /*  1240 */   524,  824,  523,  825,  525,  528,  533,  828,  518,  518,
+ /*  1250 */   518,  518,  518,  518,  522,  518,  526,  518,  518,  532,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    24,  139,   26,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*    10 */    79,   80,   81,  154,  155,  156,   40,   26,  135,  136,
+ /*    20 */    44,    0,  158,  140,  131,  132,  133,  134,  164,  146,
+ /*    30 */     9,   10,  170,   60,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,
+ /*    40 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,
+ /*    50 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   22,  176,
+ /*    60 */    24,   85,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   23,   23,
+ /*    70 */    25,   25,  213,  100,  212,   40,   85,   86,   87,   44,
+ /*    80 */     9,   90,   91,   92,  201,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*    90 */    81,   26,  101,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,
+ /*   100 */    65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   110 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   120 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   130 */    81,   23,   87,   25,   29,   90,   91,   92,  179,   26,
+ /*   140 */    35,   76,   77,   23,   40,  186,  101,  139,   44,   22,
+ /*   150 */    85,   86,  144,   26,    9,  147,  148,   12,  159,  146,
+ /*   160 */    95,  126,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
+ /*   170 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   180 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   17,  139,   18,  176,
+ /*   190 */    23,   17,   25,  139,   86,  147,  148,   27,   85,   86,
+ /*   200 */   146,  188,  189,  204,  205,  206,  193,   45,   38,  137,
+ /*   210 */    26,   41,   85,   86,   40,  161,  168,  169,   44,  111,
+ /*   220 */    51,   51,   60,  103,  111,  105,  106,   13,   14,   15,
+ /*   230 */   176,  127,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
+ /*   240 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   250 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,    9,   95,   58,   40,
+ /*   260 */    76,   77,  100,   44,   22,   96,   97,   98,   26,   85,
+ /*   270 */   104,   26,   45,   89,  108,   60,  107,   58,   59,   60,
+ /*   280 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   290 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   300 */    81,    9,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
+ /*   310 */   157,  158,   23,    9,  139,  100,  139,  164,   26,  119,
+ /*   320 */    87,   23,   95,   90,   91,   92,   21,   85,   86,   40,
+ /*   330 */    85,   86,  104,   44,  101,  107,  161,  152,  161,   17,
+ /*   340 */   154,  155,  156,  154,  155,  156,  127,   58,   59,   60,
+ /*   350 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   360 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   370 */    81,   23,  187,  139,  199,   89,  199,   85,   86,   78,
+ /*   380 */    79,   80,   81,  139,   26,  210,  100,  210,   40,  204,
+ /*   390 */   205,  206,   44,  164,  165,  161,   91,   23,   22,  213,
+ /*   400 */   171,  103,  213,  105,  106,  161,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   410 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   420 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   430 */   196,  197,    9,   40,  129,   26,   78,   44,    9,    9,
+ /*   440 */    10,  197,    9,   85,   86,  204,  205,  206,  126,   11,
+ /*   450 */   128,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   460 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   470 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,  133,  134,  103,   40,  105,
+ /*   480 */   106,    9,   44,  173,  174,  109,  149,    9,   95,  152,
+ /*   490 */   153,   96,   97,   98,   85,   86,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   500 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   510 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   520 */   111,  152,    9,   40,  155,  156,  103,   44,  105,  106,
+ /*   530 */    13,   14,  103,  139,  105,  106,  103,   47,  105,  106,
+ /*   540 */   139,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   550 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   560 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,  154,  155,  156,   40,  154,
+ /*   570 */   155,  156,   44,   76,   77,  103,  175,  105,  106,   25,
+ /*   580 */   138,  103,  213,  105,  106,   95,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   590 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   600 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   610 */     9,   22,   24,   40,   26,   26,  103,   44,  105,  106,
+ /*   620 */   121,  122,   20,   22,  213,   96,   97,   98,  213,    9,
+ /*   630 */   139,   60,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   640 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   650 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   26,  141,   55,   40,   57,
+ /*   660 */    89,  170,   44,  138,  110,  188,  189,   23,   67,   25,
+ /*   670 */   152,    9,   22,   85,   85,  139,   26,   25,   60,   61,
+ /*   680 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   690 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   700 */    50,   26,   22,  212,    9,  187,   26,   25,  139,   18,
+ /*   710 */    60,  175,   20,  146,   85,  139,  152,  138,   27,   40,
+ /*   720 */   146,   26,  139,   44,  155,  156,   76,   77,   78,   38,
+ /*   730 */    50,  129,   41,   32,   84,   85,   86,  142,   86,   89,
+ /*   740 */    60,   62,   63,  176,  161,  139,  170,   55,  139,   57,
+ /*   750 */   176,  187,  123,   52,  146,  146,   76,   77,   22,  146,
+ /*   760 */    85,    9,   26,  111,   84,   85,   86,  161,   89,   89,
+ /*   770 */   161,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,  139,   95,    9,   22,
+ /*   780 */    85,   86,  213,   26,  176,  176,   50,  107,  212,  176,
+ /*   790 */   207,   11,   25,  146,   25,   23,   60,   25,  161,  139,
+ /*   800 */    99,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,  211,   50,  199,  201,
+ /*   810 */   215,   28,   76,   77,   31,   48,  210,   60,  107,  210,
+ /*   820 */    84,   85,   86,  176,  216,   89,   43,  139,  139,  221,
+ /*   830 */   170,  120,  139,   76,   77,   78,  139,   88,   89,  139,
+ /*   840 */   203,   84,   85,   86,  139,   11,   89,   95,  201,  161,
+ /*   850 */    16,   17,   18,   19,  161,  139,  139,  121,  122,  123,
+ /*   860 */   124,  125,  126,  216,   30,    9,  161,  170,  221,  138,
+ /*   870 */    36,  139,  212,  139,  139,  175,  139,  161,  121,  122,
+ /*   880 */   123,  124,  125,   49,   22,   51,  139,  118,   26,  139,
+ /*   890 */    56,  203,  139,  161,  139,  161,  161,  139,  161,   53,
+ /*   900 */    54,  212,  139,  139,  139,  139,  126,  139,  161,  212,
+ /*   910 */    24,  161,   50,  139,  161,  139,  161,  200,  139,  161,
+ /*   920 */   139,  139,   60,  139,  161,  161,  161,  161,  139,  161,
+ /*   930 */    96,   97,   98,  139,  139,  161,  102,  161,   76,   77,
+ /*   940 */   161,  107,  161,  161,  139,  161,   84,   85,   86,  139,
+ /*   950 */   161,   89,  139,  139,  139,  161,  161,  139,    9,  139,
+ /*   960 */   139,   23,   23,   25,   25,  139,  161,  139,   23,  139,
+ /*   970 */    25,  161,  139,    9,  161,  161,  161,  139,   23,  161,
+ /*   980 */    25,  161,   95,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,   23,  161,
+ /*   990 */    25,  161,  139,  139,  161,  109,  109,  139,   23,  161,
+ /*  1000 */    25,  146,  173,  174,   23,   23,   25,   25,  139,  107,
+ /*  1010 */   139,  139,  139,  139,  161,  161,  195,  139,  139,  139,
+ /*  1020 */     9,  195,  120,   23,    9,   25,  145,   23,    9,  139,
+ /*  1030 */   161,  176,  150,   42,  159,   95,   33,  167,   46,   22,
+ /*  1040 */   109,  109,  159,  177,  160,  178,  175,  175,  175,  175,
+ /*  1050 */   159,  159,  176,  195,  175,  175,  113,   46,  107,  118,
+ /*  1060 */   116,  115,  185,  214,  117,  180,  214,  118,  114,  181,
+ /*  1070 */    25,  182,   94,  160,   26,  151,  183,  109,  200,  184,
+ /*  1080 */   109,  139,   81,   89,  107,  126,  107,  139,   17,  139,
+ /*  1090 */   107,   22,  198,  174,  109,   23,  139,   23,   25,  143,
+ /*  1100 */   139,  198,  114,   25,  208,  190,  209,  111,  139,  139,
+ /*  1110 */   143,  139,  160,  139,  191,   95,   22,  112,  192,  139,
+ /*  1120 */    23,  191,  109,   23,   22,  192,  139,  165,  162,  139,
+ /*  1130 */   167,   23,  159,  198,  198,   46,   22,   22,   46,  163,
+ /*  1140 */    22,  100,   93,   24,  217,  139,  151,  139,   95,   39,
+ /*  1150 */   166,  152,  166,  160,  220,  166,  219,  160,   11,  143,
+ /*  1160 */   139,  139,  139,   37,   47,   95,  159,  169,  159,  143,
+ /*  1170 */   143,  169,  162,  143,   95,  163,  218,  139,  143,  129,
+ /*  1180 */    95,   22,    9,  159,  129,   11,  172,  119,   17,    9,
+ /*  1190 */     9,   58,   17,  139,  119,   99,  139,  172,   67,  181,
+ /*  1200 */     9,   67,  119,  139,   22,   22,    9,    9,  110,    9,
+ /*  1210 */   181,    9,    9,    9,  110,  139,    9,  181,  172,   99,
+ /*  1220 */   181,    9,  119,   22,    9,  139,    9,  139,    9,    9,
+ /*  1230 */   202,    9,    9,  202,  143,    9,   23,    9,  139,   34,
+ /*  1240 */    24,    9,  152,    9,  139,  152,  139,    9,  224,  224,
+ /*  1250 */   224,  224,  224,  224,  222,  224,  223,  224,  224,  222,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-70)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   430,   21,  -70,  834,   71,  -70,  247,  214,  145,  304,
+ /*    10 */   292,  620,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  145,  662,
+ /*    20 */   145,  856,  145,  964,   36, 1015,  245,   46, 1004, 1019,
+ /*    30 */    -9,  -70,  675,  -70,  215,  -70,  245,  -27,  -70,  940,
+ /*    40 */   -70, 1003,  170,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*    50 */   286,  940,  -70,  991,  -70,  517,  -70,  -70,  992,  105,
+ /*    60 */   940,  -70,  -70,  -70,  940,  -70, 1017,  862,  376,  650,
+ /*    70 */   931,  932,  680,  -70,  120,  951,  -70,  166,  -70,  554,
+ /*    80 */   941,  946,  944,  943,  947,  -70,  497,  -70,  -70,  767,
+ /*    90 */   497,  -70,  499,  -70,  -70,  -70,  499,  -70,  -70,  497,
+ /*   100 */   -70,  954,  862, 1045,  862,  978,  105,  -70, 1048,  -70,
+ /*   110 */   -70,  483,  862,  -70,  968,  245,  971,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   120 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  618,  862,  573,  862,  -69,  862,  -69,
+ /*   130 */   862,  -69,  862,  -69,  862,   49,  862,   49,  862,    9,
+ /*   140 */   862,    9,  862,    9,  862,    9,  862,  301,  862,  301,
+ /*   150 */   862, 1001,  862, 1001,  862, 1001,  862,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   160 */   679,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  862,   49,  -70,  571,
+ /*   170 */   -70,  994,  -70,  -70,  -70,  862,  528,  862,   49,  -70,
+ /*   180 */   127,  680,  298,  228,  977,  979,  983,  -70,  483,  862,
+ /*   190 */   618,  862,  -70,  862,  -70,  862,  -70,  736,   35,  959,
+ /*   200 */   322, 1071,  -70,  862,  104,  862,  483, 1069,  691, 1072,
+ /*   210 */   -70, 1073,  245, 1074,  -70,  862,  174,  862,  219,  862,
+ /*   220 */   483,  167,  -70,  862,  -70,  -70,  985,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   230 */   978,  105,  -70,  862,  483,  988,  862, 1078,  862,  483,
+ /*   240 */   -70,  -70,  652,  -70,  -70,  -70,  113,  -70,  409,  -70,
+ /*   250 */   996,  -70,  242,  985,  588,  -70,  -70,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   260 */  1020, 1005,  -70, 1094,  245,  644,  -70,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   270 */   862,  483,  951,  374,  108, 1097,  588, 1020, 1005,  -70,
+ /*   280 */   757,  -24,  -70,  -70, 1013,  358,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   290 */   289,  -70,  772,  -70, 1100,  -70,  348,  940,  -70,  245,
+ /*   300 */  1102,  -70,  227,  -70,  245,  -70,  529,  701,  -70,  749,
+ /*   310 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  701,  -70,  701,  -70,  245,  938,
+ /*   320 */   -70,  245,  978,  105,  -70,  -70,  978,  105,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   330 */  1048,  -70,  991,  -70,  -70,  184,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   340 */   589,  497,  939,  -70,  497, 1108,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   350 */    45,  233,  -70,  245,  -70, 1089, 1114,  245,  945,  940,
+ /*   360 */   -70, 1115,  245,  955,  940,  -70,  862,  393,  -70, 1092,
+ /*   370 */  1118,  245,  965, 1049,  245, 1102,  -70,  162, 1041,  -70,
+ /*   380 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  951,  423,  305,  692,  245,  985,
+ /*   390 */   -70,  245,  886, 1119,  951,  429,  245,  985,  783,  395,
+ /*   400 */  1053,  245,  985,  -70, 1110,  780, 1147,  862,  438, 1126,
+ /*   410 */   846,  -70,  -70, 1070, 1079,  490,  245,  682,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   420 */  1117,  -70,  -70, 1050,  245,  887, 1085,  245, 1159,  245,
+ /*   430 */   975,  752, 1173, 1055, 1174,  169,  433,  200,  170,  -70,
+ /*   440 */  1068, 1075, 1171, 1180, 1181,  169, 1175, 1133,  245, 1096,
+ /*   450 */   245,  769,  245, 1131,  862,  483, 1191, 1134,  862,  483,
+ /*   460 */  1083,  245, 1182,  245,  981,  -70,  711,  472, 1183,  862,
+ /*   470 */   982,  862,  483, 1197,  483, 1098,  245,  949, 1198,  602,
+ /*   480 */   245, 1200,  245, 1202,  245, 1203,  245, 1204,  478, 1104,
+ /*   490 */   245,  949, 1207, 1133,  245, 1120,  245,  769, 1212, 1103,
+ /*   500 */   245, 1182,  902,  513, 1201,  862, 1000, 1215,  695, 1217,
+ /*   510 */   245,  985,  601,   65, 1219, 1220, 1222, 1223,  245, 1213,
+ /*   520 */  1226, 1205,  675, 1216,  245, 1011, 1228,  629, 1232, 1234,
+ /*   530 */   -70, 1205,  245, 1238,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */  -107,  342, -142, -117, -142, -142, -142,   72,  442, -142,
+ /*    10 */   394, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  525, -142,
+ /*    20 */   579, -142,  731, -142,  515, -142,    8,  881, -142, -142,
+ /*    30 */    48, -142,  337,  882,  153, -142,  890, -136, -142,  875,
+ /*    40 */  -142, -142,  310, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*    50 */  -142,  883, -142,  870, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  884,
+ /*    60 */   891, -142, -142, -142,  892, -142, -142,  693, -142,  175,
+ /*    70 */  -142, -142,   54, -142,  866,  876, -142,  867,  -41,  885,
+ /*    80 */   888,  889,  893,  895,  877, -142, -141, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*    90 */   186, -142,  849, -142, -142, -142,  852, -142, -142,  189,
+ /*   100 */  -142, -142,  234, -142,  244,  894,  913, -142,  924, -142,
+ /*   110 */  -142,  241,  705, -142, -142,  942, -142,  948, -142, -142,
+ /*   120 */  -142, -142, -142,  241,  716,  241,  732,  241,  734,  241,
+ /*   130 */   735,  241,  737,  241,  747,  241,  750,  241,  753,  241,
+ /*   140 */   755,  241,  758,  241,  763,  241,  764,  241,  765,  241,
+ /*   150 */   766,  241,  768,  241,  774,  241,  776,  241, -142, -142,
+ /*   160 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  779,  241, -142, -142,
+ /*   170 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  781,  241,  782,  241, -142,
+ /*   180 */   950,  609,  866, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  241,  784,
+ /*   190 */   241,  789,  241,  794,  241,  795,  241,  583,  241,  896,
+ /*   200 */   897, -142, -142,  805,  241,  810,  241, -142,  919, -142,
+ /*   210 */  -142, -142,  957, -142, -142,  813,  241,  814,  241,  815,
+ /*   220 */   241, -142, -142,  606, -142, -142,  956,  961, -142, -142,
+ /*   230 */   903,  952, -142,  818,  241, -142,  177, -142,  820,  241,
+ /*   240 */  -142,  477,  915, -142, -142, -142,  969, -142,  970, -142,
+ /*   250 */  -142, -142,  972,  967,  518, -142, -142,  974, -142, -142,
+ /*   260 */   923,  926, -142, -142,  821, -142, -142,  980, -142, -142,
+ /*   270 */   828,  241,   13,  866,  915, -142,  564,  930,  933, -142,
+ /*   280 */   830,  185, -142, -142, -142,  942, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   290 */   241, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  241,  973, -142,  987,
+ /*   300 */   966,  976,  962, -142,  990, -142, -142,  984, -142, -142,
+ /*   310 */  -142, -142, -142, -142,  986, -142,  989, -142, -138, -142,
+ /*   320 */  -142,  689,  935,  993, -142, -142,  936,  997, -142, -142,
+ /*   330 */   995, -142,  963, -142, -142,  369, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   340 */   999,  411, -142, -142,  415, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   350 */   998, 1002, -142, 1006, -142, -142, -142,  491, -142, 1007,
+ /*   360 */  -142, -142,  576, -142, 1009, -142,  833,   -1, -142, -142,
+ /*   370 */  -142,  660, -142, -142, 1008, 1010, 1012,  229, -142, -142,
+ /*   380 */  -142, -142, -142, -142,  567,  866,  595, -142, 1021, 1016,
+ /*   390 */  -142, 1022, 1026, -142,  574,  866, 1023, 1027,  927,  958,
+ /*   400 */  -142,  401, 1030, -142,  937,  934, -142,  838,  241, -142,
+ /*   410 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  826, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   420 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, 1038, 1035, -142,  536, -142,  697,
+ /*   430 */  -142, 1024, -142, -142, -142,  608,  866, 1014,  829, -142,
+ /*   440 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  647, -142, 1025, 1054, -142,
+ /*   450 */   717, 1018, 1057, -142,  853,  241, -142, -142,  854,  241,
+ /*   460 */  -142, 1064, 1028,  858, -142, -142,  613,  866, -142,  637,
+ /*   470 */  -142,  869,  241, -142,  241, -142, 1076, 1029, -142, -142,
+ /*   480 */   700, -142,  871, -142,  872, -142,  873, -142,  866, -142,
+ /*   490 */   874, 1036, -142, 1046,  879, -142,  878, 1039, -142, -142,
+ /*   500 */   880, 1031,  855,  866, -142,  688, -142, -142, 1086, -142,
+ /*   510 */  1088, 1091, -142,  569, -142, -142, -142, -142, 1099, -142,
+ /*   520 */  -142, 1032, 1090, -142, 1105, 1033, -142, 1093, -142, -142,
+ /*   530 */  -142, 1037, 1107, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */   544,  544,  538,  829,  829,  540,  829,  549,  829,  829,
+ /*    10 */   829,  829,  569,  570,  571,  550,  551,  552,  829,  829,
+ /*    20 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*    30 */   829,  562,  572,  581,  564,  580,  829,  829,  582,  623,
+ /*    40 */   588,  829,  829,  624,  627,  628,  629,  818,  819,  820,
+ /*    50 */   829,  623,  589,  608,  606,  829,  609,  610,  829,  679,
+ /*    60 */   623,  590,  677,  678,  623,  591,  829,  829,  708,  770,
+ /*    70 */   714,  709,  829,  634,  829,  829,  635,  643,  645,  652,
+ /*    80 */   691,  682,  684,  672,  686,  640,  793,  578,  579,  687,
+ /*    90 */   793,  688,  829,  788,  790,  791,  829,  789,  792,  793,
+ /*   100 */   689,  829,  829,  673,  829,  680,  679,  674,  829,  566,
+ /*   110 */   681,  676,  829,  707,  829,  829,  710,  829,  711,  712,
+ /*   120 */   713,  715,  716,  719,  829,  720,  829,  721,  829,  722,
+ /*   130 */   829,  723,  829,  724,  829,  725,  829,  726,  829,  727,
+ /*   140 */   829,  728,  829,  729,  829,  730,  829,  731,  829,  732,
+ /*   150 */   829,  733,  829,  734,  829,  735,  829,  736,  737,  738,
+ /*   160 */   829,  739,  740,  745,  753,  756,  829,  741,  742,  829,
+ /*   170 */   743,  829,  746,  744,  752,  829,  829,  829,  754,  755,
+ /*   180 */   829,  770,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  758,  769,  829,
+ /*   190 */   747,  829,  748,  829,  749,  829,  750,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   200 */   829,  829,  760,  829,  829,  829,  761,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   210 */   816,  829,  829,  829,  817,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   220 */   762,  829,  757,  770,  767,  768,  660,  829,  661,  759,
+ /*   230 */   680,  679,  675,  829,  685,  829,  770,  683,  829,  692,
+ /*   240 */   644,  655,  653,  654,  663,  664,  829,  665,  829,  666,
+ /*   250 */   829,  667,  829,  660,  651,  567,  568,  829,  649,  650,
+ /*   260 */   669,  671,  656,  829,  829,  829,  670,  829,  704,  705,
+ /*   270 */   829,  668,  655,  829,  829,  829,  651,  669,  671,  657,
+ /*   280 */   829,  651,  646,  647,  829,  829,  648,  641,  642,  751,
+ /*   290 */   829,  706,  829,  717,  829,  718,  829,  623,  592,  829,
+ /*   300 */   774,  596,  593,  597,  829,  598,  829,  829,  599,  829,
+ /*   310 */   602,  603,  604,  605,  829,  600,  829,  601,  829,  829,
+ /*   320 */   775,  829,  680,  679,  776,  778,  680,  679,  777,  594,
+ /*   330 */   829,  595,  608,  607,  583,  793,  584,  585,  586,  587,
+ /*   340 */   573,  793,  829,  574,  793,  829,  575,  577,  576,  565,
+ /*   350 */   829,  829,  613,  829,  616,  829,  829,  829,  829,  623,
+ /*   360 */   617,  829,  829,  829,  623,  618,  829,  623,  619,  829,
+ /*   370 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  774,  596,  621,  829,  620,
+ /*   380 */   622,  614,  615,  563,  829,  829,  559,  829,  829,  660,
+ /*   390 */   557,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  660,  799,  829,
+ /*   400 */   829,  829,  660,  662,  804,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   410 */   829,  805,  806,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  796,  797,
+ /*   420 */   829,  798,  558,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   430 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  626,
+ /*   440 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  625,  829,  829,
+ /*   450 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  694,  829,  829,  829,  695,
+ /*   460 */   829,  829,  702,  829,  829,  703,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   470 */   829,  829,  700,  829,  701,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   480 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   490 */   829,  829,  829,  625,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   500 */   829,  702,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   510 */   829,  660,  829,  793,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   520 */   829,  827,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   530 */   826,  827,  829,  829,  541,  543,  539,
+};
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /* END_OF_FILE => nothing */
+    0,  /*    ILLEGAL => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SPACE => nothing */
+    0,  /* UNCLOSED_STRING => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COMMENT => nothing */
+    0,  /*   FUNCTION => nothing */
+    0,  /*     COLUMN => nothing */
+    0,  /* AGG_FUNCTION => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   26,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   26,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   26,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   26,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   26,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   26,  /*        END => ID */
+    0,  /*   ROLLBACK => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+   26,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+   26,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   26,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   26,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   26,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   26,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   26,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   26,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   26,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   26,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   26,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   26,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   26,  /*       GLOB => ID */
+   26,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   26,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   26,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   26,  /*       LIKE => ID */
+   26,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   26,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   26,  /*         OF => ID */
+   26,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   26,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   26,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   26,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   26,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   26,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   26,  /*  STATEMENT => ID */
+   26,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   26,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   26,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
+    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
+    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
+    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
+    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
+    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
+    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      UPLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
+    0,  /*    JOIN_KW => nothing */
+    0,  /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */
+    0,  /*    DEFAULT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       NULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    PRIMARY => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UNIQUE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      CHECK => nothing */
+    0,  /* REFERENCES => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
+    0,  /*     DELETE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UPDATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     INSERT => nothing */
+    0,  /*        SET => nothing */
+    0,  /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*    FOREIGN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       DROP => nothing */
+    0,  /*      UNION => nothing */
+    0,  /*        ALL => nothing */
+    0,  /*  INTERSECT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXCEPT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     SELECT => nothing */
+    0,  /*   DISTINCT => nothing */
+    0,  /*        DOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
+    0,  /*       JOIN => nothing */
+    0,  /*      USING => nothing */
+    0,  /*      ORDER => nothing */
+    0,  /*         BY => nothing */
+    0,  /*      GROUP => nothing */
+    0,  /*     HAVING => nothing */
+    0,  /*      LIMIT => nothing */
+    0,  /*      WHERE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       INTO => nothing */
+    0,  /*     VALUES => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INTEGER => nothing */
+    0,  /*      FLOAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       BLOB => nothing */
+    0,  /*   VARIABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       CASE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       WHEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       ELSE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      INDEX => nothing */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
+  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                     ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "END_OF_FILE",   "ILLEGAL",       "SPACE",       
+  "UNCLOSED_STRING",  "COMMENT",       "FUNCTION",      "COLUMN",      
+  "AGG_FUNCTION",  "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "BEGIN",       
+  "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",      "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",   
+  "COMMIT",        "END",           "ROLLBACK",      "CREATE",      
+  "TABLE",         "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",            "ABORT",       
+  "AFTER",         "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",      
+  "CASCADE",       "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",        
+  "DETACH",        "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",         
+  "GLOB",          "IGNORE",        "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",     
+  "LIKE",          "MATCH",         "KEY",           "OF",          
+  "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",        "RAISE",         "REPLACE",     
+  "RESTRICT",      "ROW",           "STATEMENT",     "TRIGGER",     
+  "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "OR",            "AND",         
+  "NOT",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",       "IN",          
+  "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",            "EQ",          
+  "GT",            "LE",            "LT",            "GE",          
+  "BITAND",        "BITOR",         "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",      
+  "PLUS",          "MINUS",         "STAR",          "SLASH",       
+  "REM",           "CONCAT",        "UMINUS",        "UPLUS",       
+  "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",  
+  "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",      
+  "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "COLLATE",       "ON",          
+  "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "INSERT",        "SET",         
+  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
+  "ALL",           "INTERSECT",     "EXCEPT",        "SELECT",      
+  "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",        
+  "USING",         "ORDER",         "BY",            "GROUP",       
+  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
+  "VALUES",        "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",        
+  "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",        
+  "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "error",         "input",       
+  "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",       "cmdx",        
+  "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",          
+  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "temp",          "dbnm",        
+  "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "select",        "column",      
+  "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",      "id",          
+  "ids",           "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",    
+  "minus_num",     "carg",          "ccons",         "onconf",      
+  "sortorder",     "expr",          "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
+  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
+  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",
+  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",     "fullname",    
+  "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",  "distinct",      "selcollist",  
+  "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt",   "having_opt",  
+  "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "sclp",          "as",          
+  "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",        "on_opt",      
+  "using_opt",     "seltablist_paren",  "joinop2",       "inscollist",  
+  "sortlist",      "sortitem",      "collate",       "exprlist",    
+  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "itemlist",    
+  "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",         "case_operand",
+  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",     "expritem",      "uniqueflag",  
+  "idxitem",       "plus_opt",      "number",        "trigger_decl",
+  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",
+  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd",   "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",     
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /*   5 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   7 */ "explain ::=",
+ /*   8 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*   9 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /*  12 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*  13 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*  14 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  15 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*  16 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*  17 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  18 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  19 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /*  20 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE nm dbnm",
+ /*  21 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  22 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  23 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
+ /*  24 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  25 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /*  26 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /*  27 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /*  28 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /*  29 */ "id ::= ID",
+ /*  30 */ "ids ::= ID",
+ /*  31 */ "ids ::= STRING",
+ /*  32 */ "nm ::= ID",
+ /*  33 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /*  34 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /*  35 */ "type ::=",
+ /*  36 */ "type ::= typename",
+ /*  37 */ "type ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  38 */ "type ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  39 */ "typename ::= ids",
+ /*  40 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
+ /*  41 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /*  42 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /*  43 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
+ /*  44 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /*  45 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
+ /*  46 */ "carg ::= ccons",
+ /*  47 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT ids",
+ /*  48 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT plus_num",
+ /*  49 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT minus_num",
+ /*  50 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT NULL",
+ /*  51 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /*  52 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  53 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf",
+ /*  54 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  55 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  56 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  57 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  58 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE id",
+ /*  59 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  60 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  61 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  62 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  63 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  64 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /*  65 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  66 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  67 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  68 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  69 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  70 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  71 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  72 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  73 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  74 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  75 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /*  76 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
+ /*  77 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
+ /*  78 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /*  79 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  80 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  81 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  82 */ "tcons ::= CHECK expr onconf",
+ /*  83 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  84 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  85 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  86 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /*  87 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /*  88 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /*  89 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /*  90 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /*  91 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /*  92 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /*  93 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE fullname",
+ /*  94 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW nm dbnm AS select",
+ /*  95 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW fullname",
+ /*  96 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /*  97 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /*  98 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /*  99 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 100 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 101 */ "multiselect_op ::= INTERSECT",
+ /* 102 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT",
+ /* 103 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 104 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 105 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 106 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 107 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 108 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 109 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 110 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 111 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 112 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 113 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 114 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 115 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 116 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 117 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 118 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 119 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 120 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 121 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
+ /* 122 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
+ /* 123 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 124 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 125 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 126 */ "joinop ::= COMMA",
+ /* 127 */ "joinop ::= JOIN",
+ /* 128 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 129 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 130 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 131 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 132 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 133 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 134 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 135 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 136 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 137 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 138 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 139 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
+ /* 140 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 141 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 142 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 143 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 144 */ "collate ::= COLLATE id",
+ /* 145 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 146 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY exprlist",
+ /* 147 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 148 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 149 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 150 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed",
+ /* 151 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed OFFSET signed",
+ /* 152 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed COMMA signed",
+ /* 153 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
+ /* 154 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 155 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 156 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 157 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 158 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 159 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 160 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 161 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 162 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 163 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 164 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
+ /* 165 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 166 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 167 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 168 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 169 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 170 */ "expr ::= NULL",
+ /* 171 */ "expr ::= ID",
+ /* 172 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 173 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 174 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 175 */ "expr ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 176 */ "expr ::= FLOAT",
+ /* 177 */ "expr ::= STRING",
+ /* 178 */ "expr ::= BLOB",
+ /* 179 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 180 */ "expr ::= ID LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 182 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= expr LT expr",
+ /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr GT expr",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= expr LE expr",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= expr GE expr",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= expr NE expr",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr EQ expr",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND expr",
+ /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr BITOR expr",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LSHIFT expr",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS expr",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr MINUS expr",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR expr",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr SLASH expr",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr REM expr",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 200 */ "likeop ::= LIKE",
+ /* 201 */ "likeop ::= GLOB",
+ /* 202 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE",
+ /* 203 */ "likeop ::= NOT GLOB",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL",
+ /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
+ /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOTNULL",
+ /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
+ /* 210 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 215 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 216 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 218 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 219 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 221 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 222 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 223 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 225 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 226 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 227 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 228 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 229 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 230 */ "exprlist ::= exprlist COMMA expritem",
+ /* 231 */ "exprlist ::= expritem",
+ /* 232 */ "expritem ::= expr",
+ /* 233 */ "expritem ::=",
+ /* 234 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX nm dbnm ON fullname LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 236 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 238 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 240 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 241 */ "idxitem ::= nm",
+ /* 242 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX fullname",
+ /* 243 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 245 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nm",
+ /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
+ /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ plus_num",
+ /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nm RP",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 251 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
+ /* 252 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
+ /* 253 */ "number ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 254 */ "number ::= FLOAT",
+ /* 255 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
+ /* 256 */ "plus_opt ::=",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 258 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 259 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 260 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 263 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE",
+ /* 264 */ "trigger_event ::= INSERT",
+ /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
+ /* 267 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 269 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH STATEMENT",
+ /* 270 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 271 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI trigger_cmd_list",
+ /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=",
+ /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
+ /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 280 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 283 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 284 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER fullname",
+ /* 285 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt ids AS nm key_opt",
+ /* 286 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 287 */ "key_opt ::= KEY ids",
+ /* 288 */ "key_opt ::= KEY BLOB",
+ /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 290 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 291 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt nm",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** This function returns the symbolic name associated with a token
+** value.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3ParserTokenName(int tokenType){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( tokenType>0 && tokenType<(sizeof(yyTokenName)/sizeof(yyTokenName[0])) ){
+    return yyTokenName[tokenType];
+  }else{
+    return "Unknown";
+  }
+#else
+  return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+*/
+void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+    case 146:
+    case 176:
+    case 193:
+#line 303 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy107));}
+#line 1236 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 161:
+    case 181:
+    case 183:
+    case 191:
+    case 197:
+    case 210:
+#line 552 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy258));}
+#line 1246 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 162:
+    case 170:
+    case 179:
+    case 182:
+    case 184:
+    case 186:
+    case 196:
+    case 199:
+    case 200:
+    case 203:
+    case 208:
+#line 744 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy210));}
+#line 1261 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 175:
+    case 180:
+    case 188:
+    case 189:
+#line 428 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy259));}
+#line 1269 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 192:
+    case 195:
+    case 202:
+#line 446 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy272));}
+#line 1276 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 216:
+    case 221:
+#line 833 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy91));}
+#line 1282 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 218:
+#line 817 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy146).b);}
+#line 1287 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+      break;
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  if( pParser==0 ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  /* if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return YY_NO_ACTION;  */
+  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+    int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+    if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+           && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+           yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+      }
+#endif
+      return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+    }
+#endif
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+     sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+     yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+     if( yyTraceFILE ){
+       fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+     }
+#endif
+     while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+     /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+     ** stack every overflows */
+     sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+     return;
+  }
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 131, 1 },
+  { 132, 2 },
+  { 132, 1 },
+  { 133, 3 },
+  { 133, 1 },
+  { 135, 1 },
+  { 134, 1 },
+  { 134, 0 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 138, 0 },
+  { 138, 1 },
+  { 138, 2 },
+  { 137, 0 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 140, 5 },
+  { 142, 1 },
+  { 142, 0 },
+  { 141, 4 },
+  { 141, 2 },
+  { 144, 3 },
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 149, 0 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 153, 1 },
+  { 153, 2 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 150, 2 },
+  { 150, 0 },
+  { 157, 3 },
+  { 157, 1 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 158, 4 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 158, 5 },
+  { 158, 4 },
+  { 158, 1 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 163, 0 },
+  { 163, 2 },
+  { 165, 2 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 166, 2 },
+  { 166, 2 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 164, 3 },
+  { 164, 2 },
+  { 167, 0 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 145, 0 },
+  { 145, 2 },
+  { 168, 3 },
+  { 168, 2 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 169, 2 },
+  { 169, 6 },
+  { 169, 5 },
+  { 169, 3 },
+  { 169, 10 },
+  { 171, 0 },
+  { 171, 1 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 3 },
+  { 172, 0 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 7 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 1 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 146, 3 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 2 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 176, 9 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 186, 2 },
+  { 186, 0 },
+  { 179, 3 },
+  { 179, 2 },
+  { 179, 4 },
+  { 187, 2 },
+  { 187, 1 },
+  { 187, 0 },
+  { 180, 0 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 189, 2 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 188, 6 },
+  { 188, 7 },
+  { 193, 1 },
+  { 193, 1 },
+  { 143, 0 },
+  { 143, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 2 },
+  { 190, 3 },
+  { 190, 4 },
+  { 191, 2 },
+  { 191, 0 },
+  { 192, 4 },
+  { 192, 0 },
+  { 184, 0 },
+  { 184, 3 },
+  { 196, 5 },
+  { 196, 3 },
+  { 197, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 0 },
+  { 198, 0 },
+  { 198, 2 },
+  { 182, 0 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 183, 0 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 185, 0 },
+  { 185, 2 },
+  { 185, 4 },
+  { 185, 4 },
+  { 136, 4 },
+  { 181, 0 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 200, 5 },
+  { 200, 3 },
+  { 136, 8 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 201, 1 },
+  { 203, 3 },
+  { 203, 1 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 3 },
+  { 195, 3 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 204, 1 },
+  { 204, 1 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 205, 1 },
+  { 205, 2 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 206, 1 },
+  { 206, 2 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 208, 5 },
+  { 208, 4 },
+  { 209, 2 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 207, 1 },
+  { 207, 0 },
+  { 199, 3 },
+  { 199, 1 },
+  { 210, 1 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 136, 11 },
+  { 211, 1 },
+  { 211, 0 },
+  { 162, 0 },
+  { 162, 3 },
+  { 170, 5 },
+  { 170, 3 },
+  { 212, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 1 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 155, 2 },
+  { 156, 2 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 213, 1 },
+  { 213, 0 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 215, 10 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 217, 2 },
+  { 217, 0 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 3 },
+  { 219, 0 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 220, 0 },
+  { 220, 2 },
+  { 216, 3 },
+  { 216, 0 },
+  { 221, 6 },
+  { 221, 8 },
+  { 221, 5 },
+  { 221, 4 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 6 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 223, 0 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 0 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0]) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+      case 5:
+#line 86 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+#line 1794 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 6:
+#line 87 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+#line 1799 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 7:
+#line 88 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+#line 1804 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 8:
+#line 93 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1809 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 12:
+#line 98 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+#line 1814 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 13:
+      case 14:
+      case 15:
+      case 99:
+      case 101:
+      case 102:
+#line 99 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = yymsp[0].major;}
+#line 1824 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 16:
+      case 17:
+#line 102 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+#line 1830 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 18:
+#line 104 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+#line 1835 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 20:
+#line 109 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,yymsp[-3].minor.yy284,0);
+}
+#line 1842 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 21:
+      case 72:
+      case 104:
+      case 216:
+      case 219:
+#line 113 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = 1;}
+#line 1851 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 22:
+      case 71:
+      case 73:
+      case 84:
+      case 105:
+      case 106:
+      case 215:
+      case 218:
+#line 114 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = 0;}
+#line 1863 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 23:
+#line 115 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
+}
+#line 1870 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 24:
+#line 118 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+}
+#line 1878 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 28:
+#line 130 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 1883 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 29:
+      case 30:
+      case 31:
+      case 32:
+      case 33:
+      case 34:
+      case 253:
+      case 254:
+#line 136 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+#line 1895 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 36:
+#line 185 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 1900 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 37:
+#line 186 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 1905 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 38:
+#line 188 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 1910 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 39:
+      case 112:
+      case 113:
+      case 124:
+      case 144:
+      case 241:
+      case 251:
+      case 252:
+#line 190 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98 = yymsp[0].minor.yy98;}
+#line 1922 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 40:
+#line 191 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z; yygotominor.yy98.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z);}
+#line 1927 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 41:
+#line 193 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = atoi(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z); }
+#line 1932 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 42:
+#line 194 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = -atoi(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z); }
+#line 1937 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 47:
+      case 48:
+#line 199 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 1943 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 49:
+#line 201 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,1);}
+#line 1948 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 52:
+#line 208 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1953 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 53:
+#line 209 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1958 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 54:
+#line 210 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy284,0,0);}
+#line 1963 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 56:
+#line 213 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1968 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 57:
+#line 214 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1973 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 58:
+#line 215 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n);}
+#line 1978 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 59:
+#line 223 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
+#line 1983 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 60:
+#line 224 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy284 & yymsp[0].minor.yy47.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy47.value; }
+#line 1988 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 61:
+#line 226 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x000000; }
+#line 1993 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 62:
+#line 227 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;     yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+#line 1998 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 63:
+#line 228 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284<<8;  yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+#line 2003 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 64:
+#line 229 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284<<16; yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0xff0000; }
+#line 2008 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 65:
+#line 231 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_SetNull; }
+#line 2013 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 66:
+#line 232 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_SetDflt; }
+#line 2018 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 67:
+#line 233 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Cascade; }
+#line 2023 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 68:
+#line 234 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Restrict; }
+#line 2028 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 69:
+      case 70:
+      case 85:
+      case 87:
+      case 89:
+      case 90:
+      case 161:
+#line 236 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2039 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 80:
+#line 253 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2044 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 81:
+#line 255 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284,0,0);}
+#line 2049 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 83:
+#line 258 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy210, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, yymsp[-2].minor.yy210, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy284);
+}
+#line 2057 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 86:
+      case 88:
+#line 272 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Default;}
+#line 2063 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 91:
+#line 277 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Ignore;}
+#line 2068 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 92:
+      case 162:
+#line 278 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Replace;}
+#line 2074 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 93:
+#line 282 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0);
+}
+#line 2081 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 94:
+#line 288 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-5].minor.yy284);
+}
+#line 2088 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 95:
+#line 291 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1);
+}
+#line 2095 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 96:
+#line 297 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+}
+#line 2103 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 97:
+      case 121:
+#line 307 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy107 = yymsp[0].minor.yy107;}
+#line 2109 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 98:
+#line 308 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy107 ){
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy107->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy284;
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy107->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy107;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy107 = yymsp[0].minor.yy107;
+}
+#line 2120 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 100:
+#line 317 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = TK_ALL;}
+#line 2125 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 103:
+#line 321 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy107 = sqlite3SelectNew(yymsp[-6].minor.yy210,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy258,yymsp[-3].minor.yy210,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[-7].minor.yy284,yymsp[0].minor.yy404.limit,yymsp[0].minor.yy404.offset);
+}
+#line 2132 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 107:
+      case 238:
+#line 342 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy210;}
+#line 2138 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 108:
+      case 135:
+      case 145:
+      case 237:
+#line 343 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = 0;}
+#line 2146 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 109:
+#line 344 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[-1].minor.yy258,yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy98:0);
+}
+#line 2153 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 110:
+#line 347 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+}
+#line 2160 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 111:
+#line 350 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy210, sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0), 0);
+}
+#line 2169 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 114:
+#line 362 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.n = 0;}
+#line 2174 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 115:
+#line 374 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));}
+#line 2179 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 116:
+#line 375 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259;}
+#line 2184 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 117:
+#line 380 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259;
+   if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2192 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 118:
+#line 384 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;}
+#line 2197 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 119:
+#line 385 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy98.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(yygotominor.yy259,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy258 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pOn = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy258); }
+  }
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy272 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pUsing = yymsp[0].minor.yy272; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy272); }
+  }
+}
+#line 2213 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 120:
+#line 398 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0);
+  yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].pSelect = yymsp[-4].minor.yy107;
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy98.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(yygotominor.yy259,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy258 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pOn = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy258); }
+  }
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy272 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pUsing = yymsp[0].minor.yy272; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy272); }
+  }
+}
+#line 2230 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 122:
+#line 419 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy107 = sqlite3SelectNew(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+}
+#line 2237 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 123:
+#line 424 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z=0; yygotominor.yy98.n=0;}
+#line 2242 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 125:
+#line 429 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2247 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 126:
+      case 127:
+#line 433 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = JT_INNER; }
+#line 2253 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 128:
+#line 435 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+#line 2258 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 129:
+#line 436 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,0); }
+#line 2263 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 130:
+#line 438 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98); }
+#line 2268 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 131:
+      case 139:
+      case 148:
+      case 155:
+      case 226:
+      case 228:
+      case 232:
+#line 442 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258;}
+#line 2279 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 132:
+      case 147:
+      case 154:
+      case 227:
+      case 229:
+      case 233:
+#line 443 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = 0;}
+#line 2289 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 133:
+      case 166:
+#line 447 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy272;}
+#line 2295 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 134:
+      case 165:
+#line 448 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = 0;}
+#line 2301 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 136:
+      case 146:
+#line 459 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;}
+#line 2307 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 137:
+#line 460 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0?&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98:0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy210 ) yygotominor.yy210->a[yygotominor.yy210->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2315 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 138:
+#line 464 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0?&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98:0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy210 && yygotominor.yy210->a ) yygotominor.yy210->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2323 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 140:
+      case 142:
+#line 473 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+#line 2329 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 141:
+#line 474 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+#line 2334 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 143:
+#line 476 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z = 0; yygotominor.yy98.n = 0;}
+#line 2339 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 149:
+#line 490 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = -1; yygotominor.yy404.offset = 0;}
+#line 2344 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 150:
+#line 491 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[0].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = 0;}
+#line 2349 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 151:
+#line 493 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2354 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 152:
+#line 495 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[0].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2359 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 153:
+#line 499 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy258);}
+#line 2364 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 156:
+#line 513 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2369 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 157:
+#line 516 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2374 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 158:
+#line 517 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2379 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 159:
+#line 523 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy272, yymsp[-7].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2384 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 160:
+#line 525 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-1].minor.yy272, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2389 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 163:
+      case 230:
+#line 535 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,0);}
+#line 2395 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 164:
+      case 231:
+#line 536 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,0);}
+#line 2401 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 167:
+#line 545 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = sqlite3IdListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy272,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2406 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 168:
+#line 546 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = sqlite3IdListAppend(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2411 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 169:
+#line 554 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
+#line 2416 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 170:
+      case 175:
+      case 176:
+      case 177:
+      case 178:
+#line 555 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 2425 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 171:
+      case 172:
+#line 556 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 2431 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 173:
+#line 558 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+}
+#line 2440 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 174:
+#line 563 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+}
+#line 2451 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 179:
+#line 574 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
+  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
+}
+#line 2460 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 180:
+#line 579 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2468 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 181:
+#line 583 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2476 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 182:
+      case 183:
+      case 184:
+      case 185:
+      case 186:
+      case 187:
+      case 188:
+      case 189:
+      case 190:
+      case 191:
+      case 192:
+      case 193:
+      case 194:
+      case 195:
+      case 196:
+      case 197:
+      case 198:
+      case 199:
+#line 587 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);}
+#line 2498 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 200:
+#line 606 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_LIKE; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
+#line 2503 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 201:
+#line 607 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_GLOB; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
+#line 2508 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 202:
+#line 608 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_LIKE; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
+#line 2513 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 203:
+#line 609 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_GLOB; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
+#line 2518 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 204:
+#line 610 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pList, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.opcode;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span, &yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2530 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 205:
+#line 618 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2538 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 206:
+#line 622 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2546 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 207:
+#line 626 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2554 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 208:
+#line 630 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2562 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 209:
+#line 634 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2570 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 210:
+      case 211:
+#line 638 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2579 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 212:
+#line 646 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2587 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 213:
+#line 650 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2595 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 214:
+#line 654 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy107;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2604 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 217:
+#line 662 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = pList;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2616 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 220:
+#line 673 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy210;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2626 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 221:
+#line 679 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy107;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2636 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 222:
+#line 685 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy258->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy98:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2647 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 223:
+#line 695 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy210;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2656 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 224:
+#line 702 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+}
+#line 2664 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 225:
+#line 706 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+}
+#line 2672 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 234:
+#line 731 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy284!=OE_None ) yymsp[-9].minor.yy284 = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+  if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy284==OE_Default) yymsp[-9].minor.yy284 = OE_Abort;
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy98, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, yymsp[-2].minor.yy210, yymsp[-9].minor.yy284, &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2681 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 235:
+      case 282:
+#line 738 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Abort;}
+#line 2687 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 236:
+#line 739 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_None;}
+#line 2692 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 239:
+#line 749 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2704 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 240:
+#line 757 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2716 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 242:
+#line 770 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259);}
+#line 2721 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 243:
+      case 244:
+#line 774 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
+#line 2727 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 245:
+      case 247:
+#line 779 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 2733 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 246:
+#line 780 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+#line 2738 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 248:
+#line 782 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,1);
+}
+#line 2745 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 249:
+#line 785 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 2750 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 250:
+#line 786 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0,0);}
+#line 2755 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 257:
+#line 796 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy98.z;
+  all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy98.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy91, &all);
+}
+#line 2765 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 258:
+#line 805 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy98, yymsp[-5].minor.yy284, yymsp[-4].minor.yy146.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy146.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, yymsp[-9].minor.yy284);
+  yygotominor.yy98 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy98.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy98:yymsp[-6].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2773 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 259:
+      case 262:
+#line 811 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_BEFORE; }
+#line 2779 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 260:
+#line 812 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_AFTER;  }
+#line 2784 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 261:
+#line 813 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+#line 2789 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 263:
+      case 264:
+      case 265:
+#line 818 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy146.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy146.b = 0;}
+#line 2796 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 266:
+#line 821 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy146.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy146.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy272;}
+#line 2801 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 267:
+      case 268:
+#line 824 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_ROW; }
+#line 2807 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 269:
+#line 826 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_STATEMENT; }
+#line 2812 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 270:
+#line 829 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy258 = 0; }
+#line 2817 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 271:
+#line 830 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258; }
+#line 2822 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 272:
+#line 834 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy91->pNext = yymsp[0].minor.yy91;
+  yygotominor.yy91 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy91;
+}
+#line 2830 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 273:
+#line 838 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy91 = 0; }
+#line 2835 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 274:
+#line 844 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284); }
+#line 2840 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 275:
+#line 849 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy98, yymsp[-4].minor.yy272, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2845 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 276:
+#line 852 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98, yymsp[-1].minor.yy272, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2850 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 277:
+#line 856 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy258);}
+#line 2855 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 278:
+#line 859 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(yymsp[0].minor.yy107); }
+#line 2860 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 279:
+#line 862 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  yygotominor.yy258->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2869 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 280:
+#line 867 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy98); 
+  yygotominor.yy258->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy284;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2878 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 281:
+#line 873 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Rollback;}
+#line 2883 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 283:
+#line 875 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Fail;}
+#line 2888 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 284:
+#line 879 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259);
+}
+#line 2895 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 285:
+#line 884 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy292.type, &yymsp[0].minor.yy292.key);
+}
+#line 2902 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 286:
+#line 888 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type = 0; }
+#line 2907 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 287:
+#line 889 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type=1; yygotominor.yy292.key = yymsp[0].minor.yy98; }
+#line 2912 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 288:
+#line 890 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type=2; yygotominor.yy292.key = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; }
+#line 2917 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 291:
+#line 896 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2924 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+        break;
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser,yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+    yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+#line 23 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y"
+
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( TOKEN.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement");
+    }
+  }
+#line 2976 "/home/wez/play/php/pecl/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.c"
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+    if( yymajor==0 ) return;
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+        yymajor = 0;
+      }else{
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
+      int yymx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      yy_accept(yypParser);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..547319ed70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                     1
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                         2
+#define TK_SPACE                           3
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                 4
+#define TK_COMMENT                         5
+#define TK_FUNCTION                        6
+#define TK_COLUMN                          7
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                    8
+#define TK_SEMI                            9
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                        10
+#define TK_BEGIN                          11
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                    12
+#define TK_DEFERRED                       13
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                      14
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                      15
+#define TK_COMMIT                         16
+#define TK_END                            17
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                       18
+#define TK_CREATE                         19
+#define TK_TABLE                          20
+#define TK_TEMP                           21
+#define TK_LP                             22
+#define TK_RP                             23
+#define TK_AS                             24
+#define TK_COMMA                          25
+#define TK_ID                             26
+#define TK_ABORT                          27
+#define TK_AFTER                          28
+#define TK_ASC                            29
+#define TK_ATTACH                         30
+#define TK_BEFORE                         31
+#define TK_CASCADE                        32
+#define TK_CONFLICT                       33
+#define TK_DATABASE                       34
+#define TK_DESC                           35
+#define TK_DETACH                         36
+#define TK_EACH                           37
+#define TK_FAIL                           38
+#define TK_FOR                            39
+#define TK_GLOB                           40
+#define TK_IGNORE                         41
+#define TK_INITIALLY                      42
+#define TK_INSTEAD                        43
+#define TK_LIKE                           44
+#define TK_MATCH                          45
+#define TK_KEY                            46
+#define TK_OF                             47
+#define TK_OFFSET                         48
+#define TK_PRAGMA                         49
+#define TK_RAISE                          50
+#define TK_REPLACE                        51
+#define TK_RESTRICT                       52
+#define TK_ROW                            53
+#define TK_STATEMENT                      54
+#define TK_TRIGGER                        55
+#define TK_VACUUM                         56
+#define TK_VIEW                           57
+#define TK_OR                             58
+#define TK_AND                            59
+#define TK_NOT                            60
+#define TK_IS                             61
+#define TK_BETWEEN                        62
+#define TK_IN                             63
+#define TK_ISNULL                         64
+#define TK_NOTNULL                        65
+#define TK_NE                             66
+#define TK_EQ                             67
+#define TK_GT                             68
+#define TK_LE                             69
+#define TK_LT                             70
+#define TK_GE                             71
+#define TK_BITAND                         72
+#define TK_BITOR                          73
+#define TK_LSHIFT                         74
+#define TK_RSHIFT                         75
+#define TK_PLUS                           76
+#define TK_MINUS                          77
+#define TK_STAR                           78
+#define TK_SLASH                          79
+#define TK_REM                            80
+#define TK_CONCAT                         81
+#define TK_UMINUS                         82
+#define TK_UPLUS                          83
+#define TK_BITNOT                         84
+#define TK_STRING                         85
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                        86
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     87
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        88
+#define TK_NULL                           89
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        90
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         91
+#define TK_CHECK                          92
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     93
+#define TK_COLLATE                        94
+#define TK_ON                             95
+#define TK_DELETE                         96
+#define TK_UPDATE                         97
+#define TK_INSERT                         98
+#define TK_SET                            99
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     100
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        101
+#define TK_DROP                           102
+#define TK_UNION                          103
+#define TK_ALL                            104
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      105
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         106
+#define TK_SELECT                         107
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       108
+#define TK_DOT                            109
+#define TK_FROM                           110
+#define TK_JOIN                           111
+#define TK_USING                          112
+#define TK_ORDER                          113
+#define TK_BY                             114
+#define TK_GROUP                          115
+#define TK_HAVING                         116
+#define TK_LIMIT                          117
+#define TK_WHERE                          118
+#define TK_INTO                           119
+#define TK_VALUES                         120
+#define TK_INTEGER                        121
+#define TK_FLOAT                          122
+#define TK_BLOB                           123
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       124
+#define TK_CASE                           125
+#define TK_WHEN                           126
+#define TK_THEN                           127
+#define TK_ELSE                           128
+#define TK_INDEX                          129
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59dd563a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/parse.y
@@ -0,0 +1,898 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains SQLite's grammar for SQL.  Process this file
+** using the lemon parser generator to generate C code that runs
+** the parser.  Lemon will also generate a header file containing
+** numeric codes for all of the tokens.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+%token_prefix TK_
+%token_type {Token}
+%default_type {Token}
+%extra_argument {Parse *pParse}
+%syntax_error {
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( TOKEN.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement");
+    }
+  }
+}
+%name sqlite3Parser
+%include {
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  int limit;    /* The LIMIT value.  -1 if there is no limit */
+  int offset;   /* The OFFSET.  0 if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  int opcode;   /* Either TK_GLOB or TK_LIKE */
+  int not;      /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+*/
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+
+} // end %include
+
+// These are extra tokens used by the lexer but never seen by the
+// parser.  We put them in a rule so that the parser generator will
+// add them to the parse.h output file.
+//
+%nonassoc END_OF_FILE ILLEGAL SPACE UNCLOSED_STRING COMMENT FUNCTION
+          COLUMN AGG_FUNCTION.
+
+// Input is a single SQL command
+input ::= cmdlist.
+cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd.
+cmdlist ::= ecmd.
+ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI.
+ecmd ::= SEMI.
+cmdx ::= cmd.           { sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+explain ::= EXPLAIN.    { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+explain ::= .           { sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+
+///////////////////// Begin and end transactions. ////////////////////////////
+//
+
+cmd ::= BEGIN transtype(Y) trans_opt.  {sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, Y);}
+trans_opt ::= .
+trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION.
+trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm.
+%type transtype {int}
+transtype(A) ::= .             {A = TK_DEFERRED;}
+transtype(A) ::= DEFERRED(X).  {A = @X;}
+transtype(A) ::= IMMEDIATE(X). {A = @X;}
+transtype(A) ::= EXCLUSIVE(X). {A = @X;}
+cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt.      {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+cmd ::= END trans_opt.         {sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt.    {sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+
+///////////////////// The CREATE TABLE statement ////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= create_table create_table_args.
+create_table ::= CREATE(X) temp(T) TABLE nm(Y) dbnm(Z). {
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&X,&Y,&Z,T,0);
+}
+%type temp {int}
+temp(A) ::= TEMP.  {A = 1;}
+temp(A) ::= .      {A = 0;}
+create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP(X). {
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&X,0);
+}
+create_table_args ::= AS select(S). {
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,S);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(S);
+}
+columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column.
+columnlist ::= column.
+
+// About the only information used for a column is the name of the
+// column.  The type is always just "text".  But the code will accept
+// an elaborate typename.  Perhaps someday we'll do something with it.
+//
+column ::= columnid type carglist. 
+columnid ::= nm(X).                {sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&X);}
+
+// An IDENTIFIER can be a generic identifier, or one of several
+// keywords.  Any non-standard keyword can also be an identifier.
+//
+%type id {Token}
+id(A) ::= ID(X).         {A = X;}
+
+// The following directive causes tokens ABORT, AFTER, ASC, etc. to
+// fallback to ID if they will not parse as their original value.
+// This obviates the need for the "id" nonterminal.
+//
+%fallback ID
+  ABORT AFTER ASC ATTACH BEFORE BEGIN CASCADE CONFLICT
+  DATABASE DEFERRED DESC DETACH EACH END EXCLUSIVE EXPLAIN FAIL FOR
+  GLOB IGNORE IMMEDIATE INITIALLY INSTEAD LIKE MATCH KEY
+  OF OFFSET PRAGMA RAISE REPLACE RESTRICT ROW STATEMENT
+  TEMP TRIGGER VACUUM VIEW.
+
+// Define operator precedence early so that this is the first occurance
+// of the operator tokens in the grammer.  Keeping the operators together
+// causes them to be assigned integer values that are close together,
+// which keeps parser tables smaller.
+//
+// The token values assigned to these symbols is determined by the order
+// in which lemon first sees them.  It must be the case that ISNULL/NOTNULL,
+// NE/EQ, GT/LE, and GE/LT are separated by only a single value.  See
+// the sqlite3ExprIfFalse() routine for additional information on this
+// constraint.
+//
+%left OR.
+%left AND.
+%right NOT.
+%left IS LIKE GLOB BETWEEN IN ISNULL NOTNULL NE EQ.
+%left GT LE LT GE.
+%left BITAND BITOR LSHIFT RSHIFT.
+%left PLUS MINUS.
+%left STAR SLASH REM.
+%left CONCAT.
+%right UMINUS UPLUS BITNOT.
+
+// And "ids" is an identifer-or-string.
+//
+%type ids {Token}
+ids(A) ::= ID(X).        {A = X;}
+ids(A) ::= STRING(X).    {A = X;}
+
+// The name of a column or table can be any of the following:
+//
+%type nm {Token}
+nm(A) ::= ID(X).         {A = X;}
+nm(A) ::= STRING(X).     {A = X;}
+nm(A) ::= JOIN_KW(X).    {A = X;}
+
+type ::= .
+type ::= typename(X).                    {sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&X,&X);}
+type ::= typename(X) LP signed RP(Y).    {sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&X,&Y);}
+type ::= typename(X) LP signed COMMA signed RP(Y).
+                                         {sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&X,&Y);}
+%type typename {Token}
+typename(A) ::= ids(X).             {A = X;}
+typename(A) ::= typename(X) ids(Y). {A.z=X.z; A.n=Y.n+(Y.z-X.z);}
+%type signed {int}
+signed(A) ::= plus_num(X).    { A = atoi(X.z); }
+signed(A) ::= minus_num(X).   { A = -atoi(X.z); }
+carglist ::= carglist carg.
+carglist ::= .
+carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons.
+carg ::= ccons.
+carg ::= DEFAULT ids(X).             {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&X,0);}
+carg ::= DEFAULT plus_num(X).        {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&X,0);}
+carg ::= DEFAULT minus_num(X).       {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&X,1);}
+carg ::= DEFAULT NULL. 
+
+// In addition to the type name, we also care about the primary key and
+// UNIQUE constraints.
+//
+ccons ::= NULL onconf.
+ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf(R).               {sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, R);}
+ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf(R).  {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,R);}
+ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf(R).          {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,R,0,0);}
+ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf.
+ccons ::= REFERENCES nm(T) idxlist_opt(TA) refargs(R).
+                                {sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&T,TA,R);}
+ccons ::= defer_subclause(D).   {sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,D);}
+ccons ::= COLLATE id(C).  {sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, C.z, C.n);}
+
+// The next group of rules parses the arguments to a REFERENCES clause
+// that determine if the referential integrity checking is deferred or
+// or immediate and which determine what action to take if a ref-integ
+// check fails.
+//
+%type refargs {int}
+refargs(A) ::= .                     { A = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
+refargs(A) ::= refargs(X) refarg(Y). { A = (X & Y.mask) | Y.value; }
+%type refarg {struct {int value; int mask;}}
+refarg(A) ::= MATCH nm.              { A.value = 0;     A.mask = 0x000000; }
+refarg(A) ::= ON DELETE refact(X).   { A.value = X;     A.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+refarg(A) ::= ON UPDATE refact(X).   { A.value = X<<8;  A.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+refarg(A) ::= ON INSERT refact(X).   { A.value = X<<16; A.mask = 0xff0000; }
+%type refact {int}
+refact(A) ::= SET NULL.              { A = OE_SetNull; }
+refact(A) ::= SET DEFAULT.           { A = OE_SetDflt; }
+refact(A) ::= CASCADE.               { A = OE_Cascade; }
+refact(A) ::= RESTRICT.              { A = OE_Restrict; }
+%type defer_subclause {int}
+defer_subclause(A) ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt(X).  {A = X;}
+defer_subclause(A) ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt(X).      {A = X;}
+%type init_deferred_pred_opt {int}
+init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= .                       {A = 0;}
+init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED.     {A = 1;}
+init_deferred_pred_opt(A) ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.    {A = 0;}
+
+// For the time being, the only constraint we care about is the primary
+// key and UNIQUE.  Both create indices.
+//
+conslist_opt ::= .
+conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist.
+conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons.
+conslist ::= conslist tcons.
+conslist ::= tcons.
+tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm.
+tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist(X) RP onconf(R).
+                                             {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,X,R);}
+tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist(X) RP onconf(R).
+                                       {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,X,R,0,0);}
+tcons ::= CHECK expr onconf.
+tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist(FA) RP
+          REFERENCES nm(T) idxlist_opt(TA) refargs(R) defer_subclause_opt(D). {
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, FA, &T, TA, R);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, D);
+}
+%type defer_subclause_opt {int}
+defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= .                    {A = 0;}
+defer_subclause_opt(A) ::= defer_subclause(X).  {A = X;}
+
+// The following is a non-standard extension that allows us to declare the
+// default behavior when there is a constraint conflict.
+//
+%type onconf {int}
+%type orconf {int}
+%type resolvetype {int}
+onconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
+onconf(A) ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype(X).    {A = X;}
+orconf(A) ::= .                              {A = OE_Default;}
+orconf(A) ::= OR resolvetype(X).             {A = X;}
+resolvetype(A) ::= raisetype(X).             {A = X;}
+resolvetype(A) ::= IGNORE.                   {A = OE_Ignore;}
+resolvetype(A) ::= REPLACE.                  {A = OE_Replace;}
+
+////////////////////////// The DROP TABLE /////////////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= DROP TABLE fullname(X). {
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, X, 0);
+}
+
+///////////////////// The CREATE VIEW statement /////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= CREATE(X) temp(T) VIEW nm(Y) dbnm(Z) AS select(S). {
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &X, &Y, &Z, S, T);
+}
+cmd ::= DROP VIEW fullname(X). {
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, X, 1);
+}
+
+//////////////////////// The SELECT statement /////////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= select(X).  {
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, X, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(X);
+}
+
+%type select {Select*}
+%destructor select {sqlite3SelectDelete($$);}
+%type oneselect {Select*}
+%destructor oneselect {sqlite3SelectDelete($$);}
+
+select(A) ::= oneselect(X).                      {A = X;}
+select(A) ::= select(X) multiselect_op(Y) oneselect(Z).  {
+  if( Z ){
+    Z->op = Y;
+    Z->pPrior = X;
+  }
+  A = Z;
+}
+%type multiselect_op {int}
+multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION(OP).      {A = @OP;}
+multiselect_op(A) ::= UNION ALL.      {A = TK_ALL;}
+multiselect_op(A) ::= INTERSECT(OP).  {A = @OP;}
+multiselect_op(A) ::= EXCEPT(OP).     {A = @OP;}
+oneselect(A) ::= SELECT distinct(D) selcollist(W) from(X) where_opt(Y)
+                 groupby_opt(P) having_opt(Q) orderby_opt(Z) limit_opt(L). {
+  A = sqlite3SelectNew(W,X,Y,P,Q,Z,D,L.limit,L.offset);
+}
+
+// The "distinct" nonterminal is true (1) if the DISTINCT keyword is
+// present and false (0) if it is not.
+//
+%type distinct {int}
+distinct(A) ::= DISTINCT.   {A = 1;}
+distinct(A) ::= ALL.        {A = 0;}
+distinct(A) ::= .           {A = 0;}
+
+// selcollist is a list of expressions that are to become the return
+// values of the SELECT statement.  The "*" in statements like
+// "SELECT * FROM ..." is encoded as a special expression with an
+// opcode of TK_ALL.
+//
+%type selcollist {ExprList*}
+%destructor selcollist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+%type sclp {ExprList*}
+%destructor sclp {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+sclp(A) ::= selcollist(X) COMMA.             {A = X;}
+sclp(A) ::= .                                {A = 0;}
+selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) expr(X) as(Y).     {
+   A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(P,X,Y.n?&Y:0);
+}
+selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) STAR. {
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(P, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+}
+selcollist(A) ::= sclp(P) nm(X) DOT STAR. {
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(P, sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0), 0);
+}
+
+// An option "AS <id>" phrase that can follow one of the expressions that
+// define the result set, or one of the tables in the FROM clause.
+//
+%type as {Token}
+as(X) ::= AS nm(Y).    {X = Y;}
+as(X) ::= ids(Y).      {X = Y;}
+as(X) ::= .            {X.n = 0;}
+
+
+%type seltablist {SrcList*}
+%destructor seltablist {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);}
+%type stl_prefix {SrcList*}
+%destructor stl_prefix {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);}
+%type from {SrcList*}
+%destructor from {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);}
+
+// A complete FROM clause.
+//
+from(A) ::= .                                 {A = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*A));}
+from(A) ::= FROM seltablist(X).               {A = X;}
+
+// "seltablist" is a "Select Table List" - the content of the FROM clause
+// in a SELECT statement.  "stl_prefix" is a prefix of this list.
+//
+stl_prefix(A) ::= seltablist(X) joinop(Y).    {
+   A = X;
+   if( A && A->nSrc>0 ) A->a[A->nSrc-1].jointype = Y;
+}
+stl_prefix(A) ::= .                           {A = 0;}
+seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) nm(Y) dbnm(D) as(Z) on_opt(N) using_opt(U). {
+  A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(X,&Y,&D);
+  if( Z.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(A,&Z);
+  if( N ){
+    if( A && A->nSrc>1 ){ A->a[A->nSrc-2].pOn = N; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(N); }
+  }
+  if( U ){
+    if( A && A->nSrc>1 ){ A->a[A->nSrc-2].pUsing = U; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(U); }
+  }
+}
+seltablist(A) ::= stl_prefix(X) LP seltablist_paren(S) RP
+                  as(Z) on_opt(N) using_opt(U). {
+  A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(X,0,0);
+  A->a[A->nSrc-1].pSelect = S;
+  if( Z.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(A,&Z);
+  if( N ){
+    if( A && A->nSrc>1 ){ A->a[A->nSrc-2].pOn = N; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(N); }
+  }
+  if( U ){
+    if( A && A->nSrc>1 ){ A->a[A->nSrc-2].pUsing = U; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(U); }
+  }
+}
+
+// A seltablist_paren nonterminal represents anything in a FROM that
+// is contained inside parentheses.  This can be either a subquery or
+// a grouping of table and subqueries.
+//
+%type seltablist_paren {Select*}
+%destructor seltablist_paren {sqlite3SelectDelete($$);}
+seltablist_paren(A) ::= select(S).      {A = S;}
+seltablist_paren(A) ::= seltablist(F).  {
+   A = sqlite3SelectNew(0,F,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+}
+
+%type dbnm {Token}
+dbnm(A) ::= .          {A.z=0; A.n=0;}
+dbnm(A) ::= DOT nm(X). {A = X;}
+
+%type fullname {SrcList*}
+%destructor fullname {sqlite3SrcListDelete($$);}
+fullname(A) ::= nm(X) dbnm(Y).  {A = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&X,&Y);}
+
+%type joinop {int}
+%type joinop2 {int}
+joinop(X) ::= COMMA.                   { X = JT_INNER; }
+joinop(X) ::= JOIN.                    { X = JT_INNER; }
+joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) JOIN.         { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,0,0); }
+joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) JOIN.   { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,0); }
+joinop(X) ::= JOIN_KW(A) nm(B) nm(C) JOIN.
+                                       { X = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&A,&B,&C); }
+
+%type on_opt {Expr*}
+%destructor on_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);}
+on_opt(N) ::= ON expr(E).   {N = E;}
+on_opt(N) ::= .             {N = 0;}
+
+%type using_opt {IdList*}
+%destructor using_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete($$);}
+using_opt(U) ::= USING LP inscollist(L) RP.  {U = L;}
+using_opt(U) ::= .                        {U = 0;}
+
+
+%type orderby_opt {ExprList*}
+%destructor orderby_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+%type sortlist {ExprList*}
+%destructor sortlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+%type sortitem {Expr*}
+%destructor sortitem {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);}
+
+orderby_opt(A) ::= .                          {A = 0;}
+orderby_opt(A) ::= ORDER BY sortlist(X).      {A = X;}
+sortlist(A) ::= sortlist(X) COMMA sortitem(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). {
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(X,Y,C.n>0?&C:0);
+  if( A ) A->a[A->nExpr-1].sortOrder = Z;
+}
+sortlist(A) ::= sortitem(Y) collate(C) sortorder(Z). {
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,Y,C.n>0?&C:0);
+  if( A && A->a ) A->a[0].sortOrder = Z;
+}
+sortitem(A) ::= expr(X).   {A = X;}
+
+%type sortorder {int}
+%type collate {Token}
+
+sortorder(A) ::= ASC.           {A = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+sortorder(A) ::= DESC.          {A = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+sortorder(A) ::= .              {A = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+collate(C) ::= .                {C.z = 0; C.n = 0;}
+collate(C) ::= COLLATE id(X).   {C = X;}
+
+%type groupby_opt {ExprList*}
+%destructor groupby_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+groupby_opt(A) ::= .                      {A = 0;}
+groupby_opt(A) ::= GROUP BY exprlist(X).  {A = X;}
+
+%type having_opt {Expr*}
+%destructor having_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);}
+having_opt(A) ::= .                {A = 0;}
+having_opt(A) ::= HAVING expr(X).  {A = X;}
+
+%type limit_opt {struct LimitVal}
+limit_opt(A) ::= .                     {A.limit = -1; A.offset = 0;}
+limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT signed(X).      {A.limit = X; A.offset = 0;}
+limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT signed(X) OFFSET signed(Y). 
+                                       {A.limit = X; A.offset = Y;}
+limit_opt(A) ::= LIMIT signed(X) COMMA signed(Y). 
+                                       {A.limit = Y; A.offset = X;}
+
+/////////////////////////// The DELETE statement /////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname(X) where_opt(Y). {sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,X,Y);}
+
+%type where_opt {Expr*}
+%destructor where_opt {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);}
+
+where_opt(A) ::= .                    {A = 0;}
+where_opt(A) ::= WHERE expr(X).       {A = X;}
+
+%type setlist {ExprList*}
+%destructor setlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+
+////////////////////////// The UPDATE command ////////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= UPDATE orconf(R) fullname(X) SET setlist(Y) where_opt(Z).
+    {sqlite3Update(pParse,X,Y,Z,R);}
+
+setlist(A) ::= setlist(Z) COMMA nm(X) EQ expr(Y).
+    {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(Z,Y,&X);}
+setlist(A) ::= nm(X) EQ expr(Y).   {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,Y,&X);}
+
+////////////////////////// The INSERT command /////////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) inscollist_opt(F) 
+        VALUES LP itemlist(Y) RP.
+            {sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, Y, 0, F, R);}
+cmd ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO fullname(X) inscollist_opt(F) select(S).
+            {sqlite3Insert(pParse, X, 0, S, F, R);}
+
+%type insert_cmd {int}
+insert_cmd(A) ::= INSERT orconf(R).   {A = R;}
+insert_cmd(A) ::= REPLACE.            {A = OE_Replace;}
+
+
+%type itemlist {ExprList*}
+%destructor itemlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+
+itemlist(A) ::= itemlist(X) COMMA expr(Y).  {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(X,Y,0);}
+itemlist(A) ::= expr(X).                    {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,X,0);}
+
+%type inscollist_opt {IdList*}
+%destructor inscollist_opt {sqlite3IdListDelete($$);}
+%type inscollist {IdList*}
+%destructor inscollist {sqlite3IdListDelete($$);}
+
+inscollist_opt(A) ::= .                       {A = 0;}
+inscollist_opt(A) ::= LP inscollist(X) RP.    {A = X;}
+inscollist(A) ::= inscollist(X) COMMA nm(Y).  {A = sqlite3IdListAppend(X,&Y);}
+inscollist(A) ::= nm(Y).                      {A = sqlite3IdListAppend(0,&Y);}
+
+/////////////////////////// Expression Processing /////////////////////////////
+//
+
+%type expr {Expr*}
+%destructor expr {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);}
+
+expr(A) ::= LP(B) expr(X) RP(E). {A = X; sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&E); }
+expr(A) ::= NULL(X).             {A = sqlite3Expr(@X, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= ID(X).               {A = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= JOIN_KW(X).          {A = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= nm(X) DOT nm(Y). {
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &Y);
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+}
+expr(A) ::= nm(X) DOT nm(Y) DOT nm(Z). {
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &X);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &Y);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &Z);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+}
+expr(A) ::= INTEGER(X).      {A = sqlite3Expr(@X, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= FLOAT(X).        {A = sqlite3Expr(@X, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= STRING(X).       {A = sqlite3Expr(@X, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= BLOB(X).         {A = sqlite3Expr(@X, 0, 0, &X);}
+expr(A) ::= VARIABLE(X).     {
+  Token *pToken = &X;
+  Expr *pExpr = A = sqlite3Expr(TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
+  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
+}
+expr(A) ::= ID(X) LP exprlist(Y) RP(E). {
+  A = sqlite3ExprFunction(Y, &X);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= ID(X) LP STAR RP(E). {
+  A = sqlite3ExprFunction(0, &X);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) AND(OP) expr(Y).    {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) OR(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) LT(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) GT(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) LE(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) GE(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) NE(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) EQ(OP) expr(Y).     {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) BITAND(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) BITOR(OP) expr(Y).  {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) LSHIFT(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) RSHIFT(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) PLUS(OP) expr(Y).   {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) MINUS(OP) expr(Y).  {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) STAR(OP) expr(Y).   {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) SLASH(OP) expr(Y).  {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) REM(OP) expr(Y).    {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) CONCAT(OP) expr(Y). {A = sqlite3Expr(@OP, X, Y, 0);}
+%type likeop {struct LikeOp}
+likeop(A) ::= LIKE.     {A.opcode = TK_LIKE; A.not = 0;}
+likeop(A) ::= GLOB.     {A.opcode = TK_GLOB; A.not = 0;}
+likeop(A) ::= NOT LIKE. {A.opcode = TK_LIKE; A.not = 1;}
+likeop(A) ::= NOT GLOB. {A.opcode = TK_GLOB; A.not = 1;}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) likeop(OP) expr(Y).  [LIKE]  {
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, Y, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, X, 0);
+  A = sqlite3ExprFunction(pList, 0);
+  if( A ) A->op = OP.opcode;
+  if( OP.not ) A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, A, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &X->span, &Y->span);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) ISNULL(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) IS NULL(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) NOTNULL(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) NOT NULL(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) IS NOT NULL(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= NOT(B) expr(X). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(@B, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span);
+}
+expr(A) ::= BITNOT(B) expr(X). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(@B, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span);
+}
+expr(A) ::= MINUS(B) expr(X). [UMINUS] {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span);
+}
+expr(A) ::= PLUS(B) expr(X). [UPLUS] {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_UPLUS, X, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&X->span);
+}
+expr(A) ::= LP(B) select(X) RP(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( A ) A->pSelect = X;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&B,&E);
+}
+%type between_op {int}
+between_op(A) ::= BETWEEN.     {A = 0;}
+between_op(A) ::= NOT BETWEEN. {A = 1;}
+expr(A) ::= expr(W) between_op(N) expr(X) AND expr(Y). [BETWEEN] {
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, X, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, Y, 0);
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_BETWEEN, W, 0, 0);
+  if( A ) A->pList = pList;
+  if( N ) A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, A, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&W->span,&Y->span);
+}
+%type in_op {int}
+in_op(A) ::= IN.      {A = 0;}
+in_op(A) ::= NOT IN.  {A = 1;}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) LP exprlist(Y) RP(E). [IN] {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, X, 0, 0);
+  if( A ) A->pList = Y;
+  if( N ) A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, A, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) LP select(Y) RP(E).  [IN] {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, X, 0, 0);
+  if( A ) A->pSelect = Y;
+  if( N ) A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, A, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,&E);
+}
+expr(A) ::= expr(X) in_op(N) nm(Y) dbnm(Z). [IN] {
+  SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&Y,&Z);
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, X, 0, 0);
+  if( A ) A->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+  if( N ) A = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, A, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A,&X->span,Z.z?&Z:&Y);
+}
+
+
+/* CASE expressions */
+expr(A) ::= CASE(C) case_operand(X) case_exprlist(Y) case_else(Z) END(E). {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_CASE, X, Z, 0);
+  if( A ) A->pList = Y;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &C, &E);
+}
+%type case_exprlist {ExprList*}
+%destructor case_exprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+case_exprlist(A) ::= case_exprlist(X) WHEN expr(Y) THEN expr(Z). {
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(X, Y, 0);
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(A, Z, 0);
+}
+case_exprlist(A) ::= WHEN expr(Y) THEN expr(Z). {
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, Y, 0);
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(A, Z, 0);
+}
+%type case_else {Expr*}
+case_else(A) ::=  ELSE expr(X).         {A = X;}
+case_else(A) ::=  .                     {A = 0;} 
+%type case_operand {Expr*}
+case_operand(A) ::= expr(X).            {A = X;} 
+case_operand(A) ::= .                   {A = 0;} 
+
+%type exprlist {ExprList*}
+%destructor exprlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+%type expritem {Expr*}
+%destructor expritem {sqlite3ExprDelete($$);}
+
+exprlist(A) ::= exprlist(X) COMMA expritem(Y). 
+                                        {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(X,Y,0);}
+exprlist(A) ::= expritem(X).            {A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,X,0);}
+expritem(A) ::= expr(X).                {A = X;}
+expritem(A) ::= .                       {A = 0;}
+
+///////////////////////////// The CREATE INDEX command ///////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= CREATE(S) uniqueflag(U) INDEX nm(X) dbnm(D)
+        ON fullname(Y) LP idxlist(Z) RP(E) onconf(R). {
+  if( U!=OE_None ) U = R;
+  if( U==OE_Default) U = OE_Abort;
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &X, &D, Y, Z, U, &S, &E);
+}
+
+%type uniqueflag {int}
+uniqueflag(A) ::= UNIQUE.  {A = OE_Abort;}
+uniqueflag(A) ::= .        {A = OE_None;}
+
+%type idxlist {ExprList*}
+%destructor idxlist {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+%type idxlist_opt {ExprList*}
+%destructor idxlist_opt {sqlite3ExprListDelete($$);}
+%type idxitem {Token}
+
+idxlist_opt(A) ::= .                         {A = 0;}
+idxlist_opt(A) ::= LP idxlist(X) RP.         {A = X;}
+idxlist(A) ::= idxlist(X) COMMA idxitem(Y) collate(C) sortorder.  {
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( C.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, C.z, C.n);
+  }
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(X, p, &Y);
+}
+idxlist(A) ::= idxitem(Y) collate(C) sortorder. {
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( C.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, C.z, C.n);
+  }
+  A = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, p, &Y);
+}
+idxitem(A) ::= nm(X).              {A = X;}
+
+
+///////////////////////////// The DROP INDEX command /////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= DROP INDEX fullname(X).   {sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, X);}
+
+///////////////////////////// The VACUUM command /////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= VACUUM.                {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
+cmd ::= VACUUM nm.             {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
+
+///////////////////////////// The PRAGMA command /////////////////////////////
+//
+cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ nm(Y).  {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);}
+cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ ON(Y).  {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);}
+cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ plus_num(Y). {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);}
+cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) EQ minus_num(Y). {
+  sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,1);
+}
+cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z) LP nm(Y) RP. {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,&Y,0);}
+cmd ::= PRAGMA nm(X) dbnm(Z).             {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&X,&Z,0,0);}
+plus_num(A) ::= plus_opt number(X).   {A = X;}
+minus_num(A) ::= MINUS number(X).     {A = X;}
+number(A) ::= INTEGER(X).             {A = X;}
+number(A) ::= FLOAT(X).               {A = X;}
+plus_opt ::= PLUS.
+plus_opt ::= .
+
+//////////////////////////// The CREATE TRIGGER command /////////////////////
+
+cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl(A) BEGIN trigger_cmd_list(S) END(Z). {
+  Token all;
+  all.z = A.z;
+  all.n = (Z.z - A.z) + Z.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, S, &all);
+}
+
+trigger_decl(A) ::= temp(T) TRIGGER nm(B) dbnm(Z) trigger_time(C)
+                    trigger_event(D)
+                    ON fullname(E) foreach_clause(F) when_clause(G). {
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &B, &Z, C, D.a, D.b, E, F, G, T);
+  A = (Z.n==0?B:Z);
+}
+
+%type trigger_time  {int}
+trigger_time(A) ::= BEFORE.      { A = TK_BEFORE; }
+trigger_time(A) ::= AFTER.       { A = TK_AFTER;  }
+trigger_time(A) ::= INSTEAD OF.  { A = TK_INSTEAD;}
+trigger_time(A) ::= .            { A = TK_BEFORE; }
+
+%type trigger_event {struct TrigEvent}
+%destructor trigger_event {sqlite3IdListDelete($$.b);}
+trigger_event(A) ::= DELETE(OP).              {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;}
+trigger_event(A) ::= INSERT(OP).              {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;}
+trigger_event(A) ::= UPDATE(OP).              {A.a = @OP; A.b = 0;}
+trigger_event(A) ::= UPDATE OF inscollist(X). {A.a = TK_UPDATE; A.b = X;}
+
+%type foreach_clause {int}
+foreach_clause(A) ::= .                   { A = TK_ROW; }
+foreach_clause(A) ::= FOR EACH ROW.       { A = TK_ROW; }
+foreach_clause(A) ::= FOR EACH STATEMENT. { A = TK_STATEMENT; }
+
+%type when_clause {Expr*}
+when_clause(A) ::= .             { A = 0; }
+when_clause(A) ::= WHEN expr(X). { A = X; }
+
+%type trigger_cmd_list {TriggerStep*}
+%destructor trigger_cmd_list {sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep($$);}
+trigger_cmd_list(A) ::= trigger_cmd(X) SEMI trigger_cmd_list(Y). {
+  X->pNext = Y;
+  A = X;
+}
+trigger_cmd_list(A) ::= . { A = 0; }
+
+%type trigger_cmd {TriggerStep*}
+%destructor trigger_cmd {sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep($$);}
+// UPDATE 
+trigger_cmd(A) ::= UPDATE orconf(R) nm(X) SET setlist(Y) where_opt(Z).  
+               { A = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(&X, Y, Z, R); }
+
+// INSERT
+trigger_cmd(A) ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO nm(X) inscollist_opt(F) 
+                   VALUES LP itemlist(Y) RP.  
+               {A = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&X, F, Y, 0, R);}
+
+trigger_cmd(A) ::= insert_cmd(R) INTO nm(X) inscollist_opt(F) select(S).
+               {A = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&X, F, 0, S, R);}
+
+// DELETE
+trigger_cmd(A) ::= DELETE FROM nm(X) where_opt(Y).
+               {A = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(&X, Y);}
+
+// SELECT
+trigger_cmd(A) ::= select(X).  {A = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(X); }
+
+// The special RAISE expression that may occur in trigger programs
+expr(A) ::= RAISE(X) LP IGNORE RP(Y).  {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  A->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &X, &Y);
+}
+expr(A) ::= RAISE(X) LP raisetype(T) COMMA nm(Z) RP(Y).  {
+  A = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &Z); 
+  A->iColumn = T;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(A, &X, &Y);
+}
+%type raisetype {int}
+raisetype(A) ::= ROLLBACK.  {A = OE_Rollback;}
+raisetype(A) ::= ABORT.     {A = OE_Abort;}
+raisetype(A) ::= FAIL.      {A = OE_Fail;}
+
+
+////////////////////////  DROP TRIGGER statement //////////////////////////////
+cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER fullname(X). {
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,X);
+}
+
+//////////////////////// ATTACH DATABASE file AS name /////////////////////////
+cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt ids(F) AS nm(D) key_opt(K). {
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, &F, &D, K.type, &K.key);
+}
+%type key_opt {struct AttachKey}
+key_opt(A) ::= .                     { A.type = 0; }
+key_opt(A) ::= KEY ids(X).           { A.type=1; A.key = X; }
+key_opt(A) ::= KEY BLOB(X).          { A.type=2; A.key = X; }
+
+database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE.
+database_kw_opt ::= .
+
+//////////////////////// DETACH DATABASE name /////////////////////////////////
+cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt nm(D). {
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, &D);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pragma.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pragma.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94a218632a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/pragma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+# include "pager.h"
+# include "btree.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+static int getBoolean(const u8 *z){
+  static const u8 *azTrue[] = { "yes", "on", "true" };
+  int i;
+  if( z[0]==0 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3IsNumber(z, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azTrue)/sizeof(azTrue[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z,azTrue[i])==0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static int getSafetyLevel(u8 *z){
+  static const struct {
+    const u8 *zWord;
+    int val;
+  } aKey[] = {
+    { "no",    0 },
+    { "off",   0 },
+    { "false", 0 },
+    { "yes",   1 },
+    { "on",    1 },
+    { "true",  1 },
+    { "full",  2 },
+  };
+  int i;
+  if( z[0]==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3IsNumber(z, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aKey)/sizeof(aKey[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z,aKey[i].zWord)==0 ) return aKey[i].val;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  db->temp_store = ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, zLabel, P3_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
+** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
+** Also, implement the pragma.
+*/
+static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
+  } aPragma[] = {
+    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
+    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
+    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
+#if 1  /* FIX ME:  Remove the following pragmas */
+    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
+    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
+    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, aPragma[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      Vdbe *v;
+      if( zRight==0 ){
+        v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+        if( v ){
+          returnSingleInt(pParse,
+               aPragma[i].zName, (db->flags&aPragma[i].mask)!=0);
+        }
+      }else if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+        db->flags |= aPragma[i].mask;
+      }else{
+        db->flags &= ~aPragma[i].mask;
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf("-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(pValue);
+  }
+
+  zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+ 
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
+  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
+  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
+  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
+  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 2,        0},  /* 0 */
+      { OP_AbsValue,    0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Dup,         0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 6,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},  /* 5 */
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "cache_size", P3_STATIC);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, MAX_PAGES);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2);
+      pDb->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pBt));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
+  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
+  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
+  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
+  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
+  ** N should be a positive integer.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      pDb->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
+        sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if 0  /* Used once during development.  No longer needed */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "trigger_overhead_test")==0 ){
+    if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+      sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 0;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
+    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
+    ** there is nothing more to do here */
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "type", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, "notnull", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, "pk", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pTab->aCol[i].zType ? pTab->aCol[i].zType : "numeric", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->aCol[i].notNull, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->aCol[i].isPrimKey, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seqno", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "unique", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pIdx){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+          ++i;
+          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "id", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "table", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, "from", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, "to", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+                             pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->aCol[j].zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
+    int i;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "file", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
+    extern void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+    if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+      sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: ");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){
+    int i, j, addr;
+
+    /* Code that initializes the integrity check program.  Set the
+    ** error count 0
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList initCode[] = {
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_MemStore,    0, 1,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_MemLoad,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 0,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 0,        "ok"},
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(initCode), initCode);
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[i].tblHash); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0);
+        cnt++;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ) goto pragma_out;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0);
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( cnt>0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, cnt, i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 1);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, addr+6);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P3_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[i].tblHash); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        int loopTop;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, 1, 1);
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 0);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2;
+          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
+            { OP_MemIncr,     0,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  "rowid "},
+            { OP_Recno,       1,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  " missing from index "},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_Concat,      2,  0,  0},
+            { OP_Callback,    1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jmp2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, loopTop, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
+             { OP_Integer,      0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemStore,     2,  1,  0},
+             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 2 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 4 */
+             { OP_MemLoad,      1,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemLoad,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Eq,           0,  0,  0},  /* 7 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  "wrong # of entries in index "},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  0},  /* 10 */
+             { OP_Concat,       0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Callback,     1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, addr+5);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+4, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+4, addr+3);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+7, addr+ArraySize(cntIdx));
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+10, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, addr+ArraySize(endCode));
+  }else
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
+    static struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0 /* Filled in at run-time */ },
+      { "UTF16",    0 /* Filled in at run-time */ },
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    struct EncName *pEnc;
+    encnames[6].enc = encnames[7].enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "encoding", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+        if( pEnc->enc==pParse->db->enc ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( !(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_Initialized) ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            pParse->db->enc = pEnc->enc;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "database", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "status", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, "closed", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        int j = sqlite3pager_lockstate(pPager);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, 
+            (j>=0 && j<=4) ? azLockName[j] : "unknown", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  {}
+pragma_out:
+  sqliteFree(zLeft);
+  sqliteFree(zRight);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/printf.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/printf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43e1286372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/printf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,825 @@
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
+** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
+** supported:
+**
+**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
+**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
+**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
+**
+**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
+**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
+**
+**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
+**                          obtained from malloc.
+**
+**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
+**
+**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
+**                          that would have been output by printf.
+**
+**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
+**              supplied.
+**
+**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
+**
+**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
+**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
+**
+**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
+**
+**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
+**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
+**
+**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
+**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
+**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
+**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
+**
+**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
+**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
+**
+**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
+**
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+#define etERROR      10 /* Used to indicate no such conversion type */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etCHARLIT    11 /* Literal characters.  %' */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 13 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      14 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    15 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    16 /* The %p conversion */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 0, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 2, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 0, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 0, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+};
+#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
+
+/*
+** If NOFLOATINGPOINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return digit;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define etBUFSIZE 1000  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** The root program.  All variations call this core.
+**
+** INPUTS:
+**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
+**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
+**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
+**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
+**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
+**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
+**
+**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
+**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
+**
+**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
+**
+**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
+**          vfprint.
+**
+** OUTPUTS:
+**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
+**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
+**
+** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
+** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
+** will run.
+*/
+static int vxprintf(
+  void (*func)(void*,const char*,int),     /* Consumer of text */
+  void *arg,                         /* First argument to the consumer */
+  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
+  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int count;                 /* Total number of characters output */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  UINT64_TYPE longvalue;     /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
+  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
+  static const char spaces[] =
+   "                                                                         ";
+#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1)
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+  int  exp;                  /* exponent of real numbers */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+#endif
+
+  func(arg,"",0);
+  count = length = 0;
+  bufpt = 0;
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      int amt;
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      amt = 1;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt);
+      count += amt;
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      errorflag = 1;
+      (*func)(arg,"%",1);
+      count++;
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     c = 0;   break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        c = 0;   break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       c = 0;   break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   c = 0;   break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         c = 0;   break;
+        default:                                       break;
+      }
+    }while( c==0 && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
+      if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 ) precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = 0;
+    xtype = etERROR;
+    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          if( v<0 ){
+            longvalue = -v;
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
+        {
+          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
+          register int base;
+          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
+            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+          }
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( precision>etBUFSIZE-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE-10;
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( infop->type==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+        rounder = 0.0;
+#if 0
+        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#else
+        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#endif
+        if( infop->type==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
+            bufpt = "NaN";
+            length = 3;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = 0;
+        }
+        /*
+        ** The "exp+precision" test causes output to be of type etEXP if
+        ** the precision is too large to fit in buf[].
+        */
+        nsd = 0;
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT && exp+precision<etBUFSIZE-30 ){
+          flag_dp = (precision>0 || flag_alternateform);
+          if( prefix ) *(bufpt++) = prefix;         /* Sign */
+          if( exp<0 )  *(bufpt++) = '0';            /* Digits before "." */
+          else for(; exp>=0; exp--) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          if( flag_dp ) *(bufpt++) = '.';           /* The decimal point */
+          for(exp++; exp<0 && precision>0; precision--, exp++){
+            *(bufpt++) = '0';
+          }
+          while( (precision--)>0 ) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          *(bufpt--) = 0;                           /* Null terminate */
+          if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){     /* Remove trailing zeros and "." */
+            while( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='0' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+            if( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='.' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+          }
+          bufpt++;                            /* point to next free slot */
+        }else{    /* etEXP or etGENERIC */
+          flag_dp = (precision>0 || flag_alternateform);
+          if( prefix ) *(bufpt++) = prefix;   /* Sign */
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);  /* First digit */
+          if( flag_dp ) *(bufpt++) = '.';     /* Decimal point */
+          while( (precision--)>0 ) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          bufpt--;                            /* point to last digit */
+          if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){          /* Remove tail zeros */
+            while( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='0' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+            if( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='.' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+          }
+          bufpt++;                            /* point to next free slot */
+          if( exp || flag_exp ){
+            *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+            if( exp<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; } /* sign of exp */
+            else       { *(bufpt++) = '+'; }
+            if( exp>=100 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
+              exp %= 100;
+            }
+            *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
+            *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
+          }
+        }
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = bufpt-buf;
+        bufpt = buf;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count;
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARLIT:
+      case etCHARX:
+        c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        length = strlen(bufpt);
+        if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:
+        {
+          int i, j, n, c, isnull;
+          char *arg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+          isnull = arg==0;
+          if( isnull ) arg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+          for(i=n=0; (c=arg[i])!=0; i++){
+            if( c=='\'' )  n++;
+          }
+          n += i + 1 + ((!isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2) ? 2 : 0);
+          if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+            bufpt = zExtra = sqliteMalloc( n );
+            if( bufpt==0 ) return -1;
+          }else{
+            bufpt = buf;
+          }
+          j = 0;
+          if( !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+          for(i=0; (c=arg[i])!=0; i++){
+            bufpt[j++] = c;
+            if( c=='\'' ) bufpt[j++] = c;
+          }
+          if( !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+          bufpt[j] = 0;
+          length = j;
+          if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        }
+        break;
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
+          (*func)(arg, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
+          (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase));
+          (*func)(arg, ".", 1);
+        }
+        (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName));
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etERROR:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        buf[1] = c;
+        errorflag = 0;
+        idx = 1+(c!=0);
+        (*func)(arg,"%",idx);
+        count += idx;
+        if( c==0 ) fmt--;
+        break;
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( length>0 ){
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,length);
+      count += length;
+    }
+    if( flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( zExtra ){
+      sqliteFree(zExtra);
+    }
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+  return errorflag ? -1 : count;
+} /* End of function */
+
+
+/* This structure is used to store state information about the
+** write to memory that is currently in progress.
+*/
+struct sgMprintf {
+  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation */
+  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nTotal;     /* Output size if unconstrained */
+  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Function used to realloc memory */
+};
+
+/* 
+** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. 
+**
+** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to
+** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg".
+*/
+static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){
+  struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg;
+  pM->nTotal += nNewChar;
+  if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){
+    if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){
+      nNewChar =  pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1;
+    }else{
+      pM->nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1;
+      if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, pM->nAlloc);
+        if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){
+          memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar);
+        }
+      }else{
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, pM->nAlloc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pM->zText ){
+    if( nNewChar>0 ){
+      memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar);
+      pM->nChar += nNewChar;
+    }
+    pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as
+** the consumer.  
+*/
+static char *base_vprintf(
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int),   /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */
+  int useInternal,                /* Use internal %-conversions if true */
+  char *zInitBuf,                 /* Initially write here, before mallocing */
+  int nInitBuf,                   /* Size of zInitBuf[] */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* format string */
+  va_list ap                      /* arguments */
+){
+  struct sgMprintf sM;
+  sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf;
+  sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0;
+  sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf;
+  sM.xRealloc = xRealloc;
+  vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap);
+  if( xRealloc ){
+    if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1);
+      if( sM.zText ){
+        memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1);
+      }
+    }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1);
+    }
+  }
+  return sM.zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro.
+*/
+static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){
+  return sqliteRealloc(old,size);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBase[1000];
+  return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[1000];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from malloc().  Do not use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.  This routine is for use by external users.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBuf[200];
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf((void*(*)(void*,int))realloc, 0, 
+                   zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/* This is the varargs version of sqlite3_mprintf.  
+*/
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBuf[200];
+  return base_vprintf((void*(*)(void*,int))realloc, 0,
+                      zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  extern int getpid(void);
+  va_list ap;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%d: %s", getpid(), zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/random.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de74e29158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
+** must be held while executing this routine.
+**
+** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
+** Because the OP_NewRecno opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
+** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
+** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
+** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
+** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
+** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
+** on RC4, which we know works very well.
+*/
+static int randomByte(){
+  unsigned char t;
+
+  /* All threads share a single random number generator.
+  ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+  */
+  static struct {
+    unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+    unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+    unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+  } prng;
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !prng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    prng.j = 0;
+    prng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.s[i] = i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = prng.s[prng.j];
+      prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i];
+      prng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    prng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate and return single random byte
+  */
+  prng.i++;
+  t = prng.s[prng.i];
+  prng.j += t;
+  prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j];
+  prng.s[prng.j] = t;
+  t += prng.s[prng.i];
+  return prng.s[t];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  while( N-- ){
+    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/select.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/select.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bee789773
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/select.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2628 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int nLimit,           /* LIMIT value.  -1 means not used */
+  int nOffset           /* OFFSET value.  0 means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pHaving);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pOrderBy);
+  }else{
+    if( pEList==0 ){
+      pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0);
+    }
+    pNew->pEList = pEList;
+    pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+    pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+    pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+    pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct;
+    pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+    pNew->nLimit = nLimit;
+    pNew->nOffset = nOffset;
+    pNew->iLimit = -1;
+    pNew->iOffset = -1;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zKeyword;
+    u8 nChar;
+    u8 code;
+  } keywords[] = {
+    { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL },
+    { "left",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "right",   5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "full",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "outer",   5, JT_OUTER },
+    { "inner",   5, JT_INNER },
+    { "cross",   5, JT_INNER },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; j<sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]); j++){
+      if( p->n==keywords[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp(p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= keywords[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp1 = " ";
+    const char *zSp2 = " ";
+    if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; }
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
+*/
+static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
+  p->z = z;
+  p->n = strlen(z);
+  p->dyn = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
+** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
+  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
+  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
+  Expr **ppExpr            /* Add the equality term to this expression */
+){
+  Token dummy;
+  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
+  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
+  Expr *pE;
+
+  setToken(&dummy, zCol);
+  pE1a = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  pE2a = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  setToken(&dummy, pTab1->zName);
+  pE1b = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  setToken(&dummy, pTab2->zName);
+  pE2b = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  pE1c = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
+  pE2c = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
+  pE = sqlite3Expr(TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
+  ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
+  *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(*ppExpr, pE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+
+    if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pLeft->pOn || pLeft->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pLeftTab->nCol; j++){
+        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
+          addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pRightTab, &p->pWhere);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pOn && pLeft->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pOn ){
+      setJoinExpr(pLeft->pOn);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pLeft->pOn);
+      pLeft->pOn = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pLeft->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pRightTab, &p->pWhere);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior);
+  sqliteFree(p->zSelect);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the aggregate information from the parse structure.
+*/
+static void sqliteAggregateInfoReset(Parse *pParse){
+  sqliteFree(pParse->aAgg);
+  pParse->aAgg = 0;
+  pParse->nAgg = 0;
+  pParse->useAgg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
+** stack into the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(Parse *pParse, Vdbe *v, ExprList *pOrderBy){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortPut, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET and LIMIT
+*/
+static void codeLimiter(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
+  int iContinue,    /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+  int iBreak,       /* Jump here to end the loop */
+  int nPop          /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */
+){
+  if( p->iOffset>=0 ){
+    int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+    if( nPop>0 ) addr++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, p->iOffset, addr);
+    if( nPop>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records"));
+  }
+  if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# exit when LIMIT reached"));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
+**
+** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
+** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
+** datatypes for each column.
+*/
+static int selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
+  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
+  int eDest,              /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iParm,              /* An argument to the disposal method */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak,             /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+  char *aff               /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+
+  if( v==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+
+  /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check
+  ** to see if this row should be output.
+  */
+  hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList && pEList->nExpr>0;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    codeLimiter(v, p, iContinue, iBreak, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i);
+    }
+  }else{
+    nColumn = pEList->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+  ** part of the result.
+  */
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+#if NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -pEList->nExpr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+7);
+#endif
+    /* Deliberately leave the affinity string off of the following
+    ** OP_MakeRecord */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pEList->nExpr * -1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, distinct, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, pEList->nExpr+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records"));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, distinct, 0);
+    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      codeLimiter(v, p, iContinue, iBreak, nColumn);
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_TempTable: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, iParm, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, iParm, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      int addr2;
+
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        char aff = (iParm>>16)&0xFF;
+        aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &aff, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Send the data to the callback function.
+    */
+    case SRT_Callback:
+    case SRT_Sorter: {
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        assert( eDest==SRT_Callback );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke a subroutine to handle the results.  The subroutine itself
+    ** is responsible for popping the results off of the stack.
+    */
+    case SRT_Subroutine: {
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+*/
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* The parsing context */
+  Select *p,       /* The SELECT statement */
+  Vdbe *v,         /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int nColumn,     /* Number of columns of data */
+  int eDest,       /* Write the sorted results here */
+  int iParm        /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */
+){
+  int end1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  int end2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  int addr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  int nCol, i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( eDest==SRT_Sorter ) return;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  nCol = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pInfo) + nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+  if( pInfo==0 ) return;
+  pInfo->aSortOrder = (char*)&pInfo->aColl[nCol];
+  pInfo->nField = nCol;
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    /* If a collation sequence was specified explicity, then it
+    ** is stored in pOrderBy->a[i].zName. Otherwise, use the default
+    ** collation type for the expression.
+    */
+    pInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( !pInfo->aColl[i] ){
+      pInfo->aColl[i] = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+    pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Sort, 0, 0, (char*)pInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortNext, 0, end1);
+  codeLimiter(v, p, addr, end2, 1);
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_TempTable: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, iParm, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, "n", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, end1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Callback:
+    case SRT_Subroutine: {
+      int i;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, p->pEList->nExpr, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, -1-i, i);
+      }
+      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end2);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortReset, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** If the declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from
+** the original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column.
+** 
+** The declaration type for an expression is either TEXT, NUMERIC or ANY.
+** The declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER.
+*/
+static const char *columnType(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pTabList, Expr *pExpr){
+  char const *zType;
+  int j;
+  if( pExpr==0 || pTabList==0 ) return 0;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      Table *pTab;
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable; j++){}
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zType = "INTEGER";
+      }else{
+        zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS:
+      zType = columnType(pParse, pTabList, pExpr->pLeft); 
+      break;
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect;
+      zType = columnType(pParse, pS->pSrc, pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr); 
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      zType = 0;
+  }
+  
+  return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType = columnType(pParse, pTabList, p);
+    if( zType==0 ) continue;
+    /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type, in case the 
+    ** schema is reset before this virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i+pEList->nExpr, zType, strlen(zType));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
+*/
+static void generateColumnNames(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p==0 ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, strlen(zName));
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "_ROWID_";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, p->span.z, p->span.n);
+      }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        char *zTab;
+ 
+        zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
+        if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
+        sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, P3_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zCol, 0);
+      }
+    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, p->span.z, p->span.n);
+      /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */
+    }else{
+      char zName[30];
+      assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 );
+      sprintf(zName, "column%d", i+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int fillInColumnList(Parse*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  int i, j;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;
+
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, pSelect) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqliteStrDup(zTabName) : 0;
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+  pTab->aCol = aCol = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol );
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    Expr *pR;
+    char *zType;
+    char *zName;
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 );
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      zName = sqliteStrDup(zName);
+    }else if( p->op==TK_DOT 
+               && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){
+      int cnt;
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &pR->token);
+      for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
+          sqliteFree(zName);
+          zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T_%d", &pR->token, ++cnt);
+          j = -1;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &p->span);
+    }else{
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("column%d", i+1);
+    }
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+    pCol->zName = zName;
+
+    zType = sqliteStrDup(columnType(pParse, pSelect->pSrc ,p));
+    pCol->zType = zType;
+    pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    if( zType ){
+      pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, strlen(zType));
+    }
+    pCol->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( !pCol->pColl ){
+      pCol->pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+  }
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** For the given SELECT statement, do three things.
+**
+**    (1)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines the set of tables that should be scanned.  For views,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (2)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (3)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+** Return 0 on success.  If there are problems, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int fillInColumnList(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  int i, j, k, rc;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 ) return 1;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  /* Look up every table in the table list.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    if( pFrom->pTab ){
+      /* This routine has run before!  No need to continue */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 );
+      if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){
+        pFrom->zAlias =
+          sqlite3MPrintf("sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect);
+      }
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect);
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* The isTransient flag indicates that the Table structure has been
+      ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time.  In other words,
+      ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines
+      ** part of the schema. */
+      pTab->isTransient = 1;
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pTab->pSelect ){
+        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
+        ** view within a view.  The SELECT structure has already been
+        ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
+        ** in the inner view.
+        */
+        if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
+          pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1;
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
+         && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
+  }
+  rc = 0;
+  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
+           (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
+        pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+        a[k].zName = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
+          zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->pLeft->token);
+        }else{
+          zTName = 0;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ 
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || 
+                 sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){
+            continue;
+          }
+          tableSeen = 1;
+          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+            Expr *pExpr, *pLeft, *pRight;
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+
+            if( i>0 ){
+              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
+              if( (pLeft->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
+                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table on the right */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+            if( pRight==0 ) break;
+            setToken(&pRight->token, zName);
+            if( zTabName && pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+              pExpr = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
+              setToken(&pLeft->token, zTabName);
+              setToken(&pExpr->span, sqlite3MPrintf("%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
+              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
+              pExpr->token.z = 0;
+              pExpr->token.n = 0;
+              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+              pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, 0);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+          rc = 1;
+        }
+        sqliteFree(zTName);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine recursively unlinks the Select.pSrc.a[].pTab pointers
+** in a select structure.  It just sets the pointers to NULL.  This
+** routine is recursive in the sense that if the Select.pSrc.a[].pSelect
+** pointer is not NULL, this routine is called recursively on that pointer.
+**
+** This routine is called on the Select structure that defines a
+** VIEW in order to undo any bindings to tables.  This is necessary
+** because those tables might be DROPed by a subsequent SQL command.
+** If the bindings are not removed, then the Select.pSrc->a[].pTab field
+** will be left pointing to a deallocated Table structure after the
+** DROP and a coredump will occur the next time the VIEW is used.
+*/
+void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select *p){
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  Table *pTab;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( (pTab = pItem->pTab)!=0 ){
+      if( pTab->isTransient ){
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+      }
+      pItem->pTab = 0;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SelectUnbind(pItem->pSelect);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with
+** columns in a result.  For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of
+** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of
+** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable
+** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter.
+**
+** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first.  A match
+** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT.
+**
+** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error.  The number
+** of errors is returned.
+*/
+static int matchOrderbyToColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* A place to leave error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,        /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */
+  int iTable,             /* Insert this value in iTable */
+  int mustComplete        /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */
+){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i, j;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+
+  if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1;
+  if( mustComplete ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; }
+  }
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, pSelect) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    int iCol = -1;
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+      if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d",
+          iCol, pEList->nExpr);
+        nErr++;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( !mustComplete ) continue;
+      iCol--;
+    }
+    for(j=0; iCol<0 && j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      if( pEList->a[j].zName && (pE->op==TK_ID || pE->op==TK_STRING) ){
+        char *zName, *zLabel;
+        zName = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        zLabel = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->token);
+        assert( zLabel!=0 );
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0 ){ 
+          iCol = j;
+        }
+        sqliteFree(zLabel);
+      }
+      if( iCol<0 && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pEList->a[j].pExpr) ){
+        iCol = j;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      pE->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pE->iColumn = iCol;
+      pE->iTable = iTable;
+      pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1;
+    }
+    if( iCol<0 && mustComplete ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1);
+      nErr++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( v==0 ){
+    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
+  }
+  return v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** nLimit and nOffset fields.  nLimit and nOffset hold the integers
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or that hold -1 and 0 if those keywords are omitted.
+** iLimit and iOffset are the integer memory register numbers for
+** counters used to compute the limit and offset.  If there is no
+** limit and/or offset, then iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values if iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by nLimit and nOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
+** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
+** Only if nLimit>=0 or nOffset>0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  /* 
+  ** If the comparison is p->nLimit>0 then "LIMIT 0" shows
+  ** all rows.  It is the same as no limit. If the comparision is
+  ** p->nLimit>=0 then "LIMIT 0" show no rows at all.
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  if( p->nLimit>=0 ){
+    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -p->nLimit, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 1);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter"));
+    p->iLimit = iMem;
+  }
+  if( p->nOffset>0 ){
+    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -p->nOffset, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 1);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter"));
+    p->iOffset = iMem;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE instructions that will open a transient table that
+** will be used for an index or to store keyed results for a compound
+** select.  In other words, open a transient table that needs a
+** KeyInfo structure.  The number of columns in the KeyInfo is determined
+** by the result set of the SELECT statement in the second argument.
+**
+** Specifically, this routine is called to open an index table for
+** DISTINCT, UNION, INTERSECT and EXCEPT select statements (but not 
+** UNION ALL).
+**
+** Make the new table a KeyAsData table if keyAsData is true.
+**
+** The value returned is the address of the OP_OpenTemp instruction.
+*/
+static int openTempIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iTab, int keyAsData){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int nColumn;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int addr;
+
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, p) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nColumn = p->pEList->nExpr;
+  pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nColumn*sizeof(CollSeq*) );
+  if( pKeyInfo==0 ) return 0;
+  pKeyInfo->enc = db->enc;
+  pKeyInfo->nField = nColumn;
+  for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+    pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( !pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+      pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+  }
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenTemp, iTab, 0, 
+      (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  if( keyAsData ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, iTab, 1);
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the address "addr" to the set of all OpenTemp opcode addresses
+** that are being accumulated in p->ppOpenTemp.
+*/
+static int multiSelectOpenTempAddr(Select *p, int addr){
+  IdList *pList = *p->ppOpenTemp = sqlite3IdListAppend(*p->ppOpenTemp, 0);
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pList->a[pList->nId-1].idx = addr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union
+** or intersection of two or more separate queries.
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  int eDest,            /* \___  Store query results as specified */
+  int iParm,            /* /     by these two parameters.         */
+  char *aff             /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  IdList *pOpenTemp = 0;/* OP_OpenTemp opcodes that need a KeyInfo */
+  int aAddr[5];         /* Addresses of SetNumColumns operators */
+  int nAddr = 0;        /* Number used */
+  int nCol;             /* Number of columns in the result set */
+
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  */
+  if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->nLimit>=0 || pPrior->nOffset>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid query engine.  If not, create a new one.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* If *p this is the right-most select statement, then initialize
+  ** p->ppOpenTemp to point to pOpenTemp.  If *p is not the right most
+  ** statement then p->ppOpenTemp will have already been initialized
+  ** by a prior call to this same procedure.  Pass along the pOpenTemp
+  ** pointer to pPrior, the next statement to our left.
+  */
+  if( p->ppOpenTemp==0 ){
+    p->ppOpenTemp = &pOpenTemp;
+  }
+  pPrior->ppOpenTemp = p->ppOpenTemp;
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    assert( nAddr==0 );
+    aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, 0);
+    eDest = SRT_Table;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      if( p->pOrderBy==0 ){
+        pPrior->nLimit = p->nLimit;
+        pPrior->nOffset = p->nOffset;
+        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        p->pPrior = 0;
+        p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+        p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+        p->nLimit = -1;
+        p->nOffset = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+        p->pPrior = pPrior;
+        if( rc ){
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */
+    }
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      int op = 0;      /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      int nLimit, nOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* The ORDER BY clause for the right SELECT */
+      int addr;
+
+      priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union;
+      if( eDest==priorOp && p->pOrderBy==0 && p->nLimit<0 && p->nOffset==0 ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        unionTab = iParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        if( p->pOrderBy 
+        && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, unionTab, 1) ){
+          rc = 1;
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, unionTab, 0);
+        if( p->op!=TK_ALL ){
+          rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto multi_select_end;
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, unionTab, 1);
+        }
+	assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+        aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
+
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
+      */
+      switch( p->op ){
+         case TK_EXCEPT:  op = SRT_Except;   break;
+         case TK_UNION:   op = SRT_Union;    break;
+         case TK_ALL:     op = SRT_Table;    break;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      nLimit = p->nLimit;
+      p->nLimit = -1;
+      nOffset = p->nOffset;
+      p->nOffset = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+      p->nLimit = nLimit;
+      p->nOffset = nOffset;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */      
+      if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, p->pEList);
+        }
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                             p->pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
+                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
+        if( rc ){
+          rc = 1;
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTERSECT: {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      int nLimit, nOffset;
+      int addr;
+
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( p->pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,p->pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){
+        rc = 1;
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, tab1, 0);
+      rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, tab1, 1);
+      assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+      aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->pEList );
+
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+      */
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, tab2, 0);
+      rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, tab2, 1);
+      assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+      aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, tab2, 0);
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      nLimit = p->nLimit;
+      p->nLimit = -1;
+      nOffset = p->nOffset;
+      p->nOffset = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->nLimit = nLimit;
+      p->nOffset = nOffset;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, p->pEList);
+      }
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FullKey, tab1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont);
+      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                             p->pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
+                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
+      if( rc ){
+        rc = 1;
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables
+  */
+  nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+  while( nAddr>0 ){
+    nAddr--;
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aAddr[nAddr], nCol);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or
+  ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.  Invoke the
+  ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause.
+  **
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
+  */
+  if( p->pOrderBy || (pOpenTemp && pOpenTemp->nId>0) ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+
+    assert( p->ppOpenTemp == &pOpenTemp );
+    pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*));
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto multi_select_end;
+    }
+
+    pKeyInfo->enc = pParse->db->enc;
+    pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+      if( !pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+        pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; pOpenTemp && i<pOpenTemp->nId; i++){
+      int p3type = (i==0?P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF:P3_KEYINFO);
+      int addr = pOpenTemp->a[i].idx;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char *)pKeyInfo, p3type);
+    }
+
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pOrderByTerm = p->pOrderBy->a;
+      for(i=0; i<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pOrderByTerm++){
+        Expr *pExpr = pOrderByTerm->pExpr;
+        char *zName = pOrderByTerm->zName;
+        assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iColumn<nCol );
+        assert( !pExpr->pColl );
+        if( zName ){
+          pExpr->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zName, -1);
+        }else{
+          pExpr->pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[pExpr->iColumn];
+        }
+      }
+      generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
+    }
+
+    if( !pOpenTemp ){
+      /* This happens for UNION ALL ... ORDER BY */
+      sqliteFree(pKeyInfo);
+    }
+  }
+
+multi_select_end:
+  if( pOpenTemp ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pOpenTemp);
+  }
+  p->ppOpenTemp = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static void substExprList(ExprList*,int,ExprList*);  /* Forward Decl */
+static void substExpr(Expr *pExpr, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 );
+      pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
+      assert( pNew!=0 );
+      pExpr->op = pNew->op;
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 );
+      pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pLeft);
+      assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pRight);
+      assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
+      pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pNew->pList);
+      pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable;
+      pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn;
+      pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg;
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->token, &pNew->token);
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
+    }
+  }else{
+    substExpr(pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    substExpr(pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    substExprList(pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void 
+substExprList(ExprList *pList, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    substExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
+** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
+** occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or
+**        the subquery is not itself a join.  (Ticket #306)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+**        use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (12)  The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the
+**        subquery has no WHERE clause.  (added by ticket #350)
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;
+  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->nLimit>=0) &&  (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+     return 0;
+  }
+  if( (p->isDistinct || p->nLimit>=0) && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;
+
+  /* Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  */
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && iFrom>0 && (pSrc->a[iFrom-1].jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  */
+  if( iFrom>0 && (pSrc->a[iFrom-1].jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+      && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the
+  ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query.
+  */
+
+  /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  {
+    int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
+    int jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+    Table *pTab = pSubitem->pTab;
+
+    if( pTab && pTab->isTransient ){
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSubitem->pTab);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zDatabase);
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zAlias);
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
+      for(i=1; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+        pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pSrc, 0, 0);
+      }
+      p->pSrc = pSrc;
+      for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
+        pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom+nSubSrc-1].jointype = jointype;
+  }
+
+  /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+  ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+  ** 
+  ** Example:
+  **
+  **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+  **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+  **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+  **
+  ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+  ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+  */
+  substExprList(p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  pList = p->pEList;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr;
+    if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){
+      pList->a[i].zName = sqliteStrNDup(pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n);
+    }
+  }
+  if( isAgg ){
+    substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  }
+  if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+    assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+    p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+    pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+  }else if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  }
+  if( pSub->pWhere ){
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pWhere);
+  }else{
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+    assert( p->pHaving==0 );
+    p->pHaving = p->pWhere;
+    p->pWhere = pWhere;
+    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pHaving, sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pHaving));
+    assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
+    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pSub->pGroupBy);
+  }else{
+    substExpr(p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pWhere);
+  }
+
+  /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+  ** outer query is distinct. 
+  */
+  p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct;
+
+  /* Transfer the limit expression from the subquery to the outer
+  ** query.
+  */
+  if( pSub->nLimit>=0 ){
+    if( p->nLimit<0 ){
+      p->nLimit = pSub->nLimit;
+    }else if( p->nLimit+p->nOffset > pSub->nLimit+pSub->nOffset ){
+      p->nLimit = pSub->nLimit + pSub->nOffset - p->nOffset;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nOffset += pSub->nOffset;
+
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it
+** is a simple min() or max() query.  If it is and this query can be
+** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index,
+** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1.  If this is not a 
+** simple min() or max() query, then return 0;
+**
+** A simply min() or max() query looks like this:
+**
+**    SELECT min(a) FROM table;
+**    SELECT max(a) FROM table;
+**
+** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument.  There
+** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses.  The result set must
+** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table.  The column
+** in the min() or max() function must be indexed.
+**
+** The parameters to this routine are the same as for sqlite3Select().
+** See the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+*/
+static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  int iCol;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int base;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int seekOp;
+  int cont;
+  ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList;
+  struct ExprList_item eListItem;
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  
+
+  /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query.  Return
+  ** zero if it is  not.
+  */
+  if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  pList = pExpr->pList;
+  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){
+    seekOp = OP_Rewind;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){
+    seekOp = OP_Last;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+
+  /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form.
+  ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the
+  ** appropriate index.  If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY
+  ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL.  If no
+  ** usable index is found, return 0.
+  */
+  if( iCol<0 ){
+    pIdx = 0;
+  }else{
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[0]==pColl ) break;
+    }
+    if( pIdx==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback.  This
+  ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell.
+  ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Generating code to find the min or the max.  Basically all we have
+  ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index.  If
+  ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first
+  ** or last entry in the main table.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, pTab->iDb);
+  base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, base, pTab);
+  }
+  cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( pIdx==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, base+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                   (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0);
+      seekOp = OP_MoveGt;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+  }
+  eList.nExpr = 1;
+  memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem));
+  eList.a = &eListItem;
+  eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr;
+  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, cont, cont, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+  
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement.  Return
+** the number of errors seen.
+**
+** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions.  If any expression
+** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the
+** corresponding entry in the result set.
+*/
+static int processOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* The FROM clause */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* The result set */
+  int isAgg,            /* True if aggregate functions are involved */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    int iCol;
+    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) && iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pE);
+      pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList, pE, isAgg, 0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE) ){
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "%s BY terms must not be non-integer constants", zType);
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+           "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be "
+           "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the given SELECT statement.
+**
+** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
+** value of eDest and iParm.
+**
+**     eDest Value       Result
+**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
+**     SRT_Callback    Invoke the callback for each row of the result.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Store first result in memory cell iParm
+**
+**     SRT_Set         Store results as keys of table iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table iParm
+**
+** The table above is incomplete.  Additional eDist value have be added
+** since this comment was written.  See the selectInnerLoop() function for
+** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+**
+** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this
+** SELECT is a subquery.  This routine may try to combine this SELECT
+** with its parent to form a single flat query.  In so doing, it might
+** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query.
+** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it
+** can be changed.
+**
+** Example 1:   The meaning of the pParent parameter.
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3;
+**    \                      \_______ subquery _______/        /
+**     \                                                      /
+**      \____________________ outer query ___________________/
+**
+** This routine is called for the outer query first.   For that call,
+** pParent will be NULL.  During the processing of the outer query, this 
+** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery.  For the recursive
+** call, pParent will point to the outer query.  Because the subquery is
+** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will
+** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.)
+*/
+int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  int eDest,             /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iParm,             /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  Select *pParent,       /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */
+  int parentTab,         /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */
+  int *pParentAgg,       /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */
+  char *aff              /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
+){
+  int i;
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int isAgg = 0;         /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed || pParse->nErr || p==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+
+  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+  */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff);
+  }
+
+  /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
+  */
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+
+  /* Allocate VDBE cursors for each table in the FROM clause
+  */
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen
+  ** errors before this routine starts.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Expand any "*" terms in the result set.  (For example the "*" in
+  ** "SELECT * FROM t1")  The fillInColumnlist() routine also does some
+  ** other housekeeping - see the header comment for details.
+  */
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, p) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+  ** only a single column may be output.
+  */
+  if( (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) && pEList->nExpr>1 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations.
+  */
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Union:
+    case SRT_Except:
+    case SRT_Discard:
+      pOrderBy = 0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, we should have allocated all the cursors that we
+  ** need to handle subquerys and temporary tables.  
+  **
+  ** Resolve the column names and do a semantics check on all the expressions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pEList->a[i].pExpr,
+                                    1, &isAgg) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  if( pHaving ){
+    if( pGroupBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList,pHaving,1,&isAgg) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+  if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pOrderBy, pTabList, pEList, isAgg, "ORDER")
+   || processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pGroupBy, pTabList, pEList, isAgg, "GROUP")
+  ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback.  This
+  ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0;
+    int needRestoreContext;
+
+    if( pTabList->a[i].pSelect==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTabList->a[i].zName!=0 ){
+      zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+      pParse->zAuthContext = pTabList->a[i].zName;
+      needRestoreContext = 1;
+    }else{
+      needRestoreContext = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pTabList->a[i].pSelect, SRT_TempTable, 
+                 pTabList->a[i].iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0);
+    if( needRestoreContext ){
+      pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+    }
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    pWhere = p->pWhere;
+    if( eDest!=SRT_Union && eDest!=SRT_Except && eDest!=SRT_Discard ){
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    }
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    pHaving = p->pHaving;
+    isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself
+  ** in the result set.
+  */
+  if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){
+    rc = 0;
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent.
+  ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately.  
+  */
+  if( pParent && pParentAgg &&
+      flattenSubquery(pParse, pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){
+    if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, resolve any collation sequences
+  ** names that have been explicitly specified.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+      if( pOrderBy->a[i].zName ){
+        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr->pColl = 
+            sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].zName, -1);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Do an analysis of aggregate expressions.
+  */
+  sqliteAggregateInfoReset(pParse);
+  if( isAgg || pGroupBy ){
+    assert( pParse->nAgg==0 );
+    isAgg = 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( pHaving && sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pHaving) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    if( pOrderBy ){
+      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset the aggregator
+  */
+  if( isAgg ){
+    int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggReset, (pGroupBy?0:1), pParse->nAgg);
+    for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+      FuncDef *pFunc;
+      if( (pFunc = pParse->aAgg[i].pFunc)!=0 && pFunc->xFinalize!=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggInit, 0, i, (char*)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int sz = sizeof(KeyInfo) + pGroupBy->nExpr*sizeof(CollSeq*);
+      KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqliteMalloc(sz);
+      if( 0==pKey ){
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+      pKey->enc = pParse->db->enc;
+      pKey->nField = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr);
+        if( !pKey->aColl[i] ){
+          pKey->aColl[i] = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the memory cell to NULL
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_Mem ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Open a temporary table to use for the distinct set.
+  */
+  if( isDistinct ){
+    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
+    openTempIndex(pParse, p, distinct, 0);
+  }else{
+    distinct = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 
+                            pGroupBy ? 0 : &pOrderBy);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Use the standard inner loop if we are not dealing with
+  ** aggregates
+  */
+  if( !isAgg ){
+    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
+                    iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){
+       goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are dealing with aggregates, then do the special aggregate
+  ** processing.  
+  */
+  else{
+    AggExpr *pAgg;
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int lbl1;
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr);
+      }
+      /* No affinity string is attached to the following OP_MakeRecord 
+      ** because we do not need to do any coercion of datatypes. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pGroupBy->nExpr, 0);
+      lbl1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggFocus, 0, lbl1);
+      for(i=0, pAgg=pParse->aAgg; i<pParse->nAgg; i++, pAgg++){
+        if( pAgg->isAgg ) continue;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pAgg->pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggSet, 0, i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl1);
+    }
+    for(i=0, pAgg=pParse->aAgg; i<pParse->nAgg; i++, pAgg++){
+      Expr *pE;
+      int nExpr;
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      if( !pAgg->isAgg ) continue;
+      assert( pAgg->pFunc!=0 );
+      assert( pAgg->pFunc->xStep!=0 );
+      pDef = pAgg->pFunc;
+      pE = pAgg->pExpr;
+      assert( pE!=0 );
+      assert( pE->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
+        CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; !pColl && j<nExpr; j++){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pE->pList->a[j].pExpr);
+        }
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFunc, 0, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_POINTER);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* If we are processing aggregates, we need to set up a second loop
+  ** over all of the aggregate values and process them.
+  */
+  if( isAgg ){
+    int endagg = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    int startagg;
+    startagg = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggNext, 0, endagg);
+    pParse->useAgg = 1;
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, startagg, 1);
+    }
+    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
+                    iParm, startagg, endagg, aff) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, startagg);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endagg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0);
+    pParse->useAgg = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
+  }
+
+  /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a
+  ** temporary table.  So delete the subquery structure from the parent
+  ** to prevent this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the
+  ** the use of the temporary table.
+  */
+  if( pParent ){
+    assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab );
+    assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p );
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p);
+    pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
+  ** to indicate no errors.
+  */
+  rc = 0;
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+  sqliteAggregateInfoReset(pParse);
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/shell.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdd13cc931
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1786 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line
+** utility for accessing SQLite databases.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__)
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <pwd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+# include <console.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <extras.h>
+# include <Files.h>
+# include <Folders.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#else
+# define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin)
+# define add_history(X)
+# define read_history(X)
+# define write_history(X)
+# define stifle_history(X)
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure isatty() has a prototype.
+*/
+extern int isatty();
+
+/*
+** The following is the open SQLite database.  We make a pointer
+** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed
+** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *db = 0;
+
+/*
+** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received.
+*/
+static int seenInterrupt = 0;
+
+/*
+** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used
+** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages.
+*/
+static char *Argv0;
+
+/*
+** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with
+**   .prompt main continue
+*/
+static char mainPrompt[20];     /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/
+static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: "   ...> " */
+
+
+/*
+** Determines if a string is a number of not.
+*/
+static int isNumber(const unsigned char *z, int *realnum){
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++;
+  if( !isdigit(*z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z++;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z++;
+    if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++;
+    if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** A global char* and an SQL function to access its current value 
+** from within an SQL statement. This program used to use the 
+** sqlite_exec_printf() API to substitue a string into an SQL statement.
+** The correct way to do this with sqlite3 is to use the bind API, but
+** since the shell is built around the callback paradigm it would be a lot
+** of work. Instead just use this hack, which is quite harmless.
+*/
+static const char *zShellStatic = 0;
+static void shellstaticFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  assert( 0==argc );
+  assert( zShellStatic );
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zShellStatic, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
+** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
+** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
+** fails.
+**
+** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing
+** is done.
+*/
+static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  int nLine;
+  int n;
+  int eol;
+
+  if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){
+    printf("%s",zPrompt);
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }
+  nLine = 100;
+  zLine = malloc( nLine );
+  if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+  n = 0;
+  eol = 0;
+  while( !eol ){
+    if( n+100>nLine ){
+      nLine = nLine*2 + 100;
+      zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine);
+      if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+    if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){
+      if( n==0 ){
+        free(zLine);
+        return 0;
+      }
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      eol = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    while( zLine[n] ){ n++; }
+    if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){
+      n--;
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      eol = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 );
+  return zLine;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a single line of input text.  "isatty" is true if text
+** is coming from a terminal.  In that case, we issue a prompt and
+** attempt to use "readline" for command-line editing.  If "isatty"
+** is false, use "local_getline" instead of "readline" and issue no prompt.
+**
+** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved.  If not the empty
+** string, then issue a continuation prompt.
+*/
+static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){
+  char *zPrompt;
+  char *zResult;
+  if( in!=0 ){
+    return local_getline(0, in);
+  }
+  if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){
+    zPrompt = continuePrompt;
+  }else{
+    zPrompt = mainPrompt;
+  }
+  zResult = readline(zPrompt);
+  if( zResult ) add_history(zResult);
+  return zResult;
+}
+
+struct previous_mode_data {
+  int valid;        /* Is there legit data in here? */
+  int mode;
+  int showHeader;
+  int colWidth[100];
+};
+/*
+** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from
+** the main program to the callback.  This is used to communicate
+** state and mode information.
+*/
+struct callback_data {
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database */
+  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
+  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
+  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
+  int mode;              /* An output mode setting */
+  int showHeader;        /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */
+  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
+  char separator[20];    /* Separator character for MODE_List */
+  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
+  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
+  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
+                         ** the database */
+  struct previous_mode_data explainPrev;
+                         /* Holds the mode information just before
+                         ** .explain ON */
+  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
+  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
+  char *zKey;                 /* Encryption key */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed modes.
+*/
+#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
+#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
+#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
+#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
+#define MODE_Html     4  /* Generate an XHTML table */
+#define MODE_Insert   5  /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */
+#define MODE_Tcl      6  /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */
+#define MODE_Csv      7  /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */
+#define MODE_NUM_OF   8  /* The number of modes (not a mode itself) */
+
+char *modeDescr[MODE_NUM_OF] = {
+  "line",
+  "column",
+  "list",
+  "semi",
+  "html",
+  "insert",
+  "tcl",
+  "csv",
+};
+
+/*
+** Number of elements in an array
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)  (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions.
+*/
+static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  int nSingle = 0;
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='\'' ) nSingle++;
+  }
+  if( nSingle==0 ){
+    fprintf(out,"'%s'",z);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(out,"'");
+    while( *z ){
+      for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\''; i++){}
+      if( i==0 ){
+        fprintf(out,"''");
+        z++;
+      }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){
+        fprintf(out,"%.*s''",i,z);
+        z += i+1;
+      }else{
+        fprintf(out,"%s",z);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    fprintf(out,"'");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules.
+*/
+static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  unsigned int c;
+  fputc('"', out);
+  while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      fputc(c, out);
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }else if( c=='\t' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('t', out);
+    }else if( c=='\n' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('n', out);
+    }else if( c=='\r' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('r', out);
+    }else if( !isprint(c) ){
+      fprintf(out, "\\%03o", c);
+    }else{
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }
+  }
+  fputc('"', out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string with characters that are special to
+** HTML escaped.
+*/
+static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  while( *z ){
+    for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='<' && z[i]!='&'; i++){}
+    if( i>0 ){
+      fprintf(out,"%.*s",i,z);
+    }
+    if( z[i]=='<' ){
+      fprintf(out,"&lt;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='&' ){
+      fprintf(out,"&amp;");
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    z += i + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
+** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
+** the null value.  Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules.  Numbers
+** appear outside of quotes.
+*/
+static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){
+  if( z==0 ){
+    fprintf(p->out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
+  }else if( isNumber(z, 0) ){
+    fprintf(p->out,"%s",z);
+  }else{
+    output_c_string(p->out, z);
+  }
+  if( bSep ){
+    fprintf(p->out, p->separator);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C
+*/
+static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){
+  seenInterrupt = 1;
+  if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library
+** invokes for each row of a query result.
+*/
+static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  int i;
+  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;
+  switch( p->mode ){
+    case MODE_Line: {
+      int w = 5;
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int len = strlen(azCol[i]);
+        if( len>w ) w = len;
+      }
+      if( p->cnt++>0 ) fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        fprintf(p->out,"%*s = %s\n", w, azCol[i], 
+                azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Column: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          int w, n;
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->colWidth) ){
+             w = p->colWidth[i];
+          }else{
+             w = 0;
+          }
+          if( w<=0 ){
+            w = strlen(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+            if( w<10 ) w = 10;
+            n = strlen(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+            if( w<n ) w = n;
+          }
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+            p->actualWidth[i] = w;
+          }
+          if( p->showHeader ){
+            fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+          }
+        }
+        if( p->showHeader ){
+          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+            int w;
+            if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+               w = p->actualWidth[i];
+            }else{
+               w = 10;
+            }
+            fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,"-----------------------------------"
+                   "----------------------------------------------------------",
+                    i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int w;
+        if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+           w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        }else{
+           w = 10;
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,
+            azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Semi:
+    case MODE_List: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : p->separator);
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *z = azArg[i];
+        if( z==0 ) z = p->nullvalue;
+        fprintf(p->out, "%s", z);
+        if( i<nArg-1 ){
+          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+        }else if( p->mode==MODE_Semi ){
+          fprintf(p->out, ";\n");
+        }else{
+          fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Html: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        fprintf(p->out,"<TR>");
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          fprintf(p->out,"<TH>%s</TH>",azCol[i]);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      fprintf(p->out,"<TR>");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        fprintf(p->out,"<TD>");
+        output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+        fprintf(p->out,"</TD>\n");
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Tcl: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i]);
+          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+        fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Csv: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_csv(p, azCol[i], i<nArg-1);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1);
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Insert: {
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      fprintf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES(",p->zDestTable);
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
+        if( azArg[i]==0 ){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep);
+        }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
+        }else{
+          if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
+          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
+        }
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,");\n");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to
+** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
+** table name.
+*/
+static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){
+  int i, n;
+  int needQuote;
+  char *z;
+
+  if( p->zDestTable ){
+    free(p->zDestTable);
+    p->zDestTable = 0;
+  }
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  needQuote = !isalpha((unsigned char)*zName) && *zName!='_';
+  for(i=n=0; zName[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ){
+      needQuote = 1;
+      if( zName[i]=='\'' ) n++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) n += 2;
+  z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory!\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  n = 0;
+  if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){
+    z[n++] = zName[i];
+    if( zName[i]=='\'' ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  z[n] = 0;
+}
+
+/* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained
+** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is
+** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc().
+** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed.
+**
+** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a 
+** quote character for zAppend.
+*/
+static char * appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){
+  int len;
+  int i;
+  int nAppend = strlen(zAppend);
+  int nIn = (zIn?strlen(zIn):0);
+
+  len = nAppend+nIn+1;
+  if( quote ){
+    len += 2;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) len++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  zIn = (char *)realloc(zIn, len);
+  if( !zIn ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( quote ){
+    char *zCsr = &zIn[nIn];
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      *zCsr++ = zAppend[i];
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) *zCsr++ = quote;
+    }
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    *zCsr++ = '\0';
+    assert( (zCsr-zIn)==len );
+  }else{
+    memcpy(&zIn[nIn], zAppend, nAppend);
+    zIn[len-1] = '\0';
+  }
+
+  return zIn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute a query statement that has a single result column.  Print
+** that result column on a line by itself with a semicolon terminator.
+*/
+static int run_table_dump_query(FILE *out, sqlite3 *db, const char *zSelect){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pSelect ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0));
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  }
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pSelect);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This is a different callback routine used for dumping the database.
+** Each row received by this callback consists of a table name,
+** the table type ("index" or "table") and SQL to create the table.
+** This routine should print text sufficient to recreate the table.
+*/
+static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  int rc;
+  const char *zTable;
+  const char *zType;
+  const char *zSql;
+  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data *)pArg;
+
+  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
+  zTable = azArg[0];
+  zType = azArg[1];
+  zSql = azArg[2];
+  
+  fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", zSql);
+
+  if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pTableInfo = 0;
+    char *zSelect = 0;
+    char *zTableInfo = 0;
+    char *zTmp = 0;
+   
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, "PRAGMA table_info(", 0);
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"');
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0);
+
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0);
+    if( zTableInfo ) free(zTableInfo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0);
+    zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"');
+    if( zTmp ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\'');
+    }
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "quote(", 0);
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, sqlite3_column_text(pTableInfo, 1), '"');
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ', ' || ", 0);
+      }else{
+        zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pTableInfo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( zSelect ) free(zSelect);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM  ", 0);
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"');
+
+    rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0);
+      rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect);
+    }
+    if( zSelect ) free(zSelect);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run zQuery.  Update dump_callback() as the callback routine.
+** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
+** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
+*/
+static int run_schema_dump_query(
+  struct callback_data *p, 
+  const char *zQuery,
+  char **pzErrMsg
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+    char *zQ2;
+    int len = strlen(zQuery);
+    if( pzErrMsg ) sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+    zQ2 = malloc( len+100 );
+    if( zQ2==0 ) return rc;
+    sprintf(zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg);
+    free(zQ2);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Text of a help message
+*/
+static char zHelp[] =
+  ".databases             List names and files of attached databases\n"
+  ".dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format\n"
+  ".echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off\n"
+  ".exit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".explain ON|OFF        Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n"
+  ".header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off\n"
+  ".help                  Show this message\n"
+  ".import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE\n"
+  ".indices TABLE         Show names of all indices on TABLE\n"
+  ".mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is on of:\n"
+  "                         csv      Comma-separated values\n"
+  "                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)\n"
+  "                         html     HTML <table> code\n"
+  "                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE\n"
+  "                         line     One value per line\n"
+  "                         list     Values delimited by .separator string\n"
+  "                         tabs     Tab-separated values\n"
+  "                         tcl      TCL list elements\n"
+  ".nullvalue STRING      Print STRING in place of NULL values\n"
+  ".output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME\n"
+  ".output stdout         Send output to the screen\n"
+  ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts\n"
+  ".quit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  ".rekey OLD NEW NEW     Change the encryption key\n"
+#endif
+  ".schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements\n"
+  ".separator STRING      Change separator used by output mode and .import\n"
+  ".show                  Show the current values for various settings\n"
+  ".tables ?PATTERN?      List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern\n"
+  ".timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n"
+  ".width NUM NUM ...     Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
+;
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in);
+
+/*
+** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
+** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
+*/
+static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
+    db = p->db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    sqlite3_key(p->db, p->zKey, p->zKey ? strlen(p->zKey) : 0);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+        shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", 
+          p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do C-language style dequoting.
+**
+**    \t    -> tab
+**    \n    -> newline
+**    \r    -> carriage return
+**    \NNN  -> ascii character NNN in octal
+**    \\    -> backslash
+*/
+static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){
+  int i, j, c;
+  for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      c = z[++i];
+      if( c=='n' ){
+        c = '\n';
+      }else if( c=='t' ){
+        c = '\t';
+      }else if( c=='r' ){
+        c = '\r';
+      }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){
+        c =- '0';
+        if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+          i++;
+          c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+            i++;
+            c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = c;
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
+** process that line.
+**
+** Return 1 to exit and 0 to continue.
+*/
+static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){
+  int i = 1;
+  int nArg = 0;
+  int n, c;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *azArg[50];
+
+  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
+  */
+  while( zLine[i] && nArg<ArraySize(azArg) ){
+    while( isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
+    if( zLine[i]==0 ) break;
+    if( zLine[i]=='\'' || zLine[i]=='"' ){
+      int delim = zLine[i++];
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i];
+      while( zLine[i] && zLine[i]!=delim ){ i++; }
+      if( zLine[i]==delim ){
+        zLine[i++] = 0;
+      }
+      if( delim=='"' ) resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }else{
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i];
+      while( zLine[i] && !isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
+      if( zLine[i] ) zLine[i++] = 0;
+      resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process the input line.
+  */
+  if( nArg==0 ) return rc;
+  n = strlen(azArg[0]);
+  c = azArg[0][0];
+  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 1;
+    data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
+    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
+    data.colWidth[2] = 58;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list; ", callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n");
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      run_schema_dump_query(p, 
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table'", 0
+      );
+      run_schema_dump_query(p, 
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type!='table' AND type!='meta'", 0
+      );
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+        zShellStatic = azArg[i];
+        run_schema_dump_query(p,
+          "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type=='table'"
+          "  AND sql NOT NULL", 0);
+        run_schema_dump_query(p,
+          "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='table'"
+          "  AND type!='meta' AND sql NOT NULL", 0);
+        zShellStatic = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(p->out, "COMMIT;\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){
+    int j;
+    char *z = azArg[1];
+    int val = atoi(azArg[1]);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    p->echoOn = val;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    static char zOne[] = "1";
+    char *z = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : zOne;
+    int val = atoi(z);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    if(val == 1) {
+      if(!p->explainPrev.valid) {
+        p->explainPrev.valid = 1;
+        p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode;
+        p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader;
+        memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
+      }
+      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
+      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
+      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
+      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
+      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
+      ** command.
+      */
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+      p->showHeader = 1;
+      memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth));
+      p->colWidth[0] = 4;
+      p->colWidth[1] = 12;
+      p->colWidth[2] = 10;
+      p->colWidth[3] = 10;
+      p->colWidth[4] = 35;
+    }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) {
+      p->explainPrev.valid = 0;
+      p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode;
+      p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader;
+      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0
+                 ||
+                 strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 )&& nArg>1 ){
+    int j;
+    char *z = azArg[1];
+    int val = atoi(azArg[1]);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    p->showHeader = val;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,zHelp);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg>=3 ){
+    char *zTable = azArg[2];    /* Insert data into this table */
+    char *zFile = azArg[1];     /* The file from which to extract data */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;        /* A statement */
+    int rc;                     /* Result code */
+    int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the table */
+    int nByte;                  /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */
+    int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+    int nSep;                   /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */
+    char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
+    char *zLine;                /* A single line of input from the file */
+    char **azCol;               /* zLine[] broken up into columns */
+    char *zCommit;              /* How to commit changes */   
+    FILE *in;                   /* The input file */
+    int lineno = 0;             /* Line number of input file */
+
+    nSep = strlen(p->separator);
+    if( nSep==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "non-null separator required for import\n");
+      return 0;
+    }
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable);
+    if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
+    nByte = strlen(zSql);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, 0, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      nCol = 0;
+    }else{
+      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( nCol==0 ) return 0;
+    zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 );
+    if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO '%q' VALUES(?", zTable);
+    j = strlen(zSql);
+    for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){
+      zSql[j++] = ',';
+      zSql[j++] = '?';
+    }
+    zSql[j++] = ')';
+    zSql[j] = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, 0, &pStmt, 0);
+    free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
+    if( in==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s\n", zFile);
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) );
+    if( azCol==0 ) return 0;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+    zCommit = "COMMIT";
+    while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){
+      char *z;
+      i = 0;
+      lineno++;
+      azCol[0] = zLine;
+      for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){
+        if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){
+          *z = 0;
+          i++;
+          if( i<nCol ){
+            azCol[i] = &z[nSep];
+            z += nSep-1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( i+1!=nCol ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"%s line %d: expected %d columns of data but found %d\n",
+           zFile, lineno, nCol, i+1);
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, azCol[i], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    free(azCol);
+    fclose(in);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.mode = MODE_List;
+    zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+      "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+      "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() "
+      "ORDER BY 1",
+      callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+    );
+    zShellStatic = 0;
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    int n2 = strlen(azArg[1]);
+    if( strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0
+        ||
+        strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0
+              ||
+              strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
+      strcpy(p->separator, ",");
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+      strcpy(p->separator, "\t");
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Insert;
+      if( nArg>=3 ){
+        set_table_name(p, azArg[2]);
+      }else{
+        set_table_name(p, "table");
+      }
+    }else {
+      fprintf(stderr,"mode should be on of: "
+         "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) {
+    sprintf(p->nullvalue, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    if( p->out!=stdout ){
+      fclose(p->out);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){
+      p->out = stdout;
+      strcpy(p->outfile,"stdout");
+    }else{
+      p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb");
+      if( p->out==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"can't write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+        p->out = stdout;
+      } else {
+         strcpy(p->outfile,azArg[1]);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){
+    if( nArg >= 2) {
+      strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1);
+    }
+    if( nArg >= 3) {
+      strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb");
+    if( alt==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"can't open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      process_input(p, alt);
+      fclose(alt);
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0],"rekey", n)==0 && nArg==4 ){
+    char *zOld = p->zKey;
+    if( zOld==0 ) zOld = "";
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],zOld) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"old key is incorrect\n");
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[2], azArg[3]) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"2nd copy of new key does not match the 1st\n");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(p->zKey);
+      p->zKey = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[2]);
+      sqlite3_rekey(p->db, p->zKey, strlen(p->zKey));
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
+    if( nArg>1 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = tolower(azArg[1][i]);
+      if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+      }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+      }else{
+        zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+        sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+          "SELECT sql FROM "
+          "  (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+          "   SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+          "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name",
+          callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+        zShellStatic = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+         "SELECT sql FROM "
+         "  (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+         "   SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+         "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name",
+         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    sprintf(p->separator, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
+      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output",
+                                 strlen(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->separator);
+      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width");
+    for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) {
+      fprintf(p->out,"%d ",p->colWidth[i]);
+    }
+    fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 ){
+    char **azResult;
+    int nRow, rc;
+    char *zErrMsg;
+    open_db(p);
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db,
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') "
+        "UNION ALL "
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') "
+        "ORDER BY 1",
+        &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }else{
+      zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db,
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' "
+        "UNION ALL "
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' "
+        "ORDER BY 1",
+        &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg
+      );
+      zShellStatic = 0;
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int len, maxlen = 0;
+      int i, j;
+      int nPrintCol, nPrintRow;
+      for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){
+        if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue;
+        len = strlen(azResult[i]);
+        if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
+      }
+      nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2);
+      if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1;
+      nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol;
+      for(i=0; i<nPrintRow; i++){
+        for(j=i+1; j<=nRow; j+=nPrintRow){
+          char *zSp = j<=nPrintRow ? "" : "  ";
+          printf("%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j] : "");
+        }
+        printf("\n");
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free_table(azResult);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    open_db(p);
+    sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1]));
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=1; j<nArg && j<ArraySize(p->colWidth); j++){
+      p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  {
+    fprintf(stderr, "unknown command or invalid arguments: "
+      " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the last non-whitespace character in z[] is a semicolon.
+** z[] is N characters long.
+*/
+static int _ends_with_semicolon(const char *z, int N){
+  while( N>0 && isspace((unsigned char)z[N-1]) ){ N--; }
+  return N>0 && z[N-1]==';';
+}
+
+/*
+** Test to see if a line consists entirely of whitespace.
+*/
+static int _all_whitespace(const char *z){
+  for(; *z; z++){
+    if( isspace(*(unsigned char*)z) ) continue;
+    if( *z=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && (*z!='*' || z[1]!='/') ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+      z++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( *z=='-' && z[1]=='-' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && *z!='\n' ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the line typed in is an SQL command terminator other
+** than a semi-colon.  The SQL Server style "go" command is understood
+** as is the Oracle "/".
+*/
+static int _is_command_terminator(const char *zLine){
+  while( isspace(*(unsigned char*)zLine) ){ zLine++; };
+  if( zLine[0]=='/' && _all_whitespace(&zLine[1]) ) return 1;  /* Oracle */
+  if( tolower(zLine[0])=='g' && tolower(zLine[1])=='o'
+         && _all_whitespace(&zLine[2]) ){
+    return 1;  /* SQL Server */
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from *in and process it.  If *in==0 then input
+** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
+** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
+** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
+** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
+*/
+static void process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+  int nSql = 0;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int rc;
+  while( fflush(p->out), (zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in))!=0 ){
+    if( seenInterrupt ){
+      if( in!=0 ) break;
+      seenInterrupt = 0;
+    }
+    if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine);
+    if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue;
+    if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){
+      int rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) ){
+      strcpy(zLine,";");
+    }
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; zLine[i] && isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]); i++){}
+      if( zLine[i]!=0 ){
+        nSql = strlen(zLine);
+        zSql = malloc( nSql+1 );
+        strcpy(zSql, zLine);
+      }
+    }else{
+      int len = strlen(zLine);
+      zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 2 );
+      if( zSql==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+      strcpy(&zSql[nSql++], "\n");
+      strcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine);
+      nSql += len;
+    }
+    free(zLine);
+    if( zSql && _ends_with_semicolon(zSql, nSql) && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){
+      p->cnt = 0;
+      open_db(p);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, callback, p, &zErrMsg);
+      if( rc || zErrMsg ){
+        if( in!=0 && !p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n",zSql);
+        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){
+          printf("SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+          sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+          zErrMsg = 0;
+        }else{
+          printf("SQL error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+        }
+      }
+      free(zSql);
+      zSql = 0;
+      nSql = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zSql ){
+    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ) printf("Incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
+    free(zSql);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
+** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.  Space to hold the
+** resulting string is obtained from malloc().  The calling
+** function should free the result.
+*/
+static char *find_home_dir(void){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__)
+  struct passwd *pwent;
+  uid_t uid = getuid();
+  if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) {
+    home_dir = pwent->pw_dir;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+  char home_path[_MAX_PATH+1];
+  home_dir = getcwd(home_path, _MAX_PATH);
+#endif
+
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = getenv("HOME");
+    if (!home_dir) {
+      home_dir = getenv("HOMEPATH"); /* Windows? */
+    }
+  }
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = "c:";
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( home_dir ){
+    char *z = malloc( strlen(home_dir)+1 );
+    if( z ) strcpy(z, home_dir);
+    home_dir = z;
+  }
+
+  return home_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
+** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
+*/
+static void process_sqliterc(
+  struct callback_data *p,        /* Configuration data */
+  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
+){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
+  char *zBuf;
+  FILE *in = NULL;
+
+  if (sqliterc == NULL) {
+    home_dir = find_home_dir();
+    if( home_dir==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: cannot locate your home directory!\n", Argv0);
+      return;
+    }
+    zBuf = malloc(strlen(home_dir) + 15);
+    if( zBuf==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0);
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    sprintf(zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir);
+    free(home_dir);
+    sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf;
+  }
+  in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb");
+  if( in ){
+    if( isatty(fileno(stdout)) ){
+      printf("Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc);
+    }
+    process_input(p,in);
+    fclose(in);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Show available command line options
+*/
+static const char zOptions[] = 
+  "   -init filename       read/process named file\n"
+  "   -echo                print commands before execution\n"
+  "   -[no]header          turn headers on or off\n"
+  "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
+  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  "   -key KEY             encryption key\n"
+#endif                 
+  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
+  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
+  "   -separator 'x'       set output field separator (|)\n"
+  "   -nullvalue 'text'    set text string for NULL values\n"
+  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
+  "   -help                show this text, also show dot-commands\n"
+;
+static void usage(int showDetail){
+  fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n", Argv0);
+  if( showDetail ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\n%s", zOptions);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n");
+  }
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the state information in data
+*/
+void main_init(struct callback_data *data) {
+  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
+  data->mode = MODE_List;
+  strcpy(data->separator,"|");
+  data->showHeader = 0;
+  strcpy(mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
+  strcpy(continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  struct callback_data data;
+  const char *zInitFile = 0;
+  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+  argc = ccommand(&argv);
+#endif
+
+  Argv0 = argv[0];
+  main_init(&data);
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything
+  ** else is done.
+  */
+#ifdef SIGINT
+  signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler);
+#endif
+
+  /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate
+  ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file,
+  ** and the first command to execute.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+    if( argv[i][0]!='-' ) break;
+    if( strcmp(argv[i],"-separator")==0 || strcmp(argv[i],"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-init")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      zInitFile = argv[i];
+    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-key")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      data.zKey = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",argv[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( i<argc ){
+    data.zDbFilename = argv[i++];
+  }else{
+    data.zDbFilename = ":memory:";
+  }
+  if( i<argc ){
+    zFirstCmd = argv[i++];
+  }
+  data.out = stdout;
+
+  /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists.  If the
+  ** file does not exist, delay opening it.  This prevents empty database
+  ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument
+  ** to the sqlite command-line tool.
+  */
+  if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    open_db(&data);
+  }
+
+  /* Process the initialization file if there is one.  If no -init option
+  ** is given on the command line, look for a file named ~/.sqliterc and
+  ** try to process it.
+  */
+  process_sqliterc(&data,zInitFile);
+
+  /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set
+  ** options.  This second pass is delayed until after the initialization
+  ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override
+  ** settings in the initialization file.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc && argv[i][0]=='-'; i++){
+    char *z = argv[i];
+    if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 || strcmp(z,"-key")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-line")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      sprintf(data.separator,"%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.separator)-1,argv[i]);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      sprintf(data.nullvalue,"%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.nullvalue)-1,argv[i]);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){
+      data.echoOn = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-version")==0 ){
+      printf("%s\n", sqlite3_libversion());
+      return 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){
+      usage(1);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z);
+      fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zFirstCmd ){
+    /* Run just the command that follows the database name
+    */
+    if( zFirstCmd[0]=='.' ){
+      do_meta_command(zFirstCmd, &data);
+      exit(0);
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      open_db(&data);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(data.db, zFirstCmd, callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+      if( rc!=0 && zErrMsg!=0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Run commands received from standard input
+    */
+    if( isatty(fileno(stdout)) && isatty(fileno(stdin)) ){
+      char *zHome;
+      char *zHistory = 0;
+      printf(
+        "SQLite version %s\n"
+        "Enter \".help\" for instructions\n",
+        sqlite3_libversion()
+      );
+      zHome = find_home_dir();
+      if( zHome && (zHistory = malloc(strlen(zHome)+20))!=0 ){
+        sprintf(zHistory,"%s/.sqlite_history", zHome);
+      }
+      if( zHistory ) read_history(zHistory);
+      process_input(&data, 0);
+      if( zHistory ){
+        stifle_history(100);
+        write_history(zHistory);
+      }
+    }else{
+      process_input(&data, stdin);
+    }
+  }
+  set_table_name(&data, 0);
+  if( db ) sqlite3_close(db);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/sqlite.h.in b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/sqlite.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2dd97ed8cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/sqlite.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1166 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version of the SQLite library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#else
+# define SQLITE_VERSION         "--VERS--"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version string is also compiled into the library so that a program
+** can check to make sure that the lib*.a file and the *.h file are from
+** the same version.  The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer
+** to the sqlite3_version variable - useful in DLLs which cannot access
+** global variables.
+*/
+extern const char sqlite3_version[];
+const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+
+/*
+** Each open sqlite database is represented by an instance of the
+** following opaque structure.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+
+/*
+** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype.  So we have
+** to do a typedef that for 64-bit integers that depends on what compiler
+** is being used.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** A function to close the database.
+**
+** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously
+** returned from sqlite3_open() and the corresponding database will by closed.
+**
+** All SQL statements prepared using sqlite3_prepare() or
+** sqlite3_prepare16() must be deallocated using sqlite3_finalize() before
+** this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the
+** database connection remains open.
+*/
+int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** A function to executes one or more statements of SQL.
+**
+** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then
+** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is
+** invoked once for each row of the query result.  This callback
+** should normally return 0.  If the callback returns a non-zero
+** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements
+** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the SQLITE_ABORT.
+**
+** The 4th parameter is an arbitrary pointer that is passed
+** to the callback function as its first parameter.
+**
+** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of
+** columns in the query result.  The 3rd parameter to the callback
+** is an array of strings holding the values for each column.
+** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings holding
+** the names of each column.
+**
+** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries.  A NULL
+** callback is not an error.  It just means that no callback
+** will be invoked.
+**
+** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but
+** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error
+** message is written into memory obtained from malloc() and
+** *errmsg is made to point to that message.  The calling function
+** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error
+** message.   Use sqlite3_free() for this.  If errmsg==NULL,
+** then no error message is ever written.
+**
+** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and
+** some other return code if there is an error.  The particular
+** return value depends on the type of error. 
+**
+** If the query could not be executed because a database file is
+** locked or busy, then this function returns SQLITE_BUSY.  (This
+** behavior can be modified somewhat using the sqlite3_busy_handler()
+** and sqlite3_busy_timeout() functions below.)
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                     /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,              /* SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback,             /* Callback function */
+  void *,                       /* 1st argument to callback function */
+  char **errmsg                 /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** Return values for sqlite3_exec() and sqlite3_step()
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* An internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* (Internal Only) Table or record not found */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* Too much data for one row of a table */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to contraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+
+/*
+** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique integer key.  (The key is
+** the value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column if there is such a column,
+** otherwise the key is generated at random.  The unique key is always
+** available as the ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ column.)  The following routine
+** returns the integer key of the most recent insert in the database.
+**
+** This function is similar to the mysql_insert_id() function from MySQL.
+*/
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent called sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a
+** ROLLBACK or ABORT.  Except, changes associated with creating and
+** dropping tables are not counted.
+**
+** If a callback invokes sqlite3_exec() recursively, then the changes
+** in the inner, recursive call are counted together with the changes
+** in the outer call.
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
+** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
+** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
+** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+*/
+int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** This function returns the number of database rows that have been
+** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle
+** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed
+** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the
+** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is
+** passed to sqlite3_reset() or sqlite_finalise()).
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
+** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
+** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
+** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+*/
+int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/* This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity.  This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+*/
+void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+
+/* These functions return true if the given input string comprises
+** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call,
+** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For
+** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string
+** is required.
+**
+** The algorithm is simple.  If the last token other than spaces
+** and comments is a semicolon, then return true.  otherwise return
+** false.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** This routine identifies a callback function that is invoked
+** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table that is
+** currently locked by another process or thread.  If the busy callback
+** is NULL, then sqlite3_exec() returns SQLITE_BUSY immediately if
+** it finds a locked table.  If the busy callback is not NULL, then
+** sqlite3_exec() invokes the callback with three arguments.  The
+** second argument is the name of the locked table and the third
+** argument is the number of times the table has been busy.  If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then sqlite3_exec() immediately returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  If the callback returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec()
+** tries to open the table again and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. 
+** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it
+** is allowed, in theory.)  But the busy handler may not close the
+** database.  Closing the database from a busy handler will delete 
+** data structures out from under the executing query and will 
+** probably result in a coredump.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a
+** table is locked.  The handler will sleep multiple times until 
+** at least "ms" milleseconds of sleeping have been done.  After
+** "ms" milleseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which
+** causes sqlite3_exec() to return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** This next routine is really just a wrapper around sqlite3_exec().
+** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the
+** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory
+** obtained from malloc(), then returns all of the result after the
+** query has finished. 
+**
+** As an example, suppose the query result where this table:
+**
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns
+** azResult will contain the following data:
+**
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
+** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column
+** headers.  But the *nrow return value is still 3.  *ncolumn is
+** set to 2.  In general, the number of values inserted into azResult
+** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn).
+**
+** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should 
+** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to 
+** release the memory that was malloc-ed.  Because of the way the 
+** malloc() happens, the calling function must not try to call 
+** malloc() directly.  Only sqlite3_free_table() is able to release 
+** the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The return value of this routine is the same as from sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3*,               /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,       /* SQL to be executed */
+  char ***resultp,       /* Result written to a char *[]  that this points to */
+  int *nrow,             /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *ncolumn,          /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **errmsg          /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** Call this routine to free the memory that sqlite3_get_table() allocated.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** The following routines are variants of the "sprintf()" from the
+** standard C library.  The resulting string is written into memory
+** obtained from malloc() so that there is never a possiblity of buffer
+** overflow.  These routines also implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+**
+** The strings returned by these routines should be freed by calling
+** sqlite3_free().
+**
+** All of the usual printf formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is a "%q" option.  %q works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows:
+**
+**      char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** We can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+**      sqlite3_exec_printf(db, "INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')",
+**          callback1, 0, 0, zText);
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you
+** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string 
+** literal.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+void sqlite3_free(char *z);
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+/*
+** This routine registers a callback with the SQLite library.  The
+** callback is invoked (at compile-time, not at run-time) for each
+** attempt to access a column of a table in the database.  The callback
+** returns SQLITE_OK if access is allowed, SQLITE_DENY if the entire
+** SQL statement should be aborted with an error and SQLITE_IGNORE
+** if the column should be treated as a NULL value.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to the access authorization function above will
+** be one of the values below.  These values signify what kind of operation
+** is to be authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of the following
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter is the name
+** of the database ("main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
+** input SQL code.
+**
+**                                          Arg-3           Arg-4
+*/
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* Table Name      File Name       */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+
+
+/*
+** The return value of the authorization function should be one of the
+** following constants:
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_OK  0   // Allow access (This is actually defined above) */
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** Register a function that is called at every invocation of sqlite3_exec()
+** or sqlite3_prepare().  This function can be used (for example) to generate
+** a log file of all SQL executed against a database.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+
+/*
+** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that
+** is invoked periodically during long running calls to sqlite3_exec(),
+** sqlite3_step() and sqlite3_get_table(). An example use for this API is to keep
+** a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes,
+** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback
+** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth
+** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback
+** function each time it is invoked.
+**
+** If a call to sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_get_table() results 
+** in less than N opcodes being executed, then the progress callback is not
+** invoked.
+** 
+** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current 
+** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. If the
+** query was part of a larger transaction, then the transaction is not rolled
+** back and remains active. The sqlite3_exec() call returns SQLITE_ABORT. 
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** Register a callback function to be invoked whenever a new transaction
+** is committed.  The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** callback.  If the callback function returns non-zero, then the commit
+** is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
+** Otherwise NULL is returned.
+**
+** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite database file "filename".  The "filename" is UTF-8
+** encoded for sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order
+** for sqlite3_open16().  An sqlite3* handle is returned in *ppDb, even
+** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully,
+** then SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The
+** sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_errmsg16()  routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error.
+**
+** If the database file does not exist, then a new database is created.
+** The encoding for the database is UTF-8 if sqlite3_open() is called and
+** UTF-16 if sqlite3_open16 is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated
+** with the sqlite3* handle should be released by passing it to
+** sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+
+/*
+** Return the error code for the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated
+** with sqlite3 handle 'db'. SQLITE_OK is returned if the most recent 
+** API call was successful.
+**
+** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned
+** by sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16()
+** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to sqlite3_errcode(),
+** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() themselves do not affect the
+** results of future invocations.
+**
+** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error
+** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as
+** the strings  returned by sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a UTF-8 encoded string describing in english the
+** error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call. The returned
+** string is always terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+**
+** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
+** successful.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a UTF-16 native byte order encoded string describing
+** in english the error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call.
+** The returned string is always terminated by a pair of 0x00 bytes.
+**
+** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
+** successful.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to represent
+** a compiled SQL statment.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of the following routines. The only difference between
+** them is that the second argument, specifying the SQL statement to
+** compile, is assumed to be encoded in UTF-8 for the sqlite3_prepare()
+** function and UTF-16 for sqlite3_prepare16().
+**
+** The first parameter "db" is an SQLite database handle. The second
+** parameter "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded as either
+** UTF-8 or UTF-16 (see above). If the next parameter, "nBytes", is less
+** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first nul terminator.  If
+** "nBytes" is not less than zero, then it is the length of the string zSql
+** in bytes (not characters).
+**
+** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first
+** SQL statement in zSql.  This routine only compiles the first statement
+** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled SQL statement that can be
+** executed using sqlite3_step().  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be
+** set to NULL.  If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and
+** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+**
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.  Otherwise an error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** Pointers to the following two opaque structures are used to communicate
+** with the implementations of user-defined functions.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** In the SQL strings input to sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16(),
+** one or more literals can be replace by a wildcard "?" or ":N:" where
+** N is an integer.  These value of these wildcard literals can be set
+** using the routines listed below.
+**
+** In every case, the first parameter is a pointer to the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure returned from sqlite3_prepare().  The second parameter is the
+** index of the wildcard.  The first "?" has an index of 1.  ":N:" wildcards
+** use the index N.
+**
+** The fifth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** text after SQLite has finished with it.  If the fifth argument is the
+** special value SQLITE_STATIC, then the library assumes that the information
+** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.  If the
+** fifth argument has the value SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then SQLite makes its
+** own private copy of the data.
+**
+** The sqlite3_bind_* routine must be called before sqlite3_step() after
+** an sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_reset().  Unbound wildcards are interpreted
+** as NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite_int64);
+int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.  This
+** routine was added to support DBD::SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the i-th parameter.  Ordinary wildcards "?" are
+** nameless and a NULL is returned.  For wildcards of the form :N or
+** $vvvv the complete text of the wildcard is returned.
+** NULL is returned if the index is out of range.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a parameter with the given name.  The name
+** must match exactly.  If no parameter with the given name is found,
+** return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the compiled
+** SQL statement. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL statement
+** that does not return data (for example an UPDATE).
+*/
+int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. This function returns
+** the column heading for the Nth column of that statement, where N is the
+** second function parameter.  The string returned is UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_column_name() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_column_name16().
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
+** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
+** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
+** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
+** UTF-8 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** And the following statement compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, 0 FROM t1;
+**
+** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
+** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
+** (i==0).
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
+** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
+** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
+** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
+** UTF-16 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 INTEGER);
+**
+** And the following statement compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, 0 FROM t1;
+**
+** Then this routine would return the string "INTEGER" for the second
+** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
+** (i==0).
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/* 
+** After an SQL query has been compiled with a call to either
+** sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_prepare16(), then this function must be
+** called one or more times to execute the statement.
+**
+** The return value will be either SQLITE_BUSY, SQLITE_DONE, 
+** SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_MISUSE.
+**
+** SQLITE_BUSY means that the database engine attempted to open
+** a locked database and there is no busy callback registered.
+** Call sqlite3_step() again to retry the open.
+**
+** SQLITE_DONE means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
+** SQLITE_ROW is returned each time a new row of data is ready
+** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
+** the sqlite3_column_*() functions described below. sqlite3_step()
+** is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+** 
+** SQLITE_ERROR means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling sqlite3_errmsg().
+**
+** SQLITE_MISUSE means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a virtual machine that had already been
+** finalized or on one that had previously returned SQLITE_ERROR or
+** SQLITE_DONE.  Or it could be the case the the same database connection
+** is being used simulataneously by two or more threads.
+*/
+int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
+**
+** After a call to sqlite3_step() that returns SQLITE_ROW, this routine
+** will return the same value as the sqlite3_column_count() function.
+** After sqlite3_step() has returned an SQLITE_DONE, SQLITE_BUSY or
+** error code, or before sqlite3_step() has been called on a 
+** compiled SQL statement, this routine returns zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** Values are stored in the database in one of the following fundamental
+** types.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+/* #define SQLITE_TEXT  3  // See below */
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+
+/*
+** SQLite version 2 defines SQLITE_TEXT differently.  To allow both
+** version 2 and version 3 to be included, undefine them both if a
+** conflict is seen.  Define SQLITE3_TEXT to be the version 3 value.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines returns information about the information
+** in a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
+** case the first parameter is a pointer to the SQL statement that is being
+** executed (the sqlite_stmt* that was returned from sqlite3_prepare()) and
+** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
+** should be returned.  iCol is zero-indexed.  The left-most column as an
+** index of 0.
+**
+** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** the colulmn index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, sprintf() is used internally to do the conversion
+** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
+** are applied:
+**
+**    Internal Type    Requested Type     Conversion
+**    -------------    --------------    --------------------------
+**       NULL             INTEGER         Result is 0
+**       NULL             FLOAT           Result is 0.0
+**       NULL             TEXT            Result is an empty string
+**       NULL             BLOB            Result is a zero-length BLOB
+**       INTEGER          FLOAT           Convert from integer to float
+**       INTEGER          TEXT            ASCII rendering of the integer
+**       INTEGER          BLOB            Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
+**       FLOAT            INTEGER         Convert from float to integer
+**       FLOAT            TEXT            ASCII rendering of the float
+**       FLOAT            BLOB            Same as FLOAT->TEXT
+**       TEXT             INTEGER         Use atoi()
+**       TEXT             FLOAT           Use atof()
+**       TEXT             BLOB            No change
+**       BLOB             INTEGER         Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
+**       BLOB             FLOAT           Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+**       BLOB             TEXT            Add a \000 terminator if needed
+**
+** The following access routines are provided:
+**
+** _type()     Return the datatype of the result.  This is one of
+**             SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_FLOAT, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_BLOB,
+**             or SQLITE_NULL.
+** _blob()     Return the value of a BLOB.
+** _bytes()    Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
+**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-8.  The \000
+**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
+** _bytes16()  Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
+**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-16.  The \u0000
+**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
+** _double()   Return a FLOAT value.
+** _int()      Return an INTEGER value in the host computer's native
+**             integer representation.  This might be either a 32- or 64-bit
+**             integer depending on the host.
+** _int64()    Return an INTEGER value as a 64-bit signed integer.
+** _text()     Return the value as UTF-8 text.
+** _text16()   Return the value as UTF-16 text.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a compiled
+** SQL statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare()
+** or sqlite3_prepare16(). If the statement was executed successfully, or
+** not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the
+** statement failed then an error code is returned. 
+**
+** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
+** virtual machine.  If the virtual machine has not completed execution
+** when this routine is called, that is like encountering an error or
+** an interrupt.  (See sqlite3_interrupt().)  Incomplete updates may be
+** rolled back and transactions cancelled,  depending on the circumstances,
+** and the result code returned will be SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a compiled SQL
+** statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare() or
+** sqlite3_prepare16() back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() API retain their values.
+*/
+int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The following two functions are used to add user functions or aggregates
+** implemented in C to the SQL langauge interpreted by SQLite. The
+** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
+** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16().
+**
+** The first argument is the database handle that the new function or
+** aggregate is to be added to. If a single program uses more than one
+** database handle internally, then user functions or aggregates must 
+** be added individually to each database handle with which they will be
+** used.
+**
+** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the function or
+** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
+**
+** The fourth parameter is one of SQLITE_UTF* values defined below,
+** indicating the encoding that the function is most likely to handle
+** values in.  This does not change the behaviour of the programming
+** interface. However, if two versions of the same function are registered
+** with different encoding values, SQLite invokes the version likely to
+** minimize conversions between text encodings.
+**
+** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to user implemented C functions that implement the user
+** function or aggregate. A scalar function requires an implementation of
+** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
+** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate function requires an implementation
+** of xStep and xFinal, but NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
+** existing user function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
+** callback. Specifying an inconstent set of callback values, such as an
+** xFunc and an xFinal, or an xStep but no xFinal, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void*,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void*,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+
+/*
+** The next routine returns the number of calls to xStep for a particular
+** aggregate function instance.  The current call to xStep counts so this
+** routine always returns at least 1.
+*/
+int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines returns information about parameters to
+** a user-defined function.  Function implementations use these routines
+** to access their parameters.  These routines are the same as the
+** sqlite3_column_* routines except that these routines take a single
+** sqlite3_value* pointer instead of an sqlite3_stmt* and an integer
+** column number.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** Aggregate functions use the following routine to allocate
+** a structure for storing their state.  The first time this routine
+** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes
+** is allocated, zeroed, and returned.  On subsequent calls (for the
+** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned.  The implementation
+** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+**
+** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** The pUserData parameter to the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_aggregate() routines used to register user functions
+** is available to the implementation of the function using this
+** call.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** The following two functions may be used by scalar user functions to
+** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the user-function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
+** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
+** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** pattern.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a pointer to the meta data
+** associated with the Nth argument value to the current user function
+** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for
+** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta data with a user
+** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta data
+** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth
+** parameter specifies a 'delete function' that will be called on the meta
+** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the delete
+** function pointer is NULL, it is not invoked.
+**
+** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
+** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
+** values and SQL variables.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int);
+void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like sqlite3_result_blob().  If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((void(*)(void *))0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((void(*)(void *))-1)
+
+/*
+** User-defined functions invoke the following routines in order to
+** set their return value.
+*/
+void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite_int64);
+void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed values for the eTextRep argument to
+** sqlite3_create_collation and sqlite3_create_function.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8    1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16   4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY     5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+
+/*
+** These two functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
+** sqlite3 handle specified as the first argument. 
+**
+** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and a UTF-16 string for
+** sqlite3_create_collation16(). In both cases the name is passed as the
+** second function argument.
+**
+** The third argument must be one of the constants SQLITE_UTF8,
+** SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE, indicating that the user-supplied
+** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
+** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively.
+**
+** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
+** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
+** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user
+** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
+** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or
+** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
+**
+** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings,
+** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding
+** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
+** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if
+** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
+** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
+** required.
+**
+** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
+** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
+** function replaces any existing callback.
+**
+** When the user-function is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database
+** handle. The third argument is one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or
+** SQLITE_UTF16LE, indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.
+**
+** The collation sequence is returned to SQLite by a collation-needed
+** callback using the sqlite3_create_collation() or
+** sqlite3_create_collation16() APIs, described above.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable is made to point to a constant
+** string which is the name of a directory, then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
+** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
+** file directory.
+**
+** This variable should only be changed when there are no open databases.
+** Once sqlite3_open() has been called, this variable should not be changed
+** until all database connections are closed.
+*/
+extern const char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/sqliteInt.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/sqliteInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4fa474ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/sqliteInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1419 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
+#define _SQLITEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables.
+*/
+#define MAX_PAGES   2000
+#define TEMP_PAGES   500
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct for the SELECT DISTINCT statement and for UNION or EXCEPT
+** compound queries.  No other SQL database engine (among those tested) 
+** works this way except for OCELOT.  But the SQL92 spec implies that
+** this is how things should work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, then NULLs are indistinct for
+** SELECT DISTINCT and for UNION.
+*/
+#define NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT 0
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
+** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
+** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
+** is the way things are suppose to work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
+** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
+** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
+** work.
+*/
+#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be at least 2
+** in order to support the main database file (0) and the file used to
+** hold temporary tables (1).  And it must be less than 32 because
+** we use a bitmask of databases with a u32 in places (for example
+** the Parse.cookieMask field).
+*/
+#define MAX_ATTACHED 10
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+
+/*
+** When building SQLite for embedded systems where memory is scarce,
+** you can define one or more of the following macros to omit extra
+** features of the library and thus keep the size of the library to
+** a minimum.
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION  1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_INMEMORYDB     1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM         1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK 1 */
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT64_TYPE
+# if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#   define UINT64_TYPE unsigned __int64
+# else
+#   define UINT64_TYPE unsigned long long int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# define INT16_TYPE short int
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# define INT8_TYPE signed char
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+#ifndef INTPTR_TYPE
+# if SQLITE_PTR_SZ==4
+#   define INTPTR_TYPE int
+# else
+#   define INTPTR_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINTPTR_TYPE
+# if SQLITE_PTR_SZ==4
+#   define UINTPTR_TYPE unsigned int
+# else
+#   define UINTPTR_TYPE sqlite_uint64
+# endif
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT64_TYPE u64;           /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE i8;             /* 1-byte signed integer */
+typedef INTPTR_TYPE ptr;           /* Big enough to hold a pointer */
+typedef UINTPTR_TYPE uptr;         /* Big enough to hold a pointer */
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** evaluated at runtime.
+*/
+extern const int sqlite3one;
+#define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+#define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+};
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
+** "BusyHandler typedefs.
+*/
+#include "vdbe.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+
+/*
+** This macro casts a pointer to an integer.  Useful for doing
+** pointer arithmetic.
+*/
+#define Addr(X)  ((uptr)X)
+
+/*
+** If memory allocation problems are found, recompile with
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+**
+** to enable some sanity checking on malloc() and free().  To
+** check for memory leaks, recompile with
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+**
+** and a line of text will be written to standard error for
+** each malloc() and free().  This output can be analyzed
+** by an AWK script to determine if there are any leaks.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define sqliteMalloc(X)    sqlite3Malloc_(X,1,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteMallocRaw(X) sqlite3Malloc_(X,0,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteFree(X)      sqlite3Free_(X,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteRealloc(X,Y) sqlite3Realloc_(X,Y,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteStrDup(X)    sqlite3StrDup_(X,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteStrNDup(X,Y) sqlite3StrNDup_(X,Y,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#else
+# define sqliteFree          sqlite3FreeX
+# define sqliteMalloc        sqlite3Malloc
+# define sqliteMallocRaw     sqlite3MallocRaw
+# define sqliteRealloc       sqlite3Realloc
+# define sqliteStrDup        sqlite3StrDup
+# define sqliteStrNDup       sqlite3StrNDup
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This variable gets set if malloc() ever fails.  After it gets set,
+** the SQLite library shuts down permanently.
+*/
+extern int sqlite3_malloc_failed;
+
+/*
+** The following global variables are used for testing and debugging
+** only.  They only work if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+extern int sqlite3_nMalloc;       /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
+extern int sqlite3_nFree;         /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
+extern int sqlite3_iMallocFail;   /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  (x==1?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct Instruction Instruction;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct AggExpr AggExpr;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
+  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this database */
+  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+  void *pAux;          /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
+  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Db.flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].flags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].flags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].flags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+
+#define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+
+/*
+** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
+** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
+** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
+** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
+** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
+** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
+**
+** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
+** context.  It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
+** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
+** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
+** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
+** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
+** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
+** affect the value of lsChange.
+** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
+** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
+**
+** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
+** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
+** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
+** consistently.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
+  u8 file_format;               /* What file format version is this database? */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  void *pCommitArg;             /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);/* Invoked at every commit. */
+  Hash aFunc;                   /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
+  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+  } init;
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
+  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);     /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                       /* Argument to the trace function */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+                                /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding for this database. */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pValue;        /* Value used for transient conversions */
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+
+  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
+**
+** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
+** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
+** transaction is active on that particular database file.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_Initialized    0x00000002  /* True after initialization */
+#define SQLITE_Interrupt      0x00000004  /* Cancel current operation */
+#define SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function */
+  int nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
+  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
+  char *zDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
+  CollSeq *pColl;  /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
+  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+};
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
+** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
+** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
+** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
+** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
+** transalations, if any.
+**
+** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
+** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
+** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
+** xCmp16.
+**
+** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  void *pUser;         /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+};
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'i'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'n'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     't'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'o'
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
+**
+** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
+**
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table.  Table.hasPrimKey is true if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If Table.isTransient
+** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
+** of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of the table */
+  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in this table */
+  Column *aCol;    /* Information about each column */
+  int iPKey;       /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  Index *pIndex;   /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  int tnum;        /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  u8 readOnly;     /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
+  u8 iDb;          /* Index into sqlite.aDb[] of the backend for this table */
+  u8 isTransient;  /* True if automatically deleted when VDBE finishes */
+  u8 hasPrimKey;   /* True if there exists a primary key */
+  u8 keyConf;      /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+  Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
+  FKey *pFKey;       /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;     /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
+** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
+**
+** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
+** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
+** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
+** field.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
+  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
+  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
+  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a contraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+** 
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+**
+** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
+** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key larger.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
+  u8 incrKey;         /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
+  int nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
+  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
+  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
+  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
+  u8 iDb;          /* Index in sqlite.aDb[] of where this index is stored */
+  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Info on how to order keys.  MUST BE LAST */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
+  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
+** of argument if the expression is a function.
+**
+** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
+** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
+** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
+** a compound token.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
+** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
+** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
+** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
+**
+** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
+** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
+** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
+** operand.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u8 iDb;                /* Database referenced by this expression */
+  u8 flags;              /* Various flags.  See below */
+  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
+  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
+  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
+                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
+  Token token;           /* An operand token */
+  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
+  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
+                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
+  int iAgg;              /* When op==TK_COLUMN and pParse->useAgg==TRUE, pull
+                         ** result from the iAgg-th element of the aggregator */
+  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
+                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin     0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
+  struct ExprList_item {
+    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
+    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
+    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    int jointype;     /* Type of join between this table and the next */
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0002    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0004    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0008    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0010    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0020    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+/*
+** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
+** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
+** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
+** access or modified by other modules.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  int iMem;            /* Memory cell used by this level */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Index used */
+  int iCur;            /* Cursor number used for this index */
+  int score;           /* How well this indexed scored */
+  int brk;             /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int cont;            /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int op, p1, p2;      /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
+  int iLeftJoin;       /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  int top;             /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  int inOp, inP1, inP2;/* Opcode used to implement an IN operator */
+  int bRev;            /* Do the scan in the reverse direction */
+};
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;
+  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
+  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
+  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** The zSelect field is used when the Select structure must be persistent.
+** Normally, the expression tree points to tokens in the original input
+** string that encodes the select.  But if the Select structure must live
+** longer than its input string (for example when it is used to describe
+** a VIEW) we have to make a copy of the input string so that the nodes
+** of the expression tree will have something to point to.  zSelect is used
+** to hold that copy.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  u8 isDistinct;         /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  int nLimit, nOffset;   /* LIMIT and OFFSET values.  -1 means not used */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+  char *zSelect;         /* Complete text of the SELECT command */
+  IdList **ppOpenTemp;   /* OP_OpenTemp addresses used by multi-selects */
+};
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
+*/
+#define SRT_Callback     1  /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem          2  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set          3  /* Store result as unique keys in a table */
+#define SRT_Union        5  /* Store result as keys in a table */
+#define SRT_Except       6  /* Remove result from a UNION table */
+#define SRT_Table        7  /* Store result as data with a unique key */
+#define SRT_TempTable    8  /* Store result in a trasient table */
+#define SRT_Discard      9  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+#define SRT_Sorter      10  /* Store results in the sorter */
+#define SRT_Subroutine  11  /* Call a subroutine to handle results */
+
+/*
+** When a SELECT uses aggregate functions (like "count(*)" or "avg(f1)")
+** we have to do some additional analysis of expressions.  An instance
+** of the following structure holds information about a single subexpression
+** somewhere in the SELECT statement.  An array of these structures holds
+** all the information we need to generate code for aggregate
+** expressions.
+**
+** Note that when analyzing a SELECT containing aggregates, both
+** non-aggregate field variables and aggregate functions are stored
+** in the AggExpr array of the Parser structure.
+**
+** The pExpr field points to an expression that is part of either the
+** field list, the GROUP BY clause, the HAVING clause or the ORDER BY
+** clause.  The expression will be freed when those clauses are cleaned
+** up.  Do not try to delete the expression attached to AggExpr.pExpr.
+**
+** If AggExpr.pExpr==0, that means the expression is "count(*)".
+*/
+struct AggExpr {
+  int isAgg;        /* if TRUE contains an aggregate function */
+  Expr *pExpr;      /* The expression */
+  FuncDef *pFunc;   /* Information about the aggregate function */
+};
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
+  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
+  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
+  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
+  u8 useAgg;           /* If true, extract field values from the aggregator
+                       ** while generating expressions.  Normally false */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
+  int nAgg;            /* Number of aggregate expressions */
+  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+  AggExpr *aAgg;       /* An array of aggregate expressions */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
+  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int cookieValue[MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
+  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
+  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_PutIntKey and OP_Delete
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger. 
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 iDb;                 /* Database containing this trigger               */
+  u8 iTabDb;              /* Database containing Trigger.table              */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  int foreach;            /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
+
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ * 
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * 
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ * 
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+
+  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
+			  INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
+  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
+			   INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
+
+  TriggerStep * pNext; /* Next in the link-list */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
+ * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
+ * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
+ * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
+ *
+ * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
+ * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
+ * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
+ * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
+ * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
+ *
+ * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
+ * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
+ * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
+ *
+ * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
+ * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
+ * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
+ * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
+ * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
+ * trigger continues.
+ *
+ * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
+ * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
+ * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
+ */
+struct TriggerStack {
+  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
+  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
+  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
+  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
+  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
+  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.  
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+
+/*
+ * This global flag is set for performance testing of triggers. When it is set
+ * SQLite will perform the overhead of building new and old trigger references 
+ * even when no triggers exist
+ */
+extern int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup;
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
+int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *, int);
+int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
+int sqlite3Compare(const char *, const char *);
+int sqlite3SortCompare(const char *, const char *);
+void sqlite3RealToSortable(double r, char *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  void *sqlite3Malloc_(int,int,char*,int);
+  void sqlite3Free_(void*,char*,int);
+  void *sqlite3Realloc_(void*,int,char*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrDup_(const char*,char*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrNDup_(const char*, int,char*,int);
+  void sqlite3CheckMemory(void*,int);
+#else
+  void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+  void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int);
+  void sqlite3Free(void*);
+  void *sqlite3Realloc(void*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrDup(const char*);
+  char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int);
+# define sqlite3CheckMemory(a,b)
+#endif
+void sqlite3FreeX(void*);
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char*, ...);
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char*, va_list);
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*);
+void sqlite3SetString(char **, const char *, ...);
+void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char*, int);
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+Expr *sqlite3Expr(int, Expr*, Expr*, Token*);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList*, Token*);
+void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*);
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
+void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*);
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
+void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Vdbe *v, int);
+void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int,int);
+void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int);
+void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*,Token*);
+void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Token*,int);
+void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, const char*, int);
+void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Select*);
+void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int);
+int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList*, Token*);
+int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+void sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(SrcList*, Token*);
+void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*);
+void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*);
+void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                        Token*);
+void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3AddKeyType(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3AddIdxKeyType(Vdbe*, Index*);
+int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, int, int, Select*, int, int*, char *aff);
+Select *sqlite3SelectNew(ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                        int,int,int);
+void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*);
+void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select*);
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(Vdbe*, int iCur, Table*);
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, int, ExprList**);
+void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,const char*, const char*);
+Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*, Token*);
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token*);
+int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse*, Expr*, int, int*);
+int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
+int sqliteFuncId(Token*);
+int sqlite3ExprResolveIds(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(Parse*,SrcList*,ExprList*,Expr*,int,int*);
+int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(Parse*, Expr*);
+Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+void sqlite3Randomness(int, void*);
+void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, char*);
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Vdbe*, Index*, int);
+void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,char*,int,int,int,int);
+void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, char*, int, int, int);
+void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr*);
+void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token*, Token*);
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList*);
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList*);
+IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList*);
+Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select*);
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
+void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                         int,Expr*,int);
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*, int);
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse* , Trigger* , int , int , int, ExprList*);
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
+                         int, int);
+void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select*);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Token*, IdList*, ExprList*, Select*, int);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Token*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*);
+int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,SrcList*);
+  int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+  void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+  void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Token*, Token*, int, Token*);
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Token*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
+                       int omitJournal, int nCache, Btree **ppBtree);
+int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+double sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, const char **);
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
+int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *);
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *);
+int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *, u64);
+int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *, int);
+void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
+char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+int sqlite3atoi64(const char*, i64*);
+void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z);
+int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+int sqlite3ReadUniChar(const char *zStr, int *pOffset, u8 *pEnc, int fold);
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
+CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
+CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *, Index *);
+int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(sqlite3_context *,int,sqlite3_value **);
+
+const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew();
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3GetTransientValue(sqlite3*db);
+extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/table.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/table.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4ef2c8a78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/table.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int nResult;
+  int nAlloc;
+  int nRow;
+  int nColumn;
+  int nData;
+  int rc;
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
+  int need;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
+    azNew = realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( colv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = malloc( strlen(colv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, colv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries",
+       (char*)0);
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = malloc( strlen(argv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, argv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+  if( pazResult==0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; }
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nResult = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = malloc( sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  if( res.azResult ){
+    res.azResult[0] = (char*)res.nData;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    if( azResult==0 ) return;
+    n = (int)azResult[0];
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) free(azResult[i]); }
+    free(azResult);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/tclsqlite.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/tclsqlite.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e37945b70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/tclsqlite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1306 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** A TCL Interface to SQLite
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef NO_TCL     /* Omit this whole file if TCL is unavailable */
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** If TCL uses UTF-8 and SQLite is configured to use iso8859, then we
+** have to do a translation when going between the two.  Set the 
+** UTF_TRANSLATION_NEEDED macro to indicate that we need to do
+** this translation.  
+*/
+#if defined(TCL_UTF_MAX) && !defined(SQLITE_UTF8)
+# define UTF_TRANSLATION_NEEDED 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** New SQL functions can be created as TCL scripts.  Each such function
+** is described by an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct SqlFunc SqlFunc;
+struct SqlFunc {
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The TCL interpret to execute the function */
+  char *zScript;        /* The script to be run */
+  SqlFunc *pNext;       /* Next function on the list of them all */
+};
+
+/*
+** New collation sequences function can be created as TCL scripts.  Each such
+** function is described by an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct SqlCollate SqlCollate;
+struct SqlCollate {
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The TCL interpret to execute the function */
+  char *zScript;        /* The script to be run */
+  SqlCollate *pNext;       /* Next function on the list of them all */
+};
+
+/*
+** There is one instance of this structure for each SQLite database
+** that has been opened by the SQLite TCL interface.
+*/
+typedef struct SqliteDb SqliteDb;
+struct SqliteDb {
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The "real" database structure */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;   /* The interpreter used for this database */
+  char *zBusy;          /* The busy callback routine */
+  char *zCommit;        /* The commit hook callback routine */
+  char *zTrace;         /* The trace callback routine */
+  char *zProgress;      /* The progress callback routine */
+  char *zAuth;          /* The authorization callback routine */
+  SqlFunc *pFunc;       /* List of SQL functions */
+  SqlCollate *pCollate; /* List of SQL collation functions */
+  int rc;               /* Return code of most recent sqlite3_exec() */
+  Tcl_Obj *pCollateNeeded;  /* Collation needed script */
+};
+
+/*
+** TCL calls this procedure when an sqlite3 database command is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void DbDeleteCmd(void *db){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)db;
+  sqlite3_close(pDb->db);
+  while( pDb->pFunc ){
+    SqlFunc *pFunc = pDb->pFunc;
+    pDb->pFunc = pFunc->pNext;
+    Tcl_Free((char*)pFunc);
+  }
+  while( pDb->pCollate ){
+    SqlCollate *pCollate = pDb->pCollate;
+    pDb->pCollate = pCollate->pNext;
+    Tcl_Free((char*)pCollate);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zBusy ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zBusy);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zTrace ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zTrace);
+  }
+  if( pDb->zAuth ){
+    Tcl_Free(pDb->zAuth);
+  }
+  Tcl_Free((char*)pDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a database file is locked while trying
+** to execute SQL.
+*/
+static int DbBusyHandler(void *cd, int nTries){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int rc;
+  char zVal[30];
+  char *zCmd;
+  Tcl_DString cmd;
+
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&cmd);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmd, pDb->zBusy, -1);
+  sprintf(zVal, "%d", nTries);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmd, zVal);
+  zCmd = Tcl_DStringValue(&cmd);
+  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, zCmd);
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&cmd);
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is invoked as the 'progress callback' for the database.
+*/
+static int DbProgressHandler(void *cd){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pDb->zProgress );
+  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, pDb->zProgress);
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the SQLite trace handler whenever a new
+** block of SQL is executed.  The TCL script in pDb->zTrace is executed.
+*/
+static void DbTraceHandler(void *cd, const char *zSql){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zTrace, -1);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zSql);
+  Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
+  Tcl_ResetResult(pDb->interp);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a transaction is committed.  The
+** TCL script in pDb->zCommit is executed.  If it returns non-zero or
+** if it throws an exception, the transaction is rolled back instead
+** of being committed.
+*/
+static int DbCommitHandler(void *cd){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = Tcl_Eval(pDb->interp, pDb->zCommit);
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK || atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp)) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void tclCollateNeeded(
+  void *pCtx,
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int enc,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb *)pCtx;
+  Tcl_Obj *pScript = Tcl_DuplicateObj(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pScript);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pScript, Tcl_NewStringObj(zName, -1));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(pDb->interp, pScript, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pScript);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to evaluate an SQL collation function implemented
+** using TCL script.
+*/
+static int tclSqlCollate(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nA,
+  const void *zA,
+  int nB,
+  const void *zB
+){
+  SqlCollate *p = (SqlCollate *)pCtx;
+  Tcl_Obj *pCmd;
+
+  pCmd = Tcl_NewStringObj(p->zScript, -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pCmd);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zA, nA));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(p->interp, pCmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(zB, nB));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(p->interp, pCmd, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pCmd);
+  return (atoi(Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp)));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to evaluate an SQL function implemented
+** using TCL script.
+*/
+static void tclSqlFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SqlFunc *p = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  Tcl_DString cmd;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&cmd);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmd, p->zScript, -1);
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
+      Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmd, "");
+    }else{
+      Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmd, sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]));
+    }
+  }
+  rc = Tcl_Eval(p->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&cmd));
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1); 
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetStringResult(p->interp), -1, 
+        SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+/*
+** This is the authentication function.  It appends the authentication
+** type code and the two arguments to zCmd[] then invokes the result
+** on the interpreter.  The reply is examined to determine if the
+** authentication fails or succeeds.
+*/
+static int auth_callback(
+  void *pArg,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3,
+  const char *zArg4
+){
+  char *zCode;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+  int rc;
+  const char *zReply;
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)pArg;
+
+  switch( code ){
+    case SQLITE_COPY              : zCode="SQLITE_COPY"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX      : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE      : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER: zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW  : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER    : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW       : zCode="SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DELETE            : zCode="SQLITE_DELETE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_INDEX        : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TABLE        : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX   : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE   : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW    : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER      : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DROP_VIEW         : zCode="SQLITE_DROP_VIEW"; break;
+    case SQLITE_INSERT            : zCode="SQLITE_INSERT"; break;
+    case SQLITE_PRAGMA            : zCode="SQLITE_PRAGMA"; break;
+    case SQLITE_READ              : zCode="SQLITE_READ"; break;
+    case SQLITE_SELECT            : zCode="SQLITE_SELECT"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TRANSACTION       : zCode="SQLITE_TRANSACTION"; break;
+    case SQLITE_UPDATE            : zCode="SQLITE_UPDATE"; break;
+    case SQLITE_ATTACH            : zCode="SQLITE_ATTACH"; break;
+    case SQLITE_DETACH            : zCode="SQLITE_DETACH"; break;
+    default                       : zCode="????"; break;
+  }
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  Tcl_DStringAppend(&str, pDb->zAuth, -1);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zCode);
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg1 ? zArg1 : "");
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg2 ? zArg2 : "");
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg3 ? zArg3 : "");
+  Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&str, zArg4 ? zArg4 : "");
+  rc = Tcl_GlobalEval(pDb->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&str));
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
+  zReply = Tcl_GetStringResult(pDb->interp);
+  if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_OK")==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_DENY")==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+  }else if( strcmp(zReply,"SQLITE_IGNORE")==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_IGNORE;
+  }else{
+    rc = 999;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+/*
+** zText is a pointer to text obtained via an sqlite3_result_text()
+** or similar interface. This routine returns a Tcl string object, 
+** reference count set to 0, containing the text. If a translation
+** between iso8859 and UTF-8 is required, it is preformed.
+*/
+static Tcl_Obj *dbTextToObj(char const *zText){
+  Tcl_Obj *pVal;
+#ifdef UTF_TRANSLATION_NEEDED
+  Tcl_DString dCol;
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&dCol);
+  Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, zText, -1, &dCol);
+  pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&dCol), -1);
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&dCol);
+#else
+  pVal = Tcl_NewStringObj(zText, -1);
+#endif
+  return pVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** The "sqlite" command below creates a new Tcl command for each
+** connection it opens to an SQLite database.  This routine is invoked
+** whenever one of those connection-specific commands is executed
+** in Tcl.  For example, if you run Tcl code like this:
+**
+**       sqlite3 db1  "my_database"
+**       db1 close
+**
+** The first command opens a connection to the "my_database" database
+** and calls that connection "db1".  The second command causes this
+** subroutine to be invoked.
+*/
+static int DbObjCmd(void *cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const*objv){
+  SqliteDb *pDb = (SqliteDb*)cd;
+  int choice;
+  int rc = TCL_OK;
+  static const char *DB_strs[] = {
+    "authorizer",         "busy",              "changes",
+    "close",              "collate",           "collation_needed",
+    "commit_hook",        "complete",          "errorcode",
+    "eval",               "function",          "last_insert_rowid",
+    "onecolumn",          "progress",          "rekey",
+    "timeout",            "total_changes",     "trace",
+    0                    
+  };
+  enum DB_enum {
+    DB_AUTHORIZER,        DB_BUSY,             DB_CHANGES,
+    DB_CLOSE,             DB_COLLATE,          DB_COLLATION_NEEDED,
+    DB_COMMIT_HOOK,       DB_COMPLETE,         DB_ERRORCODE,
+    DB_EVAL,              DB_FUNCTION,         DB_LAST_INSERT_ROWID,
+    DB_ONECOLUMN,         DB_PROGRESS,         DB_REKEY,
+    DB_TIMEOUT,           DB_TOTAL_CHANGES,    DB_TRACE,
+  };
+
+  if( objc<2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUBCOMMAND ...");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], DB_strs, "option", 0, &choice) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch( (enum DB_enum)choice ){
+
+  /*    $db authorizer ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback to authorize each SQL operation as it is
+  ** compiled.  5 arguments are appended to the callback before it is
+  ** invoked:
+  **
+  **   (1) The authorization type (ex: SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE, SQLITE_INSERT, ...)
+  **   (2) First descriptive name (depends on authorization type)
+  **   (3) Second descriptive name
+  **   (4) Name of the database (ex: "main", "temp")
+  **   (5) Name of trigger that is doing the access
+  **
+  ** The callback should return on of the following strings: SQLITE_OK,
+  ** SQLITE_IGNORE, or SQLITE_DENY.  Any other return value is an error.
+  **
+  ** If this method is invoked with no arguments, the current authorization
+  ** callback string is returned.
+  */
+  case DB_AUTHORIZER: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "authorization not available in this build", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+#else
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zAuth ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zAuth, 0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zAuth;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zAuth ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zAuth);
+      }
+      zAuth = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zAuth && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zAuth = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        strcpy(pDb->zAuth, zAuth);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zAuth = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zAuth ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, auth_callback, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_set_authorizer(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db busy ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback if an SQL statement attempts to open
+  ** a locked database file.
+  */
+  case DB_BUSY: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "CALLBACK");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zBusy ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zBusy, 0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zBusy;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zBusy ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zBusy);
+      }
+      zBusy = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zBusy && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zBusy = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        strcpy(pDb->zBusy, zBusy);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zBusy = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zBusy ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_busy_handler(pDb->db, DbBusyHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_busy_handler(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*     $db changes
+  **
+  ** Return the number of rows that were modified, inserted, or deleted by
+  ** the most recent INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement, not including 
+  ** any changes made by trigger programs.
+  */
+  case DB_CHANGES: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    if( objc!=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, sqlite3_changes(pDb->db));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db close
+  **
+  ** Shutdown the database
+  */
+  case DB_CLOSE: {
+    Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db commit_hook ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Invoke the given callback just before committing every SQL transaction.
+  ** If the callback throws an exception or returns non-zero, then the
+  ** transaction is aborted.  If CALLBACK is an empty string, the callback
+  ** is disabled.
+  */
+  case DB_COMMIT_HOOK: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zCommit ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zCommit, 0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zCommit;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zCommit ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zCommit);
+      }
+      zCommit = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zCommit && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zCommit = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        strcpy(pDb->zCommit, zCommit);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zCommit = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zCommit ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_commit_hook(pDb->db, DbCommitHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_commit_hook(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db collate NAME SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Create a new SQL collation function called NAME.  Whenever
+  ** that function is called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
+  */
+  case DB_COLLATE: {
+    SqlCollate *pCollate;
+    char *zName;
+    char *zScript;
+    int nScript;
+    if( objc!=4 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NAME SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+    zScript = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nScript);
+    pCollate = (SqlCollate*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*pCollate) + nScript + 1 );
+    if( pCollate==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    pCollate->interp = interp;
+    pCollate->pNext = pDb->pCollate;
+    pCollate->zScript = (char*)&pCollate[1];
+    pDb->pCollate = pCollate;
+    strcpy(pCollate->zScript, zScript);
+    if( sqlite3_create_collation(pDb->db, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+        pCollate, tclSqlCollate) ){
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db collation_needed SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Create a new SQL collation function called NAME.  Whenever
+  ** that function is called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
+  */
+  case DB_COLLATION_NEEDED: {
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( pDb->pCollateNeeded ){
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+    }
+    pDb->pCollateNeeded = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[2]);
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pDb->pCollateNeeded);
+    sqlite3_collation_needed(pDb->db, pDb, tclCollateNeeded);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db complete SQL
+  **
+  ** Return TRUE if SQL is a complete SQL statement.  Return FALSE if
+  ** additional lines of input are needed.  This is similar to the
+  ** built-in "info complete" command of Tcl.
+  */
+  case DB_COMPLETE: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    int isComplete;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    isComplete = sqlite3_complete( Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0) );
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetBooleanObj(pResult, isComplete);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **    $db errorcode
+  **
+  ** Return the numeric error code that was returned by the most recent
+  ** call to sqlite3_exec().
+  */
+  case DB_ERRORCODE: {
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db)));
+    break;
+  }
+   
+  /*
+  **    $db eval $sql ?array? ?{  ...code... }?
+  **    $db onecolumn $sql
+  **
+  ** The SQL statement in $sql is evaluated.  For each row, the values are
+  ** placed in elements of the array named "array" and ...code... is executed.
+  ** If "array" and "code" are omitted, then no callback is every invoked.
+  ** If "array" is an empty string, then the values are placed in variables
+  ** that have the same name as the fields extracted by the query.
+  **
+  ** The onecolumn method is the equivalent of:
+  **     lindex [$db eval $sql] 0
+  */
+  case DB_ONECOLUMN:
+  case DB_EVAL: {
+    char const *zSql;      /* Next SQL statement to execute */
+    char const *zLeft;     /* What is left after first stmt in zSql */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;   /* Compiled SQL statment */
+    Tcl_Obj *pArray;       /* Name of array into which results are written */
+    Tcl_Obj *pScript;      /* Script to run for each result set */
+    Tcl_Obj **apParm;      /* Parameters that need a Tcl_DecrRefCount() */
+    int nParm;             /* Number of entries used in apParm[] */
+    Tcl_Obj *aParm[10];    /* Static space for apParm[] in the common case */
+    Tcl_Obj *pRet;         /* Value to be returned */
+
+    if( choice==DB_ONECOLUMN ){
+      if( objc!=3 ){
+        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL");
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+      pRet = 0;
+    }else{
+      if( objc<3 || objc>5 ){
+        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "SQL ?ARRAY-NAME? ?SCRIPT?");
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+      pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+      Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+    }
+    if( objc==3 ){
+      pArray = pScript = 0;
+    }else if( objc==4 ){
+      pArray = 0;
+      pScript = objv[3];
+    }else{
+      pArray = objv[3];
+      if( Tcl_GetString(pArray)[0]==0 ) pArray = 0;
+      pScript = objv[4];
+    }
+
+    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[2]);
+    zSql = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+    while( rc==TCL_OK && zSql[0] ){
+      int i;      /* Loop counter */
+      int nVar;   /* Number of wildcards in the SQL */
+      int nCol;   /* Number of columns in the result set */
+      Tcl_Obj **apColName = 0;   /* Array of column names */
+  
+      /* Compile a single SQL statement */
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(pDb->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeft) ){
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
+        rc = TCL_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( pStmt==0 ){
+        if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db) ){
+          Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
+          rc = TCL_ERROR;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          zSql = zLeft;
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Bind values to wildcards that begin with $ or : */  
+      nVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+      nParm = 0;
+      if( nVar>sizeof(aParm)/sizeof(aParm[0]) ){
+        apParm = (Tcl_Obj**)Tcl_Alloc(nVar*sizeof(apParm[0]));
+      }else{
+        apParm = aParm;
+      }
+      for(i=1; i<=nVar; i++){
+        const char *zVar = sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(pStmt, i);
+        if( zVar[0]=='$' || zVar[0]==':' ){
+          Tcl_Obj *pVar = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, &zVar[1], 0, 0);
+          if( pVar ){
+            int n;
+            u8 *data;
+            char *zType = pVar->typePtr ? pVar->typePtr->name : "";
+            char c = zType[0];
+            if( c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"bytearray")==0 ){
+              data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(pVar, &n);
+              sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, data, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+              Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVar);
+              apParm[nParm++] = pVar;
+            }else if( (c=='b' && strcmp(zType,"boolean")==0) ||
+                  (c=='i' && strcmp(zType,"int")==0) ){
+              Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, pVar, &n);
+              sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, i, n);
+            }else if( c=='d' && strcmp(zType,"double")==0 ){
+              double r;
+              Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, pVar, &r);
+              sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, r);
+            }else{
+              data = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pVar, &n);
+              sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i, data, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+              Tcl_IncrRefCount(pVar);
+              apParm[nParm++] = pVar;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Compute column names */
+      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+      if( pScript ){
+        apColName = (Tcl_Obj**)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(Tcl_Obj*)*nCol );
+        if( apColName==0 ) break;
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          apColName[i] = dbTextToObj(sqlite3_column_name(pStmt,i));
+          Tcl_IncrRefCount(apColName[i]);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* If results are being stored in an array variable, then create
+      ** the array(*) entry for that array
+      */
+      if( pArray ){
+        Tcl_Obj *pColList = Tcl_NewObj();
+        Tcl_IncrRefCount(pColList);
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pColList, apColName[i]);
+        }
+        Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, pArray, Tcl_NewStringObj("*",-1), pColList,0);
+      }
+
+      /* Execute the SQL
+      */
+      while( rc==TCL_OK && pStmt && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          Tcl_Obj *pVal;
+          
+          /* Set pVal to contain the i'th column of this row. */
+          switch( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) ){
+            case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+              int bytes = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i);
+              pVal = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), bytes);
+              break;
+            }
+            case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+              sqlite_int64 v = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, i);
+              if( v>=-2147483647 && v<=2147483647 ){
+                pVal = Tcl_NewIntObj(v);
+              }else{
+                pVal = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(v);
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+              double r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, i);
+              pVal = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(r);
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              pVal = dbTextToObj(sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i));
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+  
+          if( pScript ){
+            if( pArray==0 ){
+              Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, apColName[i], 0, pVal, 0);
+            }else{
+              Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, pArray, apColName[i], pVal, 0);
+            }
+          }else if( choice==DB_ONECOLUMN ){
+            if( pRet==0 ){
+              pRet = pVal;
+              Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+            }
+            rc = TCL_BREAK;
+          }else{
+            Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, pVal);
+          }
+        }
+  
+        if( pScript ){
+          rc = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pScript, 0);
+          if( rc==TCL_CONTINUE ){
+            rc = TCL_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==TCL_BREAK ){
+        rc = TCL_OK;
+      }
+
+      /* Free the column name objects */
+      if( pScript ){
+        for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+          Tcl_DecrRefCount(apColName[i]);
+        }
+        Tcl_Free((char*)apColName);
+      }
+
+      /* Free the bound string and blob parameters */
+      for(i=0; i<nParm; i++){
+        Tcl_DecrRefCount(apParm[i]);
+      }
+      if( apParm!=aParm ){
+        Tcl_Free((char*)apParm);
+      }
+
+      /* Finalize the statement.  If the result code is SQLITE_SCHEMA, then
+      ** try again to execute the same statement
+      */
+      if( SQLITE_SCHEMA==sqlite3_finalize(pStmt) ){
+        continue;
+      }
+  
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(pDb->db) ){
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dbTextToObj(sqlite3_errmsg(pDb->db)));
+        rc = TCL_ERROR;
+        break;
+      }
+
+      zSql = zLeft;
+    }
+    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objv[2]);
+
+    if( pRet ){
+      if( rc==TCL_OK ){
+        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
+      }
+      Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db function NAME SCRIPT
+  **
+  ** Create a new SQL function called NAME.  Whenever that function is
+  ** called, invoke SCRIPT to evaluate the function.
+  */
+  case DB_FUNCTION: {
+    SqlFunc *pFunc;
+    char *zName;
+    char *zScript;
+    int nScript;
+    if( objc!=4 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "NAME SCRIPT");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+    zScript = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &nScript);
+    pFunc = (SqlFunc*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*pFunc) + nScript + 1 );
+    if( pFunc==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    pFunc->interp = interp;
+    pFunc->pNext = pDb->pFunc;
+    pFunc->zScript = (char*)&pFunc[1];
+    pDb->pFunc = pFunc;
+    strcpy(pFunc->zScript, zScript);
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(pDb->db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8,
+        pFunc, tclSqlFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db last_insert_rowid 
+  **
+  ** Return an integer which is the ROWID for the most recent insert.
+  */
+  case DB_LAST_INSERT_ROWID: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    int rowid;
+    if( objc!=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    rowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pDb->db);
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, rowid);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** The DB_ONECOLUMN method is implemented together with DB_EVAL.
+  */
+
+  /*    $db progress ?N CALLBACK?
+  ** 
+  ** Invoke the given callback every N virtual machine opcodes while executing
+  ** queries.
+  */
+  case DB_PROGRESS: {
+    if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zProgress ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zProgress, 0);
+      }
+    }else if( objc==4 ){
+      char *zProgress;
+      int len;
+      int N;
+      if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &N) ){
+	return TCL_ERROR;
+      };
+      if( pDb->zProgress ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zProgress);
+      }
+      zProgress = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &len);
+      if( zProgress && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zProgress = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        strcpy(pDb->zProgress, zProgress);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zProgress = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+      if( pDb->zProgress ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_progress_handler(pDb->db, N, DbProgressHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_progress_handler(pDb->db, 0, 0, 0);
+      }
+#endif
+    }else{
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "N CALLBACK");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db rekey KEY
+  **
+  ** Change the encryption key on the currently open database.
+  */
+  case DB_REKEY: {
+    int nKey;
+    void *pKey;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "KEY");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pKey = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &nKey);
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    rc = sqlite3_rekey(pDb->db, pKey, nKey);
+    if( rc ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), 0);
+      rc = TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+#endif
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db timeout MILLESECONDS
+  **
+  ** Delay for the number of milliseconds specified when a file is locked.
+  */
+  case DB_TIMEOUT: {
+    int ms;
+    if( objc!=3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "MILLISECONDS");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &ms) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    sqlite3_busy_timeout(pDb->db, ms);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **     $db total_changes
+  **
+  ** Return the number of rows that were modified, inserted, or deleted 
+  ** since the database handle was created.
+  */
+  case DB_TOTAL_CHANGES: {
+    Tcl_Obj *pResult;
+    if( objc!=2 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    pResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
+    Tcl_SetIntObj(pResult, sqlite3_total_changes(pDb->db));
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /*    $db trace ?CALLBACK?
+  **
+  ** Make arrangements to invoke the CALLBACK routine for each SQL statement
+  ** that is executed.  The text of the SQL is appended to CALLBACK before
+  ** it is executed.
+  */
+  case DB_TRACE: {
+    if( objc>3 ){
+      Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?CALLBACK?");
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }else if( objc==2 ){
+      if( pDb->zTrace ){
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pDb->zTrace, 0);
+      }
+    }else{
+      char *zTrace;
+      int len;
+      if( pDb->zTrace ){
+        Tcl_Free(pDb->zTrace);
+      }
+      zTrace = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &len);
+      if( zTrace && len>0 ){
+        pDb->zTrace = Tcl_Alloc( len + 1 );
+        strcpy(pDb->zTrace, zTrace);
+      }else{
+        pDb->zTrace = 0;
+      }
+      if( pDb->zTrace ){
+        pDb->interp = interp;
+        sqlite3_trace(pDb->db, DbTraceHandler, pDb);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_trace(pDb->db, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  } /* End of the SWITCH statement */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+**   sqlite3 DBNAME FILENAME ?MODE? ?-key KEY?
+**
+** This is the main Tcl command.  When the "sqlite" Tcl command is
+** invoked, this routine runs to process that command.
+**
+** The first argument, DBNAME, is an arbitrary name for a new
+** database connection.  This command creates a new command named
+** DBNAME that is used to control that connection.  The database
+** connection is deleted when the DBNAME command is deleted.
+**
+** The second argument is the name of the directory that contains
+** the sqlite database that is to be accessed.
+**
+** For testing purposes, we also support the following:
+**
+**  sqlite3 -encoding
+**
+**       Return the encoding used by LIKE and GLOB operators.  Choices
+**       are UTF-8 and iso8859.
+**
+**  sqlite3 -version
+**
+**       Return the version number of the SQLite library.
+**
+**  sqlite3 -tcl-uses-utf
+**
+**       Return "1" if compiled with a Tcl uses UTF-8.  Return "0" if
+**       not.  Used by tests to make sure the library was compiled 
+**       correctly.
+*/
+static int DbMain(void *cd, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const*objv){
+  SqliteDb *p;
+  void *pKey = 0;
+  int nKey = 0;
+  const char *zArg;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  const char *zFile;
+  char zBuf[80];
+  if( objc==2 ){
+    zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], 0);
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-version")==0 ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,sqlite3_version,0);
+      return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-has-codec")==0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"1",0);
+#else
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"0",0);
+#endif
+      return TCL_OK;
+    }
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-tcl-uses-utf")==0 ){
+#ifdef TCL_UTF_MAX
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"1",0);
+#else
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"0",0);
+#endif
+      return TCL_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( objc==5 || objc==6 ){
+    zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[objc-2], 0);
+    if( strcmp(zArg,"-key")==0 ){
+      pKey = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[objc-1], &nKey);
+      objc -= 2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( objc!=3 && objc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, 
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+      "HANDLE FILENAME ?-key CODEC-KEY?"
+#else
+      "HANDLE FILENAME ?MODE?"
+#endif
+    );
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  zErrMsg = 0;
+  p = (SqliteDb*)Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, "malloc failed", TCL_STATIC);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  zFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], 0);
+  sqlite3_open(zFile, &p->db);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
+    zErrMsg = strdup(sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  sqlite3_key(p->db, pKey, nKey);
+#endif
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, zErrMsg, TCL_VOLATILE);
+    Tcl_Free((char*)p);
+    free(zErrMsg);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  zArg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], 0);
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zArg, DbObjCmd, (char*)p, DbDeleteCmd);
+
+  /* The return value is the value of the sqlite* pointer
+  */
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%p", p->db);
+  if( strncmp(zBuf,"0x",2) ){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "0x%p", p->db);
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+
+  /* If compiled with SQLITE_TEST turned on, then register the "md5sum"
+  ** SQL function.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  {
+    extern void Md5_Register(sqlite3*);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    int mallocfail = sqlite3_iMallocFail;
+    sqlite3_iMallocFail = 0;
+#endif
+    Md5_Register(p->db);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    sqlite3_iMallocFail = mallocfail;
+#endif
+   }
+#endif  
+  p->interp = interp;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Provide a dummy Tcl_InitStubs if we are using this as a static
+** library.
+*/
+#ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS
+# undef  Tcl_InitStubs
+# define Tcl_InitStubs(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+**
+** This Tcl module contains only a single new Tcl command named "sqlite".
+** (Hence there is no namespace.  There is no point in using a namespace
+** if the extension only supplies one new name!)  The "sqlite" command is
+** used to open a new SQLite database.  See the DbMain() routine above
+** for additional information.
+*/
+int Sqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.4", 0);
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)DbMain, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "sqlite3", "3.0");
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+int Tclsqlite3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.4", 0);
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "sqlite3", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)DbMain, 0, 0);
+  Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "sqlite3", "3.0");
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+int Sqlite3_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+int Tclsqlite3_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef TCLSH
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The code that follows is used to build standalone TCL interpreters
+*/
+
+/*
+** If the macro TCLSH is one, then put in code this for the
+** "main" routine that will initialize Tcl and take input from
+** standard input.
+*/
+#if TCLSH==1
+static char zMainloop[] =
+  "set line {}\n"
+  "while {![eof stdin]} {\n"
+    "if {$line!=\"\"} {\n"
+      "puts -nonewline \"> \"\n"
+    "} else {\n"
+      "puts -nonewline \"% \"\n"
+    "}\n"
+    "flush stdout\n"
+    "append line [gets stdin]\n"
+    "if {[info complete $line]} {\n"
+      "if {[catch {uplevel #0 $line} result]} {\n"
+        "puts stderr \"Error: $result\"\n"
+      "} elseif {$result!=\"\"} {\n"
+        "puts $result\n"
+      "}\n"
+      "set line {}\n"
+    "} else {\n"
+      "append line \\n\n"
+    "}\n"
+  "}\n"
+;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the macro TCLSH is two, then get the main loop code out of
+** the separate file "spaceanal_tcl.h".
+*/
+#if TCLSH==2
+static char zMainloop[] = 
+#include "spaceanal_tcl.h"
+;
+#endif
+
+#define TCLSH_MAIN main   /* Needed to fake out mktclapp */
+int TCLSH_MAIN(int argc, char **argv){
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;
+  Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]);
+  interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
+  Sqlite3_Init(interp);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  {
+    extern int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest2_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest3_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Sqlitetest5_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    extern int Md5_Init(Tcl_Interp*);
+    Sqlitetest1_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest2_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest3_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest4_Init(interp);
+    Sqlitetest5_Init(interp);
+    Md5_Init(interp);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( argc>=2 || TCLSH==2 ){
+    int i;
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argv0",argv[1],TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    Tcl_SetVar(interp,"argv", "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+    for(i=2; i<argc; i++){
+      Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv", argv[i],
+          TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LIST_ELEMENT | TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
+    }
+    if( TCLSH==1 && Tcl_EvalFile(interp, argv[1])!=TCL_OK ){
+      const char *zInfo = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
+      if( zInfo==0 ) zInfo = interp->result;
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: %s\n", *argv, zInfo);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( argc<=1 || TCLSH==2 ){
+    Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, zMainloop);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* TCLSH */
+
+#endif /* !defined(NO_TCL) */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test1.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba4e440eba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2593 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the printf() interface to SQLite.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char * errorName(int rc){
+  const char *zName = 0;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
+    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";      break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";        break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";      break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";       break;
+    case SQLITE_ROW:        zName = "SQLITE_ROW";         break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:       zName = "SQLITE_DONE";        break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB";      break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an sqlite3_stmt* into an sqlite3*.  This depends on the
+** fact that the sqlite3* is the first field in the Vdbe structure.
+*/
+#define StmtToDb(X)   (*(sqlite3**)(X))
+
+/*
+** Check a return value to make sure it agrees with the results
+** from sqlite3_errcode.
+*/
+int sqlite3TestErrCode(Tcl_Interp *interp, sqlite3 *db, int rc){
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_MISUSE && rc!=SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_errcode(db)!=rc ){
+    char zBuf[200];
+    int r2 = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "error code %s (%d) does not match sqlite3_errcode %s (%d)",
+       errorName(rc), rc, errorName(r2), r2);
+    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3 object.
+*/
+static int getDbPointer(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zA, sqlite3 **ppDb){
+  *ppDb = (sqlite3*)sqlite3TextToPtr(zA);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3_stmt object.
+*/
+static int getStmtPointer(
+  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
+  const char *zArg,  
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt
+){
+  *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sqlite3TextToPtr(zArg);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode a pointer to an sqlite3_stmt object.
+*/
+static int getFilePointer(
+  Tcl_Interp *interp, 
+  const char *zArg,  
+  OsFile **ppFile
+){
+  *ppFile = (OsFile*)sqlite3TextToPtr(zArg);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a text representation of a pointer that can be understood
+** by the getDbPointer and getVmPointer routines above.
+**
+** The problem is, on some machines (Solaris) if you do a printf with
+** "%p" you cannot turn around and do a scanf with the same "%p" and
+** get your pointer back.  You have to prepend a "0x" before it will
+** work.  Or at least that is what is reported to me (drh).  But this
+** behavior varies from machine to machine.  The solution used her is
+** to test the string right after it is generated to see if it can be
+** understood by scanf, and if not, try prepending an "0x" to see if
+** that helps.  If nothing works, a fatal error is generated.
+*/
+static int makePointerStr(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *zPtr, void *p){
+  sqlite3_snprintf(100, zPtr, "%p", p);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The callback routine for sqlite3_exec_printf().
+*/
+static int exec_printf_cb(void *pArg, int argc, char **argv, char **name){
+  Tcl_DString *str = (Tcl_DString*)pArg;
+  int i;
+
+  if( Tcl_DStringLength(str)==0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+      Tcl_DStringAppendElement(str, name[i] ? name[i] : "NULL");
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    Tcl_DStringAppendElement(str, argv[i] ? argv[i] : "NULL");
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_exec_printf  DB  FORMAT  STRING
+**
+** Invoke the sqlite3_exec_printf() interface using the open database
+** DB.  The SQL is the string FORMAT.  The format string should contain
+** one %s or %q.  STRING is the value inserted into %s or %q.
+*/
+static int test_exec_printf(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+  int rc;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  char *zSql;
+  char zBuf[30];
+  if( argc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+       " DB FORMAT STRING", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[2], argv[3]);
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, exec_printf_cb, &str, &zErr);
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%d", rc);
+  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, rc==SQLITE_OK ? Tcl_DStringValue(&str) : zErr);
+  Tcl_DStringFree(&str);
+  if( zErr ) free(zErr);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_z_test  SEPARATOR  ARG0  ARG1 ...
+**
+** Test the %z format of mprintf().  Use multiple mprintf() calls to 
+** concatenate arg0 through argn using separator as the separator.
+** Return the result.
+*/
+static int test_mprintf_z(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char *zResult = 0;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=2; i<argc; i++){
+    zResult = sqlite3MPrintf("%z%s%s", zResult, argv[1], argv[i]);
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zResult, 0);
+  sqliteFree(zResult);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_get_table_printf  DB  FORMAT  STRING
+**
+** Invoke the sqlite3_get_table_printf() interface using the open database
+** DB.  The SQL is the string FORMAT.  The format string should contain
+** one %s or %q.  STRING is the value inserted into %s or %q.
+*/
+static int test_get_table_printf(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Tcl_DString str;
+  int rc;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  int nRow, nCol;
+  char **aResult;
+  int i;
+  char zBuf[30];
+  char *zSql;
+  if( argc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+       " DB FORMAT STRING", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_DStringInit(&str);
+  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[2],argv[3]);
+  rc = sqlite3_get_table(db, zSql, &aResult, &nRow, &nCol, &zErr);
+  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%d", rc);
+  Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%d", nRow);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%d", nCol);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+    for(i=0; i<(nRow+1)*nCol; i++){
+      Tcl_AppendElement(interp, aResult[i] ? aResult[i] : "NULL");
+    }
+  }else{
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zErr);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free_table(aResult);
+  if( zErr ) free(zErr);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid DB
+**
+** Returns the integer ROWID of the most recent insert.
+*/
+static int test_last_rowid(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  char zBuf[30];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], " DB\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%lld", sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_key DB KEY
+**
+** Set the codec key.
+*/
+static int test_key(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zKey;
+  int nKey;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  zKey = argv[2];
+  nKey = strlen(zKey);
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  sqlite3_key(db, zKey, nKey);
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_rekey DB KEY
+**
+** Change the codec key.
+*/
+static int test_rekey(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zKey;
+  int nKey;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  zKey = argv[2];
+  nKey = strlen(zKey);
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, nKey);
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_close DB
+**
+** Closes the database opened by sqlite3_open.
+*/
+static int sqlite_test_close(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_close(db);
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the x_coalesce() function.
+** Return the first argument non-NULL argument.
+*/
+static void ifnullFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]), -1,
+          SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure into which to accumulate text.
+*/
+struct dstr {
+  int nAlloc;  /* Space allocated */
+  int nUsed;   /* Space used */
+  char *z;     /* The space */
+};
+
+/*
+** Append text to a dstr
+*/
+static void dstrAppend(struct dstr *p, const char *z, int divider){
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  if( p->nUsed + n + 2 > p->nAlloc ){
+    char *zNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + n + 200;
+    zNew = sqliteRealloc(p->z, p->nAlloc);
+    if( zNew==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(p->z);
+      memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+      return;
+    }
+    p->z = zNew;
+  }
+  if( divider && p->nUsed>0 ){
+    p->z[p->nUsed++] = divider;
+  }
+  memcpy(&p->z[p->nUsed], z, n+1);
+  p->nUsed += n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoked for each callback from sqlite3ExecFunc
+*/
+static int execFuncCallback(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  struct dstr *p = (struct dstr*)pData;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( argv[i]==0 ){
+      dstrAppend(p, "NULL", ' ');
+    }else{
+      dstrAppend(p, argv[i], ' ');
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the x_sqlite_exec() function.  This function takes
+** a single argument and attempts to execute that argument as SQL code.
+** This is illegal and should set the SQLITE_MISUSE flag on the database.
+**
+** 2004-Jan-07:  We have changed this to make it legal to call sqlite3_exec()
+** from within a function call.  
+** 
+** This routine simulates the effect of having two threads attempt to
+** use the same database at the same time.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExecFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc,  
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  struct dstr x;
+  memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x));
+  sqlite3_exec((sqlite3*)sqlite3_user_data(context),
+      sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]),
+      execFuncCallback, &x, 0);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, x.z, x.nUsed, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(x.z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite_test_create_function DB
+**
+** Call the sqlite3_create_function API on the given database in order
+** to create a function named "x_coalesce".  This function does the same thing
+** as the "coalesce" function.  This function also registers an SQL function
+** named "x_sqlite_exec" that invokes sqlite3_exec().  Invoking sqlite3_exec()
+** in this way is illegal recursion and should raise an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+** The effect is similar to trying to use the same database connection from
+** two threads at the same time.
+**
+** The original motivation for this routine was to be able to call the
+** sqlite3_create_function function while a query is in progress in order
+** to test the SQLITE_MISUSE detection logic.
+*/
+static int test_create_function(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  extern void Md5_Register(sqlite3*);
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "x_coalesce", -1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, 
+        ifnullFunc, 0, 0);
+
+  /* Use the sqlite3_create_function16() API here. Mainly for fun, but also 
+  ** because it is not tested anywhere else. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "x_sqlite_exec", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function16(db, 
+              sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE),
+              1, SQLITE_UTF16, db, sqlite3ExecFunc, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the x_count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  int n;
+};
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite_test_create_aggregate DB
+**
+** Call the sqlite3_create_function API on the given database in order
+** to create a function named "x_count".  This function does the same thing
+** as the "md5sum" function.
+**
+** The original motivation for this routine was to be able to call the
+** sqlite3_create_aggregate function while a query is in progress in order
+** to test the SQLITE_MISUSE detection logic.
+*/
+static int test_create_aggregate(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "x_count", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0,
+      countStep,countFinalize);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "x_count", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0,
+        countStep,countFinalize);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_int FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER
+**
+** Call mprintf with three integer arguments
+*/
+static int sqlite3_mprintf_int(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int a[3], i;
+  char *z;
+  if( argc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FORMAT INT INT INT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(i=2; i<5; i++){
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], a[2]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 64-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+*/
+static int sqlite3GetInt64(const char *zNum, i64 *pValue){
+  if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(zNum) ){
+    sqlite3atoi64(zNum, pValue);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_int64 FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER
+**
+** Call mprintf with three 64-bit integer arguments
+*/
+static int sqlite3_mprintf_int64(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  sqlite_int64 a[3];
+  char *z;
+  if( argc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FORMAT INT INT INT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(i=2; i<5; i++){
+    if( !sqlite3GetInt64(argv[i], &a[i-2]) ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "argument is not a valid 64-bit integer", 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], a[2]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_str FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER STRING
+**
+** Call mprintf with two integer arguments and one string argument
+*/
+static int sqlite3_mprintf_str(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int a[3], i;
+  char *z;
+  if( argc<4 || argc>5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FORMAT INT INT ?STRING?\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(i=2; i<4; i++){
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], argc>4 ? argv[4] : NULL);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_str FORMAT INTEGER INTEGER DOUBLE
+**
+** Call mprintf with two integer arguments and one double argument
+*/
+static int sqlite3_mprintf_double(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int a[3], i;
+  double r;
+  char *z;
+  if( argc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FORMAT INT INT STRING\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(i=2; i<4; i++){
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i], &a[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[4], &r) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], a[0], a[1], r);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_str FORMAT DOUBLE DOUBLE
+**
+** Call mprintf with a single double argument which is the product of the
+** two arguments given above.  This is used to generate overflow and underflow
+** doubles to test that they are converted properly.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_mprintf_scaled(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  double r[2];
+  char *z;
+  if( argc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FORMAT DOUBLE DOUBLE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(i=2; i<4; i++){
+    if( Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[i], &r[i-2]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], r[0]*r[1]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_mprintf_stronly FORMAT STRING
+**
+** Call mprintf with a single double argument which is the product of the
+** two arguments given above.  This is used to generate overflow and underflow
+** doubles to test that they are converted properly.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_mprintf_stronly(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char *z;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FORMAT STRING\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_mprintf(argv[1], argv[2]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, z, 0);
+  sqlite3_free(z);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite_malloc_fail N
+**
+** Rig sqliteMalloc() to fail on the N-th call.  Turn off this mechanism
+** and reset the sqlite3_malloc_failed variable is N==0.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int sqlite_malloc_fail(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int n;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], " N\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  sqlite3_iMallocFail = n;
+  sqlite3_malloc_failed = 0;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite_malloc_stat
+**
+** Return the number of prior calls to sqliteMalloc() and sqliteFree().
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int sqlite_malloc_stat(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char zBuf[200];
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%d %d %d", sqlite3_nMalloc, sqlite3_nFree, sqlite3_iMallocFail);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite_abort
+**
+** Shutdown the process immediately.  This is not a clean shutdown.
+** This command is used to test the recoverability of a database in
+** the event of a program crash.
+*/
+static int sqlite_abort(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  assert( interp==0 );   /* This will always fail */
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine is a user-defined SQL function whose purpose
+** is to test the sqlite_set_result() API.
+*/
+static void testFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  while( argc>=2 ){
+    const char *zArg0 = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( zArg0 ){
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0, "int") ){
+        sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"int64")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[1]));
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"string")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]), -1,
+            SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"double")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_double(context, sqlite3_value_double(argv[1]));
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"null")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zArg0,"value")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[sqlite3_value_int(argv[1])]);
+      }else{
+        goto error_out;
+      }
+    }else{
+      goto error_out;
+    }
+    argc -= 2;
+    argv += 2;
+  }
+  return;
+
+error_out:
+  sqlite3_result_error(context,"first argument should be one of: "
+      "int int64 string double null value", -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite_register_test_function  DB  NAME
+**
+** Register the test SQL function on the database DB under the name NAME.
+*/
+static int test_register_func(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+       " DB FUNCTION-NAME", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, argv[1], &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, argv[2], -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 
+      testFunc, 0, 0);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_finalize  STMT 
+**
+** Finalize a statement handle.
+*/
+static int test_finalize(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <STMT>", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  db = StmtToDb(pStmt);
+  rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_reset  STMT 
+**
+** Finalize a statement handle.
+*/
+static int test_reset(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <STMT>", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_changes DB
+**
+** Return the number of changes made to the database by the last SQL
+** execution.
+*/
+static int test_changes(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_changes(db)));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the "static_bind_value" that variables are bound to when
+** the FLAG option of sqlite3_bind is "static"
+*/
+static char *sqlite_static_bind_value = 0;
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3_bind  VM  IDX  VALUE  FLAGS
+**
+** Sets the value of the IDX-th occurance of "?" in the original SQL
+** string.  VALUE is the new value.  If FLAGS=="null" then VALUE is
+** ignored and the value is set to NULL.  If FLAGS=="static" then
+** the value is set to the value of a static variable named
+** "sqlite_static_bind_value".  If FLAGS=="normal" then a copy
+** of the VALUE is made.
+*/
+static int test_bind(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+  int idx;
+  if( argc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0], 
+       " VM IDX VALUE (null|static|normal)\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, argv[1], &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( strcmp(argv[4],"null")==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, idx);
+  }else if( strcmp(argv[4],"static")==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, sqlite_static_bind_value, -1, 0);
+  }else if( strcmp(argv[4],"normal")==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, argv[3], -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "4th argument should be "
+        "\"null\" or \"static\" or \"normal\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc ){
+    char zBuf[50];
+    sprintf(zBuf, "(%d) ", rc);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Usage: add_test_collate <db ptr> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>
+**
+** This function is used to test that SQLite selects the correct collation
+** sequence callback when multiple versions (for different text encodings)
+** are available.
+**
+** Calling this routine registers the collation sequence "test_collate"
+** with database handle <db>. The second argument must be a list of three
+** boolean values. If the first is true, then a version of test_collate is
+** registered for UTF-8, if the second is true, a version is registered for
+** UTF-16le, if the third is true, a UTF-16be version is available.
+** Previous versions of test_collate are deleted.
+**
+** The collation sequence test_collate is implemented by calling the
+** following TCL script:
+**
+**   "test_collate <enc> <lhs> <rhs>"
+**
+** The <lhs> and <rhs> are the two values being compared, encoded in UTF-8.
+** The <enc> parameter is the encoding of the collation function that
+** SQLite selected to call. The TCL test script implements the
+** "test_collate" proc.
+**
+** Note that this will only work with one intepreter at a time, as the
+** interp pointer to use when evaluating the TCL script is stored in
+** pTestCollateInterp.
+*/
+static Tcl_Interp* pTestCollateInterp;
+static int test_collate_func(
+  void *pCtx, 
+  int nA, const void *zA,
+  int nB, const void *zB
+){
+  Tcl_Interp *i = pTestCollateInterp;
+  int encin = (int)pCtx;
+  int res;
+
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  Tcl_Obj *pX;
+
+  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_collate", -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
+
+  switch( encin ){
+    case SQLITE_UTF8:
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-8",-1));
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_UTF16LE:
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16LE",-1));
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_UTF16BE:
+      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16BE",-1));
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(0);
+  }
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, nA, zA, encin, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_value_text(pVal),-1));
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, nB, zB, encin, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(i,pX,Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_value_text(pVal),-1));
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(i, pX, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
+  Tcl_GetIntFromObj(i, Tcl_GetObjResult(i), &res);
+  return res;
+}
+static int test_collate(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int val;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
+  pTestCollateInterp = interp;
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "test_collate", SQLITE_UTF8, 
+          (void *)SQLITE_UTF8, val?test_collate_func:0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_collation(db, "test_collate", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 
+            (void *)SQLITE_UTF16LE, val?test_collate_func:0);
+    if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "test_collate", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_create_collation16(db, sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE), 
+          SQLITE_UTF16BE, (void *)SQLITE_UTF16BE, val?test_collate_func:0);
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+
+bad_args:
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+      Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <DB> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>", 0);
+  return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+static void test_collate_needed_cb(
+  void *pCtx, 
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int eTextRep,
+  const void *notUsed
+){
+  int enc = db->enc;
+  sqlite3_create_collation(
+      db, "test_collate", db->enc, (void *)enc, test_collate_func);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: add_test_collate_needed DB
+*/
+static int test_collate_needed(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ) goto bad_args;
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_collation_needed16(db, 0, test_collate_needed_cb);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  return TCL_OK;
+
+bad_args:
+  Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
+  return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: add_test_function <db ptr> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>
+**
+** This function is used to test that SQLite selects the correct user
+** function callback when multiple versions (for different text encodings)
+** are available.
+**
+** Calling this routine registers up to three versions of the user function
+** "test_function" with database handle <db>.  If the second argument is
+** true, then a version of test_function is registered for UTF-8, if the
+** third is true, a version is registered for UTF-16le, if the fourth is
+** true, a UTF-16be version is available.  Previous versions of
+** test_function are deleted.
+**
+** The user function is implemented by calling the following TCL script:
+**
+**   "test_function <enc> <arg>"
+**
+** Where <enc> is one of UTF-8, UTF-16LE or UTF16BE, and <arg> is the
+** single argument passed to the SQL function. The value returned by
+** the TCL script is used as the return value of the SQL function. It
+** is passed to SQLite using UTF-16BE for a UTF-8 test_function(), UTF-8
+** for a UTF-16LE test_function(), and UTF-16LE for an implementation that
+** prefers UTF-16BE.
+*/
+static void test_function_utf8(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;
+  Tcl_Obj *pX;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  interp = (Tcl_Interp *)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_function", -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-8", -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, 
+      Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pX, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), 
+      SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, sqlite3_value_text16be(pVal),
+      -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+}
+static void test_function_utf16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;
+  Tcl_Obj *pX;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  interp = (Tcl_Interp *)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_function", -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16LE", -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, 
+      Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pX, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), 
+      SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx,sqlite3_value_text(pVal),-1,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+}
+static void test_function_utf16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Tcl_Interp *interp;
+  Tcl_Obj *pX;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  interp = (Tcl_Interp *)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+  pX = Tcl_NewStringObj("test_function", -1);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pX);
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, Tcl_NewStringObj("UTF-16BE", -1));
+  Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pX, 
+      Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), -1));
+  Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, pX, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pX);
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), 
+      SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, sqlite3_value_text16le(pVal),
+      -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+}
+static int test_function(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int val;
+
+  if( objc!=5 ) goto bad_args;
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( val ){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_function", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+        interp, test_function_utf8, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( val ){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_function", 1, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 
+        interp, test_function_utf16le, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( TCL_OK!=Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &val) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( val ){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "test_function", 1, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 
+        interp, test_function_utf16be, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+bad_args:
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+      Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <DB> <utf8> <utf16le> <utf16be>", 0);
+  return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:         test_errstr <err code>
+**
+** Test that the english language string equivalents for sqlite error codes
+** are sane. The parameter is an integer representing an sqlite error code.
+** The result is a list of two elements, the string representation of the
+** error code and the english language explanation.
+*/
+static int test_errstr(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  char *zCode;
+  int i;
+  if( objc!=1 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "<error code>");
+  }
+
+  zCode = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
+  for(i=0; i<200; i++){
+    if( 0==strcmp(errorName(i), zCode) ) break;
+  }
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)sqlite3ErrStr(i), 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static int sqlite3_crashparams(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+#ifdef OS_TEST
+  int delay;
+  if( objc!=3 ) goto bad_args;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &delay) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  sqlite3SetCrashParams(delay, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+
+#ifdef OS_TEST
+bad_args:
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+      Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), "<delay> <filename>", 0);
+  return TCL_ERROR;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Usage:    breakpoint
+**
+** This routine exists for one purpose - to provide a place to put a
+** breakpoint with GDB that can be triggered using TCL code.  The use
+** for this is when a particular test fails on (say) the 1485th iteration.
+** In the TCL test script, we can add code like this:
+**
+**     if {$i==1485} breakpoint
+**
+** Then run testfixture in the debugger and wait for the breakpoint to
+** fire.  Then additional breakpoints can be set to trace down the bug.
+*/
+static int test_breakpoint(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  char **argv            /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  return TCL_OK;         /* Do nothing */
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_int  STMT N VALUE
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_int interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a 32-bit integer VALUE to that wildcard.
+*/
+static int test_bind_int(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  int value;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, idx, value);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_int64  STMT N VALUE
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_int64 interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a 64-bit integer VALUE to that wildcard.
+*/
+static int test_bind_int64(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  i64 value;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, idx, value);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_double  STMT N VALUE
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_double interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a 64-bit integer VALUE to that wildcard.
+*/
+static int test_bind_double(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  double value;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, idx, value);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_null  STMT N
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_null interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a NULL to the wildcard.
+*/
+static int test_bind_null(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, idx);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_text  STMT N STRING BYTES
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_text interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a UTF-8 string STRING to the wildcard.  The string is BYTES bytes
+** long.
+*/
+static int test_bind_text(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  int bytes;
+  char *value;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE BYTES", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  value = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, idx, value, bytes, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_text16  STMT N STRING BYTES
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_text16 interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a UTF-16 string STRING to the wildcard.  The string is BYTES bytes
+** long.
+*/
+static int test_bind_text16(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  int bytes;
+  char *value;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N VALUE BYTES", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  value = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], 0);
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_text16(pStmt, idx, (void *)value, bytes, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_blob  STMT N DATA BYTES
+**
+** Test the sqlite3_bind_blob interface.  STMT is a prepared statement.
+** N is the index of a wildcard in the prepared statement.  This command
+** binds a BLOB to the wildcard.  The BLOB is BYTES bytes in size.
+*/
+static int test_bind_blob(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int idx;
+  int bytes;
+  char *value;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " STMT N DATA BYTES", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &idx) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  value = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, idx, value, bytes, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, StmtToDb(pStmt), rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_parameter_count  STMT
+**
+** Return the number of wildcards in the given statement.
+*/
+static int test_bind_parameter_count(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt)));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_parameter_name  STMT  N
+**
+** Return the name of the Nth wildcard.  The first wildcard is 1.
+** An empty string is returned if N is out of range or if the wildcard
+** is nameless.
+*/
+static int test_bind_parameter_name(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int i;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT N");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &i) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, 
+     Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(pStmt,i),-1)
+  );
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   sqlite3_bind_parameter_index  STMT  NAME
+**
+** Return the index of the wildcard called NAME.  Return 0 if there is
+** no such wildcard.
+*/
+static int test_bind_parameter_index(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "STMT NAME");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, 
+     Tcl_NewIntObj(
+       sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(pStmt,Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))
+     )
+  );
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_errcode DB
+**
+** Return the string representation of the most recent sqlite3_* API
+** error code. e.g. "SQLITE_ERROR".
+*/
+static int test_errcode(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(sqlite3_errcode(db)), 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   test_errmsg DB
+**
+** Returns the UTF-8 representation of the error message string for the
+** most recent sqlite3_* API call.
+*/
+static int test_errmsg(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zErr;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  zErr = sqlite3_errmsg(db);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zErr, -1));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   test_errmsg16 DB
+**
+** Returns the UTF-16 representation of the error message string for the
+** most recent sqlite3_* API call. This is a byte array object at the TCL 
+** level, and it includes the 0x00 0x00 terminator bytes at the end of the
+** UTF-16 string.
+*/
+static int test_errmsg16(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const void *zErr;
+  int bytes;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  zErr = sqlite3_errmsg16(db);
+  bytes = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(zErr, -1);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(zErr, bytes));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_prepare DB sql bytes tailvar
+**
+** Compile up to <bytes> bytes of the supplied SQL string <sql> using
+** database handle <DB>. The parameter <tailval> is the name of a global
+** variable that is set to the unused portion of <sql> (if any). A
+** STMT handle is returned.
+*/
+static int test_prepare(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zSql;
+  int bytes;
+  const char *zTail = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char zBuf[50];
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes tailvar", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  zSql = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, &zTail);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( zTail ){
+    if( bytes>=0 ){
+      bytes = bytes - (zTail-zSql);
+    }
+    Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, Tcl_NewStringObj(zTail, bytes), 0);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pStmt==0 );
+    sprintf(zBuf, "(%d) ", rc);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, sqlite3_errmsg(db), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( pStmt ){
+    if( makePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_prepare DB sql bytes tailvar
+**
+** Compile up to <bytes> bytes of the supplied SQL string <sql> using
+** database handle <DB>. The parameter <tailval> is the name of a global
+** variable that is set to the unused portion of <sql> (if any). A
+** STMT handle is returned.
+*/
+static int test_prepare16(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const void *zSql;
+  const void *zTail = 0;
+  Tcl_Obj *pTail = 0;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char zBuf[50]; 
+  int rc;
+  int bytes;                /* The integer specified as arg 3 */
+  int objlen;               /* The byte-array length of arg 2 */
+
+  if( objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " DB sql bytes tailvar", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( getDbPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  zSql = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &objlen);
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &bytes) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare16(db, zSql, bytes, &pStmt, &zTail);
+  if( sqlite3TestErrCode(interp, db, rc) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( rc ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( zTail ){
+    objlen = objlen - ((u8 *)zTail-(u8 *)zSql);
+  }else{
+    objlen = 0;
+  }
+  pTail = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj((u8 *)zTail, objlen);
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pTail);
+  Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, objv[4], 0, pTail, 0);
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pTail);
+
+  if( pStmt ){
+    if( makePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_open filename ?options-list?
+*/
+static int test_open(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  const char *zFilename;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( objc!=3 && objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filename options-list", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zFilename = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3_open(zFilename, &db);
+  
+  if( makePointerStr(interp, zBuf, db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_open16 filename options
+*/
+static int test_open16(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  const void *zFilename;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filename options-list", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zFilename = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], 0);
+  rc = sqlite3_open16(zFilename, &db);
+  
+  if( makePointerStr(interp, zBuf, db) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_complete16 <UTF-16 string>
+**
+** Return 1 if the supplied argument is a complete SQL statement, or zero
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int test_complete16(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  char *zBuf;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "<utf-16 sql>");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], 0);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_complete16(zBuf)));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_step STMT
+**
+** Advance the statement to the next row.
+*/
+static int test_step(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+  /* if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE && rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return TCL_ERROR; */
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_count STMT 
+**
+** Return the number of columns returned by the sql statement STMT.
+*/
+static int test_column_count(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_column_count(pStmt)));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_type STMT column
+**
+** Return the type of the data in column 'column' of the current row.
+*/
+static int test_column_type(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+  int tp;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  tp = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, col);
+  switch( tp ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: 
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "INTEGER", TCL_STATIC); 
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_NULL:
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "NULL", TCL_STATIC); 
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "FLOAT", TCL_STATIC); 
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "TEXT", TCL_STATIC); 
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+      Tcl_SetResult(interp, "BLOB", TCL_STATIC); 
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(0);
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_int64 STMT column
+**
+** Return the data in column 'column' of the current row cast as an
+** wide (64-bit) integer.
+*/
+static int test_column_int64(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+  i64 iVal;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  iVal = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, col);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(iVal));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_blob STMT column
+*/
+static int test_column_blob(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+
+  int len;
+  const void *pBlob;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  pBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, col);
+  len = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, col);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(pBlob, len));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_double STMT column
+**
+** Return the data in column 'column' of the current row cast as a double.
+*/
+static int test_column_double(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+  double rVal;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  rVal = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, col);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rVal));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_data_count STMT 
+**
+** Return the number of columns returned by the sql statement STMT.
+*/
+static int test_data_count(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_text STMT column
+**
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_decltype STMT column
+**
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_name STMT column
+*/
+static int test_stmt_utf8(
+  void * clientData,        /* Pointer to SQLite API function to be invoke */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+  const char *(*xFunc)(sqlite3_stmt*, int) = clientData;
+  const char *zRet;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  zRet = xFunc(pStmt, col);
+  if( zRet ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)zRet, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_text STMT column
+**
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_decltype STMT column
+**
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_name STMT column
+*/
+static int test_stmt_utf16(
+  void * clientData,     /* Pointer to SQLite API function to be invoked */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+  const void *zName16;
+  const void *(*xFunc)(sqlite3_stmt*, int) = clientData;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  zName16 = xFunc(pStmt, col);
+  if( zName16 ){
+    pRet = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(zName16, sqlite3utf16ByteLen(zName16, -1)+2);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_int STMT column
+**
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_bytes STMT column
+**
+** Usage: sqlite3_column_bytes16 STMT column
+**
+*/
+static int test_stmt_int(
+  void * clientData,    /* Pointer to SQLite API function to be invoked */
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int col;
+  int (*xFunc)(sqlite3_stmt*, int) = clientData;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " STMT column", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getStmtPointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pStmt) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &col) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(xFunc(pStmt, col)));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite <filename>
+*/
+static int test_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  OsFile * pFile;
+  int rc;
+  int dummy;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filename", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pFile = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(OsFile));
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), pFile, &dummy);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(pFile);
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  makePointerStr(interp, zBuf, pFile);
+  Tcl_SetResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3OsClose <file handle>
+*/
+static int test_sqlite3OsClose(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  OsFile * pFile;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filehandle", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getFilePointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pFile) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pFile);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3OsLock <file handle> <locktype>
+*/
+static int test_sqlite3OsLock(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  OsFile * pFile;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+        Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), 
+        " filehandle (SHARED|RESERVED|PENDING|EXCLUSIVE)", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getFilePointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pFile) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( 0==strcmp("SHARED", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+  }
+  else if( 0==strcmp("RESERVED", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pFile, RESERVED_LOCK);
+  }
+  else if( 0==strcmp("PENDING", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pFile, PENDING_LOCK);
+  }
+  else if( 0==strcmp("EXCLUSIVE", Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  }else{
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+        Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), 
+        " filehandle (SHARED|RESERVED|PENDING|EXCLUSIVE)", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3OsUnlock <file handle>
+*/
+static int test_sqlite3OsUnlock(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  OsFile * pFile;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", 
+       Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " filehandle", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( getFilePointer(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), &pFile) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pFile, NO_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  sqlite3OsTempFileName
+*/
+static int test_sqlite3OsTempFileName(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  char zFile[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsTempFileName(zFile);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)errorName(rc), TCL_STATIC);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zFile, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  tcl_variable_type VARIABLENAME
+**
+** Return the name of the internal representation for the
+** value of the given variable.
+*/
+static int tcl_variable_type(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  Tcl_Obj *pVar;
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "VARIABLE");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pVar = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), 0, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
+  if( pVar==0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( pVar->typePtr ){
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(pVar->typePtr->name, -1));
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest1_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+  extern int sqlite3_interrupt_count;
+  extern int sqlite3_open_file_count;
+  extern int sqlite3_current_time;
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_int",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_int    },
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_int64",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_int64  },
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_str",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_str    },
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_stronly",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_stronly},
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_double",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_double },
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_scaled",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite3_mprintf_scaled },
+     { "sqlite3_mprintf_z_test",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_mprintf_z        },
+     { "sqlite3_last_insert_rowid",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_last_rowid       },
+     { "sqlite3_exec_printf",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_exec_printf      },
+     { "sqlite3_get_table_printf",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_get_table_printf },
+     { "sqlite3_close",                 (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_test_close     },
+     { "sqlite3_create_function",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_create_function  },
+     { "sqlite3_create_aggregate",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_create_aggregate },
+     { "sqlite_register_test_function", (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_register_func    },
+     { "sqlite_abort",                  (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_abort          },
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+     { "sqlite_malloc_fail",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_malloc_fail    },
+     { "sqlite_malloc_stat",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)sqlite_malloc_stat    },
+#endif
+     { "sqlite_bind",                   (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_bind             },
+     { "breakpoint",                    (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_breakpoint       },
+     { "sqlite3_key",                   (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_key              },
+     { "sqlite3_rekey",                 (Tcl_CmdProc*)test_rekey            },
+  };
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
+     void *clientData;
+  } aObjCmd[] = {
+     { "sqlite3_bind_int",              test_bind_int,      0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_int64",            test_bind_int64,    0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_double",           test_bind_double,   0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_null",             test_bind_null     ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_text",             test_bind_text     ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_text16",           test_bind_text16   ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_blob",             test_bind_blob     ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_bind_parameter_count",  test_bind_parameter_count, 0},
+     { "sqlite3_bind_parameter_name",   test_bind_parameter_name,  0},
+     { "sqlite3_bind_parameter_index",  test_bind_parameter_index, 0},
+     { "sqlite3_errcode",               test_errcode       ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_errmsg",                test_errmsg        ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_errmsg16",              test_errmsg16      ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_open",                  test_open          ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_open16",                test_open16        ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_complete16",            test_complete16    ,0 },
+
+     { "sqlite3_prepare",               test_prepare       ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_prepare16",             test_prepare16     ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_finalize",              test_finalize      ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_reset",                 test_reset         ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_changes",               test_changes       ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_step",                  test_step          ,0 },
+
+     /* sqlite3_column_*() API */
+     { "sqlite3_column_count",          test_column_count  ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_data_count",            test_data_count    ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_column_type",           test_column_type   ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_column_blob",           test_column_blob   ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_column_double",         test_column_double ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_column_int64",          test_column_int64  ,0 },
+     { "sqlite3_column_int",        test_stmt_int,   sqlite3_column_int       },
+     { "sqlite3_column_bytes",      test_stmt_int,   sqlite3_column_bytes     },
+     { "sqlite3_column_bytes16",    test_stmt_int,   sqlite3_column_bytes16   },
+     { "sqlite3_column_text",       test_stmt_utf8,  sqlite3_column_text      },
+     { "sqlite3_column_decltype",   test_stmt_utf8,  sqlite3_column_decltype  },
+     { "sqlite3_column_name",       test_stmt_utf8,  sqlite3_column_name      },
+     { "sqlite3_column_text16",     test_stmt_utf16, sqlite3_column_text16    },
+     { "sqlite3_column_decltype16", test_stmt_utf16, sqlite3_column_decltype16},
+     { "sqlite3_column_name16",     test_stmt_utf16, sqlite3_column_name16    },
+
+     /* Functions from os.h */
+     { "sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite",test_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite, 0 },
+     { "sqlite3OsClose",        test_sqlite3OsClose, 0 },
+     { "sqlite3OsLock",         test_sqlite3OsLock, 0 },
+     { "sqlite3OsTempFileName", test_sqlite3OsTempFileName, 0 },
+   
+     /* Custom test interfaces */
+     { "sqlite3OsUnlock",         test_sqlite3OsUnlock, 0    },
+     { "add_test_collate",        test_collate, 0            },
+     { "add_test_collate_needed", test_collate_needed, 0     },
+     { "add_test_function",       test_function, 0           },
+     { "sqlite3_crashparams",     sqlite3_crashparams, 0     },
+     { "sqlite3_test_errstr",     test_errstr, 0             },
+     { "tcl_variable_type",       tcl_variable_type, 0       },
+
+  };
+  int i;
+  extern int sqlite3_os_trace;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aObjCmd)/sizeof(aObjCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aObjCmd[i].zName, 
+        aObjCmd[i].xProc, aObjCmd[i].clientData, 0);
+  }
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_search_count", 
+      (char*)&sqlite3_search_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_interrupt_count", 
+      (char*)&sqlite3_interrupt_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_open_file_count", 
+      (char*)&sqlite3_open_file_count, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_current_time", 
+      (char*)&sqlite3_current_time, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_os_trace",
+      (char*)&sqlite3_os_trace, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_static_bind_value",
+      (char*)&sqlite_static_bind_value, TCL_LINK_STRING);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_temp_directory",
+      (char*)&sqlite3_temp_directory, TCL_LINK_STRING);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test2.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3706c1a78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the pager.c module in SQLite.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Interpret an SQLite error number
+*/
+static char *errorName(int rc){
+  char *zName;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
+    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";      break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Page size and reserved size used for testing.
+*/
+static int test_pagesize = 1024;
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_open FILENAME N-PAGE
+**
+** Open a new pager
+*/
+static int pager_open(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int nPage;
+  int rc;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME N-PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &nPage) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_open(&pPager, argv[1], 0, 1);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(pPager, nPage);
+  sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pPager, test_pagesize);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPager);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_close ID
+**
+** Close the given pager.
+*/
+static int pager_close(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_close(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_rollback ID
+**
+** Rollback changes
+*/
+static int pager_rollback(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_commit ID
+**
+** Commit all changes
+*/
+static int pager_commit(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_commit(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stmt_begin ID
+**
+** Start a new checkpoint.
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_begin(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stmt_rollback ID
+**
+** Rollback changes to a checkpoint
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_rollback(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stmt_commit ID
+**
+** Commit changes to a checkpoint
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_commit(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_stats ID
+**
+** Return pager statistics.
+*/
+static int pager_stats(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int i, *a;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  a = sqlite3pager_stats(pPager);
+  for(i=0; i<9; i++){
+    static char *zName[] = {
+      "ref", "page", "max", "size", "state", "err",
+      "hit", "miss", "ovfl",
+    };
+    char zBuf[100];
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zName[i]);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",a[i]);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   pager_pagecount ID
+**
+** Return the size of the database file.
+*/
+static int pager_pagecount(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_get ID PGNO
+**
+** Return a pointer to a page from the database.
+*/
+static int page_get(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  int pgno;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_lookup ID PGNO
+**
+** Return a pointer to a page if the page is already in cache.
+** If not in cache, return an empty string.
+*/
+static int page_lookup(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  int pgno;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID PGNO\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPager = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &pgno) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  pPage = sqlite3pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  if( pPage ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%p",pPage);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_unref PAGE
+**
+** Drop a pointer to a page.
+*/
+static int page_unref(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_read PAGE
+**
+** Return the content of a page
+*/
+static int page_read(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  memcpy(zBuf, pPage, sizeof(zBuf));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_number PAGE
+**
+** Return the page number for a page.
+*/
+static int page_number(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  char zBuf[100];
+  void *pPage;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   page_write PAGE DATA
+**
+** Write something into a page.
+*/
+static int page_write(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " PAGE DATA\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pPage = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  strncpy((char*)pPage, argv[2], test_pagesize-1);
+  ((char*)pPage)[test_pagesize-1] = 0;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   fake_big_file  N  FILENAME
+**
+** Write a few bytes at the N megabyte point of FILENAME.  This will
+** create a large file.  If the file was a valid SQLite database, then
+** the next time the database is opened, SQLite will begin allocating
+** new pages after N.  If N is 2096 or bigger, this will test the
+** ability of SQLite to write to large files.
+*/
+static int fake_big_file(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int n;
+  i64 offset;
+  OsFile fd;
+  int readOnly = 0;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " N-MEGABYTES FILE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  memset(&fd, 0, sizeof(fd));
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(argv[2], &fd, &readOnly);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "open failed: ", errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  offset = n;
+  offset *= 1024*1024;
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&fd, offset);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "seek failed: ", errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&fd, "Hello, World!", 14);
+  sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "write failed: ", errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest2_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending;
+  static struct {
+    char *zName;
+    Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+    { "pager_open",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_open          },
+    { "pager_close",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_close         },
+    { "pager_commit",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_commit        },
+    { "pager_rollback",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_rollback      },
+    { "pager_stmt_begin",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_begin    },
+    { "pager_stmt_commit",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_commit   },
+    { "pager_stmt_rollback",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stmt_rollback },
+    { "pager_stats",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_stats         },
+    { "pager_pagecount",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)pager_pagecount     },
+    { "page_get",                (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_get            },
+    { "page_lookup",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_lookup         },
+    { "page_unref",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_unref          },
+    { "page_read",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_read           },
+    { "page_write",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_write          },
+    { "page_number",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)page_number         },
+    { "fake_big_file",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)fake_big_file       },
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_io_error_pending",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_io_error_pending, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "sqlite_diskfull_pending",
+     (char*)&sqlite3_diskfull_pending, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "pager_pagesize",
+     (char*)&test_pagesize, TCL_LINK_INT);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test3.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8824029f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1380 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the btree.c module in SQLite.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Interpret an SQLite error number
+*/
+static char *errorName(int rc){
+  char *zName;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_open FILENAME NCACHE FLAGS
+**
+** Open a new database
+*/
+static int btree_open(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc, nCache, flags;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " FILENAME NCACHE FLAGS\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &nCache) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &flags) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(argv[1], &pBt, flags);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pBt, nCache);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%p", pBt);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_close ID
+**
+** Close the given database.
+*/
+static int btree_close(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClose(pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_begin_transaction ID
+**
+** Start a new transaction
+*/
+static int btree_begin_transaction(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 1);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_rollback ID
+**
+** Rollback changes
+*/
+static int btree_rollback(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_commit ID
+**
+** Commit all changes
+*/
+static int btree_commit(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_begin_statement ID
+**
+** Start a new statement transaction
+*/
+static int btree_begin_statement(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_rollback_statement ID
+**
+** Rollback changes
+*/
+static int btree_rollback_statement(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_commit_statement ID
+**
+** Commit all changes
+*/
+static int btree_commit_statement(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_create_table ID FLAGS
+**
+** Create a new table in the database
+*/
+static int btree_create_table(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc, iTable, flags;
+  char zBuf[30];
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID FLAGS\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &flags) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pBt, &iTable, flags);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%d", iTable);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_drop_table ID TABLENUM
+**
+** Delete an entire table from the database
+*/
+static int btree_drop_table(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iTable;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID TABLENUM\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iTable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(pBt, iTable);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_clear_table ID TABLENUM
+**
+** Remove all entries from the given table but keep the table around.
+*/
+static int btree_clear_table(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iTable;
+  int rc;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID TABLENUM\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iTable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pBt, iTable);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_get_meta ID
+**
+** Return meta data
+*/
+static int btree_get_meta(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  for(i=0; i<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META; i++){
+    char zBuf[30];
+    unsigned int v;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, i, &v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%d",v);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_update_meta ID METADATA...
+**
+** Return meta data
+*/
+static int btree_update_meta(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  int aMeta[SQLITE_N_BTREE_META];
+
+  if( argc!=2+SQLITE_N_BTREE_META ){
+    char zBuf[30];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%d",SQLITE_N_BTREE_META);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID METADATA...\" (METADATA is ", zBuf, " integers)", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  for(i=1; i<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META; i++){
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i+2], &aMeta[i]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(i=1; i<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META; i++){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pBt, i, aMeta[i]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_page_dump ID PAGENUM
+**
+** Print a disassembly of a page on standard output
+*/
+static int btree_page_dump(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iPage;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iPage) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, iPage, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_tree_dump ID PAGENUM
+**
+** Print a disassembly of a page and all its child pages on standard output
+*/
+static int btree_tree_dump(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iPage;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iPage) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, iPage, 1);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_pager_stats ID
+**
+** Returns pager statistics
+*/
+static int btree_pager_stats(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int i;
+  int *a;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  a = sqlite3pager_stats(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+  for(i=0; i<9; i++){
+    static char *zName[] = {
+      "ref", "page", "max", "size", "state", "err",
+      "hit", "miss", "ovfl",
+    };
+    char zBuf[100];
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zName[i]);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%d",a[i]);
+    Tcl_AppendElement(interp, zBuf);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_pager_ref_dump ID
+**
+** Print out all outstanding pages.
+*/
+static int btree_pager_ref_dump(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3pager_refdump(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_integrity_check ID ROOT ...
+**
+** Look through every page of the given BTree file to verify correct
+** formatting and linkage.  Return a line of text for each problem found.
+** Return an empty string if everything worked.
+*/
+static int btree_integrity_check(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  char *zResult;
+  int nRoot;
+  int *aRoot;
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc<3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID ROOT ...\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  nRoot = argc-2;
+  aRoot = malloc( sizeof(int)*(argc-2) );
+  for(i=0; i<argc-2; i++){
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[i+2], &aRoot[i]) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  zResult = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(pBt, aRoot, nRoot);
+  if( zResult ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zResult, 0);
+    sqliteFree(zResult); 
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_cursor_list ID
+**
+** Print information about all cursors to standard output for debugging.
+*/
+static int btree_cursor_list(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3BtreeCursorList(pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_cursor ID TABLENUM WRITEABLE
+**
+** Create a new cursor.  Return the ID for the cursor.
+*/
+static int btree_cursor(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int iTable;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int wrFlag;
+  char zBuf[30];
+
+  if( argc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID TABLENUM WRITEABLE\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBt = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iTable) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[3], &wrFlag) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, iTable, wrFlag, 0, 0, &pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%p", pCur);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_close_cursor ID
+**
+** Close a cursor opened using btree_cursor.
+*/
+static int btree_close_cursor(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_move_to ID KEY
+**
+** Move the cursor to the entry with the given key.
+*/
+static int btree_move_to(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int res;
+  char zBuf[20];
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID KEY\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur) & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    int iKey;
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &iKey) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, 0, iKey, &res);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, argv[2], strlen(argv[2]), &res);  
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( res<0 ) res = -1;
+  if( res>0 ) res = 1;
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf,"%d",res);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_delete ID
+**
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to
+*/
+static int btree_delete(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_insert ID KEY DATA
+**
+** Create a new entry with the given key and data.  If an entry already
+** exists with the same key the old entry is overwritten.
+*/
+static int btree_insert(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( objc!=4 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "ID KEY DATA");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(Tcl_GetString(objv[1]));
+  if( sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur) & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    i64 iKey;
+    int len;
+    unsigned char *pBuf;
+    if( Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iKey) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    pBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &len);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCur, 0, iKey, pBuf, len);
+  }else{
+    int keylen;
+    int dlen;
+    unsigned char *pKBuf;
+    unsigned char *pDBuf;
+    pKBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[2], &keylen);
+    pDBuf = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[3], &dlen);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCur, pKBuf, keylen, pDBuf, dlen);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_next ID
+**
+** Move the cursor to the next entry in the table.  Return 0 on success
+** or 1 if the cursor was already on the last entry in the table or if
+** the table is empty.
+*/
+static int btree_next(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int res = 0;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, &res);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",res);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_prev ID
+**
+** Move the cursor to the previous entry in the table.  Return 0 on
+** success and 1 if the cursor was already on the first entry in
+** the table or if the table was empty.
+*/
+static int btree_prev(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int res = 0;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, &res);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",res);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_first ID
+**
+** Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return 0 if the
+** cursor was left point to something and 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+static int btree_first(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int res = 0;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCur, &res);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",res);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_last ID
+**
+** Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return 0 if the
+** cursor was left point to something and 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+static int btree_last(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int res = 0;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCur, &res);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",res);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_eof ID
+**
+** Return TRUE if the given cursor is not pointing at a valid entry.
+** Return FALSE if the cursor does point to a valid entry.
+*/
+static int btree_eof(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  char zBuf[50];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf, "%d", sqlite3BtreeEof(pCur));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_keysize ID
+**
+** Return the number of bytes of key.  For an INTKEY table, this
+** returns the key itself.
+*/
+static int btree_keysize(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  u64 n;
+  char zBuf[50];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &n);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf, "%llu", n);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_key ID
+**
+** Return the key for the entry at which the cursor is pointing.
+*/
+static int btree_key(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  u64 n;
+  char *zBuf;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &n);
+  if( sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur) & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    char zBuf2[60];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf2),zBuf2, "%llu", n);
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf2, 0);
+  }else{
+    zBuf = malloc( n+1 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, n, zBuf);
+    if( rc ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    zBuf[n] = 0;
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+    free(zBuf);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_data ID
+**
+** Return the data for the entry at which the cursor is pointing.
+*/
+static int btree_data(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  u32 n;
+  char *zBuf;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCur, &n);
+  zBuf = malloc( n+1 );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, 0, n, zBuf);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  zBuf[n] = 0;
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  free(zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_fetch_key ID AMT
+**
+** Use the sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() routine to get AMT bytes of the key.
+** If sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch() fails, return an empty string.
+*/
+static int btree_fetch_key(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int n;
+  int amt;
+  u64 nKey;
+  const char *zBuf;
+  char zStatic[1000];
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID AMT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nKey);
+  zBuf = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &amt);
+  if( zBuf && amt>=n ){
+    assert( nKey<sizeof(zStatic) );
+    if( n>0 ) nKey = n;
+    memcpy(zStatic, zBuf, (int)nKey); 
+    zStatic[nKey] = 0;
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zStatic, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_fetch_data ID AMT
+**
+** Use the sqlite3BtreeDataFetch() routine to get AMT bytes of the key.
+** If sqlite3BtreeDataFetch() fails, return an empty string.
+*/
+static int btree_fetch_data(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int n;
+  int amt;
+  u32 nData;
+  const char *zBuf;
+  char zStatic[1000];
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID AMT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCur, &nData);
+  zBuf = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &amt);
+  if( zBuf && amt>=n ){
+    assert( nData<sizeof(zStatic) );
+    if( n>0 ) nData = n;
+    memcpy(zStatic, zBuf, (int)nData); 
+    zStatic[nData] = 0;
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zStatic, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_payload_size ID
+**
+** Return the number of bytes of payload
+*/
+static int btree_payload_size(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int n2;
+  u64 n1;
+  char zBuf[50];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur) & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+    n1 = 0;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &n1);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCur, &n2);
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf, "%d", (int)(n1+n2));
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   btree_cursor_info ID ?UP-CNT?
+**
+** Return integers containing information about the entry the
+** cursor is pointing to:
+**
+**   aResult[0] =  The page number
+**   aResult[1] =  The entry number
+**   aResult[2] =  Total number of entries on this page
+**   aResult[3] =  Cell size (local payload + header)
+**   aResult[4] =  Number of free bytes on this page
+**   aResult[5] =  Number of free blocks on the page
+**   aResult[6] =  Total payload size (local + overflow)
+**   aResult[7] =  Header size in bytes
+**   aResult[8] =  Local payload size
+**   aResult[9] =  Parent page number
+*/
+static int btree_cursor_info(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int rc;
+  int i, j;
+  int up;
+  int aResult[10];
+  char zBuf[400];
+
+  if( argc!=2 && argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID ?UP-CNT?\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCur = sqlite3TextToPtr(argv[1]);
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &up) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    up = 0;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(pCur, aResult, up);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, errorName(rc), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aResult)/sizeof(aResult[0]); i++){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(40,&zBuf[j]," %d", aResult[i]);
+    j += strlen(&zBuf[j]);
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, &zBuf[1], 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The command is provided for the purpose of setting breakpoints.
+** in regression test scripts.
+**
+** By setting a GDB breakpoint on this procedure and executing the
+** btree_breakpoint command in a test script, we can stop GDB at
+** the point in the script where the btree_breakpoint command is
+** inserted.  This is useful for debugging.
+*/
+static int btree_breakpoint(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** usage:   varint_test  START  MULTIPLIER  COUNT  INCREMENT
+**
+** This command tests the sqlite3PutVarint() and sqlite3GetVarint()
+** routines, both for accuracy and for speed.
+**
+** An integer is written using PutVarint() and read back with
+** GetVarint() and varified to be unchanged.  This repeats COUNT
+** times.  The first integer is START*MULTIPLIER.  Each iteration
+** increases the integer by INCREMENT.
+**
+** This command returns nothing if it works.  It returns an error message
+** if something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int btree_varint_test(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  u32 start, mult, count, incr;
+  u64 in, out;
+  int n1, n2, i, j;
+  unsigned char zBuf[100];
+  if( argc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " START MULTIPLIER COUNT INCREMENT\"", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[1], (int*)&start) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], (int*)&mult) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], (int*)&count) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], (int*)&incr) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  in = start;
+  in *= mult;
+  for(i=0; i<count; i++){
+    char zErr[200];
+    n1 = sqlite3PutVarint(zBuf, in);
+    if( n1>9 || n1<1 ){
+      sprintf(zErr, "PutVarint returned %d - should be between 1 and 9", n1);
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    n2 = sqlite3GetVarint(zBuf, &out);
+    if( n1!=n2 ){
+      sprintf(zErr, "PutVarint returned %d and GetVarint returned %d", n1, n2);
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( in!=out ){
+      sprintf(zErr, "Wrote 0x%016llx and got back 0x%016llx", in, out);
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    if( (in & 0xffffffff)==in ){
+      u32 out32;
+      n2 = sqlite3GetVarint32(zBuf, &out32);
+      out = out32;
+      if( n1!=n2 ){
+        sprintf(zErr, "PutVarint returned %d and GetVarint32 returned %d", 
+                  n1, n2);
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+      if( in!=out ){
+        sprintf(zErr, "Wrote 0x%016llx and got back 0x%016llx from GetVarint32",
+            in, out);
+        Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, 0);
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* In order to get realistic timings, run getVarint 19 more times.
+    ** This is because getVarint is called about 20 times more often
+    ** than putVarint.
+    */
+    for(j=0; j<19; j++){
+      sqlite3GetVarint(zBuf, &out);
+    }
+    in += incr;
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest3_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  extern int sqlite3_btree_trace;
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+     { "btree_open",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_open               },
+     { "btree_close",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_close              },
+     { "btree_begin_transaction",  (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_begin_transaction  },
+     { "btree_commit",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_commit             },
+     { "btree_rollback",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_rollback           },
+     { "btree_create_table",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_create_table       },
+     { "btree_drop_table",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_drop_table         },
+     { "btree_clear_table",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_clear_table        },
+     { "btree_get_meta",           (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_get_meta           },
+     { "btree_update_meta",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_update_meta        },
+     { "btree_page_dump",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_page_dump          },
+     { "btree_tree_dump",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_tree_dump          },
+     { "btree_pager_stats",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_pager_stats        },
+     { "btree_pager_ref_dump",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_pager_ref_dump     },
+     { "btree_cursor",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_cursor             },
+     { "btree_close_cursor",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_close_cursor       },
+     { "btree_move_to",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_move_to            },
+     { "btree_delete",             (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_delete             },
+     { "btree_next",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_next               },
+     { "btree_prev",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_prev               },
+     { "btree_eof",                (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_eof                },
+     { "btree_keysize",            (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_keysize            },
+     { "btree_key",                (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_key                },
+     { "btree_data",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_data               },
+     { "btree_fetch_key",          (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_fetch_key          },
+     { "btree_fetch_data",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_fetch_data         },
+     { "btree_payload_size",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_payload_size       },
+     { "btree_first",              (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_first              },
+     { "btree_last",               (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_last               },
+     { "btree_cursor_info",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_cursor_info        },
+     { "btree_cursor_list",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_cursor_list        },
+     { "btree_integrity_check",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_integrity_check    },
+     { "btree_breakpoint",         (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_breakpoint         },
+     { "btree_varint_test",        (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_varint_test        },
+     { "btree_begin_statement",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_begin_statement    },
+     { "btree_commit_statement",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_commit_statement   },
+     { "btree_rollback_statement", (Tcl_CmdProc*)btree_rollback_statement },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "pager_refinfo_enable", (char*)&pager3_refinfo_enable,
+     TCL_LINK_INT);
+  Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "btree_trace", (char*)&sqlite3_btree_trace,
+     TCL_LINK_INT);
+
+  /* The btree_insert command is implemented using the tcl 'object'
+  ** interface, not the string interface like the other commands in this
+  ** file. This is so binary data can be inserted into btree tables.
+  */
+  Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "btree_insert", btree_insert, 0, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test4.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test4.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47a407a4b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test4.c
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/*
+** 2003 December 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the the SQLite library in a multithreaded environment.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if defined(OS_UNIX) && OS_UNIX==1 && defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE==1
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <sched.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Each thread is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Thread Thread;
+struct Thread {
+  /* The first group of fields are writable by the master and read-only
+  ** to the thread. */
+  char *zFilename;       /* Name of database file */
+  void (*xOp)(Thread*);  /* next operation to do */
+  char *zArg;            /* argument usable by xOp */
+  int opnum;             /* Operation number */
+  int busy;              /* True if this thread is in use */
+
+  /* The next group of fields are writable by the thread but read-only to the
+  ** master. */
+  int completed;        /* Number of operations completed */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Open database */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;     /* Pending operation */
+  char *zErr;           /* operation error */
+  char *zStaticErr;     /* Static error message */
+  int rc;               /* operation return code */
+  int argc;             /* number of columns in result */
+  const char *argv[100];    /* result columns */
+  const char *colv[100];    /* result column names */
+};
+
+/*
+** There can be as many as 26 threads running at once.  Each is named
+** by a capital letter: A, B, C, ..., Y, Z.
+*/
+#define N_THREAD 26
+static Thread threadset[N_THREAD];
+
+
+/*
+** The main loop for a thread.  Threads use busy waiting. 
+*/
+static void *thread_main(void *pArg){
+  Thread *p = (Thread*)pArg;
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+  }
+  sqlite3_open(p->zFilename, &p->db);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(p->db) ){
+    p->zErr = strdup(sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+  p->completed = 1;
+  while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
+  while( p->xOp ){
+    if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
+      p->zErr = 0;
+    }
+    (*p->xOp)(p);
+    p->completed++;
+    while( p->opnum<=p->completed ) sched_yield();
+  }
+  if( p->pStmt ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->db ){
+    sqlite3_close(p->db);
+    p->db = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->zErr && p->zErr!=p->zStaticErr ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErr);
+    p->zErr = 0;
+  }
+  p->completed++;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a thread ID which is an upper case letter.  Return the index.
+** If the argument is not a valid thread ID put an error message in
+** the interpreter and return -1.
+*/
+static int parse_thread_id(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zArg){
+  if( zArg==0 || zArg[0]==0 || zArg[1]!=0 || !isupper((unsigned char)zArg[0]) ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ID must be an upper case letter", 0);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return zArg[0] - 'A';
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:    thread_create NAME  FILENAME
+**
+** NAME should be an upper case letter.  Start the thread running with
+** an open connection to the given database.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_create(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  pthread_t x;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID FILENAME", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "thread ", argv[1], " is already running", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  threadset[i].busy = 1;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zFilename);
+  threadset[i].zFilename = sqliteStrDup(argv[2]);
+  threadset[i].opnum = 1;
+  threadset[i].completed = 0;
+  rc = pthread_create(&x, 0, thread_main, &threadset[i]);
+  if( rc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create the thread", 0);
+    sqliteFree(threadset[i].zFilename);
+    threadset[i].busy = 0;
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  pthread_detach(x);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Wait for a thread to reach its idle state.
+*/
+static void thread_wait(Thread *p){
+  while( p->opnum>p->completed ) sched_yield();
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  thread_wait ID
+**
+** Wait on thread ID to reach its idle state.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_wait(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Stop a thread.
+*/
+static void stop_thread(Thread *p){
+  thread_wait(p);
+  p->xOp = 0;
+  p->opnum++;
+  thread_wait(p);
+  sqliteFree(p->zArg);
+  p->zArg = 0;
+  sqliteFree(p->zFilename);
+  p->zFilename = 0;
+  p->busy = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:  thread_halt ID
+**
+** Cause a thread to shut itself down.  Wait for the shutdown to be
+** completed.  If ID is "*" then stop all threads.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_halt(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( argv[1][0]=='*' && argv[1][1]==0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<N_THREAD; i++){
+      if( threadset[i].busy ) stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
+    }
+  }else{
+    i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+    if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+    if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+      Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+      return TCL_ERROR;
+    }
+    stop_thread(&threadset[i]);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_argc  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
+** number of columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_argc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  char zBuf[100];
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  sprintf(zBuf, "%d", threadset[i].argc);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zBuf, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_argv  ID   N
+**
+** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
+** value of the N-th columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_argv(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].argv[n], 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_colname  ID   N
+**
+** Wait on the most recent thread_step to complete, then return the
+** name of the N-th columns in the result set.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_colname(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  int n;
+
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID N", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &n) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  if( n<0 || n>=threadset[i].argc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "column number out of range", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].colv[n], 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_result  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
+** result code from that operation.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_result(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zName;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  switch( threadset[i].rc ){
+    case SQLITE_OK:         zName = "SQLITE_OK";          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      zName = "SQLITE_ERROR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       zName = "SQLITE_PERM";        break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      zName = "SQLITE_ABORT";       break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       zName = "SQLITE_BUSY";        break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM";       break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   zName = "SQLITE_READONLY";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT";   break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      zName = "SQLITE_IOERR";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT";     break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       zName = "SQLITE_FULL";        break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN";    break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL";    break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY";       break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA";      break;
+    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG";      break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT";  break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH";    break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       zName = "SQLITE_AUTH";        break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT";      break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      zName = "SQLITE_RANGE";       break;
+    case SQLITE_ROW:        zName = "SQLITE_ROW";         break;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:       zName = "SQLITE_DONE";        break;
+    default:                zName = "SQLITE_Unknown";     break;
+  }
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zName, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_error  ID
+**
+** Wait on the most recent operation to complete, then return the
+** error string.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_error(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  Tcl_AppendResult(interp, threadset[i].zErr, 0);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to compile an SQL statement.
+*/
+static void do_compile(Thread *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no database is open";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( p->pStmt ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    p->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, p->zArg, -1, &p->pStmt, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_compile ID SQL
+**
+** Compile a new virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_compile(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID SQL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_compile;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = sqliteStrDup(argv[2]);
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to step the virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_step(Thread *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    p->argc = sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt);
+    for(i=0; i<sqlite3_data_count(p->pStmt); i++){
+      p->argv[i] = sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<p->argc; i++){
+      p->colv[i] = sqlite3_column_name(p->pStmt, i);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_step ID
+**
+** Advance the virtual machine by one step
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_step(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_step;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure runs in the thread to finalize a virtual machine.
+*/
+static void do_finalize(Thread *p){
+  if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+    p->zErr = p->zStaticErr = "no virtual machine available";
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+  p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+  p->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_finalize ID
+**
+** Finalize the virtual machine.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_finalize(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " IDL", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  threadset[i].xOp = do_finalize;
+  sqliteFree(threadset[i].zArg);
+  threadset[i].zArg = 0;
+  threadset[i].opnum++;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: thread_swap ID ID
+**
+** Interchange the sqlite* pointer between two threads.
+*/
+static int tcl_thread_swap(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,    /* The TCL interpreter that invoked this command */
+  int argc,              /* Number of arguments */
+  const char **argv      /* Text of each argument */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *temp;
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
+       " ID1 ID2", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  i = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[1]);
+  if( i<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[i].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[i]);
+  j = parse_thread_id(interp, argv[2]);
+  if( j<0 ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( !threadset[j].busy ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such thread", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  thread_wait(&threadset[j]);
+  temp = threadset[i].db;
+  threadset[i].db = threadset[j].db;
+  threadset[j].db = temp;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+     char *zName;
+     Tcl_CmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+     { "thread_create",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_create     },
+     { "thread_wait",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_wait       },
+     { "thread_halt",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_halt       },
+     { "thread_argc",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_argc       },
+     { "thread_argv",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_argv       },
+     { "thread_colname",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_colname    },
+     { "thread_result",     (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_result     },
+     { "thread_error",      (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_error      },
+     { "thread_compile",    (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_compile    },
+     { "thread_step",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_step       },
+     { "thread_finalize",   (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_finalize   },
+     { "thread_swap",       (Tcl_CmdProc*)tcl_thread_swap       },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+#else
+int Sqlitetest4_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){ return TCL_OK; }
+#endif /* OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test5.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test5.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4de7269642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/test5.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Code for testing the utf.c module in SQLite.  This code
+** is not included in the SQLite library.  It is used for automated
+** testing of the SQLite library. Specifically, the code in this file
+** is used for testing the SQLite routines for converting between
+** the various supported unicode encodings.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+#include "os.h"         /* to get SQLITE_BIGENDIAN */
+#include "tcl.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** The first argument is a TCL UTF-8 string. Return the byte array
+** object with the encoded representation of the string, including
+** the NULL terminator.
+*/
+static int binarize(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  int len;
+  char *bytes;
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+  assert(objc==2);
+
+  bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
+  pRet = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(bytes, len+1);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: test_value_overhead <repeat-count> <do-calls>.
+**
+** This routine is used to test the overhead of calls to
+** sqlite3_value_text(), on a value that contains a UTF-8 string. The idea
+** is to figure out whether or not it is a problem to use sqlite3_value
+** structures with collation sequence functions.
+**
+** If <do-calls> is 0, then the calls to sqlite3_value_text() are not
+** actually made.
+*/
+static int test_value_overhead(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  int do_calls;
+  int repeat_count;
+  int i;
+  Mem val;
+  const char *zVal;
+
+  if( objc!=3 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), " <repeat-count> <do-calls>", 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &repeat_count) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &do_calls) ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  val.flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|MEM_Static;
+  val.z = "hello world";
+  val.type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  val.enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+  for(i=0; i<repeat_count; i++){
+    if( do_calls ){
+      zVal = sqlite3_value_text(&val);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+static u8 name_to_enc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pObj){
+  struct EncName {
+    char *zName;
+    u8 enc;
+  } encnames[] = {
+    { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
+    { "UTF16LE", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
+    { "UTF16BE", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
+    { "UTF16", SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  struct EncName *pEnc;
+  char *z = Tcl_GetString(pObj);
+  for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, pEnc->zName) ){
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pEnc->enc ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No such encoding: ", z, 0);
+  }
+  return pEnc->enc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage:   test_translate <string/blob> <from enc> <to enc> ?<transient>?
+**
+*/
+static int test_translate(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  u8 enc_from;
+  u8 enc_to;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+
+  char *z;
+  int len;
+  void (*xDel)(void *p) = SQLITE_STATIC;
+
+  if( objc!=4 && objc!=5 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
+        Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], 0), 
+        " <string/blob> <from enc> <to enc>", 0
+    );
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( objc==5 ){
+    xDel = sqlite3FreeX;
+  }
+
+  enc_from = name_to_enc(interp, objv[2]);
+  if( !enc_from ) return TCL_ERROR;
+  enc_to = name_to_enc(interp, objv[3]);
+  if( !enc_to ) return TCL_ERROR;
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+
+  if( enc_from==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    z = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
+    if( objc==5 ){
+      z = sqliteStrDup(z);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, z, enc_from, xDel);
+  }else{
+    z = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &len);
+    if( objc==5 ){
+      char *zTmp = z;
+      z = sqliteMalloc(len);
+      memcpy(z, zTmp, len);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, z, enc_from, xDel);
+  }
+
+  z = (char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc_to);
+  len = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, enc_to) + (enc_to==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(z, len));
+
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Usage: translate_selftest
+**
+** Call sqlite3utfSelfTest() to run the internal tests for unicode
+** translation. If there is a problem an assert() will fail.
+**/
+void sqlite3utfSelfTest();
+static int test_translate_selftest(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3utfSelfTest();
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Register commands with the TCL interpreter.
+*/
+int Sqlitetest5_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+  static struct {
+    char *zName;
+    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+    { "binarize",                (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)binarize },
+    { "test_value_overhead",     (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_value_overhead },
+    { "test_translate",          (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_translate     },
+    { "translate_selftest",      (Tcl_ObjCmdProc*)test_translate_selftest},
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(aCmd[0]); i++){
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, aCmd[i].zName, aCmd[i].xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/tokenize.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/tokenize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..061e5b9a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/tokenize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+** This function looks up an identifier to determine if it is a
+** keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program was manually cut and pasted
+** into this file.  When the set of keywords for SQLite changes, you
+** must modify the mkkeywordhash.c program (to add or remove keywords from
+** the data tables) then rerun that program to regenerate this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+  static const char zText[519] =
+    "ABORTAFTERALLANDASCATTACHBEFOREBEGINBETWEENBYCASCADECASECHECK"
+    "COLLATECOMMITCONFLICTCONSTRAINTCREATECROSSDATABASEDEFAULTDEFERRABLE"
+    "DEFERREDDELETEDESCDETACHDISTINCTDROPEACHELSEENDEXCEPTEXCLUSIVE"
+    "EXPLAINFAILFOREIGNFROMFULLGLOBGROUPHAVINGIGNOREIMMEDIATEINDEX"
+    "INITIALLYINNERINSERTINSTEADINTERSECTINTOISNULLJOINKEYLEFTLIKE"
+    "LIMITMATCHNATURALNOTNULLNULLOFFSETONORDEROUTERPRAGMAPRIMARYRAISE"
+    "REFERENCESREPLACERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWSELECTSETSTATEMENTTABLE"
+    "TEMPORARYTHENTRANSACTIONTRIGGERUNIONUNIQUEUPDATEUSINGVACUUMVALUES"
+    "VIEWWHENWHERE";
+  static const unsigned char aHash[154] = {
+       0,  75,  82,   0,   0,  97,  80,   0,  83,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   6,   0,  95,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  96,  86,   8,   0,  26,  13,   7,  19,  15,   0,   0,  32,
+      25,   0,  21,  31,  41,   0,   0,   0,  34,  27,   0,   0,  30,
+       0,   0,   0,   9,   0,  10,   0,   0,   0,   0,  51,   0,  44,
+      43,   0,  45,  40,   0,  29,  39,  35,   0,   0,  20,   0,  59,
+       0,  16,   0,  17,   0,  18,   0,  55,  42,  72,   0,  33,   0,
+       0,  61,  66,  56,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  54,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  74,  50,  76,  64,  52,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      68,  84,   0,  47,   0,  58,  60,  92,   0,   0,  48,   0,  93,
+       0,  63,  71,  98,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  67,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  87,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  90,  88,   0,  94,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[98] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  12,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  11,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,  14,   3,  24,   0,   0,   0,   1,  22,   0,   0,
+      36,  23,  28,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   5,   0,
+       0,  49,  37,   0,   0,   0,  38,   0,  53,   0,  57,  62,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  70,  46,   0,  65,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      69,  73,   0,  77,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  81,  85,   0,
+      91,  79,  78,   0,   0,  89,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[98] = {
+       5,   5,   3,   3,   2,   3,   6,   6,   5,   7,   2,   7,   4,
+       5,   7,   6,   8,  10,   6,   5,   8,   7,  10,   8,   6,   4,
+       6,   8,   4,   4,   4,   3,   6,   9,   7,   4,   3,   7,   4,
+       4,   4,   5,   6,   6,   9,   2,   5,   9,   5,   6,   7,   9,
+       4,   2,   6,   4,   3,   4,   4,   5,   5,   7,   3,   7,   4,
+       2,   6,   2,   2,   5,   5,   6,   7,   5,  10,   7,   8,   5,
+       8,   3,   6,   3,   9,   5,   4,   9,   4,  11,   7,   5,   6,
+       6,   5,   6,   6,   4,   4,   5,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[98] = {
+       0,   5,  10,  13,  16,  16,  19,  25,  31,  36,  43,  45,  52,
+      56,  61,  68,  74,  82,  92,  98, 103, 111, 118, 128, 136, 142,
+     146, 152, 160, 164, 168, 172, 175, 181, 190, 197, 201, 201, 208,
+     212, 216, 220, 225, 231, 237, 246, 246, 251, 260, 265, 271, 278,
+     287, 291, 291, 297, 301, 304, 308, 312, 317, 322, 329, 329, 336,
+     340, 340, 346, 348, 348, 353, 358, 364, 371, 376, 386, 393, 401,
+     406, 414, 417, 423, 426, 435, 440, 440, 449, 453, 464, 471, 476,
+     482, 488, 493, 499, 505, 509, 513,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[98] = {
+    TK_ABORT,      TK_AFTER,      TK_ALL,        TK_AND,        TK_AS,         
+    TK_ASC,        TK_ATTACH,     TK_BEFORE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_BETWEEN,    
+    TK_BY,         TK_CASCADE,    TK_CASE,       TK_CHECK,      TK_COLLATE,    
+    TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_CREATE,     TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_DATABASE,   TK_DEFAULT,    TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DELETE,     
+    TK_DESC,       TK_DETACH,     TK_DISTINCT,   TK_DROP,       TK_EACH,       
+    TK_ELSE,       TK_END,        TK_EXCEPT,     TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXPLAIN,    
+    TK_FAIL,       TK_FOR,        TK_FOREIGN,    TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_GLOB,       TK_GROUP,      TK_HAVING,     TK_IGNORE,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  
+    TK_IN,         TK_INDEX,      TK_INITIALLY,  TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_INSERT,     
+    TK_INSTEAD,    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_INTO,       TK_IS,         TK_ISNULL,     
+    TK_JOIN,       TK_KEY,        TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE,       TK_LIMIT,      
+    TK_MATCH,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_NOT,        TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NULL,       
+    TK_OF,         TK_OFFSET,     TK_ON,         TK_OR,         TK_ORDER,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_PRIMARY,    TK_RAISE,      TK_REFERENCES, 
+    TK_REPLACE,    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
+    TK_SELECT,     TK_SET,        TK_STATEMENT,  TK_TABLE,      TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_TEMP,       TK_THEN,       TK_TRANSACTION,TK_TRIGGER,    TK_UNION,      
+    TK_UNIQUE,     TK_UPDATE,     TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VALUES,     
+    TK_VIEW,       TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      
+  };
+  int h, i;
+  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[0]]*5 + 
+      sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[n-1]]*3 +
+      n) % 154;
+  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      return aCode[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return TK_ID;
+}
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier and
+** X&0x80==0 then isIdChar[X] will be 1.  If X&0x80==0x80 then
+** X is always an identifier character.  (Hence all UTF-8
+** characters can be part of an identifier).  isIdChar[X] will
+** be 0 for every character in the lower 128 ASCII characters
+** that cannot be used as part of an identifier.
+**
+** In this implementation, an identifier can be a string of
+** alphabetic characters, digits, and "_" plus any character
+** with the high-order bit set.  The latter rule means that
+** any sequence of UTF-8 characters or characters taken from
+** an extended ISO8859 character set can form an identifier.
+*/
+static const char isIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x2f && isIdChar[c-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+static int sqliteGetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '\'': case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '.': {
+      *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      if( z[i]=='.' && isdigit(z[i+1]) ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_ID;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case ':': {
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = i>1 ? TK_VARIABLE : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '$': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      if( z[1]=='{' ){
+        int nBrace = 1;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && nBrace; i++){
+          if( c=='{' ){
+            nBrace++;
+          }else if( c=='}' ){
+            nBrace--;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      }else{
+        int n = 0;
+        for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( isalnum(c) || c=='_' ){
+            n++;
+          }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+            do{
+              i++;
+            }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+            if( c==')' ){
+              i++;
+            }else{
+              *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            }
+            break;
+          }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      }
+      return i;
+    } 
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='\'' || c=='"' ){
+        int delim = c;
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( c==delim ){
+            if( i%2 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            break;
+          }
+          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            return i;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = sqlite3KeywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into 
+** memory obtained from malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that
+** error message.  Or maybe not.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i;
+  void *pEngine;
+  int tokenType;
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  extern void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(int));
+  extern void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+  extern int sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i = 0;
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(int))malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
+  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
+  while( sqlite3_malloc_failed==0 && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqliteGetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i], &tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE:
+      case TK_COMMENT: {
+        if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt)!=0 ){
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0);
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+        if( pzErrMsg ){
+          sqliteFree(*pzErrMsg);
+          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf("unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+                          &pParse->sLastToken);
+        }
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
+      }
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, free);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc),
+                    (char*)0);
+  }
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){
+      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( !nErr ) nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  sqliteFree(pParse->apVarExpr);
+  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkEXPLAIN 0
+#define tkCREATE  1
+#define tkTEMP    2
+#define tkTRIGGER 3
+#define tkEND     4
+#define tkSEMI    5
+#define tkWS      6
+#define tkOTHER   7
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
+**
+**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (1) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (2) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (3) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (1) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (2) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (3) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (4) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**   (5) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (6) tkWS        Whitespace
+**   (7) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+  /* The following matrix defines the transition from one state to another
+  ** according to what token is seen.  trans[state][token] returns the
+  ** next state.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0   START: */ {       1,      2,    3,       3,   3,    0,  0,     3, },
+     /* 1 EXPLAIN: */ {       3,      2,    3,       3,   3,    0,  1,     3, },
+     /* 2  CREATE: */ {       3,      3,    2,       4,   3,    0,  2,     3, },
+     /* 3  NORMAL: */ {       3,      3,    3,       3,   3,    0,  3,     3, },
+     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   4,    5,  4,     4, },
+     /* 5    SEMI: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   6,    5,  5,     4, },
+     /* 6     END: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   4,    0,  6,     4, },
+  };
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int c;
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/trigger.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/trigger.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbb526f802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/trigger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTmp->target.z);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqliteFree(pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  int foreach,        /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp          /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  if( !pTableName || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->iDb==1 ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
+      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].trigHash), zName,pName->n+1) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( (iDb!=1 && sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->zName, MASTER_NAME)==0) || 
+      (iDb==1 && sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->zName, TEMP_MASTER_NAME)==0) 
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( pTab->iDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(pTab->iDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->name = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqliteStrDup(pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->iDb = iDb;
+  pTrigger->iTabDb = pTab->iDb;
+  pTrigger->op = op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(pWhen);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(pColumns);
+  pTrigger->foreach = foreach;
+  sqlite3TokenCopy(&pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *nt = 0;          /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  nt = pParse->pNewTrigger;
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  nt->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = nt;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, nt->iDb, "trigger", &nt->nameToken) 
+          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, nt->step_list) ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    static const VdbeOpList insertTrig[] = {
+      { OP_NewRecno,   0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "trigger"  },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 2: trigger name */
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 3: table name */
+      { OP_Integer,    0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "CREATE TRIGGER "},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 6: SQL */
+      { OP_Concat,     0, 0,  0          }, 
+      { OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0,  "tttit"    },
+      { OP_PutIntKey,  0, 0,  0          },
+    };
+    int addr;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, nt->iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, nt->iDb);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(insertTrig), insertTrig);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+2, nt->name, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+3, nt->table, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+6, pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    if( nt->iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, nt->iDb);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, nt->iDb, 0, 
+       sqlite3MPrintf("type='trigger' AND name='%q'", nt->name), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[nt->iDb].trigHash, 
+                     nt->name, strlen(nt->name)+1, nt);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, nt->table, db->aDb[nt->iTabDb].zName);
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    nt->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+    pTab->pTrigger = nt;
+    nt = 0;
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(nt);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
+** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
+** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
+** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
+** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
+** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
+** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+*/
+static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(TriggerStep *p){
+  if( p->target.z ){
+    p->target.z = sqliteStrNDup(p->target.z, p->target.n);
+    p->target.dyn = 1;
+  }
+  if( p->pSelect ){
+    Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+    p->pSelect = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+    p->pWhere = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pExprList ){
+    ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pExprList);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList);
+    p->pExprList = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pIdList ){
+    IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(p->pIdList);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList);
+    p->pIdList = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
+  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0);
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token *pTableName, Expr *pWhere){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->name);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns);
+  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = strlen(zName);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].trigHash), zName, nName+1);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger, 0);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  return sqlite3FindTable(db,pTrigger->table,db->aDb[pTrigger->iTabDb].zName);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.  If nested is false,
+** then also generate code to remove the trigger from the SQLITE_MASTER
+** table.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger, int nested){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = pTrigger->iDb;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  assert(pTable);
+  assert( pTable->iDb==iDb || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  if( pTable!=0 && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  int nName = strlen(zName);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].trigHash), zName, nName+1, 0);
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    assert( pTable!=0 );
+    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
+      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
+      while( cc ){ 
+        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
+          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
+          break;
+        }
+        cc = cc->pNext;
+      }
+      assert(cc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/* A global variable that is TRUE if we should always set up temp tables for
+ * for triggers, even if there are no triggers to code. This is used to test 
+ * how much overhead the triggers algorithm is causing.
+ *
+ * This flag can be set or cleared using the "trigger_overhead_test" pragma.
+ * The pragma is not documented since it is not really part of the interface
+ * to SQLite, just the test procedure.
+*/
+int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Returns true if a trigger matching op, tr_tm and foreach that is NOT already
+ * on the Parse objects trigger-stack (to prevent recursive trigger firing) is
+ * found in the list specified as pTrigger.
+ */
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,      /* A list of triggers associated with a table */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  int tr_tm,              /* one of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  int foreach,            /* one of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+){
+  Trigger * pTriggerCursor;
+
+  if( sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  pTriggerCursor = pTrigger;
+  while( pTriggerCursor ){
+    if( pTriggerCursor->op == op && 
+	pTriggerCursor->tr_tm == tr_tm && 
+	pTriggerCursor->foreach == foreach &&
+	checkColumnOverLap(pTriggerCursor->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      TriggerStack * ss;
+      ss = pParse->trigStack;
+      while( ss && ss->pTrigger != pTrigger ){
+	ss = ss->pNext;
+      }
+      if( !ss )return 1;
+    }
+    pTriggerCursor = pTriggerCursor->pNext;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  iDb = pStep->pTrig->iDb;
+  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+    assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+    sDb.z = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    sDb.n = strlen(sDb.z);
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
+  } else {
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
+** trigger.  
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
+  int orconf;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+
+  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
+    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
+    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
+      case TK_SELECT: {
+	Select * ss = sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect);		  
+	assert(ss);
+	assert(ss->pSrc);
+	sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, SRT_Discard, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	sqlite3SelectDelete(ss);
+	break;
+      }
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
+		sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+		sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+          sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere));
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    } 
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
+**
+** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
+** must be true:
+**
+** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
+**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
+**
+** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
+  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  TriggerStack *pStack;
+  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
+
+  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
+  assert(tr_tm == TK_BEFORE || tr_tm == TK_AFTER );
+
+  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
+
+  pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    int fire_this = 0;
+
+    /* determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( pTrigger->op == op && pTrigger->tr_tm == tr_tm && 
+        pTrigger->foreach == TK_ROW ){
+      fire_this = 1;
+      for(pStack=pParse->trigStack; pStack; pStack=pStack->pNext){
+        if( pStack->pTrigger==pTrigger ){
+	  fire_this = 0;
+	}
+      }
+      if( op == TK_UPDATE && pTrigger->pColumns &&
+          !checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+        fire_this = 0;
+      }
+    }
+ 
+    if( fire_this ){
+      int endTrigger;
+      SrcList dummyTablist;
+      Expr * whenExpr;
+      AuthContext sContext;
+
+      dummyTablist.nSrc = 0;
+
+      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
+      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = pTrigger;
+      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
+      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
+      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
+      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTrigger->name);
+
+      /* code the WHEN clause */
+      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
+      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pTrigger->pWhen);
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, &dummyTablist, 0, whenExpr) ){
+        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+
+      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); 
+
+      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
+      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
+    }
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/update.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/update.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08c7987c6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/update.c
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int nIdxTotal;         /* Total number of indices */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  Index **apIdx = 0;     /* An array of indices that need updating too */
+  char *aIdxUsed = 0;    /* aIdxUsed[i]==1 if the i-th index is used */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  int chngRecno;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
+  Expr *pRecnoExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
+  int isView;            /* Trying to update a view */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+
+  int before_triggers;         /* True if there are any BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;          /* True if there are any AFTER triggers */
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0;  /* True if any row triggers exist */
+
+  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
+  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto update_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+            TK_UPDATE, TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, pChanges);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+            TK_UPDATE, TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, pChanges);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( isView ){
+    if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+  aXRef = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
+  ** special OLD and NEW tables
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRecno = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0,
+             pChanges->a[i].pExpr, 0, 0) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRecno = 1;
+          pRecnoExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        chngRecno = 1;
+        pRecnoExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the array apIdx[] and fill it with pointers to every
+  ** index that needs to be updated.  Indices only need updating if their
+  ** key includes one of the columns named in pChanges or if the record
+  ** number of the original table entry is changing.
+  */
+  for(nIdx=nIdxTotal=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdxTotal++){
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else {
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ) nIdx++;
+  }
+  if( nIdxTotal>0 ){
+    apIdx = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Index*) * nIdx + nIdxTotal );
+    if( apIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+    aIdxUsed = (char*)&apIdx[nIdx];
+  }
+  for(nIdx=j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
+      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ) goto update_cleanup;
+      apIdx[nIdx++] = pIdx;
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 1;
+    }else{
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, construct that view into
+  ** a temporary table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView;
+    pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 1, 0);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+
+  /* Remember the index of every item to be updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* The top of the update loop for when there are triggers.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Open a cursor and make it point to the record that is
+    ** being updated.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the OLD table
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, oldIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the NEW table
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRecnoExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ /* TODO: Factor out this loop as common code */
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers
+    */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TK_BEFORE, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      openAll = 1;
+    }else{
+      openAll = 0;
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          openAll = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                       (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
+    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
+    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
+    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entires.
+    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
+    */
+    if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr);
+
+    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
+    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
+    ** on top of the stack.)
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRecnoExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute new data for this record.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do constraint checks
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRecno, 1,
+                                   onError, addr);
+
+    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed);
+
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
+    */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRecno, 1, -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
+  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    if( !isView ){
+      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+        if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] )
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TK_AFTER, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
+
+  /* Close all tables if there were no FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows updated", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqliteFree(apIdx);
+  sqliteFree(aXRef);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/utf.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/utf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58b1a972d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/utf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+**
+** Handling of malformed strings:
+**
+** SQLite accepts and processes malformed strings without an error wherever
+** possible. However this is not possible when converting between UTF-8 and
+** UTF-16.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-8 strings to UTF-16, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each byte that cannot be interpeted as
+** part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-16 strings to UTF-8, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each pair of bytes that cannot be
+** interpeted as part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** This file contains the following public routines:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate() - Translate the encoding used by a Mem* string.
+** sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom() - Handle byte-order-marks in UTF16 Mem* strings.
+** sqlite3utf16ByteLen()     - Calculate byte-length of a void* UTF16 string.
+** sqlite3utf8CharLen()      - Calculate char-length of a char* UTF8 string.
+** sqlite3utf8LikeCompare()  - Do a LIKE match given two UTF8 char* strings.
+**
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the first byte of a UTF-8 character to the number
+** of trailing bytes expected. A value '255' indicates that the table key
+** is not a legal first byte for a UTF-8 character.
+*/
+static const u8 xtra_utf8_bytes[256]  = {
+/* 0xxxxxxx */
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+/* 10wwwwww */
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+
+/* 110yyyyy */
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+
+/* 1110zzzz */
+2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,     2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+
+/* 11110yyy */
+3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,     255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+};
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the number of trailing bytes in a UTF-8 character
+** to an integer constant that is effectively calculated for each character
+** read by a naive implementation of a UTF-8 character reader. The code
+** in the READ_UTF8 macro explains things best.
+*/
+static const int xtra_utf8_bits[4] =  {
+0,
+12416,          /* (0xC0 << 6) + (0x80) */
+925824,         /* (0xE0 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + (0x80) */
+63447168        /* (0xF0 << 18) + (0x80 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + 0x80 */
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, c) { \
+  int xtra;                                            \
+  c = *(zIn)++;                                        \
+  xtra = xtra_utf8_bytes[c];                           \
+  switch( xtra ){                                      \
+    case 255: c = (int)0xFFFD; break;                  \
+    case 3: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 2: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 1: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    c -= xtra_utf8_bits[xtra];                         \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *z){
+  int c;
+  READ_UTF8(z, c);
+  return c;
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                               \
+  zIn += (xtra_utf8_bytes[*(u8 *)zIn] + 1);            \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define SKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn++;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define RSKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define RSKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn--;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#ifdef TRANSLATE_TRACE
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf, 100);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 3-byte UTF-8 character (i.e.
+    ** code-point 0xFFFC). A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = (pMem->n/2) * 3 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space
+  ** obtained from malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and not in
+  ** use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above).
+  */
+  zIn = pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  if( len>NBFS ){
+    zOut = sqliteMallocRaw(len);
+    if( !zOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    zOut = zShort;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  if( zOut==zShort ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len);
+    zOut = pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short);
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+  pMem->z = zOut;
+
+translate_out:
+#ifdef TRANSLATE_TRACE
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf, 100);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*,
+    ** from within sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible
+    ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored
+    ** in dynamic memory with no destructor.
+    */
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) );
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel );
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+      void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel;
+      char *z = pMem->z;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      xDel(z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, 
+          SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *z, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const char *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const char *)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
+** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
+** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
+** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  int c = 1;
+  char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** UTF-16 implementation of the substr()
+*/
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int y, z;
+  unsigned char const *zStr;
+  unsigned char const *zStrEnd;
+  unsigned char const *zStart;
+  unsigned char const *zEnd;
+  int i;
+
+  zStr = (unsigned char const *)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
+  zStrEnd = &zStr[sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0])];
+  y = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  z = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+
+  if( y>0 ){
+    y = y-1;
+    zStart = zStr;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+  }else{
+    zStart = zStrEnd;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+    for(; i<0; i++) z -= 1;
+  }
+
+  zEnd = zStart;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zEnd);
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zEnd);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(context, zStart, zEnd-zStart, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+void sqlite3utfSelfTest(){
+  int i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF8(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/util.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74ec89795f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,962 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>2 && defined(__GLIBC__)
+#include <execinfo.h>
+void print_stack_trace(){
+  void *bt[30];
+  int i;
+  int n = backtrace(bt, 30);
+
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("STACK: ");
+  for(i=0; i<n;i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%p ", bt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+}
+#else
+#define print_stack_trace()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If malloc() ever fails, this global variable gets set to 1.
+** This causes the library to abort and never again function.
+*/
+int sqlite3_malloc_failed = 0;
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, then use versions of malloc() and
+** free() that track memory usage and check for buffer overruns.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+
+/*
+** For keeping track of the number of mallocs and frees.   This
+** is used to check for memory leaks.
+*/
+int sqlite3_nMalloc;         /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
+int sqlite3_nFree;           /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
+int sqlite3_iMallocFail;     /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+static int memcnt = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Number of 32-bit guard words
+*/
+#define N_GUARD 1
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory and set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Malloc_(int n, int bZero, char *zFile, int line){
+  void *p;
+  int *pi;
+  int i, k;
+  if( sqlite3_iMallocFail>=0 ){
+    sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
+    if( sqlite3_iMallocFail==0 ){
+      sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+      fprintf(stderr,"**** failed to allocate %d bytes at %s:%d\n",
+              n, zFile,line);
+#endif
+      sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n==0 ) return 0;
+  k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  pi = malloc( (N_GUARD*2+1+k)*sizeof(int));
+  if( pi==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_nMalloc++;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[i] = 0xdead1122;
+  pi[N_GUARD] = n;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[k+1+N_GUARD+i] = 0xdead3344;
+  p = &pi[N_GUARD+1];
+  memset(p, bZero==0, n);
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  print_stack_trace();
+  fprintf(stderr,"%06d malloc %d bytes at 0x%x from %s:%d\n",
+      ++memcnt, n, (int)p, zFile,line);
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the given pointer was obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+** and is able to hold at least N bytes.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is used for testing purposes only.
+*/
+void sqlite3CheckMemory(void *p, int N){
+  int *pi = p;
+  int n, i, k;
+  pi -= N_GUARD+1;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    assert( pi[i]==0xdead1122 );
+  }
+  n = pi[N_GUARD];
+  assert( N>=0 && N<n );
+  k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    assert( pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i]==0xdead3344 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+void sqlite3Free_(void *p, char *zFile, int line){
+  if( p ){
+    int *pi, i, k, n;
+    pi = p;
+    pi -= N_GUARD+1;
+    sqlite3_nFree++;
+    for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+      if( pi[i]!=0xdead1122 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Low-end memory corruption at 0x%x\n", (int)p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    n = pi[N_GUARD];
+    k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+    for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+      if( pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i]!=0xdead3344 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"High-end memory corruption at 0x%x\n", (int)p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    memset(pi, 0xff, (k+N_GUARD*2+1)*sizeof(int));
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+    fprintf(stderr,"%06d free %d bytes at 0x%x from %s:%d\n",
+         ++memcnt, n, (int)p, zFile,line);
+#endif
+    free(pi);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize a prior allocation.  If p==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteMalloc().  If n==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteFree().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Realloc_(void *oldP, int n, char *zFile, int line){
+  int *oldPi, *pi, i, k, oldN, oldK;
+  void *p;
+  if( oldP==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc_(n,1,zFile,line);
+  }
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqlite3Free_(oldP,zFile,line);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  oldPi = oldP;
+  oldPi -= N_GUARD+1;
+  if( oldPi[0]!=0xdead1122 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Low-end memory corruption in realloc at 0x%x\n", (int)oldP);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  oldN = oldPi[N_GUARD];
+  oldK = (oldN+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    if( oldPi[oldK+N_GUARD+1+i]!=0xdead3344 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"High-end memory corruption in realloc at 0x%x\n",
+              (int)oldP);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  k = (n + sizeof(int) - 1)/sizeof(int);
+  pi = malloc( (k+N_GUARD*2+1)*sizeof(int) );
+  if( pi==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[i] = 0xdead1122;
+  pi[N_GUARD] = n;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i] = 0xdead3344;
+  p = &pi[N_GUARD+1];
+  memcpy(p, oldP, n>oldN ? oldN : n);
+  if( n>oldN ){
+    memset(&((char*)p)[oldN], 0x55, n-oldN);
+  }
+  memset(oldPi, 0xab, (oldK+N_GUARD+2)*sizeof(int));
+  free(oldPi);
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  print_stack_trace();
+  fprintf(stderr,"%06d realloc %d to %d bytes at 0x%x to 0x%x at %s:%d\n",
+    ++memcnt, oldN, n, (int)oldP, (int)p, zFile, line);
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+char *sqlite3StrDup_(const char *z, char *zFile, int line){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqlite3Malloc_(strlen(z)+1, 0, zFile, line);
+  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
+  return zNew;
+}
+char *sqlite3StrNDup_(const char *z, int n, char *zFile, int line){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqlite3Malloc_(n+1, 0, zFile, line);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** A version of sqliteFree that is always a function, not a macro.
+*/
+void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** The following versions of malloc() and free() are for use in a
+** normal build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory and set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.  See also sqliteMallocRaw().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( (p = malloc(n))==0 ){
+    if( n>0 ) sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }else{
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory but do not set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.  See also sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( (p = malloc(n))==0 ){
+    if( n>0 ) sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+    free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize a prior allocation.  If p==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteMalloc().  If n==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteFree().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Realloc(void *p, int n){
+  void *p2;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return sqliteMalloc(n);
+  }
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  p2 = realloc(p, n);
+  if( p2==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }
+  return p2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqliteMallocRaw(strlen(z)+1);
+  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
+  return zNew;
+}
+char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqliteMallocRaw(n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+/*
+** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the
+** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from
+** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument
+** point to that string.  The 1st argument must either be NULL or 
+** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, const char *zFirst, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int nByte;
+  const char *z;
+  char *zResult;
+
+  if( pz==0 ) return;
+  nByte = strlen(zFirst) + 1;
+  va_start(ap, zFirst);
+  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
+    nByte += strlen(z);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqliteFree(*pz);
+  *pz = zResult = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+  if( zResult==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  strcpy(zResult, zFirst);
+  zResult += strlen(zResult);
+  va_start(ap, zFirst);
+  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
+    strcpy(zResult, z);
+    zResult += strlen(zResult);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  fprintf(stderr,"string at 0x%x is %s\n", (int)*pz, *pz);
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for slqite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew())) ){
+    db->errCode = err_code;
+    if( zFormat ){
+      char *z;
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start(ap, zFormat);
+      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+      va_end(ap);
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3FreeX);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
+** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  int quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;
+    default:    return;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+*/
+const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+};
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** This function computes a hash on the name of a keyword.
+** Case is not significant.
+*/
+int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *z, int n){
+  int h = 0;
+  if( n<=0 ) n = strlen(z);
+  while( n > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    n--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+*/
+int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
+** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
+** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
+** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
+**
+** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
+*/
+int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
+  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
+  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z += incr;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double.
+**
+** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
+** is not, the result is undefined.
+**
+** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
+** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
+** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
+** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
+*/
+double sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, const char **pzEnd){
+  int sign = 1;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z++;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+    z++;
+  }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+      divisor *= 10.0;
+      z++;
+    }
+    v1 /= divisor;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    int esign = 1;
+    int eval = 0;
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z++;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
+    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
+    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
+    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
+    if( esign<0 ){
+      v1 /= scale;
+    }else{
+      v1 *= scale;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pzEnd ) *pzEnd = z;
+  return sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
+** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
+** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
+** then return false.  If n>0 and the integer is string is not
+** exactly n bytes long, return false.
+**
+** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
+** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
+** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
+*/
+int sqlite3atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
+  i64 v = 0;
+  int neg;
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+    neg = 0;
+    zNum++;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
+  return c==0 && i>0 && 
+      (i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 32-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -2147483648 even that
+** that number will in fact fit in a 32-bit integer.  But positive
+** 2147483648 will not fit in 32 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+static int sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(const char *zNum){
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  return i<10 || (i==10 && memcmp(zNum,"2147483647",10)<=0);
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  if( sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(zNum) ){
+    *pValue = atoi(zNum);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
+** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
+** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum){
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  return i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
+** when this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
+** same sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
+** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
+** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
+** error which can be used to debug the application that is
+** using SQLite incorrectly.
+**
+** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
+** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
+** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
+** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
+** not want to write into deallocated memory.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
+** when this routine is called.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** TRUE it means that the db pointer is invalid and should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3 *db){
+  int magic;
+  if( db==0 ) return 1;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED &&
+         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & 0xff00000000000000 ){
+    p[8] = v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 x;
+  u64 x64;
+  int n;
+  unsigned char c;
+  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = c;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  x = c & 0x7f;
+  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  if( ((c = p[2]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 3;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  if( ((c = p[3]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 4;
+  }
+  x64 = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  n = 4;
+  do{
+    c = p[n++];
+    if( n==9 ){
+      x64 = (x64<<8) | c;
+      break;
+    }
+    x64 = (x64<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 );
+  *v = x64;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 x;
+  int n;
+  unsigned char c;
+  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = c;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  x = c & 0x7f;
+  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c & 0x7f);
+  n = 2;
+  do{
+    x = (x<<7) | ((c = p[n++])&0x7f);
+  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 && n<9 );
+  *v = x;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+*/
+static int hexToInt(int h){
+  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
+    return h - '0';
+  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
+    return h - 'a' + 10;
+  }else if( h>='A' && h<='F' ){
+    return h - 'A' + 10;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  if( n%2 ) return 0;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqliteMalloc(n/2);
+  for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+    zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Convert text generated by the "%p" conversion format back into
+** a pointer.
+*/
+void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char *z){
+  void *p;
+  u64 v;
+  u32 v2;
+  if( z[0]=='0' && z[1]=='x' ){
+    z += 2;
+  }
+  v = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    v = (v<<4) + hexToInt(*z);
+    z++;
+  }
+  if( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v) ){
+    p = *(void**)&v;
+  }else{
+    assert( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v2) );
+    v2 = (u32)v;
+    p = *(void**)&v2;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vacuum.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vacuum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..371a855770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vacuum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Generate a random name of 20 character in length.
+*/
+static void randomName(unsigned char *zBuf){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i;
+  sqlite3Randomness(20, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<20; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zChars[ zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) );
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.
+**
+** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
+** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
+** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
+** become a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse, Token *pTableName){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+  const char *zFilename;  /* full pathname of the database file */
+  int nFilename;          /* number of characters  in zFilename[] */
+  char *zTemp = 0;        /* a temporary file in same directory as zFilename */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", 
+       (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the full pathname of the database file and create a
+  ** temporary filename in the same directory as the original file.
+  */
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  zFilename = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pMain);
+  assert( zFilename );
+  if( zFilename[0]=='\0' ){
+    /* The in-memory database. Do nothing. Return directly to avoid causing
+    ** an error trying to DETACH the vacuum_db (which never got attached)
+    ** in the exit-handler.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nFilename = strlen(zFilename);
+  zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nFilename+100 );
+  if( zTemp==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  strcpy(zTemp, zFilename);
+  i = 0;
+  do {
+    zTemp[nFilename] = '-';
+    randomName((unsigned char*)&zTemp[nFilename+1]);
+  } while( i<10 && sqlite3OsFileExists(zTemp) );
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("ATTACH '%q' AS vacuum_db;", zTemp);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  zSql = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain),
+     sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain));
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp)==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) );
+  execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+
+  /* Begin a transaction */
+  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE VIEW vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,13,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='view'"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
+      "FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type = 'table';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy the triggers from the main database to the temporary database.
+  ** This was deferred before in case the triggers interfered with copying
+  ** the data. It's possible the indices should be deferred until this
+  ** point also.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TRIGGER  vacuum_db.' || substr(sql, 16, 1000000) "
+      "FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='trigger'"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+
+  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
+  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
+  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
+  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
+  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
+  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ){
+    u32 meta;
+
+    assert( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values 3 and 4. These correspond to SQL layer meta 
+    ** values 2 and 3, the default values of a couple of pragmas.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, 3, &meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, 3, meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, 4, &meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, 4, meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
+  }
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = execSql(db, "DETACH vacuum_db;");
+  }else{
+    execSql(db, "DETACH vacuum_db;");
+  }
+  if( zTemp ){
+    sqlite3OsDelete(zTemp);
+    sqliteFree(zTemp);
+  }
+  if( zSql ) sqliteFree( zSql );
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbe.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbe.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58f8c73109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4450 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
+**
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
+** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
+** and 3 operands.  Operands P1 and P2 are integers.  Operand P3 
+** is a null-terminated string.   The P2 operand must be non-negative.
+** Opcodes will typically ignore one or more operands.  Many opcodes
+** ignore all three operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a stack.  Each entry on the
+** stack is either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+** 
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the SQLITE_Interrupt
+** of the db.flags field is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+
+/*
+** Release the memory associated with the given stack level.  This
+** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a string that has been obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  This is different from Stringify() above in that
+** Stringify() will use the NBFS bytes of static string space if the string
+** will fit but this routine always mallocs for space.
+** Return non-zero if we run out of memory.
+*/
+#define Dynamicify(P,enc) sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(P)
+
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the stack entry
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the stack
+** entry knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the stack entry itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a integer if it isn't one
+** already.
+**
+** Any prior string or real representation is invalidated.  
+** NULLs are converted into 0.
+*/
+#define Integerify(P) sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(P)
+
+/*
+** Convert P so that it has type MEM_Real.
+**
+** Any prior string or integer representation is invalidated.
+** NULLs are converted into 0.0.
+*/
+#define Realify(P) sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(P)
+
+/*
+** Argument pMem points at a memory cell that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
+** stack variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
+** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
+*/
+#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
+static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  }else{
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new aggregate element and make it the element that
+** has focus.
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if memory is exhausted.
+*/
+static int AggInsert(Agg *p, char *zKey, int nKey){
+  AggElem *pElem;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+  pElem = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(AggElem) + nKey +
+                        (p->nMem-1)*sizeof(pElem->aMem[0]) );
+  if( pElem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pElem->zKey = (char*)&pElem->aMem[p->nMem];
+  memcpy(pElem->zKey, zKey, nKey);
+  pElem->nKey = nKey;
+
+  if( p->pCsr ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(p->pCsr, zKey, nKey, &pElem, sizeof(AggElem*));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqliteFree(pElem);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){
+    pElem->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  p->pCurrent = pElem;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the stack N times.
+*/
+static void popStack(Mem **ppTos, int N){
+  Mem *pTos = *ppTos;
+  while( N>0 ){
+    N--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+  }
+  *ppTos = pTos;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parameters are pointers to the head of two sorted lists
+** of Sorter structures.  Merge these two lists together and return
+** a single sorted list.  This routine forms the core of the merge-sort
+** algorithm.
+**
+** In the case of a tie, left sorts in front of right.
+*/
+static Sorter *Merge(Sorter *pLeft, Sorter *pRight, KeyInfo *pKeyInfo){
+  Sorter sHead;
+  Sorter *pTail;
+  pTail = &sHead;
+  pTail->pNext = 0;
+  while( pLeft && pRight ){
+    int c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pKeyInfo, pLeft->nKey, pLeft->zKey,
+                                     pRight->nKey, pRight->zKey);
+    if( c<=0 ){
+      pTail->pNext = pLeft;
+      pLeft = pLeft->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pTail->pNext = pRight;
+      pRight = pRight->pNext;
+    }
+    pTail = pTail->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pLeft ){
+    pTail->pNext = pLeft;
+  }else if( pRight ){
+    pTail->pNext = pRight;
+  }
+  return sHead.pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur){
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[iCur]);
+  }
+  p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Cursor) );
+  return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Apply any conversion required by the supplied column affinity to
+** memory cell pRec. affinity may be one of:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+**
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(Mem *pRec, char affinity, u8 enc){
+  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    /* do nothing */
+  }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.
+    */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      /* pRec does not have a valid integer or real representation. 
+      ** Attempt a conversion if pRec has a string representation and
+      ** it looks like a number.
+      */
+      int realnum;
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
+      if( pRec->flags&MEM_Str && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, enc) ){
+        if( realnum ){
+          Realify(pRec);
+        }else{
+          Integerify(pRec);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ){
+      /* For INTEGER affinity, try to convert a real value to an int */
+      if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Real) && !(pRec->flags&MEM_Int) ){
+        pRec->i = pRec->r;
+        if( ((double)pRec->i)==pRec->r ){
+          pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
+
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
+    }
+
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%c", c);
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%02X ", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "]");
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    k += sprintf(&zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    k += sprintf(&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+**
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+*/
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+   if( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
+  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  Mem *pTos;                 /* Top entry in the operand stack */
+  char zBuf[100];            /* Space to sprintf() an integer */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  pTos = p->pTos;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto no_mem;
+  if( p->popStack ){
+    popStack(&pTos, p->popStack);
+    p->popStack = 0;
+  }
+  p->resOnStack = 0;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+    assert( pTos<=&p->aStack[pc] );
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    origPc = pc;
+    start = hwtime();
+#endif
+    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
+
+    /* Only allow tracing if NDEBUG is not defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( pc==0 ){
+        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
+        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 && sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_sqltrace") ){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+    */
+    if( db->xProgress ){
+      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
+        if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          continue; /* skip to the next iteration of the for loop */
+        }
+        nProgressOps = 0;
+      }
+      nProgressOps++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: {
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 *
+**
+** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
+** and then jump to address P2.
+**
+** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
+** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
+** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
+** with a fatal error.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: {
+  assert( p->returnDepth<sizeof(p->returnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
+  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Return * * *
+**
+** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
+** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
+** processing aborts with a fatal error.
+*/
+case OP_Return: {
+  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
+  p->returnDepth--;
+  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Lists, Sorts, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
+*/
+case OP_Halt: {
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->pc = pc;
+  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  return p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 * P3
+**
+** The integer value P1 is pushed onto the stack.  If P3 is not zero
+** then it is assumed to be a string representation of the same integer.
+** If P1 is zero and P3 is not zero, then the value is derived from P3.
+*/
+case OP_Integer: {
+  pTos++;
+  if( pOp->p3==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pTos->i = pOp->p1;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+    pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+    pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    pTos->i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Real * * P3
+**
+** The string value P3 is converted to a real and pushed on to the stack.
+*/
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT */
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+  pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+  pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pTos->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
+  pTos->flags |= MEM_Real;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * * P3
+**
+** P3 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
+*/
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING */
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+
+  if( db->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && pOp->p3 ){
+    pTos++;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc) ) goto no_mem;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pTos) ) goto no_mem;
+    pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn);
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p3 = pTos->z;
+    break;
+  }
+  /* Otherwise fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+}
+  
+/* Opcode: String * * P3
+**
+** The string value P3 is pushed onto the stack.  If P3==0 then a
+** NULL is pushed onto the stack. P3 is assumed to be a nul terminated
+** string encoded with the database native encoding.
+*/
+case OP_String: {
+  pTos++;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+    if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+    }else{
+      pTos->n  = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(pTos->z, -1);
+    }
+    pTos->enc = db->enc;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: HexBlob * * P3
+**
+** P3 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is pushed onto the
+** vdbe stack.
+**
+** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a
+** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P3.
+*/
+case OP_HexBlob: {            /* same as TK_BLOB */
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Blob;
+  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3)/2;
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    char *zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(pOp->p3);
+    if( !zBlob ) goto no_mem;
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3 = zBlob;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }else{
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3type = P3_STATIC;
+    pOp->p3 = "";
+  }
+
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_Blob. */
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 * P3
+**
+** P3 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Push this
+** value onto the stack. This instruction is not coded directly
+** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
+** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
+** the blob as P3. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
+** before execution (within the sqlite3_prepare() function).
+*/
+case OP_Blob: {
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 * *
+**
+** Push the value of variable P1 onto the stack.  A variable is
+** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
+** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
+** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
+** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
+** sqlite3_bind() API.
+*/
+case OP_Variable: {
+  int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );
+
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Pop P1 * *
+**
+** P1 elements are popped off of the top of stack and discarded.
+*/
+case OP_Pop: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1);
+  assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Dup P1 P2 *
+**
+** A copy of the P1-th element of the stack 
+** is made and pushed onto the top of the stack.
+** The top of the stack is element 0.  So the
+** instruction "Dup 0 0 0" will make a copy of the
+** top of the stack.
+**
+** If the content of the P1-th element is a dynamically
+** allocated string, then a new copy of that string
+** is made if P2==0.  If P2!=0, then just a pointer
+** to the string is copied.
+**
+** Also see the Pull instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Dup: {
+  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+  assert( pFrom<=pTos && pFrom>=p->aStack );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    Deephemeralize(pTos);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Pull P1 * *
+**
+** The P1-th element is removed from its current location on 
+** the stack and pushed back on top of the stack.  The
+** top of the stack is element 0, so "Pull 0 0 0" is
+** a no-op.  "Pull 1 0 0" swaps the top two elements of
+** the stack.
+**
+** See also the Dup instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Pull: {
+  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+  int i;
+  Mem ts;
+
+  ts = *pFrom;
+  Deephemeralize(pTos);
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++, pFrom++){
+    Deephemeralize(&pFrom[1]);
+    assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 );
+    *pFrom = pFrom[1];
+    if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
+      assert( pFrom->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+      assert( pFrom->z==pFrom[1].zShort );
+      pFrom->z = pFrom->zShort;
+    }
+  }
+  *pTos = ts;
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Short ){
+    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+    assert( pTos->z==pTos[-pOp->p1].zShort );
+    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Push P1 * *
+**
+** Overwrite the value of the P1-th element down on the
+** stack (P1==0 is the top of the stack) with the value
+** of the top of the stack.  Then pop the top of the stack.
+*/
+case OP_Push: {
+  Mem *pTo = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+
+  assert( pTo>=p->aStack );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTo, pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Callback P1 * *
+**
+** Pop P1 values off the stack and form them into an array.  Then
+** invoke the callback function using the newly formed array as the
+** 3rd parameter.
+*/
+case OP_Callback: {
+  int i;
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p1 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++){
+    Mem *pVal = &pTos[0-i];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
+    storeTypeInfo(pVal, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  p->resOnStack = 1;
+  p->nCallback++;
+  p->popStack = pOp->p1;
+  p->pc = pc + 1;
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  return SQLITE_ROW;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 *
+**
+** Look at the first P1+2 elements of the stack.  Append them all 
+** together with the lowest element first.  The original P1+2 elements
+** are popped from the stack if P2==0 and retained if P2==1.  If
+** any element of the stack is NULL, then the result is NULL.
+**
+** When P1==1, this routine makes a copy of the top stack element
+** into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT */
+  char *zNew;
+  int nByte;
+  int nField;
+  int i, j;
+  Mem *pTerm;
+
+  /* Loop through the stack elements to see how long the result will be. */
+  nField = pOp->p1 + 2;
+  pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
+  nByte = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
+    assert( pOp->p2==0 || (pTerm->flags&MEM_Str) );
+    if( pTerm->flags&MEM_Null ){
+      nByte = -1;
+      break;
+    }
+    Stringify(pTerm, db->enc);
+    nByte += pTerm->n;
+  }
+
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    /* If nByte is less than zero, then there is a NULL value on the stack.
+    ** In this case just pop the values off the stack (if required) and
+    ** push on a NULL.
+    */
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      popStack(&pTos, nField);
+    }
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    /* Otherwise malloc() space for the result and concatenate all the
+    ** stack values.
+    */
+    zNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte+2 );
+    if( zNew==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    j = 0;
+    pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
+    for(i=j=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
+      int n = pTerm->n;
+      assert( pTerm->flags & MEM_Str );
+      memcpy(&zNew[j], pTerm->z, n);
+      j += n;
+    }
+    zNew[j] = 0;
+    zNew[j+1] = 0;
+    assert( j==nByte );
+
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      popStack(&pTos, nField);
+    }
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->n = j;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+    pTos->enc = db->enc;
+    pTos->z = zNew;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Add * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, add them together,
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the addition.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, multiply them together,
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the multiplication.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, subtract the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the subtraction.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the remainder after division onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( ((pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else if( (pTos->flags & pNos->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
+    i64 a, b;
+    a = pTos->i;
+    b = pNos->i;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b /= a;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b %= a;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->i = b;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    double a, b;
+    a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
+    b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pNos);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( a==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b /= a;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int ia = (int)a;
+        int ib = (int)b;
+        if( ia==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b = ib % ia;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->r = b;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+  break;
+
+divide_by_zero:
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P3
+**
+** P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** built-in functions.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+*/
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P3 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P1 arguments taken from the stack.  Pop all
+** arguments from the stack and push back the result.
+**
+** P2 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P2 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggFunc
+*/
+case OP_Function: {
+  int i;
+  Mem *pArg;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+  int n = pOp->p1;
+
+  n = pOp->p1;
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+
+  pArg = &pTos[1-n];
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
+    apVal[i] = pArg;
+    storeTypeInfo(pArg, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF || pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC );
+  if( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF ){
+    ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+    ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
+  }else{
+    ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p3;
+    ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  ctx.s.z = 0;
+  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.isStep = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto no_mem;
+  popStack(&pTos, n);
+
+  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
+  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+  */
+  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p2);
+    pOp->p3 = (char *)ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_VDBEFUNC;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, db->enc);
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &ctx.s);
+
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    if( !(pTos->flags&MEM_Str) ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "user function error", (char*)0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pTos), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitAnd * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise AND of the
+** two elements.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise OR of the
+** two elements.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
+** left by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
+** right by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int a, b;
+
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( (pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    popStack(&pTos, 2);
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }
+  a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pNos);
+  b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_BitAnd:      a &= b;     break;
+    case OP_BitOr:       a |= b;     break;
+    case OP_ShiftLeft:   a <<= b;    break;
+    case OP_ShiftRight:  a >>= b;    break;
+    default:   /* CANT HAPPEN */     break;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->i = a;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 * *
+** 
+** Add the value P1 to whatever is on top of the stack.  The result
+** is always an integer.
+**
+** To force the top of the stack to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  pTos->i += pOp->p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Convert the top of the stack into an integer.  If the current top of
+** the stack is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
+** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then pop the
+** stack and jump to P2.  If the top of the stack is numeric then
+** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
+** current value if P1==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
+** greater than its current value if P1==1.
+*/
+case OP_ForceInt: {
+  int v;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, db->enc);
+  if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    break;
+  }
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    v = pTos->i + (pOp->p1!=0);
+  }else{
+    Realify(pTos);
+    v = (int)pTos->r;
+    if( pTos->r>(double)v ) v++;
+    if( pOp->p1 && pTos->r==(double)v ) v++;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 *
+** 
+** Force the top of the stack to be an integer.  If the top of the
+** stack is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** with out data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+**
+** If the top of the stack is not an integer and P2 is not zero and
+** P1 is 1, then the stack is popped.  In all other cases, the depth
+** of the stack is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, db->enc);
+  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      if( pOp->p1 ) popStack(&pTos, 1);
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  If they are equal, then
+** jump to instruction P2.  Otherwise, continue to the next instruction.
+**
+** The least significant byte of P1 may be either 0x00 or 0x01. If either
+** operand is NULL (and thus if the result is unknown) then take the jump
+** only if the least significant byte of P1 is 0x01.
+**
+** The second least significant byte of P1 must be an affinity character -
+** 'n', 't', 'i' or 'o' - or 0x00. An attempt is made to coerce both values
+** according to the affinity before the comparison is made. If the byte is
+** 0x00, then numeric affinity is used.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs, or both are text,
+** then memcmp() is used to determine the results of the comparison. If
+** both values are numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the
+** two values are of different types, then they are inequal.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, do not jump.  Instead, push an integer 1 onto the
+** stack if the jump would have been taken, or a 0 if not.  Push a
+** NULL if either operand was NULL.
+**
+** If P3 is not NULL it is a pointer to a collating sequence (a CollSeq
+** structure) that defines how to compare text.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands from the stack are not equal.  See the Eq opcode for
+** additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than the top of the stack.
+** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than or equal to the
+** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than the top of the stack.
+** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than or equal to the
+** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ */
+case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE */
+case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT */
+case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE */
+case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT */
+case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE */
+  Mem *pNos;
+  int flags;
+  int res;
+  char affinity;
+
+  pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  flags = pTos->flags|pNos->flags;
+
+  /* If either value is a NULL P2 is not zero, take the jump if the least
+  ** significant byte of P1 is true. If P2 is zero, then push a NULL onto
+  ** the stack.
+  */
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    popStack(&pTos, 2);
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      if( (pOp->p1&0xFF) ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }else{
+      pTos++;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  affinity = (pOp->p1>>8)&0xFF;
+  if( affinity ){
+    applyAffinity(pNos, affinity, db->enc);
+    applyAffinity(pTos, affinity, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ || pOp->p3==0 );
+  res = sqlite3MemCompare(pNos, pTos, (CollSeq*)pOp->p3);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
+    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
+    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    if( res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pTos->i = res;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And * * *
+**
+** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical AND of the
+** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
+** stack. 
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or * * *
+**
+** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical OR of the
+** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
+** stack. 
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int v1, v2;    /* 0==TRUE, 1==FALSE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    Integerify(pTos);
+    v1 = pTos->i==0;
+  }
+  if( pNos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    Integerify(pNos);
+    v2 = pNos->i==0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  pTos++;
+  if( v1==2 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    pTos->i = v1==0;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Negative * * *
+**
+** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
+** with its additive inverse.  If the top of the stack is NULL
+** its value is unchanged.
+*/
+/* Opcode: AbsValue * * *
+**
+** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
+** with its absolute value. If the top of the stack is NULL
+** its value is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_Negative:              /* same as TK_UMINUS */
+case OP_AbsValue: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
+      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->i<0 ){
+      pTos->i = -pTos->i;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }else{
+    Realify(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
+      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Not * * *
+**
+** Interpret the top of the stack as a boolean value.  Replace it
+** with its complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its value
+** is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT */
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos->i = !pTos->i;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitNot * * *
+**
+** Interpret the top of the stack as an value.  Replace it
+** with its ones-complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its
+** value is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT */
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos->i = ~pTos->i;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
+case OP_Noop: {
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
+** true, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
+** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
+** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
+**
+** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
+** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
+** false, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
+** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
+** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
+**
+** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
+** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
+*/
+case OP_If:
+case OP_IfNot: {
+  int c;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    c = pOp->p1;
+  }else{
+    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  if( c ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** If any of the top abs(P1) values on the stack are NULL, then jump
+** to P2.  Pop the stack P1 times if P1>0.   If P1<0 leave the stack
+** unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL */
+  int i, cnt;
+  Mem *pTerm;
+  cnt = pOp->p1;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
+  pTerm = &pTos[1-cnt];
+  assert( pTerm>=p->aStack );
+  for(i=0; i<cnt; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the top P1 values on the stack are all not NULL.  Pop the
+** stack if P1 times if P1 is greater than zero.  If P1 is less than
+** zero then leave the stack unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
+  int i, cnt;
+  cnt = pOp->p1;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
+  assert( &pTos[1-cnt] >= p->aStack );
+  for(i=0; i<cnt && (pTos[1+i-cnt].flags & MEM_Null)==0; i++){}
+  if( i>=cnt ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 *
+**
+** Before the OP_Column opcode can be executed on a cursor, this
+** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table.
+**
+** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2.
+*/
+case OP_SetNumColumns: {
+  assert( (pOp->p1)<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->nField = pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxColumn P1 * *
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened on an index. Push the first field from the
+** current index key onto the stack.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 *
+**
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.) Push onto the stack the value
+** of the P2-th column contained in the data.
+**
+** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
+** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
+**
+** If P1 is negative, then the record is stored on the stack rather than in
+** a table.  For P1==-1, the top of the stack is used.  For P1==-2, the
+** next on the stack is used.  And so forth.  The value pushed is always
+** just a pointer into the record which is stored further down on the
+** stack.  The column value is not copied. The number of columns in the
+** record is stored on the stack just above the record itself.
+*/
+case OP_IdxColumn:
+case OP_Column: {
+  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  int p1 = pOp->p1;  /* P1 value of the opcode */
+  int p2 = pOp->p2;  /* column number to retrieve */
+  Cursor *pC = 0;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  u32 nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+  u32 szHdr;         /* Number of bytes in the record header */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int offset = 0;    /* Offset into the data */
+  int idx;           /* Index into the header */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+
+  sMem.flags = 0;
+  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+
+  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
+  ** bytes in the record.
+  **
+  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
+  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables and
+  ** when we are decoded a record from the stack.  If the record is stored
+  ** in a cursor, the complete record text might be available in the 
+  ** pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.  If the data is unavailable,
+  ** zRec is set to NULL.
+  **
+  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
+  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.  For
+  ** records on the stack, the next entry down on the stack is an integer
+  ** which is the number of records.
+  */
+  assert( p1<0 || p->apCsr[p1]!=0 );
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    /* Take the record off of the stack */
+    Mem *pRec = &pTos[p1];
+    Mem *pCnt = &pRec[-1];
+    assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
+    assert( pRec->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    payloadSize = pRec->n;
+    zRec = pRec->z;
+    assert( pCnt>=p->aStack );
+    assert( pCnt->flags & MEM_Int );
+    nField = pCnt->i;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+  }else if( (pC = p->apCsr[p1])->pCursor!=0 ){
+    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    zRec = 0;
+    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      payloadSize = 0;
+    }else if( pC->cacheValid ){
+      payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
+      zRec = pC->aRow;
+    }else if( pC->keyAsData ){
+      i64 payloadSize64;
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
+      payloadSize = payloadSize64;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
+    }
+    nField = pC->nField;
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
+    payloadSize = pC->nData;
+    zRec = pC->pData;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
+    nField = pC->nField;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+  }else{
+    zRec = 0;
+    payloadSize = 0;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+    nField = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just push a NULL onto the stack. */
+  if( payloadSize==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  assert( p2<nField );
+
+  /* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
+  ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
+  */
+  if( pC && pC->cacheValid ){
+    aType = pC->aType;
+    aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+  }else{
+    int avail;    /* Number of bytes of available data */
+    if( pC && pC->aType ){
+      aType = pC->aType;
+    }else{
+      aType = sqliteMallocRaw( 2*nField*sizeof(aType) );
+    }
+    aOffset = &aType[nField];
+    if( aType==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+
+    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
+    if( zRec ){
+      zData = zRec;
+    }else{
+      if( pC->keyAsData ){
+        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }else{
+        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }
+      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
+      ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
+      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
+      ** the record.
+      */
+      if( avail>=payloadSize ){
+        zRec = pC->aRow = zData;
+      }else{
+        pC->aRow = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    idx = sqlite3GetVarint32(zData, &szHdr);
+
+
+    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
+    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
+    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
+    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
+    ** acquire the complete header text.
+    */
+    if( !zRec && avail<szHdr ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, szHdr, pC->keyAsData, &sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      zData = sMem.z;
+    }
+
+    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
+    ** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
+    ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
+    ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
+    */
+    offset = szHdr;
+    i = 0;
+    while( idx<szHdr && i<nField && offset<=payloadSize ){
+      aOffset[i] = offset;
+      idx += sqlite3GetVarint32(&zData[idx], &aType[i]);
+      offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
+      i++;
+    }
+    Release(&sMem);
+    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+
+    /* The header should end at the start of data and the data should
+    ** end at last byte of the record. If this is not the case then
+    ** we are dealing with a malformed record.
+    */
+    if( idx!=szHdr || offset!=payloadSize ){
+      sqliteFree(aType);
+      if( pC ) pC->aType = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Remember all aType and aColumn information if we have a cursor
+    ** to remember it in. */
+    if( pC ){
+      pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
+      pC->aType = aType;
+      pC->aOffset = aOffset;
+      pC->cacheValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the column information.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  if( zRec ){
+    zData = &zRec[aOffset[p2]];
+  }else{
+    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->keyAsData, &sMem);
+    zData = sMem.z;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, aType[p2], pTos);
+  pTos->enc = db->enc;
+
+  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+  ** dynamically allocated space over to the pTos structure rather.
+  ** This prevents a memory copy.
+  */
+  if( (sMem.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Ephem );
+    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+    assert( pTos->z==sMem.z );
+    assert( sMem.flags & MEM_Term );
+    pTos->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+  }
+
+  /* pTos->z might be pointing to sMem.zShort[].  Fix that so that we
+  ** can abandon sMem */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTos);
+
+  /* Release the aType[] memory if we are not dealing with cursor */
+  if( !pC ){
+    sqliteFree(aType);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode MakeRecord P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Convert the top abs(P1) entries of the stack into a single entry
+** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelavant as long as
+** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the
+** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded
+** records.  Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
+** format.
+**
+** The original stack entries are popped from the stack if P1>0 but
+** remain on the stack if P1<0.
+**
+** The P2 argument is divided into two 16-bit words before it is processed.
+** If the hi-word is non-zero, then an extra integer is read from the stack
+** and appended to the record as a varint.  If the low-word of P2 is not
+** zero and one or more of the entries are NULL, then jump to the value of
+** the low-word of P2.  This feature can be used to skip a uniqueness test
+** on indices.
+**
+** P3 may be a string that is P1 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key (i.e. the first character of P3 corresponds to the
+** lowest element on the stack).
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+**
+** If P3 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
+  **
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  **
+  ** Data(0) is taken from the lowest element of the stack and data(N-1) is
+  ** the top of the stack.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
+  */
+  unsigned char *zNewRecord;
+  unsigned char *zCsr;
+  Mem *pRec;
+  Mem *pRowid = 0;
+  int nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  int nByte = 0;         /* Space required for this record */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  int containsNull = 0;  /* True if any of the data fields are NULL */
+  char zTemp[NBFS];      /* Space to hold small records */
+  Mem *pData0;
+
+  int leaveOnStack;      /* If true, leave the entries on the stack */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  int jumpIfNull;        /* Jump here if non-zero and any entries are NULL. */
+  int addRowid;          /* True to append a rowid column at the end */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+
+  leaveOnStack = ((pOp->p1<0)?1:0);
+  nField = pOp->p1 * (leaveOnStack?-1:1);
+  jumpIfNull = (pOp->p2 & 0x00FFFFFF);
+  addRowid = ((pOp->p2>>24) & 0x0000FFFF)?1:0;
+  zAffinity = pOp->p3;
+
+  pData0 = &pTos[1-nField];
+  assert( pData0>=p->aStack );
+  containsNull = 0;
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    if( zAffinity ){
+      applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], db->enc);
+    }
+    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Null ){
+      containsNull = 1;
+    }
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec);
+    nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }
+
+  /* If we have to append a varint rowid to this record, set 'rowid'
+  ** to the value of the rowid and increase nByte by the amount of space
+  ** required to store it and the 0x00 seperator byte.
+  */
+  if( addRowid ){
+    pRowid = &pTos[0-nField];
+    assert( pRowid>=p->aStack );
+    Integerify(pRowid);
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid);
+    nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+  nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+  nByte = nHdr+nData;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new record. */
+  if( nByte>sizeof(zTemp) ){
+    zNewRecord = sqliteMallocRaw(nByte);
+    if( !zNewRecord ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+  }else{
+    zNewRecord = zTemp;
+  }
+
+  /* Write the record */
+  zCsr = zNewRecord;
+  zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, nHdr);
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec);
+    zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, serial_type);      /* serial type */
+  }
+  if( addRowid ){
+    zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid));
+  }
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    zCsr += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zCsr, pRec);  /* serial data */
+  }
+  if( addRowid ){
+    zCsr += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zCsr, pRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* If zCsr has not been advanced exactly nByte bytes, then one
+  ** of the sqlite3PutVarint() or sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() calls above
+  ** failed. This indicates a corrupted memory cell or code bug.
+  */
+  if( zCsr!=(zNewRecord+nByte) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  /* Pop entries off the stack if required. Push the new record on. */
+  if( !leaveOnStack ){
+    popStack(&pTos, nField+addRowid);
+  }
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->n = nByte;
+  if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){
+    assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp );
+    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+    memcpy(pTos->zShort, zTemp, nByte);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+  }else{
+    assert( zNewRecord!=(unsigned char *)zTemp );
+    pTos->z = zNewRecord;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If a NULL was encountered and jumpIfNull is non-zero, take the jump. */
+  if( jumpIfNull && containsNull ){
+    pc = jumpIfNull - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Statement P1 * *
+**
+** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
+** BEGIN..COMMIT transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
+** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
+** commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
+** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
+** has an index of 1.
+*/
+case OP_Statement: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  if( i>=0 && i<db->nDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt) && !(db->autoCommit) ){
+    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+  u8 i = pOp->p1;
+  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;
+
+  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
+  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );
+
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
+    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "cannot ", rollback?"rollback":"commit", 
+        " transaction - SQL statements in progress", 0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
+    db->autoCommit = i;
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      assert( i==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+    }else if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pTos = pTos;
+      p->pc = pc;
+      db->autoCommit = 1-i;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+        (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"), 0);
+         
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 *
+**
+** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
+** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
+** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.
+**
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
+** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
+** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
+** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
+** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
+** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
+** on the file.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      p->pTos = pTos;
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Read cookie number P2 from database P1 and push it onto the stack.
+** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: {
+  int iMeta;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt!=0 );
+  /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
+  ** the indexing in the btree layer.  The btree considers meta[0] to
+  ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
+  ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  The schema layer considers
+  ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  So we have to shift the index
+  ** by one in the following statement.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt, 1 + pOp->p2, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->i = iMeta;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write the top of the stack into cookie number P2 of database P1.
+** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_SetCookie: {
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pTos->i);
+  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    pDb->schema_cookie = pTos->i;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
+** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
+** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
+** for auxiliary databases.
+**
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+**
+** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
+** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
+** invoked.
+*/
+case OP_VerifyCookie: {
+  int iMeta;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database schema has changed", (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by an 
+** integer from the top of the stack.  0 means the main database and
+** 1 means the database used for temporary tables.  Give the new 
+** cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1 values need not be contiguous
+** but all P1 values should be small integers.  It is an error for
+** P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P2==0 then take the root page number from the next of the stack.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  If P2==0 then take the root page number from the stack.
+**
+** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int p2 = pOp->p2;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  int iDb;
+  Cursor *pCur;
+  
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  iDb = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pX = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  assert( pX!=0 );
+  wrFlag = pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite;
+  if( p2<=0 ){
+    assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+    Integerify(pTos);
+    p2 = pTos->i;
+    assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+    pTos--;
+    if( p2<2 ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "root page number less than 2", (char*)0);
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  if( pX==0 ) break;
+  /* We always provide a key comparison function.  If the table being
+  ** opened is of type INTKEY, the comparision function will be ignored. */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag,
+           sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pOp->p3,
+           &pCur->pCursor);
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){
+    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
+    pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+  }else{
+    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
+  }
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      p->pTos = &pTos[1 + (pOp->p2<=0)]; /* Operands must remain on stack */
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_OK: {
+      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
+      pCur->intKey = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0;
+      pCur->zeroData = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenTemp P1 * P3
+**
+** Open a new cursor to a transient table.
+** The transient cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The transient table is deleted
+** automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P3==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P3 is not 0.  If P3 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** This opcode is used for tables that exist for the duration of a single
+** SQL statement only.  Tables created using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE
+** are opened using OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite.  "Temporary" in the
+** context of this opcode means for the duration of a single SQL statement
+** whereas "Temporary" in the context of CREATE TABLE means for the duration
+** of the connection to the database.  Same word; different meanings.
+*/
+case OP_OpenTemp: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, TEMP_PAGES, &pCx->pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( pOp->p3 ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare,
+            pOp->p3, &pCx->pCursor);
+        pCx->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+        pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, 0, &pCx->pCursor);
+      pCx->intKey = 1;
+      pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 * *
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
+** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
+** closed.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
+** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
+  pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  if( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[i]);
+    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
+** than or equal to the key that was popped ffrom the stack.
+** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 
+** is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
+** than the key from the stack.
+** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less
+** than the key from the stack.
+** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than
+** or equal to the key that was popped from the stack.
+** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
+*/
+case OP_MoveLt:
+case OP_MoveLe:
+case OP_MoveGe:
+case OP_MoveGt: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    int res, oc;
+    oc = pOp->opcode;
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    *pC->pIncrKey = oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe;
+    if( pC->intKey ){
+      i64 iKey;
+      assert( !pOp->p3 );
+      Integerify(pTos);
+      iKey = intToKey(pTos->i);
+      if( pOp->p2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe ){
+        pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
+        pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+        assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+        pTos--;
+        break;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, &res);
+      pC->lastRecno = pTos->i;
+      pC->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    }else{
+      Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+      pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    }
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+    if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
+      if( res<0 ){
+        sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        res = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
+      if( res>=0 ){
+        sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+        ** see if this is the case.
+        */
+        res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
+      }
+    }
+    if( res ){
+      if( pOp->p2>0 ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      }else{
+        pC->nullRow = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Distinct P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key does
+** not exist in the table of cursor P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does already exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing
+** at the record if it exists. The key is not popped from the stack.
+**
+** This operation is similar to NotFound except that this operation
+** does not pop the key from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key
+** does exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does not exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing
+** to the record if it exists.  The key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key
+** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
+** record if it exists.  The key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and Distinct is that
+** Distinct does not pop the key from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_Distinct:
+case OP_NotFound:
+case OP_Found: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int alreadyExists = 0;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
+    int res, rx;
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+    alreadyExists = rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_Distinct ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an integer record number.  Call this
+** record number R.  The next on the stack is an index key created
+** using MakeIdxKey.  Call it K.  This instruction pops R from the
+** stack but it leaves K unchanged.
+**
+** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
+** record generated by OP_MakeIdxKey.  This key contains one or more
+** fields followed by a ROWID field.
+** 
+** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
+** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
+** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
+** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
+** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
+** number for that entry is pushed onto the stack and control
+** falls through to the next instruction.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, NotFound, NotExists, Found
+*/
+case OP_IsUnique: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  i64 R;
+
+  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
+  */
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  R = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=p->nCursor );
+  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pCx!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
+  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
+    int res, rc;
+    i64 v;         /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */
+    char *zKey;    /* The value of K */
+    int nKey;      /* Number of bytes in K */
+    int len;       /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */
+    int szRowid;   /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */
+
+    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
+    */
+    Stringify(pNos, db->enc);
+    zKey = pNos->z;
+    nKey = pNos->n;
+
+    szRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(nKey, zKey);
+    len = nKey-szRowid;
+
+    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K.
+    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
+    */
+    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pCx->cacheValid = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, &res);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( res<0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+      if( res ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, len, zKey, &res); 
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
+    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
+    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
+    ** immediately to P2.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( v==R ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Push it onto
+    ** the stack.  (The record number of an entry that violates a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint.)
+    */
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->i = v;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a integer key.  If a record with that key
+** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
+** record if it exists.  The integer key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
+** operation assumes the key is an integer and NotFound assumes it
+** is a string.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotExists: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res, rx;
+    u64 iKey;
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Int );
+    assert( p->apCsr[i]->intKey );
+    iKey = intToKey(pTos->i);
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, iKey, &res);
+    pC->lastRecno = pTos->i;
+    pC->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    if( rx!=SQLITE_OK || res!=0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NewRecno P1 * *
+**
+** Get a new integer record number used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is pushed 
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_NewRecno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  i64 v = 0;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
+    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+  }else{
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+    **
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
+    **
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
+    **
+    ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
+    ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300.  This is a 
+    ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
+    ** never cause a problem.  You are much, much more likely to have a
+    ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
+    **
+    ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
+    ** source of random numbers.  Is a library function like lrand48()
+    ** good enough?  Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
+    ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
+    ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own 
+    ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
+    **
+    ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
+    ** first few attempts at chosing a random rowid pick values just a little
+    ** larger than the previous rowid.  This has been shown experimentally
+    ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
+    */
+    int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
+    i64 x;
+    cnt = 0;
+    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
+    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
+    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
+        v = pC->nextRowid;
+      }else{
+        rx = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        if( res ){
+          v = 1;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+          v = keyToInt(v);
+          if( v==0x7fffffffffffffff ){
+            pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+          }else{
+            v++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( v<0x7fffffffffffffff ){
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
+        pC->nextRowid = v+1;
+      }else{
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      v = db->priorNewRowid;
+      cnt = 0;
+      do{
+        if( v==0 || cnt>2 ){
+          sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+          if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
+        }else{
+          unsigned char r;
+          sqlite3Randomness(1, &r);
+          v += r + 1;
+        }
+        if( v==0 ) continue;
+        x = intToKey(v);
+        rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, &res);
+        cnt++;
+      }while( cnt<1000 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
+      db->priorNewRowid = v;
+      if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }
+    pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: PutIntKey P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
+** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
+** be an integer.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P2 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it's unmodified).
+*/
+/* Opcode: PutStrKey P1 * *
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
+** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
+** be a string.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
+**
+** P1 may not be a pseudo-table opened using the OpenPseudo opcode.
+*/
+case OP_PutIntKey:
+case OP_PutStrKey: {
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( ((pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable) ){
+    char *zKey;
+    i64 nKey; 
+    i64 iKey;
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_PutStrKey ){
+      Stringify(pNos, db->enc);
+      nKey = pNos->n;
+      zKey = pNos->z;
+    }else{
+      assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Int );
+
+      /* If the table is an INTKEY table, set nKey to the value of
+      ** the integer key, and zKey to NULL. Otherwise, set nKey to
+      ** sizeof(i64) and point zKey at iKey. iKey contains the integer
+      ** key in the on-disk byte order.
+      */
+      iKey = intToKey(pNos->i);
+      if( pC->intKey ){
+        nKey = intToKey(pNos->i);
+        zKey = 0;
+      }else{
+        nKey = sizeof(i64);
+        zKey = (char*)&iKey;
+      }
+
+      if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+      if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pNos->i;
+      if( pC->nextRowidValid && pTos->i>=pC->nextRowid ){
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pTos->z = 0;
+      pTos->n = 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+    }
+    if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+      /* PutStrKey does not work for pseudo-tables.
+      ** The following assert makes sure we are not trying to use
+      ** PutStrKey on a pseudo-table
+      */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_PutIntKey );
+      sqliteFree(pC->pData);
+      pC->iKey = iKey;
+      pC->nData = pTos->n;
+      if( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+        pC->pData = pTos->z;
+        pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+      }else{
+        pC->pData = sqliteMallocRaw( pC->nData+2 );
+        if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
+        memcpy(pC->pData, pTos->z, pC->nData);
+        pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
+        pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
+      }
+      pC->nullRow = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, zKey, nKey, pTos->z, pTos->n);
+    }
+    pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Delete: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
+    pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
+**
+** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
+** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
+** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  }
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: KeyAsData P1 P2 *
+**
+** Turn the key-as-data mode for cursor P1 either on (if P2==1) or
+** off (if P2==0).  In key-as-data mode, the OP_Column opcode pulls
+** data off of the key rather than the data.  This is used for
+** processing compound selects.
+*/
+case OP_KeyAsData: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->keyAsData = pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  It is just copied
+** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the key.  It is just copied
+** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  u32 n;
+
+  pTos++;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->nullRow ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    BtCursor *pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }else if( pC->keyAsData || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ){
+      i64 n64;
+      assert( !pC->intKey );
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
+      n = n64;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
+    }
+    pTos->n = n;
+    if( n<=NBFS ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+      pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+    }else{
+      char *z = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
+      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+      pTos->xDel = 0;
+      pTos->z = z;
+    }
+    if( pC->keyAsData || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ){
+      sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
+    }
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    pTos->n = pC->nData;
+    pTos->z = pC->pData;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Recno P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack an integer which is the first 4 bytes of the
+** the key to the current entry in a sequential scan of the database
+** file P1.  The sequential scan should have been started using the 
+** Next opcode.
+*/
+case OP_Recno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  pTos++;
+  if( pC->recnoIsValid ){
+    v = pC->lastRecno;
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
+  }else if( pC->nullRow || pC->pCursor==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+    v = keyToInt(v);
+  }
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: FullKey P1 * *
+**
+** Extract the complete key from the record that cursor P1 is currently
+** pointing to and push the key onto the stack as a string.
+**
+** Compare this opcode to Recno.  The Recno opcode extracts the first
+** 4 bytes of the key and pushes those bytes onto the stack as an
+** integer.  This instruction pushes the entire key as a string.
+**
+** This opcode may not be used on a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_FullKey: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]->keyAsData );
+  assert( !p->apCsr[i]->pseudoTable );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    i64 amt;
+    char *z;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &amt);
+    if( amt<=0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( amt>NBFS ){
+      z = sqliteMallocRaw( amt );
+      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+      pTos->xDel = 0;
+    }else{
+      z = pTos->zShort;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, amt, z);
+    pTos->z = z;
+    pTos->n = amt;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always push 
+** a NULL onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->nullRow = 1;
+  pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 *
+**
+** The next use of the Recno or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Last: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->nullRow = res;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 *
+**
+** The next use of the Recno or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->atFirst = res==0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }else{
+    res = 1;
+  }
+  pC->nullRow = res;
+  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 *
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** See also: Prev
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 *
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+*/
+case OP_Prev:
+case OP_Next: {
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      res = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+      rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
+                                  sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
+      pC->nullRow = res;
+      pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      sqlite3_search_count++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 1;
+  }
+  pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxPut P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack holds a SQL index key made using the
+** MakeIdxKey instruction.  This opcode writes that key into the
+** index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** If P2==1, then the key must be unique.  If the key is not unique,
+** the program aborts with a SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error and the database
+** is rolled back.  If P3 is not null, then it becomes part of the
+** error message returned with the SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+*/
+case OP_IdxPut: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int nKey = pTos->n;
+    const char *zKey = pTos->z;
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      int res;
+      int len;
+   
+      /* 'len' is the length of the key minus the rowid at the end */
+      len = nKey - sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(nKey, zKey);
+
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      while( res!=0 && !sqlite3BtreeEof(pCrsr) ){
+        int c;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, len, zKey, &c)==SQLITE_OK && c==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p3[0] ){
+            sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
+          }
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( res<0 ){
+          sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+          res = +1;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0);
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 * *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index key built using the MakeIdxKey opcode.
+** This opcode removes that entry from the index.
+*/
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int rx, res;
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+    if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
+    }
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxRecno P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack an integer which is the varint located at the
+** end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  These integer should be
+** the record number of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Recno, MakeIdxKey.
+*/
+case OP_IdxRecno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    i64 rowid;
+
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pTos->i = rowid;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** The top of the stack might have fewer columns that P1.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+**
+** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
+** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
+** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work
+** like IdxGT except that if the key from the stack is a prefix of
+** the key in the cursor, the result is false whereas it would be
+** true with IdxGT.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than  the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+**
+** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
+** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
+** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work
+** like IdxLE.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLT:
+case OP_IdxGT:
+case OP_IdxGE: {
+  int i= pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res, rc;
+ 
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );  /* Created using OP_Make*Key */
+    Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    *pC->pIncrKey = pOp->p3!=0;
+    assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->opcode!=OP_IdxGT );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, pTos->n, pTos->z, &res);
+    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      break;
+    }
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
+      res = -res;
+    }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ){
+      res++;
+    }
+    if( res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxIsNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack contains an index entry such as might be generated
+** by the MakeIdxKey opcode.  This routine looks at the first P1 fields of
+** that key.  If any of the first P1 fields are NULL, then a jump is made
+** to address P2.  Otherwise we fall straight through.
+**
+** The index entry is always popped from the stack.
+*/
+case OP_IdxIsNull: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int k, n;
+  const char *z;
+  u32 serial_type;
+
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  z = pTos->z;
+  n = pTos->n;
+  k = sqlite3GetVarint32(z, &serial_type);
+  for(; k<n && i>0; i--){
+    k += sqlite3GetVarint32(&z[k], &serial_type);
+    if( serial_type==0 ){   /* Serial type 0 is a NULL */
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** See also: Clear
+*/
+case OP_Destroy: {
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 * *
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number
+** for the root page of the new table onto the stack.
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
+*/
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 * *
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number of the
+** root page of the new index onto the stack.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:
+case OP_CreateTable: {
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
+  }else{
+    flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+  pTos++;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTos->i = pgno;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * P3
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P3.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+  char *zSql;
+  int iDb = pOp->p1;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  InitData initData;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ) break;
+  zMaster = iDb==1 ? TEMP_MASTER_NAME : MASTER_NAME;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+     "SELECT name, rootpage, sql, %d FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
+     pOp->p1, db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p3);
+  if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  break;  
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P3 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk * P2 *
+**
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Push onto the
+** stack the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If there are no errors, push a "ok" onto the stack.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** values on the stack.  This opcode pulls as many integers as it
+** can off of the stack and uses those numbers as the root pages.
+**
+** If P2 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used for testing purposes only.
+*/
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+  int nRoot;
+  int *aRoot;
+  int j;
+  char *z;
+
+  for(nRoot=0; &pTos[-nRoot]>=p->aStack; nRoot++){
+    if( (pTos[-nRoot].flags & MEM_Int)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  assert( nRoot>0 );
+  aRoot = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int*)*(nRoot+1) );
+  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
+    Mem *pMem = &pTos[-j];
+    aRoot[j] = pMem->i;
+  }
+  aRoot[j] = 0;
+  popStack(&pTos, nRoot);
+  pTos++;
+  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, aRoot, nRoot);
+  if( z==0 || z[0]==0 ){
+    if( z ) sqliteFree(z);
+    pTos->z = "ok";
+    pTos->n = 2;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Static | MEM_Term;
+  }else{
+    pTos->z = z;
+    pTos->n = strlen(z);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Dyn | MEM_Term;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  sqliteFree(aRoot);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListWrite * * *
+**
+** Write the integer on the top of the stack
+** into the temporary storage list.
+*/
+case OP_ListWrite: {
+  Keylist *pKeylist;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  pKeylist = p->pList;
+  if( pKeylist==0 || pKeylist->nUsed>=pKeylist->nKey ){
+    pKeylist = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Keylist)+999*sizeof(pKeylist->aKey[0]) );
+    if( pKeylist==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    pKeylist->nKey = 1000;
+    pKeylist->nRead = 0;
+    pKeylist->nUsed = 0;
+    pKeylist->pNext = p->pList;
+    p->pList = pKeylist;
+  }
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  pKeylist->aKey[pKeylist->nUsed++] = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListRewind * * *
+**
+** Rewind the temporary buffer back to the beginning.
+*/
+case OP_ListRewind: {
+  /* What this opcode codes, really, is reverse the order of the
+  ** linked list of Keylist structures so that they are read out
+  ** in the same order that they were read in. */
+  Keylist *pRev, *pTop;
+  pRev = 0;
+  while( p->pList ){
+    pTop = p->pList;
+    p->pList = pTop->pNext;
+    pTop->pNext = pRev;
+    pRev = pTop;
+  }
+  p->pList = pRev;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListRead * P2 *
+**
+** Attempt to read an integer from the temporary storage buffer
+** and push it onto the stack.  If the storage buffer is empty, 
+** push nothing but instead jump to P2.
+*/
+case OP_ListRead: {
+  Keylist *pKeylist;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pKeylist = p->pList;
+  if( pKeylist!=0 ){
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead>=0 );
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead<pKeylist->nUsed );
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead<pKeylist->nKey );
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->i = pKeylist->aKey[pKeylist->nRead++];
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    if( pKeylist->nRead>=pKeylist->nUsed ){
+      p->pList = pKeylist->pNext;
+      sqliteFree(pKeylist);
+    }
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListReset * * *
+**
+** Reset the temporary storage buffer so that it holds nothing.
+*/
+case OP_ListReset: {
+  if( p->pList ){
+    sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+    p->pList = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
+**
+** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
+** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
+** count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPush: {
+  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
+  Context *pContext;
+
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
+  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
+    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
+    p->contextStack = sqliteRealloc(p->contextStack, sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
+    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
+  pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+  pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
+  pContext->pList = p->pList;
+  p->pList = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
+**
+** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
+** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
+** change count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPop: {
+  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
+  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
+  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
+  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
+  sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+  p->pList = pContext->pList;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortPut * * *
+**
+** The TOS is the key and the NOS is the data.  Pop both from the stack
+** and put them on the sorter.  The key and data should have been
+** made using SortMakeKey and SortMakeRec, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_SortPut: {
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  Sorter *pSorter;
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( Dynamicify(pTos, db->enc) ) goto no_mem;
+  pSorter = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Sorter) );
+  if( pSorter==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pSorter->pNext = p->pSort;
+  p->pSort = pSorter;
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+  pSorter->nKey = pTos->n;
+  pSorter->zKey = pTos->z;
+  pSorter->data.flags = MEM_Null;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pSorter->data, pNos);
+  pTos -= 2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sort * * P3
+**
+** Sort all elements on the sorter.  The algorithm is a
+** mergesort.  The P3 argument is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure
+** that describes the keys to be sorted.
+*/
+case OP_Sort: {
+  int i;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+  Sorter *pElem;
+  Sorter *apSorter[NSORT];
+  pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+  for(i=0; i<NSORT; i++){
+    apSorter[i] = 0;
+  }
+  while( p->pSort ){
+    pElem = p->pSort;
+    p->pSort = pElem->pNext;
+    pElem->pNext = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<NSORT-1; i++){
+      if( apSorter[i]==0 ){
+        apSorter[i] = pElem;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        pElem = Merge(apSorter[i], pElem, pKeyInfo);
+        apSorter[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=NSORT-1 ){
+      apSorter[NSORT-1] = Merge(apSorter[NSORT-1],pElem, pKeyInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  pElem = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NSORT; i++){
+    pElem = Merge(apSorter[i], pElem, pKeyInfo);
+  }
+  p->pSort = pElem;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortNext * P2 *
+**
+** Push the data for the topmost element in the sorter onto the
+** stack, then remove the element from the sorter.  If the sorter
+** is empty, push nothing on the stack and instead jump immediately 
+** to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_SortNext: {
+  Sorter *pSorter = p->pSort;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  if( pSorter!=0 ){
+    p->pSort = pSorter->pNext;
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &pSorter->data);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter->zKey);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter);
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortReset * * *
+**
+** Remove any elements that remain on the sorter.
+*/
+case OP_SortReset: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(p);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MemStore P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write the top of the stack into memory location P1.
+** P1 should be a small integer since space is allocated
+** for all memory locations between 0 and P1 inclusive.
+**
+** After the data is stored in the memory location, the
+** stack is popped once if P2 is 1.  If P2 is zero, then
+** the original data remains on the stack.
+*/
+case OP_MemStore: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], pTos);
+  pTos--;
+
+  /* If P2 is 0 then fall thru to the next opcode, OP_MemLoad, that will
+  ** restore the top of the stack to its original value.
+  */
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    break;
+  }
+}
+/* Opcode: MemLoad P1 * *
+**
+** Push a copy of the value in memory location P1 onto the stack.
+**
+** If the value is a string, then the value pushed is a pointer to
+** the string that is stored in the memory location.  If the memory
+** location is subsequently changed (using OP_MemStore) then the
+** value pushed onto the stack will change too.
+*/
+case OP_MemLoad: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MemIncr P1 P2 *
+**
+** Increment the integer valued memory cell P1 by 1.  If P2 is not zero
+** and the result after the increment is greater than zero, then jump
+** to P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
+*/
+case OP_MemIncr: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
+  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
+  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pMem->i++;
+  if( pOp->p2>0 && pMem->i>0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggReset P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Reset the aggregator so that it no longer contains any data.
+** Future aggregator elements will contain P2 values each and be sorted
+** using the KeyInfo structure pointed to by P3.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then only a single aggregator row is available (i.e.
+** there is no GROUP BY expression). In this case it is illegal to invoke
+** OP_AggFocus.
+*/
+case OP_AggReset: {
+  assert( !pOp->p3 || pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeAggReset(0, &p->agg, (KeyInfo *)pOp->p3);
+    p->agg.nMem = pOp->p2;    /* Agg.nMem is used by AggInsert() */
+    rc = AggInsert(&p->agg, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeAggReset(db, &p->agg, (KeyInfo *)pOp->p3);
+    p->agg.nMem = pOp->p2;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  p->agg.apFunc = sqliteMalloc( p->agg.nMem*sizeof(p->agg.apFunc[0]) );
+  if( p->agg.apFunc==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggInit * P2 P3
+**
+** Initialize the function parameters for an aggregate function.
+** The aggregate will operate out of aggregate column P2.
+** P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef structure for the function.
+*/
+case OP_AggInit: {
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  p->agg.apFunc[i] = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFunc * P2 P3
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P2 arguments.  P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.
+**
+** The top of the stack must be an integer which is the index of
+** the aggregate column that corresponds to this aggregate function.
+** Ideally, this index would be another parameter, but there are
+** no free parameters left.  The integer is popped from the stack.
+*/
+case OP_AggFunc: {
+  int n = pOp->p2;
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( pTos->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pRec = &pTos[-n];
+  assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
+
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
+    apVal[i] = pRec;
+    storeTypeInfo(pRec, db->enc);
+  }
+  i = pTos->i;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+  pMem = &p->agg.pCurrent->aMem[i];
+  ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;  /* Space used for small aggregate contexts */
+  ctx.pAgg = pMem->z;
+  ctx.cnt = ++pMem->i;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.isStep = 1;
+  ctx.pColl = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
+  }
+  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+  pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_AggCtx;
+  popStack(&pTos, n+1);
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFocus * P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use that as an aggregator key.  If
+** an aggregator with that same key already exists, then make the
+** aggregator the current aggregator and jump to P2.  If no aggregator
+** with the given key exists, create one and make it current but
+** do not jump.
+**
+** The order of aggregator opcodes is important.  The order is:
+** AggReset AggFocus AggNext.  In other words, you must execute
+** AggReset first, then zero or more AggFocus operations, then
+** zero or more AggNext operations.  You must not execute an AggFocus
+** in between an AggNext and an AggReset.
+*/
+case OP_AggFocus: {
+  char *zKey;
+  int nKey;
+  int res;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+  zKey = pTos->z;
+  nKey = pTos->n;
+  assert( p->agg.pBtree );
+  assert( p->agg.pCsr );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->agg.pCsr, zKey, nKey, &res);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  if( res==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->agg.pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*),
+        (char *)&p->agg.pCurrent);
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = AggInsert(&p->agg, zKey, nKey);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break; 
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggSet * P2 *
+**
+** Move the top of the stack into the P2-th field of the current
+** aggregate.  String values are duplicated into new memory.
+*/
+case OP_AggSet: {
+  AggElem *pFocus;
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  pFocus = p->agg.pCurrent;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pFocus==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pFocus->aMem[i], pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggGet * P2 *
+**
+** Push a new entry onto the stack which is a copy of the P2-th field
+** of the current aggregate.  Strings are not duplicated so
+** string values will be ephemeral.
+*/
+case OP_AggGet: {
+  AggElem *pFocus;
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  pFocus = p->agg.pCurrent;
+  if( pFocus==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &pFocus->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pTos->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggNext * P2 *
+**
+** Make the next aggregate value the current aggregate.  The prior
+** aggregate is deleted.  If all aggregate values have been consumed,
+** jump to P2.
+**
+** The order of aggregator opcodes is important.  The order is:
+** AggReset AggFocus AggNext.  In other words, you must execute
+** AggReset first, then zero or more AggFocus operations, then
+** zero or more AggNext operations.  You must not execute an AggFocus
+** in between an AggNext and an AggReset.
+*/
+case OP_AggNext: {
+  int res;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  if( p->agg.searching==0 ){
+    p->agg.searching = 1;
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(p->agg.pCsr, &res);
+    }else{
+      res = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->agg.pCsr, &res);
+    }else{
+      res = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    Mem *aMem;
+
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->agg.pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*),
+          (char *)&p->agg.pCurrent);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    aMem = p->agg.pCurrent->aMem;
+    for(i=0; i<p->agg.nMem; i++){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = p->agg.apFunc[i];
+      Mem *pMem = &aMem[i];
+      if( pFunc==0 || pFunc->xFinalize==0 ) continue;
+      ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+      ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;
+      ctx.pAgg = (void*)pMem->z;
+      ctx.cnt = pMem->i;
+      ctx.isStep = 0;
+      ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+      pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
+      pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+      if( pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
+        sqliteFree( pMem->z );
+      }
+      *pMem = ctx.s;
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Short ){
+        pMem->z = pMem->zShort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* An other opcode is illegal...
+*/
+default: {
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",pOp->opcode);
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "unknown opcode ", zBuf, (char*)0);
+  rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
+      pOp->cycles += elapse;
+      pOp->cnt++;
+#if 0
+        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* Sanity checking on the top element of the stack */
+    if( pTos>=p->aStack ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(pTos, db->enc);
+    }
+    if( pc<-1 || pc>=p->nOp ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "jump destination out of range", (char*)0);
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    }
+    if( p->trace && pTos>=p->aStack ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(p->trace, "Stack:");
+      for(i=0; i>-5 && &pTos[i]>=p->aStack; i--){
+        if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " NULL");
+        }else if( (pTos[i].flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " si:%lld", pTos[i].i);
+        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Int ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " i:%lld", pTos[i].i);
+        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Real ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " r:%g", pTos[i].r);
+        }else{
+          char zBuf[100];
+          sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(&pTos[i], zBuf, 100);
+          fprintf(p->trace, " ");
+          fprintf(p->trace, "%s", zBuf);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace," rc=%d",rc);
+      fprintf(p->trace,"\n");
+    }
+#endif
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished.
+  */
+vdbe_halt:
+  if( rc ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.  It's hard to get a malloc()
+  ** to fail on a modern VM computer, so this code is untested.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+  */
+abort_due_to_misuse:
+  rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
+
+  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
+  ** should hold the error number.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  if( p->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+  }
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbe.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..490417a422
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
+  int p3type;         /* P3_STATIC, P3_DYNAMIC or P3_POINTER */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  int cnt;            /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  long long cycles;   /* Total time spend executing this instruction */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  short int p2;       /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
+*/
+#define P3_NOTUSED    0   /* The P3 parameter is not used */
+#define P3_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P3_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P3_POINTER  (-3)  /* P3 is a pointer to some structure or object */
+#define P3_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P3_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P3 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P3_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P3_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P3 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
+
+/* When adding a P3 argument using P3_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
+** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
+** argument is P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
+** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
+** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
+** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
+*/
+#define P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-7)
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+#include "opcodes.h"
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3VdbeCreateCallback(Vdbe*, int*);
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,const char *zP3,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP1, int N);
+void sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(Vdbe*, int addr);
+int sqlite3VdbeFindOp(Vdbe*, int, int, int);
+VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
+int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+int sqliteVdbeSetVariables(Vdbe*,int,const char**);
+void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, const char *, int);
+void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeInt.h b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a929cb95e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+*/
+
+/*
+** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
+** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
+*/
+#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
+#define intToKey(X)   (X)
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the following
+** array of string constants which are the names of all VDBE opcodes.  This
+** array is defined in a separate source code file named opcode.c which is
+** automatically generated by the makefile.
+*/
+extern char *sqlite3OpcodeNames[];
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned char Bool;
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+** 
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
+** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
+** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
+** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
+*/
+struct Cursor {
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+  i64 lastRecno;        /* Last recno from a Next or NextIdx operation */
+  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
+  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
+  Bool recnoIsValid;    /* True if lastRecno is valid */
+  Bool keyAsData;       /* The OP_Column command works on key instead of data */
+  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
+  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
+  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
+  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  Bool intKey;          /* True if the table requires integer keys */
+  Bool zeroData;        /* True if table contains keys only - no data */
+  u8 bogusIncrKey;      /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
+  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
+  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
+  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
+  u8 *pIncrKey;         /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
+
+  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
+  ** zRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+  ** be NULL. */
+  Bool cacheValid;      /* True if the cache is valid */
+  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
+  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+};
+typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
+
+/*
+** Number of bytes of string storage space available to each stack
+** layer without having to malloc.  NBFS is short for Number of Bytes
+** For Strings.
+*/
+#define NBFS 32
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
+** has the following properties:
+**
+** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
+** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
+** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
+** SQLITE_BLOB.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  i64 i;              /* Integer value */
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, including '\0' */
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  type;           /* One of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, etc. */
+  u8  enc;            /* TEXT_Utf8, TEXT_Utf16le, or TEXT_Utf16be */
+  double r;           /* Real value */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+  char zShort[NBFS];  /* Space for short strings */
+};
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+
+/*
+** A sorter builds a list of elements to be sorted.  Each element of
+** the list is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Sorter Sorter;
+struct Sorter {
+  int nKey;           /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  char *zKey;         /* The key by which we will sort */
+  Mem data;
+  Sorter *pNext;      /* Next in the list */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Number of buckets used for merge-sort.  
+*/
+#define NSORT 30
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+**
+** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
+** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Short     0x0200   /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort */
+
+/* The following MEM_ value appears only in AggElem.aMem.s.flag fields.
+** It indicates that the corresponding AggElem.aMem.z points to a
+** aggregate function context that needs to be finalized.
+*/
+#define MEM_AggCtx    0x0400  /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+
+
+/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
+** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
+** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
+** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
+** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
+** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
+** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
+** invocations.
+*/
+struct VdbeFunc {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
+  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
+  struct AuxData {
+    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
+    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbe.c because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;   /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
+  Mem s;            /* The return value is stored here */
+  void *pAgg;       /* Aggregate context */
+  u8 isError;       /* Set to true for an error */
+  u8 isStep;        /* Current in the step function */
+  int cnt;          /* Number of times that the step function has been called */
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+};
+
+/*
+** An Agg structure describes an Aggregator.  Each Agg consists of
+** zero or more Aggregator elements (AggElem).  Each AggElem contains
+** a key and one or more values.  The values are used in processing
+** aggregate functions in a SELECT.  The key is used to implement
+** the GROUP BY clause of a select.
+*/
+typedef struct Agg Agg;
+typedef struct AggElem AggElem;
+struct Agg {
+  int nMem;            /* Number of values stored in each AggElem */
+  AggElem *pCurrent;   /* The AggElem currently in focus */
+  FuncDef **apFunc;    /* Information about aggregate functions */
+  Btree *pBtree;       /* The tmp. btree used to group elements, if required. */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;      /* Read/write cursor to the table in pBtree */
+  int nTab;            /* Root page of the table in pBtree */
+  u8 searching;        /* True between the first AggNext and AggReset */
+};
+struct AggElem {
+  char *zKey;          /* The key to this AggElem */
+  int nKey;            /* Number of bytes in the key, including '\0' at end */
+  Mem aMem[1];         /* The values for this AggElem */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
+** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
+** this:
+**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
+*/
+typedef struct Set Set;
+struct Set {
+  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
+  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Keylist is a bunch of keys into a table.  The keylist can
+** grow without bound.  The keylist stores the ROWIDs of database
+** records that need to be deleted or updated.
+*/
+typedef struct Keylist Keylist;
+struct Keylist {
+  int nKey;         /* Number of slots in aKey[] */
+  int nUsed;        /* Next unwritten slot in aKey[] */
+  int nRead;        /* Next unread slot in aKey[] */
+  Keylist *pNext;   /* Next block of keys */
+  i64 aKey[1];      /* One or more keys.  Extra space allocated as needed */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
+** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
+** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
+** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
+** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
+** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
+** trigger finishes.
+*/
+typedef struct Context Context;
+struct Context {
+  int lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+  Keylist *pList;   /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
+  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
+  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
+  Mem *aStack;        /* The operand stack, except string values */
+  Mem *pTos;          /* Top entry in the operand stack */
+  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
+  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  Sorter *pSort;      /* A linked list of objects to be sorted */
+  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
+  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
+  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  Agg agg;                /* Aggregate information */
+  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
+  Keylist *pList;         /* A list of ROWIDs */
+  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
+  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
+  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
+  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
+  int returnStack[100];   /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
+  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
+  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
+  int popStack;           /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  u8 resOnStack;          /* True if there are result values on the stack */
+  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
+  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Cursor*);
+void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeAggReset(sqlite3*, Agg *, KeyInfo *);
+void sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(Keylist*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*, int , const unsigned char*, int*);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(void*,int,const void*,int, const void*);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(int,const u8*);
+int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*, u8);
+#endif
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf, int nBuf);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeapi.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeapi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6047f6fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeapi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    return p->z;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  }
+}
+int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return pVal->type;
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+*/
+void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  pCtx->isError = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  pCtx->isError = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+*/
+int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->aborted ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+  db = p->db;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* Invoke the trace callback if there is one
+    */
+    if( (db = p->db)->xTrace && !db->init.busy ){
+      assert( p->nOp>0 );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
+      sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
+      if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+        return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Print a copy of SQL as it is executed if the SQL_TRACE pragma is turned
+    ** on in debugging mode.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+    p->pc = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, p->zErrMsg);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+**
+** This routine is defined here in vdbe.c because it depends on knowing
+** the internals of the sqlite3_context structure which is only defined in
+** this source file.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  if( p->pAgg==0 ){
+    if( nByte<=NBFS ){
+      p->pAgg = (void*)p->s.z;
+      memset(p->pAgg, 0, nByte);
+    }else{
+      p->pAgg = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+    }
+  }
+  return p->pAgg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+  if( iArg<0 ) return;
+
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc = sqliteRealloc(pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+    if( !pVdbeFunc ) return;
+    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[pVdbeFunc->nAux], 0, 
+             sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-pVdbeFunc->nAux));
+    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  }
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
+** called.
+**
+** This routine is defined here in vdbe.c because it depends on knowing
+** the internals of the sqlite3_context structure which is only defined in
+** this source file.
+*/
+int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  return p->cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || !pVm->resOnStack ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
+  if( i>=vals || i<0 ){
+    static Mem nullMem;
+    if( nullMem.flags==0 ){ nullMem.flags = MEM_Null; }
+    sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    return &nullMem;
+  }
+  return &pVm->pTos[(1-vals)+i];
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
+** If useType is 1, then use the second set of N elements (the datatype
+** names) instead of the first set.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+  if( p==0 || N>=n || N<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( useType ){
+    N += n;
+  }
+  return xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the 'i'th column of the result set of SQL statement
+** pStmt, encoded as UTF-16.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt, encoded as UTF-8.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt, encoded as UTF-16.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, 1);
+}
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*),
+  int encoding
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc || zData==0 ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, p->db->enc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt* p, int i){
+  return vdbeUnbind((Vdbe *)p, i);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
+** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
+** exist.
+*/
+static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
+  if( !p->okVar ){
+    int j;
+    Op *pOp;
+    for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
+      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
+        assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+        p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p3;
+      }
+    }
+    p->okVar = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  createVarMap(p);
+  return p->azVar[i-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  createVarMap(p); 
+  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+    const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+    if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeaux.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeaux.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa9751daab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbeaux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1806 @@
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
+** set the sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
+** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+int sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn tracing on or off
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
+  p->trace = trace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
+** elements.
+*/
+static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
+  if( p->nOpAlloc<N ){
+    int oldSize = p->nOpAlloc;
+    p->nOpAlloc = N+100;
+    p->aOp = sqliteRealloc(p->aOp, p->nOpAlloc*sizeof(Op));
+    if( p->aOp ){
+      memset(&p->aOp[oldSize], 0, (p->nOpAlloc-oldSize)*sizeof(Op));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2          First two of the three possible operands.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP3() function to change the value of the P3
+** operand.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+  i = p->nOp;
+  p->nOp++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  resizeOpArray(p, i+1);
+  if( p->aOp==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = op;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = 0;
+  pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p3 value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, const char *zP3,int p3type){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(p, op, p1, p2);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, addr, zP3, p3type);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
+    p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
+    p->aLabel = sqliteRealloc( p->aLabel, p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  }
+  return -1-i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
+  int j = -1-x;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative.
+** Each such value is a label.  Resolve the label by setting the P2
+** value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  Op *pOp;
+  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
+  if( aLabel==0 ) return;
+  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+    if( pOp->p2>=0 ) continue;
+    assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
+    pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+  }
+  sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
+  p->aLabel = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+  int addr;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp + nOp);
+  if( p->aOp==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  addr = p->nOp;
+  if( nOp>0 ){
+    int i;
+    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+      int p2 = pIn->p2;
+      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+      pOut->p2 = p2<0 ? addr + ADDR(p2) : p2;
+      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+      pOut->p3type = pIn->p3 ? P3_STATIC : P3_NOTUSED;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->nOp += nOp;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( val>=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P3 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP3 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP3.
+**
+** If n==P3_STATIC  it means that zP3 is a pointer to a constant static
+** string and we can just copy the pointer.  n==P3_POINTER means zP3 is
+** a pointer to some object other than a string.  n==P3_COLLSEQ and
+** n==P3_KEYINFO mean that zP3 is a pointer to a CollSeq or KeyInfo
+** structure.  A copy is made of KeyInfo structures into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P3 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP3, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p==0 || p->aOp==0 ) return;
+  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+    if( addr<0 ) return;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    pOp->p3 = 0;
+  }
+  if( zP3==0 ){
+    pOp->p3 = 0;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    int nField, nByte;
+    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP3)->nField;
+    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]);
+    pKeyInfo = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)pKeyInfo;
+    if( pKeyInfo ){
+      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP3, nByte);
+      pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
+    }else{
+      pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+    }
+  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
+  }else if( n<0 ){
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
+    pOp->p3type = n;
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP3);
+    pOp->p3 = sqliteStrNDup(zP3, n);
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Replace the P3 field of the most recently coded instruction with
+** comment text.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3==0 );
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, -1, sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the P3 operand to the specified instruction appears
+** to be a quoted string token, then this procedure removes 
+** the quotes.
+**
+** The quoting operator can be either a grave ascent (ASCII 0x27)
+** or a double quote character (ASCII 0x22).  Two quotes in a row
+** resolve to be a single actual quote character within the string.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  Op *pOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->aOp==0 ) return;
+  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+    if( addr<0 ) return;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p3[0]==0 ) return;
+  if( pOp->p3type==P3_STATIC ){
+    pOp->p3 = sqliteStrDup(pOp->p3);
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
+  sqlite3Dequote(pOp->p3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the current program starting at instruction addr for the given
+** opcode and P2 value.  Return the address plus 1 if found and 0 if not
+** found.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeFindOp(Vdbe *p, int addr, int op, int p2){
+  int i;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  for(i=addr; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    if( p->aOp[i].opcode==op && p->aOp[i].p2==p2 ) return i+1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.
+*/
+VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp );
+  return &p->aOp[addr];
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P3 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP3(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP3;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  switch( pOp->p3type ){
+    case P3_POINTER: {
+      sprintf(zTemp, "ptr(%#x)", (int)pOp->p3);
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_KEYINFO: {
+      int i, j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+      sprintf(zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      i = strlen(zTemp);
+      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        if( pColl ){
+          int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
+          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+            strcpy(&zTemp[i],",...");
+            break;
+          }
+          zTemp[i++] = ',';
+          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+            zTemp[i++] = '-';
+          }
+          strcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName);
+          i += n;
+        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
+          strcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil");
+          i += 4;
+        }
+      }
+      zTemp[i++] = ')';
+      zTemp[i] = 0;
+      assert( i<nTemp );
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq*)pOp->p3;
+      sprintf(zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+      char zNum[30];
+      sprintf(zTemp, "%.*s", nTemp, pDef->zName);
+      sprintf(zNum,"(%d)", pDef->nArg);
+      if( strlen(zTemp)+strlen(zNum)+1<=nTemp ){
+        strcat(zTemp, zNum);
+      }
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP3 = pOp->p3;
+      if( zP3==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_Noop ){
+        zP3 = "";
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return zP3;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP3;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP3 = displayP3(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1,
+      pc, sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode], pOp->p1, pOp->p2, zP3);
+  fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p ){
+    while( N-->0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p++);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( p->explain );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not put dynamic strings onto the
+  ** the stack, they may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  if( p->pTos==&p->aStack[4] ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 5);
+  }
+  p->resOnStack = 0;
+
+  i = p->pc++;
+  if( i>=p->nOp ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+    if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    }else{
+      p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    Mem *pMem = p->aStack;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem->i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->z = sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode];  /* Opcode */
+    pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Short|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;   /* P3 */
+    pMem->z = displayP3(pOp, pMem->zShort, sizeof(pMem->zShort));
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+    p->nResColumn = 5;
+    p->pTos = pMem;
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    p->resOnStack = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){
+    const char *z = pOp->p3;
+    while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+**
+** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
+  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
+  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
+  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
+){
+  int n;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* No instruction ever pushes more than a single element onto the
+  ** stack.  And the stack never grows on successive executions of the
+  ** same loop.  So the total number of instructions is an upper bound
+  ** on the maximum stack depth required.
+  **
+  ** Allocation all the stack space we will ever need.
+  */
+  if( p->aStack==0 ){
+    resolveP2Values(p);
+    assert( nVar>=0 );
+    n = isExplain ? 10 : p->nOp;
+    p->aStack = sqliteMalloc(
+        n*sizeof(p->aStack[0])         /* aStack */
+      + n*sizeof(Mem*)                 /* apArg */
+      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
+      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
+      + nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
+      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*)        /* apCsr */
+    );
+    if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+      p->aMem = &p->aStack[n];
+      p->nMem = nMem;
+      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem];
+      p->nVar = nVar;
+      p->okVar = 0;
+      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
+      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[n];
+      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
+      p->nCursor = nCursor;
+      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+      for(n=0; n<nMem; n++){
+        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
+    || sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_explain")
+  ){
+    int i;
+    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_trace") ){
+    p->trace = stdout;
+  }
+#endif
+  p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
+  p->returnDepth = 0;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->popStack =  0;
+  p->explain |= isExplain;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Remove any elements that remain on the sorter for the VDBE given.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(Vdbe *p){
+  while( p->pSort ){
+    Sorter *pSorter = p->pSort;
+    p->pSort = pSorter->pNext;
+    sqliteFree(pSorter->zKey);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&pSorter->data);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources allociated with AggElem pElem, an element of
+** aggregate pAgg.
+*/
+void freeAggElem(AggElem *pElem, Agg *pAgg){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pAgg->nMem; i++){
+    Mem *pMem = &pElem->aMem[i];
+    if( pAgg->apFunc && pAgg->apFunc[i] && (pMem->flags & MEM_AggCtx)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      ctx.pFunc = pAgg->apFunc[i];
+      ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+      ctx.pAgg = pMem->z;
+      ctx.cnt = pMem->i;
+      ctx.isStep = 0;
+      ctx.isError = 0;
+      (*pAgg->apFunc[i]->xFinalize)(&ctx);
+      pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+      if( pMem->z!=0 && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
+        sqliteFree(pMem->z);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pElem);
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an Agg structure.  Delete all its contents.
+**
+** For installable aggregate functions, if the step function has been
+** called, make sure the finalizer function has also been called.  The
+** finalizer might need to free memory that was allocated as part of its
+** private context.  If the finalizer has not been called yet, call it
+** now.
+**
+** If db is NULL, then this is being called from sqliteVdbeReset(). In
+** this case clean up all references to the temp-table used for
+** aggregates (if it was ever opened).
+**
+** If db is not NULL, then this is being called from with an OP_AggReset
+** opcode. Open the temp-table, if it has not already been opened and
+** delete the contents of the table used for aggregate information, ready
+** for the next round of aggregate processing.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAggReset(sqlite3 *db, Agg *pAgg, KeyInfo *pKeyInfo){
+  int rc = 0;
+  BtCursor *pCsr = pAgg->pCsr;
+
+  assert( (pCsr && pAgg->nTab>0) || (!pCsr && pAgg->nTab==0)
+         || sqlite3_malloc_failed );
+
+  /* If pCsr is not NULL, then the table used for aggregate information
+  ** is open. Loop through it and free the AggElem* structure pointed at
+  ** by each entry. If the finalizer has not been called for an AggElem,
+  ** do that too. Finally, clear the btree table itself.
+  */
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int res;
+    assert( pAgg->pBtree );
+    assert( pAgg->nTab>0 );
+
+    rc=sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCsr, &res);
+    while( res==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      AggElem *pElem;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*), (char *)&pElem);
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      assert( pAgg->apFunc!=0 );
+      freeAggElem(pElem, pAgg);
+      rc=sqlite3BtreeNext(pCsr, &res);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCsr);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pAgg->pBtree, pAgg->nTab);
+  }else{ 
+    /* The cursor may not be open because the aggregator was never used,
+    ** or it could be that it was used but there was no GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pAgg->pCurrent ){
+      freeAggElem(pAgg->pCurrent, pAgg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If db is not NULL and we have not yet and we have not yet opened
+  ** the temporary btree then do so and create the table to store aggregate
+  ** information.
+  **
+  ** If db is NULL, then close the temporary btree if it is open.
+  */
+  if( db ){
+    if( !pAgg->pBtree ){
+      assert( pAgg->nTab==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, ":memory:", 0, TEMP_PAGES, &pAgg->pBtree);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pAgg->pBtree, 1);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pAgg->pBtree, &pAgg->nTab, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    assert( pAgg->nTab!=0 );
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pAgg->pBtree, pAgg->nTab, 1,
+        sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pKeyInfo, &pAgg->pCsr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }else{
+    if( pAgg->pBtree ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pAgg->pBtree);
+      pAgg->pBtree = 0;
+      pAgg->nTab = 0;
+    }
+    pAgg->pCsr = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pAgg->apFunc ){ 
+    sqliteFree(pAgg->apFunc);
+    pAgg->apFunc = 0;
+  }
+  pAgg->pCurrent = 0;
+  pAgg->nMem = 0;
+  pAgg->searching = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete a keylist
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(Keylist *p){
+  while( p ){
+    Keylist *pNext = p->pNext;
+    sqliteFree(p);
+    p = pNext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor and release all the resources that cursor happens
+** to hold.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Cursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCx->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  }
+  if( pCx->pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pCx->pData);
+  sqliteFree(pCx->aType);
+  sqliteFree(pCx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors
+*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[i]);
+    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
+**
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
+*/
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->aStack ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 1 + (p->pTos - p->aStack));
+    p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem);
+  if( p->pList ){
+    sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+    p->pList = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->contextStack ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->contextStack[i].pList);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(p->contextStack);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(p);
+  sqlite3VdbeAggReset(0, &p->agg, 0);
+  p->contextStack = 0;
+  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
+  p->contextStackTop = 0;
+  sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  assert( 0==p->nResColumn );
+  p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
+  n = nResColumn*2;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    (pColName++)->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** If N==P3_STATIC  it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
+** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P3_DYNAMIC, then 
+** the string is freed using sqliteFree() when the vdbe is finished with
+** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, const char *zName, int N){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idx<(2*p->nResColumn) );
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx]);
+  if( N==P3_DYNAMIC || N==P3_STATIC ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+    pColName->flags = (pColName->flags&(~MEM_Static))|MEM_Dyn;
+    pColName->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory:.  In that case we do
+  ** not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the simple case then
+  ** too.
+  */
+  if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSync(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully synced */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+        if( pBt ){
+          sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomicly.
+  */
+  else{
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    OsFile master;
+
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    do {
+      u32 random;
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
+      zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf("%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
+      if( !zMaster ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }while( sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster) );
+
+    /* Open the master journal. */
+    memset(&master, 0, sizeof(master));
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zMaster, &master, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independantly if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
+      if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&master, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+          sqliteFree(zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Sync the master journal file. Before doing this, open the directory
+    ** the master journal file is store in so that it gets synced too.
+    */
+    zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(zMainFile, &master);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(&master);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to sqlite3BtreeSync(),
+    ** then there is a chance that the master journal file will be
+    ** orphaned. But we cannot delete it, in case the master journal
+    ** file name was written into the journal file before the failure
+    ** occured.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSync(pBt, zMaster);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+          sqliteFree(zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(zMainFile);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* This is not good. The master journal file has been deleted, but
+      ** the directory sync failed. There is no completely safe course of
+      ** action from here. The individual journals contain the name of the
+      ** master journal file, but there is no way of knowing if that
+      ** master journal exists now or if it will exist after the operating
+      ** system crash that may follow the fsync() failure.
+      */
+      assert(0);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommit() are only closing files and deleting
+    ** journals. If something goes wrong while this is happening we don't
+    ** really care. The integrity of the transaction is already guaranteed,
+    ** but some stray 'cold' journals may be lying around. Returning an
+    ** error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find every active VM other than pVdbe and change its status to
+** aborted.  This happens when one VM causes a rollback due to an
+** ON CONFLICT ROLLBACK clause (for example).  The other VMs must be
+** aborted so that they do not have data rolled out from underneath
+** them leading to a segfault.
+*/
+static void abortOtherActiveVdbes(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Vdbe *pOther;
+  for(pOther=pVdbe->db->pVdbe; pOther; pOther=pOther->pNext){
+    if( pOther==pVdbe ) continue;
+    if( pOther->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || pOther->pc<0 ) continue;
+    closeAllCursors(pOther);
+    pOther->aborted = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.
+**
+** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0;  /* Function to call on each btree backend */
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    /* Already halted.  Nothing to do. */
+    assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+      /* The auto-commit flag is true, there are no other active queries
+      ** using this handle and the vdbe program was successful or hit an
+      ** 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit is required.
+      */
+      int rc = vdbeCommit(db);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return SQLITE_BUSY;
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+        xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+      }
+    }else{
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
+    }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+    }else{
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+      abortOtherActiveVdbes(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollback,
+  ** sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on
+  ** each backend. If an error occurs and the return code is still
+  ** SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new error value.
+  */
+  for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    int rc;
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      rc = xFunc(pBt);
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE, set the change counter. */
+  if( p->changeCntOn ){
+    if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+    }
+    p->nChange = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(db);
+  }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+**
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+  /* Transfer the error code and error message from the VDBE into the
+  ** main database structure.
+  */
+  if( p->zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, "%s", p->zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }else if( p->rc ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+  */
+  Cleanup(p);
+
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+  assert( p->pTos<&p->aStack[p->pc<0?0:p->pc] || sqlite3_malloc_failed==1 );
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  p->aborted = 0;
+  return p->rc;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+  }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
+    /* sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); */
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
+    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      pAux->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  Cleanup(p);
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( p->db->pVdbe==p );
+    p->db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+      if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC || pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO ){
+        sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+      }
+      if( pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC ){
+        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)pOp->p3;
+        sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+        sqliteFree(pVdbeFunc);
+      }
+    }
+    sqliteFree(p->aOp);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+  sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
+  sqliteFree(p->aStack);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*2);
+  sqliteFree(p->aColName);
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  Return an error code.  If no MoveTo is pending, this
+** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
+  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+    int res;
+    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+    assert( p->intKey );
+    if( p->intKey ){
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, &res);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor,(char*)&p->movetoTarget,sizeof(i64),&res);
+    }
+    *p->pIncrKey = 0;
+    p->lastRecno = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
+    p->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    if( res<0 ){
+      sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
+    }
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    p->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialRead()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialWrite()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**     8-11                                reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. */
+    i64 i = pMem->i;
+    if( i>=-127 && i<=127 ) return 1;
+    if( i>=-32767 && i<=32767 ) return 2;
+    if( i>=-8388607 && i<=8388607 ) return 3;
+    if( i>=-2147483647 && i<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+    if( i>=-140737488355328L && i<=140737488355328L ) return 5;
+    return 6;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    return 7;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Str ){
+    int n = pMem->n;
+    assert( n>=0 );
+    return ((n*2) + 13);
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Blob ){
+    return (pMem->n*2 + 12);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
+  }else{
+    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    return aSize[serial_type];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char *buf, Mem *pMem){
+  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem);
+  int len;
+
+  /* NULL */
+  if( serial_type==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+ 
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 ){
+    u64 v;
+    int i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      v = *(u64*)&pMem->r;
+    }else{
+      v = *(u64*)&pMem->i;
+    }
+    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    while( i-- ){
+      buf[i] = (v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    return len;
+  }
+  
+  /* String or blob */
+  assert( serial_type>=12 );
+  len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+  memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+  return len;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  int len;
+
+  if( serial_type==0 ){
+    /* NULL */
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+  if( serial_type<=7 ){
+    /* Integer and Real */
+    if( serial_type<=4 ){
+      /* 32-bit integer type.  This is handled by a special case for
+      ** performance reasons. */
+      int v = buf[0];
+      int n;
+      if( v&0x80 ){
+        v |= -256;
+      }
+      for(n=1; n<len; n++){
+        v = (v<<8) | buf[n];
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->i = v;
+      return n;
+    }else{
+      u64 v = 0;
+      int n;
+
+      if( buf[0]&0x80 ){
+        v = -1;
+      }
+      for(n=0; n<len; n++){
+        v = (v<<8) | buf[n];
+      }
+      if( serial_type==7 ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+        pMem->r = *(double*)&v;
+      }else{
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+        pMem->i = *(i64*)&v;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* String or blob */
+    assert( serial_type>=12 );
+    pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+    pMem->n = len;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+    if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+    }else{
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+    }
+  }
+  return len;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records specified by 
+** {nKey1, pKey1} and {nKey2, pKey2}, returning a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than {nKey2, pKey2}.  Both Key1 and Key2 must be byte strings
+** composed by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  void *userData,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, 
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)userData;
+  u32 d1, d2;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1, idx2;      /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1, szHdr2;  /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int nField;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  const unsigned char *aKey2 = (const unsigned char *)pKey2;
+
+  Mem mem1;
+  Mem mem2;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem2.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  
+  idx1 = sqlite3GetVarint32(pKey1, &szHdr1);
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  idx2 = sqlite3GetVarint32(pKey2, &szHdr2);
+  d2 = szHdr2;
+  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+  while( idx1<szHdr1 && idx2<szHdr2 ){
+    u32 serial_type1;
+    u32 serial_type2;
+
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], &serial_type1);
+    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+    idx2 += sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey2[idx2], &serial_type2);
+    if( d2>=nKey2 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type2)>0 ) break;
+
+    /* Assert that there is enough space left in each key for the blob of
+    ** data to go with the serial type just read. This assert may fail if
+    ** the file is corrupted.  Then read the value from each key into mem1
+    ** and mem2 respectively.
+    */
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+    d2 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey2[d2], serial_type2, &mem2);
+
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &mem2, i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem2);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point
+  ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is
+  ** treated as larger.
+  */
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }else if( d1<nKey1 ){
+      rc = 1;
+    }else if( d2<nKey2 ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+    rc = -rc;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically
+** an integer rowid).  This routine returns the number of bytes in
+** that integer.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(int nKey, const u8 *aKey){
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(aKey, &szHdr);
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
+  return sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+}
+  
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(m.z, &szHdr);
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(&m.z[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
+** the key string in pKey (of length nKey).  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pKey.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  Cursor *pC,                 /* The cursor to compare against */
+  int nKey, const u8 *pKey,   /* The key to compare */
+  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+  int lenRowid;
+  Mem m;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(m.n, m.z);
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pC->pKeyInfo, m.n-lenRowid, m.z, nKey, pKey);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *p){
+  p->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbemem.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbemem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6cd94e634
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/vdbemem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem *pMem){
+  int n = pMem->n;
+  u8 *z;
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short))==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  z = sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+  pMem->xDel = 0;
+  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
+  z[n] = 0;
+  z[n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object either MEM_Short or MEM_Dyn so that bytes
+** of the Mem.z[] array can be modified.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  int n;
+  u8 *z;
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  if( (n = pMem->n)+2<sizeof(pMem->zShort) ){
+    z = pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
+  }else{
+    z = sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
+  z[n] = 0;
+  z[n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  /* In SQLite, a string without a nul terminator occurs when a string
+  ** is loaded from disk (in this case the memory management is ephemeral),
+  ** or when it is supplied by the user as a bound variable or function
+  ** return value. Therefore, the memory management of the string must be
+  ** either ephemeral, static or controlled by a user-supplied destructor.
+  */
+  assert(                         
+    !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) ||                /* it's not a string, or      */
+    (pMem->flags&MEM_Term) ||                /* it's nul term. already, or */
+    (pMem->flags&(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static)) ||  /* it's static or ephem, or   */
+    (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel)      /* external management        */
+  );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem) ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+  }else{
+    char *z = sqliteMalloc(pMem->n+2);
+    if( !z ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memcpy(z, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+    z[pMem->n] = 0;
+    z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+    pMem->xDel(pMem->z);
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+    pMem->z = z;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  u8 *z = pMem->zShort;
+
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Real ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%.15g", pMem->r);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Int );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%lld", pMem->i);
+  }
+  pMem->n = strlen(z);
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str | MEM_Short | MEM_Term;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    if( p->xDel ){
+      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(p->z);
+    }
+    p->z = 0;
+    p->xDel = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem is NULL, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return (i64)pMem->r;
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value;
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    sqlite3atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  pMem->i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    return sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, 0);
+  }else{
+    return 0.0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.  Invalidate any
+** prior representations.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->r = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are overwritten.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(*pFrom)-sizeof(pFrom->zShort));
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+  if( pTo->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Short|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** might be returned if pFrom held ephemeral data and we were unable
+** to allocate enough space to make a copy.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  }
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
+    pTo->z = pTo->zShort;
+  }
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->xDel = 0;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  if( !z ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pMem->z = (char *)z;
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_STATIC ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Static;
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+  }
+
+  pMem->enc = enc;
+  pMem->type = enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT;
+  pMem->n = n;
+
+  switch( enc ){
+    case 0:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+      break;
+
+    case SQLITE_UTF8:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+      if( n<0 ){
+        pMem->n = strlen(z);
+        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case SQLITE_UTF16LE:
+    case SQLITE_UTF16BE:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+      if( pMem->n<0 ){
+        pMem->n = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(pMem->z,-1);
+        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      }
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(0);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+**
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+  int rc;
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
+
+  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
+  ** DESC order.
+  */
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+  ** if both values are integers.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      double r1, r2;
+      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r1 = pMem1->i;
+      }else{
+        r1 = pMem1->r;
+      }
+      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r2 = pMem2->i;
+      }else{
+        r2 = pMem2->r;
+      }
+      if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+      if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
+      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
+      if( pMem1->i < pMem2->i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->i > pMem2->i ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+    /* This assert may fail if the collation sequence is deleted after this
+    ** vdbe program is compiled. The documentation defines this as an
+    ** undefined condition. A crash is usual result.
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+    if( pColl ){
+      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+      }else{
+        u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc;
+        rc = pColl->xCmp(
+          pColl->pUser,
+          sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc)
+        );
+        sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  char *zData;      /* Data from the btree layer */
+  int available;    /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+
+  if( key ){
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }else{
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }
+
+  pMem->n = amt;
+  if( offset+amt<=available ){
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    int rc;
+    if( amt>NBFS-2 ){
+      zData = (char *)sqliteMallocRaw(amt+2);
+      if( !zData ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+    }else{
+      zData = &(pMem->zShort[0]);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
+    }
+    pMem->z = zData;
+    pMem->enc = 0;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+
+    if( key ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
+    }
+    zData[amt] = 0;
+    zData[amt+1] = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( amt>NBFS ){
+        sqliteFree(zData);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
+** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem, u8 db_enc){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  assert( flags!=0 );  /* Must define some type */
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int x = pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+    assert( x!=0 );            /* Strings must define a string subtype */
+    assert( (x & (x-1))==0 );  /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
+    assert( pMem->z!=0 );      /* Strings must have a value */
+    /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
+    /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
+    assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );
+
+    if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
+      assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
+              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE 
+      );
+      /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
+      ** must be the length of the string.  (Later:)  If the database file
+      ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
+      ** into the middle of the string.  In that case, the strlen() might
+      ** be less.
+      */
+      if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ 
+        assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
+        assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
+    assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
+  }
+  /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
+  assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
+          || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    assert( pMem->r==pMem->i );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE || enc==SQLITE_UTF8);
+
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+  }else if( !(pVal->flags&MEM_Blob) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+  }
+  return (const void *)(pVal->z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+*/
+sqlite3_value* sqlite3ValueNew(){
+  Mem *p = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v, 
+  int n, 
+  const void *z, 
+  u8 enc,
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(v, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqliteFree(v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+    return p->n;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/where.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/where.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08c174e934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/src/where.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1210 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
+*/
+typedef struct ExprInfo ExprInfo;
+struct ExprInfo {
+  Expr *p;                /* Pointer to the subexpression */
+  u8 indexable;           /* True if this subexprssion is usable by an index */
+  short int idxLeft;      /* p->pLeft is a column in this table number. -1 if
+                          ** p->pLeft is not the column of any table */
+  short int idxRight;     /* p->pRight is a column in this table number. -1 if
+                          ** p->pRight is not the column of any table */
+  unsigned prereqLeft;    /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p->pLeft */
+  unsigned prereqRight;   /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p->pRight */
+  unsigned prereqAll;     /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bitmasks.  The VDBE cursor numbers
+** are small integers contained in SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable
+** fields.  For any given WHERE clause, we want to track which cursors
+** are being used, so we assign a single bit in a 32-bit word to track
+** that cursor.  Then a 32-bit integer is able to show the set of all
+** cursors being used.
+*/
+typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;
+struct ExprMaskSet {
+  int n;          /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[31];     /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
+
+/*
+** Determine the number of elements in an array.
+*/
+#define ARRAYSIZE(X)  (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to divide the WHERE expression into subexpressions
+** separated by the AND operator.
+**
+** aSlot[] is an array of subexpressions structures.
+** There are nSlot spaces left in this array.  This routine attempts to
+** split pExpr into subexpressions and fills aSlot[] with those subexpressions.
+** The return value is the number of slots filled.
+*/
+static int exprSplit(int nSlot, ExprInfo *aSlot, Expr *pExpr){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  if( pExpr==0 || nSlot<1 ) return 0;
+  if( nSlot==1 || pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){
+    aSlot[0].p = pExpr;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pExpr->pLeft->op!=TK_AND ){
+    aSlot[0].p = pExpr->pLeft;
+    cnt = 1 + exprSplit(nSlot-1, &aSlot[1], pExpr->pRight);
+  }else{
+    cnt = exprSplit(nSlot, aSlot, pExpr->pLeft);
+    cnt += exprSplit(nSlot-cnt, &aSlot[cnt], pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize an expression mask set
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
+
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor.  Assign a new bitmask
+** if this is the first time the cursor has been seen.
+*/
+static int getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ) return 1<<i;
+  }
+  if( i==pMaskSet->n && i<ARRAYSIZE(pMaskSet->ix) ){
+    pMaskSet->n++;
+    pMaskSet->ix[i] = iCursor;
+    return 1<<i;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy an expression mask set
+*/
+#define freeMaskSet(P)   /* NO-OP */
+
+/*
+** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+**
+** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
+** previously invoked sqlite3ExprResolveIds() on the expression.  See
+** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+** The sqlite3ExprResolveIds() routines looks for column names and
+** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
+** the VDBE cursor number of the table.
+*/
+static int exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  unsigned int mask = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    if( mask==0 ) mask = -1;
+    return mask;
+  }
+  if( p->pRight ){
+    mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+  }
+  if( p->pLeft ){
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  }
+  if( p->pList ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->pList->nExpr; i++){
+      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT==TK_LE-1 && TK_LE==TK_LT-1 && TK_LT==TK_GE-1 && TK_EQ==TK_GT-1);
+  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap two integers.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in the SrcList that uses cursor iCur.  If iCur is
+** used by the first entry in SrcList return 0.  If iCur is used by
+** the second entry return 1.  And so forth.
+**
+** SrcList is the set of tables in the FROM clause in the order that
+** they will be processed.  The value returned here gives us an index
+** of which tables will be processed first.
+*/
+static int tableOrder(SrcList *pList, int iCur){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++){
+    if( pList->a[i].iCursor==iCur ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an ExprInfo structure with only the
+** "p" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the ExprInfo
+** structure.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList *pSrc, ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprInfo *pInfo){
+  Expr *pExpr = pInfo->p;
+  pInfo->prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pInfo->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
+  pInfo->prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  pInfo->indexable = 0;
+  pInfo->idxLeft = -1;
+  pInfo->idxRight = -1;
+  if( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && (pInfo->prereqRight & pInfo->prereqLeft)==0 ){
+    if( pExpr->pRight && pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pInfo->idxRight = pExpr->pRight->iTable;
+      pInfo->indexable = 1;
+    }
+    if( pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pInfo->idxLeft = pExpr->pLeft->iTable;
+      pInfo->indexable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pInfo->indexable ){
+    assert( pInfo->idxLeft!=pInfo->idxRight );
+
+    /* We want the expression to be of the form "X = expr", not "expr = X".
+    ** So flip it over if necessary.  If the expression is "X = Y", then
+    ** we want Y to come from an earlier table than X.
+    **
+    ** The collating sequence rule is to always choose the left expression.
+    ** So if we do a flip, we also have to move the collating sequence.
+    */
+    if( tableOrder(pSrc,pInfo->idxLeft)<tableOrder(pSrc,pInfo->idxRight) ){
+      assert( pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+      SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
+      SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+      if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+        assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+        assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+        assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+        assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+        assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+        pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+      }
+      SWAP(unsigned, pInfo->prereqLeft, pInfo->prereqRight);
+      SWAP(short int, pInfo->idxLeft, pInfo->idxRight);
+    }
+  }      
+
+}
+
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
+** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
+** the table has a cursor number of "base".
+**
+** This routine attempts to find an index for pTab that generates the
+** correct record sequence for the given ORDER BY clause.  The return value
+** is a pointer to an index that does the job.  NULL is returned if the
+** table has no index that will generate the correct sort order.
+**
+** If there are two or more indices that generate the correct sort order
+** and pPreferredIdx is one of those indices, then return pPreferredIdx.
+**
+** nEqCol is the number of columns of pPreferredIdx that are used as
+** equality constraints.  Any index returned must have exactly this same
+** set of columns.  The ORDER BY clause only matches index columns beyond the
+** the first nEqCol columns.
+**
+** All terms of the ORDER BY clause must be either ASC or DESC.  The
+** *pbRev value is set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is
+** set to 0 if the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
+*/
+static Index *findSortingIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table to be sorted */
+  int base,               /* Cursor number for pTab */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Index *pPreferredIdx,   /* Use this index, if possible and not NULL */
+  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns used with == constraints */
+  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  Index *pMatch;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int sortOrder;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
+  sortOrder = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder!=sortOrder ){
+      /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms are either
+      ** DESC or ASC.  Indices cannot be used on a mixture. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || p->iTable!=base ){
+      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
+      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means the ORDER BY clause consists only of
+  ** ascending columns in the left-most table of the FROM clause.  Now
+  ** check for a matching index.
+  */
+  pMatch = 0;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( pIdx->nColumn < nEqCol || pIdx->nColumn < nExpr ) continue;
+    for(i=j=0; i<nEqCol; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      if( pPreferredIdx->aiColumn[i]!=pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) break;
+      if( pPreferredIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i] ) break;
+      if( j<nExpr && 
+          pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[i] &&
+          pColl==pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]
+      ){ 
+        j++; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<nEqCol ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i+j<nExpr; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i+j].pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      if( pOrderBy->a[i+j].pExpr->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEqCol] ||
+          pColl!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i+nEqCol] ) break;
+    }
+    if( i+j>=nExpr ){
+      pMatch = pIdx;
+      if( pIdx==pPreferredIdx ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMatch && pbRev ){
+    *pbRev = sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC;
+  }
+  return pMatch;
+}
+
+/*
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it did not originate
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  We would get the correct
+** results if nothing were ever disabled, but joins might run a little
+** slower.  The trick is to disable as much as we can without disabling
+** too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get the wrong answer.
+** See ticket #813.
+*/
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, Expr **ppExpr){
+  Expr *pExpr = *ppExpr;
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that builds a probe for an index.  Details:
+**
+**    *  Check the top nColumn entries on the stack.  If any
+**       of those entries are NULL, jump immediately to brk,
+**       which is the loop exit, since no index entry will match
+**       if any part of the key is NULL.
+**
+**    *  Construct a probe entry from the top nColumn entries in
+**       the stack with affinities appropriate for index pIdx.
+*/
+static void buildIndexProbe(Vdbe *v, int nColumn, int brk, Index *pIdx){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -nColumn, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, brk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for an equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr  or X IN (...).   pTerm is the X.  
+*/
+static void codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  ExprInfo *pTerm,    /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  int brk,            /* Jump here to abandon the loop */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel  /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+){
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+  if( pX->op!=TK_IN ){
+    assert( pX->op==TK_EQ );
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+  }else{
+    int iTab = pX->iTable;
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, brk);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, iTab, 1);
+    pLevel->inP2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxColumn, iTab, 0);
+    pLevel->inOp = OP_Next;
+    pLevel->inP1 = iTab;
+  }
+  disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an (opaque) structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
+** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
+** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
+** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
+** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+**
+** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
+** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+*/
+WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,   /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int pushKey,         /* If TRUE, leave the table key on the stack */
+  ExprList **ppOrderBy /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
+){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  int brk, cont = 0;         /* Addresses used during code generation */
+  int nExpr;           /* Number of subexpressions in the WHERE clause */
+  int loopMask;        /* One bit set for each outer loop */
+  int haveKey = 0;     /* True if KEY is on the stack */
+  ExprInfo *pTerm;     /* A single term in the WHERE clause; ptr to aExpr[] */
+  ExprMaskSet maskSet; /* The expression mask set */
+  int iDirectEq[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID==X for the N-th table */
+  int iDirectLt[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID<X or ROWID<=X */
+  int iDirectGt[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID>X or ROWID>=X */
+  ExprInfo aExpr[101]; /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
+
+  /* pushKey is only allowed if there is a single table (as in an INSERT or
+  ** UPDATE statement)
+  */
+  assert( pushKey==0 || pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.  If the aExpr[]
+  ** array fills up, the last entry might point to an expression which
+  ** contains additional unfactored AND operators.
+  */
+  initMaskSet(&maskSet);
+  memset(aExpr, 0, sizeof(aExpr));
+  nExpr = exprSplit(ARRAYSIZE(aExpr), aExpr, pWhere);
+  if( nExpr==ARRAYSIZE(aExpr) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "WHERE clause too complex - no more "
+       "than %d terms allowed", (int)ARRAYSIZE(aExpr)-1);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value.
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    /* sqliteFree(pWInfo); // Leak memory when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pWhere)) ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, 1);
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=aExpr, i=0; i<nExpr; i++, pTerm++){
+    TriggerStack *pStack;
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, &maskSet, pTerm);
+
+    /* If we are executing a trigger body, remove all references to
+    ** new.* and old.* tables from the prerequisite masks.
+    */
+    if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+      int x;
+      if( (x=pStack->newIdx) >= 0 ){
+        int mask = ~getMask(&maskSet, x);
+        pTerm->prereqRight &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqLeft &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqAll &= mask;
+      }
+      if( (x=pStack->oldIdx) >= 0 ){
+        int mask = ~getMask(&maskSet, x);
+        pTerm->prereqRight &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqLeft &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqAll &= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out what index to use (if any) for each nested loop.
+  ** Make pWInfo->a[i].pIdx point to the index to use for the i-th nested
+  ** loop where i==0 is the outer loop and i==pTabList->nSrc-1 is the inner
+  ** loop. 
+  **
+  ** If terms exist that use the ROWID of any table, then set the
+  ** iDirectEq[], iDirectLt[], or iDirectGt[] elements for that table
+  ** to the index of the term containing the ROWID.  We always prefer
+  ** to use a ROWID which can directly access a table rather than an
+  ** index which requires reading an index first to get the rowid then
+  ** doing a second read of the actual database table.
+  **
+  ** Actually, if there are more than 32 tables in the join, only the
+  ** first 32 tables are candidates for indices.  This is (again) due
+  ** to the limit of 32 bits in an integer bitmask.
+  */
+  loopMask = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc && i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectEq); i++){
+    int j;
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    int iCur = pTabList->a[i].iCursor;    /* The cursor for this table */
+    int mask = getMask(&maskSet, iCur);   /* Cursor mask for this table */
+    Table *pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Index *pBestIdx = 0;
+    int bestScore = 0;
+
+    /* Check to see if there is an expression that uses only the
+    ** ROWID field of this table.  For terms of the form ROWID==expr
+    ** set iDirectEq[i] to the index of the term.  For terms of the
+    ** form ROWID<expr or ROWID<=expr set iDirectLt[i] to the term index.
+    ** For terms like ROWID>expr or ROWID>=expr set iDirectGt[i].
+    **
+    ** (Added:) Treat ROWID IN expr like ROWID=expr.
+    */
+    pLevel->iCur = -1;
+    iDirectEq[i] = -1;
+    iDirectLt[i] = -1;
+    iDirectGt[i] = -1;
+    for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+      Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+      if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur && pX->pLeft->iColumn<0
+            && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight ){
+        switch( pX->op ){
+          case TK_IN:
+          case TK_EQ: iDirectEq[i] = j; break;
+          case TK_LE:
+          case TK_LT: iDirectLt[i] = j; break;
+          case TK_GE:
+          case TK_GT: iDirectGt[i] = j;  break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( iDirectEq[i]>=0 ){
+      loopMask |= mask;
+      pLevel->pIdx = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Do a search for usable indices.  Leave pBestIdx pointing to
+    ** the "best" index.  pBestIdx is left set to NULL if no indices
+    ** are usable.
+    **
+    ** The best index is determined as follows.  For each of the
+    ** left-most terms that is fixed by an equality operator, add
+    ** 8 to the score.  The right-most term of the index may be
+    ** constrained by an inequality.  Add 1 if for an "x<..." constraint
+    ** and add 2 for an "x>..." constraint.  Chose the index that
+    ** gives the best score.
+    **
+    ** This scoring system is designed so that the score can later be
+    ** used to determine how the index is used.  If the score&7 is 0
+    ** then all constraints are equalities.  If score&1 is not 0 then
+    ** there is an inequality used as a termination key.  (ex: "x<...")
+    ** If score&2 is not 0 then there is an inequality used as the
+    ** start key.  (ex: "x>...").  A score or 4 is the special case
+    ** of an IN operator constraint.  (ex:  "x IN ...").
+    **
+    ** The IN operator (as in "<expr> IN (...)") is treated the same as
+    ** an equality comparison except that it can only be used on the
+    ** left-most column of an index and other terms of the WHERE clause
+    ** cannot be used in conjunction with the IN operator to help satisfy
+    ** other columns of the index.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int eqMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x=... term */
+      int ltMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x<... term */
+      int gtMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x>... term */
+      int inMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x IN .. term */
+      int nEq, m, score;
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn>32 ) continue;  /* Ignore indices too many columns */
+      for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+        CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft);
+        if( !pColl && pX->pRight ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        }
+        if( !pColl ){
+          pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        }
+        if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur 
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight ){
+          int iColumn = pX->pLeft->iColumn;
+          int k;
+          char idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; 
+          for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+            /* If the collating sequences or affinities don't match, 
+            ** ignore this index.  */
+            if( pColl!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[k] ) continue;
+            if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
+            if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]==iColumn ){
+              switch( pX->op ){
+                case TK_IN: {
+                  if( k==0 ) inMask |= 1;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_EQ: {
+                  eqMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_LE:
+                case TK_LT: {
+                  ltMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_GE:
+                case TK_GT: {
+                  gtMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                default: {
+                  /* CANT_HAPPEN */
+                  assert( 0 );
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* The following loop ends with nEq set to the number of columns
+      ** on the left of the index with == constraints.
+      */
+      for(nEq=0; nEq<pIdx->nColumn; nEq++){
+        m = (1<<(nEq+1))-1;
+        if( (m & eqMask)!=m ) break;
+      }
+      score = nEq*8;   /* Base score is 8 times number of == constraints */
+      m = 1<<nEq;
+      if( m & ltMask ) score++;    /* Increase score for a < constraint */
+      if( m & gtMask ) score+=2;   /* Increase score for a > constraint */
+      if( score==0 && inMask ) score = 4;  /* Default score for IN constraint */
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBestIdx = pIdx;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->pIdx = pBestIdx;
+    pLevel->score = bestScore;
+    pLevel->bRev = 0;
+    loopMask |= mask;
+    if( pBestIdx ){
+      pLevel->iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if the ORDER BY clause is or can be satisfied by the
+  ** use of an index on the first table.
+  */
+  if( ppOrderBy && *ppOrderBy && pTabList->nSrc>0 ){
+     Index *pSortIdx;
+     Index *pIdx;
+     Table *pTab;
+     int bRev = 0;
+
+     pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+     pIdx = pWInfo->a[0].pIdx;
+     if( pIdx && pWInfo->a[0].score==4 ){
+       /* If there is already an IN index on the left-most table,
+       ** it will not give the correct sort order.
+       ** So, pretend that no suitable index is found.
+       */
+       pSortIdx = 0;
+     }else if( iDirectEq[0]>=0 || iDirectLt[0]>=0 || iDirectGt[0]>=0 ){
+       /* If the left-most column is accessed using its ROWID, then do
+       ** not try to sort by index.
+       */
+       pSortIdx = 0;
+     }else{
+       int nEqCol = (pWInfo->a[0].score+4)/8;
+       pSortIdx = findSortingIndex(pParse, pTab, pTabList->a[0].iCursor, 
+                                   *ppOrderBy, pIdx, nEqCol, &bRev);
+     }
+     if( pSortIdx && (pIdx==0 || pIdx==pSortIdx) ){
+       if( pIdx==0 ){
+         pWInfo->a[0].pIdx = pSortIdx;
+         pWInfo->a[0].iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+       }
+       pWInfo->a[0].bRev = bRev;
+       *ppOrderBy = 0;
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and all indices used by those tables.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    Index *pIx;
+
+    pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    if( pTab->isTransient || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, pTab->iDb);
+    if( (pIx = pWInfo->a[i].pIdx)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIx->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, pWInfo->a[i].iCur, pIx->tnum,
+                     (char*)&pIx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Generate the code to do the search
+  */
+  loopMask = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    int j, k;
+    int iCur = pTabList->a[i].iCursor;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+
+    /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+    ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+    ** row of the left table of the join.
+    */
+    if( i>0 && (pTabList->a[i-1].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+      if( !pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem++;
+      pLevel->iLeftJoin = pParse->nMem++;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+    }
+
+    pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
+    pLevel->inOp = OP_Noop;
+    if( i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectEq) && (k = iDirectEq[i])>=0 ){
+      /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+      **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+      **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+      **          construct.
+      */
+      assert( k<nExpr );
+      pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+      assert( pTerm->p!=0 );
+      assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, brk, pLevel);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 1, brk);
+      haveKey = 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, brk);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else if( pIdx!=0 && pLevel->score>0 && pLevel->score%4==0 ){
+      /* Case 2:  There is an index and all terms of the WHERE clause that
+      **          refer to the index use the "==" or "IN" operators.
+      */
+      int start;
+      int nColumn = (pLevel->score+4)/8;
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+      /* For each column of the index, find the term of the WHERE clause that
+      ** constraints that column.  If the WHERE clause term is X=expr, then
+      ** evaluation expr and leave the result on the stack */
+      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            char idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[pX->pLeft->iColumn].affinity;
+            if( sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ){
+              codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, brk, pLevel);
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      buildIndexProbe(v, nColumn, brk, pIdx);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+
+      /* Generate code (1) to move to the first matching element of the table.
+      ** Then generate code (2) that jumps to "brk" after the cursor is past
+      ** the last matching element of the table.  The code (1) is executed
+      ** once to initialize the search, the code (2) is executed before each
+      ** iteration of the scan to see if the scan has finished. */
+      if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        /* Scan in reverse order */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveLe, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxLT, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+      }else{
+        /* Scan in the forward order */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxGE, pLevel->iCur, brk, "+", P3_STATIC);
+        pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxIsNull, nColumn, cont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      if( i==pTabList->nSrc-1 && pushKey ){
+        haveKey = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        haveKey = 0;
+      }
+      pLevel->p1 = pLevel->iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+    }else if( i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectLt) && (iDirectLt[i]>=0 || iDirectGt[i]>=0) ){
+      /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+      */
+      int testOp = OP_Noop;
+      int start;
+
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( iDirectGt[i]>=0 ){
+        Expr *pX;
+        k = iDirectGt[i];
+        assert( k<nExpr );
+        pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+        pX = pTerm->p;
+        assert( pX!=0 );
+        assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ForceInt, pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT, brk);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk);
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
+      }
+      if( iDirectLt[i]>=0 ){
+        Expr *pX;
+        k = iDirectLt[i];
+        assert( k<nExpr );
+        pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+        pX = pTerm->p;
+        assert( pX!=0 );
+        assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+        if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+          testOp = OP_Ge;
+        }else{
+          testOp = OP_Gt;
+        }
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+      }
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, 0, brk);
+      }
+      haveKey = 0;
+    }else if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* Case 4:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+      **          scan of the entire database table.
+      */
+      int start;
+
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+      haveKey = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Case 5: The WHERE clause term that refers to the right-most
+      **         column of the index is an inequality.  For example, if
+      **         the index is on (x,y,z) and the WHERE clause is of the
+      **         form "x=5 AND y<10" then this case is used.  Only the
+      **         right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+      **         use the "==" operator.
+      **
+      **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+      **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+      **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+      */
+      int score = pLevel->score;
+      int nEqColumn = score/8;
+      int start;
+      int leFlag=0, geFlag=0;
+      int testOp;
+
+      /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+      */
+      for(j=0; j<nEqColumn; j++){
+        int iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && pX->op==TK_EQ
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==iIdxCol
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Duplicate the equality term values because they will all be
+      ** used twice: once to make the termination key and once to make the
+      ** start key.
+      */
+      for(j=0; j<nEqColumn; j++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nEqColumn-1, 0);
+      }
+
+      /* Labels for the beginning and end of the loop
+      */
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+      /* Generate the termination key.  This is the key value that
+      ** will end the search.  There is no termination key if there
+      ** are no equality terms and no "X<..." term.
+      **
+      ** 2002-Dec-04: On a reverse-order scan, the so-called "termination"
+      ** key computed here really ends up being the start key.
+      */
+      if( (score & 1)!=0 ){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_LE)
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            leFlag = pX->op==TK_LE;
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        testOp = OP_IdxGE;
+      }else{
+        testOp = nEqColumn>0 ? OP_IdxGE : OP_Noop;
+        leFlag = 1;
+      }
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        int nCol = nEqColumn + (score & 1);
+        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, brk, pIdx);
+        if( pLevel->bRev ){
+          int op = leFlag ? OP_MoveLe : OP_MoveLt;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+        }
+      }else if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+      }
+
+      /* Generate the start key.  This is the key that defines the lower
+      ** bound on the search.  There is no start key if there are no
+      ** equality terms and if there is no "X>..." term.  In
+      ** that case, generate a "Rewind" instruction in place of the
+      ** start key search.
+      **
+      ** 2002-Dec-04: In the case of a reverse-order search, the so-called
+      ** "start" key really ends up being used as the termination key.
+      */
+      if( (score & 2)!=0 ){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pX->op==TK_GT || pX->op==TK_GE)
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            geFlag = pX->op==TK_GE;
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        geFlag = 1;
+      }
+      if( nEqColumn>0 || (score&2)!=0 ){
+        int nCol = nEqColumn + ((score&2)!=0);
+        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, brk, pIdx);
+        if( pLevel->bRev ){
+          pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+          testOp = OP_IdxLT;
+        }else{
+          int op = geFlag ? OP_MoveGe : OP_MoveGt;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        }
+      }else if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        testOp = OP_Noop;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+      }
+
+      /* Generate the the top of the loop.  If there is a termination
+      ** key we have to test for that key and abort at the top of the
+      ** loop.
+      */
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        if( (leFlag && !pLevel->bRev) || (!geFlag && pLevel->bRev) ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "+", P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxIsNull, nEqColumn + (score & 1), cont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      if( i==pTabList->nSrc-1 && pushKey ){
+        haveKey = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        haveKey = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop.
+      */
+      pLevel->op = pLevel->bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = pLevel->iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+    }
+    loopMask |= getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
+
+    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+    ** computed using the current set of tables.
+    */
+    for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+      if( pTerm->p==0 ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & loopMask)!=pTerm->prereqAll ) continue;
+      if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->p,EP_FromJoin) ){
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( haveKey ){
+        haveKey = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->p, cont, 1);
+      pTerm->p = 0;
+    }
+    brk = cont;
+
+    /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+    ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
+    */
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+      for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+        if( pTerm->p==0 ) continue;
+        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & loopMask)!=pTerm->prereqAll ) continue;
+        if( haveKey ){
+          /* Cannot happen.  "haveKey" can only be true if pushKey is true
+          ** an pushKey can only be true for DELETE and UPDATE and there are
+          ** no outer joins with DELETE and UPDATE.
+          */
+          haveKey = 0;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->p, cont, 1);
+        pTerm->p = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
+  if( pushKey && !haveKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, pTabList->a[0].iCursor, 0);
+  }
+  freeMaskSet(&maskSet);
+  return pWInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+*/
+void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+
+  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
+    if( pLevel->inOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->inOp, pLevel->inP1, pLevel->inP2);
+    }
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, addr+4 + (pLevel->iCur>=0));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
+      if( pLevel->iCur>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    Table *pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    if( pTab->isTransient || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
+    if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pWInfo);
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/diffdb.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/diffdb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0537d38723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/diffdb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+** A utility for printing the differences between two SQLite database files.
+*/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#define PAGESIZE 1024
+static int db1 = -1;
+static int db2 = -1;
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  int iPg;
+  unsigned char a1[PAGESIZE], a2[PAGESIZE];
+  if( argc!=3 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Usage: %s FILENAME FILENAME\n", argv[0]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  db1 = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
+  if( db1<0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't open %s\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  db2 = open(argv[2], O_RDONLY);
+  if( db2<0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't open %s\n", argv[0], argv[2]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  iPg = 1;
+  while( read(db1, a1, PAGESIZE)==PAGESIZE && read(db2,a2,PAGESIZE)==PAGESIZE ){
+    if( memcmp(a1,a2,PAGESIZE) ){
+      printf("Page %d\n", iPg);
+    }
+    iPg++;
+  }
+  printf("%d pages checked\n", iPg-1);
+  close(db1);
+  close(db2);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/lemon.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/lemon.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..708b3538d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/lemon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4588 @@
+/*
+** This file contains all sources (including headers) to the LEMON
+** LALR(1) parser generator.  The sources have been combined into a
+** single file to make it easy to include LEMON in the source tree
+** and Makefile of another program.
+**
+** The author of this program disclaims copyright.
+*/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __WIN32__
+#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+#	define __WIN32__
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* #define PRIVATE static */
+#define PRIVATE
+
+#ifdef TEST
+#define MAXRHS 5       /* Set low to exercise exception code */
+#else
+#define MAXRHS 1000
+#endif
+
+char *msort();
+extern void *malloc();
+
+/******** From the file "action.h" *************************************/
+struct action *Action_new();
+struct action *Action_sort();
+
+/********* From the file "assert.h" ************************************/
+void myassert();
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#  define assert(X) if(!(X))myassert(__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#else
+#  define assert(X)
+#endif
+
+/********** From the file "build.h" ************************************/
+void FindRulePrecedences();
+void FindFirstSets();
+void FindStates();
+void FindLinks();
+void FindFollowSets();
+void FindActions();
+
+/********* From the file "configlist.h" *********************************/
+void Configlist_init(/* void */);
+struct config *Configlist_add(/* struct rule *, int */);
+struct config *Configlist_addbasis(/* struct rule *, int */);
+void Configlist_closure(/* void */);
+void Configlist_sort(/* void */);
+void Configlist_sortbasis(/* void */);
+struct config *Configlist_return(/* void */);
+struct config *Configlist_basis(/* void */);
+void Configlist_eat(/* struct config * */);
+void Configlist_reset(/* void */);
+
+/********* From the file "error.h" ***************************************/
+void ErrorMsg(const char *, int,const char *, ...);
+
+/****** From the file "option.h" ******************************************/
+struct s_options {
+  enum { OPT_FLAG=1,  OPT_INT,  OPT_DBL,  OPT_STR,
+         OPT_FFLAG, OPT_FINT, OPT_FDBL, OPT_FSTR} type;
+  char *label;
+  char *arg;
+  char *message;
+};
+int    OptInit(/* char**,struct s_options*,FILE* */);
+int    OptNArgs(/* void */);
+char  *OptArg(/* int */);
+void   OptErr(/* int */);
+void   OptPrint(/* void */);
+
+/******** From the file "parse.h" *****************************************/
+void Parse(/* struct lemon *lemp */);
+
+/********* From the file "plink.h" ***************************************/
+struct plink *Plink_new(/* void */);
+void Plink_add(/* struct plink **, struct config * */);
+void Plink_copy(/* struct plink **, struct plink * */);
+void Plink_delete(/* struct plink * */);
+
+/********** From the file "report.h" *************************************/
+void Reprint(/* struct lemon * */);
+void ReportOutput(/* struct lemon * */);
+void ReportTable(/* struct lemon * */);
+void ReportHeader(/* struct lemon * */);
+void CompressTables(/* struct lemon * */);
+
+/********** From the file "set.h" ****************************************/
+void  SetSize(/* int N */);             /* All sets will be of size N */
+char *SetNew(/* void */);               /* A new set for element 0..N */
+void  SetFree(/* char* */);             /* Deallocate a set */
+
+int SetAdd(/* char*,int */);            /* Add element to a set */
+int SetUnion(/* char *A,char *B */);    /* A <- A U B, thru element N */
+
+#define SetFind(X,Y) (X[Y])       /* True if Y is in set X */
+
+/********** From the file "struct.h" *************************************/
+/*
+** Principal data structures for the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+typedef enum {B_FALSE=0, B_TRUE} Boolean;
+
+/* Symbols (terminals and nonterminals) of the grammar are stored
+** in the following: */
+struct symbol {
+  char *name;              /* Name of the symbol */
+  int index;               /* Index number for this symbol */
+  enum {
+    TERMINAL,
+    NONTERMINAL
+  } type;                  /* Symbols are all either TERMINALS or NTs */
+  struct rule *rule;       /* Linked list of rules of this (if an NT) */
+  struct symbol *fallback; /* fallback token in case this token doesn't parse */
+  int prec;                /* Precedence if defined (-1 otherwise) */
+  enum e_assoc {
+    LEFT,
+    RIGHT,
+    NONE,
+    UNK
+  } assoc;                 /* Associativity if predecence is defined */
+  char *firstset;          /* First-set for all rules of this symbol */
+  Boolean lambda;          /* True if NT and can generate an empty string */
+  char *destructor;        /* Code which executes whenever this symbol is
+                           ** popped from the stack during error processing */
+  int destructorln;        /* Line number of destructor code */
+  char *datatype;          /* The data type of information held by this
+                           ** object. Only used if type==NONTERMINAL */
+  int dtnum;               /* The data type number.  In the parser, the value
+                           ** stack is a union.  The .yy%d element of this
+                           ** union is the correct data type for this object */
+};
+
+/* Each production rule in the grammar is stored in the following
+** structure.  */
+struct rule {
+  struct symbol *lhs;      /* Left-hand side of the rule */
+  char *lhsalias;          /* Alias for the LHS (NULL if none) */
+  int ruleline;            /* Line number for the rule */
+  int nrhs;                /* Number of RHS symbols */
+  struct symbol **rhs;     /* The RHS symbols */
+  char **rhsalias;         /* An alias for each RHS symbol (NULL if none) */
+  int line;                /* Line number at which code begins */
+  char *code;              /* The code executed when this rule is reduced */
+  struct symbol *precsym;  /* Precedence symbol for this rule */
+  int index;               /* An index number for this rule */
+  Boolean canReduce;       /* True if this rule is ever reduced */
+  struct rule *nextlhs;    /* Next rule with the same LHS */
+  struct rule *next;       /* Next rule in the global list */
+};
+
+/* A configuration is a production rule of the grammar together with
+** a mark (dot) showing how much of that rule has been processed so far.
+** Configurations also contain a follow-set which is a list of terminal
+** symbols which are allowed to immediately follow the end of the rule.
+** Every configuration is recorded as an instance of the following: */
+struct config {
+  struct rule *rp;         /* The rule upon which the configuration is based */
+  int dot;                 /* The parse point */
+  char *fws;               /* Follow-set for this configuration only */
+  struct plink *fplp;      /* Follow-set forward propagation links */
+  struct plink *bplp;      /* Follow-set backwards propagation links */
+  struct state *stp;       /* Pointer to state which contains this */
+  enum {
+    COMPLETE,              /* The status is used during followset and */
+    INCOMPLETE             /*    shift computations */
+  } status;
+  struct config *next;     /* Next configuration in the state */
+  struct config *bp;       /* The next basis configuration */
+};
+
+/* Every shift or reduce operation is stored as one of the following */
+struct action {
+  struct symbol *sp;       /* The look-ahead symbol */
+  enum e_action {
+    SHIFT,
+    ACCEPT,
+    REDUCE,
+    ERROR,
+    CONFLICT,                /* Was a reduce, but part of a conflict */
+    SH_RESOLVED,             /* Was a shift.  Precedence resolved conflict */
+    RD_RESOLVED,             /* Was reduce.  Precedence resolved conflict */
+    NOT_USED                 /* Deleted by compression */
+  } type;
+  union {
+    struct state *stp;     /* The new state, if a shift */
+    struct rule *rp;       /* The rule, if a reduce */
+  } x;
+  struct action *next;     /* Next action for this state */
+  struct action *collide;  /* Next action with the same hash */
+};
+
+/* Each state of the generated parser's finite state machine
+** is encoded as an instance of the following structure. */
+struct state {
+  struct config *bp;       /* The basis configurations for this state */
+  struct config *cfp;      /* All configurations in this set */
+  int index;               /* Sequencial number for this state */
+  struct action *ap;       /* Array of actions for this state */
+  int nTknAct, nNtAct;     /* Number of actions on terminals and nonterminals */
+  int iTknOfst, iNtOfst;   /* yy_action[] offset for terminals and nonterms */
+  int iDflt;               /* Default action */
+};
+#define NO_OFFSET (-2147483647)
+
+/* A followset propagation link indicates that the contents of one
+** configuration followset should be propagated to another whenever
+** the first changes. */
+struct plink {
+  struct config *cfp;      /* The configuration to which linked */
+  struct plink *next;      /* The next propagate link */
+};
+
+/* The state vector for the entire parser generator is recorded as
+** follows.  (LEMON uses no global variables and makes little use of
+** static variables.  Fields in the following structure can be thought
+** of as begin global variables in the program.) */
+struct lemon {
+  struct state **sorted;   /* Table of states sorted by state number */
+  struct rule *rule;       /* List of all rules */
+  int nstate;              /* Number of states */
+  int nrule;               /* Number of rules */
+  int nsymbol;             /* Number of terminal and nonterminal symbols */
+  int nterminal;           /* Number of terminal symbols */
+  struct symbol **symbols; /* Sorted array of pointers to symbols */
+  int errorcnt;            /* Number of errors */
+  struct symbol *errsym;   /* The error symbol */
+  char *name;              /* Name of the generated parser */
+  char *arg;               /* Declaration of the 3th argument to parser */
+  char *tokentype;         /* Type of terminal symbols in the parser stack */
+  char *vartype;           /* The default type of non-terminal symbols */
+  char *start;             /* Name of the start symbol for the grammar */
+  char *stacksize;         /* Size of the parser stack */
+  char *include;           /* Code to put at the start of the C file */
+  int  includeln;          /* Line number for start of include code */
+  char *error;             /* Code to execute when an error is seen */
+  int  errorln;            /* Line number for start of error code */
+  char *overflow;          /* Code to execute on a stack overflow */
+  int  overflowln;         /* Line number for start of overflow code */
+  char *failure;           /* Code to execute on parser failure */
+  int  failureln;          /* Line number for start of failure code */
+  char *accept;            /* Code to execute when the parser excepts */
+  int  acceptln;           /* Line number for the start of accept code */
+  char *extracode;         /* Code appended to the generated file */
+  int  extracodeln;        /* Line number for the start of the extra code */
+  char *tokendest;         /* Code to execute to destroy token data */
+  int  tokendestln;        /* Line number for token destroyer code */
+  char *vardest;           /* Code for the default non-terminal destructor */
+  int  vardestln;          /* Line number for default non-term destructor code*/
+  char *filename;          /* Name of the input file */
+  char *outname;           /* Name of the current output file */
+  char *tokenprefix;       /* A prefix added to token names in the .h file */
+  int nconflict;           /* Number of parsing conflicts */
+  int tablesize;           /* Size of the parse tables */
+  int basisflag;           /* Print only basis configurations */
+  int has_fallback;        /* True if any %fallback is seen in the grammer */
+  char *argv0;             /* Name of the program */
+};
+
+#define MemoryCheck(X) if((X)==0){ \
+  extern void memory_error(); \
+  memory_error(); \
+}
+
+/**************** From the file "table.h" *********************************/
+/*
+** All code in this file has been automatically generated
+** from a specification in the file
+**              "table.q"
+** by the associative array code building program "aagen".
+** Do not edit this file!  Instead, edit the specification
+** file, then rerun aagen.
+*/
+/*
+** Code for processing tables in the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+/* Routines for handling a strings */
+
+char *Strsafe();
+
+void Strsafe_init(/* void */);
+int Strsafe_insert(/* char * */);
+char *Strsafe_find(/* char * */);
+
+/* Routines for handling symbols of the grammar */
+
+struct symbol *Symbol_new();
+int Symbolcmpp(/* struct symbol **, struct symbol ** */);
+void Symbol_init(/* void */);
+int Symbol_insert(/* struct symbol *, char * */);
+struct symbol *Symbol_find(/* char * */);
+struct symbol *Symbol_Nth(/* int */);
+int Symbol_count(/*  */);
+struct symbol **Symbol_arrayof(/*  */);
+
+/* Routines to manage the state table */
+
+int Configcmp(/* struct config *, struct config * */);
+struct state *State_new();
+void State_init(/* void */);
+int State_insert(/* struct state *, struct config * */);
+struct state *State_find(/* struct config * */);
+struct state **State_arrayof(/*  */);
+
+/* Routines used for efficiency in Configlist_add */
+
+void Configtable_init(/* void */);
+int Configtable_insert(/* struct config * */);
+struct config *Configtable_find(/* struct config * */);
+void Configtable_clear(/* int(*)(struct config *) */);
+/****************** From the file "action.c" *******************************/
+/*
+** Routines processing parser actions in the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+/* Allocate a new parser action */
+struct action *Action_new(){
+  static struct action *freelist = 0;
+  struct action *new;
+
+  if( freelist==0 ){
+    int i;
+    int amt = 100;
+    freelist = (struct action *)malloc( sizeof(struct action)*amt );
+    if( freelist==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Unable to allocate memory for a new parser action.");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<amt-1; i++) freelist[i].next = &freelist[i+1];
+    freelist[amt-1].next = 0;
+  }
+  new = freelist;
+  freelist = freelist->next;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Compare two actions */
+static int actioncmp(ap1,ap2)
+struct action *ap1;
+struct action *ap2;
+{
+  int rc;
+  rc = ap1->sp->index - ap2->sp->index;
+  if( rc==0 ) rc = (int)ap1->type - (int)ap2->type;
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    assert( ap1->type==REDUCE || ap1->type==RD_RESOLVED || ap1->type==CONFLICT);
+    assert( ap2->type==REDUCE || ap2->type==RD_RESOLVED || ap2->type==CONFLICT);
+    rc = ap1->x.rp->index - ap2->x.rp->index;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Sort parser actions */
+struct action *Action_sort(ap)
+struct action *ap;
+{
+  ap = (struct action *)msort((char *)ap,(char **)&ap->next,actioncmp);
+  return ap;
+}
+
+void Action_add(app,type,sp,arg)
+struct action **app;
+enum e_action type;
+struct symbol *sp;
+char *arg;
+{
+  struct action *new;
+  new = Action_new();
+  new->next = *app;
+  *app = new;
+  new->type = type;
+  new->sp = sp;
+  if( type==SHIFT ){
+    new->x.stp = (struct state *)arg;
+  }else{
+    new->x.rp = (struct rule *)arg;
+  }
+}
+/********************** New code to implement the "acttab" module ***********/
+/*
+** This module implements routines use to construct the yy_action[] table.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The state of the yy_action table under construction is an instance of
+** the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct acttab acttab;
+struct acttab {
+  int nAction;                 /* Number of used slots in aAction[] */
+  int nActionAlloc;            /* Slots allocated for aAction[] */
+  struct {
+    int lookahead;             /* Value of the lookahead token */
+    int action;                /* Action to take on the given lookahead */
+  } *aAction,                  /* The yy_action[] table under construction */
+    *aLookahead;               /* A single new transaction set */
+  int mnLookahead;             /* Minimum aLookahead[].lookahead */
+  int mnAction;                /* Action associated with mnLookahead */
+  int mxLookahead;             /* Maximum aLookahead[].lookahead */
+  int nLookahead;              /* Used slots in aLookahead[] */
+  int nLookaheadAlloc;         /* Slots allocated in aLookahead[] */
+};
+
+/* Return the number of entries in the yy_action table */
+#define acttab_size(X) ((X)->nAction)
+
+/* The value for the N-th entry in yy_action */
+#define acttab_yyaction(X,N)  ((X)->aAction[N].action)
+
+/* The value for the N-th entry in yy_lookahead */
+#define acttab_yylookahead(X,N)  ((X)->aAction[N].lookahead)
+
+/* Free all memory associated with the given acttab */
+void acttab_free(acttab *p){
+  free( p->aAction );
+  free( p->aLookahead );
+  free( p );
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new acttab structure */
+acttab *acttab_alloc(void){
+  acttab *p = malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Unable to allocate memory for a new acttab.");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Add a new action to the current transaction set
+*/
+void acttab_action(acttab *p, int lookahead, int action){
+  if( p->nLookahead>=p->nLookaheadAlloc ){
+    p->nLookaheadAlloc += 25;
+    p->aLookahead = realloc( p->aLookahead,
+                             sizeof(p->aLookahead[0])*p->nLookaheadAlloc );
+    if( p->aLookahead==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"malloc failed\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->nLookahead==0 ){
+    p->mxLookahead = lookahead;
+    p->mnLookahead = lookahead;
+    p->mnAction = action;
+  }else{
+    if( p->mxLookahead<lookahead ) p->mxLookahead = lookahead;
+    if( p->mnLookahead>lookahead ){
+      p->mnLookahead = lookahead;
+      p->mnAction = action;
+    }
+  }
+  p->aLookahead[p->nLookahead].lookahead = lookahead;
+  p->aLookahead[p->nLookahead].action = action;
+  p->nLookahead++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the transaction set built up with prior calls to acttab_action()
+** into the current action table.  Then reset the transaction set back
+** to an empty set in preparation for a new round of acttab_action() calls.
+**
+** Return the offset into the action table of the new transaction.
+*/
+int acttab_insert(acttab *p){
+  int i, j, k, n;
+  assert( p->nLookahead>0 );
+
+  /* Make sure we have enough space to hold the expanded action table
+  ** in the worst case.  The worst case occurs if the transaction set
+  ** must be appended to the current action table
+  */
+  n = p->mxLookahead + 1;
+  if( p->nAction + n >= p->nActionAlloc ){
+    int oldAlloc = p->nActionAlloc;
+    p->nActionAlloc = p->nAction + n + p->nActionAlloc + 20;
+    p->aAction = realloc( p->aAction,
+                          sizeof(p->aAction[0])*p->nActionAlloc);
+    if( p->aAction==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"malloc failed\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    for(i=oldAlloc; i<p->nActionAlloc; i++){
+      p->aAction[i].lookahead = -1;
+      p->aAction[i].action = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Scan the existing action table looking for an offset where we can
+  ** insert the current transaction set.  Fall out of the loop when that
+  ** offset is found.  In the worst case, we fall out of the loop when
+  ** i reaches p->nAction, which means we append the new transaction set.
+  **
+  ** i is the index in p->aAction[] where p->mnLookahead is inserted.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<p->nAction+p->mnLookahead; i++){
+    if( p->aAction[i].lookahead<0 ){
+      for(j=0; j<p->nLookahead; j++){
+        k = p->aLookahead[j].lookahead - p->mnLookahead + i;
+        if( k<0 ) break;
+        if( p->aAction[k].lookahead>=0 ) break;
+      }
+      if( j<p->nLookahead ) continue;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nAction; j++){
+        if( p->aAction[j].lookahead==j+p->mnLookahead-i ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==p->nAction ){
+        break;  /* Fits in empty slots */
+      }
+    }else if( p->aAction[i].lookahead==p->mnLookahead ){
+      if( p->aAction[i].action!=p->mnAction ) continue;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nLookahead; j++){
+        k = p->aLookahead[j].lookahead - p->mnLookahead + i;
+        if( k<0 || k>=p->nAction ) break;
+        if( p->aLookahead[j].lookahead!=p->aAction[k].lookahead ) break;
+        if( p->aLookahead[j].action!=p->aAction[k].action ) break;
+      }
+      if( j<p->nLookahead ) continue;
+      n = 0;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nAction; j++){
+        if( p->aAction[j].lookahead<0 ) continue;
+        if( p->aAction[j].lookahead==j+p->mnLookahead-i ) n++;
+      }
+      if( n==p->nLookahead ){
+        break;  /* Same as a prior transaction set */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Insert transaction set at index i. */
+  for(j=0; j<p->nLookahead; j++){
+    k = p->aLookahead[j].lookahead - p->mnLookahead + i;
+    p->aAction[k] = p->aLookahead[j];
+    if( k>=p->nAction ) p->nAction = k+1;
+  }
+  p->nLookahead = 0;
+
+  /* Return the offset that is added to the lookahead in order to get the
+  ** index into yy_action of the action */
+  return i - p->mnLookahead;
+}
+
+/********************** From the file "assert.c" ****************************/
+/*
+** A more efficient way of handling assertions.
+*/
+void myassert(file,line)
+char *file;
+int line;
+{
+  fprintf(stderr,"Assertion failed on line %d of file \"%s\"\n",line,file);
+  exit(1);
+}
+/********************** From the file "build.c" *****************************/
+/*
+** Routines to construction the finite state machine for the LEMON
+** parser generator.
+*/
+
+/* Find a precedence symbol of every rule in the grammar.
+** 
+** Those rules which have a precedence symbol coded in the input
+** grammar using the "[symbol]" construct will already have the
+** rp->precsym field filled.  Other rules take as their precedence
+** symbol the first RHS symbol with a defined precedence.  If there
+** are not RHS symbols with a defined precedence, the precedence
+** symbol field is left blank.
+*/
+void FindRulePrecedences(xp)
+struct lemon *xp;
+{
+  struct rule *rp;
+  for(rp=xp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    if( rp->precsym==0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+        if( rp->rhs[i]->prec>=0 ){
+          rp->precsym = rp->rhs[i];
+          break;
+	}
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Find all nonterminals which will generate the empty string.
+** Then go back and compute the first sets of every nonterminal.
+** The first set is the set of all terminal symbols which can begin
+** a string generated by that nonterminal.
+*/
+void FindFirstSets(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct rule *rp;
+  int progress;
+
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    lemp->symbols[i]->lambda = B_FALSE;
+  }
+  for(i=lemp->nterminal; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    lemp->symbols[i]->firstset = SetNew();
+  }
+
+  /* First compute all lambdas */
+  do{
+    progress = 0;
+    for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+      if( rp->lhs->lambda ) continue;
+      for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+         if( rp->rhs[i]->lambda==B_FALSE ) break;
+      }
+      if( i==rp->nrhs ){
+        rp->lhs->lambda = B_TRUE;
+        progress = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }while( progress );
+
+  /* Now compute all first sets */
+  do{
+    struct symbol *s1, *s2;
+    progress = 0;
+    for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+      s1 = rp->lhs;
+      for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+        s2 = rp->rhs[i];
+        if( s2->type==TERMINAL ){
+          progress += SetAdd(s1->firstset,s2->index);
+          break;
+	}else if( s1==s2 ){
+          if( s1->lambda==B_FALSE ) break;
+	}else{
+          progress += SetUnion(s1->firstset,s2->firstset);
+          if( s2->lambda==B_FALSE ) break;
+	}
+      }
+    }
+  }while( progress );
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Compute all LR(0) states for the grammar.  Links
+** are added to between some states so that the LR(1) follow sets
+** can be computed later.
+*/
+PRIVATE struct state *getstate(/* struct lemon * */);  /* forward reference */
+void FindStates(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  struct symbol *sp;
+  struct rule *rp;
+
+  Configlist_init();
+
+  /* Find the start symbol */
+  if( lemp->start ){
+    sp = Symbol_find(lemp->start);
+    if( sp==0 ){
+      ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,0,
+"The specified start symbol \"%s\" is not \
+in a nonterminal of the grammar.  \"%s\" will be used as the start \
+symbol instead.",lemp->start,lemp->rule->lhs->name);
+      lemp->errorcnt++;
+      sp = lemp->rule->lhs;
+    }
+  }else{
+    sp = lemp->rule->lhs;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the start symbol doesn't occur on the right-hand side of
+  ** any rule.  Report an error if it does.  (YACC would generate a new
+  ** start symbol in this case.) */
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+      if( rp->rhs[i]==sp ){
+        ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,0,
+"The start symbol \"%s\" occurs on the \
+right-hand side of a rule. This will result in a parser which \
+does not work properly.",sp->name);
+        lemp->errorcnt++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The basis configuration set for the first state
+  ** is all rules which have the start symbol as their
+  ** left-hand side */
+  for(rp=sp->rule; rp; rp=rp->nextlhs){
+    struct config *newcfp;
+    newcfp = Configlist_addbasis(rp,0);
+    SetAdd(newcfp->fws,0);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the first state.  All other states will be
+  ** computed automatically during the computation of the first one.
+  ** The returned pointer to the first state is not used. */
+  (void)getstate(lemp);
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to a state which is described by the configuration
+** list which has been built from calls to Configlist_add.
+*/
+PRIVATE void buildshifts(/* struct lemon *, struct state * */); /* Forwd ref */
+PRIVATE struct state *getstate(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  struct config *cfp, *bp;
+  struct state *stp;
+
+  /* Extract the sorted basis of the new state.  The basis was constructed
+  ** by prior calls to "Configlist_addbasis()". */
+  Configlist_sortbasis();
+  bp = Configlist_basis();
+
+  /* Get a state with the same basis */
+  stp = State_find(bp);
+  if( stp ){
+    /* A state with the same basis already exists!  Copy all the follow-set
+    ** propagation links from the state under construction into the
+    ** preexisting state, then return a pointer to the preexisting state */
+    struct config *x, *y;
+    for(x=bp, y=stp->bp; x && y; x=x->bp, y=y->bp){
+      Plink_copy(&y->bplp,x->bplp);
+      Plink_delete(x->fplp);
+      x->fplp = x->bplp = 0;
+    }
+    cfp = Configlist_return();
+    Configlist_eat(cfp);
+  }else{
+    /* This really is a new state.  Construct all the details */
+    Configlist_closure(lemp);    /* Compute the configuration closure */
+    Configlist_sort();           /* Sort the configuration closure */
+    cfp = Configlist_return();   /* Get a pointer to the config list */
+    stp = State_new();           /* A new state structure */
+    MemoryCheck(stp);
+    stp->bp = bp;                /* Remember the configuration basis */
+    stp->cfp = cfp;              /* Remember the configuration closure */
+    stp->index = lemp->nstate++; /* Every state gets a sequence number */
+    stp->ap = 0;                 /* No actions, yet. */
+    State_insert(stp,stp->bp);   /* Add to the state table */
+    buildshifts(lemp,stp);       /* Recursively compute successor states */
+  }
+  return stp;
+}
+
+/* Construct all successor states to the given state.  A "successor"
+** state is any state which can be reached by a shift action.
+*/
+PRIVATE void buildshifts(lemp,stp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+struct state *stp;     /* The state from which successors are computed */
+{
+  struct config *cfp;  /* For looping thru the config closure of "stp" */
+  struct config *bcfp; /* For the inner loop on config closure of "stp" */
+  struct config *new;  /* */
+  struct symbol *sp;   /* Symbol following the dot in configuration "cfp" */
+  struct symbol *bsp;  /* Symbol following the dot in configuration "bcfp" */
+  struct state *newstp; /* A pointer to a successor state */
+
+  /* Each configuration becomes complete after it contibutes to a successor
+  ** state.  Initially, all configurations are incomplete */
+  for(cfp=stp->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next) cfp->status = INCOMPLETE;
+
+  /* Loop through all configurations of the state "stp" */
+  for(cfp=stp->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){
+    if( cfp->status==COMPLETE ) continue;    /* Already used by inner loop */
+    if( cfp->dot>=cfp->rp->nrhs ) continue;  /* Can't shift this config */
+    Configlist_reset();                      /* Reset the new config set */
+    sp = cfp->rp->rhs[cfp->dot];             /* Symbol after the dot */
+
+    /* For every configuration in the state "stp" which has the symbol "sp"
+    ** following its dot, add the same configuration to the basis set under
+    ** construction but with the dot shifted one symbol to the right. */
+    for(bcfp=cfp; bcfp; bcfp=bcfp->next){
+      if( bcfp->status==COMPLETE ) continue;    /* Already used */
+      if( bcfp->dot>=bcfp->rp->nrhs ) continue; /* Can't shift this one */
+      bsp = bcfp->rp->rhs[bcfp->dot];           /* Get symbol after dot */
+      if( bsp!=sp ) continue;                   /* Must be same as for "cfp" */
+      bcfp->status = COMPLETE;                  /* Mark this config as used */
+      new = Configlist_addbasis(bcfp->rp,bcfp->dot+1);
+      Plink_add(&new->bplp,bcfp);
+    }
+
+    /* Get a pointer to the state described by the basis configuration set
+    ** constructed in the preceding loop */
+    newstp = getstate(lemp);
+
+    /* The state "newstp" is reached from the state "stp" by a shift action
+    ** on the symbol "sp" */
+    Action_add(&stp->ap,SHIFT,sp,(char *)newstp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct the propagation links
+*/
+void FindLinks(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct config *cfp, *other;
+  struct state *stp;
+  struct plink *plp;
+
+  /* Housekeeping detail:
+  ** Add to every propagate link a pointer back to the state to
+  ** which the link is attached. */
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    for(cfp=stp->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){
+      cfp->stp = stp;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Convert all backlinks into forward links.  Only the forward
+  ** links are used in the follow-set computation. */
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    for(cfp=stp->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){
+      for(plp=cfp->bplp; plp; plp=plp->next){
+        other = plp->cfp;
+        Plink_add(&other->fplp,cfp);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* Compute all followsets.
+**
+** A followset is the set of all symbols which can come immediately
+** after a configuration.
+*/
+void FindFollowSets(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct config *cfp;
+  struct plink *plp;
+  int progress;
+  int change;
+
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    for(cfp=lemp->sorted[i]->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){
+      cfp->status = INCOMPLETE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  do{
+    progress = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+      for(cfp=lemp->sorted[i]->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){
+        if( cfp->status==COMPLETE ) continue;
+        for(plp=cfp->fplp; plp; plp=plp->next){
+          change = SetUnion(plp->cfp->fws,cfp->fws);
+          if( change ){
+            plp->cfp->status = INCOMPLETE;
+            progress = 1;
+	  }
+	}
+        cfp->status = COMPLETE;
+      }
+    }
+  }while( progress );
+}
+
+static int resolve_conflict();
+
+/* Compute the reduce actions, and resolve conflicts.
+*/
+void FindActions(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int i,j;
+  struct config *cfp;
+  struct state *stp;
+  struct symbol *sp;
+  struct rule *rp;
+
+  /* Add all of the reduce actions 
+  ** A reduce action is added for each element of the followset of
+  ** a configuration which has its dot at the extreme right.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){   /* Loop over all states */
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    for(cfp=stp->cfp; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){  /* Loop over all configurations */
+      if( cfp->rp->nrhs==cfp->dot ){        /* Is dot at extreme right? */
+        for(j=0; j<lemp->nterminal; j++){
+          if( SetFind(cfp->fws,j) ){
+            /* Add a reduce action to the state "stp" which will reduce by the
+            ** rule "cfp->rp" if the lookahead symbol is "lemp->symbols[j]" */
+            Action_add(&stp->ap,REDUCE,lemp->symbols[j],(char *)cfp->rp);
+          }
+	}
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Add the accepting token */
+  if( lemp->start ){
+    sp = Symbol_find(lemp->start);
+    if( sp==0 ) sp = lemp->rule->lhs;
+  }else{
+    sp = lemp->rule->lhs;
+  }
+  /* Add to the first state (which is always the starting state of the
+  ** finite state machine) an action to ACCEPT if the lookahead is the
+  ** start nonterminal.  */
+  Action_add(&lemp->sorted[0]->ap,ACCEPT,sp,0);
+
+  /* Resolve conflicts */
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    struct action *ap, *nap;
+    struct state *stp;
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    assert( stp->ap );
+    stp->ap = Action_sort(stp->ap);
+    for(ap=stp->ap; ap && ap->next; ap=ap->next){
+      for(nap=ap->next; nap && nap->sp==ap->sp; nap=nap->next){
+         /* The two actions "ap" and "nap" have the same lookahead.
+         ** Figure out which one should be used */
+         lemp->nconflict += resolve_conflict(ap,nap,lemp->errsym);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Report an error for each rule that can never be reduced. */
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next) rp->canReduce = B_FALSE;
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    struct action *ap;
+    for(ap=lemp->sorted[i]->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+      if( ap->type==REDUCE ) ap->x.rp->canReduce = B_TRUE;
+    }
+  }
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    if( rp->canReduce ) continue;
+    ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,rp->ruleline,"This rule can not be reduced.\n");
+    lemp->errorcnt++;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Resolve a conflict between the two given actions.  If the
+** conflict can't be resolve, return non-zero.
+**
+** NO LONGER TRUE:
+**   To resolve a conflict, first look to see if either action
+**   is on an error rule.  In that case, take the action which
+**   is not associated with the error rule.  If neither or both
+**   actions are associated with an error rule, then try to
+**   use precedence to resolve the conflict.
+**
+** If either action is a SHIFT, then it must be apx.  This
+** function won't work if apx->type==REDUCE and apy->type==SHIFT.
+*/
+static int resolve_conflict(apx,apy,errsym)
+struct action *apx;
+struct action *apy;
+struct symbol *errsym;   /* The error symbol (if defined.  NULL otherwise) */
+{
+  struct symbol *spx, *spy;
+  int errcnt = 0;
+  assert( apx->sp==apy->sp );  /* Otherwise there would be no conflict */
+  if( apx->type==SHIFT && apy->type==REDUCE ){
+    spx = apx->sp;
+    spy = apy->x.rp->precsym;
+    if( spy==0 || spx->prec<0 || spy->prec<0 ){
+      /* Not enough precedence information. */
+      apy->type = CONFLICT;
+      errcnt++;
+    }else if( spx->prec>spy->prec ){    /* Lower precedence wins */
+      apy->type = RD_RESOLVED;
+    }else if( spx->prec<spy->prec ){
+      apx->type = SH_RESOLVED;
+    }else if( spx->prec==spy->prec && spx->assoc==RIGHT ){ /* Use operator */
+      apy->type = RD_RESOLVED;                             /* associativity */
+    }else if( spx->prec==spy->prec && spx->assoc==LEFT ){  /* to break tie */
+      apx->type = SH_RESOLVED;
+    }else{
+      assert( spx->prec==spy->prec && spx->assoc==NONE );
+      apy->type = CONFLICT;
+      errcnt++;
+    }
+  }else if( apx->type==REDUCE && apy->type==REDUCE ){
+    spx = apx->x.rp->precsym;
+    spy = apy->x.rp->precsym;
+    if( spx==0 || spy==0 || spx->prec<0 ||
+    spy->prec<0 || spx->prec==spy->prec ){
+      apy->type = CONFLICT;
+      errcnt++;
+    }else if( spx->prec>spy->prec ){
+      apy->type = RD_RESOLVED;
+    }else if( spx->prec<spy->prec ){
+      apx->type = RD_RESOLVED;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( 
+      apx->type==SH_RESOLVED ||
+      apx->type==RD_RESOLVED ||
+      apx->type==CONFLICT ||
+      apy->type==SH_RESOLVED ||
+      apy->type==RD_RESOLVED ||
+      apy->type==CONFLICT
+    );
+    /* The REDUCE/SHIFT case cannot happen because SHIFTs come before
+    ** REDUCEs on the list.  If we reach this point it must be because
+    ** the parser conflict had already been resolved. */
+  }
+  return errcnt;
+}
+/********************* From the file "configlist.c" *************************/
+/*
+** Routines to processing a configuration list and building a state
+** in the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+static struct config *freelist = 0;      /* List of free configurations */
+static struct config *current = 0;       /* Top of list of configurations */
+static struct config **currentend = 0;   /* Last on list of configs */
+static struct config *basis = 0;         /* Top of list of basis configs */
+static struct config **basisend = 0;     /* End of list of basis configs */
+
+/* Return a pointer to a new configuration */
+PRIVATE struct config *newconfig(){
+  struct config *new;
+  if( freelist==0 ){
+    int i;
+    int amt = 3;
+    freelist = (struct config *)malloc( sizeof(struct config)*amt );
+    if( freelist==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Unable to allocate memory for a new configuration.");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<amt-1; i++) freelist[i].next = &freelist[i+1];
+    freelist[amt-1].next = 0;
+  }
+  new = freelist;
+  freelist = freelist->next;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* The configuration "old" is no longer used */
+PRIVATE void deleteconfig(old)
+struct config *old;
+{
+  old->next = freelist;
+  freelist = old;
+}
+
+/* Initialized the configuration list builder */
+void Configlist_init(){
+  current = 0;
+  currentend = &current;
+  basis = 0;
+  basisend = &basis;
+  Configtable_init();
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Initialized the configuration list builder */
+void Configlist_reset(){
+  current = 0;
+  currentend = &current;
+  basis = 0;
+  basisend = &basis;
+  Configtable_clear(0);
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Add another configuration to the configuration list */
+struct config *Configlist_add(rp,dot)
+struct rule *rp;    /* The rule */
+int dot;            /* Index into the RHS of the rule where the dot goes */
+{
+  struct config *cfp, model;
+
+  assert( currentend!=0 );
+  model.rp = rp;
+  model.dot = dot;
+  cfp = Configtable_find(&model);
+  if( cfp==0 ){
+    cfp = newconfig();
+    cfp->rp = rp;
+    cfp->dot = dot;
+    cfp->fws = SetNew();
+    cfp->stp = 0;
+    cfp->fplp = cfp->bplp = 0;
+    cfp->next = 0;
+    cfp->bp = 0;
+    *currentend = cfp;
+    currentend = &cfp->next;
+    Configtable_insert(cfp);
+  }
+  return cfp;
+}
+
+/* Add a basis configuration to the configuration list */
+struct config *Configlist_addbasis(rp,dot)
+struct rule *rp;
+int dot;
+{
+  struct config *cfp, model;
+
+  assert( basisend!=0 );
+  assert( currentend!=0 );
+  model.rp = rp;
+  model.dot = dot;
+  cfp = Configtable_find(&model);
+  if( cfp==0 ){
+    cfp = newconfig();
+    cfp->rp = rp;
+    cfp->dot = dot;
+    cfp->fws = SetNew();
+    cfp->stp = 0;
+    cfp->fplp = cfp->bplp = 0;
+    cfp->next = 0;
+    cfp->bp = 0;
+    *currentend = cfp;
+    currentend = &cfp->next;
+    *basisend = cfp;
+    basisend = &cfp->bp;
+    Configtable_insert(cfp);
+  }
+  return cfp;
+}
+
+/* Compute the closure of the configuration list */
+void Configlist_closure(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  struct config *cfp, *newcfp;
+  struct rule *rp, *newrp;
+  struct symbol *sp, *xsp;
+  int i, dot;
+
+  assert( currentend!=0 );
+  for(cfp=current; cfp; cfp=cfp->next){
+    rp = cfp->rp;
+    dot = cfp->dot;
+    if( dot>=rp->nrhs ) continue;
+    sp = rp->rhs[dot];
+    if( sp->type==NONTERMINAL ){
+      if( sp->rule==0 && sp!=lemp->errsym ){
+        ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,rp->line,"Nonterminal \"%s\" has no rules.",
+          sp->name);
+        lemp->errorcnt++;
+      }
+      for(newrp=sp->rule; newrp; newrp=newrp->nextlhs){
+        newcfp = Configlist_add(newrp,0);
+        for(i=dot+1; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+          xsp = rp->rhs[i];
+          if( xsp->type==TERMINAL ){
+            SetAdd(newcfp->fws,xsp->index);
+            break;
+	  }else{
+            SetUnion(newcfp->fws,xsp->firstset);
+            if( xsp->lambda==B_FALSE ) break;
+	  }
+	}
+        if( i==rp->nrhs ) Plink_add(&cfp->fplp,newcfp);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Sort the configuration list */
+void Configlist_sort(){
+  current = (struct config *)msort((char *)current,(char **)&(current->next),Configcmp);
+  currentend = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Sort the basis configuration list */
+void Configlist_sortbasis(){
+  basis = (struct config *)msort((char *)current,(char **)&(current->bp),Configcmp);
+  basisend = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the head of the configuration list and
+** reset the list */
+struct config *Configlist_return(){
+  struct config *old;
+  old = current;
+  current = 0;
+  currentend = 0;
+  return old;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the head of the configuration list and
+** reset the list */
+struct config *Configlist_basis(){
+  struct config *old;
+  old = basis;
+  basis = 0;
+  basisend = 0;
+  return old;
+}
+
+/* Free all elements of the given configuration list */
+void Configlist_eat(cfp)
+struct config *cfp;
+{
+  struct config *nextcfp;
+  for(; cfp; cfp=nextcfp){
+    nextcfp = cfp->next;
+    assert( cfp->fplp==0 );
+    assert( cfp->bplp==0 );
+    if( cfp->fws ) SetFree(cfp->fws);
+    deleteconfig(cfp);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+/***************** From the file "error.c" *********************************/
+/*
+** Code for printing error message.
+*/
+
+/* Find a good place to break "msg" so that its length is at least "min"
+** but no more than "max".  Make the point as close to max as possible.
+*/
+static int findbreak(msg,min,max)
+char *msg;
+int min;
+int max;
+{
+  int i,spot;
+  char c;
+  for(i=spot=min; i<=max; i++){
+    c = msg[i];
+    if( c=='\t' ) msg[i] = ' ';
+    if( c=='\n' ){ msg[i] = ' '; spot = i; break; }
+    if( c==0 ){ spot = i; break; }
+    if( c=='-' && i<max-1 ) spot = i+1;
+    if( c==' ' ) spot = i;
+  }
+  return spot;
+}
+
+/*
+** The error message is split across multiple lines if necessary.  The
+** splits occur at a space, if there is a space available near the end
+** of the line.
+*/
+#define ERRMSGSIZE  10000 /* Hope this is big enough.  No way to error check */
+#define LINEWIDTH      79 /* Max width of any output line */
+#define PREFIXLIMIT    30 /* Max width of the prefix on each line */
+void ErrorMsg(const char *filename, int lineno, const char *format, ...){
+  char errmsg[ERRMSGSIZE];
+  char prefix[PREFIXLIMIT+10];
+  int errmsgsize;
+  int prefixsize;
+  int availablewidth;
+  va_list ap;
+  int end, restart, base;
+
+  va_start(ap, format);
+  /* Prepare a prefix to be prepended to every output line */
+  if( lineno>0 ){
+    sprintf(prefix,"%.*s:%d: ",PREFIXLIMIT-10,filename,lineno);
+  }else{
+    sprintf(prefix,"%.*s: ",PREFIXLIMIT-10,filename);
+  }
+  prefixsize = strlen(prefix);
+  availablewidth = LINEWIDTH - prefixsize;
+
+  /* Generate the error message */
+  vsprintf(errmsg,format,ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  errmsgsize = strlen(errmsg);
+  /* Remove trailing '\n's from the error message. */
+  while( errmsgsize>0 && errmsg[errmsgsize-1]=='\n' ){
+     errmsg[--errmsgsize] = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Print the error message */
+  base = 0;
+  while( errmsg[base]!=0 ){
+    end = restart = findbreak(&errmsg[base],0,availablewidth);
+    restart += base;
+    while( errmsg[restart]==' ' ) restart++;
+    fprintf(stdout,"%s%.*s\n",prefix,end,&errmsg[base]);
+    base = restart;
+  }
+}
+/**************** From the file "main.c" ************************************/
+/*
+** Main program file for the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+/* Report an out-of-memory condition and abort.  This function
+** is used mostly by the "MemoryCheck" macro in struct.h
+*/
+void memory_error(){
+  fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory.  Aborting...\n");
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+static int nDefine = 0;      /* Number of -D options on the command line */
+static char **azDefine = 0;  /* Name of the -D macros */
+
+/* This routine is called with the argument to each -D command-line option.
+** Add the macro defined to the azDefine array.
+*/
+static void handle_D_option(char *z){
+  char **paz;
+  nDefine++;
+  azDefine = realloc(azDefine, sizeof(azDefine[0])*nDefine);
+  if( azDefine==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"out of memory\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  paz = &azDefine[nDefine-1];
+  *paz = malloc( strlen(z)+1 );
+  if( *paz==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"out of memory\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  strcpy(*paz, z);
+  for(z=*paz; *z && *z!='='; z++){}
+  *z = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The main program.  Parse the command line and do it... */
+int main(argc,argv)
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+{
+  static int version = 0;
+  static int rpflag = 0;
+  static int basisflag = 0;
+  static int compress = 0;
+  static int quiet = 0;
+  static int statistics = 0;
+  static int mhflag = 0;
+  static struct s_options options[] = {
+    {OPT_FLAG, "b", (char*)&basisflag, "Print only the basis in report."},
+    {OPT_FLAG, "c", (char*)&compress, "Don't compress the action table."},
+    {OPT_FSTR, "D", (char*)handle_D_option, "Define an %ifdef macro."},
+    {OPT_FLAG, "g", (char*)&rpflag, "Print grammar without actions."},
+    {OPT_FLAG, "m", (char*)&mhflag, "Output a makeheaders compatible file"},
+    {OPT_FLAG, "q", (char*)&quiet, "(Quiet) Don't print the report file."},
+    {OPT_FLAG, "s", (char*)&statistics,
+                                   "Print parser stats to standard output."},
+    {OPT_FLAG, "x", (char*)&version, "Print the version number."},
+    {OPT_FLAG,0,0,0}
+  };
+  int i;
+  struct lemon lem;
+
+  OptInit(argv,options,stderr);
+  if( version ){
+     printf("Lemon version 1.0\n");
+     exit(0); 
+  }
+  if( OptNArgs()!=1 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Exactly one filename argument is required.\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  lem.errorcnt = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize the machine */
+  Strsafe_init();
+  Symbol_init();
+  State_init();
+  lem.argv0 = argv[0];
+  lem.filename = OptArg(0);
+  lem.basisflag = basisflag;
+  lem.has_fallback = 0;
+  lem.nconflict = 0;
+  lem.name = lem.include = lem.arg = lem.tokentype = lem.start = 0;
+  lem.vartype = 0;
+  lem.stacksize = 0;
+  lem.error = lem.overflow = lem.failure = lem.accept = lem.tokendest =
+     lem.tokenprefix = lem.outname = lem.extracode = 0;
+  lem.vardest = 0;
+  lem.tablesize = 0;
+  Symbol_new("$");
+  lem.errsym = Symbol_new("error");
+
+  /* Parse the input file */
+  Parse(&lem);
+  if( lem.errorcnt ) exit(lem.errorcnt);
+  if( lem.rule==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Empty grammar.\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+
+  /* Count and index the symbols of the grammar */
+  lem.nsymbol = Symbol_count();
+  Symbol_new("{default}");
+  lem.symbols = Symbol_arrayof();
+  for(i=0; i<=lem.nsymbol; i++) lem.symbols[i]->index = i;
+  qsort(lem.symbols,lem.nsymbol+1,sizeof(struct symbol*),
+        (int(*)())Symbolcmpp);
+  for(i=0; i<=lem.nsymbol; i++) lem.symbols[i]->index = i;
+  for(i=1; isupper(lem.symbols[i]->name[0]); i++);
+  lem.nterminal = i;
+
+  /* Generate a reprint of the grammar, if requested on the command line */
+  if( rpflag ){
+    Reprint(&lem);
+  }else{
+    /* Initialize the size for all follow and first sets */
+    SetSize(lem.nterminal);
+
+    /* Find the precedence for every production rule (that has one) */
+    FindRulePrecedences(&lem);
+
+    /* Compute the lambda-nonterminals and the first-sets for every
+    ** nonterminal */
+    FindFirstSets(&lem);
+
+    /* Compute all LR(0) states.  Also record follow-set propagation
+    ** links so that the follow-set can be computed later */
+    lem.nstate = 0;
+    FindStates(&lem);
+    lem.sorted = State_arrayof();
+
+    /* Tie up loose ends on the propagation links */
+    FindLinks(&lem);
+
+    /* Compute the follow set of every reducible configuration */
+    FindFollowSets(&lem);
+
+    /* Compute the action tables */
+    FindActions(&lem);
+
+    /* Compress the action tables */
+    if( compress==0 ) CompressTables(&lem);
+
+    /* Generate a report of the parser generated.  (the "y.output" file) */
+    if( !quiet ) ReportOutput(&lem);
+
+    /* Generate the source code for the parser */
+    ReportTable(&lem, mhflag);
+
+    /* Produce a header file for use by the scanner.  (This step is
+    ** omitted if the "-m" option is used because makeheaders will
+    ** generate the file for us.) */
+    if( !mhflag ) ReportHeader(&lem);
+  }
+  if( statistics ){
+    printf("Parser statistics: %d terminals, %d nonterminals, %d rules\n",
+      lem.nterminal, lem.nsymbol - lem.nterminal, lem.nrule);
+    printf("                   %d states, %d parser table entries, %d conflicts\n",
+      lem.nstate, lem.tablesize, lem.nconflict);
+  }
+  if( lem.nconflict ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"%d parsing conflicts.\n",lem.nconflict);
+  }
+  exit(lem.errorcnt + lem.nconflict);
+  return (lem.errorcnt + lem.nconflict);
+}
+/******************** From the file "msort.c" *******************************/
+/*
+** A generic merge-sort program.
+**
+** USAGE:
+** Let "ptr" be a pointer to some structure which is at the head of
+** a null-terminated list.  Then to sort the list call:
+**
+**     ptr = msort(ptr,&(ptr->next),cmpfnc);
+**
+** In the above, "cmpfnc" is a pointer to a function which compares
+** two instances of the structure and returns an integer, as in
+** strcmp.  The second argument is a pointer to the pointer to the
+** second element of the linked list.  This address is used to compute
+** the offset to the "next" field within the structure.  The offset to
+** the "next" field must be constant for all structures in the list.
+**
+** The function returns a new pointer which is the head of the list
+** after sorting.
+**
+** ALGORITHM:
+** Merge-sort.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next structure in the linked list.
+*/
+#define NEXT(A) (*(char**)(((unsigned long)A)+offset))
+
+/*
+** Inputs:
+**   a:       A sorted, null-terminated linked list.  (May be null).
+**   b:       A sorted, null-terminated linked list.  (May be null).
+**   cmp:     A pointer to the comparison function.
+**   offset:  Offset in the structure to the "next" field.
+**
+** Return Value:
+**   A pointer to the head of a sorted list containing the elements
+**   of both a and b.
+**
+** Side effects:
+**   The "next" pointers for elements in the lists a and b are
+**   changed.
+*/
+static char *merge(a,b,cmp,offset)
+char *a;
+char *b;
+int (*cmp)();
+int offset;
+{
+  char *ptr, *head;
+
+  if( a==0 ){
+    head = b;
+  }else if( b==0 ){
+    head = a;
+  }else{
+    if( (*cmp)(a,b)<0 ){
+      ptr = a;
+      a = NEXT(a);
+    }else{
+      ptr = b;
+      b = NEXT(b);
+    }
+    head = ptr;
+    while( a && b ){
+      if( (*cmp)(a,b)<0 ){
+        NEXT(ptr) = a;
+        ptr = a;
+        a = NEXT(a);
+      }else{
+        NEXT(ptr) = b;
+        ptr = b;
+        b = NEXT(b);
+      }
+    }
+    if( a ) NEXT(ptr) = a;
+    else    NEXT(ptr) = b;
+  }
+  return head;
+}
+
+/*
+** Inputs:
+**   list:      Pointer to a singly-linked list of structures.
+**   next:      Pointer to pointer to the second element of the list.
+**   cmp:       A comparison function.
+**
+** Return Value:
+**   A pointer to the head of a sorted list containing the elements
+**   orginally in list.
+**
+** Side effects:
+**   The "next" pointers for elements in list are changed.
+*/
+#define LISTSIZE 30
+char *msort(list,next,cmp)
+char *list;
+char **next;
+int (*cmp)();
+{
+  unsigned long offset;
+  char *ep;
+  char *set[LISTSIZE];
+  int i;
+  offset = (unsigned long)next - (unsigned long)list;
+  for(i=0; i<LISTSIZE; i++) set[i] = 0;
+  while( list ){
+    ep = list;
+    list = NEXT(list);
+    NEXT(ep) = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<LISTSIZE-1 && set[i]!=0; i++){
+      ep = merge(ep,set[i],cmp,offset);
+      set[i] = 0;
+    }
+    set[i] = ep;
+  }
+  ep = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<LISTSIZE; i++) if( set[i] ) ep = merge(ep,set[i],cmp,offset);
+  return ep;
+}
+/************************ From the file "option.c" **************************/
+static char **argv;
+static struct s_options *op;
+static FILE *errstream;
+
+#define ISOPT(X) ((X)[0]=='-'||(X)[0]=='+'||strchr((X),'=')!=0)
+
+/*
+** Print the command line with a carrot pointing to the k-th character
+** of the n-th field.
+*/
+static void errline(n,k,err)
+int n;
+int k;
+FILE *err;
+{
+  int spcnt, i;
+  spcnt = 0;
+  if( argv[0] ) fprintf(err,"%s",argv[0]);
+  spcnt = strlen(argv[0]) + 1;
+  for(i=1; i<n && argv[i]; i++){
+    fprintf(err," %s",argv[i]);
+    spcnt += strlen(argv[i]+1);
+  }
+  spcnt += k;
+  for(; argv[i]; i++) fprintf(err," %s",argv[i]);
+  if( spcnt<20 ){
+    fprintf(err,"\n%*s^-- here\n",spcnt,"");
+  }else{
+    fprintf(err,"\n%*shere --^\n",spcnt-7,"");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of the N-th non-switch argument.  Return -1
+** if N is out of range.
+*/
+static int argindex(n)
+int n;
+{
+  int i;
+  int dashdash = 0;
+  if( argv!=0 && *argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=1; argv[i]; i++){
+      if( dashdash || !ISOPT(argv[i]) ){
+        if( n==0 ) return i;
+        n--;
+      }
+      if( strcmp(argv[i],"--")==0 ) dashdash = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+static char emsg[] = "Command line syntax error: ";
+
+/*
+** Process a flag command line argument.
+*/
+static int handleflags(i,err)
+int i;
+FILE *err;
+{
+  int v;
+  int errcnt = 0;
+  int j;
+  for(j=0; op[j].label; j++){
+    if( strncmp(&argv[i][1],op[j].label,strlen(op[j].label))==0 ) break;
+  }
+  v = argv[i][0]=='-' ? 1 : 0;
+  if( op[j].label==0 ){
+    if( err ){
+      fprintf(err,"%sundefined option.\n",emsg);
+      errline(i,1,err);
+    }
+    errcnt++;
+  }else if( op[j].type==OPT_FLAG ){
+    *((int*)op[j].arg) = v;
+  }else if( op[j].type==OPT_FFLAG ){
+    (*(void(*)())(op[j].arg))(v);
+  }else if( op[j].type==OPT_FSTR ){
+    (*(void(*)())(op[j].arg))(&argv[i][2]);
+  }else{
+    if( err ){
+      fprintf(err,"%smissing argument on switch.\n",emsg);
+      errline(i,1,err);
+    }
+    errcnt++;
+  }
+  return errcnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a command line switch which has an argument.
+*/
+static int handleswitch(i,err)
+int i;
+FILE *err;
+{
+  int lv = 0;
+  double dv = 0.0;
+  char *sv = 0, *end;
+  char *cp;
+  int j;
+  int errcnt = 0;
+  cp = strchr(argv[i],'=');
+  *cp = 0;
+  for(j=0; op[j].label; j++){
+    if( strcmp(argv[i],op[j].label)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  *cp = '=';
+  if( op[j].label==0 ){
+    if( err ){
+      fprintf(err,"%sundefined option.\n",emsg);
+      errline(i,0,err);
+    }
+    errcnt++;
+  }else{
+    cp++;
+    switch( op[j].type ){
+      case OPT_FLAG:
+      case OPT_FFLAG:
+        if( err ){
+          fprintf(err,"%soption requires an argument.\n",emsg);
+          errline(i,0,err);
+        }
+        errcnt++;
+        break;
+      case OPT_DBL:
+      case OPT_FDBL:
+        dv = strtod(cp,&end);
+        if( *end ){
+          if( err ){
+            fprintf(err,"%sillegal character in floating-point argument.\n",emsg);
+            errline(i,((unsigned long)end)-(unsigned long)argv[i],err);
+          }
+          errcnt++;
+        }
+        break;
+      case OPT_INT:
+      case OPT_FINT:
+        lv = strtol(cp,&end,0);
+        if( *end ){
+          if( err ){
+            fprintf(err,"%sillegal character in integer argument.\n",emsg);
+            errline(i,((unsigned long)end)-(unsigned long)argv[i],err);
+          }
+          errcnt++;
+        }
+        break;
+      case OPT_STR:
+      case OPT_FSTR:
+        sv = cp;
+        break;
+    }
+    switch( op[j].type ){
+      case OPT_FLAG:
+      case OPT_FFLAG:
+        break;
+      case OPT_DBL:
+        *(double*)(op[j].arg) = dv;
+        break;
+      case OPT_FDBL:
+        (*(void(*)())(op[j].arg))(dv);
+        break;
+      case OPT_INT:
+        *(int*)(op[j].arg) = lv;
+        break;
+      case OPT_FINT:
+        (*(void(*)())(op[j].arg))((int)lv);
+        break;
+      case OPT_STR:
+        *(char**)(op[j].arg) = sv;
+        break;
+      case OPT_FSTR:
+        (*(void(*)())(op[j].arg))(sv);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return errcnt;
+}
+
+int OptInit(a,o,err)
+char **a;
+struct s_options *o;
+FILE *err;
+{
+  int errcnt = 0;
+  argv = a;
+  op = o;
+  errstream = err;
+  if( argv && *argv && op ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; argv[i]; i++){
+      if( argv[i][0]=='+' || argv[i][0]=='-' ){
+        errcnt += handleflags(i,err);
+      }else if( strchr(argv[i],'=') ){
+        errcnt += handleswitch(i,err);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( errcnt>0 ){
+    fprintf(err,"Valid command line options for \"%s\" are:\n",*a);
+    OptPrint();
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int OptNArgs(){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int dashdash = 0;
+  int i;
+  if( argv!=0 && argv[0]!=0 ){
+    for(i=1; argv[i]; i++){
+      if( dashdash || !ISOPT(argv[i]) ) cnt++;
+      if( strcmp(argv[i],"--")==0 ) dashdash = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+char *OptArg(n)
+int n;
+{
+  int i;
+  i = argindex(n);
+  return i>=0 ? argv[i] : 0;
+}
+
+void OptErr(n)
+int n;
+{
+  int i;
+  i = argindex(n);
+  if( i>=0 ) errline(i,0,errstream);
+}
+
+void OptPrint(){
+  int i;
+  int max, len;
+  max = 0;
+  for(i=0; op[i].label; i++){
+    len = strlen(op[i].label) + 1;
+    switch( op[i].type ){
+      case OPT_FLAG:
+      case OPT_FFLAG:
+        break;
+      case OPT_INT:
+      case OPT_FINT:
+        len += 9;       /* length of "<integer>" */
+        break;
+      case OPT_DBL:
+      case OPT_FDBL:
+        len += 6;       /* length of "<real>" */
+        break;
+      case OPT_STR:
+      case OPT_FSTR:
+        len += 8;       /* length of "<string>" */
+        break;
+    }
+    if( len>max ) max = len;
+  }
+  for(i=0; op[i].label; i++){
+    switch( op[i].type ){
+      case OPT_FLAG:
+      case OPT_FFLAG:
+        fprintf(errstream,"  -%-*s  %s\n",max,op[i].label,op[i].message);
+        break;
+      case OPT_INT:
+      case OPT_FINT:
+        fprintf(errstream,"  %s=<integer>%*s  %s\n",op[i].label,
+          (int)(max-strlen(op[i].label)-9),"",op[i].message);
+        break;
+      case OPT_DBL:
+      case OPT_FDBL:
+        fprintf(errstream,"  %s=<real>%*s  %s\n",op[i].label,
+          (int)(max-strlen(op[i].label)-6),"",op[i].message);
+        break;
+      case OPT_STR:
+      case OPT_FSTR:
+        fprintf(errstream,"  %s=<string>%*s  %s\n",op[i].label,
+          (int)(max-strlen(op[i].label)-8),"",op[i].message);
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/*********************** From the file "parse.c" ****************************/
+/*
+** Input file parser for the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+/* The state of the parser */
+struct pstate {
+  char *filename;       /* Name of the input file */
+  int tokenlineno;      /* Linenumber at which current token starts */
+  int errorcnt;         /* Number of errors so far */
+  char *tokenstart;     /* Text of current token */
+  struct lemon *gp;     /* Global state vector */
+  enum e_state {
+    INITIALIZE,
+    WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE,
+    WAITING_FOR_DECL_KEYWORD,
+    WAITING_FOR_DECL_ARG,
+    WAITING_FOR_PRECEDENCE_SYMBOL,
+    WAITING_FOR_ARROW,
+    IN_RHS,
+    LHS_ALIAS_1,
+    LHS_ALIAS_2,
+    LHS_ALIAS_3,
+    RHS_ALIAS_1,
+    RHS_ALIAS_2,
+    PRECEDENCE_MARK_1,
+    PRECEDENCE_MARK_2,
+    RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR,
+    RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR,
+    WAITING_FOR_DESTRUCTOR_SYMBOL,
+    WAITING_FOR_DATATYPE_SYMBOL,
+    WAITING_FOR_FALLBACK_ID
+  } state;                   /* The state of the parser */
+  struct symbol *fallback;   /* The fallback token */
+  struct symbol *lhs;        /* Left-hand side of current rule */
+  char *lhsalias;            /* Alias for the LHS */
+  int nrhs;                  /* Number of right-hand side symbols seen */
+  struct symbol *rhs[MAXRHS];  /* RHS symbols */
+  char *alias[MAXRHS];       /* Aliases for each RHS symbol (or NULL) */
+  struct rule *prevrule;     /* Previous rule parsed */
+  char *declkeyword;         /* Keyword of a declaration */
+  char **declargslot;        /* Where the declaration argument should be put */
+  int *decllnslot;           /* Where the declaration linenumber is put */
+  enum e_assoc declassoc;    /* Assign this association to decl arguments */
+  int preccounter;           /* Assign this precedence to decl arguments */
+  struct rule *firstrule;    /* Pointer to first rule in the grammar */
+  struct rule *lastrule;     /* Pointer to the most recently parsed rule */
+};
+
+/* Parse a single token */
+static void parseonetoken(psp)
+struct pstate *psp;
+{
+  char *x;
+  x = Strsafe(psp->tokenstart);     /* Save the token permanently */
+#if 0
+  printf("%s:%d: Token=[%s] state=%d\n",psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+    x,psp->state);
+#endif
+  switch( psp->state ){
+    case INITIALIZE:
+      psp->prevrule = 0;
+      psp->preccounter = 0;
+      psp->firstrule = psp->lastrule = 0;
+      psp->gp->nrule = 0;
+      /* Fall thru to next case */
+    case WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE:
+      if( x[0]=='%' ){
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_KEYWORD;
+      }else if( islower(x[0]) ){
+        psp->lhs = Symbol_new(x);
+        psp->nrhs = 0;
+        psp->lhsalias = 0;
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_ARROW;
+      }else if( x[0]=='{' ){
+        if( psp->prevrule==0 ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+"There is not prior rule opon which to attach the code \
+fragment which begins on this line.");
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+	}else if( psp->prevrule->code!=0 ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+"Code fragment beginning on this line is not the first \
+to follow the previous rule.");
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+        }else{
+          psp->prevrule->line = psp->tokenlineno;
+          psp->prevrule->code = &x[1];
+	}
+      }else if( x[0]=='[' ){
+        psp->state = PRECEDENCE_MARK_1;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Token \"%s\" should be either \"%%\" or a nonterminal name.",
+          x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }
+      break;
+    case PRECEDENCE_MARK_1:
+      if( !isupper(x[0]) ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "The precedence symbol must be a terminal.");
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }else if( psp->prevrule==0 ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "There is no prior rule to assign precedence \"[%s]\".",x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }else if( psp->prevrule->precsym!=0 ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+"Precedence mark on this line is not the first \
+to follow the previous rule.");
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }else{
+        psp->prevrule->precsym = Symbol_new(x);
+      }
+      psp->state = PRECEDENCE_MARK_2;
+      break;
+    case PRECEDENCE_MARK_2:
+      if( x[0]!=']' ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Missing \"]\" on precedence mark.");
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }
+      psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_ARROW:
+      if( x[0]==':' && x[1]==':' && x[2]=='=' ){
+        psp->state = IN_RHS;
+      }else if( x[0]=='(' ){
+        psp->state = LHS_ALIAS_1;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Expected to see a \":\" following the LHS symbol \"%s\".",
+          psp->lhs->name);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case LHS_ALIAS_1:
+      if( isalpha(x[0]) ){
+        psp->lhsalias = x;
+        psp->state = LHS_ALIAS_2;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "\"%s\" is not a valid alias for the LHS \"%s\"\n",
+          x,psp->lhs->name);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case LHS_ALIAS_2:
+      if( x[0]==')' ){
+        psp->state = LHS_ALIAS_3;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Missing \")\" following LHS alias name \"%s\".",psp->lhsalias);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case LHS_ALIAS_3:
+      if( x[0]==':' && x[1]==':' && x[2]=='=' ){
+        psp->state = IN_RHS;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Missing \"->\" following: \"%s(%s)\".",
+           psp->lhs->name,psp->lhsalias);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case IN_RHS:
+      if( x[0]=='.' ){
+        struct rule *rp;
+        rp = (struct rule *)malloc( sizeof(struct rule) + 
+             sizeof(struct symbol*)*psp->nrhs + sizeof(char*)*psp->nrhs );
+        if( rp==0 ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+            "Can't allocate enough memory for this rule.");
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+          psp->prevrule = 0;
+	}else{
+          int i;
+          rp->ruleline = psp->tokenlineno;
+          rp->rhs = (struct symbol**)&rp[1];
+          rp->rhsalias = (char**)&(rp->rhs[psp->nrhs]);
+          for(i=0; i<psp->nrhs; i++){
+            rp->rhs[i] = psp->rhs[i];
+            rp->rhsalias[i] = psp->alias[i];
+	  }
+          rp->lhs = psp->lhs;
+          rp->lhsalias = psp->lhsalias;
+          rp->nrhs = psp->nrhs;
+          rp->code = 0;
+          rp->precsym = 0;
+          rp->index = psp->gp->nrule++;
+          rp->nextlhs = rp->lhs->rule;
+          rp->lhs->rule = rp;
+          rp->next = 0;
+          if( psp->firstrule==0 ){
+            psp->firstrule = psp->lastrule = rp;
+	  }else{
+            psp->lastrule->next = rp;
+            psp->lastrule = rp;
+	  }
+          psp->prevrule = rp;
+	}
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+      }else if( isalpha(x[0]) ){
+        if( psp->nrhs>=MAXRHS ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+            "Too many symbol on RHS or rule beginning at \"%s\".",
+            x);
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+          psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+	}else{
+          psp->rhs[psp->nrhs] = Symbol_new(x);
+          psp->alias[psp->nrhs] = 0;
+          psp->nrhs++;
+	}
+      }else if( x[0]=='(' && psp->nrhs>0 ){
+        psp->state = RHS_ALIAS_1;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Illegal character on RHS of rule: \"%s\".",x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RHS_ALIAS_1:
+      if( isalpha(x[0]) ){
+        psp->alias[psp->nrhs-1] = x;
+        psp->state = RHS_ALIAS_2;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "\"%s\" is not a valid alias for the RHS symbol \"%s\"\n",
+          x,psp->rhs[psp->nrhs-1]->name);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case RHS_ALIAS_2:
+      if( x[0]==')' ){
+        psp->state = IN_RHS;
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Missing \")\" following LHS alias name \"%s\".",psp->lhsalias);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_DECL_KEYWORD:
+      if( isalpha(x[0]) ){
+        psp->declkeyword = x;
+        psp->declargslot = 0;
+        psp->decllnslot = 0;
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_ARG;
+        if( strcmp(x,"name")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->name);
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"include")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->include);
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->includeln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"code")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->extracode);
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->extracodeln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"token_destructor")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &psp->gp->tokendest;
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->tokendestln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"default_destructor")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &psp->gp->vardest;
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->vardestln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"token_prefix")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &psp->gp->tokenprefix;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"syntax_error")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->error);
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->errorln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"parse_accept")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->accept);
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->acceptln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"parse_failure")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->failure);
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->failureln;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"stack_overflow")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->overflow);
+          psp->decllnslot = &psp->gp->overflowln;
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"extra_argument")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->arg);
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"token_type")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->tokentype);
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"default_type")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->vartype);
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"stack_size")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->stacksize);
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"start_symbol")==0 ){
+          psp->declargslot = &(psp->gp->start);
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"left")==0 ){
+          psp->preccounter++;
+          psp->declassoc = LEFT;
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_PRECEDENCE_SYMBOL;
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"right")==0 ){
+          psp->preccounter++;
+          psp->declassoc = RIGHT;
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_PRECEDENCE_SYMBOL;
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"nonassoc")==0 ){
+          psp->preccounter++;
+          psp->declassoc = NONE;
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_PRECEDENCE_SYMBOL;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"destructor")==0 ){
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DESTRUCTOR_SYMBOL;
+	}else if( strcmp(x,"type")==0 ){
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DATATYPE_SYMBOL;
+        }else if( strcmp(x,"fallback")==0 ){
+          psp->fallback = 0;
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_FALLBACK_ID;
+        }else{
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+            "Unknown declaration keyword: \"%%%s\".",x);
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+          psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR;
+	}
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Illegal declaration keyword: \"%s\".",x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_DESTRUCTOR_SYMBOL:
+      if( !isalpha(x[0]) ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Symbol name missing after %destructor keyword");
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        struct symbol *sp = Symbol_new(x);
+        psp->declargslot = &sp->destructor;
+        psp->decllnslot = &sp->destructorln;
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_ARG;
+      }
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_DATATYPE_SYMBOL:
+      if( !isalpha(x[0]) ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Symbol name missing after %destructor keyword");
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        struct symbol *sp = Symbol_new(x);
+        psp->declargslot = &sp->datatype;
+        psp->decllnslot = 0;
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_ARG;
+      }
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_PRECEDENCE_SYMBOL:
+      if( x[0]=='.' ){
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+      }else if( isupper(x[0]) ){
+        struct symbol *sp;
+        sp = Symbol_new(x);
+        if( sp->prec>=0 ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+            "Symbol \"%s\" has already be given a precedence.",x);
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+	}else{
+          sp->prec = psp->preccounter;
+          sp->assoc = psp->declassoc;
+	}
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Can't assign a precedence to \"%s\".",x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_DECL_ARG:
+      if( (x[0]=='{' || x[0]=='\"' || isalnum(x[0])) ){
+        if( *(psp->declargslot)!=0 ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+            "The argument \"%s\" to declaration \"%%%s\" is not the first.",
+            x[0]=='\"' ? &x[1] : x,psp->declkeyword);
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+          psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR;
+	}else{
+          *(psp->declargslot) = (x[0]=='\"' || x[0]=='{') ? &x[1] : x;
+          if( psp->decllnslot ) *psp->decllnslot = psp->tokenlineno;
+          psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+	}
+      }else{
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename,psp->tokenlineno,
+          "Illegal argument to %%%s: %s",psp->declkeyword,x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+        psp->state = RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR;
+      }
+      break;
+    case WAITING_FOR_FALLBACK_ID:
+      if( x[0]=='.' ){
+        psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+      }else if( !isupper(x[0]) ){
+        ErrorMsg(psp->filename, psp->tokenlineno,
+          "%%fallback argument \"%s\" should be a token", x);
+        psp->errorcnt++;
+      }else{
+        struct symbol *sp = Symbol_new(x);
+        if( psp->fallback==0 ){
+          psp->fallback = sp;
+        }else if( sp->fallback ){
+          ErrorMsg(psp->filename, psp->tokenlineno,
+            "More than one fallback assigned to token %s", x);
+          psp->errorcnt++;
+        }else{
+          sp->fallback = psp->fallback;
+          psp->gp->has_fallback = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    case RESYNC_AFTER_RULE_ERROR:
+/*      if( x[0]=='.' ) psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+**      break; */
+    case RESYNC_AFTER_DECL_ERROR:
+      if( x[0]=='.' ) psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_OR_RULE;
+      if( x[0]=='%' ) psp->state = WAITING_FOR_DECL_KEYWORD;
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Run the proprocessor over the input file text.  The global variables
+** azDefine[0] through azDefine[nDefine-1] contains the names of all defined
+** macros.  This routine looks for "%ifdef" and "%ifndef" and "%endif" and
+** comments them out.  Text in between is also commented out as appropriate.
+*/
+static preprocess_input(char *z){
+  int i, j, k, n;
+  int exclude = 0;
+  int start;
+  int lineno = 1;
+  int start_lineno;
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='\n' ) lineno++;
+    if( z[i]!='%' || (i>0 && z[i-1]!='\n') ) continue;
+    if( strncmp(&z[i],"%endif",6)==0 && isspace(z[i+6]) ){
+      if( exclude ){
+        exclude--;
+        if( exclude==0 ){
+          for(j=start; j<i; j++) if( z[j]!='\n' ) z[j] = ' ';
+        }
+      }
+      for(j=i; z[j] && z[j]!='\n'; j++) z[j] = ' ';
+    }else if( (strncmp(&z[i],"%ifdef",6)==0 && isspace(z[i+6]))
+          || (strncmp(&z[i],"%ifndef",7)==0 && isspace(z[i+7])) ){
+      if( exclude ){
+        exclude++;
+      }else{
+        for(j=i+7; isspace(z[j]); j++){}
+        for(n=0; z[j+n] && !isspace(z[j+n]); n++){}
+        exclude = 1;
+        for(k=0; k<nDefine; k++){
+          if( strncmp(azDefine[k],&z[j],n)==0 && strlen(azDefine[k])==n ){
+            exclude = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( z[i+3]=='n' ) exclude = !exclude;
+        if( exclude ){
+          start = i;
+          start_lineno = lineno;
+        }
+      }
+      for(j=i; z[j] && z[j]!='\n'; j++) z[j] = ' ';
+    }
+  }
+  if( exclude ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"unterminated %%ifdef starting on line %d\n", start_lineno);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+}
+
+/* In spite of its name, this function is really a scanner.  It read
+** in the entire input file (all at once) then tokenizes it.  Each
+** token is passed to the function "parseonetoken" which builds all
+** the appropriate data structures in the global state vector "gp".
+*/
+void Parse(gp)
+struct lemon *gp;
+{
+  struct pstate ps;
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *filebuf;
+  int filesize;
+  int lineno;
+  int c;
+  char *cp, *nextcp;
+  int startline = 0;
+
+  ps.gp = gp;
+  ps.filename = gp->filename;
+  ps.errorcnt = 0;
+  ps.state = INITIALIZE;
+
+  /* Begin by reading the input file */
+  fp = fopen(ps.filename,"rb");
+  if( fp==0 ){
+    ErrorMsg(ps.filename,0,"Can't open this file for reading.");
+    gp->errorcnt++;
+    return;
+  }
+  fseek(fp,0,2);
+  filesize = ftell(fp);
+  rewind(fp);
+  filebuf = (char *)malloc( filesize+1 );
+  if( filebuf==0 ){
+    ErrorMsg(ps.filename,0,"Can't allocate %d of memory to hold this file.",
+      filesize+1);
+    gp->errorcnt++;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( fread(filebuf,1,filesize,fp)!=filesize ){
+    ErrorMsg(ps.filename,0,"Can't read in all %d bytes of this file.",
+      filesize);
+    free(filebuf);
+    gp->errorcnt++;
+    return;
+  }
+  fclose(fp);
+  filebuf[filesize] = 0;
+
+  /* Make an initial pass through the file to handle %ifdef and %ifndef */
+  preprocess_input(filebuf);
+
+  /* Now scan the text of the input file */
+  lineno = 1;
+  for(cp=filebuf; (c= *cp)!=0; ){
+    if( c=='\n' ) lineno++;              /* Keep track of the line number */
+    if( isspace(c) ){ cp++; continue; }  /* Skip all white space */
+    if( c=='/' && cp[1]=='/' ){          /* Skip C++ style comments */
+      cp+=2;
+      while( (c= *cp)!=0 && c!='\n' ) cp++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( c=='/' && cp[1]=='*' ){          /* Skip C style comments */
+      cp+=2;
+      while( (c= *cp)!=0 && (c!='/' || cp[-1]!='*') ){
+        if( c=='\n' ) lineno++;
+        cp++;
+      }
+      if( c ) cp++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    ps.tokenstart = cp;                /* Mark the beginning of the token */
+    ps.tokenlineno = lineno;           /* Linenumber on which token begins */
+    if( c=='\"' ){                     /* String literals */
+      cp++;
+      while( (c= *cp)!=0 && c!='\"' ){
+        if( c=='\n' ) lineno++;
+        cp++;
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        ErrorMsg(ps.filename,startline,
+"String starting on this line is not terminated before the end of the file.");
+        ps.errorcnt++;
+        nextcp = cp;
+      }else{
+        nextcp = cp+1;
+      }
+    }else if( c=='{' ){               /* A block of C code */
+      int level;
+      cp++;
+      for(level=1; (c= *cp)!=0 && (level>1 || c!='}'); cp++){
+        if( c=='\n' ) lineno++;
+        else if( c=='{' ) level++;
+        else if( c=='}' ) level--;
+        else if( c=='/' && cp[1]=='*' ){  /* Skip comments */
+          int prevc;
+          cp = &cp[2];
+          prevc = 0;
+          while( (c= *cp)!=0 && (c!='/' || prevc!='*') ){
+            if( c=='\n' ) lineno++;
+            prevc = c;
+            cp++;
+	  }
+	}else if( c=='/' && cp[1]=='/' ){  /* Skip C++ style comments too */
+          cp = &cp[2];
+          while( (c= *cp)!=0 && c!='\n' ) cp++;
+          if( c ) lineno++;
+	}else if( c=='\'' || c=='\"' ){    /* String a character literals */
+          int startchar, prevc;
+          startchar = c;
+          prevc = 0;
+          for(cp++; (c= *cp)!=0 && (c!=startchar || prevc=='\\'); cp++){
+            if( c=='\n' ) lineno++;
+            if( prevc=='\\' ) prevc = 0;
+            else              prevc = c;
+	  }
+	}
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        ErrorMsg(ps.filename,ps.tokenlineno,
+"C code starting on this line is not terminated before the end of the file.");
+        ps.errorcnt++;
+        nextcp = cp;
+      }else{
+        nextcp = cp+1;
+      }
+    }else if( isalnum(c) ){          /* Identifiers */
+      while( (c= *cp)!=0 && (isalnum(c) || c=='_') ) cp++;
+      nextcp = cp;
+    }else if( c==':' && cp[1]==':' && cp[2]=='=' ){ /* The operator "::=" */
+      cp += 3;
+      nextcp = cp;
+    }else{                          /* All other (one character) operators */
+      cp++;
+      nextcp = cp;
+    }
+    c = *cp;
+    *cp = 0;                        /* Null terminate the token */
+    parseonetoken(&ps);             /* Parse the token */
+    *cp = c;                        /* Restore the buffer */
+    cp = nextcp;
+  }
+  free(filebuf);                    /* Release the buffer after parsing */
+  gp->rule = ps.firstrule;
+  gp->errorcnt = ps.errorcnt;
+}
+/*************************** From the file "plink.c" *********************/
+/*
+** Routines processing configuration follow-set propagation links
+** in the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+static struct plink *plink_freelist = 0;
+
+/* Allocate a new plink */
+struct plink *Plink_new(){
+  struct plink *new;
+
+  if( plink_freelist==0 ){
+    int i;
+    int amt = 100;
+    plink_freelist = (struct plink *)malloc( sizeof(struct plink)*amt );
+    if( plink_freelist==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,
+      "Unable to allocate memory for a new follow-set propagation link.\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<amt-1; i++) plink_freelist[i].next = &plink_freelist[i+1];
+    plink_freelist[amt-1].next = 0;
+  }
+  new = plink_freelist;
+  plink_freelist = plink_freelist->next;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Add a plink to a plink list */
+void Plink_add(plpp,cfp)
+struct plink **plpp;
+struct config *cfp;
+{
+  struct plink *new;
+  new = Plink_new();
+  new->next = *plpp;
+  *plpp = new;
+  new->cfp = cfp;
+}
+
+/* Transfer every plink on the list "from" to the list "to" */
+void Plink_copy(to,from)
+struct plink **to;
+struct plink *from;
+{
+  struct plink *nextpl;
+  while( from ){
+    nextpl = from->next;
+    from->next = *to;
+    *to = from;
+    from = nextpl;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Delete every plink on the list */
+void Plink_delete(plp)
+struct plink *plp;
+{
+  struct plink *nextpl;
+
+  while( plp ){
+    nextpl = plp->next;
+    plp->next = plink_freelist;
+    plink_freelist = plp;
+    plp = nextpl;
+  }
+}
+/*********************** From the file "report.c" **************************/
+/*
+** Procedures for generating reports and tables in the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+/* Generate a filename with the given suffix.  Space to hold the
+** name comes from malloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+*/
+PRIVATE char *file_makename(lemp,suffix)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+char *suffix;
+{
+  char *name;
+  char *cp;
+
+  name = malloc( strlen(lemp->filename) + strlen(suffix) + 5 );
+  if( name==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Can't allocate space for a filename.\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  strcpy(name,lemp->filename);
+  cp = strrchr(name,'.');
+  if( cp ) *cp = 0;
+  strcat(name,suffix);
+  return name;
+}
+
+/* Open a file with a name based on the name of the input file,
+** but with a different (specified) suffix, and return a pointer
+** to the stream */
+PRIVATE FILE *file_open(lemp,suffix,mode)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+char *suffix;
+char *mode;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  if( lemp->outname ) free(lemp->outname);
+  lemp->outname = file_makename(lemp, suffix);
+  fp = fopen(lemp->outname,mode);
+  if( fp==0 && *mode=='w' ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Can't open file \"%s\".\n",lemp->outname);
+    lemp->errorcnt++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return fp;
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the input file without comments and without actions 
+** on rules */
+void Reprint(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  struct rule *rp;
+  struct symbol *sp;
+  int i, j, maxlen, len, ncolumns, skip;
+  printf("// Reprint of input file \"%s\".\n// Symbols:\n",lemp->filename);
+  maxlen = 10;
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    sp = lemp->symbols[i];
+    len = strlen(sp->name);
+    if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
+  }
+  ncolumns = 76/(maxlen+5);
+  if( ncolumns<1 ) ncolumns = 1;
+  skip = (lemp->nsymbol + ncolumns - 1)/ncolumns;
+  for(i=0; i<skip; i++){
+    printf("//");
+    for(j=i; j<lemp->nsymbol; j+=skip){
+      sp = lemp->symbols[j];
+      assert( sp->index==j );
+      printf(" %3d %-*.*s",j,maxlen,maxlen,sp->name);
+    }
+    printf("\n");
+  }
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    printf("%s",rp->lhs->name);
+/*    if( rp->lhsalias ) printf("(%s)",rp->lhsalias); */
+    printf(" ::=");
+    for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+      printf(" %s",rp->rhs[i]->name);
+/*      if( rp->rhsalias[i] ) printf("(%s)",rp->rhsalias[i]); */
+    }
+    printf(".");
+    if( rp->precsym ) printf(" [%s]",rp->precsym->name);
+/*    if( rp->code ) printf("\n    %s",rp->code); */
+    printf("\n");
+  }
+}
+
+void ConfigPrint(fp,cfp)
+FILE *fp;
+struct config *cfp;
+{
+  struct rule *rp;
+  int i;
+  rp = cfp->rp;
+  fprintf(fp,"%s ::=",rp->lhs->name);
+  for(i=0; i<=rp->nrhs; i++){
+    if( i==cfp->dot ) fprintf(fp," *");
+    if( i==rp->nrhs ) break;
+    fprintf(fp," %s",rp->rhs[i]->name);
+  }
+}
+
+/* #define TEST */
+#ifdef TEST
+/* Print a set */
+PRIVATE void SetPrint(out,set,lemp)
+FILE *out;
+char *set;
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *spacer;
+  spacer = "";
+  fprintf(out,"%12s[","");
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nterminal; i++){
+    if( SetFind(set,i) ){
+      fprintf(out,"%s%s",spacer,lemp->symbols[i]->name);
+      spacer = " ";
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out,"]\n");
+}
+
+/* Print a plink chain */
+PRIVATE void PlinkPrint(out,plp,tag)
+FILE *out;
+struct plink *plp;
+char *tag;
+{
+  while( plp ){
+    fprintf(out,"%12s%s (state %2d) ","",tag,plp->cfp->stp->index);
+    ConfigPrint(out,plp->cfp);
+    fprintf(out,"\n");
+    plp = plp->next;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Print an action to the given file descriptor.  Return FALSE if
+** nothing was actually printed.
+*/
+int PrintAction(struct action *ap, FILE *fp, int indent){
+  int result = 1;
+  switch( ap->type ){
+    case SHIFT:
+      fprintf(fp,"%*s shift  %d",indent,ap->sp->name,ap->x.stp->index);
+      break;
+    case REDUCE:
+      fprintf(fp,"%*s reduce %d",indent,ap->sp->name,ap->x.rp->index);
+      break;
+    case ACCEPT:
+      fprintf(fp,"%*s accept",indent,ap->sp->name);
+      break;
+    case ERROR:
+      fprintf(fp,"%*s error",indent,ap->sp->name);
+      break;
+    case CONFLICT:
+      fprintf(fp,"%*s reduce %-3d ** Parsing conflict **",
+        indent,ap->sp->name,ap->x.rp->index);
+      break;
+    case SH_RESOLVED:
+    case RD_RESOLVED:
+    case NOT_USED:
+      result = 0;
+      break;
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Generate the "y.output" log file */
+void ReportOutput(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct state *stp;
+  struct config *cfp;
+  struct action *ap;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  fp = file_open(lemp,".out","wb");
+  if( fp==0 ) return;
+  fprintf(fp," \b");
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    fprintf(fp,"State %d:\n",stp->index);
+    if( lemp->basisflag ) cfp=stp->bp;
+    else                  cfp=stp->cfp;
+    while( cfp ){
+      char buf[20];
+      if( cfp->dot==cfp->rp->nrhs ){
+        sprintf(buf,"(%d)",cfp->rp->index);
+        fprintf(fp,"    %5s ",buf);
+      }else{
+        fprintf(fp,"          ");
+      }
+      ConfigPrint(fp,cfp);
+      fprintf(fp,"\n");
+#ifdef TEST
+      SetPrint(fp,cfp->fws,lemp);
+      PlinkPrint(fp,cfp->fplp,"To  ");
+      PlinkPrint(fp,cfp->bplp,"From");
+#endif
+      if( lemp->basisflag ) cfp=cfp->bp;
+      else                  cfp=cfp->next;
+    }
+    fprintf(fp,"\n");
+    for(ap=stp->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+      if( PrintAction(ap,fp,30) ) fprintf(fp,"\n");
+    }
+    fprintf(fp,"\n");
+  }
+  fclose(fp);
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Search for the file "name" which is in the same directory as
+** the exacutable */
+PRIVATE char *pathsearch(argv0,name,modemask)
+char *argv0;
+char *name;
+int modemask;
+{
+  char *pathlist;
+  char *path,*cp;
+  char c;
+  extern int access();
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+  cp = strrchr(argv0,'\\');
+#else
+  cp = strrchr(argv0,'/');
+#endif
+  if( cp ){
+    c = *cp;
+    *cp = 0;
+    path = (char *)malloc( strlen(argv0) + strlen(name) + 2 );
+    if( path ) sprintf(path,"%s/%s",argv0,name);
+    *cp = c;
+  }else{
+    extern char *getenv();
+    pathlist = getenv("PATH");
+    if( pathlist==0 ) pathlist = ".:/bin:/usr/bin";
+    path = (char *)malloc( strlen(pathlist)+strlen(name)+2 );
+    if( path!=0 ){
+      while( *pathlist ){
+        cp = strchr(pathlist,':');
+        if( cp==0 ) cp = &pathlist[strlen(pathlist)];
+        c = *cp;
+        *cp = 0;
+        sprintf(path,"%s/%s",pathlist,name);
+        *cp = c;
+        if( c==0 ) pathlist = "";
+        else pathlist = &cp[1];
+        if( access(path,modemask)==0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return path;
+}
+
+/* Given an action, compute the integer value for that action
+** which is to be put in the action table of the generated machine.
+** Return negative if no action should be generated.
+*/
+PRIVATE int compute_action(lemp,ap)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+struct action *ap;
+{
+  int act;
+  switch( ap->type ){
+    case SHIFT:  act = ap->x.stp->index;               break;
+    case REDUCE: act = ap->x.rp->index + lemp->nstate; break;
+    case ERROR:  act = lemp->nstate + lemp->nrule;     break;
+    case ACCEPT: act = lemp->nstate + lemp->nrule + 1; break;
+    default:     act = -1; break;
+  }
+  return act;
+}
+
+#define LINESIZE 1000
+/* The next cluster of routines are for reading the template file
+** and writing the results to the generated parser */
+/* The first function transfers data from "in" to "out" until
+** a line is seen which begins with "%%".  The line number is
+** tracked.
+**
+** if name!=0, then any word that begin with "Parse" is changed to
+** begin with *name instead.
+*/
+PRIVATE void tplt_xfer(name,in,out,lineno)
+char *name;
+FILE *in;
+FILE *out;
+int *lineno;
+{
+  int i, iStart;
+  char line[LINESIZE];
+  while( fgets(line,LINESIZE,in) && (line[0]!='%' || line[1]!='%') ){
+    (*lineno)++;
+    iStart = 0;
+    if( name ){
+      for(i=0; line[i]; i++){
+        if( line[i]=='P' && strncmp(&line[i],"Parse",5)==0
+          && (i==0 || !isalpha(line[i-1]))
+        ){
+          if( i>iStart ) fprintf(out,"%.*s",i-iStart,&line[iStart]);
+          fprintf(out,"%s",name);
+          i += 4;
+          iStart = i+1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    fprintf(out,"%s",&line[iStart]);
+  }
+}
+
+/* The next function finds the template file and opens it, returning
+** a pointer to the opened file. */
+PRIVATE FILE *tplt_open(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  static char templatename[] = "lempar.c";
+  char buf[1000];
+  FILE *in;
+  char *tpltname;
+  char *cp;
+
+  cp = strrchr(lemp->filename,'.');
+  if( cp ){
+    sprintf(buf,"%.*s.lt",(int)(cp-lemp->filename),lemp->filename);
+  }else{
+    sprintf(buf,"%s.lt",lemp->filename);
+  }
+  if( access(buf,004)==0 ){
+    tpltname = buf;
+  }else if( access(templatename,004)==0 ){
+    tpltname = templatename;
+  }else{
+    tpltname = pathsearch(lemp->argv0,templatename,0);
+  }
+  if( tpltname==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Can't find the parser driver template file \"%s\".\n",
+    templatename);
+    lemp->errorcnt++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  in = fopen(tpltname,"rb");
+  if( in==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Can't open the template file \"%s\".\n",templatename);
+    lemp->errorcnt++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return in;
+}
+
+/* Print a #line directive line to the output file. */
+PRIVATE void tplt_linedir(out,lineno,filename)
+FILE *out;
+int lineno;
+char *filename;
+{
+  fprintf(out,"#line %d \"",lineno);
+  while( *filename ){
+    if( *filename == '\\' ) putc('\\',out);
+    putc(*filename,out);
+    filename++;
+  }
+  fprintf(out,"\"\n");
+}
+
+/* Print a string to the file and keep the linenumber up to date */
+PRIVATE void tplt_print(out,lemp,str,strln,lineno)
+FILE *out;
+struct lemon *lemp;
+char *str;
+int strln;
+int *lineno;
+{
+  if( str==0 ) return;
+  tplt_linedir(out,strln,lemp->filename);
+  (*lineno)++;
+  while( *str ){
+    if( *str=='\n' ) (*lineno)++;
+    putc(*str,out);
+    str++;
+  }
+  if( str[-1]!='\n' ){
+    putc('\n',out);
+    (*lineno)++;
+  }
+  tplt_linedir(out,*lineno+2,lemp->outname); 
+  (*lineno)+=2;
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine emits code for the destructor for the
+** symbol sp
+*/
+void emit_destructor_code(out,sp,lemp,lineno)
+FILE *out;
+struct symbol *sp;
+struct lemon *lemp;
+int *lineno;
+{
+ char *cp = 0;
+
+ int linecnt = 0;
+ if( sp->type==TERMINAL ){
+   cp = lemp->tokendest;
+   if( cp==0 ) return;
+   tplt_linedir(out,lemp->tokendestln,lemp->filename);
+   fprintf(out,"{");
+ }else if( sp->destructor ){
+   cp = sp->destructor;
+   tplt_linedir(out,sp->destructorln,lemp->filename);
+   fprintf(out,"{");
+ }else if( lemp->vardest ){
+   cp = lemp->vardest;
+   if( cp==0 ) return;
+   tplt_linedir(out,lemp->vardestln,lemp->filename);
+   fprintf(out,"{");
+ }else{
+   assert( 0 );  /* Cannot happen */
+ }
+ for(; *cp; cp++){
+   if( *cp=='$' && cp[1]=='$' ){
+     fprintf(out,"(yypminor->yy%d)",sp->dtnum);
+     cp++;
+     continue;
+   }
+   if( *cp=='\n' ) linecnt++;
+   fputc(*cp,out);
+ }
+ (*lineno) += 3 + linecnt;
+ fprintf(out,"}\n");
+ tplt_linedir(out,*lineno,lemp->outname);
+ return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) if the given symbol has a destructor.
+*/
+int has_destructor(sp, lemp)
+struct symbol *sp;
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  int ret;
+  if( sp->type==TERMINAL ){
+    ret = lemp->tokendest!=0;
+  }else{
+    ret = lemp->vardest!=0 || sp->destructor!=0;
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append text to a dynamically allocated string.  If zText is 0 then
+** reset the string to be empty again.  Always return the complete text
+** of the string (which is overwritten with each call).
+**
+** n bytes of zText are stored.  If n==0 then all of zText up to the first
+** \000 terminator is stored.  zText can contain up to two instances of
+** %d.  The values of p1 and p2 are written into the first and second
+** %d.
+**
+** If n==-1, then the previous character is overwritten.
+*/
+PRIVATE char *append_str(char *zText, int n, int p1, int p2){
+  static char *z = 0;
+  static int alloced = 0;
+  static int used = 0;
+  int c;
+  char zInt[40];
+
+  if( zText==0 ){
+    used = 0;
+    return z;
+  }
+  if( n<=0 ){
+    if( n<0 ){
+      used += n;
+      assert( used>=0 );
+    }
+    n = strlen(zText);
+  }
+  if( n+sizeof(zInt)*2+used >= alloced ){
+    alloced = n + sizeof(zInt)*2 + used + 200;
+    z = realloc(z,  alloced);
+  }
+  if( z==0 ) return "";
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    c = *(zText++);
+    if( c=='%' && zText[0]=='d' ){
+      sprintf(zInt, "%d", p1);
+      p1 = p2;
+      strcpy(&z[used], zInt);
+      used += strlen(&z[used]);
+      zText++;
+      n--;
+    }else{
+      z[used++] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  z[used] = 0;
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** zCode is a string that is the action associated with a rule.  Expand
+** the symbols in this string so that the refer to elements of the parser
+** stack.
+*/
+PRIVATE void translate_code(struct lemon *lemp, struct rule *rp){
+  char *cp, *xp;
+  int i;
+  char lhsused = 0;    /* True if the LHS element has been used */
+  char used[MAXRHS];   /* True for each RHS element which is used */
+
+  for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++) used[i] = 0;
+  lhsused = 0;
+
+  append_str(0,0,0,0);
+  for(cp=rp->code; *cp; cp++){
+    if( isalpha(*cp) && (cp==rp->code || (!isalnum(cp[-1]) && cp[-1]!='_')) ){
+      char saved;
+      for(xp= &cp[1]; isalnum(*xp) || *xp=='_'; xp++);
+      saved = *xp;
+      *xp = 0;
+      if( rp->lhsalias && strcmp(cp,rp->lhsalias)==0 ){
+        append_str("yygotominor.yy%d",0,rp->lhs->dtnum,0);
+        cp = xp;
+        lhsused = 1;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+          if( rp->rhsalias[i] && strcmp(cp,rp->rhsalias[i])==0 ){
+            if( cp!=rp->code && cp[-1]=='@' ){
+              /* If the argument is of the form @X then substituted
+              ** the token number of X, not the value of X */
+              append_str("yymsp[%d].major",-1,i-rp->nrhs+1,0);
+            }else{
+              append_str("yymsp[%d].minor.yy%d",0,
+                         i-rp->nrhs+1,rp->rhs[i]->dtnum);
+            }
+            cp = xp;
+            used[i] = 1;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      *xp = saved;
+    }
+    append_str(cp, 1, 0, 0);
+  } /* End loop */
+
+  /* Check to make sure the LHS has been used */
+  if( rp->lhsalias && !lhsused ){
+    ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,rp->ruleline,
+      "Label \"%s\" for \"%s(%s)\" is never used.",
+        rp->lhsalias,rp->lhs->name,rp->lhsalias);
+    lemp->errorcnt++;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate destructor code for RHS symbols which are not used in the
+  ** reduce code */
+  for(i=0; i<rp->nrhs; i++){
+    if( rp->rhsalias[i] && !used[i] ){
+      ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,rp->ruleline,
+        "Label %s for \"%s(%s)\" is never used.",
+        rp->rhsalias[i],rp->rhs[i]->name,rp->rhsalias[i]);
+      lemp->errorcnt++;
+    }else if( rp->rhsalias[i]==0 ){
+      if( has_destructor(rp->rhs[i],lemp) ){
+        append_str("  yy_destructor(%d,&yymsp[%d].minor);\n", 0,
+           rp->rhs[i]->index,i-rp->nrhs+1);
+      }else{
+        /* No destructor defined for this term */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  cp = append_str(0,0,0,0);
+  rp->code = Strsafe(cp);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Generate code which executes when the rule "rp" is reduced.  Write
+** the code to "out".  Make sure lineno stays up-to-date.
+*/
+PRIVATE void emit_code(out,rp,lemp,lineno)
+FILE *out;
+struct rule *rp;
+struct lemon *lemp;
+int *lineno;
+{
+ char *cp;
+ int linecnt = 0;
+
+ /* Generate code to do the reduce action */
+ if( rp->code ){
+   tplt_linedir(out,rp->line,lemp->filename);
+   fprintf(out,"{%s",rp->code);
+   for(cp=rp->code; *cp; cp++){
+     if( *cp=='\n' ) linecnt++;
+   } /* End loop */
+   (*lineno) += 3 + linecnt;
+   fprintf(out,"}\n");
+   tplt_linedir(out,*lineno,lemp->outname);
+ } /* End if( rp->code ) */
+
+ return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the definition of the union used for the parser's data stack.
+** This union contains fields for every possible data type for tokens
+** and nonterminals.  In the process of computing and printing this
+** union, also set the ".dtnum" field of every terminal and nonterminal
+** symbol.
+*/
+void print_stack_union(out,lemp,plineno,mhflag)
+FILE *out;                  /* The output stream */
+struct lemon *lemp;         /* The main info structure for this parser */
+int *plineno;               /* Pointer to the line number */
+int mhflag;                 /* True if generating makeheaders output */
+{
+  int lineno = *plineno;    /* The line number of the output */
+  char **types;             /* A hash table of datatypes */
+  int arraysize;            /* Size of the "types" array */
+  int maxdtlength;          /* Maximum length of any ".datatype" field. */
+  char *stddt;              /* Standardized name for a datatype */
+  int i,j;                  /* Loop counters */
+  int hash;                 /* For hashing the name of a type */
+  char *name;               /* Name of the parser */
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize types[] and allocate stddt[] */
+  arraysize = lemp->nsymbol * 2;
+  types = (char**)malloc( arraysize * sizeof(char*) );
+  for(i=0; i<arraysize; i++) types[i] = 0;
+  maxdtlength = 0;
+  if( lemp->vartype ){
+    maxdtlength = strlen(lemp->vartype);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    int len;
+    struct symbol *sp = lemp->symbols[i];
+    if( sp->datatype==0 ) continue;
+    len = strlen(sp->datatype);
+    if( len>maxdtlength ) maxdtlength = len;
+  }
+  stddt = (char*)malloc( maxdtlength*2 + 1 );
+  if( types==0 || stddt==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory.\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+
+  /* Build a hash table of datatypes. The ".dtnum" field of each symbol
+  ** is filled in with the hash index plus 1.  A ".dtnum" value of 0 is
+  ** used for terminal symbols.  If there is no %default_type defined then
+  ** 0 is also used as the .dtnum value for nonterminals which do not specify
+  ** a datatype using the %type directive.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    struct symbol *sp = lemp->symbols[i];
+    char *cp;
+    if( sp==lemp->errsym ){
+      sp->dtnum = arraysize+1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( sp->type!=NONTERMINAL || (sp->datatype==0 && lemp->vartype==0) ){
+      sp->dtnum = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    cp = sp->datatype;
+    if( cp==0 ) cp = lemp->vartype;
+    j = 0;
+    while( isspace(*cp) ) cp++;
+    while( *cp ) stddt[j++] = *cp++;
+    while( j>0 && isspace(stddt[j-1]) ) j--;
+    stddt[j] = 0;
+    hash = 0;
+    for(j=0; stddt[j]; j++){
+      hash = hash*53 + stddt[j];
+    }
+    hash = (hash & 0x7fffffff)%arraysize;
+    while( types[hash] ){
+      if( strcmp(types[hash],stddt)==0 ){
+        sp->dtnum = hash + 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      hash++;
+      if( hash>=arraysize ) hash = 0;
+    }
+    if( types[hash]==0 ){
+      sp->dtnum = hash + 1;
+      types[hash] = (char*)malloc( strlen(stddt)+1 );
+      if( types[hash]==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory.\n");
+        exit(1);
+      }
+      strcpy(types[hash],stddt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Print out the definition of YYTOKENTYPE and YYMINORTYPE */
+  name = lemp->name ? lemp->name : "Parse";
+  lineno = *plineno;
+  if( mhflag ){ fprintf(out,"#if INTERFACE\n"); lineno++; }
+  fprintf(out,"#define %sTOKENTYPE %s\n",name,
+    lemp->tokentype?lemp->tokentype:"void*");  lineno++;
+  if( mhflag ){ fprintf(out,"#endif\n"); lineno++; }
+  fprintf(out,"typedef union {\n"); lineno++;
+  fprintf(out,"  %sTOKENTYPE yy0;\n",name); lineno++;
+  for(i=0; i<arraysize; i++){
+    if( types[i]==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out,"  %s yy%d;\n",types[i],i+1); lineno++;
+    free(types[i]);
+  }
+  fprintf(out,"  int yy%d;\n",lemp->errsym->dtnum); lineno++;
+  free(stddt);
+  free(types);
+  fprintf(out,"} YYMINORTYPE;\n"); lineno++;
+  *plineno = lineno;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a C datatype able to represent values between
+** lwr and upr, inclusive.
+*/
+static const char *minimum_size_type(int lwr, int upr){
+  if( lwr>=0 ){
+    if( upr<=255 ){
+      return "unsigned char";
+    }else if( upr<65535 ){
+      return "unsigned short int";
+    }else{
+      return "unsigned int";
+    }
+  }else if( lwr>=-127 && upr<=127 ){
+    return "signed char";
+  }else if( lwr>=-32767 && upr<32767 ){
+    return "short";
+  }else{
+    return "int";
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Each state contains a set of token transaction and a set of
+** nonterminal transactions.  Each of these sets makes an instance
+** of the following structure.  An array of these structures is used
+** to order the creation of entries in the yy_action[] table.
+*/
+struct axset {
+  struct state *stp;   /* A pointer to a state */
+  int isTkn;           /* True to use tokens.  False for non-terminals */
+  int nAction;         /* Number of actions */
+};
+
+/*
+** Compare to axset structures for sorting purposes
+*/
+static int axset_compare(const void *a, const void *b){
+  struct axset *p1 = (struct axset*)a;
+  struct axset *p2 = (struct axset*)b;
+  return p2->nAction - p1->nAction;
+}
+
+/* Generate C source code for the parser */
+void ReportTable(lemp, mhflag)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+int mhflag;     /* Output in makeheaders format if true */
+{
+  FILE *out, *in;
+  char line[LINESIZE];
+  int  lineno;
+  struct state *stp;
+  struct action *ap;
+  struct rule *rp;
+  struct acttab *pActtab;
+  int i, j, n;
+  char *name;
+  int mnTknOfst, mxTknOfst;
+  int mnNtOfst, mxNtOfst;
+  struct axset *ax;
+
+  in = tplt_open(lemp);
+  if( in==0 ) return;
+  out = file_open(lemp,".c","wb");
+  if( out==0 ){
+    fclose(in);
+    return;
+  }
+  lineno = 1;
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate the include code, if any */
+  tplt_print(out,lemp,lemp->include,lemp->includeln,&lineno);
+  if( mhflag ){
+    char *name = file_makename(lemp, ".h");
+    fprintf(out,"#include \"%s\"\n", name); lineno++;
+    free(name);
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate #defines for all tokens */
+  if( mhflag ){
+    char *prefix;
+    fprintf(out,"#if INTERFACE\n"); lineno++;
+    if( lemp->tokenprefix ) prefix = lemp->tokenprefix;
+    else                    prefix = "";
+    for(i=1; i<lemp->nterminal; i++){
+      fprintf(out,"#define %s%-30s %2d\n",prefix,lemp->symbols[i]->name,i);
+      lineno++;
+    }
+    fprintf(out,"#endif\n"); lineno++;
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate the defines */
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYCODETYPE %s\n",
+    minimum_size_type(0, lemp->nsymbol+5)); lineno++;
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYNOCODE %d\n",lemp->nsymbol+1);  lineno++;
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYACTIONTYPE %s\n",
+    minimum_size_type(0, lemp->nstate+lemp->nrule+5));  lineno++;
+  print_stack_union(out,lemp,&lineno,mhflag);
+  if( lemp->stacksize ){
+    if( atoi(lemp->stacksize)<=0 ){
+      ErrorMsg(lemp->filename,0,
+"Illegal stack size: [%s].  The stack size should be an integer constant.",
+        lemp->stacksize);
+      lemp->errorcnt++;
+      lemp->stacksize = "100";
+    }
+    fprintf(out,"#define YYSTACKDEPTH %s\n",lemp->stacksize);  lineno++;
+  }else{
+    fprintf(out,"#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100\n");  lineno++;
+  }
+  if( mhflag ){
+    fprintf(out,"#if INTERFACE\n"); lineno++;
+  }
+  name = lemp->name ? lemp->name : "Parse";
+  if( lemp->arg && lemp->arg[0] ){
+    int i;
+    i = strlen(lemp->arg);
+    while( i>=1 && isspace(lemp->arg[i-1]) ) i--;
+    while( i>=1 && (isalnum(lemp->arg[i-1]) || lemp->arg[i-1]=='_') ) i--;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_SDECL %s;\n",name,lemp->arg);  lineno++;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_PDECL ,%s\n",name,lemp->arg);  lineno++;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_FETCH %s = yypParser->%s\n",
+                 name,lemp->arg,&lemp->arg[i]);  lineno++;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_STORE yypParser->%s = %s\n",
+                 name,&lemp->arg[i],&lemp->arg[i]);  lineno++;
+  }else{
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_SDECL\n",name);  lineno++;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_PDECL\n",name);  lineno++;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_FETCH\n",name); lineno++;
+    fprintf(out,"#define %sARG_STORE\n",name); lineno++;
+  }
+  if( mhflag ){
+    fprintf(out,"#endif\n"); lineno++;
+  }
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYNSTATE %d\n",lemp->nstate);  lineno++;
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYNRULE %d\n",lemp->nrule);  lineno++;
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYERRORSYMBOL %d\n",lemp->errsym->index);  lineno++;
+  fprintf(out,"#define YYERRSYMDT yy%d\n",lemp->errsym->dtnum);  lineno++;
+  if( lemp->has_fallback ){
+    fprintf(out,"#define YYFALLBACK 1\n");  lineno++;
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate the action table and its associates:
+  **
+  **  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+  **  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+  **                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+  **  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+  **                     shifting terminals.
+  **  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+  **                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+  **  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+  */
+
+  /* Compute the actions on all states and count them up */
+  ax = malloc( sizeof(ax[0])*lemp->nstate*2 );
+  if( ax==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"malloc failed\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    stp->nTknAct = stp->nNtAct = 0;
+    stp->iDflt = lemp->nstate + lemp->nrule;
+    stp->iTknOfst = NO_OFFSET;
+    stp->iNtOfst = NO_OFFSET;
+    for(ap=stp->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+      if( compute_action(lemp,ap)>=0 ){
+        if( ap->sp->index<lemp->nterminal ){
+          stp->nTknAct++;
+        }else if( ap->sp->index<lemp->nsymbol ){
+          stp->nNtAct++;
+        }else{
+          stp->iDflt = compute_action(lemp, ap);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    ax[i*2].stp = stp;
+    ax[i*2].isTkn = 1;
+    ax[i*2].nAction = stp->nTknAct;
+    ax[i*2+1].stp = stp;
+    ax[i*2+1].isTkn = 0;
+    ax[i*2+1].nAction = stp->nNtAct;
+  }
+  mxTknOfst = mnTknOfst = 0;
+  mxNtOfst = mnNtOfst = 0;
+
+  /* Compute the action table.  In order to try to keep the size of the
+  ** action table to a minimum, the heuristic of placing the largest action
+  ** sets first is used.
+  */
+  qsort(ax, lemp->nstate*2, sizeof(ax[0]), axset_compare);
+  pActtab = acttab_alloc();
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate*2 && ax[i].nAction>0; i++){
+    stp = ax[i].stp;
+    if( ax[i].isTkn ){
+      for(ap=stp->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+        int action;
+        if( ap->sp->index>=lemp->nterminal ) continue;
+        action = compute_action(lemp, ap);
+        if( action<0 ) continue;
+        acttab_action(pActtab, ap->sp->index, action);
+      }
+      stp->iTknOfst = acttab_insert(pActtab);
+      if( stp->iTknOfst<mnTknOfst ) mnTknOfst = stp->iTknOfst;
+      if( stp->iTknOfst>mxTknOfst ) mxTknOfst = stp->iTknOfst;
+    }else{
+      for(ap=stp->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+        int action;
+        if( ap->sp->index<lemp->nterminal ) continue;
+        if( ap->sp->index==lemp->nsymbol ) continue;
+        action = compute_action(lemp, ap);
+        if( action<0 ) continue;
+        acttab_action(pActtab, ap->sp->index, action);
+      }
+      stp->iNtOfst = acttab_insert(pActtab);
+      if( stp->iNtOfst<mnNtOfst ) mnNtOfst = stp->iNtOfst;
+      if( stp->iNtOfst>mxNtOfst ) mxNtOfst = stp->iNtOfst;
+    }
+  }
+  free(ax);
+
+  /* Output the yy_action table */
+  fprintf(out,"static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {\n"); lineno++;
+  n = acttab_size(pActtab);
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    int action = acttab_yyaction(pActtab, i);
+    if( action<0 ) action = lemp->nsymbol + lemp->nrule + 2;
+    if( j==0 ) fprintf(out," /* %5d */ ", i);
+    fprintf(out, " %4d,", action);
+    if( j==9 || i==n-1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "\n"); lineno++;
+      j = 0;
+    }else{
+      j++;
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "};\n"); lineno++;
+
+  /* Output the yy_lookahead table */
+  fprintf(out,"static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {\n"); lineno++;
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    int la = acttab_yylookahead(pActtab, i);
+    if( la<0 ) la = lemp->nsymbol;
+    if( j==0 ) fprintf(out," /* %5d */ ", i);
+    fprintf(out, " %4d,", la);
+    if( j==9 || i==n-1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "\n"); lineno++;
+      j = 0;
+    }else{
+      j++;
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "};\n"); lineno++;
+
+  /* Output the yy_shift_ofst[] table */
+  fprintf(out, "#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (%d)\n", mnTknOfst-1); lineno++;
+  fprintf(out, "static const %s yy_shift_ofst[] = {\n", 
+          minimum_size_type(mnTknOfst-1, mxTknOfst)); lineno++;
+  n = lemp->nstate;
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    int ofst;
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    ofst = stp->iTknOfst;
+    if( ofst==NO_OFFSET ) ofst = mnTknOfst - 1;
+    if( j==0 ) fprintf(out," /* %5d */ ", i);
+    fprintf(out, " %4d,", ofst);
+    if( j==9 || i==n-1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "\n"); lineno++;
+      j = 0;
+    }else{
+      j++;
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "};\n"); lineno++;
+
+  /* Output the yy_reduce_ofst[] table */
+  fprintf(out, "#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (%d)\n", mnNtOfst-1); lineno++;
+  fprintf(out, "static const %s yy_reduce_ofst[] = {\n", 
+          minimum_size_type(mnNtOfst-1, mxNtOfst)); lineno++;
+  n = lemp->nstate;
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    int ofst;
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    ofst = stp->iNtOfst;
+    if( ofst==NO_OFFSET ) ofst = mnNtOfst - 1;
+    if( j==0 ) fprintf(out," /* %5d */ ", i);
+    fprintf(out, " %4d,", ofst);
+    if( j==9 || i==n-1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "\n"); lineno++;
+      j = 0;
+    }else{
+      j++;
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "};\n"); lineno++;
+
+  /* Output the default action table */
+  fprintf(out, "static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {\n"); lineno++;
+  n = lemp->nstate;
+  for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    if( j==0 ) fprintf(out," /* %5d */ ", i);
+    fprintf(out, " %4d,", stp->iDflt);
+    if( j==9 || i==n-1 ){
+      fprintf(out, "\n"); lineno++;
+      j = 0;
+    }else{
+      j++;
+    }
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "};\n"); lineno++;
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate the table of fallback tokens.
+  */
+  if( lemp->has_fallback ){
+    for(i=0; i<lemp->nterminal; i++){
+      struct symbol *p = lemp->symbols[i];
+      if( p->fallback==0 ){
+        fprintf(out, "    0,  /* %10s => nothing */\n", p->name);
+      }else{
+        fprintf(out, "  %3d,  /* %10s => %s */\n", p->fallback->index,
+          p->name, p->fallback->name);
+      }
+      lineno++;
+    }
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name, in, out, &lineno);
+
+  /* Generate a table containing the symbolic name of every symbol
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    sprintf(line,"\"%s\",",lemp->symbols[i]->name);
+    fprintf(out,"  %-15s",line);
+    if( (i&3)==3 ){ fprintf(out,"\n"); lineno++; }
+  }
+  if( (i&3)!=0 ){ fprintf(out,"\n"); lineno++; }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate a table containing a text string that describes every
+  ** rule in the rule set of the grammer.  This information is used
+  ** when tracing REDUCE actions.
+  */
+  for(i=0, rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next, i++){
+    assert( rp->index==i );
+    fprintf(out," /* %3d */ \"%s ::=", i, rp->lhs->name);
+    for(j=0; j<rp->nrhs; j++) fprintf(out," %s",rp->rhs[j]->name);
+    fprintf(out,"\",\n"); lineno++;
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate code which executes every time a symbol is popped from
+  ** the stack while processing errors or while destroying the parser. 
+  ** (In other words, generate the %destructor actions)
+  */
+  if( lemp->tokendest ){
+    for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+      struct symbol *sp = lemp->symbols[i];
+      if( sp==0 || sp->type!=TERMINAL ) continue;
+      fprintf(out,"    case %d:\n",sp->index); lineno++;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol && lemp->symbols[i]->type!=TERMINAL; i++);
+    if( i<lemp->nsymbol ){
+      emit_destructor_code(out,lemp->symbols[i],lemp,&lineno);
+      fprintf(out,"      break;\n"); lineno++;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+    struct symbol *sp = lemp->symbols[i];
+    if( sp==0 || sp->type==TERMINAL || sp->destructor==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out,"    case %d:\n",sp->index); lineno++;
+
+    /* Combine duplicate destructors into a single case */
+    for(j=i+1; j<lemp->nsymbol; j++){
+      struct symbol *sp2 = lemp->symbols[j];
+      if( sp2 && sp2->type!=TERMINAL && sp2->destructor
+          && sp2->dtnum==sp->dtnum
+          && strcmp(sp->destructor,sp2->destructor)==0 ){
+         fprintf(out,"    case %d:\n",sp2->index); lineno++;
+         sp2->destructor = 0;
+      }
+    }
+
+    emit_destructor_code(out,lemp->symbols[i],lemp,&lineno);
+    fprintf(out,"      break;\n"); lineno++;
+  }
+  if( lemp->vardest ){
+    struct symbol *dflt_sp = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<lemp->nsymbol; i++){
+      struct symbol *sp = lemp->symbols[i];
+      if( sp==0 || sp->type==TERMINAL ||
+          sp->index<=0 || sp->destructor!=0 ) continue;
+      fprintf(out,"    case %d:\n",sp->index); lineno++;
+      dflt_sp = sp;
+    }
+    if( dflt_sp!=0 ){
+      emit_destructor_code(out,dflt_sp,lemp,&lineno);
+      fprintf(out,"      break;\n"); lineno++;
+    }
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate code which executes whenever the parser stack overflows */
+  tplt_print(out,lemp,lemp->overflow,lemp->overflowln,&lineno);
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate the table of rule information 
+  **
+  ** Note: This code depends on the fact that rules are number
+  ** sequentually beginning with 0.
+  */
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    fprintf(out,"  { %d, %d },\n",rp->lhs->index,rp->nrhs); lineno++;
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate code which execution during each REDUCE action */
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    if( rp->code ) translate_code(lemp, rp);
+  }
+  for(rp=lemp->rule; rp; rp=rp->next){
+    struct rule *rp2;
+    if( rp->code==0 ) continue;
+    fprintf(out,"      case %d:\n",rp->index); lineno++;
+    for(rp2=rp->next; rp2; rp2=rp2->next){
+      if( rp2->code==rp->code ){
+        fprintf(out,"      case %d:\n",rp2->index); lineno++;
+        rp2->code = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    emit_code(out,rp,lemp,&lineno);
+    fprintf(out,"        break;\n"); lineno++;
+  }
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate code which executes if a parse fails */
+  tplt_print(out,lemp,lemp->failure,lemp->failureln,&lineno);
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate code which executes when a syntax error occurs */
+  tplt_print(out,lemp,lemp->error,lemp->errorln,&lineno);
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Generate code which executes when the parser accepts its input */
+  tplt_print(out,lemp,lemp->accept,lemp->acceptln,&lineno);
+  tplt_xfer(lemp->name,in,out,&lineno);
+
+  /* Append any addition code the user desires */
+  tplt_print(out,lemp,lemp->extracode,lemp->extracodeln,&lineno);
+
+  fclose(in);
+  fclose(out);
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Generate a header file for the parser */
+void ReportHeader(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  FILE *out, *in;
+  char *prefix;
+  char line[LINESIZE];
+  char pattern[LINESIZE];
+  int i;
+
+  if( lemp->tokenprefix ) prefix = lemp->tokenprefix;
+  else                    prefix = "";
+  in = file_open(lemp,".h","rb");
+  if( in ){
+    for(i=1; i<lemp->nterminal && fgets(line,LINESIZE,in); i++){
+      sprintf(pattern,"#define %s%-30s %2d\n",prefix,lemp->symbols[i]->name,i);
+      if( strcmp(line,pattern) ) break;
+    }
+    fclose(in);
+    if( i==lemp->nterminal ){
+      /* No change in the file.  Don't rewrite it. */
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  out = file_open(lemp,".h","wb");
+  if( out ){
+    for(i=1; i<lemp->nterminal; i++){
+      fprintf(out,"#define %s%-30s %2d\n",prefix,lemp->symbols[i]->name,i);
+    }
+    fclose(out);  
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/* Reduce the size of the action tables, if possible, by making use
+** of defaults.
+**
+** In this version, we take the most frequent REDUCE action and make
+** it the default.  Only default a reduce if there are more than one.
+*/
+void CompressTables(lemp)
+struct lemon *lemp;
+{
+  struct state *stp;
+  struct action *ap, *ap2;
+  struct rule *rp, *rp2, *rbest;
+  int nbest, n;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<lemp->nstate; i++){
+    stp = lemp->sorted[i];
+    nbest = 0;
+    rbest = 0;
+
+    for(ap=stp->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+      if( ap->type!=REDUCE ) continue;
+      rp = ap->x.rp;
+      if( rp==rbest ) continue;
+      n = 1;
+      for(ap2=ap->next; ap2; ap2=ap2->next){
+        if( ap2->type!=REDUCE ) continue;
+        rp2 = ap2->x.rp;
+        if( rp2==rbest ) continue;
+        if( rp2==rp ) n++;
+      }
+      if( n>nbest ){
+        nbest = n;
+        rbest = rp;
+      }
+    }
+ 
+    /* Do not make a default if the number of rules to default
+    ** is not at least 2 */
+    if( nbest<2 ) continue;
+
+
+    /* Combine matching REDUCE actions into a single default */
+    for(ap=stp->ap; ap; ap=ap->next){
+      if( ap->type==REDUCE && ap->x.rp==rbest ) break;
+    }
+    assert( ap );
+    ap->sp = Symbol_new("{default}");
+    for(ap=ap->next; ap; ap=ap->next){
+      if( ap->type==REDUCE && ap->x.rp==rbest ) ap->type = NOT_USED;
+    }
+    stp->ap = Action_sort(stp->ap);
+  }
+}
+
+/***************** From the file "set.c" ************************************/
+/*
+** Set manipulation routines for the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+static int size = 0;
+
+/* Set the set size */
+void SetSize(n)
+int n;
+{
+  size = n+1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new set */
+char *SetNew(){
+  char *s;
+  int i;
+  s = (char*)malloc( size );
+  if( s==0 ){
+    extern void memory_error();
+    memory_error();
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<size; i++) s[i] = 0;
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* Deallocate a set */
+void SetFree(s)
+char *s;
+{
+  free(s);
+}
+
+/* Add a new element to the set.  Return TRUE if the element was added
+** and FALSE if it was already there. */
+int SetAdd(s,e)
+char *s;
+int e;
+{
+  int rv;
+  rv = s[e];
+  s[e] = 1;
+  return !rv;
+}
+
+/* Add every element of s2 to s1.  Return TRUE if s1 changes. */
+int SetUnion(s1,s2)
+char *s1;
+char *s2;
+{
+  int i, progress;
+  progress = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<size; i++){
+    if( s2[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( s1[i]==0 ){
+      progress = 1;
+      s1[i] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return progress;
+}
+/********************** From the file "table.c" ****************************/
+/*
+** All code in this file has been automatically generated
+** from a specification in the file
+**              "table.q"
+** by the associative array code building program "aagen".
+** Do not edit this file!  Instead, edit the specification
+** file, then rerun aagen.
+*/
+/*
+** Code for processing tables in the LEMON parser generator.
+*/
+
+PRIVATE int strhash(x)
+char *x;
+{
+  int h = 0;
+  while( *x) h = h*13 + *(x++);
+  return h;
+}
+
+/* Works like strdup, sort of.  Save a string in malloced memory, but
+** keep strings in a table so that the same string is not in more
+** than one place.
+*/
+char *Strsafe(y)
+char *y;
+{
+  char *z;
+
+  z = Strsafe_find(y);
+  if( z==0 && (z=malloc( strlen(y)+1 ))!=0 ){
+    strcpy(z,y);
+    Strsafe_insert(z);
+  }
+  MemoryCheck(z);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/* There is one instance of the following structure for each
+** associative array of type "x1".
+*/
+struct s_x1 {
+  int size;               /* The number of available slots. */
+                          /*   Must be a power of 2 greater than or */
+                          /*   equal to 1 */
+  int count;              /* Number of currently slots filled */
+  struct s_x1node *tbl;  /* The data stored here */
+  struct s_x1node **ht;  /* Hash table for lookups */
+};
+
+/* There is one instance of this structure for every data element
+** in an associative array of type "x1".
+*/
+typedef struct s_x1node {
+  char *data;                  /* The data */
+  struct s_x1node *next;   /* Next entry with the same hash */
+  struct s_x1node **from;  /* Previous link */
+} x1node;
+
+/* There is only one instance of the array, which is the following */
+static struct s_x1 *x1a;
+
+/* Allocate a new associative array */
+void Strsafe_init(){
+  if( x1a ) return;
+  x1a = (struct s_x1*)malloc( sizeof(struct s_x1) );
+  if( x1a ){
+    x1a->size = 1024;
+    x1a->count = 0;
+    x1a->tbl = (x1node*)malloc( 
+      (sizeof(x1node) + sizeof(x1node*))*1024 );
+    if( x1a->tbl==0 ){
+      free(x1a);
+      x1a = 0;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      x1a->ht = (x1node**)&(x1a->tbl[1024]);
+      for(i=0; i<1024; i++) x1a->ht[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/* Insert a new record into the array.  Return TRUE if successful.
+** Prior data with the same key is NOT overwritten */
+int Strsafe_insert(data)
+char *data;
+{
+  x1node *np;
+  int h;
+  int ph;
+
+  if( x1a==0 ) return 0;
+  ph = strhash(data);
+  h = ph & (x1a->size-1);
+  np = x1a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( strcmp(np->data,data)==0 ){
+      /* An existing entry with the same key is found. */
+      /* Fail because overwrite is not allows. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  if( x1a->count>=x1a->size ){
+    /* Need to make the hash table bigger */
+    int i,size;
+    struct s_x1 array;
+    array.size = size = x1a->size*2;
+    array.count = x1a->count;
+    array.tbl = (x1node*)malloc(
+      (sizeof(x1node) + sizeof(x1node*))*size );
+    if( array.tbl==0 ) return 0;  /* Fail due to malloc failure */
+    array.ht = (x1node**)&(array.tbl[size]);
+    for(i=0; i<size; i++) array.ht[i] = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<x1a->count; i++){
+      x1node *oldnp, *newnp;
+      oldnp = &(x1a->tbl[i]);
+      h = strhash(oldnp->data) & (size-1);
+      newnp = &(array.tbl[i]);
+      if( array.ht[h] ) array.ht[h]->from = &(newnp->next);
+      newnp->next = array.ht[h];
+      newnp->data = oldnp->data;
+      newnp->from = &(array.ht[h]);
+      array.ht[h] = newnp;
+    }
+    free(x1a->tbl);
+    *x1a = array;
+  }
+  /* Insert the new data */
+  h = ph & (x1a->size-1);
+  np = &(x1a->tbl[x1a->count++]);
+  np->data = data;
+  if( x1a->ht[h] ) x1a->ht[h]->from = &(np->next);
+  np->next = x1a->ht[h];
+  x1a->ht[h] = np;
+  np->from = &(x1a->ht[h]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to data assigned to the given key.  Return NULL
+** if no such key. */
+char *Strsafe_find(key)
+char *key;
+{
+  int h;
+  x1node *np;
+
+  if( x1a==0 ) return 0;
+  h = strhash(key) & (x1a->size-1);
+  np = x1a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( strcmp(np->data,key)==0 ) break;
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  return np ? np->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the (terminal or nonterminal) symbol "x".
+** Create a new symbol if this is the first time "x" has been seen.
+*/
+struct symbol *Symbol_new(x)
+char *x;
+{
+  struct symbol *sp;
+
+  sp = Symbol_find(x);
+  if( sp==0 ){
+    sp = (struct symbol *)malloc( sizeof(struct symbol) );
+    MemoryCheck(sp);
+    sp->name = Strsafe(x);
+    sp->type = isupper(*x) ? TERMINAL : NONTERMINAL;
+    sp->rule = 0;
+    sp->fallback = 0;
+    sp->prec = -1;
+    sp->assoc = UNK;
+    sp->firstset = 0;
+    sp->lambda = B_FALSE;
+    sp->destructor = 0;
+    sp->datatype = 0;
+    Symbol_insert(sp,sp->name);
+  }
+  return sp;
+}
+
+/* Compare two symbols for working purposes
+**
+** Symbols that begin with upper case letters (terminals or tokens)
+** must sort before symbols that begin with lower case letters
+** (non-terminals).  Other than that, the order does not matter.
+**
+** We find experimentally that leaving the symbols in their original
+** order (the order they appeared in the grammar file) gives the
+** smallest parser tables in SQLite.
+*/
+int Symbolcmpp(struct symbol **a, struct symbol **b){
+  int i1 = (**a).index + 10000000*((**a).name[0]>'Z');
+  int i2 = (**b).index + 10000000*((**b).name[0]>'Z');
+  return i1-i2;
+}
+
+/* There is one instance of the following structure for each
+** associative array of type "x2".
+*/
+struct s_x2 {
+  int size;               /* The number of available slots. */
+                          /*   Must be a power of 2 greater than or */
+                          /*   equal to 1 */
+  int count;              /* Number of currently slots filled */
+  struct s_x2node *tbl;  /* The data stored here */
+  struct s_x2node **ht;  /* Hash table for lookups */
+};
+
+/* There is one instance of this structure for every data element
+** in an associative array of type "x2".
+*/
+typedef struct s_x2node {
+  struct symbol *data;                  /* The data */
+  char *key;                   /* The key */
+  struct s_x2node *next;   /* Next entry with the same hash */
+  struct s_x2node **from;  /* Previous link */
+} x2node;
+
+/* There is only one instance of the array, which is the following */
+static struct s_x2 *x2a;
+
+/* Allocate a new associative array */
+void Symbol_init(){
+  if( x2a ) return;
+  x2a = (struct s_x2*)malloc( sizeof(struct s_x2) );
+  if( x2a ){
+    x2a->size = 128;
+    x2a->count = 0;
+    x2a->tbl = (x2node*)malloc( 
+      (sizeof(x2node) + sizeof(x2node*))*128 );
+    if( x2a->tbl==0 ){
+      free(x2a);
+      x2a = 0;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      x2a->ht = (x2node**)&(x2a->tbl[128]);
+      for(i=0; i<128; i++) x2a->ht[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/* Insert a new record into the array.  Return TRUE if successful.
+** Prior data with the same key is NOT overwritten */
+int Symbol_insert(data,key)
+struct symbol *data;
+char *key;
+{
+  x2node *np;
+  int h;
+  int ph;
+
+  if( x2a==0 ) return 0;
+  ph = strhash(key);
+  h = ph & (x2a->size-1);
+  np = x2a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( strcmp(np->key,key)==0 ){
+      /* An existing entry with the same key is found. */
+      /* Fail because overwrite is not allows. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  if( x2a->count>=x2a->size ){
+    /* Need to make the hash table bigger */
+    int i,size;
+    struct s_x2 array;
+    array.size = size = x2a->size*2;
+    array.count = x2a->count;
+    array.tbl = (x2node*)malloc(
+      (sizeof(x2node) + sizeof(x2node*))*size );
+    if( array.tbl==0 ) return 0;  /* Fail due to malloc failure */
+    array.ht = (x2node**)&(array.tbl[size]);
+    for(i=0; i<size; i++) array.ht[i] = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<x2a->count; i++){
+      x2node *oldnp, *newnp;
+      oldnp = &(x2a->tbl[i]);
+      h = strhash(oldnp->key) & (size-1);
+      newnp = &(array.tbl[i]);
+      if( array.ht[h] ) array.ht[h]->from = &(newnp->next);
+      newnp->next = array.ht[h];
+      newnp->key = oldnp->key;
+      newnp->data = oldnp->data;
+      newnp->from = &(array.ht[h]);
+      array.ht[h] = newnp;
+    }
+    free(x2a->tbl);
+    *x2a = array;
+  }
+  /* Insert the new data */
+  h = ph & (x2a->size-1);
+  np = &(x2a->tbl[x2a->count++]);
+  np->key = key;
+  np->data = data;
+  if( x2a->ht[h] ) x2a->ht[h]->from = &(np->next);
+  np->next = x2a->ht[h];
+  x2a->ht[h] = np;
+  np->from = &(x2a->ht[h]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to data assigned to the given key.  Return NULL
+** if no such key. */
+struct symbol *Symbol_find(key)
+char *key;
+{
+  int h;
+  x2node *np;
+
+  if( x2a==0 ) return 0;
+  h = strhash(key) & (x2a->size-1);
+  np = x2a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( strcmp(np->key,key)==0 ) break;
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  return np ? np->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Return the n-th data.  Return NULL if n is out of range. */
+struct symbol *Symbol_Nth(n)
+int n;
+{
+  struct symbol *data;
+  if( x2a && n>0 && n<=x2a->count ){
+    data = x2a->tbl[n-1].data;
+  }else{
+    data = 0;
+  }
+  return data;
+}
+
+/* Return the size of the array */
+int Symbol_count()
+{
+  return x2a ? x2a->count : 0;
+}
+
+/* Return an array of pointers to all data in the table.
+** The array is obtained from malloc.  Return NULL if memory allocation
+** problems, or if the array is empty. */
+struct symbol **Symbol_arrayof()
+{
+  struct symbol **array;
+  int i,size;
+  if( x2a==0 ) return 0;
+  size = x2a->count;
+  array = (struct symbol **)malloc( sizeof(struct symbol *)*size );
+  if( array ){
+    for(i=0; i<size; i++) array[i] = x2a->tbl[i].data;
+  }
+  return array;
+}
+
+/* Compare two configurations */
+int Configcmp(a,b)
+struct config *a;
+struct config *b;
+{
+  int x;
+  x = a->rp->index - b->rp->index;
+  if( x==0 ) x = a->dot - b->dot;
+  return x;
+}
+
+/* Compare two states */
+PRIVATE int statecmp(a,b)
+struct config *a;
+struct config *b;
+{
+  int rc;
+  for(rc=0; rc==0 && a && b;  a=a->bp, b=b->bp){
+    rc = a->rp->index - b->rp->index;
+    if( rc==0 ) rc = a->dot - b->dot;
+  }
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( a ) rc = 1;
+    if( b ) rc = -1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Hash a state */
+PRIVATE int statehash(a)
+struct config *a;
+{
+  int h=0;
+  while( a ){
+    h = h*571 + a->rp->index*37 + a->dot;
+    a = a->bp;
+  }
+  return h;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new state structure */
+struct state *State_new()
+{
+  struct state *new;
+  new = (struct state *)malloc( sizeof(struct state) );
+  MemoryCheck(new);
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* There is one instance of the following structure for each
+** associative array of type "x3".
+*/
+struct s_x3 {
+  int size;               /* The number of available slots. */
+                          /*   Must be a power of 2 greater than or */
+                          /*   equal to 1 */
+  int count;              /* Number of currently slots filled */
+  struct s_x3node *tbl;  /* The data stored here */
+  struct s_x3node **ht;  /* Hash table for lookups */
+};
+
+/* There is one instance of this structure for every data element
+** in an associative array of type "x3".
+*/
+typedef struct s_x3node {
+  struct state *data;                  /* The data */
+  struct config *key;                   /* The key */
+  struct s_x3node *next;   /* Next entry with the same hash */
+  struct s_x3node **from;  /* Previous link */
+} x3node;
+
+/* There is only one instance of the array, which is the following */
+static struct s_x3 *x3a;
+
+/* Allocate a new associative array */
+void State_init(){
+  if( x3a ) return;
+  x3a = (struct s_x3*)malloc( sizeof(struct s_x3) );
+  if( x3a ){
+    x3a->size = 128;
+    x3a->count = 0;
+    x3a->tbl = (x3node*)malloc( 
+      (sizeof(x3node) + sizeof(x3node*))*128 );
+    if( x3a->tbl==0 ){
+      free(x3a);
+      x3a = 0;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      x3a->ht = (x3node**)&(x3a->tbl[128]);
+      for(i=0; i<128; i++) x3a->ht[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/* Insert a new record into the array.  Return TRUE if successful.
+** Prior data with the same key is NOT overwritten */
+int State_insert(data,key)
+struct state *data;
+struct config *key;
+{
+  x3node *np;
+  int h;
+  int ph;
+
+  if( x3a==0 ) return 0;
+  ph = statehash(key);
+  h = ph & (x3a->size-1);
+  np = x3a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( statecmp(np->key,key)==0 ){
+      /* An existing entry with the same key is found. */
+      /* Fail because overwrite is not allows. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  if( x3a->count>=x3a->size ){
+    /* Need to make the hash table bigger */
+    int i,size;
+    struct s_x3 array;
+    array.size = size = x3a->size*2;
+    array.count = x3a->count;
+    array.tbl = (x3node*)malloc(
+      (sizeof(x3node) + sizeof(x3node*))*size );
+    if( array.tbl==0 ) return 0;  /* Fail due to malloc failure */
+    array.ht = (x3node**)&(array.tbl[size]);
+    for(i=0; i<size; i++) array.ht[i] = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<x3a->count; i++){
+      x3node *oldnp, *newnp;
+      oldnp = &(x3a->tbl[i]);
+      h = statehash(oldnp->key) & (size-1);
+      newnp = &(array.tbl[i]);
+      if( array.ht[h] ) array.ht[h]->from = &(newnp->next);
+      newnp->next = array.ht[h];
+      newnp->key = oldnp->key;
+      newnp->data = oldnp->data;
+      newnp->from = &(array.ht[h]);
+      array.ht[h] = newnp;
+    }
+    free(x3a->tbl);
+    *x3a = array;
+  }
+  /* Insert the new data */
+  h = ph & (x3a->size-1);
+  np = &(x3a->tbl[x3a->count++]);
+  np->key = key;
+  np->data = data;
+  if( x3a->ht[h] ) x3a->ht[h]->from = &(np->next);
+  np->next = x3a->ht[h];
+  x3a->ht[h] = np;
+  np->from = &(x3a->ht[h]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to data assigned to the given key.  Return NULL
+** if no such key. */
+struct state *State_find(key)
+struct config *key;
+{
+  int h;
+  x3node *np;
+
+  if( x3a==0 ) return 0;
+  h = statehash(key) & (x3a->size-1);
+  np = x3a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( statecmp(np->key,key)==0 ) break;
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  return np ? np->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Return an array of pointers to all data in the table.
+** The array is obtained from malloc.  Return NULL if memory allocation
+** problems, or if the array is empty. */
+struct state **State_arrayof()
+{
+  struct state **array;
+  int i,size;
+  if( x3a==0 ) return 0;
+  size = x3a->count;
+  array = (struct state **)malloc( sizeof(struct state *)*size );
+  if( array ){
+    for(i=0; i<size; i++) array[i] = x3a->tbl[i].data;
+  }
+  return array;
+}
+
+/* Hash a configuration */
+PRIVATE int confighash(a)
+struct config *a;
+{
+  int h=0;
+  h = h*571 + a->rp->index*37 + a->dot;
+  return h;
+}
+
+/* There is one instance of the following structure for each
+** associative array of type "x4".
+*/
+struct s_x4 {
+  int size;               /* The number of available slots. */
+                          /*   Must be a power of 2 greater than or */
+                          /*   equal to 1 */
+  int count;              /* Number of currently slots filled */
+  struct s_x4node *tbl;  /* The data stored here */
+  struct s_x4node **ht;  /* Hash table for lookups */
+};
+
+/* There is one instance of this structure for every data element
+** in an associative array of type "x4".
+*/
+typedef struct s_x4node {
+  struct config *data;                  /* The data */
+  struct s_x4node *next;   /* Next entry with the same hash */
+  struct s_x4node **from;  /* Previous link */
+} x4node;
+
+/* There is only one instance of the array, which is the following */
+static struct s_x4 *x4a;
+
+/* Allocate a new associative array */
+void Configtable_init(){
+  if( x4a ) return;
+  x4a = (struct s_x4*)malloc( sizeof(struct s_x4) );
+  if( x4a ){
+    x4a->size = 64;
+    x4a->count = 0;
+    x4a->tbl = (x4node*)malloc( 
+      (sizeof(x4node) + sizeof(x4node*))*64 );
+    if( x4a->tbl==0 ){
+      free(x4a);
+      x4a = 0;
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      x4a->ht = (x4node**)&(x4a->tbl[64]);
+      for(i=0; i<64; i++) x4a->ht[i] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/* Insert a new record into the array.  Return TRUE if successful.
+** Prior data with the same key is NOT overwritten */
+int Configtable_insert(data)
+struct config *data;
+{
+  x4node *np;
+  int h;
+  int ph;
+
+  if( x4a==0 ) return 0;
+  ph = confighash(data);
+  h = ph & (x4a->size-1);
+  np = x4a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( Configcmp(np->data,data)==0 ){
+      /* An existing entry with the same key is found. */
+      /* Fail because overwrite is not allows. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  if( x4a->count>=x4a->size ){
+    /* Need to make the hash table bigger */
+    int i,size;
+    struct s_x4 array;
+    array.size = size = x4a->size*2;
+    array.count = x4a->count;
+    array.tbl = (x4node*)malloc(
+      (sizeof(x4node) + sizeof(x4node*))*size );
+    if( array.tbl==0 ) return 0;  /* Fail due to malloc failure */
+    array.ht = (x4node**)&(array.tbl[size]);
+    for(i=0; i<size; i++) array.ht[i] = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<x4a->count; i++){
+      x4node *oldnp, *newnp;
+      oldnp = &(x4a->tbl[i]);
+      h = confighash(oldnp->data) & (size-1);
+      newnp = &(array.tbl[i]);
+      if( array.ht[h] ) array.ht[h]->from = &(newnp->next);
+      newnp->next = array.ht[h];
+      newnp->data = oldnp->data;
+      newnp->from = &(array.ht[h]);
+      array.ht[h] = newnp;
+    }
+    free(x4a->tbl);
+    *x4a = array;
+  }
+  /* Insert the new data */
+  h = ph & (x4a->size-1);
+  np = &(x4a->tbl[x4a->count++]);
+  np->data = data;
+  if( x4a->ht[h] ) x4a->ht[h]->from = &(np->next);
+  np->next = x4a->ht[h];
+  x4a->ht[h] = np;
+  np->from = &(x4a->ht[h]);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to data assigned to the given key.  Return NULL
+** if no such key. */
+struct config *Configtable_find(key)
+struct config *key;
+{
+  int h;
+  x4node *np;
+
+  if( x4a==0 ) return 0;
+  h = confighash(key) & (x4a->size-1);
+  np = x4a->ht[h];
+  while( np ){
+    if( Configcmp(np->data,key)==0 ) break;
+    np = np->next;
+  }
+  return np ? np->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all data from the table.  Pass each data to the function "f"
+** as it is removed.  ("f" may be null to avoid this step.) */
+void Configtable_clear(f)
+int(*f)(/* struct config * */);
+{
+  int i;
+  if( x4a==0 || x4a->count==0 ) return;
+  if( f ) for(i=0; i<x4a->count; i++) (*f)(x4a->tbl[i].data);
+  for(i=0; i<x4a->size; i++) x4a->ht[i] = 0;
+  x4a->count = 0;
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/lempar.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/lempar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aac842f10c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/lempar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+*/
+/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input file. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+%%
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+%%
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.
+**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+%%
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+%%
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+%%
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
+  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                     ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  ParseARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void ParseTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+%%
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+%%
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** This function returns the symbolic name associated with a token
+** value.
+*/
+const char *ParseTokenName(int tokenType){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( tokenType>0 && tokenType<(sizeof(yyTokenName)/sizeof(yyTokenName[0])) ){
+    return yyTokenName[tokenType];
+  }else{
+    return "Unknown";
+  }
+#else
+  return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to Parse and ParseFree.
+*/
+void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+%%
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from ParseAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+void ParseFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  if( pParser==0 ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  /* if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return YY_NO_ACTION;  */
+  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+    int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+    if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+           && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+           yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+      }
+#endif
+      return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+    }
+#endif
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+     ParseARG_FETCH;
+     yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+     if( yyTraceFILE ){
+       fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+     }
+#endif
+     while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+     /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+     ** stack every overflows */
+%%
+     ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+     return;
+  }
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+%%
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0]) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+%%
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser,yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+    yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void Parse(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+    if( yymajor==0 ) return;
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  ParseARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+        yymajor = 0;
+      }else{
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
+      int yymx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      yy_accept(yypParser);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak.awk b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..185f174897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# This script looks for memory leaks by analyzing the output of "sqlite" 
+# when compiled with the MEMORY_DEBUG=2 option.
+#
+/[0-9]+ malloc / {
+  mem[$6] = $0
+}
+/[0-9]+ realloc / {
+  mem[$8] = "";
+  mem[$10] = $0
+}
+/[0-9]+ free / {
+  if (mem[$6]=="") {
+    print "*** free without a malloc at",$6
+  }
+  mem[$6] = "";
+  str[$6] = ""
+}
+/^string at / {
+  addr = $4
+  sub("string at " addr " is ","")
+  str[addr] = $0
+}
+END {
+  for(addr in mem){
+    if( mem[addr]=="" ) continue
+    print mem[addr], str[addr]
+  }
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak2.awk b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak2.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d81b70d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak2.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# This AWK script reads the output of testfixture when compiled for memory
+# debugging.  It generates SQL commands that can be fed into an sqlite 
+# instance to determine what memory is never freed.  A typical usage would
+# be as follows:
+#
+#     make -f memleak.mk fulltest 2>mem.out
+#     awk -f ../sqlite/tool/memleak2.awk mem.out | ./sqlite :memory:
+#
+# The job performed by this script is the same as that done by memleak.awk.
+# The difference is that this script uses much less memory when the size
+# of the mem.out file is huge.
+#
+BEGIN {
+  print "CREATE TABLE mem(loc INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, src);"
+}
+/[0-9]+ malloc / {
+  print "INSERT INTO mem VALUES(" strtonum($6) ",'" $0 "');"
+}
+/[0-9]+ realloc / {
+  print "INSERT INTO mem VALUES(" strtonum($10) \
+           ",(SELECT src FROM mem WHERE loc=" strtonum($8) "));"
+  print "DELETE FROM mem WHERE loc=" strtonum($8) ";"
+}
+/[0-9]+ free / {
+  print "DELETE FROM mem WHERE loc=" strtonum($6) ";"
+}
+END {
+  print "SELECT src FROM mem;"
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak3.tcl b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak3.tcl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69bc4ae88e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/memleak3.tcl
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+#/bin/sh
+# \
+exec `which tclsh` $0 "$@"
+#
+# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+#
+#    May you do good and not evil.
+#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+######################################################################
+
+set doco "
+This script is a tool to help track down memory leaks in the sqlite
+library. The library must be compiled with the preprocessor symbol
+SQLITE_DEBUG set to at least 2. It must be set to 3 to enable stack traces.
+
+To use, run the leaky application and save the standard error output.
+Then, execute this program with the first argument the name of the
+application binary (or interpreter) and the second argument the name of the
+text file that contains the collected stderr output.
+
+If all goes well a summary of unfreed allocations is printed out. If the
+GNU C library is in use and SQLITE_DEBUG is 3 or greater a stack trace is
+printed out for each unmatched allocation.
+
+Example:
+
+$ ./testfixture ../sqlite/test/select1.test 2> memtrace.out
+$ tclsh $argv0 ./testfixture memtrace.out
+"
+
+# If stack traces are enabled, the 'addr2line' program is called to
+# translate a binary stack address into a human-readable form.
+set addr2line addr2line
+
+if { [llength $argv]!=2 } {
+  puts "Usage: $argv0 <binary file> <mem trace file>"
+  puts ""
+  puts [string trim $doco]
+  exit -1
+}
+
+
+proc process_input {input_file array_name} {
+  upvar $array_name mem 
+  set input [open $input_file]
+
+  set MALLOC {([[:digit:]]+) malloc ([[:digit:]]+) bytes at 0x([[:xdigit:]]+)}
+  set STACK {^STACK: (.*)$}
+  set FREE {[[:digit:]]+ free ([[:digit:]]+) bytes at 0x([[:xdigit:]]+)}
+  set REALLOC {([[:digit:]]+) realloc ([[:digit:]]+) to ([[:digit:]]+)}
+  append REALLOC { bytes at 0x([[:xdigit:]]+) to 0x([[:xdigit:]]+)}
+
+  set stack ""
+  while { ![eof $input] } {
+    set line [gets $input]
+    if {[regexp $STACK $line dummy stack]} {
+      # Do nothing. The variable $stack now stores the hexadecimal stack dump
+      # for the next malloc() or realloc().
+
+    } elseif { [regexp $MALLOC $line dummy mallocid bytes addr]  } {
+      # If this is a 'malloc' line, set an entry in the mem array. Each entry
+      # is a list of length three, the number of bytes allocated , the malloc
+      # number and the stack dump when it was allocated.
+      set mem($addr) [list $bytes "malloc $mallocid" $stack]
+      set stack ""
+
+    } elseif { [regexp $FREE $line dummy bytes addr] } {
+      # If this is a 'free' line, remove the entry from the mem array. If the 
+      # entry does not exist, or is the wrong number of bytes, announce a
+      # problem. This is more likely a bug in the regular expressions for
+      # this script than an SQLite defect.
+      if { [lindex $mem($addr) 0] != $bytes } {
+        error "byte count mismatch"
+      }
+      unset mem($addr) 
+
+    } elseif { [regexp $REALLOC $line dummy mallocid ob b oa a] } {
+      # If it is a realloc line, remove the old mem entry and add a new one.
+      unset mem($oa);
+      set mem($a) [list $b "realloc $mallocid" $stack]
+      set stack ""
+    } else {
+      # puts "REJECT: $line"
+    }
+  }
+
+  close $input
+}
+
+process_input [lindex $argv 1] mem
+set exe [lindex $argv 0]
+
+foreach key [array names mem] {
+  set bytes [lindex $mem($key) 0]
+  set mallocid [lindex $mem($key) 1]
+  set stack [lindex $mem($key) 2]
+  puts "Leaked $bytes bytes at 0x$key: $mallocid"
+  foreach frame [lrange $stack 1 10] {
+    foreach {f l} [split [exec $addr2line -f --exe=$exe $frame] \n] {}
+    puts [format "%-30s %s" $f $l]
+  }
+  if {[llength $stack]>0 } {puts ""}
+}
+
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e51d0ebb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+** Compile and run this standalone program in order to generate code that
+** implements a function that will translate alphabetic identifiers into
+** parser token codes.
+*/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+** All the keywords of the SQL language are stored as in a hash
+** table composed of instances of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Keyword Keyword;
+struct Keyword {
+  char *zName;         /* The keyword name */
+  char *zTokenType;    /* Token value for this keyword */
+  int hash;            /* Hash on the keyword */
+  int offset;          /* Offset to start of name string */
+  int len;             /* Length of this keyword, not counting final \000 */
+  int iNext;           /* Index in aKeywordTable[] of next with same hash */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the keywords
+*/
+static Keyword aKeywordTable[] = {
+  { "ABORT",            "TK_ABORT",        },
+  { "AFTER",            "TK_AFTER",        },
+  { "ALL",              "TK_ALL",          },
+  { "AND",              "TK_AND",          },
+  { "AS",               "TK_AS",           },
+  { "ASC",              "TK_ASC",          },
+  { "ATTACH",           "TK_ATTACH",       },
+  { "BEFORE",           "TK_BEFORE",       },
+  { "BEGIN",            "TK_BEGIN",        },
+  { "BETWEEN",          "TK_BETWEEN",      },
+  { "BY",               "TK_BY",           },
+  { "CASCADE",          "TK_CASCADE",      },
+  { "CASE",             "TK_CASE",         },
+  { "CHECK",            "TK_CHECK",        },
+  { "COLLATE",          "TK_COLLATE",      },
+  { "COMMIT",           "TK_COMMIT",       },
+  { "CONFLICT",         "TK_CONFLICT",     },
+  { "CONSTRAINT",       "TK_CONSTRAINT",   },
+  { "CREATE",           "TK_CREATE",       },
+  { "CROSS",            "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "DATABASE",         "TK_DATABASE",     },
+  { "DEFAULT",          "TK_DEFAULT",      },
+  { "DEFERRED",         "TK_DEFERRED",     },
+  { "DEFERRABLE",       "TK_DEFERRABLE",   },
+  { "DELETE",           "TK_DELETE",       },
+  { "DESC",             "TK_DESC",         },
+  { "DETACH",           "TK_DETACH",       },
+  { "DISTINCT",         "TK_DISTINCT",     },
+  { "DROP",             "TK_DROP",         },
+  { "END",              "TK_END",          },
+  { "EACH",             "TK_EACH",         },
+  { "ELSE",             "TK_ELSE",         },
+  { "EXCEPT",           "TK_EXCEPT",       },
+  { "EXCLUSIVE",        "TK_EXCLUSIVE",    },
+  { "EXPLAIN",          "TK_EXPLAIN",      },
+  { "FAIL",             "TK_FAIL",         },
+  { "FOR",              "TK_FOR",          },
+  { "FOREIGN",          "TK_FOREIGN",      },
+  { "FROM",             "TK_FROM",         },
+  { "FULL",             "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "GLOB",             "TK_GLOB",         },
+  { "GROUP",            "TK_GROUP",        },
+  { "HAVING",           "TK_HAVING",       },
+  { "IGNORE",           "TK_IGNORE",       },
+  { "IMMEDIATE",        "TK_IMMEDIATE",    },
+  { "IN",               "TK_IN",           },
+  { "INDEX",            "TK_INDEX",        },
+  { "INITIALLY",        "TK_INITIALLY",    },
+  { "INNER",            "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "INSERT",           "TK_INSERT",       },
+  { "INSTEAD",          "TK_INSTEAD",      },
+  { "INTERSECT",        "TK_INTERSECT",    },
+  { "INTO",             "TK_INTO",         },
+  { "IS",               "TK_IS",           },
+  { "ISNULL",           "TK_ISNULL",       },
+  { "JOIN",             "TK_JOIN",         },
+  { "KEY",              "TK_KEY",          },
+  { "LEFT",             "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "LIKE",             "TK_LIKE",         },
+  { "LIMIT",            "TK_LIMIT",        },
+  { "MATCH",            "TK_MATCH",        },
+  { "NATURAL",          "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "NOT",              "TK_NOT",          },
+  { "NOTNULL",          "TK_NOTNULL",      },
+  { "NULL",             "TK_NULL",         },
+  { "OF",               "TK_OF",           },
+  { "OFFSET",           "TK_OFFSET",       },
+  { "ON",               "TK_ON",           },
+  { "OR",               "TK_OR",           },
+  { "ORDER",            "TK_ORDER",        },
+  { "OUTER",            "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "PRAGMA",           "TK_PRAGMA",       },
+  { "PRIMARY",          "TK_PRIMARY",      },
+  { "RAISE",            "TK_RAISE",        },
+  { "REFERENCES",       "TK_REFERENCES",   },
+  { "REPLACE",          "TK_REPLACE",      },
+  { "RESTRICT",         "TK_RESTRICT",     },
+  { "RIGHT",            "TK_JOIN_KW",      },
+  { "ROLLBACK",         "TK_ROLLBACK",     },
+  { "ROW",              "TK_ROW",          },
+  { "SELECT",           "TK_SELECT",       },
+  { "SET",              "TK_SET",          },
+  { "STATEMENT",        "TK_STATEMENT",    },
+  { "TABLE",            "TK_TABLE",        },
+  { "TEMP",             "TK_TEMP",         },
+  { "TEMPORARY",        "TK_TEMP",         },
+  { "THEN",             "TK_THEN",         },
+  { "TRANSACTION",      "TK_TRANSACTION",  },
+  { "TRIGGER",          "TK_TRIGGER",      },
+  { "UNION",            "TK_UNION",        },
+  { "UNIQUE",           "TK_UNIQUE",       },
+  { "UPDATE",           "TK_UPDATE",       },
+  { "USING",            "TK_USING",        },
+  { "VACUUM",           "TK_VACUUM",       },
+  { "VALUES",           "TK_VALUES",       },
+  { "VIEW",             "TK_VIEW",         },
+  { "WHEN",             "TK_WHEN",         },
+  { "WHERE",            "TK_WHERE",        },
+};
+
+/* Number of keywords */
+#define NKEYWORD (sizeof(aKeywordTable)/sizeof(aKeywordTable[0]))
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+*/
+const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+};
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** Comparision function for two Keyword records
+*/
+static int keywordCompare(const void *a, const void *b){
+  const Keyword *pA = (Keyword*)a;
+  const Keyword *pB = (Keyword*)b;
+  return strcmp(pA->zName, pB->zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work.  The generated code is printed on standard
+** output.
+*/
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  int i, j, h;
+  int bestSize, bestCount;
+  int count;
+  int nChar;
+  int aHash[1000];  /* 1000 is much bigger than NKEYWORD */
+
+  /* Make sure the table is sorted */
+  qsort(aKeywordTable, NKEYWORD, sizeof(aKeywordTable[0]), keywordCompare);
+
+  /* Fill in the hash value, length, and offset for all entries */
+  nChar = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    Keyword *p = &aKeywordTable[i];
+    p->len = strlen(p->zName);
+    /* p->hash = sqlite3HashNoCase(p->zName, p->len); */
+    p->hash = UpperToLower[p->zName[0]]*5 +
+              UpperToLower[p->zName[p->len-1]]*3 + p->len;
+    p->offset = nChar;
+    if( i<NKEYWORD-1 && strncmp(p->zName, aKeywordTable[i+1].zName,p->len)==0 ){
+      /* This entry is a prefix of the one that follows.  Do not advance
+      ** the offset */
+    }else{
+      nChar += p->len;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how big to make the hash table in order to minimize the
+  ** number of collisions */
+  bestSize = NKEYWORD;
+  bestCount = NKEYWORD*NKEYWORD;
+  for(i=NKEYWORD/2; i<=2*NKEYWORD; i++){
+    for(j=0; j<i; j++) aHash[j] = 0;
+    for(j=0; j<NKEYWORD; j++){
+      h = aKeywordTable[j].hash % i;
+      aHash[h] *= 2;
+      aHash[h]++;
+    }
+    for(j=count=0; j<i; j++) count += aHash[j];
+    if( count<bestCount ){
+      bestCount = count;
+      bestSize = i;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the hash */
+  for(i=0; i<bestSize; i++) aHash[i] = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    h = aKeywordTable[i].hash % bestSize;
+    aKeywordTable[i].iNext = aHash[h];
+    aHash[h] = i+1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code */
+  printf("int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char *z, int n){\n");
+
+  printf("  static const char zText[%d] =\n", nChar+1);
+  for(i=j=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    Keyword *p = &aKeywordTable[i];
+    if( i<NKEYWORD-1 && p->offset==aKeywordTable[i+1].offset ) continue;
+    if( j==0 ) printf("    \"");
+    printf("%s", p->zName);
+    j += p->len;
+    if( j>60 ){
+      printf("\"\n");
+      j = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  printf("%s;\n", j>0 ? "\"" : "  ");
+
+  printf("  static const unsigned char aHash[%d] = {\n", bestSize);
+  for(i=j=0; i<bestSize; i++){
+    if( j==0 ) printf("    ");
+    printf(" %3d,", aHash[i]);
+    j++;
+    if( j>12 ){
+      printf("\n");
+      j = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");    
+
+  printf("  static const unsigned char aNext[%d] = {\n", NKEYWORD);
+  for(i=j=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    if( j==0 ) printf("    ");
+    printf(" %3d,", aKeywordTable[i].iNext);
+    j++;
+    if( j>12 ){
+      printf("\n");
+      j = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");    
+
+  printf("  static const unsigned char aLen[%d] = {\n", NKEYWORD);
+  for(i=j=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    if( j==0 ) printf("    ");
+    printf(" %3d,", aKeywordTable[i].len);
+    j++;
+    if( j>12 ){
+      printf("\n");
+      j = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");    
+
+  printf("  static const unsigned short int aOffset[%d] = {\n", NKEYWORD);
+  for(i=j=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    if( j==0 ) printf("    ");
+    printf(" %3d,", aKeywordTable[i].offset);
+    j++;
+    if( j>12 ){
+      printf("\n");
+      j = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");
+
+  printf("  static const unsigned char aCode[%d] = {\n", NKEYWORD);
+  for(i=j=0; i<NKEYWORD; i++){
+    char *zToken = aKeywordTable[i].zTokenType;
+    if( j==0 ) printf("    ");
+    printf("%s,%*s", zToken, (int)(14-strlen(zToken)), "");
+    j++;
+    if( j>=5 ){
+      printf("\n");
+      j = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  printf("%s  };\n", j==0 ? "" : "\n");
+
+  printf("  int h, i;\n");
+  printf("  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;\n");
+  printf("  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[0]]*5 + \n"
+         "      sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[n-1]]*3 +\n"
+         "      n) %% %d;\n", bestSize);
+  printf("  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){\n");
+  printf("    if( aLen[i]==n &&"
+                   " sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){\n");
+  printf("      return aCode[i];\n");
+  printf("    }\n");
+  printf("  }\n");
+  printf("  return TK_ID;\n");
+  printf("}\n");
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkopts.tcl b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkopts.tcl
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..e3ddcb9eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkopts.tcl
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#!/usr/bin/tclsh
+#
+# This script is used to generate the array of strings and the enum
+# that appear at the beginning of the C code implementation of a
+# a TCL command and that define the available subcommands for that
+# TCL command.
+
+set prefix {}
+while {![eof stdin]} {
+  set line [gets stdin]
+  if {$line==""} continue
+  regsub -all "\[ \t\n,\]+" [string trim $line] { } line
+  foreach token [split $line { }] {
+    if {![regexp {(([a-zA-Z]+)_)?([_a-zA-Z]+)} $token all px p2 name]} continue
+    lappend namelist [string tolower $name]
+    if {$px!=""} {set prefix $p2}
+  }
+}
+
+puts "  static const char *${prefix}_strs\[\] = \173"
+set col 0
+proc put_item x {
+  global col
+  if {$col==0} {puts -nonewline "   "}
+  if {$col<2} {
+    puts -nonewline [format " %-21s" $x]
+    incr col
+  } else {
+    puts $x
+    set col 0
+  }
+}
+proc finalize {} {
+  global col
+  if {$col>0} {puts {}}
+  set col 0
+}
+
+foreach name [lsort $namelist] {
+  put_item \"$name\",
+}
+put_item 0
+finalize
+puts "  \175;"
+puts "  enum ${prefix}_enum \173"
+foreach name [lsort $namelist] {
+  regsub -all {@} $name {} name
+  put_item ${prefix}_[string toupper $name],
+}
+finalize
+puts "  \175;"
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/opcodeDoc.awk b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/opcodeDoc.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..492010624f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/opcodeDoc.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#
+# Extract opcode documentation for sqliteVdbe.c and generate HTML
+#
+BEGIN {
+  print "<html><body bgcolor=white>"
+  print "<h1>SQLite Virtual Database Engine Opcodes</h1>"
+  print "<table>"
+}
+/ Opcode: /,/\*\// {
+  if( $2=="Opcode:" ){
+    printf "<tr><td>%s&nbsp;%s&nbsp;%s&nbsp;%s</td>\n<td>\n", $3, $4, $5, $6
+  }else if( $1=="*/" ){
+    printf "</td></tr>\n"
+  }else if( NF>1 ){
+    sub(/^ *\*\* /,"")
+    gsub(/</,"&lt;")
+    gsub(/&/,"&amp;")
+    print
+  }
+}
+END {
+  print "</table></body></html>"
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/report1.txt b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/report1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7820b8ccf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/report1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+The SQL database used for ACD contains 113 tables and indices implemented
+in GDBM.  The following are statistics on the sizes of keys and data
+within these tables and indices.
+
+Entries:      962080
+Size:         45573853
+Avg Size:     48
+Key Size:     11045299
+Avg Key Size: 12
+Max Key Size: 99
+
+
+ Size of key              Cummulative
+  and data     Instances  Percentage
+------------  ----------  -----------
+    0..8            266    0%
+    9..12          5485    0%
+   13..16         73633    8%
+   17..24        180918   27%
+   25..32        209823   48%
+   33..40        148995   64%
+   41..48         76304   72%
+   49..56         14346   73%
+   57..64         15725   75%
+   65..80         44916   80%
+   81..96        127815   93%
+   97..112        34769   96%
+  113..128        13314   98%
+  129..144         8098   99%
+  145..160         3355   99%
+  161..176         1159   99%
+  177..192          629   99%
+  193..208          221   99%
+  209..224          210   99%
+  225..240          129   99%
+  241..256           57   99%
+  257..288          496   99%
+  289..320           60   99%
+  321..352           37   99%
+  353..384           46   99%
+  385..416           22   99%
+  417..448           24   99%
+  449..480           26   99%
+  481..512           27   99%
+  513..1024         471   99%
+ 1025..2048         389   99%
+ 2049..4096         182   99%
+ 4097..8192          74   99%
+ 8193..16384         34   99%
+16385..32768         17   99%
+32769..65536          5   99%
+65537..131073         3  100%
+
+
+This information is gathered to help design the new built-in
+backend for sqlite 2.0.  Note in particular that 99% of all
+database entries have a combined key and data size of less than
+144 bytes.  So if a leaf node in the new database is able to
+store 144 bytes of combined key and data, only 1% of the leaves
+will require overflow pages.  Furthermore, note that no key
+is larger than 99 bytes, so if the key will never be on an
+overflow page.
+
+The average combined size of key+data is 48.  Add in 16 bytes of
+overhead for a total of 64.  That means that a 1K page will
+store (on average) about 16 entries.
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/showdb.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/showdb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe105c7bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/showdb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+** A utility for printing all or part of an SQLite database file.
+*/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+static int pagesize = 1024;
+static int db = -1;
+static int mxPage = 0;
+
+static void out_of_memory(void){
+  fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory...\n");
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+static print_page(int iPg){
+  unsigned char *aData;
+  int i, j;
+  aData = malloc(pagesize);
+  if( aData==0 ) out_of_memory();
+  lseek(db, (iPg-1)*pagesize, SEEK_SET);
+  read(db, aData, pagesize);
+  fprintf(stdout, "Page %d:\n", iPg);
+  for(i=0; i<pagesize; i += 16){
+    fprintf(stdout, " %03x: ",i);
+    for(j=0; j<16; j++){
+      fprintf(stdout,"%02x ", aData[i+j]);
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<16; j++){
+      fprintf(stdout,"%c", isprint(aData[i+j]) ? aData[i+j] : '.');
+    }
+    fprintf(stdout,"\n");
+  }
+  free(aData);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  if( argc<2 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Usage: %s FILENAME ?PAGE? ...\n", argv[0]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  db = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
+  if( db<0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't open %s\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  fstat(db, &sbuf);
+  mxPage = sbuf.st_size/pagesize + 1;
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<=mxPage; i++) print_page(i);
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    for(i=2; i<argc; i++){
+      int iStart, iEnd;
+      char *zLeft;
+      iStart = strtol(argv[i], &zLeft, 0);
+      if( zLeft && strcmp(zLeft,"..end")==0 ){
+        iEnd = mxPage;
+      }else if( zLeft && zLeft[0]=='.' && zLeft[1]=='.' ){
+        iEnd = strtol(&zLeft[2], 0, 0);
+      }else{
+        iEnd = iStart;
+      }
+      if( iStart<1 || iEnd<iStart || iEnd>mxPage ){
+        fprintf(stderr,
+          "Page argument should be LOWER?..UPPER?.  Range 1 to %d\n",
+          mxPage);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+      while( iStart<=iEnd ){
+        print_page(iStart);
+        iStart++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  close(db);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/showjournal.c b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/showjournal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec93c91905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/showjournal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+** A utility for printing an SQLite database journal.
+*/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+static int pagesize = 1024;
+static int db = -1;
+static int mxPage = 0;
+
+static void out_of_memory(void){
+  fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory...\n");
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+static print_page(int iPg){
+  unsigned char *aData;
+  int i, j;
+  aData = malloc(pagesize);
+  if( aData==0 ) out_of_memory();
+  read(db, aData, pagesize);
+  fprintf(stdout, "Page %d:\n", iPg);
+  for(i=0; i<pagesize; i += 16){
+    fprintf(stdout, " %03x: ",i);
+    for(j=0; j<16; j++){
+      fprintf(stdout,"%02x ", aData[i+j]);
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<16; j++){
+      fprintf(stdout,"%c", isprint(aData[i+j]) ? aData[i+j] : '.');
+    }
+    fprintf(stdout,"\n");
+  }
+  free(aData);
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  unsigned int u;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char zBuf[10];
+  unsigned char zBuf2[sizeof(u)];
+  if( argc!=2 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Usage: %s FILENAME\n", argv[0]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  db = open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
+  if( db<0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't open %s\n", argv[0], argv[1]);
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  read(db, zBuf, 8);
+  if( zBuf[7]==0xd6 ){
+    read(db, &u, sizeof(u));
+    printf("Records in Journal: %u\n", u);
+    read(db, &u, sizeof(u));
+    printf("Magic Number: 0x%08x\n", u);
+  }
+  read(db, zBuf2, sizeof(zBuf2));
+  u = zBuf2[0]<<24 | zBuf2[1]<<16 | zBuf2[2]<<8 | zBuf2[3];
+  printf("Database Size: %u\n", u);
+  while( read(db, zBuf2, sizeof(zBuf2))==sizeof(zBuf2) ){
+    u = zBuf2[0]<<24 | zBuf2[1]<<16 | zBuf2[2]<<8 | zBuf2[3];
+    print_page(u);
+    if( zBuf[7]==0xd6 ){
+      read(db, &u, sizeof(u));
+      printf("Checksum: 0x%08x\n", u);
+    }
+  }
+  close(db);
+}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/space_used.tcl b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/space_used.tcl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2044aa38c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/space_used.tcl
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# Run this TCL script using "testfixture" in order get a report that shows
+# how much disk space is used by a particular data to actually store data
+# versus how much space is unused.
+#
+
+# Get the name of the database to analyze
+#
+if {[llength $argv]!=1} {
+  puts stderr "Usage: $argv0 database-name"
+  exit 1
+}
+set file_to_analyze [lindex $argv 0]
+
+# Open the database
+#
+sqlite db [lindex $argv 0]
+set DB [btree_open [lindex $argv 0]]
+
+# Output the schema for the generated report
+#
+puts \
+{BEGIN;
+CREATE TABLE space_used(
+   name clob,        -- Name of a table or index in the database file
+   is_index boolean, -- TRUE if it is an index, false for a table
+   payload int,      -- Total amount of data stored in this table or index
+   pri_pages int,    -- Number of primary pages used
+   ovfl_pages int,   -- Number of overflow pages used
+   pri_unused int,   -- Number of unused bytes on primary pages
+   ovfl_unused int   -- Number of unused bytes on overflow pages
+);}
+
+# This query will be used to find the root page number for every index and
+# table in the database.
+#
+set sql {
+  SELECT name, type, rootpage FROM sqlite_master
+  UNION ALL
+  SELECT 'sqlite_master', 'table', 2
+  ORDER BY 1
+}
+
+# Initialize variables used for summary statistics.
+#
+set total_size 0
+set total_primary 0
+set total_overflow 0
+set total_unused_primary 0
+set total_unused_ovfl 0
+
+# Analyze every table in the database, one at a time.
+#
+foreach {name type rootpage} [db eval $sql] {
+  set cursor [btree_cursor $DB $rootpage 0]
+  set go [btree_first $cursor]
+  set size 0
+  catch {unset pg_used}
+  set unused_ovfl 0
+  set n_overflow 0
+  while {$go==0} {
+    set payload [btree_payload_size $cursor]
+    incr size $payload
+    set stat [btree_cursor_dump $cursor]
+    set pgno [lindex $stat 0]
+    set freebytes [lindex $stat 4]
+    set pg_used($pgno) $freebytes
+    if {$payload>238} {
+      set n [expr {($payload-238+1019)/1020}]
+      incr n_overflow $n
+      incr unused_ovfl [expr {$n*1020+238-$payload}]
+    }
+    set go [btree_next $cursor]
+  }
+  btree_close_cursor $cursor
+  set n_primary [llength [array names pg_used]]
+  set unused_primary 0
+  foreach x [array names pg_used] {incr unused_primary $pg_used($x)}
+  regsub -all ' $name '' name
+  puts -nonewline "INSERT INTO space_used VALUES('$name'"
+  puts -nonewline ",[expr {$type=="index"}]"
+  puts ",$size,$n_primary,$n_overflow,$unused_primary,$unused_ovfl);"
+  incr total_size $size
+  incr total_primary $n_primary
+  incr total_overflow $n_overflow
+  incr total_unused_primary $unused_primary
+  incr total_unused_ovfl $unused_ovfl
+}
+
+# Output summary statistics:
+#
+puts "-- Total payload size: $total_size"
+puts "-- Total pages used: $total_primary primary and $total_overflow overflow"
+set file_pgcnt [expr {[file size [lindex $argv 0]]/1024}]
+puts -nonewline "-- Total unused bytes on primary pages: $total_unused_primary"
+if {$total_primary>0} {
+  set upp [expr {$total_unused_primary/$total_primary}]
+  puts " (avg $upp bytes/page)"
+} else {
+  puts ""
+}
+puts -nonewline "-- Total unused bytes on overflow pages: $total_unused_ovfl"
+if {$total_overflow>0} {
+  set upp [expr {$total_unused_ovfl/$total_overflow}]
+  puts " (avg $upp bytes/page)"
+} else {
+  puts ""
+}
+set n_free [expr {$file_pgcnt-$total_primary-$total_overflow}]
+if {$n_free>0} {incr n_free -1}
+puts "-- Total pages on freelist: $n_free"
+puts "COMMIT;"
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/spaceanal.tcl b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/spaceanal.tcl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e42fb28de4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/spaceanal.tcl
@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
+# Run this TCL script using "testfixture" in order get a report that shows
+# how much disk space is used by a particular data to actually store data
+# versus how much space is unused.
+#
+
+# Get the name of the database to analyze
+#
+set argv $argv0
+if {[llength $argv]!=1} {
+  puts stderr "Usage: $argv0 database-name"
+  exit 1
+}
+set file_to_analyze [lindex $argv 0]
+if {![file exists $file_to_analyze]} {
+  puts stderr "No such file: $file_to_analyze"
+  exit 1
+}
+if {![file readable $file_to_analyze]} {
+  puts stderr "File is not readable: $file_to_analyze"
+  exit 1
+}
+if {[file size $file_to_analyze]<512} {
+  puts stderr "Empty or malformed database: $file_to_analyze"
+  exit 1
+}
+
+# Open the database
+#
+sqlite3 db [lindex $argv 0]
+set DB [btree_open [lindex $argv 0] 1000 0]
+
+# In-memory database for collecting statistics
+#
+sqlite3 mem :memory:
+set tabledef\
+{CREATE TABLE space_used(
+   name clob,        -- Name of a table or index in the database file
+   tblname clob,     -- Name of associated table
+   is_index boolean, -- TRUE if it is an index, false for a table
+   nentry int,       -- Number of entries in the BTree
+   leaf_entries int, -- Number of leaf entries
+   payload int,      -- Total amount of data stored in this table or index
+   ovfl_payload int, -- Total amount of data stored on overflow pages
+   ovfl_cnt int,     -- Number of entries that use overflow
+   mx_payload int,   -- Maximum payload size
+   int_pages int,    -- Number of interior pages used
+   leaf_pages int,   -- Number of leaf pages used
+   ovfl_pages int,   -- Number of overflow pages used
+   int_unused int,   -- Number of unused bytes on interior pages
+   leaf_unused int,  -- Number of unused bytes on primary pages
+   ovfl_unused int   -- Number of unused bytes on overflow pages
+);}
+mem eval $tabledef
+
+# This query will be used to find the root page number for every table
+# in the database.
+#
+set sql {
+  SELECT name, rootpage 
+    FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'
+  UNION ALL
+  SELECT 'sqlite_master', 1
+  ORDER BY 1
+}
+
+# Quote a string for SQL
+#
+proc quote txt {
+  regsub -all ' $txt '' q
+  return '$q'
+}
+
+# Analyze every table in the database, one at a time.
+#
+set pageSize [db eval {PRAGMA page_size}]
+foreach {name rootpage} [db eval $sql] {
+  puts stderr "Analyzing table $name..."
+  set cursor [btree_cursor $DB $rootpage 0]
+  set go [btree_first $cursor]
+  catch {unset seen}
+  set total_payload 0        ;# Payload space used by all entries
+  set total_ovfl 0           ;# Payload space on overflow pages
+  set unused_int 0           ;# Unused space on interior nodes
+  set unused_leaf 0          ;# Unused space on leaf nodes
+  set unused_ovfl 0          ;# Unused space on overflow pages
+  set cnt_ovfl 0             ;# Number of entries that use overflows
+  set cnt_leaf_entry 0       ;# Number of leaf entries
+  set cnt_int_entry 0        ;# Number of interor entries
+  set mx_payload 0           ;# Maximum payload size
+  set ovfl_pages 0           ;# Number of overflow pages used
+  set leaf_pages 0           ;# Number of leaf pages
+  set int_pages 0            ;# Number of interior pages
+  while {$go==0} {
+    incr cnt_leaf_entry
+    set stat [btree_cursor_info $cursor]
+    set payload [lindex $stat 6]
+    if {$payload>$mx_payload} {set mx_payload $payload}
+    incr total_payload $payload
+    set local [lindex $stat 8]    
+    set ovfl [expr {$payload-$local}]
+    if {$ovfl} {
+      incr cnt_ovfl
+      incr total_ovfl $ovfl
+      set n [expr {int(ceil($ovfl/($pageSize-4.0)))}]
+      incr ovfl_pages $n
+      incr unused_ovfl [expr {$n*($pageSize-4) - $ovfl}]
+    }
+    set pgno [lindex $stat 0]
+    if {![info exists seen($pgno)]} {
+      set seen($pgno) 1
+      incr leaf_pages
+      incr unused_leaf [lindex $stat 4]
+      set parent [lindex $stat 9]
+      set up 0
+      while {$parent!=0 && ![info exists seen($parent)]} {
+        incr up
+        set stat [btree_cursor_info $cursor $up]
+        set seen($parent) 1
+        incr int_pages
+        incr cnt_int_entry [lindex $stat 2]
+        incr unused_int [lindex $stat 4]
+        set parent [lindex $stat 9]
+      }
+    }
+    set go [btree_next $cursor]
+  }
+  btree_close_cursor $cursor
+  if {[llength [array names seen]]==0} {
+    set leaf_pages 1
+    set unused_leaf [expr {$pageSize-8}]
+  } elseif {$rootpage==1 && ![info exists seen(1)]} {
+    incr int_pages
+    incr unused_int [expr {$pageSize-112}]
+  }
+  set sql "INSERT INTO space_used VALUES("
+  append sql [quote $name]
+  append sql ",[quote $name]"
+  append sql ",0"
+  append sql ",[expr {$cnt_leaf_entry+$cnt_int_entry}]"
+  append sql ",$cnt_leaf_entry"
+  append sql ",$total_payload"
+  append sql ",$total_ovfl"
+  append sql ",$cnt_ovfl"
+  append sql ",$mx_payload"
+  append sql ",$int_pages"
+  append sql ",$leaf_pages"
+  append sql ",$ovfl_pages"
+  append sql ",$unused_int"
+  append sql ",$unused_leaf"
+  append sql ",$unused_ovfl"
+  append sql );
+  mem eval $sql
+}
+
+# This query will be used to find the root page number for every index
+# in the database.
+#
+set sql {
+  SELECT name, tbl_name, rootpage 
+    FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='index'
+  ORDER BY 2, 1
+}
+
+# Analyze every index in the database, one at a time.
+#
+set pageSize [db eval {PRAGMA page_size}]
+foreach {name tbl_name rootpage} [db eval $sql] {
+  puts stderr "Analyzing index $name of table $tbl_name..."
+  set cursor [btree_cursor $DB $rootpage 0]
+  set go [btree_first $cursor]
+  catch {unset seen}
+  set total_payload 0        ;# Payload space used by all entries
+  set total_ovfl 0           ;# Payload space on overflow pages
+  set unused_leaf 0          ;# Unused space on leaf nodes
+  set unused_ovfl 0          ;# Unused space on overflow pages
+  set cnt_ovfl 0             ;# Number of entries that use overflows
+  set cnt_leaf_entry 0       ;# Number of leaf entries
+  set mx_payload 0           ;# Maximum payload size
+  set ovfl_pages 0           ;# Number of overflow pages used
+  set leaf_pages 0           ;# Number of leaf pages
+  while {$go==0} {
+    incr cnt_leaf_entry
+    set stat [btree_cursor_info $cursor]
+    set payload [btree_keysize $cursor]
+    if {$payload>$mx_payload} {set mx_payload $payload}
+    incr total_payload $payload
+    set local [lindex $stat 8]    
+    set ovfl [expr {$payload-$local}]
+    if {$ovfl} {
+      incr cnt_ovfl
+      incr total_ovfl $ovfl
+      set n [expr {int(ceil($ovfl/($pageSize-4.0)))}]
+      incr ovfl_pages $n
+      incr unused_ovfl [expr {$n*($pageSize-4) - $ovfl}]
+    }
+    set pgno [lindex $stat 0]
+    if {![info exists seen($pgno)]} {
+      set seen($pgno) 1
+      incr leaf_pages
+      incr unused_leaf [lindex $stat 4]
+    }
+    set go [btree_next $cursor]
+  }
+  btree_close_cursor $cursor
+  if {[llength [array names seen]]==0} {
+    set leaf_pages 1
+    set unused_leaf [expr {$pageSize-8}]
+  }
+  set sql "INSERT INTO space_used VALUES("
+  append sql [quote $name]
+  append sql ",[quote $tbl_name]"
+  append sql ",1"
+  append sql ",$cnt_leaf_entry"
+  append sql ",$cnt_leaf_entry"
+  append sql ",$total_payload"
+  append sql ",$total_ovfl"
+  append sql ",$cnt_ovfl"
+  append sql ",$mx_payload"
+  append sql ",0"
+  append sql ",$leaf_pages"
+  append sql ",$ovfl_pages"
+  append sql ",0"
+  append sql ",$unused_leaf"
+  append sql ",$unused_ovfl"
+  append sql );
+  mem eval $sql
+}
+
+# Generate a single line of output in the statistics section of the
+# report.
+#
+proc statline {title value {extra {}}} {
+  set len [string length $title]
+  set dots [string range {......................................} $len end]
+  set len [string length $value]
+  set sp2 [string range {          } $len end]
+  if {$extra ne ""} {
+    set extra " $extra"
+  }
+  puts "$title$dots $value$sp2$extra"
+}
+
+# Generate a formatted percentage value for $num/$denom
+#
+proc percent {num denom {of {}}} {
+  if {$denom==0.0} {return ""}
+  set v [expr {$num*100.0/$denom}]
+  set of {}
+  if {$v==1.0 || $v==0.0 || ($v>1.0 && $v<99.0)} {
+    return [format {%5.1f%% %s} $v $of]
+  } elseif {$v<0.1 || $v>99.9} {
+    return [format {%7.3f%% %s} $v $of]
+  } else {
+    return [format {%6.2f%% %s} $v $of]
+  }
+}
+
+# Generate a subreport that covers some subset of the database.
+# the $where clause determines which subset to analyze.
+#
+proc subreport {title where} {
+  global pageSize
+  set hit 0
+  mem eval "
+    SELECT
+      sum(nentry) AS nentry,
+      sum(leaf_entries) AS nleaf,
+      sum(payload) AS payload,
+      sum(ovfl_payload) AS ovfl_payload,
+      max(mx_payload) AS mx_payload,
+      sum(ovfl_cnt) as ovfl_cnt,
+      sum(leaf_pages) AS leaf_pages,
+      sum(int_pages) AS int_pages,
+      sum(ovfl_pages) AS ovfl_pages,
+      sum(leaf_unused) AS leaf_unused,
+      sum(int_unused) AS int_unused,
+      sum(ovfl_unused) AS ovfl_unused
+    FROM space_used WHERE $where" {} {set hit 1}
+  if {!$hit} {return 0}
+  puts ""
+  set len [string length $title]
+  incr len 5
+  set stars "***********************************"
+  append stars $stars
+  set stars [string range $stars $len end]
+  puts "*** $title $stars"
+  puts ""
+  set total_pages [expr {$leaf_pages+$int_pages+$ovfl_pages}]
+  statline "Percentage of total database" [percent $total_pages $::file_pgcnt]
+  statline "Number of entries" $nleaf
+  set total_unused [expr {$ovfl_unused+$int_unused+$leaf_unused}]
+  set storage [expr {$total_pages*$pageSize}]
+  statline "Bytes of storage consumed" $storage
+  statline "Bytes of payload" $payload \
+       [percent $payload $storage {of storage consumed}]
+  statline "Average payload per entry" [expr {$nleaf>0?$payload/$nleaf:0}]
+  set avgunused [expr {$nleaf>0?$total_unused/$nleaf:0}]
+  statline "Average unused bytes per entry" $avgunused
+  set nint [expr {$nentry-$nleaf}]
+  if {$int_pages>0} {
+    statline "Average fanout" [format %.2f [expr {($nint+0.0)/$int_pages}]]
+  }
+  statline "Maximum payload per entry" $mx_payload
+  statline "Entries that use overflow" $ovfl_cnt \
+        [percent $ovfl_cnt $nleaf {of all entries}]
+  if {$int_pages>0} {
+    statline "Index pages used" $int_pages
+  }
+  statline "Primary pages used" $leaf_pages
+  statline "Overflow pages used" $ovfl_pages
+  statline "Total pages used" $total_pages
+  if {$int_unused>0} {
+    statline "Unused bytes on index pages" $int_unused \
+         [percent $int_unused [expr {$int_pages*$pageSize}] {of index space}]
+  }
+  statline "Unused bytes on primary pages" $leaf_unused \
+     [percent $leaf_unused [expr {$leaf_pages*$pageSize}] {of primary space}]
+  statline "Unused bytes on overflow pages" $ovfl_unused \
+     [percent $ovfl_unused [expr {$ovfl_pages*$pageSize}] {of overflow space}]
+  statline "Unused bytes on all pages" $total_unused \
+               [percent $total_unused $storage {of all space}]
+  return 1
+}
+
+# Output summary statistics:
+#
+puts "/** Disk-Space Utilization Report For $file_to_analyze"
+puts "*** As of [clock format [clock seconds] -format {%Y-%b-%d %H:%M:%S}]"
+puts ""
+statline {Page size in bytes} $pageSize
+set fsize [file size $file_to_analyze]
+set file_pgcnt [expr {$fsize/$pageSize}]
+set usedcnt [mem eval \
+              {SELECT sum(leaf_pages+int_pages+ovfl_pages) FROM space_used}]
+set freecnt [expr {$file_pgcnt-$usedcnt}]
+set freecnt2 [lindex [btree_get_meta $DB] 0]
+statline {Pages in the whole file (measured)} $file_pgcnt
+set file_pgcnt2 [expr {$usedcnt+$freecnt2}]
+statline {Pages in the whole file (calculated)} $file_pgcnt2
+statline {Pages that store data} $usedcnt [percent $usedcnt $file_pgcnt]
+statline {Pages on the freelist (per header)}\
+   $freecnt2 [percent $freecnt2 $file_pgcnt]
+statline {Pages on the freelist (calculated)}\
+   $freecnt [percent $freecnt $file_pgcnt]
+
+set ntable [db eval {SELECT count(*)+1 FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'}]
+statline {Number of tables in the database} $ntable
+set nindex [db eval {SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='index'}]
+set autoindex [db eval {SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master
+                        WHERE type='index' AND name LIKE '(% autoindex %)'}]
+set manindex [expr {$nindex-$autoindex}]
+statline {Number of indices} $nindex
+statline {Number of named indices} $manindex
+statline {Automatically generated indices} $autoindex
+set total_payload [mem eval "SELECT sum(payload) FROM space_used"]
+statline "Size of the file in bytes" $fsize
+set user_payload [mem one {SELECT sum(payload) FROM space_used
+     WHERE NOT is_index AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_master'}]
+statline "Bytes of user payload stored" $user_payload \
+    [percent $user_payload $fsize]
+
+# Output table rankings
+#
+puts ""
+puts "*** Page counts for all tables with their indices ********************"
+puts ""
+mem eval {SELECT tblname, count(*) AS cnt, 
+              sum(int_pages+leaf_pages+ovfl_pages) AS size
+          FROM space_used GROUP BY tblname ORDER BY size DESC, tblname} {} {
+  statline [string toupper $tblname] $size [percent $size $file_pgcnt]
+}
+
+# Output subreports
+#
+if {$nindex>0} {
+  subreport {All tables and indices} 1
+}
+subreport {All tables} {NOT is_index}
+if {$nindex>0} {
+  subreport {All indices} {is_index}
+}
+foreach tbl [mem eval {SELECT name FROM space_used WHERE NOT is_index
+                       ORDER BY name}] {
+  regsub ' $tbl '' qn
+  set name [string toupper $tbl]
+  set n [mem eval "SELECT count(*) FROM space_used WHERE tblname='$qn'"]
+  if {$n>1} {
+    subreport "Table $name and all its indices" "tblname='$qn'"
+    subreport "Table $name w/o any indices" "name='$qn'"
+    subreport "Indices of table $name" "tblname='$qn' AND is_index"
+  } else {
+    subreport "Table $name" "name='$qn'"
+  }
+}
+
+# Output instructions on what the numbers above mean.
+#
+puts {
+*** Definitions ******************************************************
+
+Page size in bytes
+
+    The number of bytes in a single page of the database file.  
+    Usually 1024.
+
+Number of pages in the whole file
+}
+puts \
+"    The number of $pageSize-byte pages that go into forming the complete
+    database"
+puts \
+{
+Pages that store data
+
+    The number of pages that store data, either as primary B*Tree pages or
+    as overflow pages.  The number at the right is the data pages divided by
+    the total number of pages in the file.
+
+Pages on the freelist
+
+    The number of pages that are not currently in use but are reserved for
+    future use.  The percentage at the right is the number of freelist pages
+    divided by the total number of pages in the file.
+
+Number of tables in the database
+
+    The number of tables in the database, including the SQLITE_MASTER table
+    used to store schema information.
+
+Number of indices
+
+    The total number of indices in the database.
+
+Number of named indices
+
+    The number of indices created using an explicit CREATE INDEX statement.
+
+Automatically generated indices
+
+    The number of indices used to implement PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints
+    on tables.
+
+Size of the file in bytes
+
+    The total amount of disk space used by the entire database files.
+
+Bytes of user payload stored
+
+    The total number of bytes of user payload stored in the database. The
+    schema information in the SQLITE_MASTER table is not counted when
+    computing this number.  The percentage at the right shows the payload
+    divided by the total file size.
+
+Percentage of total database
+
+    The amount of the complete database file that is devoted to storing
+    information described by this category.
+
+Number of entries
+
+    The total number of B-Tree key/value pairs stored under this category.
+
+Bytes of storage consumed
+
+    The total amount of disk space required to store all B-Tree entries
+    under this category.  The is the total number of pages used times
+    the pages size.
+
+Bytes of payload
+
+    The amount of payload stored under this category.  Payload is the data
+    part of table entries and the key part of index entries.  The percentage
+    at the right is the bytes of payload divided by the bytes of storage 
+    consumed.
+
+Average payload per entry
+
+    The average amount of payload on each entry.  This is just the bytes of
+    payload divided by the number of entries.
+
+Average unused bytes per entry
+
+    The average amount of free space remaining on all pages under this
+    category on a per-entry basis.  This is the number of unused bytes on
+    all pages divided by the number of entries.
+
+Maximum payload per entry
+
+    The largest payload size of any entry.
+
+Entries that use overflow
+
+    The number of entries that user one or more overflow pages.
+
+Total pages used
+
+    This is the number of pages used to hold all information in the current
+    category.  This is the sum of index, primary, and overflow pages.
+
+Index pages used
+
+    This is the number of pages in a table B-tree that hold only key (rowid)
+    information and no data.
+
+Primary pages used
+
+    This is the number of B-tree pages that hold both key and data.
+
+Overflow pages used
+
+    The total number of overflow pages used for this category.
+
+Unused bytes on index pages
+
+    The total number of bytes of unused space on all index pages.  The
+    percentage at the right is the number of unused bytes divided by the
+    total number of bytes on index pages.
+
+Unused bytes on primary pages
+
+    The total number of bytes of unused space on all primary pages.  The
+    percentage at the right is the number of unused bytes divided by the
+    total number of bytes on primary pages.
+
+Unused bytes on overflow pages
+
+    The total number of bytes of unused space on all overflow pages.  The
+    percentage at the right is the number of unused bytes divided by the
+    total number of bytes on overflow pages.
+
+Unused bytes on all pages
+
+    The total number of bytes of unused space on all primary and overflow 
+    pages.  The percentage at the right is the number of unused bytes 
+    divided by the total number of bytes.
+}
+
+# Output the database
+#
+puts "**********************************************************************"
+puts "The entire text of this report can be sourced into any SQL database"
+puts "engine for further analysis.  All of the text above is an SQL comment."
+puts "The data used to generate this report follows:"
+puts "*/"
+puts "BEGIN;"
+puts $tabledef
+unset -nocomplain x
+mem eval {SELECT * FROM space_used} x {
+  puts -nonewline "INSERT INTO space_used VALUES"
+  set sep (
+  foreach col $x(*) {
+    set v $x($col)
+    if {$v=="" || ![string is double $v]} {set v [quote $v]}
+    puts -nonewline $sep$v
+    set sep ,
+  }
+  puts ");"
+}
+puts "COMMIT;"
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/speedtest.tcl b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/speedtest.tcl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef39dc5461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/speedtest.tcl
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+#!/usr/bin/tclsh
+#
+# Run this script using TCLSH to do a speed comparison between
+# various versions of SQLite and PostgreSQL and MySQL
+#
+
+# Run a test
+#
+set cnt 1
+proc runtest {title} {
+  global cnt
+  set sqlfile test$cnt.sql
+  puts "<h2>Test $cnt: $title</h2>"
+  incr cnt
+  set fd [open $sqlfile r]
+  set sql [string trim [read $fd [file size $sqlfile]]]
+  close $fd
+  set sx [split $sql \n]
+  set n [llength $sx]
+  if {$n>8} {
+    set sql {}
+    for {set i 0} {$i<3} {incr i} {append sql [lindex $sx $i]<br>\n}
+    append sql  "<i>... [expr {$n-6}] lines omitted</i><br>\n"
+    for {set i [expr {$n-3}]} {$i<$n} {incr i} {
+      append sql [lindex $sx $i]<br>\n
+    }
+  } else {
+    regsub -all \n [string trim $sql] <br> sql
+  }
+  puts "<blockquote>"
+  puts "$sql"
+  puts "</blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0>"
+  set format {<tr><td>%s</td><td align="right">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;%.3f</td></tr>}
+  set delay 1000
+#  exec sync; after $delay;
+#  set t [time "exec psql drh <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format PostgreSQL: $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec mysql -f drh <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format MySQL: $t]
+#  set t [time "exec ./sqlite232 s232.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.3.2:} $t]
+#  set t [time "exec ./sqlite-100 s100.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4 (cache=100):} $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec ./sqlite248 s2k.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4.8:} $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec ./sqlite248 sns.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4.8 (nosync):} $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec ./sqlite2412 s2kb.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4.12:} $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec ./sqlite2412 snsb.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4.12 (nosync):} $t]
+#  set t [time "exec ./sqlite-t1 st1.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4 (test):} $t]
+  puts "</table>"
+}
+
+# Initialize the environment
+#
+expr srand(1)
+catch {exec /bin/sh -c {rm -f s*.db}}
+set fd [open clear.sql w]
+puts $fd {
+  drop table t1;
+  drop table t2;
+}
+close $fd
+catch {exec psql drh <clear.sql}
+catch {exec mysql drh <clear.sql}
+set fd [open 2kinit.sql w]
+puts $fd {
+  PRAGMA default_cache_size=2000;
+  PRAGMA default_synchronous=on;
+}
+close $fd
+exec ./sqlite248 s2k.db <2kinit.sql
+exec ./sqlite2412 s2kb.db <2kinit.sql
+set fd [open nosync-init.sql w]
+puts $fd {
+  PRAGMA default_cache_size=2000;
+  PRAGMA default_synchronous=off;
+}
+close $fd
+exec ./sqlite248 sns.db <nosync-init.sql
+exec ./sqlite2412 snsb.db <nosync-init.sql
+set ones {zero one two three four five six seven eight nine
+          ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen
+          eighteen nineteen}
+set tens {{} ten twenty thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety}
+proc number_name {n} {
+  if {$n>=1000} {
+    set txt "[number_name [expr {$n/1000}]] thousand"
+    set n [expr {$n%1000}]
+  } else {
+    set txt {}
+  }
+  if {$n>=100} {
+    append txt " [lindex $::ones [expr {$n/100}]] hundred"
+    set n [expr {$n%100}]
+  }
+  if {$n>=20} {
+    append txt " [lindex $::tens [expr {$n/10}]]"
+    set n [expr {$n%10}]
+  }
+  if {$n>0} {
+    append txt " [lindex $::ones $n]"
+  }
+  set txt [string trim $txt]
+  if {$txt==""} {set txt zero}
+  return $txt
+}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER, b INTEGER, c VARCHAR(100));"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=1000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*100000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+close $fd
+runtest {1000 INSERTs}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+puts $fd "CREATE TABLE t2(a INTEGER, b INTEGER, c VARCHAR(100));"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t2 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 INSERTs in a transaction}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+for {set i 0} {$i<100} {incr i} {
+  set lwr [expr {$i*100}]
+  set upr [expr {($i+10)*100}]
+  puts $fd "SELECT count(*), avg(b) FROM t2 WHERE b>=$lwr AND b<$upr;"
+}
+close $fd
+runtest {100 SELECTs without an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+for {set i 1} {$i<=100} {incr i} {
+  puts $fd "SELECT count(*), avg(b) FROM t2 WHERE c LIKE '%[number_name $i]%';"
+}
+close $fd
+runtest {100 SELECTs on a string comparison}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {CREATE INDEX i2a ON t2(a);}
+puts $fd {CREATE INDEX i2b ON t2(b);}
+close $fd
+runtest {Creating an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+for {set i 0} {$i<5000} {incr i} {
+  set lwr [expr {$i*100}]
+  set upr [expr {($i+1)*100}]
+  puts $fd "SELECT count(*), avg(b) FROM t2 WHERE b>=$lwr AND b<$upr;"
+}
+close $fd
+runtest {5000 SELECTs with an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 0} {$i<1000} {incr i} {
+  set lwr [expr {$i*10}]
+  set upr [expr {($i+1)*10}]
+  puts $fd "UPDATE t1 SET b=b*2 WHERE a>=$lwr AND a<$upr;"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {1000 UPDATEs without an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "UPDATE t2 SET b=$r WHERE a=$i;"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 UPDATEs with an index}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "UPDATE t2 SET c='[number_name $r]' WHERE a=$i;"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 text UPDATEs with an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 SELECT * FROM t2;"
+puts $fd "INSERT INTO t2 SELECT * FROM t1;"
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {INSERTs from a SELECT}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {DELETE FROM t2 WHERE c LIKE '%fifty%';}
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE without an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {DELETE FROM t2 WHERE a>10 AND a<20000;}
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE with an index}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {INSERT INTO t2 SELECT * FROM t1;}
+close $fd
+runtest {A big INSERT after a big DELETE}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {BEGIN;}
+puts $fd {DELETE FROM t1;}
+for {set i 1} {$i<=3000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*100000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd {COMMIT;}
+close $fd
+runtest {A big DELETE followed by many small INSERTs}
+
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {DROP TABLE t1;}
+puts $fd {DROP TABLE t2;}
+close $fd
+runtest {DROP TABLE}
diff --git a/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/speedtest2.tcl b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/speedtest2.tcl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fd632d4c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ext/pdo_sqlite/sqlite/tool/speedtest2.tcl
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+#!/usr/bin/tclsh
+#
+# Run this script using TCLSH to do a speed comparison between
+# various versions of SQLite and PostgreSQL and MySQL
+#
+
+# Run a test
+#
+set cnt 1
+proc runtest {title} {
+  global cnt
+  set sqlfile test$cnt.sql
+  puts "<h2>Test $cnt: $title</h2>"
+  incr cnt
+  set fd [open $sqlfile r]
+  set sql [string trim [read $fd [file size $sqlfile]]]
+  close $fd
+  set sx [split $sql \n]
+  set n [llength $sx]
+  if {$n>8} {
+    set sql {}
+    for {set i 0} {$i<3} {incr i} {append sql [lindex $sx $i]<br>\n}
+    append sql  "<i>... [expr {$n-6}] lines omitted</i><br>\n"
+    for {set i [expr {$n-3}]} {$i<$n} {incr i} {
+      append sql [lindex $sx $i]<br>\n
+    }
+  } else {
+    regsub -all \n [string trim $sql] <br> sql
+  }
+  puts "<blockquote>"
+  puts "$sql"
+  puts "</blockquote><table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0>"
+  set format {<tr><td>%s</td><td align="right">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;%.3f</td></tr>}
+  set delay 1000
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec psql drh <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format PostgreSQL: $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec mysql -f drh <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format MySQL: $t]
+#  set t [time "exec ./sqlite232 s232.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.3.2:} $t]
+#  set t [time "exec ./sqlite-100 s100.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4 (cache=100):} $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec ./sqlite240 s2k.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4:} $t]
+  exec sync; after $delay;
+  set t [time "exec ./sqlite240 sns.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4 (nosync):} $t]
+#  set t [time "exec ./sqlite-t1 st1.db <$sqlfile" 1]
+#  set t [expr {[lindex $t 0]/1000000.0}]
+#  puts [format $format {SQLite 2.4 (test):} $t]
+  puts "</table>"
+}
+
+# Initialize the environment
+#
+expr srand(1)
+catch {exec /bin/sh -c {rm -f s*.db}}
+set fd [open clear.sql w]
+puts $fd {
+  drop table t1;
+  drop table t2;
+}
+close $fd
+catch {exec psql drh <clear.sql}
+catch {exec mysql drh <clear.sql}
+set fd [open 2kinit.sql w]
+puts $fd {
+  PRAGMA default_cache_size=2000;
+  PRAGMA default_synchronous=on;
+}
+close $fd
+exec ./sqlite240 s2k.db <2kinit.sql
+exec ./sqlite-t1 st1.db <2kinit.sql
+set fd [open nosync-init.sql w]
+puts $fd {
+  PRAGMA default_cache_size=2000;
+  PRAGMA default_synchronous=off;
+}
+close $fd
+exec ./sqlite240 sns.db <nosync-init.sql
+set ones {zero one two three four five six seven eight nine
+          ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen
+          eighteen nineteen}
+set tens {{} ten twenty thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety}
+proc number_name {n} {
+  if {$n>=1000} {
+    set txt "[number_name [expr {$n/1000}]] thousand"
+    set n [expr {$n%1000}]
+  } else {
+    set txt {}
+  }
+  if {$n>=100} {
+    append txt " [lindex $::ones [expr {$n/100}]] hundred"
+    set n [expr {$n%100}]
+  }
+  if {$n>=20} {
+    append txt " [lindex $::tens [expr {$n/10}]]"
+    set n [expr {$n%10}]
+  }
+  if {$n>0} {
+    append txt " [lindex $::ones $n]"
+  }
+  set txt [string trim $txt]
+  if {$txt==""} {set txt zero}
+  return $txt
+}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+puts $fd "CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER, b INTEGER, c VARCHAR(100));"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 INSERTs in a transaction}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "DELETE FROM t1;"
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE everything}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 INSERTs in a transaction}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "DELETE FROM t1;"
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE everything}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 INSERTs in a transaction}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "DELETE FROM t1;"
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE everything}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 INSERTs in a transaction}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "DELETE FROM t1;"
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE everything}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "BEGIN;"
+for {set i 1} {$i<=25000} {incr i} {
+  set r [expr {int(rand()*500000)}]
+  puts $fd "INSERT INTO t1 VALUES($i,$r,'[number_name $r]');"
+}
+puts $fd "COMMIT;"
+close $fd
+runtest {25000 INSERTs in a transaction}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd "DELETE FROM t1;"
+close $fd
+runtest {DELETE everything}
+
+
+set fd [open test$cnt.sql w]
+puts $fd {DROP TABLE t1;}
+close $fd
+runtest {DROP TABLE}